JP2024077493A - Gaming Machines - Google Patents

Abstract

To provide a gaming machine equipped with a center frame that can enhance appeal to players.
[Solution] A pachinko machine 1 equipped with a game board 5 having a center frame 2510 attached to the opening edge of a game panel 1100, the center frame 2510 having a forward protruding portion 2511 and an upper wall portion 2523b that protrude forward beyond the front surface of the game panel 1100, and a demolding trace portion 2519 provided on the front end surfaces of the forward protruding portion 2511 and the upper wall portion 2523b.
[Selection] Figure 118

Description

The present invention relates to gaming machines such as pachinko gaming machines (commonly referred to as "pachinko machines").

Amusing machines such as pachinko machines are provided with a frame-shaped center frame with a protruding wall that protrudes forward from the front surface of the playing board through which the playing balls pass. The protruding wall prevents the playing balls from entering the frame, while forming an area outside the frame through which the playing balls pass, allowing players to enjoy watching the playing balls move (for example, Patent Document 1).

However, this type of gaming machine has a similar center frame regardless of the model or manufacturer, so they are all the same and it is difficult to differentiate them from other gaming machines using only the center frame.

JP 2021-13673 A

In view of the above, the present invention aims to provide a gaming machine equipped with a center frame that can increase its appeal to players.

Means 1: In the gaming machine,
A gaming machine having a gaming board with a gaming area where gaming balls flow down,
A game is played by a player hitting a game ball into the game area through the player's operation,
A lottery is held when the gaming ball passes through a predetermined area provided in the gaming area, and a bonus is awarded to the player according to the result of the lottery;
The game board has a game board with an opening, the opening has a center frame,
The center frame is
A protruding wall portion protruding forward from the front surface of the play board,
The protruding wall portion is characterized in that a demolding trace portion is provided on the front end surface thereof.

Here, the "center frame" refers to the part that constitutes the center role, and may be a frame-like part that runs along the edge of the opening of the game board, or may be divided into multiple parts in a direction that runs along the edge of the opening of the game board. Also, the "center frame" may be made up of a single member, or it may be made up of multiple members.

Examples of "protruding wall portions" include "those that protrude forward from the front surface of the game board longer than the radius (or diameter) of the game ball" and "those that protrude forward from the front surface of the game board a length similar to the front ends of the obstacle nails that are set into the game board."

Furthermore, "demolding traces" are traces left on the molded product by mechanisms (e.g., ejector pins, push-up cores, straight-up cores, ejection cores, etc.) for removing the molded product from the molding die (metal mold), and are slightly concave, convex, or inclined compared to other parts. Possible shapes of these "demolding traces" include "part of a circle, such as a semicircle," "circle," "triangle," "square," "pentagon," "hexagon," "polygon," "irregular shape," "star shape," "heart shape," etc.

According to the configuration of the first aspect, the game machine is provided with a game board having a center frame attached to the opening edge of the game board, the center frame having a protruding wall portion protruding forward from the front surface of the game board, and a demolding trace portion is provided on the front end surface of the protruding wall portion (see the description of the chapter [5-8c-2c. Demolding trace portion of forward protruding portion], demolding trace portion 2519, center frame 2510, forward protruding portion 2511, Figures 113 and 118, etc. in [Embodiment of the invention]).

As a result, the center frame attached to the edge of the opening of the game board is provided with a protruding wall portion that protrudes forward, which can prevent game balls from falling (entering) into the opening of the game board, and can form an area (game area) where game balls flow down in a part on the front side of the game board outside the center frame, and players can be entertained by the movement of the game balls flowing down the area. In addition, the front end surface of the protruding wall portion of the center frame is provided with a demolding trace portion formed when the center frame (molded product) is molded, so that the demolding trace portion can be seen, making the center frame stand out and attracting the player's attention to the center frame. Therefore, the demolding trace portion provided on the front end surface of the protruding wall portion of the center frame makes the player recognize that a center frame completely different from conventional ones is provided, strongly attracting the player's interest, and a game machine with high appeal to players can be provided.

In addition, because the demolding traces have a different shape compared to the other parts of the center frame, when light from the LCD display device or LEDs located at the rear hits them, they will shine differently from the other parts. This makes the demolding traces stand out on the front end face of the protruding wall part of the center frame by shining a different light from the other parts, strongly attracting the player's attention, and the glow from the demolding traces makes the center frame look beautiful.

The protruding wall may have a partition that divides the play area through which the game balls circulate into two, but the front end surface of the partition may not have any demolding traces. This allows the player to recognize that the partition is a different part from the part of the protruding wall where the demolding traces are provided, since the front end surface of the partition that divides the play area into two of the protruding wall of the center frame does not have any demolding traces, and the player can recognize that the partition is not a part that constitutes the frame, and can recognize that the play area 5a is divided into left and right parts.

In addition, if no demolding traces are provided on the front end surface of the partition as described above, the partition will be less noticeable than the area of the protruding wall where the demolding traces are provided, making it difficult to notice the presence of the partition, and giving the player the illusion that game balls can move across the partition.

It is also desirable to make the shape of adjacent demolding traces uniform. This allows the demolding traces on the front end surface of the protruding wall portion of the center frame to look like a pattern, improving the appearance of the center frame.

Means 2: In the configuration of Means 1,
"The protruding wall portion is
It has a partition that divides the playing area in which the game balls circulate into two, and the front end surface of the partition does not have the demolding trace portion.
The present invention is characterized in that

Here, examples of "partition section" include "a section extending vertically at the end (e.g., the right end) of the stage located within the center frame," "a section extending downward from the center frame," "a section on the left or right side of the center frame that partitions multiple ball passages," etc.

According to the configuration of Means 2, the protruding wall portion has a partition portion that divides the playing area through which the game balls circulate into two, and the front end surface of the partition portion is free of demolding traces (see the description of partition portion 2511a of forward protruding portion 2511 in [Form for carrying out the invention]).

As a result, the front end surface of the partition section of the protruding wall of the center frame that divides the play area into two does not have any demolding traces, making it possible for the player to recognize that the partition section is a different area from the area of the protruding wall section where the demolding traces are provided, and therefore the player can recognize that the partition section is not a part that constitutes the frame, and can recognize that the play area 5a is divided into left and right sections.

Alternatively, since there is no demolding trace on the front end surface of the partition, the partition is less noticeable than the area of the protruding wall where the demolding trace is provided, making it difficult to notice the presence of the partition, and giving the player the illusion that game balls can move across the partition.

Means 3: In the configuration of means 1 or means 2,
The gaming machine includes:
The pachinko machine is characterized in that it has a game area in front of the game board where game balls flow down, and a prize hole through which the game balls can enter is provided in the game area, and a predetermined bonus is awarded when the game ball enters the prize hole.

Here, the term "winning port" refers to "a general winning port that is always open within the game area", "a start winning port (starting port) that is always open within the game area and through which a lottery is held to determine whether or not a special pattern will be drawn to determine whether or not a favorable game state that gives the player an advantage will be created as a specified bonus when a game ball enters", "a variable winning port (variable starting port, special winning port, etc.) that allows a game ball to enter the game area as a specified bonus when a game ball enters a specific receiving port (chucker) within the game area", and "a variable winning port (variable starting port, special winning port, etc.) that allows a game ball to enter the game area as a specified bonus depending on the result of a lottery held to determine a normal pattern when a game ball passes through a specific area (gate, through chucker, etc.) within the game area". "A special prize opening, etc.)," "A variable start prize opening (variable start opening) in which a game ball can enter as a specified bonus depending on the result of a lottery for a normal pattern drawn when a game ball passes through a specific area (e.g., a gate, a chucker, etc.) in the game area, and a lottery for a special pattern is held to determine whether or not the game ball's entry will create an advantageous game state that gives the player an advantage as a specified bonus," "A V prize opening that creates an advantageous game state that gives the player an advantage as a specified bonus when a game ball that enters a special prize opening is sorted by a sorting means and enters," "A large prize opening or special prize opening that opens and closes in a specified pattern to allow the game ball to enter as an advantageous game state that gives the player an advantage as a specified bonus," etc.

In addition, as for the "pachinko machine", "a machine equipped with: "a lottery means for drawing a lottery for a special symbol for generating a favorable gaming state in which the player is advantageous as a predetermined privilege when a gaming ball enters the starting hole; a special lottery result display means as a display for variably displaying the special symbols according to the lottery result of the special symbols drawn by the lottery means and then displaying them as still symbols, and displaying the special lottery result drawn from the combination of the stopped and displayed special symbols; and an advantageous gaming state generating means for opening and closing the large prize hole in a predetermined pattern when the special lottery result that generates the advantageous gaming state is displayed on the special lottery result display means (so-called digital pachinko machine)"; and "a distribution means for distributing the gaming balls that have entered the bonus prize hole." and an advantageous game state generating means that opens and closes the special prize opening in a predetermined pattern as a predetermined privilege when the game ball allocated by the allocation means enters the V prize opening, thereby generating an advantageous game state in which the player has an advantage (so-called "Hanemono" machine), "has a large prize opening and a special prize opening, and opens and closes the large prize opening or the special prize opening in a predetermined pattern according to the result of the lottery for a special pattern drawn by the game ball entering the start opening (starting ball entry), and when the game ball that entered the special prize opening is allocated to the V prize opening, the special prize opening or the large prize opening is opened and closed in a predetermined pattern as a predetermined privilege, generating an advantageous game state in which the player has an advantage (so-called "combined machine").

According to the configuration of means 3, the gaming machine is a pachinko machine that has a gaming area in front of the gaming board where gaming balls flow down, and has a winning hole in the gaming area through which the gaming balls can enter, and awards a predetermined bonus when the gaming ball enters the winning hole. This allows the pachinko machine to achieve the effects of any of the above-mentioned means.

In this way, the present invention can provide a gaming machine equipped with a center frame that can increase its appeal to players.

1 is a front view of a pachinko machine according to one embodiment of the present invention. FIG. FIG. 2 is a left side view of the pachinko machine. FIG. 2 is a rear view of the pachinko machine. This is an oblique view of the pachinko machine as seen from the front right. This is an oblique view of the pachinko machine seen from the front left. This is a perspective view of a pachinko machine seen from behind. This is an oblique view of a pachinko machine viewed from the front with the door frame open from the main frame and the main frame open from the outer frame. This is an exploded oblique view of a pachinko machine viewed from the front, disassembled into a door frame, a game board, a main frame, and an outer frame. This is an exploded oblique view of a pachinko machine disassembled into a door frame, a game board, a main body frame, and an outer frame, viewed from the rear. FIG. 2 is a front view of the outer frame of the pachinko machine. FIG. FIG. This is an oblique view of the outer frame from the front. This is a perspective view of the outer frame from the rear. This is an exploded oblique view of the outer frame disassembled into its main components as viewed from the front. This is an exploded oblique view of the left and right outer frame assemblies of the outer frame, viewed from the front. This is an exploded oblique view of the lower outer frame assembly of the outer frame, viewed from the front. 1A is an exploded perspective view of the outer frame upper hinge assembly of the outer frame, as viewed from the front and above, and FIG. 1B is an exploded perspective view of FIG. This is a front perspective view of the door frame. This is a perspective view of the door frame from the rear. This is an exploded oblique view of the door frame top decorative body and the door frame upper decorative body disassembled from the door frame, viewed from the front. This is an exploded oblique view of the door frame from behind, showing the door frame top decorative body and the door frame upper decorative body disassembled. This is a front view of the door frame with the upper decorative body removed. This is a rear view of the door frame with the upper door frame decorative body removed. This is a left side view of the door frame with the upper decorative body removed. This is a right side view of the door frame with the upper decorative body removed. This is an oblique view of the door frame from the front right, showing the door frame upper decorative body removed. This is an oblique view of the door frame from the front left, showing the door frame upper decorative body removed. This is an oblique view of the door frame from behind, showing the door frame upper decorative body removed. This is an exploded oblique view of the door frame from the front, with the upper decorative body removed and the door frame disassembled into its main components. This is an exploded oblique view of the door frame from the rear, with the upper decorative body removed and the door frame disassembled into its main components. This is a vertical cross-sectional view of the door frame with the upper decorative body removed. 1A is a perspective view of a door frame base unit of a door frame as viewed from the front, and FIG. 1B is a perspective view of the door frame base unit as viewed from the rear. 1A is a perspective view of a door frame reinforcement unit in a door frame as viewed from the front, and FIG. 1B is a perspective view of the door frame reinforcement unit in a door frame as viewed from the back. 1A is a front perspective view of the intermediate reinforcing frame of the door frame reinforcement unit, and FIG. 1B is a rear perspective view of the intermediate reinforcing frame of the door frame reinforcement unit. 1 is an explanatory diagram showing an enlarged view of a portion of an intermediate reinforcing frame in a vertical cross section of a door frame. FIG. FIG. 11 is an explanatory diagram showing the dimensional relationship of the upper part of the intermediate reinforcing frame. (a) is an explanatory diagram showing modified example 1 of the intermediate reinforcement frame in the door frame, (b) is an explanatory diagram showing modified example 2 of the intermediate reinforcement frame, and (c) is an explanatory diagram showing modified example 3 of the intermediate reinforcement frame. 1A is an explanatory diagram showing modified example 4 of the intermediate reinforcing frame in the door frame, and FIG. 1B is an explanatory diagram showing modified example 5 of the intermediate reinforcing frame. (a) is a perspective view of the cylinder lock of the door frame as viewed from the front, (b) is a perspective view of the cylinder lock of (a) as viewed from the front and rear, (c) is a perspective view of the cylinder lock of a conventional pachinko machine as viewed from the front, and (d) is a perspective view of the cylinder lock of (a) as viewed from the rear. 41(a) is an exploded perspective view of the cylinder lock of FIG. 41(a) seen from the front, and FIG. 41(b) is an exploded perspective view of the cylinder lock of FIG. 41(a) seen from the rear. FIG. 41(a) is an explanatory diagram showing the movable mechanism of the cylinder lock in FIG. 41(a) from the front, (b) is an explanatory diagram of the cylinder lock shown in a state rotated 90 degrees counterclockwise from the state in (a), and (c) is an explanatory diagram of the cylinder lock shown in a state rotated 90 degrees clockwise from the state in (a). (a) is a perspective view of the ball feeding unit of the door frame base unit from the front, and (b) is a perspective view of the ball feeding unit from the rear. (a) is an exploded oblique view of the ball feeding unit seen from the front, and (b) is an exploded oblique view of the ball feeding unit seen from the rear with the rear case and anti-tamper member removed. 1A is a perspective view of the fall cover unit of the door frame base unit as viewed from the front, and FIG. 1B is a perspective view of the fall cover unit as viewed from the rear. FIG. 2 is a front view of the fall cover unit with the lid member removed. This is an exploded oblique view of the handle unit, plate unit, and performance operation unit in the door frame, viewed from the front. This is an exploded oblique view of the handle unit, plate unit, and performance operation unit in the door frame, viewed from behind. 1 is an exploded oblique view of the handle unit in the door frame as viewed from the front. FIG. 1 is an exploded perspective view of the handle unit in the door frame as viewed from behind. FIG. 1A is an explanatory diagram showing in a perspective view the relationship between the handle base, the handle, the handle return spring, and the handle touch sensor in the handle unit, and FIG. 1B is an explanatory diagram showing in a perspective view an exploded view of FIG. 13 is an explanatory diagram showing a rear perspective view of the relationship between the handle base, the handle, the handle return spring, the handle touch sensor, and the inner base in the handle unit. FIG. FIG. 13 is an explanatory diagram showing a modified example of the handle unit, in a perspective view from behind, the relationship between the handle base, the handle, the handle return spring, the handle touch sensor, and the inner base. (a) is an oblique view showing the performance operation unit in a state where the transparent portion of the door frame is made opaque and the lever operation part is not protruding, and (b) is an oblique view showing the performance operation unit in a state where the lever operation part is protruding in (a). (a) is an explanatory diagram showing the performance operation unit from the right side together with the advance/retract mechanism when the lever operation part is not extended, and (b) is an explanatory diagram showing the state in which the lever operation part is extended in (a). 1A is a perspective view of the performance operation unit seen from the front with the transparent portion made transparent, and FIG. 1B is a right side view of the performance operation unit of FIG. This is an oblique view from the front of the unit reinforcement frame in the performance operation unit of Figure 55. 11 is an explanatory diagram showing a rotation mechanism of a rotating body in the lever operation unit. FIG. This is an explanatory diagram showing a cross section of an example of a crime prevention measure using a glass unit or the like in a door frame. 61 is an explanatory diagram showing a security measure using the glass unit shown in FIG. 60 from the rear. 62 is an explanatory diagram showing a first variant of a crime prevention measure that uses a glass unit or the like in a door frame different from those shown in FIGS. 60 and 61 . FIG. 63 is an explanatory diagram showing a second modified example of a crime prevention measure that uses a glass unit or the like different from that shown in FIG. 62. FIG. 2 is a front view of the main body frame of the pachinko machine. FIG. 2 is a rear view of the main body frame of the pachinko machine. This is an oblique view of the main body frame from the front right. This is an oblique view of the main body frame from the front left. This is an oblique view of the main body frame from the rear. This is an exploded oblique view of the main body frame disassembled into its main components as viewed from the front. This is an exploded oblique view of the main body frame disassembled into its main components and viewed from the rear. 1A is an enlarged oblique view showing the lower left corner of the front of the main body frame, and FIG. 1B is an enlarged oblique view showing the lower left corner of the front of the main body frame when the door frame is opened relative to the main body frame. 11 is an explanatory diagram showing the operation of the connection cable guide member of the main body frame when the door frame is opened and closed relative to the main body frame. FIG. 1A is a perspective view of the ball launcher in the main body frame as viewed from the front, and FIG. 1B is a perspective view of the ball launcher as viewed from the rear. 1A is a perspective view of the dispensing base unit of the main frame seen from the front, and FIG. 1B is a perspective view of the dispensing base unit seen from the rear. 1A is a perspective view of the dispensing unit in the main body frame seen from the front, and FIG. 1B is a perspective view of the dispensing unit seen from the rear. 1A is an exploded perspective view of the dispensing unit disassembled into its main components as viewed from the front, and FIG. 1B is an exploded perspective view of the dispensing unit disassembled into its main components as viewed from the rear. This is a rear cross-sectional view of the dispensing device of the dispensing unit, cut at the center of the dispensing blade in the front-to-rear direction. (a) is a rear cross-sectional view of the dispensing device cut at the center of the dispensing blade in the fore-and-aft direction when the ball-removing movable piece is in the open state, and (b) is a cross-sectional view cut along line A-A in (a). An explanatory diagram showing the relationship between the door frame foul cover unit and the lower full ball path unit. An explanatory diagram showing the flow of game balls in the main body frame. 1A is a perspective view of a board unit of a main body frame as viewed from the front, and FIG. 1B is a perspective view of the board unit as viewed from the rear. 1 is a perspective view of the board unit as viewed from below and rear. FIG. 2 is an exploded perspective view of the board unit as viewed from the front, disassembled into its main components. FIG. 2 is an exploded perspective view of the board unit disassembled into its main components and viewed from the rear. This is an enlarged side cross-sectional view showing the lower part of the pachinko machine cut in the center in the left-right direction. 1A is a perspective view of the locking unit of the main body frame as seen from the front, and FIG. 1B is a perspective view of the locking unit as seen from the rear. (a) is an oblique view of the base unit of the second embodiment, with the power supply unit, dispensing control unit, and interface unit omitted, viewed from the front right, and (b) is an oblique view of the base unit of (a) viewed from the front left. 87A is a perspective view of the board unit of FIG. 87 seen from the upper right rear, and FIG. 87B is a perspective view of the board unit of FIG. 87A seen from the lower right rear. 87A is a plan view of the substrate unit of FIG. 87, FIG. 87B is a cross-sectional view taken along line C-C in FIG. 87A, and FIG. 87C is a cross-sectional view taken along line S-S in FIG. This is a cross-sectional view taken along line C-C in Figure 89(a). 88 is an exploded oblique view of the board unit of FIG. 87 as seen from the front. This is an exploded oblique view of the board unit of Figure 87 seen from the rear. This is a front view of the game board, with the transparent center gimmicks and other parts shown as opaque. FIG. 94 is an oblique view of the game board of FIG. 93 as seen from the front right. FIG. 94 is an oblique view of the game board of FIG. 93 as seen from the front left. FIG. 94 is a rear perspective view of the game board of FIG. 93. This is an exploded oblique view of the game board in Figure 93, broken down into its main components, as seen from the front. This is an exploded perspective view of the game board in Figure 93, disassembled into its main components and viewed from behind. This is a front view of the game board, showing the inside of the game area where game balls circulate, by cutting the front unit parallel to the surface of the game panel. 93, (a) is a front perspective view of an assembly having a front component, a game panel and a front unit on the game board of FIG. 93, and (b) is a rear perspective view of an assembly having a front component, a game panel and a front unit on the game board of FIG. 93. 101 is an exploded perspective view of the assembly shown in FIG. 100, broken down into its main components and viewed from the front. 101 is an exploded perspective view of the assembly shown in FIG. 100, broken down into its main components and viewed from the rear. (a) is an explanatory diagram showing an enlarged oblique view of the portion of the first information display part of the game board in the previous component, (b) is an explanatory diagram showing a cross-section of the portion of the first information display part of the game board, (c) is an explanatory diagram showing an exploded oblique view of the first information display part of the game board and the first information sticker base, and (d) is an oblique view of the first information sticker base to which the first information sticker is affixed, as viewed from the front. (a) is an explanatory diagram showing an enlarged oblique view of a portion of the second information display portion of the game board in the previous component, (b) is an explanatory diagram showing a cross-section of the portion of the second information display portion of the game board, (c) is an explanatory diagram showing an exploded oblique view of the second information display portion of the game board and the second information sticker base, and (d) is an oblique view of the second information sticker base to which the second information sticker is affixed, viewed from the front. (a) is an explanatory diagram showing an enlarged oblique view of a portion of the third information display part of the game board in the previous component, (b) is an explanatory diagram showing a cross-section of the portion of the third information display part of the game board, (c) is an explanatory diagram showing an exploded oblique view of the third information display part of the game board and the third information sticker base, and (d) is an oblique view of the third information sticker base to which the third information sticker is affixed, viewed from the front. This is an oblique view of the center feature of the game board as seen from the front. This is an oblique view of the center feature of the game board seen from behind. 1A is a front view of the stage unit in the center prop, and FIG. 1B is a rear view of the stage unit in the center prop. FIG. 2 is an exploded perspective view of the stage unit as seen from the front. FIG. 2 is an exploded perspective view of the stage unit as seen from the rear. FIG. 2 is an enlarged front view showing a main part of the stage unit. 111, (b) is a cross-sectional view taken along line C-C in FIG. 111, (c) is a cross-sectional view taken along line Z in FIG. 111, and (d) is a cross-sectional view taken along line T-T in FIG. 111. 1A to 1E are explanatory diagrams showing various aspects of demolding traces. 1A is a front view of a first member having demolding traces on both the front and rear sides of the stage unit of the center role piece, and FIG. 1B is a rear view of the first member having demolding traces on both the front and rear sides of the stage unit. 1A is a front view of a second member in which a demolding trace portion is provided only on the rear side of the stage unit, and FIG. 1B is a rear view of the second member in which a demolding trace portion is provided only on the rear side of the stage unit. FIG. 1A is a front view of a third member in which a demolding trace portion is provided only on the front side of the stage unit, and FIG. 1B is a rear view of the third member in which a demolding trace portion is provided only on the front side of the stage unit. 116(a) is a plan view of a second member in which demolding traces are provided at a position different from that in FIG. 115, and FIG. 116(b) is a front view of a third member in which demolding traces are provided at a position different from that in FIG. This is an explanatory diagram showing a schematic diagram of a center device with a demolding trace portion provided on the front side, together with a game board. 109 is a front view showing a part of a stage unit of a second embodiment different from FIG. 108 etc. 119A is a perspective view of the stage unit of FIG. 119 seen from the front, and FIG. 119B is a perspective view of the stage unit of FIG. 119A seen from the rear. 120 is an exploded perspective view of the stage unit of FIG. 119 as viewed from the front. 120 is an exploded perspective view of the stage unit of FIG. 119, seen from the rear. 119, (b) is a cross-sectional view taken along line 2-2 in FIG. 119, and (c) is a cross-sectional view taken along line 1-1 in FIG. 119. This is a front view of the game board showing the rear first rising and lowering decorative body moved from the normal state to an intermediate position between the waiting position at the bottom and the raised position at the top. This is a front view of the game board shown in a state where the second rear rising decoration has been moved from the normal state to an intermediate position between the waiting position at the bottom and the raised position at the top. FIG. 2 is a block diagram showing an outline of the control configuration of the game board. FIG. 11 is a front view showing an outline of the center gimmick of the game board of the second embodiment. FIG. 11 is a front perspective view of the center device of the game board of the second embodiment. 13 is a perspective view of the center device of the game board of the second embodiment, seen from behind. (a) is an explanatory diagram showing an enlarged view of the upper left corner of the center gadget in Figure 127 where the gadget winning opening is located, (b) is an explanatory diagram showing an oblique view of the area in (a) seen from the front, and (c) is an explanatory diagram showing a cross-section of the area of the gadget winning opening in the ball passage of the center gadget in Figure 127. 127, (b) is an explanatory diagram showing an oblique view of (a) as seen from behind, and (c) is an explanatory diagram showing a schematic cross-section of the portion of the ball passage of the center gadget in FIG. 127 that extends upward and downward. 1A is a front view of an attacca unit provided with a passage decorative portion, and FIG. 1B is an explanatory diagram showing a cross section of the passage decorative portion of the attacca unit of FIG. 1A. 1 is an explanatory diagram showing a cross section of an example of a passage decorative part. FIG. 13A to 13C are explanatory diagrams showing examples of the shape of a recess in a passage decorative portion. 13A to 13C are explanatory diagrams showing examples of the shape of the protrusions in the passage decorative portion. 1A to 1C are explanatory diagrams showing a passage decorative portion having a plurality of convex portions and concave portions of different shapes. (a) is an explanatory diagram showing a cross section of a passage decoration part in which a second convex part of the same shape is provided on a first convex part, (b) is an explanatory diagram showing a cross section of a passage decoration part in which a second convex part with a different protrusion amount is provided on a first convex part, (c) is an explanatory diagram showing a cross section of a passage decoration part in which a second convex part of a different shape is provided on a first convex part, and (d) is an explanatory diagram showing a cross section of a passage decoration part in which a second convex part is also provided on the inclined surface of the first convex part. (a1) is an explanatory diagram showing a cross section of a passage decorative part in which a first convex part has a second convex part of the same shape, (a2) is an explanatory diagram showing (a1) from the front, and (b) is an explanatory diagram showing a passage decorative part in which a concave part of a different shape from (a2) is provided from the front. 1A is an explanatory diagram showing a cross section of a passage decorative part that is fitted into an opening of a game panel, and FIG. 1B is an explanatory diagram showing a cross section of a passage decorative part that has a different form to that shown in FIG. FIG. 13 is an explanatory diagram showing an enlarged view of the outlet notation. 1A is a front view of the lower part of a game board having an out hole marking thereon, and FIG. 1B is a perspective view of FIG. This is an explanatory diagram showing a part of a game board from the front, in which an outlet marking is used to follow the pattern of the decorative part. FIG. 13 is an explanatory diagram showing a portion of a game board from the front, in which multiple out opening markings are used with different degrees of prominence for each. (a) is a front view showing a pachinko machine in which an outlet marking is provided so as to overlap with the performance operation unit when viewed from the front, and (b) is a longitudinal cross-sectional view showing a schematic view of the pachinko machine of (a) cut in the center in the left-right direction. 13A is an explanatory diagram showing the relationship between the outlet markings and the LEDs when viewed from the front, and FIG. 13B is an explanatory diagram showing the relationship between the player seated in front and the outlet markings and the LEDs. (a) is an explanatory diagram showing an enlarged view of the area on the game board where the out markings are located when viewed from the front, (b) is an explanatory diagram showing the relationship between the out markings and LEDs when viewed from the front on the game board of (a), and (c) is an explanatory diagram showing the relationship between a player seated at the front and the out markings and LEDs on the game board of (a). (a) is a front view of a ball inlet member having multiple outlets marked thereon, and (b) is a rear view of the ball inlet member of (a). 147A is a front view showing an enlarged portion of the outlet marking on a ball inlet member having an outlet marking in a different manner from that in FIG. 147, and FIG. 147B is a rear view of FIG. 147 and 148, (a) is a front view showing an enlarged portion of the outlet marking on a ball inlet member which has the outlet marking printed on both sides, and (b) is a rear view of (a). A front view showing a portion of a transparent ball inlet member with an outlet notation and a transparent portion attached to a decorative sticker. (a) is an explanatory diagram showing the lower part of a pachinko machine from the front when the pop-up type push operation unit as the performance operation unit is in the normal position, and (b) is an explanatory diagram showing the lower part of a pachinko machine from the front when the pop-up type push operation unit is in the raised position. (a) is an explanatory diagram showing a part of the center role from the front when the distribution piece is in the forward position, (b) is an explanatory diagram showing a cross section cut at the sub-out port in the state of (a), and (c) is an explanatory diagram showing the main parts of the center role from the front when the distribution piece is in the retracted position. (a) is a front view showing a starting port unit having a first starting port and a second starting port in a normal state, (b) is a longitudinal cross-sectional view of the starting port unit of (a), (c) is an oblique view showing the portion of the second starting port in the state of (a), and (d) is an oblique view showing the portion of the second starting port when the blades are opened from the state of (c). 1 is an explanatory diagram showing a schematic view of the lower part of a game board in which the lower part of the game area is separated into a first area and a second area; FIG.

[1. Overall structure of a pachinko machine]
A pachinko machine 1 according to an embodiment of the present invention will be described in detail with reference to the drawings. First, the overall configuration of the pachinko machine 1 according to this embodiment will be described with reference to Figs. 1 to 10. Fig. 1 is a front view of a pachinko machine according to an embodiment of the present invention. Fig. 2 is a right side view of the pachinko machine, Fig. 3 is a left side view of the pachinko machine, and Fig. 4 is a rear view of the pachinko machine. Fig. 5 is a perspective view of the pachinko machine as seen from the right front, Fig. 6 is a perspective view of the pachinko machine as seen from the left front, and Fig. 7 is a perspective view of the pachinko machine as seen from the rear. Fig. 8 is a perspective view of the pachinko machine as seen from the front with the door frame opened from the main body frame and the main body frame opened from the outer frame. Fig. 9 is an exploded perspective view of the pachinko machine disassembled into the door frame, game board, main body frame, and outer frame as seen from the front, and Fig. 10 is an exploded perspective view of the pachinko machine disassembled into the door frame, game board, main body frame, and outer frame as seen from the rear.

The pachinko machine 1 of this embodiment is equipped with a frame-shaped outer frame 2 that is installed in an island facility (not shown) of a gaming hall, a door frame 3 that closes the front of the outer frame 2 in an openable and closable manner, a main frame 4 that supports the door frame 3 in an openable and closable manner and is attached to the outer frame 2 in an openable and closable manner, and a game board 5 that is detachably attached to the main frame 4 from the front and is visible from the player's side through the door frame 3, and has a game area 5a into which the player hits a game ball B (see Figure 78, etc.).

The outer frame 2 is formed into a rectangular frame that extends vertically when viewed from the front. The outer frame 2 includes a left outer frame assembly 10 and a right outer frame assembly 20 that are spaced apart from each other and extend vertically, an upper outer frame member 30 that connects the upper ends of the left outer frame assembly 10 and the right outer frame assembly 20, a lower outer frame assembly 40 that connects the lower ends of the left outer frame assembly 10 and the right outer frame assembly 20, an upper outer frame hinge assembly 50 attached to the left end of the upper surface of the upper outer frame member 30, and a lower outer frame hinge member 60 attached to the lower right side of the left outer frame assembly 10 and the left end of the upper surface of the lower outer frame assembly 40.

The outer frame 2 is attached to the island equipment of the game hall in which the pachinko machine 1 is installed, and the outer frame upper hinge assembly 50 and the outer frame lower hinge member 60 support the main frame upper hinge member 510 and the main frame lower hinge assembly 520 of the main frame 4 so that they can rotate coaxially, and the main frame 4 is attached so that it can be opened and closed forward around the left side when viewed from the front.

In addition, when the main frame 4 is closed, the door frame 3 has the lower outer frame assembly 40 which cooperates with the speaker unit 620a of the board unit 620 in the main frame 4 to form part of the enclosure 624 of the main frame speaker 622, and the sound output to the rear of the main frame speaker 622 is phase-inverted and radiated forward, allowing the player to hear a deeper bass sound.

The door frame 3 closes the game area 5a of the game board 5 into which the game balls B are dropped so that it can be seen from the front, stores the game balls B to be dropped into the game area 5a, and is equipped with a handle 197 that the player operates to drop the stored game balls B into the game area 5a. The door frame 3 also decorates the entire front of the pachinko machine 1.

The door frame 3 also has a performance operation unit 301 that can be operated by the player in addition to the handle 197. When a player-participation performance is being executed, the player can participate in the performance by operating the performance operation unit 301. This allows the player to enjoy the game not only by playing with the game ball B, but also by operating the performance operation unit 301.

The main body frame 4 comprises a frame-shaped main body frame base unit 500 whose rear part can be inserted into the outer frame 2 and can support the outer periphery of the game board 5, a main body frame upper hinge member 510 and a main body frame lower hinge assembly 520 for mounting the main body frame 4 to the outer frame 2 so as to be openable and closable and for mounting the door frame 3 so as to be openable and closable, a main body frame reinforcing frame 530 which reinforces the main body frame base unit 500, a ball launching device 540 for shooting game balls B into the game area 5a of the game board 5, and game balls supplied from the island equipment of the game hall. It is equipped with a payout base unit 550 that receives the game balls B, a payout unit 560 that pays out the game balls B received by the payout base unit 550 to the player, a board unit 620 that has a power board 630 equipped with a power switch 630a that can turn on the power to the pachinko machine 1 as well as a payout control board 633, a back cover 640 that covers the rear side of the game board 5 attached to the main frame base 501, and a locking unit 650 that locks the outer frame 2 and the main frame 4, and the door frame 3 and the main frame 4.

The main frame 4 holds the game board 5 having a play area 5a where a game is played by hitting the game ball B, and is used to pay out the game ball B to the player and to eject the game balls B used in the game to the rear of the pachinko machine 1 (towards the island equipment of the game hall). The main frame 4 is formed in a box shape with an open front, and the game board 5 is removably stored inside from the front. The main frame 4 is attached to a frame-shaped outer frame 2 attached to the island equipment of the game hall at the top and bottom of the front end on the left side of the front side so that it can be opened and closed, and a door frame 3 is attached so that the open front side can be closed.

The game board 5 includes a game area 5a in which the game ball B is thrown by the player, a front component 1000 that defines the outer periphery of the game area 5a and has an outline that is roughly rectangular when viewed from the front, a plate-shaped game panel 1100 that is attached to the rear side of the front component 1000 and defines the rear end of the game area 5a, a main control unit 1300 that is attached to the rear surface of the rear box 3010 of the rear unit 3000 and has a main control board 1310, a function display unit 1400 that displays the game status based on control signals from the main control board 1310, a peripheral control unit 1500 (see Figure 10) that is located on the rear side of the game panel 1100, a performance display device 1600 that is located in the center of the game area 5a when viewed from the front and is capable of displaying a predetermined performance image, a front unit 2000 that is attached to the front of the game panel 1100, and a rear unit 3000 that is attached to the rear surface of the game panel 1100. The back unit 3000 is equipped with various performance units that can perform moving and light-emitting performances depending on the game status.

The game area 5a of the game board 5 includes a plurality of obstacle nails N that come into contact with the game ball B and are planted in a predetermined gauge arrangement, and a general winning hole 2001, a first start hole 2002, a gate 2003, a second start hole 2004, a normal winning hole 2011, a first large winning hole 2005, and a second large winning hole 2006 that provide a player with a predetermined privilege (e.g., the payment of a predetermined number of game balls B) when the game ball B is received or passed through. The obstacle nails N are planted on the front surface of the game panel 1100. The general winning hole 2001, the first start hole 2002, the gate 2003, the second start hole 2004, the normal winning hole 2011, the first large winning hole 2005, and the second large winning hole 2006 are provided in the front unit 2000.

A player can shoot a game ball B into the game area 5a of the game board 5 by operating the handle 197 of the handle unit 180. This allows the player to enjoy operating the handle 197 so that the game ball B is accepted into or passes through the general winning opening 2001, the first starting opening 2002, the gate 2003, the second starting opening 2004, the normal winning opening 2011, the first large winning opening 2005, and the second large winning opening 2006, etc., in the game area 5a.

In addition, the game board 5 can entertain the player by displaying a predetermined performance image on the performance display device 1600 and by performing light-emitting and moving performances using the rear first performance unit 3300, rear second performance unit 3400, etc., depending on the game state that changes when the game ball B is hit into the game area 5a.

[2. Overall structure of the outer frame]
The outer frame 2 of the pachinko machine 1 will be described with reference to Figs. 11 to 16. Fig. 11 is a front view of the outer frame of the pachinko machine, Fig. 12 is a rear view of the outer frame, and Fig. 13 is a right side view of the outer frame. Fig. 14 is a perspective view of the outer frame seen from the front, and Fig. 15 is a perspective view of the outer frame seen from the rear. Fig. 16 is an exploded perspective view of the outer frame disassembled into its main components and seen from the front. The outer frame 2 is attached to an island facility (not shown) in an amusement hall or the like on which the pachinko machine 1 is installed. The outer frame 2 is formed into a rectangular frame that extends vertically when viewed from the front.

As shown in the figure, the outer frame 2 comprises a left outer frame assembly 10 and a right outer frame assembly 20 that are spaced apart from each other laterally and extend vertically, an upper outer frame member 30 that connects the upper ends of the left outer frame assembly 10 and the right outer frame assembly 20, a lower outer frame assembly 40 that connects the lower ends of the left outer frame assembly 10 and the right outer frame assembly 20, an upper outer frame hinge assembly 50 attached to the left end of the upper surface of the upper outer frame member 30, and a lower outer frame hinge member 60 attached to the lower right side of the left outer frame assembly 10 and the left end of the upper surface of the lower outer frame assembly 40.

When the main frame 4 is closed, the outer frame lower assembly 40 cooperates with the speaker unit 620a of the board unit 620 in the main frame 4 to form part of the enclosure 624 of the main frame speaker 622, and can invert the phase of the sound output to the rear of the main frame speaker 622 and radiate it forward.

The outer frame 2 can detachably support the upper hinge assembly 50 of the main body frame 4. The upper hinge assembly 50 and the lower hinge member 60 of the outer frame 2 can coaxially support the upper hinge member 510 and the lower hinge assembly 520 of the main body frame 4, and the main body frame 4 can be attached so that it can be opened and closed forward around the left side when viewed from the front.

[2-1. Left outer frame assembly and right outer frame assembly]
The left outer frame assembly 10 and the right outer frame assembly 20 of the outer frame 2 will be described in detail mainly with reference to Fig. 17. Fig. 17 is an exploded perspective view of the left outer frame assembly and the right outer frame assembly of the outer frame, respectively, disassembled and viewed from the front. The left outer frame assembly 10 and the right outer frame assembly 20 of the outer frame 2 each extend vertically and are arranged spaced apart from each other on the left and right. The left outer frame assembly 10 and the right outer frame assembly 20 coaxially support the upper main frame hinge member 510 and the lower main frame hinge assembly 520 of the main body frame 4 so as to be rotatable on the same axis, and are used to attach the main body frame 4 to the outer frame 2 so as to be openable and closable.

First, the left outer frame assembly 10 comprises a left outer frame member 11 that extends vertically with a constant width (depth) in the front-to-rear direction, an upper left connecting member 12 that is attached to the upper end of the right side of the left outer frame member 11, and a lower left connecting member 13 that is attached to the lower end of the right side of the left outer frame member 11.

The left outer frame member 11 extends vertically with a constant cross-sectional shape, and is formed from an extruded aluminum alloy material. The left outer frame member 11 has a recess 11a that is flatly recessed to the right in the rear part of the left side surface, which is one of three equal parts in the front-to-rear direction, a bulge 11b that bulges to the right from the part on the right side surface opposite the recess 11a, and a hollow portion 11c that penetrates the bulge 11b vertically. The strength and rigidity of the left outer frame member 11 are increased by the recess 11a and the bulge 11b, and the weight is reduced by the hollow portion 11c.

The left outer frame member 11 also has multiple grooves extending vertically formed on both the left and right side surfaces. The multiple grooves on the left side surface are V-shaped, and the multiple grooves on the right side surface are semicircular. The left outer frame member 11 is formed in a symmetrical shape with the right outer frame member 21 of the right outer frame assembly 20 described below.

The upper left connecting member 12 is for connecting the upper end of the outer frame left member 11 and the left end of the outer frame upper member 30. The upper left connecting member 12 is provided with a flat horizontal fixing portion 12a extending horizontally, a flat upper lateral fixing portion 12b extending upward from the middle in the front-to-rear direction on the left side of the horizontal fixing portion 12a, and a pair of flat lower lateral fixing portions 12c extending downward from both the front and rear sides of the upper lateral fixing portion 12b on the left side of the horizontal fixing portion 12a. The upper left connecting member 12 is formed by bending a flat metal plate.

The upper left connecting member 12 is attached to the left outer frame member 11 by inserting the rear lower horizontal fixing part 12c into the hollow part 11c of the left outer frame member 11, abutting the horizontal fixing part 12a against the upper end of the left outer frame member 11, and further abutting the front and rear lower horizontal fixing parts 12c against the right side of the left outer frame member 11, and screwing a screw into the lower horizontal fixing part 12c from the outside of the left side of the left outer frame member 11. The upper left connecting member 12 is also attached to the upper outer frame member 30 by abutting the horizontal fixing part 12a against the underside of the left end side of the upper outer frame member 30, and inserting the upper horizontal fixing part 12b into the notch part 30a on the left side of the upper outer frame member 30, and screwing a screw into the upper outer frame member 30 through the horizontal fixing part 12a and the upper horizontal fixing part 12b.

The lower left connecting member 13 is for connecting the lower end of the outer frame left member 11 and the left end of the outer frame lower assembly 40 (outer frame lower member 41). The lower left connecting member 13 is provided with a flat horizontal fixing portion 13a extending horizontally, a flat upper lateral fixing portion 13b extending upward from the left side of the horizontal fixing portion 13a and extending rearward from the horizontal fixing portion 13a, a flat lower lateral fixing portion 13c extending downward from a portion on the lower side of the upper lateral fixing portion 13b rearward from the horizontal fixing portion 13a, and a flat abutment portion 13d extending short to the right from the rear side of the upper lateral fixing portion 13b. The lower left connecting member 13 is formed by bending a flat metal plate.

The left lower connecting member 13 is attached to the left outer frame member 11 by screwing a screw into the upper horizontal fixing portion 13b from the outside of the left side of the left outer frame member 11 with the rear surface of the abutment portion 13d abutting against the front surface of the bulge portion 11b of the left outer frame member 11, the left side of the upper horizontal fixing portion 13b abutting against the right side of the left outer frame member 11, and the lower surface of the horizontal fixing portion 13a coinciding with the lower end of the left outer frame member 11. The left lower connecting member 13 is attached to the lower outer frame member 41 by screwing a screw into the lower outer frame member 41 through the horizontal fixing portion 13a and the lower horizontal fixing portion 13c with the horizontal fixing portion 13a abutting against the upper surface of the left end side of the lower outer frame member 41 and the lower horizontal fixing portion 13c inserted into the notch 41a on the left side of the lower outer frame member 41.

Next, the right outer frame assembly 20 comprises a right outer frame member 21 that extends vertically with a constant width (depth) in the front-to-rear direction, an upper right connecting member 22 attached to the upper end of the left side of the right outer frame member 21, a lower right connecting member 23 attached to the lower end of the left side of the right outer frame member 21, an upper hook member 24 attached to the upper part of the left side of the right outer frame member 21, and a lower hook member 25 attached to the lower part of the left side of the right outer frame member 21.

The right outer frame member 21 extends vertically with a constant cross-sectional shape, and is formed from an extruded aluminum alloy material. The right outer frame member 21 has a recess 21a that is flatly recessed to the left in the rear portion of the right side surface, which is one of three equal portions of the right side surface divided in the front-to-rear direction, a bulge 21b that bulges to the left from the portion of the left side surface opposite the recess 21a, and a hollow portion 21c that penetrates the bulge 21b vertically. The strength and rigidity of the right outer frame member 21 are increased by the recess 21a and the bulge 21b, and the weight is reduced by the hollow portion 21c.

The right outer frame member 21 also has multiple grooves extending vertically formed on both the left and right side surfaces. The multiple grooves on the right side surface are V-shaped, and the multiple grooves on the left side surface are semicircular. The right outer frame member 21 is formed symmetrically to the left outer frame member 11 of the left outer frame assembly 10.

The upper right connecting member 22 is for connecting the upper end of the outer frame right member 21 and the right end of the outer frame upper member 30. The upper right connecting member 22 is provided with a flat horizontal fixing portion 22a extending horizontally, a flat upper lateral fixing portion 22b extending upward from the middle in the front-to-rear direction on the right side of the horizontal fixing portion 22a, and a pair of flat lower lateral fixing portions 22c extending downward from both the front and rear sides of the upper lateral fixing portion 22b on the right side of the horizontal fixing portion 22a. The upper right connecting member 22 is formed by bending a flat metal plate.

The upper right connecting member 22 is attached to the right outer frame member 21 by inserting the rear lower horizontal fixing portion 22c into the hollow portion 21c of the right outer frame member 21, abutting the horizontal fixing portion 22a against the upper end of the right outer frame member 21, and screwing a screw into the lower horizontal fixing portion 22c from the outside of the right side of the right outer frame member 21 with the front and rear lower horizontal fixing portions 22c abutting against the left side of the right outer frame member 21. The upper right connecting member 22 is attached to the upper outer frame member 30 by abutting the horizontal fixing portion 22a against the lower surface of the right end side of the upper outer frame member 30, inserting the upper horizontal fixing portion 22b into the notch portion 30a on the right side of the upper outer frame member 30, and screwing a screw into the upper outer frame member 30 through the horizontal fixing portion 22a and the upper horizontal fixing portion 22b.

The lower right connecting member 23 is for connecting the lower end of the outer frame right member 21 and the right end of the outer frame lower assembly 40 (lower outer frame member 41). The lower right connecting member 23 is provided with a flat horizontal fixing portion 23a extending horizontally, a flat upper lateral fixing portion 23b extending upward from the right side of the horizontal fixing portion 23a and extending rearward from the horizontal fixing portion 23a, a flat lower lateral fixing portion 23c extending downward from a portion on the lower side of the upper lateral fixing portion 23b rearward from the horizontal fixing portion 23a, and a flat abutment portion 23d extending short to the left from the rear side of the upper lateral fixing portion 23b. The lower right connecting member 23 is formed by bending a flat metal plate.

The lower right connecting member 23 is attached to the right outer frame member 21 by screwing a screw into the upper horizontal fixing part 23b from the outside of the right side of the outer frame right member 21 with the rear surface of the abutment part 23d abutting against the front surface of the bulge part 21b of the right outer frame member 21, the right side of the upper horizontal fixing part 23b abutting against the left side of the right outer frame member 21, and the lower surface of the horizontal fixing part 23a coinciding with the lower end of the right outer frame member 21. The lower right connecting member 23 is attached to the lower outer frame member 41 by screwing a screw into the lower outer frame member 41 through the horizontal fixing part 23a and the lower horizontal fixing part 23c with the horizontal fixing part 23a abutting against the upper surface of the right end side of the lower outer frame member 41 and the lower horizontal fixing part 23c inserted into the notch 41a on the right side of the lower outer frame member 41.

The upper hook member 24 and the lower hook member 25 are hooked by the outer frame hook 653 of the locking unit 650 in the main frame 4 described below. The upper hook member 24 has a flat mounting part 24a that extends vertically with a constant width in the front-to-rear direction and is attached to the left side surface of the outer frame right member 21, and a flat hook piece part 24b that extends leftward from the front edge of the mounting part 24a and hooks the upper outer frame hook 653.

The lower hook member 25 has a flat mounting portion 25a that extends vertically with a constant width in the front-to-rear direction and is attached to the left side surface of the outer frame right member 21, a flat hook piece portion 25b that extends leftward from the front edge of the mounting portion 25a and to which the lower outer frame hook 653 is hooked, and an insertion hole 25c that penetrates the hook piece portion 25b in the front-to-rear direction and through which the lower outer frame hook 653 can be inserted.

[2-2. Upper outer frame member]
The upper outer frame member 30 of the outer frame 2 will be described in detail mainly with reference to Fig. 16. The upper outer frame member 30 is for connecting the upper ends of the left outer frame assembly 10 and the right outer frame assembly 20 which are spaced apart from each other on the left and right sides. The upper outer frame member 30 has a width in the front-to-rear direction substantially the same as that of the left outer frame member 11 and the right outer frame member 21 in the front-to-rear direction, a constant thickness in the up-down direction, extends in the left-to-right direction, and is made of wood. The upper outer frame member 30 is formed so that its length in the left-to-right direction is the same as that of the lower outer frame member 41 of the lower outer frame assembly 40 described later.

The upper outer frame member 30 has cutouts 30a at the center of the front-rear direction on both the left and right sides, which penetrate vertically and are recessed toward the center in the left-right direction. The upper horizontal fixing part 12b of the upper left connecting member 12 and the upper horizontal fixing part 22b of the upper right connecting member 22 are inserted and attached into the cutouts 30a at both left and right ends.

The upper outer frame member 30 also has a mounting step 30b at the left end, the top and front surfaces of which are recessed from the general surface. The upper outer frame hinge assembly 50, which will be described later, is attached to this mounting step 30b.

[2-3. Lower Outer Frame Assembly]
The lower frame assembly 40 of the outer frame 2 will be described in detail mainly with reference to Fig. 18. Fig. 18 is an exploded perspective view of the lower frame assembly of the outer frame when viewed from the front. The lower frame assembly 40 connects the lower ends of the left and right frame assemblies 10 and 20, which are spaced apart from each other on the left and right, and is used to close off the lower side of the door frame 3 in the pachinko machine 1 for decoration.

The lower outer frame assembly 40 comprises a lower outer frame member 41 that connects the lower ends of the left outer frame assembly 10 and the right outer frame assembly 20, which are spaced apart from each other on the left and right, and extends left and right; a box-shaped front panel member 42 that is disposed in front of the lower outer frame member 41, extends left and right along the lower outer frame member 41, and is open at the rear; a box-shaped rear panel member 43 that is attached to the rear side of the front panel member 42 and is attached to the top surface of the lower outer frame member 41, extends left and right, and is open at the front; and a ball-jamming prevention mechanism 44 formed at the left end of the top surface of the rear panel member 43.

The outer frame lower member 41 has a width in the front-to-rear direction that is approximately the same as that of the outer frame left member 11 and the outer frame right member 21 in the front-to-rear direction, a constant thickness in the up-down direction, extends in the left-to-right direction, and is formed from wood. The outer frame lower member 41 is formed so that its length in the left-to-right direction is the same as that of the outer frame upper member 30 in the left-to-right direction.

The outer frame lower member 41 has cutouts 41a at the center of the front-rear direction on both left and right sides, which penetrate vertically and are recessed toward the center in the left-right direction. The lower horizontal fixing portion 13c of the lower left connecting member 13 and the lower horizontal fixing portion 23c of the lower right connecting member 23 are inserted and attached into the cutouts 41a at both left and right ends. This allows the lower ends of the left outer frame member 11 and the right outer frame member 21 to be connected to each other.

The outer frame lower member 41 is recessed from the top surface and has a recess 41b into which the lower part of the back panel member 43 is inserted. The recess 41b extends left and right and extends from a position toward the rear of the center in the front-to-rear direction to the front end side. This recess 41b makes the volume of the back panel internal space 40a formed by the front panel member 42 and the back panel member 43 as large as possible.

The front panel member 42 has the same left-right length as the outer frame lower member 41, and is formed in a horizontally long rectangular box shape with a short front-to-back depth relative to its height, with the entire rear side open. The front panel member 42 closes the open rear side with the rear panel member 43, thereby forming the front panel internal space 40a that becomes part of the enclosure 624 of the main frame speaker 622 in cooperation with the rear panel member 43. The front panel member 42 has a long hole-shaped opening 42a on the front side near the right end that penetrates from front to back and extends left to right.

The rear panel member 43 has a length in the left-right direction that is slightly shorter than the outer frame lower member 41, and is formed in a box shape with an open front. The rear panel member 43 has the front panel member 42 attached to its front surface, and cooperates with the front panel member 42 to form the interior space 40a of the panel, which is part of the enclosure 624 of the main frame speaker 622. The rear panel member 43 has a cylindrical connecting tube portion 43a in the left-right center of the upper surface, which extends left-right and protrudes upward and communicates with the interior space 40a of the panel. The connecting tube portion 43a is inclined so that its upper end is located higher from the front end side, which coincides with the general upper surface of the rear panel member 43, toward the rear. In this embodiment, the upper end of the connecting tube portion 43a is inclined at an angle of 45 degrees.

The connecting tube portion 43a has a left-right length of approximately 1/3 of the length of the entire back panel member 43, and a front-rear depth slightly shorter than the depth of the entire back panel member 43. A plurality of ribs 43b connecting the front and rear ends are provided inside the connecting tube portion 43a. When the main body frame 4 is closed against the outer frame 2, the upper end of the connecting tube portion 43a is connected to the connecting portion 621c of the speaker cover 621 of the speaker unit 620a of the board unit 620 in the main body frame 4, and is in communication with the internal space of the speaker unit 620a, forming an enclosure 624.

The ball trapping prevention mechanism 44 prevents the game ball B from being trapped between the outer frame 2 and the main frame 4 by retaining the game ball B at the left end of the upper surface of the rear panel member 43 at the portion of the outer frame lower hinge member 60.

The ball jamming prevention mechanism 44 is formed at the left end of the upper surface of the rear panel member 43, and includes a mounting portion 44a formed flat so that the outer frame lower hinge member 60 described later can be attached, a first discharge port 44b opening upward at the left end of the mounting portion 44a, a second discharge port 44c opening upward to the right of the first discharge port 44b in the mounting portion 44a, a standing wall portion 44d extending upward from the rear and right sides of the mounting portion 44a, and an upper end protruding portion 44e protruding forward from the upper end of the standing wall portion 44d and slanting so that the upper surface is positioned upward as it approaches the rear.

The first discharge opening 44b is formed at a position that coincides with the discharge hole 60d of the outer frame lower hinge member 60 described later. The first discharge opening 44b and the second discharge opening 44c are formed to a size that allows the game ball B to pass through. The first discharge opening 44b and the second discharge opening 44c do not communicate with the front panel internal space 40a, and open to the rear surface of the front panel rear member 43. Therefore, the game ball B that enters the first discharge opening 44b and the second discharge opening 44c can be discharged to the rear of the front panel rear member 43.

If an illegal tool such as a piano wire is inserted through the gap between the outer frame lower hinge member 60 and the main frame lower hinge assembly 520 described below, the ball-biting prevention mechanism 44 can prevent the illegal tool from entering by using the standing wall portion 44d rising from the rear end of the mounting portion 44a. Even if the tip of the illegal tool abuts against the standing wall portion 44d and bends upward, it will abut against the upper end protrusion portion 44e that protrudes forward at the upper end of the standing wall portion 44d, preventing further intrusion. Therefore, it is possible to prevent illegal acts from being performed through the outer frame lower hinge member 60.

However, if the rear end of the mounting portion 44a is provided with a vertical wall portion 44d, when the main frame 4 is opened relative to the outer frame 2, if a game ball B falls onto the mounting portion 44a for some reason, the vertical wall portion 44d will prevent the game ball B from moving rearward relative to the outer frame 2, making it easier for the game ball B to remain on the mounting portion 44a. If the game ball B remains on the mounting portion 44a, when the main frame 4 is closed relative to the outer frame 2, the game ball B will be pinched between the outer frame 2 and the main frame 4, causing a problem that the main frame 4 cannot be closed.

In contrast, the ball jamming prevention mechanism 44 of this embodiment allows game balls B that have fallen onto the outer frame lower hinge member 60 or onto the placement portion 44a to be discharged to the rear of the curtain board rear member 43 (rear of the outer frame 2) through the discharge hole 60d of the outer frame lower hinge member 60 and the first discharge opening 44b, or through the second discharge opening 44c, thereby preventing game balls B from being caught between the outer frame 2 and the main frame 4.

The lower outer frame assembly 40 includes a pair of guide members 45 spaced apart on the left and right sides of the upper surfaces of the front panel member 42 and the rear panel member 43, a flat grill member 46 that closes the opening 42a of the front panel member 42 from the rear, a port member 47 with two cylinders extending forward and backward that is attached inside the front panel member 42 to close the opening 42a by sandwiching the grill member 46, and a frame-shaped seal member 48 that is placed at the upper end of the connecting tube portion 43a of the rear panel member 43.

The pair of guide members 45 are against which the lower end of the door frame 3 abuts when the main frame 4 is closed against the outer frame 2. The guide members 45 are made of a low-friction material that has low friction resistance, making the lower end of the main frame 4 easier to slide on, facilitating opening and closing.

The grill member 46 is a strip-like plate extending in the left-right direction, and has multiple blades 46b spaced apart in the up-down direction. The blades 46b are inclined so that the front end is higher than the rear end. This grill member 46 allows ventilation between the inside of the front panel member 42 (the interior space 40a of the front panel) and the outside through the gaps between the blades 46b.

The port member 47 uses two cylinders to connect the interior space 40a of the panel (enclosure 624) to the front of the outer frame 2 through the gap between the blades 46b of the grill member 46. The port member 47 is made of two cylinders with a specified inner diameter and length, and can resonate and amplify the low-pitched sounds emitted backward (inside the enclosure 624) from the main frame speaker 622 using the principle of Helmholtz resonance, radiating rich low-pitched sounds to the front of the outer frame 2 (towards the player). In other words, in this embodiment, the enclosure 624 of the main frame speaker 622 is a bass reflex type, allowing the player to hear deep low-pitched sounds.

When the main frame 4 is closed against the outer frame 2, the sealing member 48 is sandwiched and compressed between the upper end of the connecting tube portion 43a and the lower end of the connecting portion 621c of the speaker cover 621 on the main frame 4, and prevents sound from inside the enclosure 624 of the main frame speaker 622 from leaking out from between the connecting tube portion 43a and the connecting portion 621c.

According to the grill member 46 of this embodiment, the air vibrations emitted from the main frame speaker 622 to the outside from the inner space 40a of the fascia board can be directed by the inclined vane portions 46b through the lower cutout opening 295b of the handle cover 295 in the handle cover unit 290 diagonally upward and forward, into the front tube portion 291a of the handle cover base 291 in which the handle unit 180 is housed. As a result, when a player inserts his or her fingers inside the handle cover 295 (front tube portion 291a of the handle cover base 291) and rotates the handle 197 (the device for striking the game ball B), the main frame speaker 622 can be vibrated to send air into the front tube portion 291a, surprising the player and providing an unprecedented performance.

In addition, because the port member 47 is open toward the front, a portion of the sound pressure emitted from the port member 47 through the multiple blades 46b of the grill member 46 is emitted forward, so that the sound effects emitted from the port member 47 can be heard by players seated in front of the pachinko machine 1 and other players wandering around the gaming hall in which the pachinko machine 1 is installed. This also attracts the attention of players, making it possible to provide a pachinko machine 1 that is highly appealing to players.

In addition, since the port member 47 is provided in the lower outer frame assembly 40 of the outer frame 2, the volume of the enclosure 624 of the main frame speaker 622 provided in the main frame 4 can be increased, allowing for a deeper bass sound to be output, entertaining the player and preventing a decline in interest.

[2-4. Hinge assembly on outer frame]
The outer frame upper hinge assembly 50 of the outer frame 2 will be described in detail mainly with reference to Fig. 19. Fig. 19(a) is an exploded perspective view of the outer frame upper hinge assembly of the outer frame when disassembled and viewed from above the front, and Fig. 19(b) is an exploded perspective view of (a) when viewed from below the front. The outer frame upper hinge assembly 50 is attached to the upper end of the outer frame left assembly 10 and the left end of the outer frame upper member 30, and is used to attach the main body frame 4 to the outer frame 2 so as to be hinged and rotatable. The outer frame upper hinge assembly 50 includes an outer frame upper hinge member 51 attached to the upper end of the recess 11a of the outer frame left member 11 and the mounting step portion 30b of the outer frame upper member 30, a locking member 52 attached to the outer frame upper hinge member 51, and a mounting screw 53 that attaches the locking member 52 to the outer frame upper hinge member 51.

The outer frame upper hinge member 51 includes an upper fixing portion 51a that is a flat plate extending horizontally and is attached to the upper surface of the mounting step portion 30b of the outer frame upper member 30, a flat forward extension portion 51b that extends forward from the front edge of the upper fixing portion 51a, a bearing groove 51c that extends from the middle of the right edge of the forward extension portion 51b toward the front and penetrates vertically, a flat horizontal fixing portion 51d that extends downward from the left edge of the upper fixing portion 51a, and a flat edge wall portion 51e that extends downward from the edge of the left edge of the forward extension portion 51b around the front edge to the part where the bearing groove 51c opens and is continuous with the horizontal fixing portion 51d. The outer frame upper hinge member 51 is formed by punching and bending a metal plate by press molding. The outer frame upper hinge member 51 can rotatably support the main body frame upper hinge pin 512 (described later) of the main body frame upper hinge member 510 within the bearing groove 51c.

The locking member 52 comprises a band-shaped locking body 52a extending forward and backward, an operating piece 52b protruding to the right from the rear end of the locking body 52a, an elastically deformable rod-shaped elastic part 52c extending leftward from the rear end of the locking body 52a and then diagonally forward to the left, and a mounting hole 52d penetrating vertically near the rear end of the locking body 52a. The locking member 52 is made of synthetic resin. The locking member 52 is rotatably attached to the lower surface of the forward extension part 51b of the outer frame upper hinge member 51 at a position rearward of the bearing groove 51c by means of mounting screws 53.

When the locking member 52 is attached to the upper hinge member 51, the locking body 52a can block the bearing groove 51c in a plan view, and the right side surface near the front end extends forward so that it can abut against the portion extending to the opening of the bearing groove 51c in the edge wall portion 51e of the upper hinge member 51. In addition, the tip of the elastic portion 52c extending leftward from the rear end of the locking body 52a abuts against the inner peripheral surface of the edge wall portion 51e of the upper hinge member 51. The locking member 52 is biased in a direction in which the front end rotates leftward around the mounting hole 52d by the biasing force of the elastic portion 52c. Therefore, in the normal state, the right side surface near the front end of the locking body 52a of the locking member 52 abuts against the edge wall portion 51e. In this state, a space capable of accommodating the upper body frame hinge pin 512 of the upper body frame hinge member 510 is formed in the bearing groove 51c in a portion forward of the lock body 52a.

By operating the operating piece 52b of this locking member 52, the locking body 52a can be rotated against the biasing force of the elastic portion 52c. By operating the operating piece 52b to rotate the locking body 52a in a direction in which its front end moves to the left, the locking body 52a can be retracted from the bearing groove 51c in a plan view, and the bearing groove 51c can be fully opened. This makes it possible to insert the main body frame upper hinge pin 512 into the bearing groove 51c or remove the main body frame upper hinge pin 512 from within the bearing groove 51c.

[2-5. Lower outer frame hinge member]
The lower outer frame hinge member 60 of the outer frame 2 will be described in detail mainly with reference to Fig. 16. The lower outer frame hinge member 60 includes a flat horizontal portion 60a extending horizontally, a flat rising portion 60b rising upward from a portion on the left side of the horizontal portion 60a rearward of the center in the front-rear direction, a lower outer frame hinge pin 60c protruding upward from the front end of the horizontal portion 60a, and a discharge hole 60d penetrating the horizontal portion 60a from top to bottom and large enough for only one game ball B to pass through. The lower outer frame hinge member 60 is formed by punching and bending a metal plate by press molding.

The horizontal portion 60a of the lower outer frame hinge member 60 is formed in a trapezoid with the left side as the base in a plan view. The lower outer frame hinge pin 60c is cylindrical and is formed in a truncated cone shape with a narrowed upper end above the vertical center. This lower outer frame hinge pin 60c is attached to a position on the left side near the front end of the horizontal portion 60a. The discharge hole 60d is formed in the horizontal portion 60a so as to contact the central portion of the rising portion 60b in the front-to-rear direction and extend in an inverted U shape from the left side of the horizontal portion 60a to the right. This discharge hole 60d is formed to be approximately the same size as the first discharge opening 44b of the ball jamming prevention mechanism 44 in the lower outer frame assembly 40.

When assembled to the outer frame 2, the rear of the horizontal section 60a of the outer frame lower hinge member 60 is placed on the mounting section 44a of the rear panel member 43 of the outer frame lower assembly 40, and is fixed to the rear panel member 43 with screws (not shown). The rising section 60b is attached to a portion of the right side surface of the left outer frame member 11, forward of the bulging section 11b, with screws (not shown). By inserting the lower outer frame hinge pin 60c into the lower outer frame hinge hole 521a in the lower main frame hinge assembly 520 of the main frame 4, the lower outer frame hinge member 60 can cooperate with the upper outer frame hinge member 51 to attach the main frame 4 so that it can be opened and closed.

In addition, when the outer frame 2 is assembled, the discharge hole 60d coincides with the first discharge opening 44b of the ball jamming prevention mechanism 44 in the outer frame lower assembly 40. This allows the game ball B on the horizontal portion 60a to fall (discharge) to the rear of the outer frame 2 through the discharge hole 60d and the first discharge opening 44b. In more detail, when the main frame 4 is closed to the outer frame 2, the game ball B that has fallen between the outer frame 2 and the main frame 4 rolls to the rear side where the gap is wider, as the gap between the outer frame 2 and the main frame 4 gradually narrows as the main frame 4 is closed, and can be discharged from the discharge hole 60d. In this case, the discharge hole 60d is formed at a position that is approximately the same as the rear end of the main frame 4 when the main frame 4 is closed against the outer frame 2 in a state where it is assembled into the pachinko machine 1. Therefore, game balls B that fall between the outer frame 2 and the main frame 4 can be easily prevented from rolling rearward beyond the main frame 4 by being discharged from the discharge hole 60d, and game balls B are less likely to become trapped in the area of the outer frame lower hinge member 60.

[3. Overall structure of the door frame]
The door frame 3 of the pachinko machine 1 will be described in detail mainly with reference to Figures 20 to 33. Figure 20 is a perspective view of the door frame seen from the front, and Figure 21 is a perspective view of the door frame seen from the back. Figure 22 is an exploded perspective view of the door frame with the door frame top decoration and the door frame upper decoration disassembled from the front, and Figure 23 is an exploded perspective view of the door frame with the door frame top decoration and the door frame upper decoration disassembled from the back. Figure 24 is a front view of the door frame shown with the door frame upper decoration removed, Figure 25 is a rear view of the door frame shown with the door frame upper decoration removed, Figure 26 is a left side view of the door frame shown with the door frame upper decoration removed, and Figure 27 is a right side view of the door frame shown with the door frame upper decoration removed. Fig. 28 is a perspective view of the door frame with the door frame upper decoration removed, seen from the right front, Fig. 29 is a perspective view of the door frame with the door frame upper decoration removed, seen from the left front, and Fig. 30 is a perspective view of the door frame with the door frame upper decoration removed, seen from the back. Fig. 31 is an exploded perspective view of the door frame with the door frame upper decoration removed, disassembled into main components, seen from the front, and Fig. 32 is an exploded perspective view of the door frame with the door frame upper decoration removed, disassembled into main components, seen from the back. Fig. 33 is a vertical cross-sectional view of the door frame with the door frame upper decoration removed.

The door frame 3 is formed in a rectangular shape extending vertically when viewed from the front, with approximately the same size as the interior of the outer frame 2, and is attached to the interior of the outer frame 2 via the main frame 4 so that it can be opened and closed from the front. The door frame 3 closes the play area 5a of the play board 5 into which the game balls B are dropped so that it can be seen from the front, stores the game balls B to be dropped into the play area 5a, and is equipped with a handle 197 that the player operates to drop the stored game balls B into the play area 5a. The door frame 3 also decorates the entire front of the pachinko machine 1.

The door frame 3 is made up of a door frame base unit 100, which has a rectangular, vertically extending outer shape when viewed from the front, a glass unit 160 that is removably attached to the door frame base unit 100 and closes the play area 5a of the play board 5 attached to the main frame 4 so that it can be seen from the front, a security cover 170 that is attached to the door frame base unit 100 so as to cover the lower part of the glass unit 160 from the rear, a handle unit 180 that is attached to the lower right corner of the front of the door frame base unit 100, a handle cover unit 290 that covers the outer periphery of the handle unit 180, and a door frame base unit 290. It is equipped with a plate unit 200 attached to the lower front part of the base unit 100, a left side unit 420 attached to the left front part of the base unit 100 above the plate unit 200, a right side unit 430 attached to the right front part of the base unit 100 above the plate unit, a top unit 450 attached to the upper front part of the base unit 100 above the left side unit 420 and the right side unit 430, and a top decorative body 480 attached to the top unit 450.

The door frame base unit 100 includes a door frame base 101 having a door window 101a that is formed into a vertically extending square (rectangle) in front view and penetrates from front to back, a speaker duct 103 attached to the rear side of the door frame base 101 in the lower right corner as seen from the rear, a door frame main relay board 104 attached to the lower rear side of the door frame base 101 near the right end as seen from the rear, a door frame sub-relay board 105 attached to the left of the door frame main relay board 104 as seen from the rear, a handle rear relay board attached to the left of the door frame sub-relay board 105 as seen from the rear, a door frame relay board cover 107 that covers the door frame main relay board 104 and part of the door frame sub-relay board 105 from the rear, a handle rear relay board cover 108 that covers the handle rear relay board from the rear, and a cable cover 109 that covers the wiring cable.

The door frame base unit 100 also includes a frame-shaped door frame reinforcement unit 110 attached to the rear of the door frame base 101, an upper door frame hinge assembly 120 and a lower door frame hinge member 125 attached to the door frame reinforcement unit 110, a cylinder lock 130 for opening and closing attached to the door frame reinforcement unit 110, a ball supply unit 140 attached above the rear handle relay board on the rear side of the door frame base 101, and a foul cover unit 150 attached to the right side of the lower rear side of the door frame base 101 when viewed from behind.

The door frame reinforcement unit 110 is attached to the rear side of the door frame base 101 to reinforce the door frame base 101 and provide it with rigidity. The upper door frame hinge assembly 120 and the lower door frame hinge member 125 are used to attach the door frame 3 to the main frame 4 so that it can be opened and closed. The cylinder lock 130 cooperates with the locking unit 650 of the main frame 4 to be used for opening and closing the door frame 3 and the main frame 4, and for locking and opening the outer frame 2 and the main frame 4.

The ball supply unit 140 is for supplying the game balls B in the upper tray 201 one by one to the ball launching device 540 of the main frame 4. The foul cover unit 150 is for guiding the game balls B (foul balls) that have been launched by the ball launching device 540 and have not reached the game area 5a of the game board 5 to the lower tray 202, and for guiding the game balls B paid out from the payout device 580 to the upper tray 201 or the lower tray 202.

The glass unit 160 has a transparent glass plate 162 and closes the door window 101a of the door frame base 101. The security cover 170 is attached to the door frame base 101 so as to cover the lower part of the glass unit 160 from the rear. The handle unit 180 has a handle 197 that can be rotated by the player, and the handle unit 180 is used to play a game in which the game ball B in the upper tray 201 is shot into the game area 5a of the game board 5 by the ball launcher 540 by operating the handle cover unit 290 that covers the outer periphery.

The handle 197 operated by the player is provided on the handle unit 180. The handle 197 of the handle unit 180 protrudes forward beyond the handle cover unit 290.

The door frame right side unit 430 has a right side left panel 442 that is removably attached to the left side, and a right side right panel 443 that is removably attached to the right side. Therefore, when replacing the game board 5 in the pachinko machine 1 due to a change in specifications or model, the right side left panel 442 and the right side right panel 443 can be replaced with ones that have decorations or patterns that correspond to the decoration (concept) of the game board 5, making it easy to accommodate model changes and making it easier to provide a pachinko machine 1 that is highly appealing to players.

The door frame top unit 450 has a door frame top decorative body 453 that is detachably attached to the door frame top base 451. The door frame top decorative body 453 can be removed forward by loosening a hand screw 469 that is screwed in from the rear of the door frame base unit 100. Therefore, when replacing the game board 5 in a pachinko machine 1 due to a specification change or model change, the door frame top decorative body 453 can be replaced with one that has a decoration that corresponds to the decoration (concept) of the game board 5, making it easy to accommodate model changes and making it easier to provide a pachinko machine 1 that is highly appealing to players.

[3-1. Overall configuration of door frame base unit]
The door frame base unit 100 of the door frame 3 will be described in detail mainly with reference to Fig. 34. Fig. 34(a) is a perspective view of the door frame base unit of the door frame of the second embodiment as seen from the front, and Fig. 34(b) is a perspective view of the door frame base unit as seen from the back.

The door frame base unit 100 is hingedly attached to the main frame 4 on the left side when viewed from the front, closing the front of the main frame 4 so that it can be opened and closed, while allowing the playing area 5a of the playing board 5 attached to the main frame 4 to be visible from the front. The door frame base unit 100 is equipped with a flat door frame base 101 with a rectangular shape that extends vertically, and a speaker duct 103 attached to the rear side of the door frame base 101 in the lower right corner when viewed from the rear.

The door frame base unit 100 also includes a door frame main relay board 104 attached to the lower rear side of the door frame base 101 near the right end in rear view, a door frame sub-relay board 105 attached to the left of the door frame main relay board 104 in rear view in the lower rear side of the door frame base 101, a handle rear relay board attached to the left of the door frame sub-relay board 105 in rear view in the lower rear side of the door frame base 101, a door frame relay board cover 107 attached to the rear side of the door frame base 101 and covering the door frame main relay board 104 and part of the door frame sub-relay board 105 from the rear side, a handle rear relay board cover 108 attached to the rear side of the door frame base 101 and covering the handle rear relay board from the rear side, and a cable cover 109 attached to the rear side of the door frame base 101 and covering the wiring cable.

Furthermore, the door frame base unit 100 mainly comprises a frame-shaped door frame reinforcement unit 110 attached to the rear side of the door frame base 101, an upper door frame hinge assembly 120 and a lower door frame hinge member 125 attached to the door frame reinforcement unit 110, a cylinder lock 130 for opening and closing attached to the door frame reinforcement unit 110, a ball supply unit 140 attached to the rear side of the door frame base 101, and a foul cover unit 150 attached to the right side of the lower rear side of the door frame base 101 when viewed from behind.

This door frame base unit 100 has a handle unit 180 and a handle cover unit 290 attached to the lower front corners, a tray unit 200 attached to the lower front surface of the door window 101a, a door frame left side unit 420 attached to the left outer front surface of the door window 101a, a door frame right side unit 430 attached to the right outer front surface of the door window 101a, and a door frame top unit 450 attached to the upper outer front surface of the door window 101a.

In addition, a glass unit 160 is attached to the door frame base unit 100 so as to close the door window 101a from the rear, and a transparent security cover 170 is attached to cover the lower part of the glass unit 160 from the rear.

[3-1a. Door frame base]
The door frame base 101 of the door frame base unit 100 in the door frame 3 will be described in detail mainly with reference to FIG. 34 and the like. The door frame base 101 is formed in a quadrangle (rectangle) with an outer shape extending vertically in front view. The door frame base 101 is provided with a door window 101a that penetrates from front to back and has an inner periphery shape extending vertically in front view. The upper side and both left and right sides that form the inner periphery of the door window 101a are close to the outer periphery of the door frame base 101, respectively, and the lower side that forms the inner periphery is located at about 1/3 height in the vertical direction from the lower end of the door frame base 101. In this way, the door frame base 101 is formed in a frame shape as a whole by the door window 101a that penetrates from front to back. This door frame base 101 is integrally molded from synthetic resin.

The door frame base 101 is provided with a handle mounting surface formed in the lower right corner of the front surface when viewed from the front and inclined so that the left end protrudes slightly forward more than the right end, a cylinder insertion hole 101d that penetrates from front to back between the handle mounting surface and the door window 101a and into which the cylinder mounting frame 115 of the door frame reinforcement unit 110 is inserted, and a ball feed opening 101e that penetrates from front to front on the left side of the cylinder insertion hole 101d and the handle mounting surface when viewed from the front, allowing the entrance 141a and ball removal opening 141b of the ball feed unit 140 to be exposed forward.

The door frame base 101 also has a lower tray ball passage port 101f that penetrates from front to back at a position to the left of the center in the left-right direction and at approximately the same height as the handle mounting seat surface, allowing the ball discharge port 150d of the foul cover unit 150 to face forward, an upper tray ball passage port 101g that penetrates from front to back adjacent to the lower edge of the door window 101a near the left end when viewed from the front, allowing the through ball passage 150a of the foul cover unit 150 to face forward, and a glass unit mounting portion 101h that is recessed from the rear surface toward the front along the inner circumference of the door window 101a, into which the glass frame 161 of the glass unit 160 is inserted.

The door frame base 101 also has multiple vertical slits 101i formed in the lower left corner when viewed from the front (below the ball passage opening 101g for the upper tray) that penetrate from front to back. A speaker duct 103 is attached to the rear side of the multiple slits 101i. When the pachinko machine 1 is assembled, the multiple slits 101i have the speaker opening 211b of the tray unit base 211 in the tray unit 200 located in front of them, and the main body frame speaker 622 in the speaker unit 620a of the main body frame 4 located behind them, allowing sound from the main body frame speaker 622 to be emitted forward.

Furthermore, the door frame base 101 has a through hole that penetrates from front to back below the door window 101a and above the handle mounting seat surface. This through hole is for inserting a wiring cable (not shown) that connects the door frame base unit 100 side and the tray unit 200 side, and is formed to match the through hole 117f of the intermediate reinforcing frame 117 in the door frame reinforcing unit 110 described later.

[3-1b. Speaker duct]
The speaker duct 103 of the door frame base unit 100 will be described in detail mainly with reference to FIG. 34. The speaker duct 103 is formed in a cylindrical shape and is attached to a portion where a plurality of slits 101i are formed on the rear side of the door frame base 101. When the pachinko machine 1 is assembled, the rear end of the cylindrical portion of the speaker duct 103 is located in front of the main body frame speaker 622 of the main body frame 4. This allows the sound emitted (output) from the main body frame speaker 622 of the main body frame 4 to be guided forward without being diffused, and can be well guided to the front of the pachinko machine 1 (toward the player) through the plurality of slits 101i of the door frame base 101 and the speaker port 211b in the plate unit base 211 of the plate unit 200.

The speaker duct 103 also has a cable holder 103a on the rear surface below the cylindrical section, which holds the connection cable 503. The cable holder 103a is located to the left of the door frame relay board cover 107 when viewed from the front, and holds the connection cable 503 connected to the door frame main relay board 104 and the door frame sub-relay board 105 so that it extends to the left end of the door frame 3.

[3-1c. Door frame main relay board, door frame sub relay board, handle rear relay board]
The door frame main relay board 104, the door frame sub-relay board 105, and the handle rear relay board of the door frame base unit 100 will be described. The door frame main relay board 104 has an external shape that extends vertically and is attached to the lower right corner of the rear lower part of the door frame base 101 when viewed from the rear. The door frame main relay board 104 is for relaying the connection between the handle rear relay board and the interface board 635 in the board unit 620 of the main body frame 4, and a part of the connection cable 503 (see Figures 71 and 72) extending from the main body frame 4 is connected to the door frame main relay board 104.

The door frame sub-relay board 105 has an inverted L-shape with a top part of a vertically extending rectangle joined to the right side of the top part when viewed from the front, and is attached to the rear side of the door frame base 101 so that the vertically extending part is adjacent to the left side of the door frame main relay board 104 when viewed from the rear. The door frame sub-relay board 105 is for relaying the connection between the handle decorative board 184 of the handle unit 180, the dish unit relay board 214 of the dish unit 200, the door frame left side upper decorative board 422 and the door frame left side lower decorative board of the door frame left side unit 420, the door frame right side upper decorative board and the door frame right side lower decorative board of the door frame right side unit 430, the door frame top relay board of the door frame top unit 450, etc., and the interface board 635 of the main frame 4, and the remainder of the connection cable 503 extending from the main frame 4 is connected to it.

The door frame main relay board 104 and the door frame sub-relay board 105 are attached to the door frame base 101 so that the connection terminals protrude toward the rear. When the door frame base unit 100 is assembled, the door frame main relay board 104 and the parts of the door frame sub-relay board 105 that extend up and down are covered at the rear by the door frame relay board cover 107, and the remaining parts of the door frame sub-relay board 105 are covered at the rear by the fall cover unit 150.

The rear handle relay board has a rectangular shape extending left and right, and is attached to the rear of the handle mounting surface below the ball feed opening 101e at the rear of the door frame base 101. The rear handle relay board is used to relay the connection between the door frame main relay board 104 and the handle rotation detection sensor 189, handle touch sensor 192, single button operation sensor 194, and ball feed solenoid 145 of the ball feed unit 140 of the door frame base unit 100. When the door frame base unit 100 is assembled, the rear side of the rear handle relay board is covered by the rear handle relay board cover 108.

[3-1d. Door frame relay board cover, handle rear relay board cover, cable cover]
The door frame relay board cover 107, the handle rear relay board cover 108, and the cable cover 109 of the door frame base unit 100 will be described mainly with reference to Fig. 25. The door frame relay board cover 107 is attached to the rear side of the door frame base 101 to cover the rear side of the door frame main relay board 104 and part of the door frame sub-relay board 105 (parts extending up and down in an inverted L-shape). The door frame relay board cover 107 is formed in a box shape with an open front and left side when viewed from the front. When assembled to the door frame base unit 100, the connection terminals of the door frame main relay board 104 and the door frame sub-relay board 105 covering the rear side are exposed inside the door frame relay board cover 107, and the connection cable 503 (see Fig. 71) can be inserted inside from the open left side to connect to those terminals.

The handle rear relay board cover 108 is attached to the rear side of the door frame base 101 so as to cover the rear side of the handle rear relay board. The cable cover 109 is attached to the rear side of the intermediate reinforcement frame 117 in the door frame reinforcement unit 110, and is intended to cover the wiring cable (not shown) that connects the door frame main relay board 104 and the ball dispensing operation unit 220 of the dish unit 200. The cable cover 109 is formed in a box shape that extends left and right, and has openings near the left end of the front surface and in the center of the bottom surface in the left-right direction for passing the wiring cable through.

[3-1e. Door frame reinforcement unit]
The door frame reinforcement unit 110 of the door frame base unit 100 will be described in detail mainly with reference to Figures 35 to 38. Figure 35(a) is a perspective view of the door frame reinforcement unit in the door frame as seen from the front, and (b) is a perspective view of the door frame reinforcement unit in the door frame as seen from the rear. Figure 36(a) is a perspective view of the intermediate reinforcement frame of the door frame reinforcement unit as seen from the front, and (b) is a perspective view of the intermediate reinforcement frame of the door frame reinforcement unit as seen from the rear. Figure 37 is an explanatory diagram showing an enlarged view of a portion of the intermediate reinforcement frame in the vertical cross section of the door frame. Figure 38 is an explanatory diagram showing the dimensional relationship of the upper part of the intermediate reinforcement frame.

The door frame reinforcement unit 110 is attached to the rear side of the door frame base 101 to reinforce the flat door frame base 101 made of synthetic resin, thereby providing rigidity to the door frame base unit 100. The door frame reinforcement unit 110 includes a left reinforcement frame 111 and a right reinforcement frame 112 that extend vertically and are spaced apart from each other on the left and right sides, an upper reinforcement frame 113 that extends horizontally and connects the upper ends of the left reinforcement frame 111 and the right reinforcement frame 112, an intermediate reinforcement frame 117 that connects the upper parts of the left reinforcement frame 111 and the right reinforcement frame 112 from their lower ends, a cylinder mounting frame 115 (see FIG. 34, etc.) that is attached to the right reinforcement frame 112, and a hook member 116 that is attached vertically and spaced apart from each other on the rear side of the right reinforcement frame 112 and on which the door frame hook 652 of the locking unit 650 of the main frame 4 is hooked.

The left reinforcing frame 111 extends vertically with a substantially constant width and a length substantially equal to the height of the door frame base 101, and has a bulge 111a that protrudes to the right from the bottom end toward the top. The left end of the intermediate reinforcing frame 117 is attached to the bulge 111a of the left reinforcing frame 111.

The right reinforcing frame 112 extends vertically with a substantially constant width and a length substantially equal to the height of the door frame base 101, and has a bulge 112a that protrudes leftward from the lower end toward the upper part. The right end side of the intermediate reinforcing frame 117 is attached to the bulge 112a of the right reinforcing frame 112. In addition, a cylinder mounting frame 115 is attached to the front of the bulge 112a. The right reinforcing frame 112 has multiple insertion holes that are spaced apart in the vertical direction and penetrate in the front-to-rear direction. The tips of the door frame hooks 652 of the locking unit 650 are inserted into these insertion holes when the door frame 3 is closed against the main frame 4.

The upper reinforcement frame 113 has a constant width in the vertical direction and extends left and right at a length approximately equal to the left and right width of the door frame base 101.

The door frame reinforcement unit 110 is attached to the rear side of the door frame base 101 with a number of screws (not shown). When the door frame reinforcement unit 110 is attached to the door frame base 101, the through-hole 117f of the intermediate reinforcement frame 117 is aligned with the through-hole of the door frame base 101, and the cylinder mounting frame 115 is inserted into the cylinder insertion hole 101d of the door frame base 101.

[3-1e-1. Intermediate reinforcement frame]
Next, the intermediate reinforcing frame 117 in the door frame reinforcement unit 110 will be described in detail. As shown in FIG. 36, the intermediate reinforcing frame 117 is attached so as to connect the bulging portion 111a of the left reinforcing frame 111 and the bulging portion 112a of the right reinforcing frame 112. The intermediate reinforcing frame 117 extends left and right with a width wider than the width of the upper reinforcing frame 113 in the vertical direction. The lower end edge of the intermediate reinforcing frame 117 is a straight line extending left and right, while the upper end edge near both left and right ends becomes higher as it goes outward in the left and right direction. The intermediate reinforcing frame 117 has a through-hole 117f penetrating from front to back near the right end, and a square opening 117g penetrating from front to back near the left end. The through-hole 117f is formed at a position that coincides with the through hole of the door frame base 101. The opening 117g is formed to coincide with the upper tray ball passage port 101g of the door frame base 101.

The intermediate reinforcement frame 117 has a strip-shaped base plate portion 117a with its plate surface facing in the front-to-rear direction, an upper flange portion 117b extending rearward from the upper edge of the base plate portion 117a, a rear flange portion 117c extending upward from the rear edge of the upper flange portion 117b, and a lower flange portion 117d extending forward from the lower edge of the base plate portion 117a.

The intermediate reinforcement frame 117 also has multiple bead portions 117e on the base portion 117a that protrude forward and are long in the left-right direction. These multiple bead portions 117e increase the strength and rigidity of the base portion 117a (intermediate reinforcement frame 117).

As shown in FIG. 36(b), the intermediate reinforcing frame 117 is composed of a first sheet metal portion 118a having the same thickness as the sheet metal constituting the left reinforcing frame 111 and the right reinforcing frame 112, and a second sheet metal portion 118b having a thickness greater than that of the first sheet metal portion 118a. The first sheet metal portion 118a has a base plate portion 117a, an upper flange portion 117b, and a lower flange portion 117d. The second sheet metal portion 118b has a base plate portion 117a, an upper flange portion 117b, and a rear flange portion 117c. The upper flange portion 117b, the rear flange portion 117c, and the lower flange portion 117d are formed by bending the sheet metal. The first sheet metal portion 118a and the second sheet metal portion 118b are attached to each other by a plurality of rivets at the base plate portion 117a, with the first sheet metal portion 118a facing forward.

The left-right length of the first sheet metal part 118a is the same as the left-right length of the intermediate reinforcing frame 117. The left-right length of the second sheet metal part 118b is shorter than that of the first sheet metal part 118a. The second sheet metal part 118b is attached so as to span the left-right central part of the first sheet metal part 118a. The thickness tc of the second sheet metal part 118b is approximately 1.7 times the thickness of the first sheet metal part 118a.

When assembled to the door frame 3, the intermediate reinforcement frame 117 is located below the door window 101a and behind the dish unit 200 (the performance operation unit 300 described later) (see Figures 33 and 37). As shown in the figure, the upper end of the glass frame 161 (locking piece 161b) in 160 abuts against the upper surface of the upper flange portion 117b in the intermediate reinforcement frame 117. In other words, the glass unit 160 is placed on the upper flange portion 117b. Furthermore, the front surface of the rear flange portion 117c in the intermediate reinforcement frame 117 abuts against the lower rear surface (rear surface of the locking piece 161b) of the glass frame 161 in the glass unit 160. As a result, the intermediate reinforcement frame 117 restricts the downward movement of the glass unit 160 and the rearward movement of the lower part of the glass unit 160. In this embodiment, the rear surface of the rear flange portion 117c is located forward of the rear surface of the glass unit 160 and does not protrude rearward.

In this embodiment, the intermediate reinforcing frame 117 is attached to the left reinforcing frame 111 and the right reinforcing frame 112 at the parts where the vertical width is larger, and is therefore more firmly attached than the intermediate reinforcing frames in conventional door frames.

The intermediate reinforcement frame 117 has an upper flange portion 117b, a rear flange portion 117c, and a lower flange portion 117d, and is formed with a cross-sectional shape that resembles a combination of two crank shapes. The intermediate reinforcement frame 117 is also composed of two metal sheets, a first metal sheet portion 118a and a second metal sheet portion 118b. For this reason, the intermediate reinforcement frame 117 has greater strength and rigidity than the intermediate reinforcement frame 114 of the door frame 3 of the first embodiment. Therefore, the door frame reinforcement unit 110 itself has greater strength and rigidity than the door frame reinforcement units of conventional door frames.

In this way, because the strength and rigidity of the intermediate reinforcement frame 117 (door frame reinforcement unit 110) is increased, even if a player grabs the upper tray 201 or the lower tray 202 and pulls hard, or pulls hard on the lever operation part 304 of the performance operation unit 300 described below, the intermediate reinforcement frame 117 (door frame reinforcement unit 110) will not warp (plastically deform). Therefore, it is possible to prevent a gap from being formed between the door frame 3 and the main frame 4 due to distortion of the intermediate reinforcement frame 117.

In addition, even if someone tries to commit fraud by pulling the upper tray 201 or the lever operating part 304 strongly forward to form a gap between the door frame 3 and the main frame 4, as described above, the intermediate reinforcement frame 117 (door frame reinforcement unit 110), which has increased strength and rigidity, will cause the door frame 3 to plastically deform and a gap will not be formed between the door frame 3 and the main frame 4, thereby providing a pachinko machine 1 that has a high deterrent effect against fraudulent activities.

In addition, the intermediate reinforcing frame 117 has an upper flange portion 117b on which the glass unit 160 is placed, and a rear flange portion 117c extending upward from the upper flange portion 117b, so that it can support the weight of the glass unit 160, and even if someone tries to insert an illegal tool between the upper flange portion 117b and the lower end of the glass unit 160, the upwardly extending rear flange portion 117c can prevent the illegal tool from entering, providing a pachinko machine 1 that has a high deterrent effect against illegal activities.

As shown in FIG. 38, the intermediate reinforcement frame 117 is configured such that the distance L1 from the rear surface of the base plate portion 117a to the rear end of the upper flange portion 117b is slightly shorter than the distance L2 from the top surface of the upper flange portion 117b to the top end of the rear flange portion 117c. The distance L0, which is the sum of the distances L1 and L2, is longer than the distance (not shown) from the rear surface of the base plate portion 117a to the rear end of the door frame 3. Therefore, if the rear flange portion 117c is not bent upward and is extended rearward in the same manner as the upper flange portion 117b, its rear end is configured to protrude rearward beyond the rear end of the door frame 3. In other words, the angle at which the rear flange portion 117c is extended (bent) relative to the upper flange portion 117b is set to a length that allows its rear end to enter the game board 5 at the rear.

[3-1e-2. Modifications of the intermediate reinforcement frame]
Next, modified examples (modified examples 1 to 5) of the intermediate reinforcing frame 117 will be described in detail with reference to Figures 39 and 40. Figure 39(a) is an explanatory diagram showing modified example 1 of the intermediate reinforcing frame in a door frame, (b) is an explanatory diagram showing modified example 2 of the intermediate reinforcing frame, and (c) is an explanatory diagram showing modified example 3 of the intermediate reinforcing frame. Figure 40(a) is an explanatory diagram showing modified example 4 of the intermediate reinforcing frame in a door frame, and (b) is an explanatory diagram showing modified example 5 of the intermediate reinforcing frame. Note that, here, parts having the same configuration as the intermediate reinforcing frame 117 will be described with the same reference numerals.

(Modification 1 of the intermediate reinforcing frame)
The intermediate reinforcing frame 117A shown in Fig. 39(a) is made of a single thick metal plate (sheet metal). This intermediate reinforcing frame 117A also provides the same effects as described above. In addition, since this intermediate reinforcing frame 117A is made of a single sheet metal, it is not necessary to assemble it with rivets or the like, as compared to a case where it is made of multiple sheets of metal, and it is possible to reduce costs. Note that this intermediate reinforcing frame 117A may also be provided with a bead portion 117e.

(Modification 2 of the intermediate reinforcing frame)
The intermediate reinforcement frame 117B shown in Fig. 39(b) has a lower flange portion 117d extending rearward from the lower end of the base plate portion 117a. The lower flange portion 117d extending rearward can also increase the strength and rigidity of the intermediate reinforcement frame 117B, achieving the same effect as described above. The intermediate reinforcement frame 117B may be made of a single metal plate as shown in the figure, or may be made of multiple metal plates like the intermediate reinforcement frame 117 described above. The intermediate reinforcement frame 117B may also be provided with a bead portion 117e.

(Variation 3 of the intermediate reinforcing frame)
In the intermediate reinforcement frame 117C shown in FIG. 39(c), the rear end of the upper flange portion 117b extends to the rear surface of the glass unit 160, and the rear flange portion 117c extending upward from the rear end of the upper flange portion 117b is located rearward of the glass unit 160. This intermediate reinforcement frame 117C also achieves the same effect as above. In addition, in this intermediate reinforcement frame 117C, the width (depth) in the front-rear direction of the upper flange portion 117b is wider than the upper flange portion 117b of the above intermediate reinforcement frame 117, so that the glass unit 160 can be supported over a wide range. The intermediate reinforcement frame 117C may be made of one sheet metal as shown in the figure, or may be made of multiple sheets of metal like the above intermediate reinforcement frame 117. The intermediate reinforcement frame 117C may also be provided with a bead portion 117e. The glass frame 161 of the glass unit 160 may also be provided with a locking piece 161b similar to the above.

(Modification 4 of the intermediate reinforcing frame)
In the intermediate reinforcement frame 117D shown in FIG. 40(a), the rear flange portion 117c extends downward from the rear end of the upper flange portion 117b. More specifically, the rear flange portion 117c hangs down from the rear end of the upper flange portion 117b. This configuration also increases the strength and rigidity of the intermediate reinforcement frame 117D, and the upper tray 201 and the lever operation portion 304 of the door frame 3 are not distorted (plastically deformed) even if they are strongly pulled forward. In addition, the glass unit 160 can be placed on the upper flange portion 117b of the intermediate reinforcement frame 117D. Note that, in FIG. 40(a), the rear surface of the rear flange portion 117c does not protrude rearward from the rear surface of the glass unit 160, but the rear flange portion 117c may protrude rearward from the glass unit 160. In addition, the intermediate reinforcement frame 117D may be made of one sheet metal as shown in the figure, or may be made of multiple sheets metal like the intermediate reinforcement frame 117 described above. In addition, the intermediate reinforcing frame 117D may also be provided with a bead portion 117e. In addition, the glass frame 161 of the glass unit 160 may be provided with a locking piece 161b similar to the above.

(Modification 5 of the intermediate reinforcing frame)
In the intermediate reinforcement frame 117E shown in FIG. 40(b), the rear flange portion 117c extends downward from the rear end of the upper flange portion 117b. More specifically, the rear flange portion 117c extends obliquely downward from the rear end of the upper flange portion 117b. This configuration also increases the strength and rigidity of the intermediate reinforcement frame 117E, and the upper tray 201 and the lever operation portion 304 of the door frame 3 are not distorted (plastically deformed) even if they are strongly pulled forward. When the door frame 3 is closed, the rear end side of the rear flange portion 117c of the intermediate reinforcement frame 117E is inserted into the game board 5 (here, into the front component 1000). The insertion of the rear flange portion 117c forms a meandering gap, so that even if an illegal tool is inserted along the front surface of the game board 5, it can be blocked by the rear flange portion 117c, and the deterrent effect against illegal acts can be increased.

The rear flange portion 117c of the intermediate reinforcement frame 117E may be in contact with the game board 5. This allows the door frame 3 and the game board 5 to be positioned via the rear flange portion 117c, and the game board 5 to be supported by the rear flange portion 117c. When the rear flange portion 117c is in contact with the game board 5, it may be connected to earth with the game board 5. Furthermore, the intermediate reinforcement frame 117E may be made of a single sheet metal as shown in the figure, or may be made of multiple sheets of metal like the intermediate reinforcement frame 117 described above. The intermediate reinforcement frame 117E may also be provided with a bead portion 117e. The glass frame 161 of the glass unit 160 may also be provided with a locking piece 161b similar to the above.

[3-1e-3. Other countermeasures examples]
Next, a countermeasure against the formation of a gap between the door frame 3 and the main frame 4 by pulling the upper tray 201, etc. forward will be described. As a specific example 1, for example, a distance sensor (e.g., a simple switch, an optical sensor, a magnetic sensor, a proximity sensor, a displacement sensor, etc.) that detects the distance (change in distance) between the game board 5 and the vicinity of the center in the left-right direction of the intermediate reinforcement frame 117 may be provided, and when the signal from the distance sensor exceeds a predetermined threshold, an alarm may be issued to that effect. In this case, the distance sensor may be provided on the main frame 4, on the game board 5, or on the door frame 3.

In specific example 1, as described above, the strength and rigidity of the intermediate reinforcement frame 117 (door frame reinforcement unit 110) is increased, so that the door frame 3 will not plastically deform even if it is pulled forward with great force. However, pulling too hard can cause elastic deformation, changing the distance between the door frame 3 and the game board 5 and creating a gap, so a gap sensor is provided to detect this distance. This allows the distance sensor to detect changes in distance due to elastic deformation, making it possible to report that the door frame 3 has been pulled forcefully in response to a detection signal from the distance sensor, preventing players from pulling the door frame 3 unnecessarily hard or from pulling the door frame 3 hard to commit fraud, and providing a pachinko machine 1 with high crime prevention effects.

As a second specific example, for example, the door frame opening switch (not shown) provided near the right end on the front side of the main frame 4 may be provided at the rear near the center in the left-right direction of the intermediate reinforcement frame 117. As a result, when the upper tray 201 of the door frame 3 is pulled strongly and the center in the left-right direction of the intermediate reinforcement frame 117 is elastically deformed so as to move forward, the door frame opening switch detects that the door frame 3 is open and issues a warning to that effect. In this case, the door frame opening switch may be provided both near the right end of the main frame 4 and near the center in the left-right direction. Also, the door opening switch near the center in the left-right direction may be provided on the game board 5.

Furthermore, as a specific example 3, for example, a strain sensor may be provided on the intermediate reinforcement frame 117, and when the signal from the strain sensor exceeds a predetermined threshold, an alarm may be issued to that effect.

As a fourth specific example, for example, a hook-shaped intermediate hook (not shown) that moves in conjunction with the door frame hook 652 of the locking unit 650 may be provided at the rear of the center of the intermediate reinforcing frame 117 in the left-right direction of the main frame 4, so that when the door frame 3 is closed against the main frame 4, the intermediate hook engages with the intermediate reinforcing frame 117. This makes it possible to prevent the intermediate reinforcing frame 117 from distorting (plastically or elastically deforming) so as to bulge forward even if the upper tray 201, etc., is pulled forward.

[3-1e-4. Brief Summary]
The above door frame reinforcement unit 110 has the following technical features.

(Background of technical features)
A pachinko machine as a gaming machine is equipped with a main frame that supports a gaming board so that it can be attached and detached from the front, and a door frame that is attached to the main frame so that it can be opened and closed from the front. The door frame is hinged at one of the left and right front edges of the main frame and has a window section closed by a glass plate through which the playing area of the gaming board can be seen from the front.

In this type of gaming machine, a reinforcing metal frame made of multiple metal plates is attached to the door frame, and multiple hooks are attached to the edge of the reinforcing metal on the open side opposite the hinge side from the main frame side, so that the door frame will not open even if it is pulled forward (for example, patent document: JP 2008-110159 A).

However, with the technology in the above patent document, for example, if a person puts their hand on a spherical dish (e.g., an upper dish, a lower dish, etc.) on the front of the door frame and pulls it forward, there is a risk that the door frame (reinforcing sheet metal) will become distorted so that the center of the door frame in the left-right direction bulges forward. If the door frame becomes distorted, a gap will be formed between the door frame and the main frame, and there is a risk that an illegal tool may be inserted into the gaming machine through this gap.

In view of the above situation, the following means aims to provide an amusement machine that is capable of preventing fraudulent acts using gaps by making it difficult for gaps to form between the door frame and the main body frame even when the door frame is pulled.

(Technical solution)
Means 1: In the gaming machine,
"A main frame that detachably supports a game board having a game area where a game is played with a game ball from the front,
A gaming machine having a window portion that allows the gaming area to be viewed from the front, and a door frame that is provided on the main body frame so as to be openable and closable from the front,
The door frame is
a reinforcing sheet metal unit having a first reinforcing portion extending laterally along a lower side of the window portion,
The first reinforcing portion is
a substrate portion parallel to an opening surface of the window portion;
an upper flange portion extending rearward from an upper end edge of the base plate portion;
and a rear flange portion extending upward or downward from the rear end edge of the upper flange portion.

Here, examples of the "first reinforcing portion" include "one made of one metal plate (sheet metal)" and "one made of multiple metal plates (sheet metal)."

According to the configuration of the first aspect, the gaming machine includes a main frame that supports a gaming board having a gaming area where games are played with gaming balls in a detachable manner from the front, and a door frame that has a window that allows the gaming area to be viewed from the front and is provided on the main frame in a manner that allows it to be opened and closed from the front, the door frame includes a reinforcing sheet metal unit having a first reinforcing portion that extends left and right along the lower edge of the window, the first reinforcing portion includes a base portion that is parallel to the opening surface of the window, an upper flange portion that extends rearward from the upper edge of the base portion, and a rear flange portion that extends upward or downward from the rear edge of the upper flange portion. (See the description of the door frame reinforcing unit 110, Figures 35 to 40, etc. in Chapter 3-1. Overall Configuration of the Door Frame Base Unit in [Mode for Carrying Out the Invention].)

As a result, a reinforcing sheet metal unit is provided on the door frame, which is provided so as to be able to open and close from the front relative to the main frame, and the strength and rigidity of the door frame are increased by the reinforcing sheet metal unit. This reinforcing sheet metal unit has a first reinforcing portion extending in the left-right direction along the lower edge of the window portion of the door frame, and the first reinforcing portion is provided with a flat base plate portion, an upper flange portion extending rearward from the upper edge of the base plate portion, and a rear flange portion extending upward or downward from the upper flange portion. When the rear flange portion extends upward from the rear edge of the upper flange portion, the cross-sectional shape of the first reinforcing portion is crank-shaped, and when the rear flange portion extends downward from the rear edge of the upper flange portion, the cross-sectional shape of the first reinforcing portion is U-shaped, so that the strength and rigidity can be increased compared to conventional reinforcing portions (reinforcing sheet metal) whose cross-sectional shapes are linear or L-shaped. In other words, because the strength and rigidity of the first reinforcing part of the reinforcing sheet metal unit is higher than in the past, even if the door frame is pulled strongly forward near the center in the left-right direction, the first reinforcing part will not warp (plastically deform), and no gap will be formed between the door frame and the main body frame. Therefore, even if someone tries to commit fraud by pulling the door frame forward to form a gap between the door frame and the main body frame, the first reinforcing part (reinforcing sheet metal unit) with increased strength and rigidity will not warp the door frame and form a gap between the main body frame, and a gaming machine with high deterrent effect against fraud can be provided.

In addition, as mentioned above, the first reinforcing part (reinforcing sheet metal unit) will not be distorted even if the door frame is pulled strongly forward near the left-right center, so it is possible to provide shapes that are easy for players to pull forward (for example, upper and lower trays, lever-shaped performance operation parts, protruding or protruding push button-shaped performance operation parts, protruding decorative bodies, recessed decorative bodies, etc.), making it possible to provide a gaming machine that is more enjoyable for players.

The glass unit that closes the window may be placed on the upper flange. This allows the weight of the glass unit to be supported by the upper flange (reinforcement sheet metal unit). This reduces the load on the resin member (e.g., the door frame base) made of synthetic resin that makes up the door frame, compared to when the glass unit is supported by the resin member, and makes it possible to suppress early deterioration of the resin member due to excessive load.

In addition, when placing a glass unit on the upper flange, if the front surface of the rear flange extending upward from the rear edge of the upper flange abuts against the rear surface of the glass unit, the rear flange can prevent the lower end of the glass unit from moving rearward. This makes it possible to attach the glass unit to the door frame by fixing the upper end of the glass unit, making it easier to install (attach and detach).

Furthermore, in the first reinforcing portion, it is desirable to make the sum of the lengths of the upper flange portion and the rear flange portion in the directions along their respective faces longer than the length from the base portion to the front surface of the game board. This makes the sum of the lengths of the upper flange portion and the rear flange portion in the extending direction longer than the distance (length) from the base portion to the front surface of the game board, so that the strength and rigidity of the first reinforcing portion can be increased compared to when that length is shorter, and it can be made less likely to warp even when the door frame is pulled forward.

Furthermore, as described above, if the sum of the length of the upper flange portion and the length of the rear flange portion is made longer than the length from the base portion to the front surface of the gaming board, it is possible to position the tip of the rear flange portion behind the front surface of the gaming board. In other words, it is possible to insert the rear flange portion into the gaming board from the front. As a result, even if someone tries to insert an illegal tool along the front surface of the gaming board, the rear flange portion inserted into the gaming board can prevent the illegal tool from entering, providing a gaming machine that is highly deterrent to illegal activities.

It is also desirable for the first reinforcing portion to have a lower flange portion extending forward or rearward from the lower edge of the base plate portion. In this way, the first reinforcing portion has an upper flange portion extending rearward from the upper edge of the base plate portion, and also has a lower flange portion extending forward or rearward from the lower edge of the base plate portion, so that the strength and rigidity of the first reinforcing portion can be further increased, and a gaming machine can be provided that can reliably achieve the above-mentioned effects.

Furthermore, it is desirable to make the first reinforcing portion thicker than the metal sheets of the other reinforcing portions in the reinforcing sheet metal unit. This also makes the first reinforcing portion thicker than the other reinforcing portions, which also increases the strength and rigidity of the first reinforcing portion, making it possible to provide a gaming machine that can achieve the same effects as described above.

The gaming machine may further be provided with a gap sensor that detects the gap between the first reinforcing portion and the gaming board. That is, as described above, because the strength and rigidity of the first reinforcing portion (reinforcing sheet metal unit) is increased, the door frame will not be plastically deformed even if it is pulled forward with a strong force. However, pulling it hard may cause elastic deformation, changing the gap between the door frame and the gaming board, creating a gap, so a gap sensor that detects this gap may be provided. This allows the gap sensor to detect the change in gap due to elastic deformation, making it possible to notify the player that the door frame has been pulled forcibly in response to the detection signal from the gap sensor, and thus stopping the player from pulling the door frame unnecessarily hard or pulling the door frame hard to commit a fraudulent act, thereby providing a gaming machine with high crime prevention effects.

Means 2: In the configuration of Means 1,
"The upper flange portion is
A glass unit is placed to close the window.
It is characterized by:

According to the configuration of Means 2, a glass unit that closes the window is placed on the upper flange. (See the description of the upper flange 117b and Figure 37 in the [Embodiment for carrying out the invention].)

This allows the weight of the glass unit to be supported by the upper flange portion (reinforcement sheet metal unit), which reduces the load on the resin member compared to when the glass unit is supported by the synthetic resin member that makes up the door frame (e.g., the door frame base), and inhibits premature deterioration of the resin member due to excessive load.

In addition, because the glass unit is placed on the upper flange, when the front surface of the rear flange extending upward from the rear edge of the upper flange abuts against the rear surface of the glass unit, the rear flange can prevent the lower end of the glass unit from moving rearward. This makes it possible to attach the glass unit to the door frame by fixing the upper end of the glass unit, making it easier to install (attach and detach).

Means 3: In the configuration of means 1 or means 2,
"The first reinforcing portion is
The sum of the lengths of the upper flange portion and the rear flange portion in the directions along their respective faces is longer than the length from the base portion to the front face of the game board.
It is characterized by:

According to the configuration of the third aspect, the sum of the lengths of the upper flange and the rear flange in the first reinforcement section is longer than the length from the base section to the front of the game board. (See the description of the intermediate reinforcement frame 117 and Figure 38 in the [Form for carrying out the invention].)

As a result, the sum of the extension lengths of the upper flange portion and the rear flange portion is longer than the distance (length) from the base portion to the front surface of the game board, which increases the strength and rigidity of the first reinforcing portion compared to when that length is shorter, making it less likely to warp even when the door frame is pulled forward.

In addition, because the sum of the length of the upper flange portion and the length of the rear flange portion is longer than the length from the base portion to the front surface of the gaming board, it is possible to position the tip of the rear flange portion behind the front surface of the gaming board. In other words, it is possible to insert the rear flange portion into the gaming board from the front. As a result, even if someone tries to insert an illegal tool along the front surface of the gaming board, the rear flange portion inserted into the gaming board can prevent the illegal tool from entering, providing a gaming machine that is highly deterrent to illegal activities.

Means 4: In any one of the configurations of means 1 to 3,
"The first reinforcing portion is
It has a lower flange portion extending forward or rearward from the lower edge of the base portion.
It is characterized by:

According to the configuration of the fourth aspect, the first reinforcing part is provided with a lower flange part extending forward or backward from the lower edge of the base plate part. (See the description of the lower flange part 117d and FIG. 36 in the [Embodiment for carrying out the invention].)

As a result, the first reinforcing portion has an upper flange portion extending rearward from the upper edge of the base plate portion, and a lower flange portion extending forward or rearward from the lower edge of the base plate portion, which further increases the strength and rigidity of the first reinforcing portion and provides a gaming machine that can reliably achieve the above-mentioned effects.

Means 5: In any one of the configurations of means 1 to 4,
"The first reinforcing portion is
The thickness of the sheet metal is thicker than that of the other reinforcing parts in the reinforcing sheet metal unit.
It is characterized by:

According to the configuration of the fifth aspect, the first reinforcing part is made thicker than the metal plate of the other reinforcing parts in the reinforcing sheet metal unit. (See the description of the intermediate reinforcing frame 117 and FIG. 36 in the [Embodiment for carrying out the invention].)

As a result, the plate thickness of the first reinforcing portion is made thicker than the plate thickness of the other reinforcing portions, which also increases the strength and rigidity of the first reinforcing portion, making it possible to provide a gaming machine that can achieve the same effects as those described above.

The first reinforcing portion may be thick over its entire length in the left-right direction, or may be thick only over a portion of its entire length in the left-right direction (for example, within a predetermined range from the center in the left-right direction).

Means 6: In any one of the configurations of means 1 to 5,
"Further includes a gap sensor that detects the gap between the first reinforcing portion and the game board."
It is characterized by:

Here, examples of "distance sensors" include "switches," "optical sensors," "magnetic sensors," "proximity sensors," and "displacement sensors." The distance sensor may be provided on the first reinforcing portion (door frame), on the game board, or on the main body frame. An example of a switch serving as a distance sensor may be a switch used in a door open sensor (door open switch). By using a switch similar to that of a door open sensor, the input circuit can be designed in the same way as the input circuit of a door open sensor, etc. Also, because it is a simple contact, depending on the connection method, it is possible to easily combine multiple inputs by connecting them in a wired-OR manner, etc.

According to the configuration of means 6, the gaming machine further includes a gap sensor that detects the gap between the first reinforcing part and the gaming board. (See chapter [3-1e-3. Other countermeasures] in [Embodiment for carrying out the invention].)

In this configuration, as described above, the strength and rigidity of the first reinforcing portion (reinforcing sheet metal unit) is increased, so that the door frame will not plastically deform even if it is pulled forward with great force. However, pulling too hard can cause elastic deformation, changing the distance between the door frame and the game board and creating a gap, so a gap sensor is provided to detect this distance. This allows the distance sensor to detect changes in distance due to elastic deformation, making it possible to notify the player that the door frame has been pulled forcefully in response to a detection signal from the distance sensor, preventing players from pulling the door frame unnecessarily hard or pulling it hard to commit fraud, providing a gaming machine with high crime prevention effects.

In this way, the above solution makes it possible to provide an amusement machine that is less likely to form a gap between the door frame and the main body frame even when the door frame is pulled, thereby preventing fraudulent activities that use such gaps.

(Relationship between the solution of technical features and embodiments)
The door window 101a of the door frame base 101 in the door frame base unit 100 of the door frame 3 in this embodiment corresponds to the window portion of the above-mentioned solution means, the door frame reinforcement unit 110 of the door frame base unit 100 in this embodiment corresponds to the reinforcing sheet metal unit of the above-mentioned solution means, and the intermediate reinforcement frame 117 (intermediate reinforcement frame 117A to intermediate reinforcement frame 117E) of the door frame reinforcement unit 110 in this embodiment corresponds to the first reinforcement portion of the above-mentioned solution means.

(Characteristic Effects of the Present Embodiment)
According to the pachinko machine 1 of this embodiment, the door frame 3, which is provided on the main body frame 4 so as to be able to be opened and closed from the front, is provided with a door frame reinforcing unit 110 made of a combination of multiple metal plates, and the strength and rigidity of the door frame 3 are increased by the door frame reinforcing unit 110. The door frame reinforcing unit 110 has an intermediate reinforcing frame 117 extending in the left-right direction along the lower edge of the door window 101a of the door frame 3, and the intermediate reinforcing frame 117 is provided with a flat base plate portion 117a, an upper flange portion 117b extending rearward from the upper edge of the base plate portion 117a, and a rear flange portion 117c extending upward or downward from the upper flange portion 117b. When the rear flange portion 117c extends upward from the rear end edge of the upper flange portion 117b, the cross-sectional shape of the intermediate reinforcement frame 117 (intermediate reinforcement frame 117A, intermediate reinforcement frame 117B, intermediate reinforcement frame 117C) is crank-shaped, and when the rear flange portion 117c extends downward from the rear end edge of the upper flange portion 117b, the cross-sectional shape of the intermediate reinforcement frame 117D (intermediate reinforcement frame 117E) is U-shaped, so that the strength and rigidity can be increased compared to conventional reinforcement parts (intermediate reinforcement frames) whose cross-sectional shapes are linear or L-shaped. In other words, since the strength and rigidity of the intermediate reinforcement frame 117 of the door frame reinforcement unit 110 is higher than that of the conventional reinforcement frame 117, even if the center of the door frame 3 in the left-right direction is pulled forward strongly, the intermediate reinforcement frame 117 does not warp (plastically deform), and no gap is formed between the door frame 3 and the main frame 4. Therefore, even if an attempt is made to commit fraud by pulling the door frame 3 forward to form a gap between the door frame 3 and the main frame 4, the intermediate reinforcement frame 117 (door frame reinforcement unit 110), which has increased strength and rigidity, will prevent the door frame 3 from warping and forming a gap between it and the main frame 4, thereby providing a pachinko machine 1 that has a high deterrent effect against fraudulent activities.

In addition, as mentioned above, even if the door frame 3 is pulled strongly forward near the center in the left-right direction, the intermediate reinforcement frame 117 (door frame reinforcement unit 110) will not be distorted, so it is possible to provide shapes that are easy for players to pull forward (for example, upper tray 201, lower tray 202, lever-shaped presentation operation unit (lever operation unit 304), protruding or protruding push button-shaped presentation operation unit (press operation unit 303), protruding decorations, recessed decorations, etc.), making it possible to provide a pachinko machine 1 that is more entertaining to players.

Furthermore, since the glass unit 160 that closes the door window 101a is placed on the upper flange portion 117b, the weight of the glass unit 160 can be supported by the upper flange portion 117b (door frame reinforcement unit 110). This reduces the load on the resin member (e.g., the door frame base 101) made of synthetic resin that constitutes the door frame 3, and suppresses early deterioration of the resin member due to excessive load.

In addition, the glass unit 160 is placed on the upper flange portion 117b, and the rear surface of the glass unit 160 abuts against the front surface of the rear flange portion 117c that extends upward from the rear edge of the upper flange portion 117b, so that the rear flange portion 117c can prevent the lower end of the glass unit 160 from moving rearward. This makes it possible to attach the glass unit 160 to the door frame 3 by fixing only the upper end side of the glass unit 160, making it easy to attach (remove) the glass unit 160.

Furthermore, in the intermediate reinforcement frame 117, the sum (L0) of the lengths (L1 and L2) along the respective faces of the upper flange portion 117b and the rear flange portion 117c is longer than the length from the base portion 117a to the front surface of the game board 5, so that the strength and rigidity of the intermediate reinforcement frame 117 can be increased compared to when that length is shorter, and it can be made less likely to warp even when the door frame 3 is pulled forward.

In addition, because the sum (L0) of the length L1 of the upper flange portion 117b and the length L2 of the rear flange portion 117c is longer than the length from the base portion 117a to the front surface of the game board 5, it is possible to position the tip of the rear flange portion 117c behind the front surface of the game board 5. In other words, it is possible to insert the rear flange portion 117c into the game board 5 from the front, as with the intermediate reinforcement frame 117E. As a result, even if someone tries to insert an illegal tool along the front surface of the game board 5, the illegal tool can be prevented from entering by the rear flange portion 117c inserted into the game board 5, and a pachinko machine 1 with a high deterrent effect against illegal activities can be provided.

In addition to the upper flange portion 117b, the intermediate reinforcement frame 117 is also provided with a lower flange portion 117d that extends forward or backward from the lower edge of the base portion 117a, which further increases the strength and rigidity of the intermediate reinforcement frame 117, thereby providing a pachinko machine 1 that can reliably achieve the above-mentioned effects.

Furthermore, the intermediate reinforcement frame 117 is made thicker than the sheet metal of the other reinforcement parts (left reinforcement frame 111, right reinforcement frame 112, upper reinforcement frame 113) in the door frame reinforcement unit 110, which also increases the strength and rigidity of the intermediate reinforcement frame 117 (door frame reinforcement unit 110), making it possible to provide a pachinko machine 1 that can achieve the same effects as described above.

In addition, a distance sensor that detects the distance between the intermediate reinforcement frame 117 and the game board 5 may be further provided. That is, as described above, since the strength and rigidity of the intermediate reinforcement frame 117 (door frame reinforcement unit 110) is increased, the door frame 3 will not be plastically deformed even if it is pulled forward with a strong force. However, if it is pulled strongly, it may be elastically deformed, changing the distance between the door frame 3 and the game board 5 and creating a gap, so a distance sensor that detects the distance is provided. As a result, the distance sensor can detect the change in distance due to elastic deformation, and it is possible to notify the player that the door frame 3 has been pulled forcibly in response to the detection signal from the distance sensor, and it is possible to stop the player from pulling the door frame 3 unnecessarily hard or pulling the door frame 3 hard to commit a fraudulent act, and a pachinko machine 1 with high crime prevention effect can be provided.

[3-1f. Door frame upper hinge assembly]
The upper door-frame hinge assembly 120 of the door-frame base unit 100 will be described mainly with reference to Figures 34 and 35. The upper door-frame hinge assembly 120 is attached to the upper left corner of the door-frame reinforcement unit 110 when viewed from the front. The upper door-frame hinge assembly 120 is for attaching the door frame 3 to the main body frame 4 so as to be hinged and rotatable in cooperation with the lower door-frame hinge member 125. The upper door-frame hinge assembly 120 includes a hinge bracket 121 attached to the door-frame reinforcement unit 110, an upper door-frame hinge pin 122 attached to the hinge bracket 121 so as to be movable in the up-down direction, a flange member 123 attached to the upper door-frame hinge pin 122, and a lock spring 124 that biases the upper door-frame hinge pin 122 to move upward.

The hinge bracket 121 has a flat mounting piece 121a that is rectangular when viewed from the front, and flat protruding pieces 121b that extend forward from the upper and lower sides of the mounting piece 121a. The mounting piece 121a of the hinge bracket 121 is attached to the door frame reinforcement unit 110. The hinge bracket 121 is formed by bending a metal plate.

The upper door frame hinge pin 122 is a cylindrical metal rod bent into an L-shape. When assembled to the upper door frame hinge assembly 120, the portion of the upper door frame hinge pin 122 that extends vertically penetrates from below near the front ends of a pair of protruding pieces 121b in the hinge bracket 121, with the upper end extending upward beyond the upper protruding piece 121b, and the portion that extends horizontally abuts against the underside of the lower protruding piece 121b. The upper end of the upper door frame hinge pin 122 is rotatably inserted into the upper door frame hinge hole 511a of the upper hinge body 511 in the upper body frame hinge member 510 of the main body frame 4.

The flange member 123 is an E-ring, and is attached to the portion of the door frame upper hinge pin 122 between the pair of protruding pieces 121b. The lock spring 124 is formed in a coil shape, and is placed around the portion of the door frame upper hinge pin 122 that extends upward and downward between the flange member 123 and the lower protruding piece 121b of the hinge bracket 121. The lock spring 124 biases the door frame upper hinge pin 122 upward via the flange member 123.

In the upper door frame hinge assembly 120, the upper door frame hinge pin 122 is biased upward by the lock spring 124, and the horizontally extending portion of the lower end of the upper door frame hinge pin 122 abuts against the underside of the lower protruding piece 121b, restricting further upward movement. In this state, the upper end of the upper door frame hinge pin 122 protrudes a predetermined amount above the top surface of the upper protruding piece 121b.

When the horizontally extending portion of the lower end of the door frame upper hinge pin 122 of the door frame upper hinge assembly 120 is moved downward against the biasing force of the lock spring 124, the door frame upper hinge pin 122 can be moved downward as a whole, and the upper end of the door frame upper hinge pin 122 can be recessed below the upper surface of the upper protruding piece 121b. Therefore, the door frame upper hinge assembly 120 can insert the upper end of the door frame upper hinge pin 122 into the door frame upper hinge hole 511a of the main body frame upper hinge member 510 from below, and remove it downward. As a result, by inserting the upper end of the door frame upper hinge pin 122 into the door frame upper hinge hole 511a of the main body frame upper hinge member 510, the upper left end of the door frame 3 when viewed from the front can be supported so as to be hinged and rotatable relative to the main body frame 4.

In addition, the upper door frame hinge assembly 120 has a portion of the upper door frame hinge pin 122 that extends vertically and is positioned coaxially with the lower door frame hinge pin 126 of the lower door frame hinge member 125 described below. This allows the upper door frame hinge pin 122 and the lower door frame hinge pin 126 to hinge rotate the door frame 3 relative to the main frame 4 in a favorable condition.

[3-1g. Door frame bottom hinge parts]
The door-frame bottom hinge member 125 of the door-frame base unit 100 will be described mainly with reference to Figures 34 and 35. The door-frame bottom hinge member 125 is attached to the lower left corner of the door-frame reinforcement unit 110 when viewed from the front. The door-frame bottom hinge member 125 cooperates with the door-frame upper hinge assembly 120 to attach the door frame 3 to the main body frame 4 so as to be hinged and rotatable thereabout.

The door frame lower hinge member 125 is attached to the door frame reinforcement unit 110 and has a flat mounting piece 125a that is rectangular when viewed from the front, a flat protruding piece 125b that extends forward from the bottom edge of the mounting piece 125a, and a door frame lower hinge pin 126 (see Figure 35, etc.) that protrudes downward from the underside near the front end of the protruding piece 125b.

The mounting piece 125a and protruding piece 125b of the lower door frame hinge member 125 are formed by bending a metal plate. The lower door frame hinge pin 126 is a cylindrical metal bar with a tapered chamfer on the outer periphery of the lower end. When assembled to the door frame base unit 100, this lower door frame hinge pin 126 is attached to a portion of the protruding piece 125b that is coaxial with the portion of the upper door frame hinge pin 122 of the upper door frame hinge assembly 120 that extends vertically.

This door frame lower hinge member 125 can support the door frame 3 to be hingedly rotatable relative to the main frame 4 by inserting the door frame lower hinge pin 126 into the door frame lower hinge hole 522a of the main frame lower hinge assembly 520.

[3-1h. Cylinder lock]
The cylinder lock 130 in the door frame base unit 100 of the door frame 3 will be described in detail mainly with reference to Figures 41 to 43. Figure 41(a) is a perspective view of the cylinder lock of the door frame seen from the front, (b) is a perspective view of the cylinder lock of (a) seen from the rear front, (c) is a perspective view of the cylinder lock in a conventional pachinko machine seen from the front, and (d) is a perspective view of the cylinder lock of (a) seen from the rear. Figure 42(a) is an exploded perspective view of the cylinder lock of Figure 41(a) seen from the front, and (b) is an exploded perspective view of the cylinder lock of Figure 41(a) seen from the rear. Figure 43(a) is an explanatory diagram showing the movable mechanism of the cylinder lock of Figure 41(a) from the front, (b) is an explanatory diagram of the cylinder lock shown in a state rotated 90 degrees counterclockwise from the state of (a), and (c) is an explanatory diagram of the cylinder lock shown in a state rotated 90 degrees clockwise from the state of (a).

The cylinder lock 130 is attached to the cylinder mounting frame 115 of the door frame reinforcement unit 110, and cooperates with the locking unit 650 of the main frame 4 to open and close the door frame 3 and the main frame 4, and to open and close the outer frame 2 and the main frame 4. The cylinder lock 130 comprises a cylindrical cylinder body 131 that extends forward and backward, a keyhole 132 formed in the front end surface of the cylinder body 131, and a rotation transmission member 133 that is provided at the rear of the cylinder body 131 and rotates together with the rotation of a regular key inserted in the keyhole 132.

The cylinder body 131 of the cylinder lock 130 penetrates the front piece of the cylinder mounting frame 115 from the rear and has its rear end attached to the front piece. The rotation transmission member 133 is formed in a cylindrical shape (more specifically, a conical cylinder whose diameter increases toward the rear) with an open rear, and has a pair of notches cut from the rear end toward the front at positions opposite each other across the central axis. The rotation transmission member 133 is formed so that the transmission cylinder 654 of the locking unit 650 in the main body frame 4 can be inserted from the rear, and the rotation of the rotation transmission member 133 (the key inserted in the keyhole 132) can be transmitted to the transmission cylinder 654 to rotate it by inserting a pair of protrusions of the transmission cylinder 654 into the pair of notches.

In more detail, the cylinder lock 130 is provided with a first cam member 134 that is provided at the rear end of the cylinder body 131 and rotates together with the rotation of a regular key inserted in the keyhole 132; a second cam member 135 that is rotatably attached to the cylinder mounting frame 115 at a position below the cylinder body 131 around an axis in the front-to-rear direction; a band-shaped first arm 136 that is rotatably attached at its upper end to the right of the center of rotation of the first cam member 134 and at its lower end to the right of the center of rotation of the second cam member 135; and a band-shaped second arm 137 that is rotatably attached at its upper end to the lower position below the center of rotation of the first cam member 134 and at its lower end to the lower position below the center of rotation of the second cam member 135.

The cylinder lock 130 also includes a rear cover 138 attached to the cylinder mounting frame 115 so as to cover the cylinder body 131, the first cam member 134, the first arm 136, and the second arm 137 from the rear, excluding the second cam member 135 (rotation transmission member 133), and rivets 139 that rotatably attach the upper and lower ends of each of the first arm 136 and the second arm 137 to the first cam member 134 and the second cam member 135, respectively.

The first cam member 134 has the upper end side of the first arm 136 attached to the rear side, and the upper end side of the second arm 137 attached to the front side. The second cam member 135 is rotatably attached from the rear side by the cylinder mounting frame 115, and a rotation transmission member 133 is attached to the rear side across the front side of the cylinder mounting frame 115 so as to be able to rotate integrally with it. The second cam member 135 has the lower end side of the first arm 136 attached to the front side, and the lower end side of the second arm 137 attached to the front side forward of the first arm 136.

In each of the first cam member 134 and the second cam member 135, the portion where the first arm 136 is attached and the portion where the second arm 137 is attached are separated by an angle of 90 degrees around the respective rotation axes. In addition, in each of the first cam member 134 and the second cam member 135, the portion where the first arm 136 is attached is located farther from the center of rotation than the portion where the second arm 137 is attached.

The rear cover 138 is detachably attached to the cylinder mounting frame 115 at its upper end with a screw (not shown), with the shaft 138a, which protrudes outward in a cylindrical shape from the lower end of both the left and right sides, engaged with the L-shaped engagement slit 115b of the cylinder mounting frame 115.

This cylinder lock 130 has a cylinder mounting frame 115, a cylinder body 131, a rotation transmission member 133, a first cam member 134, a second cam member 135, a first arm 136, and a second arm 137, all of which are made of metal.

When the cylinder lock 130 is assembled to the door frame 3, the front end of the cylinder body 131 is approximately aligned with the front end of the cylinder insertion opening 440b of the door frame right side unit 430.

Here, we will explain the conventional cylinder lock 130A. As shown in Figures 41(c) and (d), the conventional cylinder lock 130A has a cylinder body 131 that penetrates the front piece of the cylinder mounting frame 115A from the rear and has its rear end attached to the front piece. This cylinder lock 130A has a rotation transmission member 133 provided on the axis of the cylinder body 131.

Next, the operation of the cylinder lock 130 of this embodiment will be described. In a conventional cylinder lock 130, as shown in Figures 41(c) and (d), a rotation transmission member 133 is provided on the axis of the cylinder body 131, whereas in the cylinder lock 130 of this embodiment, as shown in Figures 41(a) and (b), the rotation transmission member 133 is provided at a position spaced downward from the axis of the cylinder body 131.

In the normal state of this cylinder lock 130, as shown in FIG. 43(a), both upper and lower ends of the first arm 136 are attached to the right of the rotation center of each of the first cam member 134 and the second cam member 135, and both upper and lower ends of the second arm 137 are attached to the lower of the rotation center of each of the first cam member 134 and the second cam member 135. With the use of a regular key, the cylinder body 131 can be rotated by 90 degrees in both the clockwise and counterclockwise directions from the normal state.

In this state, when the first cam member 134 is rotated counterclockwise via the cylinder of the cylinder body 131 with the key inserted in the keyhole 132, the first arm 136 and the second arm 137 move upward. At this time, since the upper end side of the first arm 136 is attached to the right of the rotation center of the first cam member 134, a large force acts on the first arm 136 to rotate the second cam member 135 counterclockwise, whereas since the upper end side of the second arm 137 is attached below the rotation center of the first cam member 134, almost no force acts on the second arm 137 to rotate the second cam member 135 counterclockwise.

In this way, when the first cam member 134 rotates counterclockwise from the normal state, the force is transmitted mainly via the first arm 136, causing the second cam member 135 to rotate counterclockwise, and the rotation transmission member 133 to rotate together with the second cam member 135. The force acting upward due to the counterclockwise rotation of the first cam member 134 is proportional to the left-right distance between the portion where the first arm 136 and the second arm 137 are attached to the first cam member 134 and the center of rotation of the first cam member 134. Therefore, as the first cam member 134 rotates counterclockwise from the normal state, the force acting upward in the first arm 136 becomes smaller, whereas the force acting upward in the second arm 137 becomes larger.

Therefore, when the rotation angle of the first cam member 134 in the counterclockwise direction from the normal state exceeds 45 degrees, the force acting upward on the second arm 137 becomes greater than that on the first arm 136, and the second cam member 135 rotates in the counterclockwise direction mainly via the second arm 137. Then, the key inserted in the keyhole 132 can be rotated in the counterclockwise direction up to an angle of 90 degrees from the normal state (see Figure 43 (b)).

When using the key to rotate the key counterclockwise 90 degrees from the normal state and then clockwise 90 degrees to return it to the normal state, the action is reversed.

On the other hand, when the first cam member 134 is rotated clockwise from the normal state via the cylinder of the cylinder body 131 by the key inserted in the keyhole 132, the first arm 136, the upper end of which is attached to the right of the center of rotation of the first cam member 134, moves downward, and the second arm 137, the upper end of which is attached below the center of rotation of the first cam member 134, moves upward. At this time, since the upper end of the first arm 136 is attached to the right of the center of rotation of the first cam member 134, a large force acts on the first arm 136 to rotate the second cam member 135 in the clockwise direction, whereas since the upper end of the second arm 137 is attached below the center of rotation of the first cam member 134, almost no force acts on the second arm 137 to rotate the second cam member 135 in the clockwise direction.

In this way, when the first cam member 134 rotates clockwise from the normal state, the force is transmitted mainly via the first arm 136, the second cam member 135 rotates clockwise, and the rotation transmission member 133 rotates together with the second cam member 135. The force that transmits the rotation of the first cam member 134 by the first arm 136 and the second arm 137 to the second cam member 135 is proportional to the left-right distance between the part where the first arm 136 and the second arm 137 are attached to the first cam member 134 and the center of rotation of the first cam member 134. Therefore, as the first cam member 134 rotates clockwise from the normal state, the force of the first arm 136 that tries to rotate the second cam member 135 decreases, whereas the force of the second arm 137 that tries to rotate the second cam member 135 increases.

Therefore, when the rotation angle of the first cam member 134 in the clockwise direction from the normal state exceeds 45 degrees, the force tending to rotate the second cam member 135 from the second arm 137 becomes greater than that from the first arm 136, and the second cam member 135 rotates in the clockwise direction mainly via the second arm 137. Then, the key inserted in the keyhole 132 can be rotated in the clockwise direction up to an angle of 90 degrees from the normal state (see FIG. 43(c)).

When using the key to rotate the key 90 degrees clockwise from the normal state to return it to the normal state by rotating it 90 degrees clockwise, the above process is reversed.

In this way, according to the cylinder lock 130 of this embodiment, the first cam member 134 and the second cam member 135 are connected by the first arm 136 and the second arm 137 that are attached at a 90 degree angle from each other to transmit rotation, so that no matter what rotation position the first cam member 134 (the key inserted in the keyhole 132) is in, rotation can be transmitted by at least one of the first arm 136 and the second arm 137 to rotate the second cam member 135 (rotation transmission member 133), allowing for good locking and unlocking of the door frame 3 and the main frame 4.

In addition, according to the cylinder lock 130 of this embodiment, the axis of the rotation transmission member 133 (the transmission cylinder 654 of the locking unit 650 in the main body frame 4) can be set at a different position relative to the axis of the cylinder body 131 by transmitting rotation using the first arm 136 and the second arm 137 as a rotation transmission mechanism. This makes it possible to change the position of the cylinder body 131 in the door frame 3 to any position without changing the locking unit 650. This allows the cylinder body 131 (keyhole 132) to be located in a position that does not interfere with the decoration of the door frame 3, making it possible to provide a pachinko machine 1 with a highly decorative door frame 3.

In addition, as described above, even if the position of the cylinder body 131 is changed in the door frame 3, there is no need to change the locking unit 650 in the body frame 4, so the locking unit 650 can be reused, and the increase in costs associated with the pachinko machine 1 can be suppressed.

However, in the conventional cylinder lock 130A, the rotation transmission member 133 is provided at the rear of the cylinder body 131, so that a fraudster who knows this configuration may insert a tool from the front to the rear of the cylinder body 131 and use the tool to fraudulently rotate the rotation transmission member 133, opening the door frame 3 and committing a fraudulent act. In contrast, in the cylinder lock 130 of this embodiment, the rotation transmission member 133 is provided at a position away from the axis (rear) of the cylinder body 131. Therefore, even if a tool is inserted at the rear of the cylinder body 131 to rotate the rotation transmission member 133, the rotation transmission member 133 cannot be rotated because the rotation transmission member 133 is not present at that position, and fraudulent acts by opening the door frame 3, the main body frame 4, etc. can be prevented.

Furthermore, in the cylinder lock 130, the second arm 137 connects portions of the first cam member 134 and the second cam member 135 that are spaced apart by a rotational angle of 90 degrees relative to the first arm 136. Therefore, even if the portions of either the first arm 136 or the second arm 137 attached to the first cam member 134 and the second cam member 135 are positioned on a line connecting the center of the first cam member 134 and the center of the second cam member 135, the other of the first arm 136 or the second arm 137 connects the portions that are furthest from the line connecting the center of the first cam member 134 and the center of the second cam member 135. Therefore, even if one of the first arm 136 or the second arm 137 is positioned at the dead center of the first cam member 134 and the second cam member 135 and cannot transmit the rotation from the first cam member 134 to the second cam member 135, the other of the first arm 136 or the second arm 137 can transmit the rotation from the first cam member 134 to the second cam member 135. This means that there is no significant resistance to the rotation of the first cam member 134, and the key inserted in the keyhole 132 can be rotated smoothly, making it easy to lock and unlock, and also preventing the key inserted in the keyhole from being forcibly rotated, preventing damage to the key.

In addition, the rotation of the key inserted into the keyhole 132 is transmitted to the rotation transmission member 133, which is located at an eccentric position, by two arms, the first arm 136 and the second arm 137. Therefore, even if one arm is damaged for some reason, the rotation can be transmitted by the remaining arm, making it possible to provide a pachinko machine 1 with a highly reliable cylinder lock 130.

In addition, the rotation of the key inserted in the keyhole 132 is transmitted to the rotation transmission member 133, which is located at an eccentric position, by the smooth rod-shaped (strip-shaped) first arm 136 and second arm 137. If the rotation were transmitted by a gear, there would be a risk that the gear would rotate and rotate the rotation transmission member 133 by catching the tip of a tool on the teeth of the gear. However, by making the first arm 136 and second arm 137 into a rod-shaped arm with a smooth surface, it is possible to prevent the tip of a tool from getting caught on the first arm 136 or second arm 137. This makes it possible to prevent the rotation transmission member 133 from being rotated by moving the first arm 136 or second arm 137. This reliably prevents the door frame 3 or main frame 4 from being unlocked by unauthorized operation of the locking unit 650.

In the cylinder lock 130 of this embodiment, the first arm 136 and the second arm 137 are used as a rotation transmission mechanism for transmitting the rotation of the first cam member 134 to the second cam member 135. However, this is not limited to this, and other mechanisms may be used, such as a rotation transmission mechanism using multiple gears, a rotation transmission mechanism using gears and rack gears, a rotation transmission mechanism using sprockets and chains, or a rotation transmission mechanism using pulleys and belts.

[3-1i. Ball feeding unit]
The ball feeding unit 140 of the door frame base unit 100 will be described in detail mainly with reference to Figures 44 and 45. Figure 44 (a) is a perspective view of the ball feeding unit of the door frame base unit seen from the front, and (b) is a perspective view of the ball feeding unit seen from the back. Figure 45 (a) is an exploded perspective view of the ball feeding unit seen from the front, and (b) is an exploded perspective view of the ball feeding unit seen from the back with the rear case and the anti-tampering member removed. The ball feeding unit 140 can supply the game balls B supplied from the upper tray 201 of the tray unit 200 one by one to the ball launching device 540 of the main frame 4, and can extract the game balls B stored in the upper tray 201 to the lower tray 202 by operating the upper tray ball extraction button 222.

The ball supply unit 140 comprises a box-shaped front cover 141 having an entrance 141a penetrating in the front-to-rear direction through which the game balls B are supplied from the upper tray 201 of the tray unit 200, and a ball ejection port 141b opening below the entrance 141a, and a rear cover 142 that closes the rear end of the front cover 141 and is box-shaped with an open front and has a ball supply port 142a for supplying the game balls B that enter through the entrance 141a of the front cover 141 penetrating in the front-to-rear direction to the ball launching device 540; The ball removal member 143 is supported rotatably around an axis extending in the front-rear direction between the front covers 141 and has a partition 143a that separates the entrance 141a and the ball removal port 141b at the rear of the front covers 141; a ball delivery member 144 is supported rotatably around an axis extending in the up-down direction between the front covers 141 and the rear covers 142 and delivers the game balls B on the partition 143a of the ball removal member 143 one by one to the ball supply port 142a of the rear cover 142; and a ball delivery solenoid 145 that rotates the ball delivery member 144.

As shown in the figure, when viewed from the front, the ball feeding unit 140 has a ball feeding member 144 disposed to the right of the entrance 141a, a ball extracting member 143 disposed to the left of the ball feeding member 144, and a ball feeding solenoid 145 disposed to the right of the ball feeding member 144.

The front cover 141 of the ball feeding unit 140 has an arc-shaped slit 141c formed concentrically with the center of rotation of the ball extracting member 143 to the left of the ball extracting opening 141b when viewed from the front, and the operating rod 143c of the ball extracting member 143 described later extends forward from this slit 141c. In addition, the upper side of the front cover 141 extends upward from the upper edge of the entrance 141a, and is formed so that when the door frame 3 is assembled, the rear side closes the portion of the ball feeding guide path and the ball extracting guide path 241c of the rear base 241 in the upper tray ball extracting unit 240 that is open to the rear on the upstream end side.

The ball removal member 143 comprises a partition section 143a which is located below the entrance 141a between the entrance 141a and the ball removal opening 141b and whose upper surface becomes lower toward the ball feeding member 144, a pivoting rod section 143b which extends downward from the end of the partition section 143a opposite the ball feeding member 144 and is bent in an L-shape from near the middle in the vertical direction toward the lower center of the ball removal opening 141b, with its lower end supported for rotation around an axis extending in the front-to-rear direction, a rod-shaped operating rod 143c which protrudes forward from the upper end of the rotating rod section 143b, and a weight section 143d which protrudes from the side of the rotating rod section 143b below the operating rod 143c in the opposite direction to the partition section 143a. The operating rod 143c of the ball removal member 143 is formed to protrude forward through an arc-shaped slit 141c formed in the front cover 141 (see FIG. 44(a)). The operating rod 143c abuts against the upper end (upper surface) of the operating transmission part 242b of the upper tray ball removal slider 242, which moves downward by pressing the upper tray ball removal button 222 of the tray unit 200 through the ball feed opening 101e of the door frame base 101.

The ball feeding member 144 has a cutoff portion 144a that is fan-shaped in plan view and is centered on the rotation axis extending vertically toward the entrance 141a and the partition portion 143a of the ball removal member 143, a ball holding portion 144b that is recessed in an arc shape from the rear end of the cutoff portion 144a toward the rotation axis, and a rod-shaped shaft portion 144c that extends downward from the rear end of the ball holding portion 144b. The cutoff portion 144a and the ball holding portion 144b in the ball feeding member 144 are formed adjacent to each other within an angle range of approximately 180° centered on the rotation axis. The ball holding portion 144b of the ball feeding member 144 is large enough to hold one game ball B. The ball feeding member 144 rotates around the rotation axis by moving the shaft portion 144c, which is positioned eccentrically from the rotation axis, in the left-right direction by the drive of the ball feeding solenoid 145.

This ball feeding member 144 is adapted to rotate between a supply position in which the blocking portion 144a faces the direction of the partition portion 143a and the ball holding portion 144b faces in a direction communicating with the ball supply port 142a, and a holding position in which the ball holding portion 144b faces the direction of the partition portion 143a. When the ball feeding member 144 is in the supply position, the game ball B held in the ball holding portion 144b is supplied to the ball launching device 540 from the ball supply port 142a, and the game ball B that has entered the partition portion 143a from the entrance 141a is prevented from moving toward the ball holding portion 144b (ball supply port 142a) by the blocking portion 144a, and remains on the partition portion 143a. On the other hand, when the ball feeding member 144 rotates to the holding position, the ball holding portion 144b faces the partition portion 143a, and the end of the ball holding portion 144b on the rod portion 144c side closes the ball supply port 142a, and only one game ball B on the partition portion 143a is held in the ball holding portion 144b.

The ball feeding unit 140 also includes a ball feeding actuating rod 146 whose tip swings up and down when the ball feeding solenoid 145 is driven (energized), and a ball feeding crank 147 which rotates around an axis extending in the front-to-rear direction due to the movement of the tip of the ball feeding actuating rod 146 swinging up and down, and which rotates the ball feeding member 144 around an axis extending in the vertical direction.

The ball feeding operating rod 146 is provided with an iron plate 146a at a portion below the ball feeding solenoid 145. The ball feeding operating rod 146 extends left and right, and the end (right end) opposite the ball feeding crank 147 is attached to the front cover 141 and the rear cover 142 so as to be rotatable around an axis extending forward and backward. When the ball feeding solenoid 145 is driven, the iron plate 146a of the ball feeding operating rod 146 is pulled toward the ball feeding solenoid 145 (upward) by the generated magnetic force, and the left end side close to the ball feeding crank 147 rotates upward around the right end. After that, when the driving of the ball feeding solenoid 145 is released, the magnetic force disappears and the weight of the iron plate 146a acts, rotating the left end side close to the ball feeding crank 147 downward around the right end, returning to the original state. As a result, the ball feeding actuating rod 146 is caused to swing up and down at its left end (tip) closest to the ball feeding crank 147 by the ball feeding solenoid 145.

The ball delivery crank 147 is equipped with an engagement portion 147a that extends in the left-right direction and can engage with the tip of the ball delivery operating rod 146 that moves up and down, an axle portion 147b that is positioned on the opposite side of the engagement portion 147a that engages with the ball delivery operating rod 146 and is rotatably supported around an axis that extends in the front-to-rear direction between the front cover 141 and the rear cover 142, and a transmission portion 147c that extends upward from the axle portion 147b and engages with a rod-shaped rod portion 144c (see Figure 45 (b)) that protrudes downward from a position eccentric to the rotation center of the ball delivery member 144.

This ball feeding unit 140 can rotate the ball feeding crank 147 around an axis extending forward and backward via the ball feeding actuating rod 146 by moving the tip (left end) of the ball feeding actuating rod 146 upward by driving the ball feeding solenoid 145.

When the ball feeding solenoid 145 is not driven (normally), the ball feeding actuation rod 146 is separated from the lower end of the ball feeding solenoid 145 and the tip is positioned downward, and in this state, the ball feeding member 144 is positioned in the feeding position. When the ball feeding solenoid 145 is driven, the ball feeding actuation rod 146 is attracted to the lower end of the ball feeding solenoid 145 and the tip (left end) is positioned upward, and the ball feeding member 144 rotates to the holding position. In other words, when the ball feeding solenoid 145 is driven (ON state), the ball feeding member 144 receives one game ball B, and when the ball feeding solenoid 145 is deactivated (OFF state), the game ball B received by the ball feeding member 144 can be sent (supplied) to the ball launcher 540 side. The drive of the ball delivery solenoid 145 in this ball delivery unit 140 is controlled in synchronization with the drive control of the delivery solenoid 542 by the launch control unit 633b (see FIG. 126) of the payout control board 633.

The ball feeding unit 140 is also configured to apply a moment of rotation in a counterclockwise direction when viewed from the front by the ball removal member 143, which is rotatably supported by a pivot, or the weight portion 143d. However, the rotation of the ball removal member 143 is restricted by the actuation rod 143c protruding forward of the ball removal member 143 coming into contact with the upper end of the actuation transmission portion 242b of the upper tray ball removal slider 242, which is operated by pressing the upper tray ball removal button 222 of the tray unit 200. Therefore, under normal conditions, the partition portion 143a of the ball removal member 143 is positioned between the entrance 141a and the ball removal opening 141b to separate them, and the game ball B does not enter the ball removal opening 141b side.

When the player presses the upper tray ball removal button 222 of the tray unit 200 downward, the upper tray ball removal slider 242 slides downward together with the actuation transmission part 242b, and the actuation rod 143c also moves downward relatively as the actuation transmission part 242b moves downward. When the actuation rod 143c moves downward together with the actuation transmission part 242b, the ball removal member 143 rotates in a counterclockwise direction when viewed from the front, and the partition part 143a moves from between the entrance 141a and the ball removal opening 141b to release the partition. As a result, the game ball B that entered from the entrance 141a falls to the ball removal opening 141b side, and is discharged from the ball removal opening 141b to the ball removal guide path 241c of the upper tray ball removal unit 240 in the tray unit 200, and can be discharged (supplied) to the lower tray 202 via the lower tray ball supply opening 211c.

The upper tray ball removal slider 242, which is formed with the actuation transmission part 242b against which the actuation rod 143c of the ball removal member 143 abuts, is biased upward by a spring. Therefore, even if a game ball B is supplied forcefully onto the partition part 143a, the impact can be absorbed by the spring via the actuation rod 143c, preventing damage to the ball removal member 143 etc., and preventing the game ball B from bouncing off the partition part 143a.

The ball feeding unit 140 has a rectangular mounting recess 142b (see FIG. 45(b), etc.) that is recessed forward and to the upper right when viewed from behind the ball supply port 142a in the rear cover 142, and an anti-tampering member 148 is attached inside the mounting recess 142b. The anti-tampering member 148 of the ball feeding unit 140 is made of a hard metal plate such as tool steel or stainless steel, and is attached removably from the rear side inside the mounting recess 142b of the rear cover 142.

The anti-tampering member 148 has an outer shape in a rectangular shape extending left and right when viewed from the front, and is provided with an upper piece 148a and a lower piece 148b that are separated vertically at approximately the center in the vertical direction a certain distance to the left from the right side, and an inclined portion 148c that is formed in a C-chamfered shape at the tip side (right end side when viewed from the front) of the opposing sides of the upper piece 148a and the lower piece 148b. The upper piece 148a of the anti-tampering member 148 is bent so that the right end when viewed from the front protrudes backward with respect to the general surface of the anti-tampering member 148. The lower piece 148b extends on the same plane as the general surface of the anti-tampering member 148. As a result, the upper piece 148a and the lower piece 148b form a V-shaped groove that widens toward the right when viewed from the top.

When the tamper-proof member 148 is attached to the mounting recess 142b of the rear cover 142, the V-shaped groove formed by the upper piece 148a and the lower piece 148b is in communication with the inside of the ball supply port 142a.

According to this fraud prevention member 148, when a fraudulent game ball B with a string attached is shot from the upper tray into the game area 5a by the ball launcher 540 via the ball feeding unit 140, and the string attached to the fraudulent game ball B is manipulated to move the fraudulent game ball B into or out of the first starting hole 2002, etc., the momentum of the fraudulent game ball B shot (shot) by the ball launcher 540 causes the string attached to the fraudulent game ball B to be inserted between the upper piece 148a and the lower piece 148b, and then cut by the narrow V-shaped area formed by the upper piece 148a and the lower piece 148b, thereby preventing fraudulent activities using the fraudulent game ball B with a string attached.

[3-1j. Foul Cover Unit]
The foul cover unit 150 of the door frame base unit 100 will be described in detail mainly with reference to Figures 46 and 47. Figure 46(a) is a perspective view of the foul cover unit of the door frame base unit seen from the front, and (b) is a perspective view of the foul cover unit seen from the back. Also, Figure 47 is a front view of the foul cover unit with the cover member removed. The foul cover unit 150 is attached to the right side of the lower part of the rear side of the door frame base 101 when viewed from the rear. The foul cover unit 150 guides the game ball B (foul ball) that has been launched by the ball launching device 540 and has not reached the game area 5a of the game board 5 to the lower tray 202, and also guides the game ball B that has been paid out from the payout device 580 to the upper tray 201 or the lower tray 202. As shown in the figure, the fall cover unit 150 comprises a shallow box-shaped unit body 151 attached to the rear side of the door frame base 101 and open at the front, and a flat cover member 152 attached to the front of the unit body 151.

The foul cover unit 150 has a through ball passage 150a that penetrates from front to back at the upper left corner when viewed from the front and connects the lower normal payout passage 610a of the lower full ball path unit 610 of the main frame 4 to the upper tray ball supply port 211a of the tray unit 200, and a full ball receiving port 150b that opens toward the rear on the lower right side when viewed from the front of the through ball passage 150a and can connect to the lower full payout passage 610b of the lower full ball path unit 610 of the main frame 4.

The foul cover unit 150 also has a foul ball receiving port 150c that opens upward on the right side of the full ball receiving port 150b when viewed from the front and receives game balls B (foul balls) that have been launched by the ball launcher 540 of the main frame 4 but have not reached the play area 5a, and a ball discharge port 150d that opens forward near the lower right corner when viewed from the front and discharges game balls B received in the full ball receiving port 150b and the foul ball receiving port 150c forward and is connected to the lower tray ball supply port 211c of the tray unit 200.

Furthermore, the foul cover unit 150 is provided with a storage passage 150e that is formed by the unit body 151 and the cover member 152 between the full ball receiving port 150b and the foul ball receiving port 150c and the ball discharge port 150d, and has a width sufficient to store a predetermined amount of game balls B.

The through ball passage 150a is formed across both the unit body 151 and the lid member 152. The full ball receiving port 150b and the foul ball receiving port 150c are formed in the unit body 151. The ball discharge port 150d is formed in the lid member 152. The storage passage 150e is formed by the unit body 151 and the lid member 152.

The fall cover unit 150 also includes a flat movable piece 153 that forms part of the inner wall of the storage passage 150e and has a lower end that is rotatably attached to the unit body 151 and the cover member 152, a full tank detection sensor 154 that detects the rotation of the movable piece 153 in a direction away from the storage passage 150e, and a spring 155 that biases the movable piece 153 toward the storage passage 150e.

When the lower tray 202 of the tray unit 200 is filled with game balls B and game balls B are no longer discharged from the ball discharge port 150d to the lower tray 202 side, this foul cover unit 150 can store a certain number of game balls B in the storage passage 150e. When a certain number of game balls B are stored in the storage passage 150e, the weight of the game balls B causes the movable piece 153 to rotate so that the upper end of the movable piece 153 moves in a direction away from the storage passage 150e against the biasing force of the spring 155, and this rotation is detected by the full tank detection sensor 154. As a result, it can be determined that the lower tray 202 is full of game balls B, so when the full tank detection sensor 154 detects that the lower tray 202 is full, any further payout of game balls B is stopped and the fact is notified to the player or the attendant of the game hall, and the player can be prompted to clear the full tank of the lower tray 202.

The foul cover unit 150 is attached to the rear of the unit body 151 below the through ball passage 150a, and is provided with a door opening/closing abutment 150f against which the operating protrusion 613a of the payout passage opening/closing door 613 of the lower full ball path unit 610 in the payout unit 560 of the main body frame 4 (described later) can abut (see FIG. 79). The door opening/closing abutment 150f is inclined so that it moves forward as the rear surface faces downward. When the operating protrusion 613a of the payout passage opening/closing door 613 abuts against this door opening/closing abutment 150f, the payout passage opening/closing door 613 can be rotated to open the downstream ends (front openings) of the lower normal payout passage 610a and the lower full payout passage 610b.

[3-2. Glass unit]
The glass unit 160 in the door frame 3 will be described in detail mainly with reference to Figures 31 and 32. The glass unit 160 is inserted from the rear into the glass unit mounting portion 101h and removably mounted so as to close the door window 101a of the door frame base 101 in the door frame base unit 100. When the door frame 3 is closed against the main body frame 4, this glass unit 160 makes the playing area 5a of the playing board 5 mounted on the main body frame 4 visible from the player side (front) and closes the front of the playing area 5a.

The glass unit 160 comprises a frame-shaped glass frame 161 that is larger than the inner circumference of the door window 101a of the door frame base 101 and can be attached to the glass unit attachment portion 101h, two transparent glass plates 162 that close the inside of the glass frame 161 and have their outer circumferences attached to the glass frame 161, and a pair of glass unit attachment members 163 that are rotatably attached to the rear side of the door frame base 101 in the door frame base unit 100 for attaching the glass frame 161 to the door frame base 101.

The glass frame 161 has a pair of mounting pieces 161a extending outward in a flat shape from a position lower than the upper left and right corners when viewed from the front, and a band-shaped locking piece 161b protruding downward from the lower end and extending along the lower edge. The mounting pieces 161a of the glass frame 161 can be abutted against the protruding portion 163b of the glass unit mounting member 163. The locking piece 161b can be inserted into the space between the door frame base 101 and the rear flange portion 117c of the intermediate reinforcement frame 117 of the door frame reinforcement unit 110 so as to be placed on the upper flange portion 117b of the intermediate reinforcement frame 117 (see Figures 37 and 85). In this embodiment, the rear surface of the locking piece 161b abuts against the front surface of the rear flange portion 117c. The two glass plates 162 are attached to the front and rear ends of the glass frame 161, respectively, and are spaced apart from each other in the front and rear directions so that a space is formed between them.

The glass unit mounting member 163 has a disk-shaped base 163a that is rotatably attached around an axis that extends forward and backward on the rear side of the door frame base 101, and a rod-shaped protrusion 163b that protrudes from the base 163a in a direction perpendicular to the axis of rotation. The glass unit mounting member 163 is rotatably attached to the outside of the two upper corners of the four corners of the door window 101a on the rear surface of the door frame base 101.

To attach the glass unit 160 to the door frame base 101, first rotate the glass unit attachment member 163 attached to the door frame base 101 so that the protruding portion 163b is positioned above the base portion 163a. Then, from the rear side of the door frame base 101, the locking piece 161b of the glass frame 161 of the glass unit 160 is inserted from above into the gap between the door frame base 101 and the rear flange portion 117c of the intermediate reinforcement frame 117 of the door frame reinforcement unit 110 and placed on the upper flange portion 117b, and the front end of the glass frame 161 is abutted against the rear surface of the glass unit attachment portion 101h of the door frame base 101. Then, rotate the glass unit attachment member 163 so that the protruding portion 163b is positioned below the base portion 163a, and the protruding portion 163b is abutted against the rear surface of the attachment piece 161a of the glass frame 161. This attaches the glass unit 160 to the door frame base 101.

To remove the glass unit 160 from the door frame base 101, the above steps can be reversed. This allows the glass unit 160 to be attached and detached to the door frame base 101 (door frame base unit 100).

In the glass unit 160, when the protrusion 163b of the glass unit mounting member 163 is in a rotational position located below the base 163a, the protrusion 163b restricts the rearward movement of the glass frame 161. Therefore, even if vibration or the like acts on the glass unit mounting member 163, the protrusion 163b will not rotate to a position where it is above the base 163a. Therefore, the restriction on the rearward movement of the glass frame 161 will not be released naturally, and the glass unit 160 will not come off the door frame base 101 naturally.

[3-3. Crime prevention cover]
The security cover 170 in the door frame 3 will be described in detail mainly with reference to Figures 31 and 32. The security cover 170 is attached to the rear side of the door frame base unit 100 so as to cover the lower part of the rear surface of the glass unit 160, and is made of transparent synthetic resin. The security cover 170 includes a flat body portion 171 having an outer periphery formed into a predetermined shape, a flat rear projection 172 that protrudes rearward along the outer periphery of the body portion 171, and a pair of locking pieces 173 that are spaced apart on the left and right, protrude forward beyond the body portion 171, and are capable of being locked to the rear side of the door frame base 101.

The main body 171 of the security cover 170 is formed so that its lower end protrudes downward below the lower end of the glass unit 160 when attached to the door frame base unit 100. The upper end of the main body 171 is formed in a shape that conforms to the lower end of the play area 5a of the play board 5 when assembled to the pachinko machine 1. In more detail, the upper end of the main body 171 is formed in a shape that conforms to a part of the inner rail 1002, the out guide portion 1003, a part of the lower right rail 1004, and the right rail 1005 of the component 1000 described below, and is formed so as not to protrude into the play area 5a when assembled to the pachinko machine 1.

The rear protrusion 172 is formed around almost the entire outer periphery of the main body 171. Therefore, the security cover 170 is formed by the main body 171 and the rear protrusion 172 into a shallow box shape that is open to the rear, and has high strength and rigidity. The rear protrusion 172 also protrudes rearward from a part of the rear surface of the main body 171 that is different from the outer periphery of the main body 171. The rear protrusion 172 protruding rearward from a part of the rear surface of the main body 171 is formed so as to fit along a part of the outer rail 1001 of the front component 1000 of the game board 5 when assembled into the pachinko machine 1.

When assembled to the pachinko machine 1, the rear protrusion 172 is not formed in the area located between the outer rail 1001 and the inner rail 1002 on the game board 5. As a result, game ball B (game ball B launched by the ball launcher 540) passing between the outer rail 1001 and the inner rail 1002 does not come into contact with the rear protrusion 172 of the security cover 170, and does not hinder the shooting of game ball B into the game area 5a.

The pair of locking pieces 173 are elastically locked to the rear side of the door frame base unit 100 (speaker duct 103 and cable cover 109). This allows the security cover 170 to be easily attached and detached to the door frame base unit 100.

When the security cover 170 is assembled to the pachinko machine 1, the front surface of the main body 171 abuts against the rear surface of the glass unit 160 (the rear end of the glass frame 161), and the rear projection 172, excluding the portion projecting rearward from the bottom edge of the main body 171, is inserted into the security recess 1009 of the component 1000. In addition, the security cover 170 is in a state in which the rear projection 172 projecting rearward from the bottom edge of the main body 171 projects rearward beyond the front surface of the component 1000 so as to contact the bottom surface of the component 1000. As a result, the area between the security cover 170 and the game board 5 (front component 1000) is bent in a complex manner by the rear projection 172 of the security cover 170 and the security recess 1009 of the front component 1000, so even if someone tries to insert an illegal tool such as a piano wire into the game area 5a through the gap between the security cover 170 and the front component 1000 from below the front of the game board 5, it will be blocked by the rear projection 172 and the security recess 1009, preventing the illegal tool from entering the game area 5a.

[3-4a. Handle unit]
Next, the handle unit 180 in the door frame 3 will be described in detail with reference to Figs. 48 to 52. Fig. 48 is an exploded perspective view of the handle unit, the plate unit, and the performance operation unit in the door frame as viewed from the front, and Fig. 49 is an exploded perspective view of the handle unit, the plate unit, and the performance operation unit in the door frame as viewed from the back. Fig. 50 is an exploded perspective view of the handle unit in the door frame as viewed from the front, and Fig. 51 is an exploded perspective view of the handle unit in the door frame as viewed from the back. Fig. 52(a) is an explanatory diagram showing the relationship between the handle base, the handle, the handle return spring, and the handle touch sensor in the handle unit in a perspective view, and Fig. 52(b) is an explanatory diagram showing the relationship between the handle base, the handle, the handle return spring, the handle touch sensor, and the inner base in the handle unit in a perspective view as viewed from the back. Note that in Fig. 53, the position of the first mounting portion 190a in the handle return spring 190 is changed for ease of understanding.

The handle unit 180 in this embodiment is attached to the door frame base unit 100 from the front inside the cylindrical handle cover unit 290, and can be operated by the player to shoot the game ball B in the upper tray 201 into the game area 5a of the game board 5.

The handle unit 180 comprises a handle base 181 whose rear end is attached to the handle mounting surface of the door frame base 101, a handle 197 rotatably attached to the front end of the handle base 181, a disk-shaped cover base 183 attached to the handle base 181 so as to cover the center of the front end side of the handle 197, a handle decoration board 184 attached to the front side of the cover base 183 and having multiple LEDs 184a mounted on the front side, and a handle front lens 185 attached to the cover base 183 so as to cover the front side of the handle decoration board 184.

The handle unit 180 also includes an inner base 186 that is attached to the front of the handle base 181 behind the handle 197, a shaft member 187 that has the handle 197 attached to its front end and is rotatably attached by the inner base 186 and the handle base 181 and has a drive gear portion 187a on its outer periphery, a transmission gear 188 that meshes with the drive gear portion 187a of the shaft member 187, and a handle rotation detection sensor 189 that has a detection shaft 189a that rotates integrally with the transmission gear 188 and is sandwiched between the handle base 181 and the inner base 186.

The handle unit 180 further includes a handle return spring 190, one end of which is attached to the handle base 181 and the other end of which is attached to the handle 197, biasing the handle 197 to return to its initial rotation position (the end of rotation in the counterclockwise direction as viewed from the front), and an auxiliary spring 191, one end of which is attached to the inner base 186 and the other end of which is attached to the transmission gear 188, biasing the detection shaft 189a of the handle rotation detection sensor 189 in the clockwise direction as viewed from the front via the transmission gear 188.

The handle unit 180 also includes a handle touch sensor 192 attached to the handle base 181 behind the inner base 186, a single button 193 whose tip end protrudes outward from the left side of the outer circumferential surface of the front end of the handle base 181 when viewed from the front and whose base end is attached to the handle base 181 behind the inner base 186 so as to be rotatable around an axis extending forward and backward, and a single button operation sensor 194 attached to the handle base 181 and detects the pressing operation of the single button 193.

The handle base 181 of the handle unit 180 has a cylindrical base 181a extending forward and backward, a disk-shaped front end 181b protruding radially from the front end of the base 181a, and three grooves 181c recessed from the outer circumferential surface of the cylindrical base 181a and extending axially, and formed at unequal intervals in the circumferential direction. The outer diameter of the base 181a of the handle base 181 is slightly smaller than the inner diameter of the rear cylinder of the handle cover base 291 in the handle cover unit 290. The three grooves 181c are formed at positions corresponding to the three protrusions of the handle cover base 291. Therefore, the base 181a can be inserted into the rear cylinder of the handle cover base 291 with the three grooves 181c aligned with the three protrusions, and the protrusions are inserted into the three grooves 181c, so that the handle base 181 cannot rotate relative to the handle cover base 291.

The handle base 181 also includes a sensor housing recess 181d in which the handle touch sensor 192 is housed from the front, a tab abutment portion 181e against which the tab-shaped terminal 192a of the handle touch sensor 192 abuts, and a mounting hole 181f provided in the tab abutment portion 181e (see FIG. 52). The handle touch sensor 192 is housed in the sensor housing recess 181d, and the tab-shaped terminal 192a of the handle touch sensor 192 abuts against the tab abutment portion 181e. The rear of the inner base 186 is inserted into the handle base 181 from the front, and the mounting piece 186a (see FIG. 53) of the inner base 186 is positioned in front of the tab-shaped terminal 192a. Then, the mounting screw (not shown) is screwed into the mounting hole 181f from the front of the mounting piece 186a of the inner base 186 and tightened, so that the handle touch sensor 192 can be attached to the handle base 181 together with the inner base 186. At this time, by screwing in the mounting screw so that the U-shaped second mounting portion 190b provided on the rear end side of the handle return spring 190 is sandwiched between the mounting piece 186a of the inner base 186 and the tab-shaped terminal 192a of the handle touch sensor 192, the rear end side of the handle return spring 190 can be attached to the handle base 181 and the handle return spring 190 and the handle touch sensor 192 can be electrically connected. The tab abutment portion 181e on the handle base 181 can be seen from the front through a slit 197e in the handle 197, which will be described later, and a screwdriver as a tool can be approached from the front through the slit 197e.

The handle 197 has a conductive plating layer on its surface. The handle 197 has four projections, a first projection 197a, a second projection 197b, a third projection 197c, and a fourth projection 197d, which protrude outward from the outer circumferential surface in the circumferential direction, two slits 197e that extend in an arc around the rotation axis (shaft member 187) and penetrate in the front-rear direction, a spring attachment piece 197f that is provided at one end of one of the slits 197e in a recessed area toward the center of the handle 197 and faces forward, and an attachment hole 197g that penetrates the spring attachment piece 197f in the front-rear direction.

With the annular first mounting portion 190a at the front end of the handle return spring 190 in contact with the top surface of the spring mounting piece 197f of the handle 197, a mounting screw (not shown) can be screwed into the mounting hole 197g from the front and tightened, thereby attaching the front end of the handle return spring 190 from the front and electrically connecting the plated layer on the surface of the handle 197 to the handle return spring 190. This electrically connects the handle touch sensor 192 and the handle 197 via the metal handle return spring 190, making it possible to detect the player's contact with the handle 197.

The four protrusions on the handle 197, the first protrusion 197a, the second protrusion 197b, the third protrusion 197c, and the fourth protrusion 197d, are arranged in order in a counterclockwise direction when viewed from the front.

In this way, according to the handle unit 180 of this embodiment, the metal handle return spring 190 that electrically connects the handle touch sensor 192 and the handle 197 is attached at both ends with mounting screws, so that compared to the case where both ends of the handle return spring 190 are simply in contact, a reliable electrical connection can be achieved, and poor contact (detection failure of the handle touch sensor 192) can be reliably prevented. Therefore, even if a chemical solution such as alcohol or sodium hypochlorite used for cleaning in an amusement hall where this pachinko machine 1 is installed gets into the handle unit 180, or gas is generated from the chemical solution and adheres to the handle return spring 190, causing corrosion or oxidation of the surface, poor contact will not occur, and the handle touch sensor 192 can reliably detect the touch of the player.

In addition, the handle unit 180 of this embodiment allows a screwdriver to approach the first attachment portion 190a and the second attachment portion 190b, which are both ends of the handle return spring 190, from the front through the slit 197e in the handle 197 to turn the attachment screw, making the handle unit 180 easy to assemble and maintain.

The handle unit 180 is attached to the handle mounting surface of the door frame base 101 via the handle cover unit 290. The handle mounting surface of the door frame base 101 is inclined so that the right end is located further back than the left end in a plan view, and faces outward (toward the open side). Therefore, the handle unit 180 is also inclined outward in a plan view (in other words, its tip is inclined toward the outside of the pachinko machine 1 with respect to a line perpendicular to the front surface of the pachinko machine 1). This makes it easy for the player to grip the handle 197 of the handle unit 180, allowing the player to rotate it without any discomfort.

[3-4a-1. Modified examples of the handle unit]
Next, modified examples of the handle unit will be described. Note that of the multiple modified examples shown below, only one of the modified examples may be used, or multiple modified examples may be used in appropriate combination with the above embodiment.

(Variation 1)
In the above embodiment, the tab-shaped terminal 192a of the handle touch sensor 192 and the second mounting portion 190b of the handle return spring 190 are attached together with a mounting screw, but the present invention is not limited to this. For example, a protrusion may be provided on the handle 197, and the shape of the front end side (first mounting portion 190a) of the handle return spring 190 may be shaped to conform to a part of the outer periphery of the protrusion of the handle 197, so that the front end of the handle return spring 190 is engaged with the protrusion. This makes the front end side of the handle return spring 190 come into line contact with the protrusion, and the contact area is increased compared to point contact, making it possible to prevent poor contact. In this case, it is desirable to provide the protrusion of the handle 197 in a location that is unlikely to be exposed to chemicals such as alcohol or sodium hypochlorite used for cleaning. Alternatively, a cover may be provided on the location to prevent chemicals such as alcohol from being applied.

(Variation 2)
Also, for example, a configuration as shown in FIG. 54 may be used. FIG. 54 is an explanatory diagram showing a modified example of the handle unit, in a perspective view from the rear, of the relationship between the handle base, the handle, the handle return spring, the handle touch sensor, and the inner base. In this modified example, the handle 197 is composed of a main body 197A and an annular ring portion 197B, and the ring portion 197B is formed of metal or resin having a plating layer on its surface. The ring portion 197B of the handle 197 is provided so that the outer circumferential surface is exposed to the outside at the rear end of the handle 197 (the front end of the handle base 181). The ring portion 197B and the handle touch sensor 192 may be electrically connected by an electric wire 198.

Specifically, one of the round terminals 198a of the electric wire 198, which has round terminals 198a at both ends, is sandwiched between the mounting piece 186a of the inner base 186 and the tab-shaped terminal 192a of the handle touch sensor 192 and screwed together with them with a mounting screw, and the other round terminal 198a of the electric wire 198 is screwed to the mounting part 197h of the ring part 197B of the handle 197. As a result, when a player grips the handle 197, his/her fingers come into contact with the ring part 197B, and the contact can be detected via the ring part 197B and the electric wire 198. Therefore, as described above, poor contact (detection failure of the handle touch sensor 192) can be reliably prevented, so that even if chemicals such as alcohol or sodium hypochlorite are used for cleaning in the game hall where the pachinko machine 1 is installed, poor contact does not occur and the handle touch sensor 192 can reliably detect the touch of the player.

The ring portion 197B of the handle 197 may be fixed to the main body portion 197A so as to be rotatable as one unit, or may be guided by the main body portion 197A or the handle base 181 so as to be rotatable relative to the main body portion 197A. In addition, although the ring portion 197B is annular in the above description, the ring portion 197B may be a non-annular ring portion that does not go all the way around, such as a C-shape.

In addition, in the above, the handle 197 is shown to be composed of the main body portion 197A and the ring portion 197B, but this is not limited to this, and the ring portion 197B may be an independent portion having a separate configuration from the handle 197.

(Variation 3)
Also, for example, the handle touch sensor 192 may be provided at a different position, and an electric wire 198 having round terminals 198a at both ends may be used, with one round terminal 198a screwed together with the tab-shaped terminal 192a by a mounting screw, and the other round terminal 198a screwed together with the second mounting portion 190b of the handle return spring 190 by a mounting screw. This also ensures that poor contact (detection failure of the handle touch sensor 192) is prevented in the same way as above, so that even if chemicals such as alcohol or sodium hypochlorite are used for cleaning in the game hall where the pachinko machine 1 is installed, poor contact will not occur and the handle touch sensor 192 can reliably detect the touch of the player. In this case, the front end side (first mounting portion 190a) of the handle return spring 190 may be attached to the handle 197 by a mounting screw, or may be engaged with a protrusion provided on the handle 197.

(Variation 4)
Also, for example, a mounting hole may be provided on the back surface of the handle 197, one of the round terminals 198a of an electric wire 198 having round terminals 198a at both ends may be screwed together with the tab-shaped terminal 192a of the handle touch sensor 192 with a mounting screw, and the other round terminal 198a may be screwed with a mounting screw screwed into the mounting hole of the handle 197. In this case, the length of the electric wire 198 is set to a length that allows the handle 197 to rotate. As for the portion of the handle 197 where the round terminal 198a of the electric wire 198 is screwed, for example, when the handle 197 has a ring portion 197B as shown in FIG. 54, the ring portion 197B may be provided so as to rotate integrally with the main body portion 197A, and the round terminal 198a may be screwed to a mounting portion 197h of the ring portion 197B. This also makes it possible to reliably prevent poor contact (detection failure of the handle touch sensor 192) in the same manner as described above, so that even if chemicals such as alcohol or sodium hypochlorite are used during cleaning in the gaming hall in which this pachinko machine 1 is installed, poor contact will not occur and the handle touch sensor 192 can reliably detect the player's contact.

(Other Modifications)
In the above, the handle 197 is screwed to a plating layer provided on the handle, but the present invention is not limited to this, and for example, if the handle 197 is provided with a metal part, the handle touch sensor 192 may be screwed to the metal part and electrically connected to the handle touch sensor 192. As the metal part, the ring part 197B may be made of metal, for example.

In the above, the handle touch sensor 192 has a tab-shaped terminal 192a, but this is not limited to this, and the handle touch sensor may have a connector. In this case, the tip of the electric wire connected to the connector may be electrically connected to the handle 197 directly or via the handle return spring 190.

[3-4a-2. Brief Summary]
The above-described handle unit 180 has the following technical features.
(Background of technical features)
A pachinko machine as a gaming machine is provided with a handle that a player operates to launch a gaming ball into a gaming area, and a touch sensor for detecting that the player is touching the handle. (For example, Patent Document: JP 2020-137794 A). In conventional gaming machines such as those described in the above patent document, the touch sensor and the handle are connected via a spring for returning the handle to its original position. In this type of conventional gaming machine, the spring that returns the handle has a touch sensor at one end and a handle at the other end. The biasing force of the spring is utilized to bring the two parts into contact with each other.

Incidentally, in amusement halls where gaming machines are installed, chemicals such as alcohol or sodium hypochlorite may be used to clean and disinfect the gaming machines. If the chemicals used for cleaning seep into the handles, or if gas is generated and adheres to springs, the surfaces of the springs may corrode or oxidize, causing poor electrical contact. This poor contact may cause the launch of gaming balls to become unstable or even make it impossible to launch gaming balls, reducing the interest of players.

In view of the above situation, the following means aims to provide a gaming machine that can reliably detect the touch of the handle by the player.

(Technical solution)
Means 1: In the gaming machine,
"A gaming machine equipped with a handle unit for launching a gaming ball into a gaming area,
The handle unit includes:
A rotatable handle;
a handle base that rotatably supports the handle;
A touch sensor provided on the handle base;
"The touch sensor has one end screwed together with the electrode tab of the touch sensor, or the tip of an electric wire connected to the electrode tab or the connector of the touch sensor, and the other end is in contact with a plated portion or a metal portion of the handle, and is provided with a linear metal body."

Here, examples of "linear body" include "springs" and "electric wires".

According to the configuration of the first aspect, the game machine is provided with a handle unit for launching game balls into a game area, and the handle unit comprises a rotatable handle, a handle base that rotatably supports the handle, a touch sensor provided on the handle base, and a metal linear body that is screwed at one end together with the electrode tab of the touch sensor or the tip of the electric wire connected to the electrode tab or the connector of the touch sensor, and has the other end in contact with a plated or metal part of the handle. (See the description of Chapter [3-4a. Handle Unit], Figures 50 to 54, etc. in [Mode for carrying out the invention].)

In this configuration, in a handle unit for launching game balls into a game area, one end of a metal linear body, the other end of which is in contact with a plated or metal part of the handle, is screwed together with an electrode tab of a touch sensor provided on a handle base, or with the tip of an electric wire connected to an electrode tab or a connector of the touch sensor. In other words, one end of the linear body is screwed to an electrode tab of the touch sensor, or with the tip of an electric wire electrically connected to the touch sensor via an electrode tab or a connector. As a result, compared to a case in which one end of the linear body is simply in contact without being screwed, even if a chemical solution such as alcohol or sodium hypochlorite used for cleaning the gaming machine penetrates into the handle, or gas is generated and adheres to the spring, causing corrosion or oxidation of the surface, poor contact does not occur, and the touch sensor can reliably detect the player's contact with the handle via the linear body. Therefore, a gaming machine can be provided that allows players to enjoy the game in good conditions without unstable ball launch or failure to launch the ball due to detection problems with the touch sensor, and prevents players from losing interest.

It is preferable that the touch sensor be attached to the handle base by screwing the electrode tab of the touch sensor. This allows the attachment of one end of the linear body and the touch sensor to be performed simultaneously, reducing the effort required for assembly and disassembly.

The other end of the linear body may also be engaged with a protrusion protruding from the handle. This allows for an electrical connection by engaging the other end of the linear body with the protrusion on the handle, thereby reducing the effort (man-hours) required for assembling and disassembling the handle unit and preventing an increase in the cost of the gaming machine.

Furthermore, the other end of the linear body may be screwed to the handle. This makes it possible to make it difficult for poor contact to occur at the other end as well as the one end, since the other end of the linear body is also screwed to the handle. Therefore, even if the linear body is corroded or oxidized by chemicals such as alcohol or sodium hypochlorite when cleaning the gaming machine, poor contact will not occur, and the touch sensor can reliably detect the player's contact with the handle via the linear body.

Furthermore, as described above, when the other end of the linear body is also screwed, it is desirable to be able to approach each screw (mounting screw) from the same direction with a tool such as a screwdriver at one end and the other end of the linear body. This allows both ends of the linear body to be screwed from the same direction, reducing the effort required for assembling the handle unit and preventing increases in the costs of the gaming machine.

It is also preferable that the linear body be a spring that biases the handle around the axis. As a result, the linear body that electrically connects the handle and the touch sensor is the spring that biases the handle, so the number of parts in the handle unit can be reduced compared to when the linear body is a member separate from the spring (e.g., an electric wire), and increases in the costs of the gaming machine can be suppressed.

Means 2: In the configuration of Means 1,
"The other end of the linear body is engaged with a protrusion protruding from the handle."
The present invention is characterized in that

Here, "protrusions" include those that are "molded integrally with the handle," "those that are insert molded into the handle (e.g., metal pins)," "those that are separate from the handle and attached to the handle (e.g., metal pins, screws, etc.)," etc.

According to the configuration of means 2, the other end of the linear body is engaged with a protrusion protruding from the handle. (See chapter 3-4a. Handle unit in the description of the embodiment.)

As a result, the other end of the linear body is electrically connected by engaging it with the protrusion on the handle, which reduces the effort (man-hours) required for assembling and disassembling the handle unit and helps prevent increases in the costs of the gaming machine.

The other end of the linear body may be engaged with a protrusion on the handle and then screwed in place. This makes it less likely for poor contact to occur on the other end of the linear body in addition to one end, and allows the touch sensor to reliably detect contact with the handle by the player.

Means 3: In the configuration of means 1 or means 2,
"The other end of the linear body is screwed to the handle."
The present invention is characterized in that

According to the configuration of means 3, the other end of the linear body is screwed to the handle. (See the description of the handle return spring 190 and Figure 52 in the [Embodiment for carrying out the invention].)

As a result, the other end of the linear body is also screwed to the handle, making it difficult for poor contact to occur on both the one end and the other end. Therefore, even if the linear body corrodes or oxidizes due to chemicals such as alcohol or sodium hypochlorite when cleaning the gaming machine, poor contact will not occur, and the touch sensor can reliably detect the player's contact with the handle via the linear body.

In addition, since one end and the other end of the linear body are screwed in, it is desirable to be able to approach each screw (mounting screw) with a tool such as a screwdriver from the same direction. This allows both ends of the linear body to be screwed in from the same direction, reducing the effort required to assemble the handle unit and preventing an increase in the cost of the gaming machine.

Means 4: In any one of the configurations of means 1 to 3,
"The linear body is a spring that biases the handle around its axis."
It is characterized by:

According to the configuration of means 4, the linear body is a spring that biases the handle around the axis. (See the description of the handle return spring 190 in [Embodiment for carrying out the invention].)

As a result, the linear body electrically connecting the handle and the touch sensor is a spring that biases the handle, so the number of parts in the handle unit can be reduced compared to when the linear body is a separate member from the spring (e.g., an electric wire), and this helps prevent increases in the costs of the gaming machine.

In this way, the above solution makes it possible to provide a gaming machine that can reliably detect the touch of the handle by the player.

(Relationship between the solution of technical features and embodiments)
The handle unit 180 in the door frame 3 of this embodiment corresponds to the handle unit of the above-mentioned solution, the handle base 181 of the handle unit 180 in this embodiment corresponds to the handle base of the above-mentioned solution, the handle return spring 190 of the handle unit 180 in this embodiment corresponds to the linear body and spring of the above-mentioned solution, the handle touch sensor 192 of the handle unit 180 in this embodiment corresponds to the touch sensor of the above-mentioned solution, the tab-shaped terminal 192a of the handle touch sensor 192 in this embodiment corresponds to the electrode tab of the above-mentioned solution, and the handle 197 of the handle unit 180 in this embodiment corresponds to the handle of the above-mentioned solution.

(Characteristic Effects of the Present Embodiment)
According to the pachinko machine 1 of this embodiment, in the handle unit 180 for launching the game ball B in the door frame 3 into the game area 5a, one end side (second mounting part 190b side) of the handle return spring 190 as a metal linear body, the other end side (first mounting part 190a side) of which is in contact with the plating part of the handle 197, is screwed together with the tab-shaped terminal 192a of the handle touch sensor 192 provided on the handle base 181. In other words, one end side of the handle return spring 190 is screwed to the tab-shaped terminal 192a of the handle touch sensor 192. As a result, compared to the case where one end side of the handle return spring 190 is simply in contact without being screwed, even if a chemical solution such as alcohol or sodium hypochlorite used when cleaning the pachinko machine 1 enters the handle unit 180 or gas is generated and adheres to the spring, etc., causing corrosion or oxidation of the surface, no contact failure occurs, and the handle touch sensor 192 can reliably detect the player's contact with the handle 197 via the handle return spring 190. Therefore, a pachinko machine 1 can be provided that allows the player to enjoy the game in good conditions without the launch of the game ball B becoming unstable or being unable to launch the game ball B due to a detection malfunction of the handle touch sensor 192, and that can suppress a decline in the player's interest.

In addition, the tab-shaped terminal 192a of the handle touch sensor 192 is screwed into place so that the handle touch sensor 192 is attached to the handle base 181. This allows the attachment of one end of the handle return spring 190 (the second attachment portion 190b) and the handle touch sensor 192 to be performed simultaneously, reducing the effort required for assembly and disassembly.

Furthermore, because the other end side (first attachment part 190a side) of the handle return spring 190 is screwed to the handle 197, poor contact is unlikely to occur not only at the one end side (second attachment part 190b side) but also at the other end side (first attachment part 190a). Therefore, even if the handle return spring 190 and other parts are corroded or oxidized by chemicals such as alcohol or sodium hypochlorite when cleaning the pachinko machine 1, poor contact will not occur, and the handle touch sensor 192 can reliably detect the player's contact with the handle 197 via the handle return spring 190.

In addition, at one end side (second mounting portion 190b side) and the other end side (first mounting portion 190a side) of the handle return spring 190, each screw (mounting screw) can be approached with a tool such as a screwdriver from the same direction (the front in this case), and both ends of the handle return spring 190 can be screwed from the same direction, which reduces the effort required to assemble the handle unit 180 and suppresses increases in costs associated with the pachinko machine 1.

In addition, since the linear body electrically connecting the handle 197 and the handle touch sensor 192 is the handle return spring 190 that biases the handle 197, the number of parts in the handle unit 180 can be reduced compared to when the linear body is a separate member (e.g., an electric wire) from the handle return spring 190, and an increase in the cost of the pachinko machine 1 can be suppressed.

The other end of the handle return spring 190 (the first attachment portion 190a side) may be engaged with a protrusion protruding rearward from the handle 197. This allows the other end of the handle return spring 190 to be electrically connected by engaging it with the protrusion of the handle 197, thereby reducing the effort (man-hours) required for assembling and disassembling the handle unit 180 and preventing an increase in the cost of the pachinko machine 1.

[3-4b. Handle cover unit]
The handle cover unit 290 in the door frame 3 will be described in detail mainly with reference to Figures 48 and 49. The handle cover unit 290 includes a handle cover base 291 which covers the outer periphery rearward of the handle 197 in the handle unit 180 and has its rear end attached to the handle mounting seat surface of the door frame base 101, and a handle cover 295 which covers the outer periphery with a gap between it and the handle cover base 291 and has its rear end attached to the dish unit main body 252 of the dish unit 200.

The handle cover base 291 has a cylindrical rear tube portion that extends forward and backward with an inner diameter that allows the base portion 181a of the handle base 181 to be inserted, and multiple (here, three) ridges that protrude inward from the inner circumference of the rear tube portion and extend forward and backward, and are provided at positions that correspond to the groove portions 181c of the handle base 181 in the circumferential direction.

The rear end of the rear cylinder is attached to the handle mounting surface of the door frame base 101. This rear cylinder is formed to the same length as the base 181a of the handle base 181, and the base 181a of the handle base 181 is inserted into it. The three protrusions correspond to the three grooves 181c of the handle base 181, and by inserting them into the grooves 181c, the handle base 181 can be made unable to rotate relative to the handle base 181.

The handle cover 295 has a front hole 295a at its front end that is larger in diameter than the handle 197, and is formed in a cylindrical shape resembling a frustum (snow igloo-shaped or bowl-shaped, etc.) that bulges out toward the rear, with multiple (four in this case) cutout openings 295b cut from the rear end toward the front in the circumferential direction. The rear end of the handle cover 295 is attached to the dish unit body 252 of the dish unit 200.

Even if liquids such as drinks or game balls B enter the cylinder, the handle cover unit 290 of this embodiment can be discharged downward through the lower cutout opening 295b.

In addition, the cutout opening 295b on the lower side of the handle cover 295 is provided on an extension line of the inclination direction of the blade portion 46b of the grill member 46 in the outer frame lower assembly 40 of the outer frame 2. This allows the wind (wind pressure) emitted diagonally upward and forward from the grill member 46 through the blade portion 46b due to the vibration of the main frame speaker 622 to enter the cylinder through the cutout opening 295b. Therefore, when a player inserts his or her fingers into the cylinder of the handle cover 295 and rotates the handle 197 (the device for hitting the game ball B), the main frame speaker 622 can be vibrated to send wind into the front cylinder portion 291a, surprising the player and allowing for an unprecedented performance. In other words, the sound pressure can be used to stimulate the player's fingers as they operate the handle 197, surprising the player, making them sense an upcoming opportunity, or causing them to change the amount of handle operation, entertaining the player and preventing them from becoming bored, thereby preventing a decline in interest in the game.

In addition, sound pressure (sound wind) from the main frame speaker 622 can be supplied into the handle cover unit 290 through the cutout opening 295b, making it possible to cool the inside of the handle cover unit 290 and making the environment around the player's fingers operating the handle 197 more comfortable, thereby relieving stress on the player and preventing a decline in interest in the game.

As described above, the sound pressure (sound wind) emitted forward from the port member 47 provided in the outer frame lower assembly 40 of the outer frame 2, which is different from the door frame 3 in which the handle 197 and the handle cover unit 290 are provided, is guided by the multiple blades 46b of the grill member 46 to stimulate the fingers of the player who is operating the handle 197 with his/her fingers inserted into the handle cover unit 290. Therefore, compared to a case in which a vibration device is provided on the handle 197, there is no damage to the various sensors (handle rotation detection sensor 189, handle touch sensor 192, single button operation sensor 194, etc.) and bearing mechanism provided on the handle 197, and it is possible to make the handle unit 180 less likely to be damaged, and it is possible to avoid causing discomfort to the player due to damage to the handle unit 180 and suppress a decrease in the player's interest in the game.

Furthermore, because the handle cover 295 has a cutout opening 295b, when opening the door frame 3 or the main body frame 4, the right cutout opening 295b can be hooked with a finger and pulled, and can be used as a handle when opening the door frame 3, etc.

In addition, because the handle cover 295 has a cutout opening 295b, the rotational position of the handle 197 can be easily fixed by gripping the handle 197 and the cutout opening 295b with the fingers, and the game ball B can be continuously shot into the game area 5a with a constant force without having to keep twisting the hand. In this way, the handle 197 can be rotated in a variety of ways to shoot the game ball B, so a pachinko machine 1 can be provided that allows the player to select a shooting operation that is suitable for the player.

In addition, a handle 197 is provided in the lower right corner of the door frame 3 on the side opposite the hinge side, and a cutout opening 295b is provided in the part of the outer peripheral surface of the handle cover 295 of the handle cover unit 290 facing the right side, so that the cutout opening 295b can be used as a handle when opening and closing the door frame 3. Therefore, there is no need to provide a handle that would make the door frame 3 look unattractive, and the appearance of the door frame 3 can be improved.

[3-5. Overall configuration of the plate unit]
The tray unit 200 in the door frame 3 will be described in detail mainly with reference to Figures 48 and 49. The tray unit 200 is attached to a portion below the door window 101a on the front side of the door frame base 101 of the door frame base unit 100. The tray unit 200 includes an upper tray 201 for storing game balls B to be shot into the game area 5a, and a lower tray 202 disposed below the upper tray 201 and capable of storing game balls B supplied from the upper tray 201 and the foul cover unit 150.

The plate unit 200 comprises a plate base unit 210 having an upper plate 201 and attached to the front of the door frame base 101 of the door frame base unit 100, a plate decoration unit 250 having a lower plate 202 attached to the front of the plate base unit 210, and a performance operation unit 300 attached to the front of the plate decoration unit 250 and the plate base unit 210 and operable by the player.

The dish base unit 210 comprises a flat dish unit base 211 extending left and right, an upper dish main body 212 attached to the upper front part of the dish unit base 211 and having an upper dish 201, a mounting base (not shown) attached to the right of the upper dish main body 212 and protruding forward, a dish unit relay board (not shown) attached to the right of the mounting base, a ball lending operation unit 220 attached to the top surface of the mounting base, an upper dish pre-ball removal unit (not shown) attached below the mounting base, and an upper dish post-ball removal unit 240 attached to the rear of the upper dish pre-ball removal unit.

The dish decoration unit 250 comprises a lower dish body 251 which is attached to the lower front part of the dish unit base 211 and has a lower dish 202, a dish unit body 252 which is attached to the front part of the dish unit base 211 so as to cover the outer periphery of the lower dish body 251, a lower dish ball removal unit 260 which is attached to the underside of the lower dish body 251, and a left dish decoration unit 270 and a right dish decoration unit 275 which are attached to the upper front part of the dish unit body 252, spaced apart from each other on the left and right.

The performance operation unit 300 is equipped with a performance operation section 301 that can be operated by the player, which includes a pressing operation section 303 that can be pressed by the player, a lever operation section 304 that allows the player to operate the lever in the forward and backward directions, and the performance operation section 301 that can be operated by the player. The performance operation unit 300 is equipped with a base unit 400 that is attached to the dish base unit 210, and a lever operation section unit 410 that is attached to the base unit 400 so as to be rotatable around an axis that extends in the left-right direction. The pressing operation section 303 is provided on the top surface of the base unit 400.

The tray unit 200 bulges forward as a whole, with the performance operation unit 300 positioned in the left-right center so that the top surface of the performance operation unit 301 faces diagonally upward and forward, with the upper tray 201 positioned to the left of the performance operation unit 300 on the top surface, the ball lending operation unit 220 positioned to the right of the performance operation unit 300, and the lower tray 202 positioned below the upper tray 201 and to the left of the performance operation unit 300.

[3-5a. Upper plate]
The upper tray 201 of the tray unit 200 will be described in detail mainly with reference to Figures 48 and 49. The upper tray 201 is formed by a tray unit base 211 and an upper tray body 212, and is formed in a container shape that is open upward and bulges forward more on the left side than the center when viewed from the front. The upper tray 201 (upper tray body 212) bulges forward most at about 1/3 of the left end to the right side relative to the left-right width of the door frame 3. The upper tray 201 has a guide passage portion 201a (see Figure 37) whose front end recedes backward as it moves from the most bulging portion to the right when viewed from the front, and whose depth in the front-back direction is slightly larger than the outer diameter of the game ball B. The entire bottom surface of the upper tray 201, including the guide passage portion 201a, is inclined so that the right end side is lower, and the right end side of the guide passage portion 201a when viewed from the front is recessed below the ball lending operation unit 220.

When assembled to the tray unit 200, the upper tray 201 has a bottom surface that is inclined downward from a position lower than the upper tray ball supply port 211a of the tray unit base 211 to a position slightly lower than the outer diameter of the game ball B relative to the upper end of the upper tray ball feed port (not shown). This allows the game ball B released forward from the upper tray ball supply port 211a to be received and stored within the upper tray 201, and the received game ball B can be supplied from the right end side of the guide passage section 201a through the upper tray ball feed port to the ball feed unit 140 side.

The induction passage section 201a is equipped with a metal earth fitting that is electrically grounded (earthed) in the pachinko machine 1, and when the game ball B comes into contact with it (rolls), the static electricity charged to the game ball B can be removed.

[3-5b. Bottom plate]
The lower tray 202 of the tray unit 200 will be described in detail mainly with reference to Fig. 48. The lower tray 202 is located below the upper tray 201 and is arranged in the left-right direction of the tray unit 200 (door frame 3) when viewed from the front. It is located to the left of the center. The lower tray 202 is formed of a lower tray body 251 and a tray unit base 211. The lower tray 202 is formed in a container shape capable of storing game balls B. The lower tray 202 has a lower tray ball ejection hole 202a that penetrates the bottom wall vertically and allows the game ball B to be ejected (see FIG. 29). The lower tray ball ejection hole 202a of the lower tray 202 is connected to the lower tray ball ejection unit 260. The bottom plate is closed and can be opened and closed by removing the ball lid.

The lower tray 202 is formed into a roughly rectangular shape that extends left and right when viewed from above, with the front end on the left side protruding further forward than the right side from the center in the left-right direction. The lower tray 202 has a lower tray ball removal hole 202a that penetrates from top to bottom, located near the front end near the right end. The lower tray 202 is inclined so that the bottom surface is lower toward the lower tray ball removal hole 202a. When assembled into the tray unit 200, the lower tray ball removal hole 202a of the lower tray 202 is located below the performance operation unit 300, to the left of the front of the lower tray ball supply port 211c.

When the lower tray ball removal hole 202a is closed, the lower tray 202 can store the game ball B released forward from the lower tray ball supply port 211c, and by opening the lower tray ball removal hole 202a, the stored game ball B can be discharged below the tray unit 200 (e.g., to a cash box). Also, when the lower tray ball removal hole 202a of the lower tray 202 is open, the lower tray ball removal hole 202a is positioned in front of the lower tray ball supply port 211c, so that the game ball B released forward from the lower tray ball supply port 211c can be quickly discharged downward from the lower tray ball removal hole 202a by moving the shortest distance.

[3-5c. Dish base unit]
The dish base unit 210 in the dish unit 200 will be described in detail mainly with reference to Figures 48 and 49. The dish base unit 210 comprises a flat dish unit base 211 attached to the lower front surface of the door frame base unit 100 and extending left and right, an upper dish main body 212 attached to the upper front surface of the dish unit base 211 and having an upper dish 201, and a dish unit relay board 214 attached to the rear surface of the dish unit base 211 near the lower right corner.

The dish base unit 210 also includes a ball lending operation unit 220 attached to the upper front part of the dish unit base 211, an upper dish pre-ball removal unit (not shown) attached to the front part of the dish unit base 211 below the ball lending operation unit 220, and an upper dish post-ball removal unit 240 attached to the rear side of the dish unit base 211 behind the upper dish pre-ball removal unit.

[3-5c-1. Dish unit base]
The dish unit base 211 of the dish base unit 210 will be described in detail mainly with reference to Figures 48 and 49. The dish unit base 211 is attached below the door window 101a on the front surface of the door frame base 101 of the door frame base unit 100, and is formed in a flat plate shape (a shallow box shape with an open rear) extending left and right across the entire width of the door frame base 101.

The dish unit base 211 is provided with an upper dish ball supply port 211a that penetrates from front to back near the upper left corner when viewed from the front and extends cylindrically to the rear, a speaker port 211b that penetrates from front to back below the upper dish ball supply port 211a and has a punched metal attached to the front, a lower dish ball supply port 211c that penetrates from front to back at the lower part toward the left of the center when viewed from the front and extends cylindrically to the rear, a notch 211d that is cut out in the right wall of the part that extends cylindrically to the rear of the lower dish ball supply port 211c to a size that allows the game ball B to pass through, and an upper dish ball delivery port (not shown) that penetrates from front to front on the upper right side of the lower dish ball supply port 211c when viewed from the front and extends vertically, with the upper part located at the right end of the upper dish main body 212.

When assembled to the door frame 3, the upper tray ball supply port 211a of the tray unit base 211 has a front end that opens into the rear wall of the upper tray 201, and a cylindrical rear end that passes through the upper tray ball passage port 101g of the door frame base 101 from the front and connects to the front end of the through ball passage 150a of the foul cover unit 150. This allows the game ball B paid out from the payout device 580 of the payout unit 560 to be supplied (paid out) into the upper tray 201 through the upper tray ball supply port 211a.

When assembled to the door frame 3, the lower tray ball supply port 211c has a front end that opens into the rear wall of the lower tray 202, and a cylindrical rear end that penetrates the lower tray ball passage port 101f of the door frame base 101 from the front side and connects to the front end of the ball discharge port 150d of the foul cover unit 150. As a result, the game ball B circulating in the storage passage 150e of the foul cover unit 150 is supplied into the lower tray 202 through the lower tray ball supply port 211c. In addition, the downstream end of the ball removal guide path 241c in the rear base 241 of the upper tray ball removal unit 240 is connected to the cutout portion 211d formed in the cylindrically extending portion of the lower tray ball supply port 211c. As a result, by operating the upper tray ball removal button 222, the game ball B stored in the upper tray 201 is discharged from the lower tray ball supply port 211c into the lower tray 202 via the upper tray ball supply port, the entrance 141a and ball removal port 141b of the ball supply unit 140, the ball supply guide path and ball removal guide path 241c of the upper tray post-ball removal unit 240, and the cutout portion 211d.

When assembled to the tray base unit 210, the upper tray ball supply port is located in front of the ball receiving port (not shown) of the rear base 241 of the upper tray ball removal unit 240, and the game ball B in the upper tray 201 is supplied from the ball receiving port of the upper tray ball removal unit 240 to the ball supply guideway.

[3-5c-2. Upper plate body]
The upper tray body 212 of the tray base unit 210 will be described in detail mainly with reference to Figures 48 and 49. The upper tray body 212 is attached to the front of the tray unit base 211 and cooperates with the tray unit base 211 to form the upper tray 201. The upper tray body 212 is formed in a container shape (dish shape) with an open top and rear. The upper tray body 212 extends left and right, and the left side bulges forward more than the center of the left and right sides when viewed from the front. The front end of the upper tray body 212 retreats backward from the most forward bulging part toward the right side when viewed from the front, and the depth in the front-to-rear direction is formed to a width slightly larger than the outer diameter of the game ball B. The bottom surface of the upper tray body 212 is inclined so that the right end is the lowest. The upper part of the upper tray body 212 near the right end is closed.

When the upper tray body 212 is assembled to the tray unit 200, the section that is closed at the top near the right end is attached so that it fits under the ball lending operation unit 220. In addition, the upper tray body 212 has a performance operation unit attachment section 212a formed in the middle of the upper part in the left-right direction, and a part of the performance operation unit 300 is attached to this performance operation unit attachment section 212a.

[3-5c-3. Dish unit relay board]
The dish unit relay board 214 of the dish base unit 210 is intended to relay the connection between the door frame sub-relay board 105 (see Figure 72) in the door frame base unit 100 and the left dish decorative board, right dish decorative board, and rotating body decorative board 416, etc. The dish unit relay board 214 is attached near the lower right corner of the rear surface of the dish unit base 211. When attached to the dish unit base 211, the rear surface of this dish unit relay board 214 faces the rear side of the dish unit base 211.

[3-5c-4. Ball lending operation unit]
The ball lending operation unit 220 of the tray base unit 210 will be described mainly with reference to Figures 48 and 49. This ball lending operation unit 220 is for discharging game balls B stored in the upper tray 201 to the lower tray 202, lending a predetermined number of game balls B to the upper tray 201 of the tray unit 200 after inserting cash or a prepaid card into a ball lending machine (not shown) installed adjacent to the pachinko machine 1, displaying the remaining amount of cash or a prepaid card inserted into the ball lending machine, returning the cash or a prepaid card inserted into the ball lending machine minus the amount of the lent game balls B, adjusting the volume, and adjusting the amount of light.

The ball lending operation unit 220 includes an upper tray ball removal button 222, a ball lending button 224, a return button 225, a ball lending display section 226, and an adjustment button 229 consisting of four buttons arranged in a cross shape.

The upper tray ball removal button 222 protrudes upward in a cylindrical shape, and can be moved downward when the player presses it. The ball lending button 224 is circular, with the character "ball" (ball) printed on the top surface. The return button 225 is triangular. The ball lending display 226 is made up of three 7-segment LEDs and one bullet-shaped LED, and can be easily seen by the player when illuminated.

The ball lending operation unit 220 can eject game balls B stored in the upper tray 201 to the lower tray by pressing the upper tray ball removal button 222. In addition, when cash or a prepaid card with a remaining balance is inserted into the ball lending machine and the ball lending button 224 is pressed, a predetermined number of game balls B are supplied to the upper tray 201. When the return button 225 is pressed, the cash or prepaid card inserted into the ball lending machine is returned minus the amount of the lent game balls B. The ball lending display unit 226 displays the remaining amount of cash or prepaid card inserted into the ball lending machine. In addition, the ball lending display unit 226 displays an error code when the ball lending machine breaks down.

The adjustment button 229 is used to adjust the volume of the music, voice, sound effects, and other sound effects output from the top center speaker and top side speaker of the door frame 3 and the bass main frame speaker 622 of the main frame 4, as well as to adjust the amount of light (brightness) of the LEDs on the various decorative boards provided on the door frame 3 and the game board 5, and the brightness of the display screen of the performance display device 1600, etc.

When adjusting the volume or light intensity using the pressing operation unit 303 of the performance operation unit 301, when a player-participation performance that requires the operation of the performance operation unit 301 is not being performed, the performance operation unit 301 is operated appropriately to display a setting menu for adjusting the volume or light intensity on the performance display device 1600, and an item to be adjusted is selected, and then the pressing operation unit 303 or lever operation unit 304 is operated to change the volume or brightness of the light intensity, etc., which takes time and effort to adjust the volume or light intensity. In contrast, according to this embodiment, the volume and light intensity can be directly adjusted by operating the adjustment button 229, and a pachinko machine 1 can be provided that simplifies the effort required for adjusting the volume and light intensity and allows adjustments to be made in a short time.

[3-5c-5. Upper tray ball removal unit]
The upper tray pre-ball removal unit and the upper tray post-ball removal unit 240 in the tray base unit 210 will be described in detail mainly with reference to Figure 49. The upper tray post-ball removal unit 240 cooperates with the ball delivery unit 140 to discharge the game balls B stored in the upper tray 201 to the lower tray 202 when the upper tray ball removal button 222 of the ball lending operation unit 220 is pressed.

The upper tray ball removal unit 240 comprises a rear base 241 attached to the rear surface of the tray unit base 211 so as to close the upper tray ball supply port from the rear, an upper tray ball removal slider 242 attached to the front surface of the rear base 241 so as to be able to slide vertically, a spring (not shown) that biases the upper tray ball removal slider 242 upward, and a rear cover 244 attached to the rear side of the rear base 241.

The rear base 241 is equipped with a ball receiving opening (not shown) that protrudes upward from the portion where the upper tray ball removal slider 242 is slidably attached and opens toward the front, through which the game ball B can pass, a ball feed guide path that guides the game ball B received in the ball receiving opening downward on the rear surface of the rear base 241 and then backward, and a ball removal guide path 241c that guides the game ball B downward from a position below the ball feed guide path on the rear surface of the rear base 241 and then guides it to the right when viewed from behind.

When assembled to the tray base unit 210, the ball receiving port is formed at the downstream end (right end when viewed from the front) of the guide passage section 201a of the upper tray 201, in a position that opens forward through the upper tray ball supply port of the tray unit base 211. When assembled to the door frame 3, the ball supply guide path is formed so that the entrance 141a of the ball supply unit 140 is located at the rear of the lower part. This allows the game ball B supplied to the upper tray 201 to enter the entrance 141a of the ball supply unit 140 through the ball receiving port and the ball supply guide path.

The left and right extending portion of the ball removal guideway 241c protrudes further to the right as viewed from the rear than the portion where the upper tray ball removal slider 242 is slidably attached, is inclined so that the right end as viewed from the rear is lower, and opens to the right side as viewed from the rear. The rear side of the left and right extending portion of the ball removal guideway 241c is closed by the rear cover 244. When assembled to the door frame 3, the upper portion of the portion extending up and down below the ball supply guideway is located in front of the ball removal opening 141b of the ball supply unit 140, and is formed so that the right end as viewed from the rear of the portion extending left and right is connected to the cutout portion 211d of the lower tray ball supply opening 211c in the tray unit base 211. As a result, the game ball B discharged from the ball ejection port 141b of the ball feeding unit 140 is released into the lower tray 202 from the lower tray ball supply port 211c via the ball ejection guide path 241c and the notch portion 211d.

The upper plate ball removal slider 242 is formed in a rectangular shape when viewed from the front, and is equipped with an actuation receiving part (not shown) that protrudes forward from the upper left corner, and an actuation transmission part 242b that protrudes rearward from the rear surface of the actuation receiving part. The actuation receiving part has a flat upper surface. The actuation transmission part 242b is inclined so that its upper surface is positioned downward as it moves rearward, and its lower surface extends horizontally to connect with the rear end of the upper surface.

When the upper tray ball removal slider 242 is assembled to the door frame 3, the actuation receiving part protrudes forward through the tray unit base 211 from the rear side, and the lower end of the upper tray ball removal button 222 abuts against the upper surface of the actuation receiving part. In addition, when the upper tray ball removal slider 242 is assembled to the door frame 3, the actuation transmission part 242b protrudes rearward from the rear base 241, and the actuation rod 143c of the ball removal member 143 of the ball feeding unit 140 abuts against the upper surface.

The spring has an upper end attached to the rear base 241 and a lower end attached to the upper tray ball removal slider 242, and biases the upper tray ball removal slider 242 upward. Therefore, the upper tray ball removal slider 242 is positioned at the upper end of its movement due to the biasing force of the spring, and can move downward by resisting the biasing force of the spring.

The upper tray ball removal unit 240 positions the upper tray ball removal slider 242 at its upper end of movement due to the spring force, and positions the upper tray ball removal button 222 at its upper end of movement via the actuation receiving part of the upper tray ball removal slider 242. In addition, because the upper tray ball removal slider 242 is positioned at its upper end of movement due to the spring force, the actuation rod 143c abutting the upper surface of the actuation transmission part 242b is prevented from moving downward, and the partition part 143a of the ball removal member 143 is positioned between the entrance 141a and the ball removal opening 141b, separating the two.

Therefore, when the upper tray ball removal button 222 is not pressed, the entrance 141a and the ball removal port 141b are partitioned in the ball feeding unit 140, and the game ball B sent from the upper tray 201 to the ball receiving port can be sent from the entrance 141a and the ball feeding member 144 through the ball supply port 142a to the ball launching device 540 side.

On the other hand, when the upper tray ball removal button 222 is pressed downward against the spring force, the upper tray ball removal slider 242 moves downward, and the operating rod 143c of the ball removal member 143, which is in contact with the upper surface of the operating transmission part 242b of the upper tray ball removal slider 242, can move downward, and the ball removal member 143 rotates due to the load of the weight part 143d of the ball removal member 143, and the partition part 143a retreats from between the entrance 141a and the ball removal opening 141b. As a result, the game ball B that entered the entrance 141a from the upper tray 201 through the ball receiving opening and the ball delivery guideway is discharged forward from the ball removal opening 141b, which opens below the entrance 141a. Then, the game ball B discharged forward from the ball discharge port 141b passes through the ball discharge guide path 241c and is guided from the notch 211d into the lower tray ball supply port 211c, and is then released from the lower tray ball supply port 211c into the lower tray 202, and the game ball B in the upper tray 201 is discharged into the lower tray 202.

When the downward pressure on the upper tray ball removal button 222 is released, the upper tray ball removal slider 242 moves upward due to the spring force, the upper tray ball removal button 222 rises, and the ball removal member 143 rotates due to the operating rod 143c abutting the operating transmission part 242b, so that the partition part 143a is positioned between the entrance 141a and the ball removal opening 141b, returning to the original state.

In this way, the upper tray ball removal unit 240 can feed the game ball B in the upper tray 201 to the ball launching device 540 via the ball feeding unit 140, or discharge it to the lower tray 202.

[3-5d. Plate decoration unit]
The plate decoration unit 250 in the plate unit 200 will be described in detail mainly with reference to Fig. 48. The plate decoration unit 250 has a lower plate 202 and is attached to the front of the plate base unit 210, and the performance operation unit 300 is attached from the front in the center in the left-right direction. The plate decoration unit 250 decorates almost the entire plate unit 200.

The plate decoration unit 250 comprises a lower plate body 251 attached to the lower front part of the plate unit base 211 and working together with the plate unit base 211 to form the lower plate 202, a plate unit body 252 attached to the front part of the plate unit base 211 so as to cover the outer periphery of the lower plate body 251, a lower plate ball removal unit 260 attached to the underside of the lower plate body 251, and a left plate decoration unit 270 and a right plate decoration unit 275 attached to the upper front part of the plate unit body 252, spaced apart from each other on the left and right.

[3-5d-1. Lower plate body]
The lower dish body 251 in the dish decoration unit 250 will be described in detail mainly with reference to Figure 48 etc. The lower dish body 251 cooperates with the dish unit base 211 of the dish base unit 210 to form the lower dish 202. The lower dish body 251 extends left and right and is formed in a container shape (dish shape) with an open top and rear. This lower dish body 251 is attached to the left side of the center in the left and right direction at the bottom of the front of the dish unit base 211 so that the open rear is closed.

The lower dish main body 251 is formed in a generally rectangular shape extending left and right when viewed from above, with the front end on the left side protruding further forward than the right side from the center in the left-right direction. A lower dish ball removal hole 202a that penetrates vertically is formed near the front end of the right end of the lower dish main body 251 when viewed from above. The bottom surface of the lower dish main body 251 is inclined so that it is lower toward the lower dish ball removal hole 202a. The lower dish ball removal hole 202a is closed by a lower dish ball removal lid of the lower dish ball removal unit 260 so that it can be opened and closed.

When the lower dish body 251 is assembled to the dish decoration unit 250, the outer periphery and part of the bottom surface are covered by the dish unit body 252. Furthermore, when the lower dish body is assembled to the dish unit 200, the bottom surface is located lower than the lower dish ball supply port 211c of the dish unit base 211, and the lower dish ball removal hole 202a is located in front of the lower dish ball supply port 211c. This allows the game balls B released forward from the lower dish ball supply port 211c to be stored.

[3-5d-2. Dish unit body]
The dish unit main body 252 in the dish decoration unit 250 will be described in detail mainly with reference to Figures 48 and 49. The dish unit main body 252 is attached to the front of the dish unit base 211 in the dish base unit 210 and decorates the front of the dish unit 200. The dish unit main body 252 bulges out so that the center in the left-right direction protrudes forward at the upper side, and bulges out so that the left side in the left-right direction protrudes forward at the lower side. The dish unit main body 252 is also curved such that the top surface is lowest at the center in the left-right direction. The dish unit main body 252 is formed in a box shape that is open to the rear.

The dish unit main body 252 has upper side bulges 252a which bulge forward from both the left and right ends toward the left-right center at the top and extend downward and are spaced apart on the left and right, a lower front decorative part which bulges forward on the left side of the left-right center at the bottom so as to cover the outer circumference of the lower dish main body 251, and a lower dish opening 252d which penetrates front to back between the left upper side bulge 252a and the lower front decorative part. A left dish decorative unit 270 and a right dish decorative unit 275 are attached to the front of the left and right upper side bulges 252a, respectively.

Furthermore, although not shown in the figure, the dish unit main body 252 is formed between a pair of upper side bulges 252a in the left-right center and is equipped with a performance operation unit mounting portion to which the performance operation unit 300 is attached. The performance operation unit mounting portion is formed with a width of approximately 1/3 of the left-right width of the dish unit main body 252.

When assembled to the dish unit 200, the dish unit main body 252 is formed to entirely cover the front surface of the dish base unit 210, with the speaker port 211b facing forward through the lower dish opening 252d.

[3-5d-3. Bottom tray ball removal unit]
The lower tray ball removal unit 260 in the tray decoration unit 250 will be described in detail mainly with reference to Fig. 48. The lower tray ball removal unit 260 is attached to the underside of the lower tray body 251, and is for storing the game balls B in the lower tray 202 and discharging the game balls B from the lower tray 202 by opening and closing the lower tray ball removal hole 202a.

The lower tray ball removal unit 260 is equipped with a lower tray ball removal button 263 and a lower tray ball removal cover that opens and closes the through hole by operating the lower tray ball removal button 263.

When the lower tray ball removal unit 260 is assembled to the tray decoration unit 250, the lower tray ball removal button 263 is aligned with the front surface of the lower front decorative part of the tray unit main body 252, and the lower tray ball removal lid closes the lower tray ball removal hole 202a. In this normal state, the lower tray ball removal hole 202a is closed by the lower tray ball removal lid, and game balls B can be stored in the lower tray 202.

In the normal state, when the lower tray ball removal button 263 is pressed backward, the lower tray ball removal cover moves and the lower tray ball removal hole 202a opens, allowing the game ball B in the lower tray 202 to be ejected below the tray unit 200 through the lower tray ball removal hole 202a.

When the lower tray ball removal lid is moved by pressing the lower tray ball removal button 263, the lower tray ball removal lid remains in the moved position, the lower tray ball removal hole 202a is maintained in an open position, and the game balls B in the lower tray 202 can be continuously discharged downward.

To close the lower tray ball removal hole 202a from this state, press the lower tray ball removal button 263, which is set back from the front of the lower front decorative part, backward and then release the pressure, and the lower tray ball removal cover returns to its normal position, closing the lower tray ball removal hole 202a. This allows the game ball B to be stored inside the lower tray 202.

[3-5d-4. Left plate decorative unit and right plate decorative unit]
The left dish decorative unit 270 and the right dish decorative unit 275 in the dish decorative unit 250 will be described in detail mainly with reference to Figure 48 etc. The left dish decorative unit 270 and the right dish decorative unit 275 are attached to the upper part of the front surface of the upper side bulge 252a of the dish unit main body 252. The left dish decorative unit 270 and the right dish decorative unit 275 are disposed at the upper part of the dish unit 200 and decorate both the left and right sides of the performance operation unit 300.

The left plate decorative unit 270 comprises a left plate decorative body 271 that is semi-cylindrical, extends left and right, and is translucent, and a left plate decorative board that is provided behind the left plate decorative body 271 and has multiple LEDs mounted on the front side. The multiple LEDs mounted on the left plate decorative board are full-color LEDs, and when illuminated, the left plate decorative body 271 can be illuminated and decorated.

The left decorative body 271 extends in a curved shape, moving forward and downward as it moves from the left end to the right end, and is attached to the top of the upper left side bulge 252a. The left decorative body 271 is formed in a shape resembling a twisted semicylinder, with a semicircular arc that bulges forward and whose central axis extends diagonally to the upper left at the left end and from left to right at the right end. This left decorative body 271 is formed in a milky white color.

When assembled to the door frame 3, the left end of the left decorative unit 270 is continuous with the bottom end of the door frame left side unit 420. Since the left decorative unit 270 does not have ribs along the length of the left decorative body 271, when the multiple LEDs on the left decorative board are illuminated, the entire front of the left decorative body 271 can be illuminated and decorated in a generally uniform manner, giving the appearance of embedded fluorescent lights.

The right plate decorative unit 275 comprises a semi-cylindrical right plate decorative body 276 that extends left and right and is translucent, and a right plate decorative board that is provided behind the right plate decorative body 276 and has multiple LEDs mounted on the front side. The multiple LEDs mounted on the right plate decorative board are full-color LEDs, and when illuminated, the right plate decorative body 276 can be illuminated and decorated.

The right plate decorative body 276 extends in a curved shape, moving forward and downward as it moves from the right end to the left end, and is attached to the top of the upper right side bulge 252a. The right plate decorative body 276 is formed as a semicircular arc that bulges forward, with the central axis extending diagonally to the upper right at the right end and the central axis extending left and right at the left end, giving it the shape of a twisted semicylinder. This right plate decorative body 276 is formed in a milky white color.

When assembled to the door frame 3, the right end of the plate right decorative unit 275 is continuous with the bottom end of the door frame right side unit 430. Because the plate right decorative unit 275 does not have ribs along the length of the plate right decorative body 276, when the multiple LEDs on the plate right decorative board are illuminated, the entire front of the plate right decorative body 276 can be illuminated and decorated in an approximately uniform manner, giving the appearance of embedded fluorescent lights.

When assembled to the door frame 3, the left dish decorative unit 270 and the right dish decorative unit 275 protrude upward from the front end of the upper side bulge 252a of the dish unit main body 252 of the dish decorative unit 250, forming a step between the upper side bulge 252a and the left dish decorative unit 270 and the right dish decorative unit 275. This allows the player to hook his/her fingers using the step between the left dish decorative unit 270 and the right dish decorative unit 275 and the upper side bulge 252a, and can be used as a finger rest when leveling the game balls B in the upper dish 201 or operating the performance operation unit 301 described later. In addition, the step between the left dish decorative unit 270 and the right dish decorative unit 275 and the upper side bulge 252a can prevent the game balls B on the upper side bulge 252a from leaking forward.

[3-5e. Production operation unit]
Next, the performance operation unit 300 in the door frame 3 will be described in detail mainly with reference to Figs. 55 to 59. Fig. 55(a) is a perspective view showing the performance operation unit in a state where the transparent part in the door frame is made opaque and the lever operation part is not protruding, and (b) is a perspective view showing the performance operation unit in a state where the lever operation part is protruding in (a). Fig. 56(a) is an explanatory diagram showing the performance operation unit in a state where the lever operation part is not protruding from the right side together with the advance/retract mechanism, and (b) is an explanatory diagram showing the state where the lever operation part is protruding in (a). Fig. 57(a) is a perspective view of the performance operation unit seen from the front with the transparent part made transparent, and (b) is a right side view of the performance operation unit in (a). Fig. 58 is a perspective view of the unit reinforcement frame in the performance operation unit in Fig. 55 seen from the front. Fig. 59 is an explanatory diagram showing the rotation mechanism of the rotating body in the lever operation part.

The performance operation unit 300 in this embodiment is provided in the center of the plate unit 200 in the left-right direction, and serves to decorate the plate unit 200. When a player-participation performance is executed, the player can operate the performance operation unit 300 to participate in the performance. The performance operation unit 300 is attached to the plate base unit 210 (see Figure 48, etc.).

The performance operation unit 300 is equipped with a performance operation section 301 that can be operated by the player. The performance operation section 301 is composed of a pressing operation section 303 that the player can press, and a lever operation section 304 that allows the player to operate the lever in the forward and backward directions, and can accept operations from the player and move (vibrate) the performance operation section 301, allowing the player to participate not only in the operation of shooting the game ball B, but also in the performance during play. The pressing operation section 303 of the performance operation section 301 is provided on the upper surface to the left of the center in the left-right direction of the door frame 3. The lever operation section 304 is provided in the center in the left-right direction of the door frame 3.

The performance operation unit 300 includes a base unit 400 that is attached to the dish base unit 210, and a lever operation unit 410 that is rotatably attached to the base unit 400 around an axis that extends in the left-right direction. The pressing operation unit 303 is provided on the top surface of the base unit 400.

The base unit 400 includes a unit body 401 having an operating part accommodation recess 401a capable of accommodating the rear part of the lever operating part unit 410, an advance/retract mechanism 402 that advances and retreats the lever operating part unit 410 by rotating it forward and backward, and a unit reinforcement frame 403 for supporting the lever operating part unit 410. The base unit 400 also includes a spring (not shown) that biases the lever operating part unit 410 in a direction that causes it to protrude forward.

The unit body 401 has an upper bulge 401b that bulges forward so as to be continuous with the left and right decorative bodies 271 and 276 provided at the front end of the upper plate 201, and a lower bulge 401c that extends forward and downward in an arc from the underside of the upper bulge 401b, with its lower end protruding forward beyond the lower plate 202. The pressing operation unit 303 is provided on the upper surface of the upper bulge 401b to the left of the operation unit accommodating recess 401a. In this unit body 401, the upper bulge 401b is opaque, while the lower bulge 401c is transparent. The internal unit reinforcing frame 403 and the rotating body 412 described later can be seen through the transparent lower bulge 401c (see FIG. 57).

As shown in FIG. 56, the advance/retract mechanism 402 is provided on the right side of the operation unit accommodating recess 401a in the unit body 401. The advance/retract mechanism 402 includes an advance/retract drive motor 402a attached to the unit body 401, a drive gear 402b attached to the rotation shaft of the advance/retract drive motor 402a, a large diameter transmission gear 402c meshing with the drive gear 402b, and a small diameter transmission gear 402d that rotates integrally with the large diameter transmission gear 402c and has a smaller diameter than the large diameter transmission gear 402c. The small diameter transmission gear 402d of the advance/retract mechanism 402 meshes with an arc-shaped advance/retract rack gear 411b provided on the right side of the lever operation unit 410.

The advance/retract mechanism 402 can advance/retract (rotate around the pivot shaft 403e) the lever operation unit 410 via the advance/retract rack gear 411b by rotating the drive gear 402b in an appropriate direction using the advance/retract drive motor 402a.

As shown in FIG. 58, the unit reinforcement frame 403 includes a flat left reinforcement plate 403a, a flat right reinforcement plate 403b, a flat rear reinforcement plate 403c connecting the rear ends of the left reinforcement plate 403a and the right reinforcement plate 403b, a flat upper reinforcement plate 403d connecting the upper parts of the left reinforcement plate 403a and the right reinforcement plate 403b, a cylindrical pivot shaft 403e connecting the front ends of the lower parts of the left reinforcement plate 403a and the right reinforcement plate 403b, and a cylindrical connecting shaft 403f connecting the middle parts of the lower parts of the left reinforcement plate 403a and the right reinforcement plate 403b in the front-to-rear direction.

The left reinforcement plate 403a and the right reinforcement plate 403b of the unit reinforcement frame 403 are formed in an arc shape with the front edge moving rearward as it moves upward. The left reinforcement plate 403a and the right reinforcement plate 403b are provided with a number of decorative openings 403g that penetrate from left to right. These decorative openings 403g are formed in a shape that fits the rotating body 412, which will be described later. The rotating body 412 can be seen through these decorative openings 403g (see Figure 57).

The rear reinforcing plate 403c is integral with the left reinforcing plate 403a, and is formed by bending its rear portion to the right. The pivot shaft 403e supports the lower front end of the lever operation unit 410 so that it can rotate about an axis in the left-right direction.

The lever operation unit 410 includes a transparent unit cover 411, a circular rotating body 412 provided within the unit cover 411, a rotation mechanism 413 provided within the unit cover 411 for rotating the rotating body 412, and a vibration mechanism 414 provided at the rear lower end within the unit cover 411.

The unit cover 411 of the lever operation unit 410 is formed so that its rear portion is accommodated within the operation portion accommodation recess 401a of the unit body 401 in the base unit 400. The unit cover 411 has a transparent cylindrical portion 411a that is arc-shaped and centered on an axis extending in the left-right direction. This cylindrical portion 411a is formed to a thickness that can be grasped (held) by the player, and constitutes the lever operation portion 304 of the performance operation unit 301. A part of the rotating body 412 is inserted into the inside of this cylindrical portion 411a.

The unit cover 411 also has a forward/backward rack gear 411b on the right side. The forward/backward rack gear 411b is formed in an arc shape centered on the rotation axis 403e. Furthermore, the unit cover 411 has a plurality of mounting portions 411c on the left and right sides to which mounting screws for assembly can be attached.

The mounting portion 411c provided on the side of the unit cover 411 of the lever operation unit 410 is provided so as to overlap the unit body 401 in a side view, regardless of whether the lever operation unit 410 is in a retracted position where it is retracted backward or in a protruding position where it is protruding forward, and therefore it is not possible to approach the mounting portion 411c with a tool such as a screwdriver (see FIG. 56). On the other hand, when the lever operation unit 410 is in the protruding position, the mounting portion 411c can be seen through the gap between the side of the unit cover 411 and the inner surface of the operation portion accommodating recess 401a of the unit body 401 in the base unit 400. This makes it possible to check whether there is a mounting screw in the mounting portion 411c, whether the mounting screw is loose, etc.

The rotating body 412 of the lever operation unit 410 is provided in the unit cover 411, and is formed in a doughnut shape with a part passing through the cylindrical part 411a. The rotating body 412 has a plated part with metallic luster and a light-transmitting part with translucency on the surface. The rotating body 412 is provided so as to slide along the outer periphery of the annular ring base 415 (see FIG. 33) provided in the unit cover 411, and is provided so as to rotate about the axis in the left-right direction by sliding the outer periphery. As shown in FIG. 59, etc., the rotating body 412 has an annular ring gear 412a on its inner periphery with the tips of the gear teeth facing the center. It is rotated by the rotation mechanism 413 via the ring gear 412a.

Although detailed illustration is omitted, the ring base 415 (see FIG. 33), which rotatably supports the rotating body 412, is attached to the unit cover 411 by the left and right support metal plates provided on both the left and right outer sides of the rotating body 412 via support stays. The left and right support metal plates are formed in a shape similar to the left reinforcing plate 403a and right reinforcing plate 403b of the unit reinforcing frame 403 in the base unit 400. The left and right support metal plates are provided with a number of openings penetrating in the left-right direction, and the rotating body 412 can be seen from the side through these openings. In addition, the ring base 415 is attached with a rotating body decoration board 416 (see FIG. 33) on which a number of LEDs 416a are mounted to light up and decorate the rotating body 412.

The rotation mechanism 413 of the lever operation unit 410 is provided in the unit cover 411 as shown in FIG. 59, and includes a rotary drive motor 413a with a rotary shaft facing left and right, a drive gear 413b attached to the rotary shaft of the rotary drive motor 413a, a first transmission gear 413c meshing with the drive gear 413b, a second transmission gear 413d that rotates integrally with the first transmission gear 413c and has half the number of teeth of the first transmission gear 413c, and a third transmission gear 413e that meshes with the second transmission gear 413d and meshes with the ring gear 412a of the rotating body 412. The first transmission gear 413c and the second transmission gear 413d have the same diameter. The rotary drive motor 413a of this rotation mechanism 413 rotates the drive gear 413b, thereby rotating the rotating body 412.

As shown in FIG. 59, the vibration mechanism 414 of the lever operation unit 410 is provided on the unit cover 411, and includes a vibration motor 414a with a rotation axis facing in the left-right direction, a drive gear 414b attached to the rotation axis of the vibration motor 414a, a driven gear 414c meshing with the drive gear 414b, and a weight 414d that rotates integrally with the driven gear 414c and has an eccentric center of gravity with respect to the center of rotation. The vibration mechanism 414 can generate vibrations by rotating the weight 414d with the vibration motor 414a.

In the performance operation unit 300 of this embodiment, the center of gravity of the lever operation unit 410 is located behind the rotation axis 403e, and in the normal state, it is in a retracted position retracted backward against the biasing force of a spring (not shown). The advance/retract mechanism 402 that advances and retracts the lever operation unit 410 has a drive gear 402b, a large diameter transmission gear 402c, and a small diameter transmission gear 402d formed by spur gears, so that when the lever operation unit 410 (lever operation unit 304) is pulled forward, it can be moved to the protruding position. Note that when the lever operation unit 410 is not powered (or when the advance/retract drive motor 402a is not driven), if the lever operation unit 304 is pulled to the forward protruding position and released, it returns to the retracted position under its own weight.

With this presentation operation unit 300, regardless of whether a player-participation presentation is being performed or not, the pressing operation section 303 on the top surface can be pressed at any time, and the lever operation section 304 can be advanced and retreated.

The performance operation unit 300 allows the annular rotating body 412 to be seen from the outside through the transparent part of the unit body 401 and the transparent unit cover 411. The rotating body 412 can also be seen from the outside through multiple decorative openings 403g provided in the left reinforcement plate 403a and right reinforcement plate 403b of the unit reinforcement frame 403. In this case, because the opening shape of the decorative openings 403g is formed to have a design-oriented shape, the appearance is not impaired even if the left reinforcement plate 403a and right reinforcement plate 403b are visible.

The performance operation unit 300 can rotate the rotating body 412 in any direction by driving the rotation drive motor 413a of the rotation mechanism 413, allowing users to enjoy the moving performance caused by the rotation of the rotating body 412. In addition, the performance operation unit 300 can illuminate the rotating body 412 even while it is rotating by illuminating multiple LEDs 416a provided on the rotating body decorative board 416, allowing users to enjoy the illumination performance of the rotating body 412.

In addition, in the performance operation unit 300, the lever operation unit 410 (lever operation unit 304) moves to a forward protruding position by driving the advance/retract drive motor 402a of the advance/retract mechanism 402 in response to the execution of the player participation type performance. As a performance by this lever operation unit 304, for example, the player is prompted to grip the lever operation unit 304, and when the player pushes or pulls the lever operation unit 304, the advance/retract drive motor 402a drives it to move in the opposite direction to the player's operation, thereby applying a load (operation resistance) to the operation of the lever operation unit 304. This gives a feeling of operation to the operation of the lever operation unit 304, and the performance by the lever operation unit 304 can be enjoyed. At this time, the operation resistance of the lever operation unit 304 may be strengthened or weakened to suggest to the player the degree of expectation for the game (for example, the occurrence of an advantageous game state in which the player is advantageous, such as a "jackpot" game).

In addition, when operating the lever operation unit 304, the vibration motor 414a of the vibration mechanism 414 can be driven to give the player a sense of operation of the lever operation unit 304, which can be entertaining for the player. At this time, the vibration motor 414a may be made to give strong vibrations, weak vibrations, or vibrations with a predetermined rhythm, thereby suggesting to the player the degree of expectation for the game.

In addition, the presentation operation unit 300 prompts the player to press the pressing operation unit 303 depending on the execution of the player participation type presentation, and the presentation can be changed by pressing the pressing operation unit 303, allowing the player to enjoy the presentation using the pressing operation unit 303.

[3-6. Door frame left side unit]
The door frame left side unit 420 in the door frame 3 will be described in detail mainly with reference to Figures 29, 30, and 60. The door frame left side unit 420 is attached to the front left part of the door frame base unit 100 above the plate unit 200, and decorates the left outer side of the play area 5a when viewed from the front.

The left side unit 420 includes a left side base 421 attached to the left outside of the door window 101a on the front surface of the door frame base 101 of the base unit 100, an upper left side decorative board 422 attached to the upper part of the front surface of the left side base 421 and having a plurality of LEDs arranged vertically at regular intervals on the front surface, a lower left side decorative board attached to the lower part of the front surface of the left side base 421 and having a plurality of LEDs arranged vertically at regular intervals on the front surface, an upper left side reflector 424 attached to the left side base 421 so as to cover the front side of the upper left side decorative board 422, a lower left side reflector attached to the left side base 421 so as to cover the front side of the lower left side decorative board, and a left side decorative body 426 attached to the left side base 421 so as to cover the front sides of the upper left side reflector 424 and the lower left side reflector.

The door frame left side unit 420 also includes an upper left side light guiding member that guides light forward from the LEDs on the upper left side decorative board 422 of the door frame, a middle left side light guiding member that guides forward light from the LEDs on the lower left side decorative board above the vertical center, and a lower left side light guiding member that guides forward light from the LEDs on the lower left side decorative board below the vertical center.

The door frame left side unit 420 is formed so that the color of the circular or radial patterned parts of the door frame left side base 421 is the same as the color of the circular or radial patterned parts of the handle cover 295, and the color of the parts outside the circular or radial pattern of the door frame left side base 421 is the same as the color of the parts outside the circular or radial pattern of the handle cover 295.

The portion of the door frame left side unit 420 above the center in the vertical direction protrudes slightly forward more than the portion below, and the lower end is gently curved to the right. The upper end of this door frame left side unit 420 is located above the door window 101a and below the door frame upper hinge assembly 120, and the lower end is located below the door window 101a and above the speaker port 211b in the dish unit base 211 of the dish base unit 210. The upper part of the door frame left side unit 420 is located on the left outer side of the door frame top unit 450. When assembled to the door frame 3, the door frame left side unit 420 decorates the left outer side of the door window 101a of the door frame base 101, making it look like a cylindrical fluorescent lamp is embedded in it.

According to the door frame left side unit 420 of this embodiment, the upper decorative board 422 on the left side of the door frame and the lower decorative board on the left side of the door frame are provided at a position some distance behind the front surface of the left side decorative body 426 of the door frame, so that the light from the LEDs mounted thereon is sufficiently spread out and is irradiated onto the back side of the left side decorative body 426 of the door frame, allowing the left side decorative body 426 to be uniformly illuminated and decorated.

[3-7. Door frame right side unit]
Next, the door frame right side unit 430 in the door frame 3 will be described in detail mainly with reference to Figures 26 to 32, 60, etc. The door frame right side unit 430 is attached to the front right part of the door frame base unit 100 above the plate unit 200, and decorates the right outer side of the play area 5a when viewed from the front.

The right-side door frame unit 430 includes a right-side door frame base 431 attached to the right outer side of the door window 101a on the front surface of the door frame base 101 of the door frame base unit 100, an upper right-side door frame decorative board attached to the upper part of the front surface of the right-side door frame base 431 and having multiple LEDs arranged vertically at regular intervals on the front surface mounted thereon, a lower right-side door frame decorative board attached to the lower part of the front surface of the right-side door frame base 431 and having multiple LEDs arranged vertically at regular intervals on the front surface mounted thereon, a right-side door frame reflector attached to the right-side door frame base 431 so as to cover the front sides of the upper right-side door frame decorative board and the lower right-side door frame decorative board, and a right-side door frame decorative body 435 attached to the right-side door frame base 431 so as to cover the front side of the right-side door frame reflector.

In addition, the door frame right side unit 430 is equipped with an upper right side light guiding member that guides light from the LEDs on the upper decorative board on the right side of the door frame forward, and a lower right side light guiding member that guides light from the LEDs on the lower decorative board on the right side of the door frame forward.

Furthermore, the door frame right side unit 430 is provided with a left side decorative body on the right side of the door frame that is attached so as to cover the left side of the door frame right side base 431, a right side left lens 439 that is translucent and is provided between the left side decorative body on the right side of the door frame and the door frame right side base 431, a right side right decorative body 440 that is attached so as to cover the right side of the door frame right side base 431, and a right side right lens 441 that is translucent and is provided between the right side decorative body 440 on the right side of the door frame and the door frame right side base 431.

In this door frame right side unit 430, the reflector portion 431a of the door frame right side base 431 is formed in a concave shape so that it is open forward and outward in the left and right directions on both the left and right sides. In addition, the outer surfaces of the right side left lens 439 and the right side right lens 441 are formed flat with no protruding parts. Furthermore, the door frame right side right side decorative body 440 is only provided near the lower part of the door frame right side unit 430 from the bottom end to a specified height.

Furthermore, the door frame right side unit 430 has a right side left panel 442 that is removably provided on the left outer side of the right side left lens 439, and a right side right panel 443 that is removably provided on the right outer side of the right side right lens 441.

The right side left panel 442 is made of a transparent material, and a decorative sticker with its design surface facing left is attached to the right side. The right side right panel 443 is made of a transparent material, and a decorative sticker with its design surface facing right is attached to the left side.

The rear end of the right side left panel 442 abuts against the front surface of the glass unit 160. This right side left panel 442 can be removed from the door frame right side unit 430 by sliding it backwards with the glass unit 160 removed. The right side right panel 443 can be removed to the right by operating a lock lever 444 located in the upper left corner of the door frame base unit 100 when viewed from the rear.

The right side panel 442 and the right side panel 443 of the door frame right side unit 430 can be removed, so that when replacing the game board 5 in the pachinko machine 1 due to a change in specifications or model, the right side panel 442 and the right side panel 443 can be replaced with ones that have decorations and patterns that correspond to the decoration (concept) of the game board 5, making it easy to accommodate model changes and making it easier to provide a pachinko machine 1 that is highly appealing to players.

In this embodiment, the door frame right side unit 430 has the circular or radial patterned parts on the left side decorative body on the right side of the door frame and the right side decorative body on the right side of the door frame 440 formed in the same color as the circular or radial patterned parts on the handle cover 295 and the left side base 421 of the door frame, and the outer parts of the circular or radial pattern on the left side decorative body on the right side of the door frame and the right side decorative body on the right side of the door frame 440 are formed in the same color as the outer parts of the circular or radial pattern on the handle cover 295 and the left side base 421 of the door frame.

In this embodiment, the portion of the right door frame unit 430 above the vertical center protrudes further forward than the portion of the left door frame unit 420 on the opposite side at the same height. This right door frame unit 430 is formed at approximately the same height as the door frame 3 from its top to its bottom. The upper portion of the right door frame unit 430 is located on the outer right side of the door frame top unit 450.

When assembled to the door frame 3, the door frame right side unit 430 decorates the right outer side of the door window 101a of the door frame base 101, and the door frame right side decorative body 435 appears to have a cylindrical fluorescent lamp embedded in it.

The door frame right side unit 430 protrudes forward from the top to about half its height, forming a screen. This makes it difficult for players seated in front of the pachinko machine installed adjacent to the right side of the island equipment in the gaming hall to see inside the door window 101a (play area 5a). Therefore, because the door frame right side unit 430 is formed like a screen, it can block the line of sight of nearby players, making it difficult for other players to see the entire play area 5a, and by making it difficult for players to feel like they are being watched by other players, other players can play without feeling embarrassed.

According to the door frame right side unit 430 of this embodiment, the upper decorative board on the right side of the door frame and the lower decorative board on the right side of the door frame are provided at a position some distance behind the front surface of the door frame right side decorative body 435, so that the light from the LEDs mounted thereon is sufficiently spread out and is irradiated onto the back side of the door frame right side decorative body 435, allowing the door frame right side decorative body 435 to be uniformly illuminated and decorated.

[3-8. Door frame top unit]
The door frame top unit 450 in the door frame 3 will be described mainly with reference to Figures 24 to 33. The door frame top unit 450 is attached to the upper front surface of the door frame base unit 100 so as to be sandwiched between the upper portions of the left and right side units 420, 430.

The door frame top unit 450 comprises a door frame top base 451 that is attached above the door window 101a on the front surface of the door frame base 101 of the door frame base unit 100, a top upper cover 452 that is attached to the door frame top base 451 so as to cover both the left and right sides and the upper front surface of the door frame top base 451, a door frame top decorative body 453 that is attached to the front end of the top upper cover 452, and a door frame top bottom plate (not shown) that connects the lower end of the door frame top decorative body 453 to the lower end of the door frame top base 451.

The door frame top unit 450 also includes a door frame right side left side decorative body attached to the front center of the top upper cover 452 behind the door frame top decorative body 453 and having multiple LEDs mounted on the front surface, a door frame top left decorative board attached to the left of the door frame right side left side decorative body on the front surface of the top upper cover 452 behind the door frame top decorative body 453 and having multiple LEDs mounted on the front surface, and a door frame top right decorative board attached to the right of the door frame right side left side decorative body on the front surface of the top upper cover 452 behind the door frame top decorative body 453 and having multiple LEDs mounted on the front surface.

The door frame top unit 450 also includes a pair of top center speakers (not shown) provided on the front of the door frame top base 451, a pair of top side speakers (not shown) provided on both the left and right outer sides of the pair of top center speakers, a box-shaped top speaker box 458 to which the pair of top center speakers are attached, a top lower cover 465 attached to the underside of the door frame top decorative body 453 so as to cover the front of the top center speaker and the top side speaker, a door frame top relay board (not shown) attached near the right end of the front of the door frame top base 451, and a door frame top top plate 468 attached to the top upper cover 452 so as to cover the upper part of the door frame top base 451.

When assembled to the door frame 3, the door frame top unit 450 decorates the upper outside of the door window 101a of the door frame base 101. The door frame top unit 450 is connected so that both the left and right ends of the door frame top decorative body 453 sink from the front to a position rearward of the inside of the upper part of the door frame left side decorative body 426 and the door frame right side decorative body 435. The door frame top unit 450 can also output sounds such as voice and music to the player through a pair of top center speakers and a pair of top side speakers.

In the door frame top unit 450 of this embodiment, the door frame top decorative body 453 is detachably attached to the door frame top base 451 together with the door frame top top plate 468. The door frame top decorative body 453 and the door frame top top plate 468 can be slid relatively forward and backward within a predetermined range by loosening a screw (not shown). The door frame top decorative body 453 and the door frame top top plate 468 can be removed forward by loosening a hand screw 469 screwed in from the rear of the door frame base unit 100. The door frame top decorative body 453 is provided with a decorative attachment part 453a for attaching the door frame upper decorative body 480. In this embodiment, the decorative attachment part 453a is provided at the right end of the door frame top decorative body 453.

[3-8a. Door frame upper decoration]
The door frame upper decorative body 480 attached to the door frame top unit 450 will be described mainly with reference to Figures 20 to 23. The door frame upper decorative body 480 comprises a plate-shaped decorative body 481 extending in the vertical direction with its plate surface facing left and right, and an attachment portion 482 provided on the lower rear surface of the decorative body 481 for attachment to the door frame top decorative body 453. The decorative body 481 is formed in an arrow shape with the tip of the arrow facing upward and slightly forward, and decorative stickers are attached to both the left and right sides.

The door frame upper decorative body 480 has a height that is approximately 3/4 of the height of the outer frame 2, and its front-to-rear direction (depth) is approximately the same as the distance from the front end of the lever operating unit 304 to the rear surface of the rear cover 640. Therefore, because the door frame upper decorative body 480 is quite large, when installed in an arcade, it stands out even from a distance and has a strong appeal to players.

When the door frame upper decorative body 480 is attached to the door frame 3, its lower end is located below the door frame top decorative body 453, and its upper end is located significantly above the door frame top decorative body 453. In addition, the attachment portion 482 of the door frame upper decorative body 480 overlaps with the upper part of the front surface of the door frame right side decorative body 435 of the door frame right side unit 430 in a front view.

This door frame upper decorative body 480 can be removed from the door frame 3 together with the door frame top decorative body 453, and can also be removed from the decorative mounting part 453a of the door frame top decorative body 453 when removed from the door frame 3. In more detail, when the lock lever 453b provided on the right side of the decorative mounting part 453a is slid backwards when removed from the door frame 3 together with the door frame top decorative body 453, the lock is released and the attached part 482 becomes movable forward. In this state, when the lower end side of the attached part 482 is rotated around the upper end side of the attached part 482 so that it moves forward and then moved upward, the attached part 482 comes off the decorative mounting part 453a and the door frame upper decorative body 480 can be removed.

On the other hand, when attaching the door frame upper decorative body 480 to the door frame top decorative body 453, the attached portion 482 is tilted so that the lower end is positioned forward, the upper end side is engaged from above with the decorative attachment portion 453a, and the lower end side is moved backward to make the attached portion 482 vertical. After that, when the lock lever 453b is slid forward, the movement of the attached portion 482 is locked, and the door frame upper decorative body 480 can be attached to the door frame top decorative body 453.

In this way, the door frame upper decoration 480 can be easily removed and attached to the door frame top decoration 453 that has been removed from the door frame 3 by sliding the lock lever 453b in the forward and backward directions. Therefore, when replacing the game board 5 in the pachinko machine 1 due to a change in specifications or model, it is possible to easily accommodate model changes by replacing the door frame top decoration 453 or the door frame upper decoration 480 with one that has a decoration that corresponds to the decoration (concept) of the game board 5, making it easier to provide a pachinko machine 1 that is highly appealing to players.

[3-9. Security measures for door frames]
Next, the crime prevention measures in the door frame 3 will be described in detail mainly with reference to Fig. 60 and Fig. 61. Fig. 60 is an explanatory diagram showing a cross section of an example of a crime prevention measure using a glass unit or the like in a door frame. Fig. 61 is an explanatory diagram showing the crime prevention measure using the glass unit or the like shown in Fig. 60 from the rear. It goes without saying that the crime prevention measures below, including their modified examples, can be used in combination with each other.

A frame-shaped door frame reinforcement unit 110 is attached from the rear to the door frame base 101 to which the glass unit 160 is attached, and the glass unit 160 is attached within the frame of the door frame reinforcement unit 110. In this embodiment, the door frame base 101 is provided with a protrusion 101k that protrudes rearward so as to fill the gap between the door frame reinforcement unit 110 and the glass unit 160 (see Figures 60 and 61). In more detail, the door frame base 101 has a protrusion 101k that protrudes rearward from the rear surface and extends long in the vertical direction so as to fill the gap between the left reinforcement frame 111 and the left side of the glass unit 160 in the door frame reinforcement unit 110, and between the right reinforcement frame 112 and the right side of the glass unit 160. At the location of this protrusion 101k, the thickness of the door frame base 101 in the front-to-rear direction is considerably thick. When assembled to the door frame 3, the door frame reinforcing frame 110 (left reinforcing frame 111 and right reinforcing frame 112) and the glass unit 160 are in contact with both sides of the protrusion 101k.

The right side left panel 442 of the door frame right side unit 430 is detachable by sliding it forward and backward, so there is a risk that an illegal tool may be inserted into the pachinko machine 1 using the gap between the right side left panel 442 and other detachable parts (e.g., the right side left lens 439). However, in the door frame 3 of this embodiment, the glass unit 160 (glass plate 162) is provided on the rear end side of the right side left panel 442, so that even if an illegal tool is inserted, it can be prevented by the glass unit 160. Furthermore, if an illegal tool is forced to be inserted, the glass plate 162 of the glass unit 160 will break, making the attendant of the game hall aware that illegal activity is taking place and stopping the illegal activity, so that a pachinko machine 1 with a high deterrent effect against illegal activity can be provided.

In addition, because the glass unit 160 is designed to prevent the insertion of illegal tools, it can be used for crime prevention in addition to the door frame reinforcement unit 110 and crime prevention fittings that have been conventionally provided, and the increase in costs of the pachinko machine 1 can be suppressed compared to the case of providing new crime prevention components. In addition, since the glass unit 160 has a large area when viewed from the front, if the tip of the illegal tool inserted into the door frame right side unit 430 abuts against the glass unit 160 and changes its direction of entry, even if the illegal tool is further advanced, it will simply advance along the surface of the large glass unit 160, and the tip of the illegal tool will not be able to enter behind the glass unit 160, and a pachinko machine 1 with high crime prevention performance can be provided.

In addition, as shown in FIG. 61, the installation state of the right side left panel 442 can be visually confirmed from the rear of the door frame 3 through the glass plate 162 of the glass unit 160, so the installation state of the right side left panel 442 can be checked without removing the glass unit 160, providing a pachinko machine 1 that is easy to maintain.

Although detailed illustration is omitted, the right reinforcement frame 112 of the metal door frame reinforcement unit 110 protects the rear end side of the right side left panel 442 from the rear where the glass unit 160 is not provided. This allows the right reinforcement frame 112 to prevent unauthorized tools from entering (inserting) the area where the glass unit 160 is not provided. In other words, as described above, the door frame reinforcement unit 110 not only has high security against being pulled strongly forward due to its own increased strength and rigidity, but also has security against the insertion of unauthorized tools from the front. Therefore, the door frame 3 of this embodiment has enhanced security against unauthorized tools from the front not only by the glass unit 160 but also by the door frame reinforcement unit 110.

As described above, the door frame reinforcement unit 110 that reinforces the door frame 3 prevents the insertion of unauthorized tools from the front, so the door frame reinforcement unit that has been installed in the past can be used for crime prevention, and the increase in costs associated with the pachinko machine 1 can be suppressed compared to when a new crime prevention component is installed.

Furthermore, the gap between the right reinforcement frame 112 and the glass unit 160 (right side) is filled with the protrusion 101k of the door frame base 101, and since the protrusion 101k is thick in the front-to-rear direction, it takes a lot of effort to break through the protrusion 101k, which is made of synthetic resin that is less hard than the door frame reinforcement unit 110 and the glass unit 160, and this can cause the person to give up on inserting an unauthorized tool.

In the above, the door frame reinforcement unit 110 and the glass unit 160 are shown as things that prevent the intrusion of unauthorized tools from the front, but this is not limited to these, and any hard material that is harder than other materials such as metal or glass may be used. This hard material (hard part) may be, for example, a metal part such as "metal cylinder mounting frame 115 (cylinder mounting frame 115A) for mounting cylinder lock 130 (cylinder lock 130A)", "reinforcement sheet metal (not shown) that reinforces dish unit 200", "metal unit reinforcement frame 403 provided on performance operation unit 300", or "anti-theft fittings". In addition to metal parts, it may also be a hard resin part made of "hard resin harder than ordinary synthetic resin", "fiber-reinforced resin", etc.

In addition, while the above shows the glass unit 160 and the door frame reinforcement unit 110 (right reinforcement frame 112) in contact with each other via the protrusion 101k, this is not limited to this, and for example, the glass unit 160 and the metal part (e.g., the door frame reinforcement unit 110) may overlap in a front view in the area protected from the rear. As a result, even if the glass unit 160 or metal part provided at the front is breached, the metal part or glass unit 160 is provided at the rear side, doubly preventing the insertion of unauthorized tools and making it extremely difficult to insert, thereby providing a pachinko machine 1 with high crime prevention performance.

Furthermore, in the above embodiment, the door frame reinforcement unit 110 and the glass unit 160 are used in combination to prevent the insertion of unauthorized tools from the front, but this is not limited to this, and the insertion of unauthorized tools may be prevented by only the door frame reinforcement unit 110, or by only the glass unit 160.

[3-9a. Variation 1 of crime prevention measures for door frames]
Next, a first modification of the crime prevention measure using a glass unit 160 or the like in the door frame 3 will be described in detail with reference to Fig. 62. Fig. 62 is an explanatory diagram showing a first modification of the crime prevention measure using a glass unit or the like in the door frame different from Figs. 60 and 61.

In this embodiment, a door frame decorative body 470 is attached to the front surface of the door frame base unit 100. An opening 470b is provided in the rear wall 470a of this door frame decorative body 470, and a transparent cover 471 is attached to close the opening 470b. A wiring cable 472 connected to electrical components such as LEDs and speakers is provided inside the door frame decorative body 470, and the wiring cable 472 is arranged so as to be visible from the rear through the transparent cover 471.

In this embodiment, when the glass unit 160 is attached to the door frame base unit 100 from the rear, the glass unit 160 is positioned behind at least a portion of the cover 471, so that the cover 471 will not come off rearward, and the installation state of the cover 471 and the wiring cable 472 in the opening 470b that is closed by the cover 471 can be seen through the glass plate 162 of the glass unit 160.

The right reinforcing frame 112 of the door frame reinforcement unit 110 is located at least partially behind the cover 471. Furthermore, the right reinforcing frame 112 and the glass unit 160 are arranged so as to be in contact with each other without any gaps. In other words, although detailed illustration is omitted, the size of the glass unit 160 is set so that it is in contact with the left reinforcing frame 111 and the right reinforcing frame 112 with almost no gaps.

In this embodiment, even if someone tries to insert an illegal tool into the pachinko machine 1 through the gap between the opening 470b in the rear wall 470a of the door frame decorative body 470 and the cover 471, the glass unit 160 (glass plate 162) provided behind the cover 471 can prevent the illegal tool from entering. Furthermore, if an illegal entry is attempted, the glass plate 162 of the glass unit 160 will break, alerting the game hall attendant that illegal activity is occurring and allowing the illegal activity to be stopped, thereby providing a pachinko machine 1 that has a high deterrent effect against illegal activity.

As shown in the figure, the installation state of the cover 471 and the state of the wiring cable 472 inside the door frame decoration 470 can be visually confirmed from the rear through the glass plate 162 of the glass unit 160, so it is possible to check without removing the glass unit 160, providing a pachinko machine 1 that is easy to maintain.

Furthermore, in the area behind the cover 471 where the glass unit 160 is not provided, the right reinforcing frame 112 of the door frame reinforcing unit 110 made of metal is provided, so that even if an unauthorized tool is attempted to be inserted into the area where the glass unit 160 is not provided, the right reinforcing frame 112 can prevent this.

In addition, because the glass unit 160 and the metal right reinforcing frame 112 are in contact with each other without any gaps, even if an attempt is made to pass an illegal tool between the glass unit 160 and the right reinforcing frame 112, the gap between them will not widen because both the glass unit 160 and the right reinforcing frame 112 are hard, making it extremely difficult to insert an illegal tool, and providing a pachinko machine 1 with high crime prevention performance.

[3-9b. Variation 2 of crime prevention measures for door frames]
Next, a second modification of the crime prevention measure using the glass unit 160 will be described in detail with reference to Fig. 63. Fig. 63 is an explanatory diagram showing a second modification of the crime prevention measure using a glass unit different from that in Fig. 62.

In this embodiment, a door frame decorative body 470 is attached to the front of the door frame base unit 100, and a speaker 473 is attached to the door frame decorative body 470. An opening 470b for attaching the speaker 473 from the rear is provided in the rear wall 470a of this door frame decorative body 470, and a transparent cover 471 is attached to close the opening 470b. Through this transparent cover 471, the back side of the speaker 473 and the mounting location of the speaker 473 can be seen from the rear.

In this embodiment, when the glass unit 160 is attached to the door frame base unit 100 from the rear, the glass unit 160 is positioned behind at least a portion of the cover 471, so that the cover 471 does not come off rearward, and through the glass plate 162 of the glass unit 160, the installation state of the cover 471, the back side of the speaker 473 located in front of the transparent cover 471, the installation state of the speaker 473, etc. can be visually confirmed.

The right reinforcing frame 112 of the door frame reinforcement unit 110 is located at least partially behind the cover 471. Furthermore, the right reinforcing frame 112 and the glass unit 160 are arranged so as to be in contact with each other without any gaps. In other words, although detailed illustration is omitted, the size of the glass unit 160 is set so that it is in contact with the left reinforcing frame 111 and the right reinforcing frame 112 with almost no gaps.

In this embodiment, even if someone tries to insert an illegal tool into the pachinko machine 1 through the speaker 473 attached to the door frame decoration 470, the glass unit 160 (glass plate 162) provided behind the speaker 473 (cover 471) can prevent the illegal tool from entering. Furthermore, if an illegal entry is attempted, the glass plate 162 of the glass unit 160 will break, alerting the game hall staff that illegal activity is occurring and allowing them to stop the illegal activity, thereby providing a pachinko machine 1 that has a high deterrent effect against illegal activity.

As shown in the figure, the installation state of the cover 471, the state of the back side of the speaker 473 provided in front of the transparent cover 471, and the installation state of the speaker 473 can be visually confirmed from the rear through the glass plate 162 of the glass unit 160, so it is possible to check without removing the glass unit 160, providing a pachinko machine 1 that is easy to maintain.

Furthermore, in the area behind the cover 471 where the glass unit 160 is not provided, the right reinforcing frame 112 of the door frame reinforcing unit 110 made of metal is provided, so that even if an unauthorized tool is attempted to be inserted into the area where the glass unit 160 is not provided, the right reinforcing frame 112 can prevent this.

In addition, because the glass unit 160 and the metal right reinforcing frame 112 are in contact with each other without any gaps, even if an attempt is made to pass an illegal tool between the glass unit 160 and the right reinforcing frame 112, the gap between them will not widen because both the glass unit 160 and the right reinforcing frame 112 are hard, making it extremely difficult to insert an illegal tool, and providing a pachinko machine 1 with high crime prevention performance.

[3-9c. Brief Summary]
The crime prevention measure using the above-mentioned glass unit 160 has the following technical features.
(Background of technical features)
A gaming machine such as a pachinko machine includes a main body frame that detachably holds a gaming board having a gaming area, and a door frame that is provided on the main body frame so as to be openable and closable from the front. The door frame is provided with a window that allows the game area to be viewed from the front, and a cover-like decorative body is provided on the front surface around the window, and the appearance of the game machine is changed by the decorative body. It is decorated.

As an example of this type of gaming machine, a machine with a replaceable decorative body (cover) attached to the door frame has been proposed (for example, Patent Document: JP 2021-65649 A). According to the technology of this patent document, when replacing the gaming board due to a change in specifications or model, it is possible to replace the cover with one that corresponds to the gaming board, thereby creating a sense of unity between the gaming board and the door frame and increasing the appeal to players.

However, if the door frame cover were made replaceable, a boundary would be created between the part that can be replaced (the cover) and the part that cannot be replaced (the main body) in the door frame, and there is a risk that this boundary could be used as a guide to insert an unauthorized tool into the gaming machine from the front.

Therefore, in consideration of the above situation, the following means aims to provide a gaming machine with high crime prevention capabilities.

(Technical solution)
Means 1: In the gaming machine,
"A main frame that detachably supports a game board having a game area where a game is played with a game ball from the front,
A gaming machine comprising a window section that allows the gaming area to be viewed from the front, a glass unit that closes the window section, and a door frame that is provided on the main body frame so as to be openable and closable from the front,
The door frame is
A cover is attached to a main body portion.
At least a part of the cover is protected from the rear by a hard part that is harder than other members including the glass unit.
It is characterized by:

Here, examples of "covers" include "those that allow the decorative sheet placed between the main body and the cover to be visible," "those that allow the inside of the main body to be checked from the outside," "those that have three-dimensional decorations (e.g. decorative bodies)," "those that cover an opening (inspection hatch) for inspecting the inside of the main body," etc.

In addition to the glass unit (glass), examples of "hard parts" include "metal parts made of metals such as iron or aluminum" and "hard resin parts made of hard resins harder than ordinary synthetic resins, fiber-reinforced resins, etc."

According to the configuration of the first aspect, the gaming machine is provided with a main frame that supports a gaming board having a gaming area where games are played with gaming balls in a detachable manner from the front, a window that allows the gaming area to be viewed from the front, and a door frame that has a glass unit that closes the window and is provided on the main frame in a manner that allows it to be opened and closed from the front, and the door frame has a main body part and a cover attached to the main body part, and at least a part of the cover is protected from the rear by a hard part that is harder than other parts including the glass unit. (See the description of Chapter [3-9. Crime Prevention Measures for Door Frames], Figures 60 to 63, etc. in [Mode for Carrying Out the Invention])

In this configuration, the gaming machine is provided with a main body frame that supports a gaming board having a gaming area so that it can be attached and detached from the front, and a door frame that is attached to the main body frame so that it can be opened and closed from the front. The door frame is provided with a window that allows the gaming area to be viewed from the front, a glass unit that closes the window, a main body, and a cover attached to the main body. At least a part of the cover is protected from the rear by a hard part such as the glass unit, so that even if an illegal tool is inserted into the gaming machine from the front of the door frame using the gap between the cover and the main body as a guide, the tip of the tool abuts against the hard part, preventing the insertion of the illegal tool. This makes it possible to provide a gaming machine with high security against illegal acts from the front.

In addition, because the glass unit as a hard part prevents the insertion of illegal tools, the glass unit can be used for crime prevention in addition to the reinforcing frame (door frame reinforcing unit) and crime prevention fittings that have been provided conventionally, and the increase in costs for the gaming machine can be suppressed compared to the case of providing new crime prevention components. In addition, because the glass unit as a hard part has a wide area (large surface area) when viewed from the front, if the tip of the illegal tool inserted between the main body part and the cover abuts against the glass unit and the direction of entry changes, even if the illegal tool is further advanced, it will simply move along the surface of the wide glass unit, and the tip of the illegal tool will not be able to enter behind the glass unit, and a gaming machine with high crime prevention performance can be provided.

As described above, since a hard part such as a glass unit can prevent the insertion of illegal tools between the main body and the cover, for example, even if the cover is a decorative body that can be attached and detached from the main body, the crime prevention effect against illegal acts is not reduced, and a removable decorative body can be attached to the door frame. As a result, when replacing the game board due to a change in specifications or model, it can be replaced with a decorative body that has a decoration corresponding to the game board, making it possible to create a game machine in which the decoration of the game board and the decoration of the door frame are integrated, and providing a game machine that is highly appealing to players.

It is preferable that the hard portion includes a metal portion including a metal reinforcing frame that reinforces the door frame. In this way, the metal portion including the reinforcing frame is included as a hard portion that protects at least a part of the cover portion from behind, so that even if someone tries to insert an illegal tool into the gaming machine from the front of the door frame using the gap between the cover and the main body portion as a guide, this can be prevented by the metal portion in addition to the glass unit, making it possible to provide a gaming machine with high security against illegal activities.

Furthermore, as described above, when the hard portion includes a metal portion, if the glass unit and the metal portion are in contact with each other without any gaps, in addition to the same effects as described above, even if an attempt is made to pass an illegal tool between the glass unit and the metal portion, the gap between them will not widen because both the glass unit and the metal portion are hard, making it extremely difficult to insert an illegal tool, and providing an amusement machine with high crime prevention capabilities.

Furthermore, as described above, when the hard portion includes a metal portion, if the metal portion serving as the hard portion is a reinforcing frame that reinforces the door frame, the reinforcing frame (door frame reinforcing unit) that has been installed conventionally can be used for crime prevention, and the increase in costs associated with the gaming machine can be suppressed compared to when a new crime prevention component is installed.

As described above, the hard portion may include a metal portion, and when a glass unit and a metal portion are used together as the hard portion, the glass unit and the metal portion may overlap in a front view at least in the area that protects the cover from the rear. In this way, even if the glass unit or metal portion provided at the front is breached, the metal portion or glass unit is provided behind it, doubly preventing the insertion of illegal tools and making it extremely difficult to insert, thereby providing an amusement machine with high crime prevention performance.

Furthermore, it may be possible to check the inside of the main body through the cover. This allows the inside of the main body to be checked through the cover, so that electrical components (e.g., LEDs, sensors, connectors, wiring cables, speakers, circuit boards, etc.) installed within the main body, the installation status of the main body or components installed within the main body, etc. can be checked from the outside without removing the cover, making it possible to provide an amusement machine that is easy to maintain.

At least a part of the cover may be protected by the glass of the glass unit. In this way, because a part of the cover is protected from the rear by the glass of the glass unit, even if an illegal tool is inserted into the gaming machine from the front of the door frame using the gap between the cover and the main body as a guide, the tip of the tool will come into contact with the glass of the glass unit, preventing the insertion of the illegal tool. Furthermore, if an illegal tool is forcibly inserted, the glass of the glass unit will break, alerting the gaming hall attendant that illegal activity is occurring and allowing the attendant to stop the illegal activity, making it possible to provide a gaming machine that has a high deterrent effect against illegal activity.

Furthermore, the attachment portion of the cover may be made visible from behind through the glass of the glass unit. This allows the attachment portion of the cover to be visible from behind through the glass of the glass unit, so that the attachment state of the cover can be checked through the glass of the glass unit by simply opening the door frame relative to the main body frame and looking at the door frame from the rear without removing the glass unit, thereby providing an amusement machine that is easy to maintain.

Means 2: In the configuration of Means 1,
"The hard portion is
It includes metal parts, including a metal reinforcing frame that reinforces the door frame.
The present invention is characterized in that

Here, examples of the "metal parts" in the hard parts include "metal door frame reinforcement units that reinforce the door frame," "anti-theft fittings," "metal cylinder mounting frames for mounting cylinder locks," "reinforcement metal sheets that reinforce the dish unit," and "metal unit reinforcement frames provided in the performance operation unit."

According to the configuration of means 2, the hard part includes a metal part including a metal reinforcing frame that reinforces the door frame. (See the description of the door frame reinforcement unit 110 in the [Description of the Invention].)

As a result, a metal section including a reinforcing frame is included as a hard section that protects at least a portion of the cover from behind, so even if someone tries to insert an illegal tool into the gaming machine from the front of the door frame using the gap between the cover and the main body as a guide, this can be prevented by the metal section in addition to the glass unit, providing a gaming machine with high security against illegal activities.

In addition, since the hard portion contains a metal portion, the glass unit and the metal portion are in contact with each other without any gaps. In addition to the same effects as described above, even if an attempt is made to pass an illegal tool between the glass unit and the metal portion, the gap between them will not widen because both the glass unit and the metal portion are hard, making it extremely difficult to insert an illegal tool, and a gaming machine with high crime prevention performance can be provided.

Furthermore, if the metal part acting as the hard part that prevents the insertion of illegal tools is made into a reinforcing frame that reinforces the door frame, the reinforcing frame (door frame reinforcement unit) that has been installed conventionally can be used for crime prevention, and the increase in costs associated with the gaming machine can be suppressed compared to when a new crime prevention component is installed.

When a glass unit and a metal part are used together as the hard part that protects the cover from behind, the glass unit and the metal part may overlap in a front view at least in the part that protects the cover from behind. In this way, even if the glass unit or metal part provided at the front is breached, the metal part or glass unit is provided behind it, doubly preventing the insertion of illegal tools and making it extremely difficult to insert, thereby providing an amusement machine with high crime prevention performance.

Means 3: In the configuration of means 1 or means 2,
"The inside of the main body can be seen through the cover."
The present invention is characterized in that

Here, examples of "cover" include "colorless transparent," "colored transparent," "colorless translucent," "colored translucent," etc.

The configuration of means 3 makes it possible to check inside the main body through the cover. (See the description of cover 471 in [Embodiment of the invention].)

As a result, it is possible to check the inside of the main body through the cover, and therefore it is possible to check the electrical components (e.g., LEDs, sensors, connectors, wiring cables, speakers, circuit boards, etc.) installed inside the main body, and to check the installation status of the main body or components installed inside the main body, from the outside without removing the cover, thereby providing an amusement machine that is easy to maintain.

Means 4: In any one of the configurations of means 1 to 3,
The invention is characterized in that "at least a portion of the cover is protected by the glass of the glass unit."

According to the configuration of Means 4, at least a part of the cover is protected by the glass of the glass unit. (See the description of the glass unit 160, the right side left panel 442, and the cover 471 in the [Embodiment for carrying out the invention].)

As a result, part of the cover is protected from the rear by the glass of the glass unit, so even if someone tries to insert an illegal tool into the gaming machine from the front of the door frame using the gap between the cover and the main body as a guide, the tip of the tool will abut against the glass of the glass unit, preventing the insertion of the illegal tool. Furthermore, if an illegal tool is forcibly inserted, the glass of the glass unit will break, alerting an attendant at the gaming hall that illegal activity is occurring and causing the illegal activity to be stopped, providing a gaming machine with a high deterrent effect against illegal activity.

Means 5: In any one of the configurations of means 1 to 4,
"The mounting portion of the cover can be seen from behind through the glass of the glass unit."
The present invention is characterized in that

According to the configuration of means 5, the attachment portion of the cover can be seen from the rear through the glass of the glass unit. (See the description of the glass unit 160, the right side left panel 442, and the cover 471 in the [Embodiment for carrying out the invention].)

This allows the cover attachment location to be viewed from behind through the glass of the glass unit, so the attachment status of the cover can be checked through the glass of the glass unit by simply opening the door frame relative to the main body frame and looking at the door frame from the rear without having to remove the glass unit, providing an amusement machine that is easy to maintain.

In this way, the above solution makes it possible to provide a gaming machine with high crime prevention capabilities.

(Relationship between the solution of technical features and embodiments)
The door window 101a of the door frame base 101 in the door frame base unit 100 of the door frame 3 in this embodiment is the window portion of the above-mentioned solution means, the door frame reinforcement unit 110, cylinder mounting frame 115, cylinder mounting frame 115A, intermediate reinforcement frame 117, glass unit 160, and unit reinforcement frame 403 in this embodiment are the hard portions of the above-mentioned solution means, and the left reinforcement frame 111, right reinforcement frame 112, cylinder mounting frame 115, cylinder mounting frame 115A, intermediate reinforcement frame 117, and unit reinforcement frame 403 in this embodiment are the metal portions of the above-mentioned solution means. The door frame reinforcement unit 110 in this embodiment corresponds to the reinforcing frame of the above-mentioned solution, the glass unit 160 in the door frame 3 of this embodiment corresponds to the glass unit of the above-mentioned solution, the glass plate 162 of the glass unit 160 in this embodiment corresponds to the glass of the above-mentioned solution, the door frame right side unit 430, the door frame right side base 431, the right side left lens 439, and the door frame decorative body 470 in the door frame 3 of this embodiment correspond to the main part of the above-mentioned solution, and the right side left panel 442 and cover 471 in this embodiment correspond to the cover of the above-mentioned solution.

(Characteristic Effects of the Present Embodiment)
According to the pachinko machine 1 of this embodiment, the pachinko machine 1 is provided with a main frame 4 that supports a game board 5 having a play area 5a so as to be detachable from the front, and a door frame 3 that is provided to the main frame 4 so as to be openable and closable from the front, and the door frame 3 is provided with a door window 101a that allows the play area 5a to be viewed from the front, a glass unit 160 that closes the door window 101a, a door frame right side unit 430 (right side left lens 439), and a right side left panel 442 attached to the door frame right side unit 430. Since at least a part of the right side left panel 442 is protected from the rear by a hard part such as the glass unit 160, even if an illegal tool is inserted into the pachinko machine 1 from the front of the door frame 3 using the space between the right side left panel 442 and the right side left lens 439 as a guide, the tip of the tool abuts against the glass unit 160 (hard part), and the insertion of the illegal tool can be prevented. This makes it possible to provide a pachinko machine 1 with high security against fraudulent acts from the front.

In addition, because the glass unit 160 as a hard part prevents the insertion of illegal tools, it can be used for crime prevention in addition to the door frame reinforcement unit 110 and crime prevention fittings that have been provided conventionally, and the increase in costs for the pachinko machine 1 can be suppressed compared to the case of providing new crime prevention components. In addition, because the glass unit 160 as a hard part has a wide area when viewed from the front (large area), if the tip of the illegal tool inserted into the door frame right side unit 430 abuts against the glass unit 160 and the direction of entry changes, even if the illegal tool is further advanced, it simply advances along the surface of the glass unit 160, which has a wide area, and the tip of the illegal tool cannot be inserted behind the glass unit 160, and a pachinko machine 1 with high crime prevention performance can be provided.

As described above, the glass unit 160 (hard part) can prevent the insertion of illegal tools between the right-side left lens 439 and the right-side left panel 442, so even if the right-side left panel 442 is detachable from the door frame right-side unit 430, the crime prevention effect against illegal acts is not reduced. As a result, when replacing the game board 5 due to a specification change or model change, it can be replaced with a right-side left panel 442 decorated to match the game board 5, so that a pachinko machine 1 in which the decoration of the game board 5 and the decoration of the door frame 3 are integrated can be provided, making it possible to provide a pachinko machine 1 that is highly appealing to players.

Furthermore, at least a portion of the right side left panel 442 is protected from behind by the right reinforcing frame 112 of the door frame reinforcement unit 110, which is made of metal as a hard portion. Therefore, even if someone tries to insert an illegal tool into the pachinko machine 1 from the front of the door frame 3 using the space between the right side left panel 442 and the right side left lens 439 as a guide, this can be prevented by the metal right reinforcing frame 112 in addition to the glass unit 160, making it possible to provide a pachinko machine 1 with high security against illegal activities.

In addition, because the glass unit 160 and the door frame reinforcement unit 110 (right reinforcement frame 112) are connected without any gaps, in addition to the same effects as described above, even if an attempt is made to pass an illegal tool between the glass unit 160 and the right reinforcement frame 112, the gap between them will not widen because both the glass unit 160 and the right reinforcement frame 112 are hard, making it extremely difficult to insert an illegal tool, and providing a pachinko machine 1 with high crime prevention performance.

In addition, the metal part that acts as a hard part to prevent the insertion of illegal tools is the door frame reinforcement unit 110 that reinforces the door frame 3, so the door frame reinforcement unit that has been installed in the past can be used for crime prevention, and the increase in costs associated with the pachinko machine 1 can be suppressed compared to when a new crime prevention component is installed.

Furthermore, as shown in Figures 62 and 63, since the inside of the door frame decorative body 470 can be checked through the cover 471, it is possible to check the electrical components (e.g., LEDs, sensors, connectors, wiring cables 472, speakers 473, circuit boards, etc.) installed inside the door frame decorative body 470, and to check the installation status of the door frame decorative body 470 or the components installed inside the door frame decorative body 470 from the outside without removing the cover 471, thereby providing a pachinko machine 1 that is easy to maintain.

In addition, at least a portion of the right side left panel 442 (cover 471) is protected by the glass plate 162 of the glass unit 160. Even if someone tries to insert an illegal tool into the pachinko machine 1 from the front of the door frame 3 using the space between the right side left panel 442 and the right side left lens 439 (door frame decoration 470) as a guide, the tip of the tool will abut against the glass plate 162 of the glass unit 160, preventing the tool from being inserted. Furthermore, if an illegal tool is forcibly inserted, the glass plate 162 of the glass unit 160 will break, alerting the game hall attendant that illegal activity is occurring and stopping the illegal activity, providing a pachinko machine 1 that has a high deterrent effect against illegal activity.

Furthermore, since the mounting location of the cover 471 (right side left panel 442) can be seen from the rear through the glass plate 162 of the glass unit 160, the mounting state of the cover 471 and the like can be confirmed through the glass plate 162 of the glass unit 160 by simply opening the door frame 3 relative to the main body frame 4 and looking at the door frame 3 from the rear without removing the glass unit 160, making it possible to provide a pachinko machine 1 that is easy to maintain.

[4. Overall configuration of the main body frame]
The overall configuration of the main body frame 4 in the pachinko machine 1 will be described in detail mainly with reference to Figures 64 to 70. Figure 64 is a front view of the main body frame in the pachinko machine, and Figure 65 is a rear view of the main body frame in the pachinko machine. Figure 66 is a perspective view of the main body frame as seen from the front right, Figure 67 is a perspective view of the main body frame as seen from the front left, and Figure 68 is a perspective view of the main body frame as seen from the rear. Figure 69 is an exploded perspective view of the main body frame disassembled into its main components as seen from the front, and Figure 70 is an exploded perspective view of the main body frame disassembled into its main components as seen from the rear.

The main frame 4 holds the game board 5 having a play area 5a where a game is played by hitting the game ball B, and is used to pay out the game ball B to the player and to eject the game balls B used in the game to the rear of the pachinko machine 1 (towards the island equipment of the game hall). As shown in the figure, the main frame 4 is formed in a box shape with an open front, and the game board 5 is removably stored inside from the front. The main frame 4 is attached to a frame-shaped outer frame 2 attached to the island equipment of the game hall at the top and bottom of the front end on the left side of the front side so that it can be opened and closed, and a door frame 3 is attached so that the open front side can be closed.

The main body frame 4 is provided with a frame-shaped main body frame base unit 500 whose rear portion can be inserted into the outer frame 2 and can support the outer periphery of the game board 5, a main body frame upper hinge member 510 attached to the upper end of the main body frame base unit 500 when viewed from the front, which is rotatably attached to the outer frame upper hinge assembly 50 of the outer frame 2 and to which the door frame upper hinge assembly 120 of the door frame 3 is rotatably attached, and a main body frame lower hinge assembly 520 attached to the lower end of the main body frame base unit 500 when viewed from the front, which is rotatably attached to the outer frame lower hinge member 60 of the outer frame 2 and to which the door frame lower hinge member 125 of the door frame 3 is rotatably attached.

The main frame 4 also includes a main frame reinforcing frame 530 attached to the left side of the main frame base unit 500 when viewed from the front, a ball launching device 540 attached to the lower front side of the main frame base unit 500 for shooting game balls B into the game area 5a of the game board 5, an inverted L-shaped payout base unit 550 attached along the upper and left sides of the rear side of the main frame base unit 500 when viewed from the front, a payout unit 560 attached to the rear side of the payout base unit 550 for paying out game balls B to the player, a board unit 620 attached to the lower rear side of the main frame base unit 500, a back cover 640 attached to the rear side of the main frame base unit 500 so as to be openable and closable, and covering the rear side of the game board 5 attached to the main frame base 501, and a locking unit 650 attached to the right side of the main frame base unit 500 when viewed from the front, for locking the outer frame 2 and the main frame 4, and the door frame 3 and the main frame 4.

The main frame base unit 500 includes a main frame base 501 that is formed into a vertically extending rectangular frame shape when viewed from the front, a connection cable guide member 502 that guides a connection cable 503 for connecting to the door frame 3 side, and a game board lock member 505 that detachably holds the game board 5.

The dispensing base unit 550 includes a dispensing base 551 attached to the rear of the main frame base 501 of the main frame base unit 500, a ball tank 552 attached to the dispensing base 551, a box-shaped tank that extends left and right and is open upward, a tank rail 553 attached to the left side of the ball tank 552 and extends leftward in a groove-like shape that is open upward, a first rail cover 554 attached to the upper end of the tank rail 553, a second rail cover 555 attached to the upper end of the tank rail 553, spaced apart from the first rail cover 554 to the left when viewed from the front, a ball straightening member 556 attached to the upper end of the tank rail 553 between the first rail cover 554 and the second rail cover 555, and a ball stop member 557 attached to the downstream end of the tank rail 553.

The payout unit 560 includes a ball guiding unit 570 that guides the game ball B from the tank rail 553 downward in a serpentine manner, a payout device 580 that pays out the game balls B guided by the ball guiding unit 570 one by one based on instructions from the payout control board 633, an upper full ball path unit 600 that guides the game ball B that has passed through the payout device 580 downward, and a lower full ball path unit 610 that guides the game ball B that has passed through the upper full ball path unit 600 toward the door frame 3 or the board unit 620.

The board unit 620 includes a speaker unit 620a attached to the main frame base 501 of the main frame base unit 500, a base unit 620b attached to the rear surface of the main frame base 501, a power supply unit 620c attached to the rear side of the base unit 620b, a dispensing control unit 620d attached to the rear side of the power supply unit 620c, and an interface unit 620e attached to the rear surface of the speaker unit 620a.

The locking unit 650 includes a unit base 651 attached to the main frame base 501, a number of door frame hooks 652 that protrude forward from the unit base 651 and can engage with the door frame 3, a number of outer frame hooks 653 that protrude rearward from the unit base 651 and can engage with the outer frame 2, a transmission cylinder 654 that moves the door frame hooks 652 or the outer frame hooks 653 up and down, a lock spring 655 that urges the door frame hooks 652 downward and the outer frame hooks 653 upward, and an outer frame unlocking lever 656 that moves the outer frame hooks 653 downward.

[4-1. Main frame base unit]
The main body frame base unit 500 in the main body frame 4 will be described in detail mainly with reference to Figures 64 to 72. Figure 71(a) is an enlarged perspective view showing the lower left corner of the front of the main body frame, and (b) is an enlarged perspective view showing the lower left corner of the front of the main body frame when the door frame is opened relative to the main body frame. Figure 72 is an explanatory diagram showing the operation of the connection cable guide member of the main body frame when the door frame is opened or closed relative to the main body frame. The main body frame base unit 500 has its rear portion inserted into the outer frame 2 from the front, and holds the outer periphery of the game board 5 inserted from the front.

The main frame base unit 500 is equipped with a main frame base 501 that is formed into a vertically extending rectangular frame shape when viewed from the front, a connection cable guide member 502 that is attached to the lower left corner of the front surface of the main frame base 501 and guides the connection cable 503, and a game board lock member 505 that is rotatably attached to the lower front surface of the main frame base 501 around an axis that extends forward and backward and that detachably holds the game board 5.

The main frame base 501 of the main frame base unit 500 is equipped with a base main body 501a that is formed into a vertically elongated rectangular shape when viewed from the front, a game board insertion opening 501b that penetrates the base main body 501a from a position slightly below the top end to a height of about 3/4 of the total height and through which the game board 5 is inserted from the front, a game board placement section 501c that forms the bottom edge of the game board insertion opening 501b and on which the game board 5 is placed, and a game board restriction section 501d that protrudes upward from the left-right center of the game board placement section 501c and restricts the left-right and rearward movement of the bottom end of the game board 5.

The main frame base 501 also has a launcher attachment section 501e, which is recessed rearward on the lower right side of the game board placement section 501c on the front surface of the base main body 501a, for attaching the ball launcher 540; a cylinder insertion opening 501f, which penetrates the launcher attachment section 501e from front to back on the right side of the game board placement section 501e when viewed from front, through which the transmission cylinder 654 of the locking unit 650 is inserted; a circular speaker opening 501g, which penetrates the game board placement section 501c from front to back on the lower left side of the game board placement section 501c when viewed from front, and which allows the main frame speaker 622 of the speaker unit 620a in the board unit 620 to face forward; a cable attachment recess 501h, which is recessed rearward below the speaker opening 501g and extends left and right, and in which the connection cable guide member 502 is attached, and a cable insertion opening 501i, which penetrates the cable attachment recess 501h from front to front at the upper right end when viewed from front.

The main frame base 501 further includes a plate-like extension extending rearward from the right side of the game board insertion opening 501b in the base main body 501a when viewed from the front, a locking unit 650 is attached to the right side, a rear extension portion 501j to the rear end of which the rear cover 640 is rotatably attached, and an upper hinge attachment portion 501k and a lower hinge attachment portion 501l formed near both the upper and lower ends of the left end when viewed from the front on the rear surface of the base main body 501a for attaching the main frame upper hinge member 510 and the main frame lower hinge assembly 520.

In addition, the main frame base 501 is provided with a door frame opening switch for detecting the opening of the door frame 3 relative to the main frame 4, which is attached to the front surface of the base body 501a below the cylinder insertion opening 501f through which the transmission cylinder 654 of the locking unit 650 is inserted. When the door frame 3 is opened (opened) relative to the main frame 4, the door frame opening switch is released and the opening of the door frame 3 can be detected. The detection signal from the door frame opening switch is input to the main control board 1310 via the dispensing control board 633. In addition, the main frame base 501 is provided with a main frame opening switch for detecting the opening of the main frame 4 relative to the outer frame 2, which is attached to the rear surface of the base body 501a below the position where the door frame opening switch is attached. When the main frame 4 is opened (opened) relative to the outer frame 2, the body frame opening switch is released and the opening of the main frame 4 can be detected. The detection signal from the main frame open switch is input to the main control board 1310 via the dispensing control board 633.

A game board locking member 505 is attached to the main frame base 501 so as to be rotatable around an axis extending forward and backward, below the game board placement portion 501c on the front side and to the right of the speaker opening 501g. The game board locking member 505 can restrict the forward movement of the game board 5 inserted into the game board insertion opening 501b, thereby making it possible to attach and detach the game board 5 inserted into the game board insertion opening 501b.

The cable mounting recess 501h of the main frame base 501 extends in the left-right direction from the right end of the lower hinge mounting portion 501l to a position below the portion where the game board locking member 505 is attached, to the right of the speaker opening 501g. The cable mounting recess 501h is formed to a size that can accommodate the connection cable guide member 502, and the right end side of the connection cable guide member 502 can be attached rotatably around an axis that extends vertically.

The connection cable guide member 502 of the main frame base unit 500 comprises a flat guide body 502a extending left and right, a pair of band-shaped frame pieces 502b that protrude forward from both the upper and lower sides of the guide body 502a and extend further to the right than the right end of the guide body 502a, a cylindrical mounting shaft 502c that connects the right ends of the pair of frame pieces 502b, and a number of through holes 502d that penetrate the guide body 502a from front to back at both the upper and lower ends and are arranged in a row in the left and right direction.

The connection cable guide member 502 has a left-right length that is slightly shorter than the left-right length of the cable mounting recess 501h of the main body frame base 501, and is formed to a size that can be accommodated within the cable mounting recess 501h. The connection cable guide member 502 is attached so that the mounting shaft 502c can rotate around an axis that extends vertically near the right end within the cable mounting recess 501h. This allows the connection cable guide member 502 to rotate (hinge rotate) so that the left end side protrudes forward.

This connection cable guide member 502 is for guiding the connection cable 503. The connection cable 503 is made up of multiple wiring cords, one end of which is connected to the interface board 635 of the board unit 620, and the opposite end of which is connected to the door frame main relay board 104 and the door frame sub-relay board 105 of the door frame 3.

Next, the effect of the connection cable guide member 502 will be described. As shown in FIG. 72 etc., the connection cable guide member 502 is attached to the main frame base 501 so that its end (right end) opposite the side (left side) where the door frame 3 is hinge-rotatably attached in the left-right direction is rotatable around an axis extending parallel to the hinge axis of the door frame 3.

The connection cable 503 connecting the interface board 635 of the main frame 4 to the door frame main relay board 104 and door frame sub-relay board 105 of the door frame 3 is attached to the guide body 502a by being fastened together with the guide body 502a by a cable tie 504 inserted through a pair of through holes 502d at the same left-right position out of the multiple through holes 502d formed on both the upper and lower ends of the guide body 502a, with the side connected to the interface board 635 abutting against the front surface of the guide body 502a so as to extend from the right to the left of the guide body 502a of the connection cable guide member 502.

The connection cable guide member 502 of the main frame 4 is located behind the main relay board 104 and the sub-relay board 105 of the door frame 3 when the door frame 3 is assembled to the pachinko machine 1 and closed relative to the main frame 4 (see FIG. 72(a)). In this state, the connection cable 503 extends leftward from the connection cable guide member 502, then bends back in front of the lower hinge mounting portion 501l, passes through the cable holder 103a of the door frame 3, and extends into the door frame relay board cover 107. The cable holder 103a of the door frame 3 is positioned to the left of the left end of the connection cable guide member 502.

In this state, when the door frame 3 is hingedly rotated so as to open relative to the main frame 4, the left end of the connection cable guide member 502 is pulled forward by the side of the connection cable 503 that is attached to the door frame 3, and the connection cable guide member 502 rotates around the attachment shaft 502c at the right end. In this case, in this embodiment, the relationship between the opening angle α of the door frame 3 and the opening angle β of the connection cable guide member 502 is formed to satisfy α/2 ≧ β (preferably α/3 ≧ β) (see FIG. 72 (b)).

The opening angle β of the connection cable guide member 502 is 0 degrees when the door frame 3 is closed (when the opening angle α of the door frame 3 is 0 degrees). The opening angle β of the connection cable guide member 502 increases as the door frame 3 is opened and the opening angle α increases, but once the opening angle α exceeds a certain value (e.g., approximately 90 degrees), the increase stops. In this embodiment, the maximum opening angle β is set to less than 45 degrees.

In this way, when the door frame 3 is opened, the connection cable guide member 502 rotates so that the left end side of the connection cable guide member 502 moves forward of the main body frame base 501. As a result, the connection cable 503 is guided by the connection cable guide member 502, and the connection cable 503 can be prevented from dangling between the door frame 3 and the main body frame 4.

When closing the open door frame 3, the portion of the connection cable 503 attached to the door frame 3 moves relatively backward, so that the left end of the connection cable guide member 502 is pressed backward by the connection cable 503, and the connection cable guide member 502 rotates around the attachment shaft 502c so that the left end moves backward. At this time, since the connection cable guide member 502 is open at an opening angle β of less than 45 degrees, the connection cable guide member 502 does not hinder the movement of the door frame 3 in the closing direction, and the door frame 3 can be closed smoothly. In addition, since the connection cable 503 is guided by the connection cable guide member 502, the connection cable 503 is not pinched between the door frame 3 and the main frame 4 when the door frame 3 is closed, and it is possible to prevent malfunction of the connection cable 503.

When the door frame 3 is closed relative to the main frame 4, the connection cable 503 guided by the connection cable guide member 502 is folded back 180 degrees, so that the folded back portion of the connection cable 503 can be given a fold. As a result, when the door frame 3 is opened and the 180 degree folded portion of the connection cable 503 changes to open, the fold acts on the connection cable 503 to close it. Therefore, when the door frame 3 is closed, the fold prevents the connection cable 503 (connection cable guide member 502) from moving in the opening direction, and also guides the connection cable 503 (connection cable guide member 502) in the closing direction, allowing the door frame 3 to be closed smoothly.

Furthermore, on the door frame 3 side, the folded connection cable 503 is held by the cable holder 103a at a position closer to the central axis (axis core) of the upper door frame hinge pin 122 and the lower door frame hinge pin 126 than the tip of the connection cable guide member 502. Therefore, when the door frame 3 is closed relative to the main body frame 4, the connection cable 503 held by the cable holder 103a can pull the tip side of the connection cable guide member 502 toward the central axis (axis core) of the upper door frame hinge pin 122 and the lower door frame hinge pin 126.

In addition, in this embodiment, the angle between the tangent to a circle passing through the center of rotation of the connection cable guide member 502, centered on the central axis (axis) of the upper hinge pin 122 and the lower hinge pin 126, and the portion (pressing portion) protruding rearward on the central axis (axis) side of the upper hinge pin 122 and the lower hinge pin 126 of the speaker duct 103 from the cable holder 103a, and the front surface of the main body frame 4 is configured to be 45 degrees or less. As a result, when the door frame 3 is closed against the main body frame 4, the pressing portion abuts against the connection cable 503, so that the tip side of the open connection cable guide member 502 can be pressed in the closing direction via the connection cable 503, and therefore the connection cable guide member 502 can be closed smoothly as the door frame 3 moves in the closing direction, and the door frame 3 can be closed reliably. In addition, the maximum opening angle β of the connection cable guide member 502, which rotates (opens and closes) in conjunction with the opening and closing of the door frame 3, can be set to 45 degrees or less, so that when the door frame 3 is closed, the connection cable guide member 502 can be reliably rotated in the closing direction, achieving the same effect as described above.

[4-2. Main body frame upper hinge member]
The main body frame upper hinge member 510 in the main body frame 4 will be described in detail mainly with reference to Figures 69 and 70. The main body frame upper hinge member 510 is attached to the upper hinge attachment portion 501k in the main body frame base 501 of the main body frame base unit 500, and is rotatably attached to the outer frame upper hinge assembly 50 of the outer frame 2, and also rotatably attaches the door frame upper hinge assembly 120 of the door frame 3.

The main frame upper hinge member 510 comprises an upper hinge body 511, which is a horizontally extending flat plate material with its rear portion bent downward into an L-shape, and a main frame upper hinge pin 512 which protrudes upward from the front end of the upper hinge body 511 in a cylindrical shape and is journaled by the outer frame upper hinge assembly 50. The upper hinge body 511 has a door frame upper hinge hole 511a which penetrates the main frame upper hinge pin 512 in the horizontally extending portion in the vertical direction on the left side when viewed from the front, and which journals the door frame upper hinge assembly 120.

The upper hinge member 510 of the main frame is attached to the upper hinge attachment portion 501k of the main frame base 501 of the main frame base unit 500 by bending the upper hinge body 511 downward and extending vertically. The upper hinge pin 512 of the main frame upper hinge member 510 is inserted into the bearing groove 51c of the outer frame upper hinge member 51 of the outer frame upper hinge assembly 50 and journaled. The upper hinge hole 511a for the door frame allows the upper hinge pin 122 of the upper hinge assembly 120 of the door frame 3 to be rotatably inserted from below into the upper hinge hole 511a for the door frame of the upper hinge body 511.

This upper hinge member 510 of the main body frame cooperates with the lower hinge assembly 520 of the main body frame to allow the main body frame 4 to be hingedly rotatably attached to the outer frame 2, and also allows the door frame 3 to be hingedly rotatably attached to the main body frame 4.

[4-3. Main body frame lower hinge assembly]
The main body frame lower hinge assembly 520 in the main body frame 4 will be described in detail mainly with reference to Figures 69 and 70. The main body frame lower hinge assembly 520 is attached to a lower hinge attachment portion 501l in the main body frame base 501 of the main body frame base unit 500, and is rotatably attached to the outer frame lower hinge member 60 of the outer frame 2, and has the door frame lower hinge member 125 of the door frame 3 rotatably attached thereto.

The main body frame lower hinge assembly 520 includes a lower hinge first body 521, which is a horizontally extending flat plate material with its rear portion bent upward into an L-shape, and a lower hinge second body 522, which is disposed above the lower hinge first body 521 and is a horizontally extending flat plate material with its rear portion bent upward into an L-shape. The main body frame lower hinge assembly 520 includes a horizontally extending portion of the lower hinge second body 522 disposed at a distance above the horizontally extending portion of the lower hinge first body 521, and a vertically extending portion of the lower hinge second body 522 abuts against the front surface of the vertically extending portion of the lower hinge first body 521.

The lower hinge first body 521 has an outer frame lower hinge hole 521a that penetrates vertically near the front end of the horizontally extending portion and into which the outer frame lower hinge pin 60c of the outer frame lower hinge member 60 of the outer frame 2 is inserted from below. The outer frame lower hinge hole 521a is formed coaxially with the main frame upper hinge pin 512 of the main frame upper hinge member 510.

The second lower hinge body 522 is provided with a lower hinge hole 522a for the door frame that penetrates vertically near the front end of the horizontally extending portion and into which the lower hinge pin 126 of the lower hinge member 125 of the door frame 3 is inserted from above, and a restricting piece 522b that extends upward from a position rearward of the lower hinge hole 522a for the door frame on the left side of the horizontally extending portion and restricts the rotation range of the door frame 3. The lower hinge hole 522a for the door frame is formed coaxially with the upper hinge hole 511a for the door frame in the upper hinge body 511 of the upper hinge member 510 of the main body frame.

The main frame lower hinge assembly 520 is attached to the lower hinge mounting portion 501l of the main frame base 501 of the main frame base unit 500 at the vertically extending portions of the lower hinge first body 521 and the lower hinge second body 522. The main frame lower hinge assembly 520 cooperates with the main frame upper hinge member 510 to mount the main frame 4 to the outer frame 2 so as to be hinged rotatable, and also mount the door frame 3 to the main frame 4 so as to be hinged rotatable.

[4-4. Main body reinforcement frame]
The main body frame reinforcement frame 530 in the main body frame 4 will be described in detail mainly with reference to Figures 69 and 70. The main body frame reinforcement frame 530 is attached to the left side surface of the main body frame base 501 in the main body frame base unit 500. The main body frame reinforcement frame 530 has a cross-sectional shape in a plan view that is U-shaped with the right side open, and extends vertically with a constant cross-sectional shape. In this embodiment, the main body frame reinforcement frame 530 is formed from an extruded metal profile.

The main body frame reinforcement frame 530 has two left position restriction members 531 attached to the rear of the section extending rightward from the front end, spaced apart vertically, to restrict the forward and vertical movement of the game board 5 inserted into the game board insertion opening 501b of the main body frame base 501.

The main body frame reinforcement frame 530 has a groove 530a that is open to the right and extends vertically on the front side, which is formed in a U-shape with the right side open in a plan view. When the door frame 3 is closed on the main body frame 4, the rear left end of the left reinforcement frame 111 of the door frame reinforcement unit 110 in the door frame 3 is inserted into this groove 530a. By inserting the left reinforcement frame 111 into the groove 530a, the gap between the main body frame reinforcement frame 530 and the left reinforcement frame 111 becomes serpentine in a plan view, which prevents an illegal tool from being inserted inside from the left side of the pachinko machine 1. The main body frame reinforcement frame 530 reinforces the left side (hinge side) of the main body frame base 501 of the main body frame base unit 500, and prevents an illegal tool from being inserted into the main body frame 4 (game board 5) from the left side through the gap between the outer frame 2 and the main body frame 4.

[4-5. Ball launcher]
The ball launching device 540 in the main body frame 4 will be described in detail mainly with reference to FIG. 73 and the like. FIG. 73(a) is a perspective view of the ball launching device in the main body frame seen from the front, and FIG. 73(b) is a perspective view of the ball launching device seen from the back. The ball launching device 540 is attached to the lower front part of the main body frame base unit 500, and is for shooting the game ball B stored in the upper tray 201 of the tray unit 200 in the door frame 3 into the game area 5a of the game board 5 attached to the main body frame 4. The ball launching device 540 can shoot the game ball B with a strength according to the rotation angle of the handle 197 of the handle unit 180 in the lower right corner of the front of the door frame 3.

The ball launching device 540 is equipped with a flat launching base 541 attached to the launching device mounting portion 501e of the main frame base 501 in the main frame base unit 500, a launching solenoid 542 consisting of a rotary solenoid attached to the rear surface of the right part of the launching base 541 when viewed from the front and whose rotation axis extends forward through the launching base 541, a striking hammer 543 whose base end is attached to the rotation axis of the launching solenoid 542, and a launching rail 544 attached to the front surface of the launching base 541 so as to extend diagonally upward to the left from near the tip of the striking hammer 543 and along which the game ball B can roll.

The ball launching device 540 is designed so that game ball B is supplied from the ball supply unit 140 of the door frame 3 to the right end of the upper surface of the launching rail 544. When the handle 197 is rotated while game ball B is being supplied to the right end of the upper surface of the launching rail 544, the launch solenoid 542 is driven with a strength corresponding to the angle of rotation, and the game ball B is hit by the striking mallet 543. The game ball B hit by the striking mallet 543 is guided through the launching rail 544 to the outer rail 1001 and inner rail 1002 of the game board 5 and is hit into the play area 5a.

If the hit game ball B does not reach the play area 5a due to factors such as the hitting strength of the game ball B, it will fall between the launch rail 544 and the game board 5 (outer rail 1001 and inner rail 1002) into the foul ball receiving port 150c of the lower foul cover unit 150, pass through the foul cover unit 150, and be discharged into the lower tray 202.

[4-6. Payment base unit]
The dispensing base unit 550 in the main body frame 4 will be described in detail mainly with reference to Fig. 74. Fig. 74(a) is a perspective view of the dispensing base unit of the main body frame seen from the front, and Fig. 74(b) is a perspective view of the dispensing base unit seen from the rear. The dispensing base unit 550 is formed in an inverted L-shape and is attached to the rear side of the main body frame base unit 500.

The dispensing base unit 550 is equipped with a dispensing base 551 attached to the rear side of the main frame base 501 in the main frame base unit 500. The dispensing base 551 includes a top plate portion 551a extending left and right with a substantially constant width in the front-to-rear direction, a left side plate portion 551b extending long downward from the left side of the top plate portion 551a as viewed from the front with a width substantially the same as that of the top plate portion, a right side plate portion 551c extending short downward from the right side of the top plate portion 551a as viewed from the front with a width substantially the same as that of the top plate portion 551a, a back plate upper portion 551d extending downward from the rear side of the top plate portion 551a to the same position as the lower side of the right side plate portion 551c, and a left side plate portion 551b extending long downward from the left side of the top plate portion 551a as viewed from the front with a width substantially the same as that of the top plate portion 551a. The base 551 is provided with a left back plate 551e extending from a position forward of the rear edge of the left back plate 551b to the right at a substantially constant width to the vicinity of the bottom end, an inner plate 551f extending rearward from the right edge of the left back plate 551e to the same position as the rear edge of the left side plate 551b, a bottom plate 551g extending rightward from the front of the lower edge of the left side plate 551b to the same position as the right edge of the left back plate 551e, and a connecting plate 551h connecting the right edge of the bottom plate 551g and the lower edge of the inner plate 551f. The dispensing base 551 is formed in an inverted L shape when viewed from the front, and is formed in a box shape that is open forward and inward of the L shape.

The payout base 551 has a top plate 551a that extends left and right with a length approximately equal to the left-right width of the game board insertion opening 501b of the main frame base 501, and a left side plate 551b that extends up and down with a length approximately equal to the up-down height of the game board insertion opening 501b. The front ends of the top plate 551a, left side plate 551b, and right side plate 551c of the payout base 551 are attached to the rear side of the main frame base 501.

The dispensing base 551 also has a shallow recessed portion that is open to the rear and extends vertically, and is formed by the left side plate portion 551b, the left back plate portion 551e, and the inner plate portion 551f, to which the dispensing unit 560 is attached. The dispensing base 551 also has a rear cover attachment portion 551i that protrudes to the right at the top of the right side of the inner plate portion 551f when viewed from the front, and to which the rear cover 640 is attached.

The payout base unit 550 comprises a ball tank 552 which is attached to the top surface of the top plate portion 551a of the payout base 551, is box-shaped and opens upward, and is attached to the left side of the ball tank 552 above the part of the payout base 551 which extends left and right, and is a tank rail 553 which is attached to the left side of the ball tank 552 above the part which extends left and right, and is a groove-like shape which is open upward and extends to the left.

The dispensing base unit 550 also includes a first rail cover 554 attached midway in the left-right direction at the top end of the tank rail 553, a second rail cover 555 attached to the top end of the tank rail 553 at a distance to the left of the first rail cover 554 when viewed from the front and extending to the left end of the tank rail 553, a ball straightening member 556 attached to the top end of the tank rail 553 between the first rail cover 554 and the second rail cover 555, and a ball stop member 557 attached to the bottom end of the tank rail 553 near the left end when viewed from the front.

The ball tank 552 is formed with a length in the left-right direction that is approximately half the left-right width of the top plate portion 551a of the dispensing base 551, and a length in the front-to-rear direction that is shorter than the front-to-rear depth of the top plate portion 551a. The ball tank 552 is attached to the top surface of the top plate portion 551a at a position toward the right in the left-to-right direction. The bottom surface of the ball tank 552 is inclined so that the left end is lower. The left end of the ball tank 552 is connected to the tank rail 553.

The tank rail 553 is attached to the top surface of the top plate 551a of the payout base 551 near the rear end on the left side of the center in the left-right direction. The tank rail 553 is formed in a shape in a plan view that extends diagonally from the right end communicating with the ball tank 552 to the left and rear so that the depth in the front-to-rear direction changes from a depth several times the outer diameter of the game ball B to a depth of approximately one, and then extends straight to the left with a depth in the front-to-rear direction slightly larger than the outer diameter of the game ball B. The bottom surface of the tank rail 553 is inclined so that the left end side is lower, and the left end of the bottom surface opens downward with a size slightly larger than the outer diameter of the game ball B. The opening at the left end of the bottom surface of the tank rail 553 communicates with the upper end opening of the guide passage 570a in the ball guide unit 570 of the payout unit 560.

The upper end of the tank rail 553, which extends straight to the left, is inclined at a steeper angle to the horizontal than the bottom so that the left end is lower at a height slightly greater than the outer diameter of the game ball B. The tank rail 553 is attached to the upper surface of the top plate 551a so that the rear end of the portion extending straight to the left roughly coincides with the rear edge of the top plate 551a. The tank rail 553 also has a first rail cover 554, a second rail cover 555, a ball straightening member 556, and a ball stopping member 557 attached to the upper end of the portion extending straight to the left.

The first rail cover 554 and the second rail cover 555 are attached to the upper end of the portion of the tank rail 553 that extends straight to the left. The first rail cover 554 and the second rail cover 555 are intended to prevent the front-to-rear depth of the upper end of the tank rail 553 from expanding or narrowing due to the pressure of the game ball B inside the tank rail 553.

The ball straightening member 556 is attached between the first rail cover 554 and the second rail cover 555 at the upper end of the tank rail 553, with the end on the first rail cover 554 side rotatable around an axis extending in the front-to-rear direction. The ball straightening member 556 is equipped with a straightening piece 556a that protrudes into the tank rail 553 and extends in the left-to-right direction (see Figure 80). This straightening piece 556a slows down the flow of game balls B on the upper tier of game balls B circulating in two tiers, and straightens them so that they flow in a single tier on the downstream side, preventing balls from clogging even if the height inside the tank rail 553 becomes low.

The ball stopping member 557 is attached to the underside of the tank rail 553 near the left end when viewed from the front, so that it can slide left and right. By sliding it left, the opening at the left end of the bottom surface of the tank rail 553 is closed, preventing game balls B from flowing from the tank rail 553 to the downstream payout unit.

The payout base unit 550 further includes an external terminal board 558 attached to the upper surface of the portion of the payout base 551 extending to the left and right, to the left of the ball tank 552 when viewed from the front. The external terminal board 558 is for making an electrical connection between the pachinko machine 1 and the island equipment of the game hall in which the pachinko machine 1 is installed. Although not shown, the external terminal board 558 includes an earth connection portion facing the game board insertion port 501b side of the main frame base 501. An earth wire extending from the game board 5 side is connected to the earth connection portion.

[4-7. Overall configuration of the dispensing unit]
The overall configuration of the dispensing unit 560 in the main body frame 4 will be described in detail mainly with reference to Figures 75 and 76. Figure 75(a) is a perspective view of the dispensing unit in the main body frame as seen from the front, and (b) is a perspective view of the dispensing unit as seen from the rear. Figure 76(a) is an exploded perspective view of the dispensing unit as seen from the front, disassembled into its main components, and (b) is an exploded perspective view of the dispensing unit as seen from the rear, disassembled into its main components. The dispensing unit 560 is attached to the rear surface of the back panel left portion 551e of the dispensing base 551 of the dispensing base unit 550.

The payout unit 560 includes a ball guiding unit 570 that guides the game ball B from the tank rail 553 downward in a serpentine manner, a payout device 580 that is arranged below the ball guiding unit 570 and pays out the game balls B guided by the ball guiding unit 570 one by one based on instructions from the payout control board 633, an upper full ball path unit 600 that guides the game ball B that has passed through the payout device 580 downward, and a lower full ball path unit 610 that guides the game ball B that has passed through the upper full ball path unit 600 toward the door frame 3 or the board unit 620.

The ball guiding unit 570 supplies the game balls B aligned in a row by the tank rail 553 to the payout device 580. The payout device 580 has a payout passage 580a through which the game balls B supplied from the ball guiding unit 570 can flow, and a ball removal passage 580b that branches off from the middle of the payout passage 580a. Under normal conditions, the payout device 580 releases game balls B from the payout passage 580a to the upper full ball path unit 600 side based on instructions from the payout control board 633, and releases game balls B from the ball removal passage 580b to the upper full ball path unit 600 side when the ball removal lever 593 is operated.

The upper full ball path unit 600 separates and guides downward the game balls B released from the payout passage 580a of the payout device 580 and the game balls B released from the ball removal passage 580b. The lower full ball path unit 610 guides the game balls B released from the payout passage 580a of the payout device 580 to the door frame 3 side via the upper full ball path unit 600, and guides the game balls B released from the ball removal passage 580b to the base unit 620 side.

[4-7a. Ball Guidance Unit]
The ball guiding unit 570 in the payout unit 560 will be described in detail mainly with reference to Figures 75 and 76. The ball guiding unit 570 is attached from the rear to the upper rear surface of the left part 551e of the back plate of the payout base 551 in the payout base unit 550, and serves to receive the game ball B from the tank rail 553 and guide the game ball B to the payout device 580.

The ball guide unit 570 is equipped with a box-shaped guide unit base 571 that is open to the front and has a meandering guide passage 570a through which game balls B can flow, a flat guide passage front cover 572 that closes the front side of the guide unit base 571, a movable piece member 573 that is movable by game balls B flowing through the guide passage 570a, and a ball out detection sensor 574 that detects the presence or absence of game balls B in the guide passage 570a by detecting the movement of the movable piece member 573 (see Figure 80).

The ball guidance unit 570 has a vertically extending rectangular shape in front view of the guidance unit base 571 and the guidance passage front cover 572. The guidance passage 570a opens upward near the left end of the upper surface of the guidance unit base 571, extends vertically downward from the upper end to the center of the height of the guidance unit base 571, then bends to the right, and extends downward in a serpentine manner while repeatedly folding back between the left and right width of the guidance unit base 571, and opens downward near the left end of the lower surface of the guidance unit base 571.

The guide passage 570a is formed so that its depth in the front, back and right directions and its width in the left and right directions are slightly larger than the outer diameter of the game balls B in the direction in which the game balls B flow, allowing the game balls B to be guided in a single line.

The ball guide unit 570 has a movable piece member 573 attached near the top so that it can move forward and backward into the guide passage 570a. More specifically, the upper part of the movable piece member 573 is attached so that it can rotate around an axis extending forward and backward at the outer right part of the guide passage 570a when viewed from the front, and is formed so that a part of the lower end protrudes into the guide passage 570a due to its own weight. When the game ball B abuts against the part of this movable piece member 573 that protrudes into the guide passage 570a, the protruding part is pushed by the game ball B and retreats from the guide passage 570a to a state where it no longer protrudes.

The ball cut detection sensor 574 does not detect the movable piece member 573 when a part of the movable piece member 573 protrudes into the guide passage 570a, and detects the movable piece member 573 when a part of the movable piece member 573 retracts from the guide passage 570a and does not protrude. Therefore, the ball cut detection sensor 574 is in a detection state when a game ball B is present in the guide passage 570a, and is in a non-detection state when a game ball B is not present in the guide passage 570a.

When the ball guiding unit 570 is assembled to the main frame 4, the upstream end of the guide passage 570a is connected to the downstream end of the tank rail 553, and the downstream end of the guide passage 570a is connected to the upstream end of the payout passage 580a of the payout device 580. Since the guide passage 570a of the ball guiding unit 570 that guides the game ball B extends in a serpentine shape, the guide passage 570a extends longer than the total height of the ball guiding unit 570, and many game balls B can be stored in the guide passage 570a. In addition, the ball guiding unit 570 can detect the presence or absence of game balls B in the guide passage 570a by the ball cut detection sensor 574, and can detect the presence or absence of game balls B in the ball tank 552 via the guide passage 570a.

[4-7b. Dispensing device]
The payout device 580 in the payout unit 560 will be described in detail mainly with reference to Figures 75 to 78. Figure 77 is a rear cross-sectional view of the payout device of the payout unit cut at the center of the payout blade in the front-to-rear direction. Figure 78 (a) is a rear cross-sectional view of the payout device cut at the center of the payout blade in the front-to-rear direction when the ball removal movable piece is in the open state, and (b) is a cross-sectional view cut along line A-A in (a). The payout device 580 is detachably attached from the rear to the underside of the ball guide unit 570 on the rear surface of the left part 551e of the back plate of the payout base 551 of the payout base unit 550.

The payout device 580 is equipped with a payout device main body 581 that is box-shaped and open to the rear, has a payout passage 580a through which game balls B can flow, and a ball removal passage 580b that branches off from the middle of the payout passage 580a, a flat payout device rear cover 582 that closes the payout device main body 581 from the rear, and a shallow box-shaped payout device front cover 583 that is attached to the front of the payout device main body 581 and is open to the rear.

The dispensing device 580 also includes a dispensing motor 584 attached to the rear surface of the dispensing device main body 581 and having a rotating shaft protruding between the dispensing device main body 581 and the dispensing device front cover 583, a spur gear-shaped drive gear 585 attached to the rotating shaft of the dispensing motor 584, a spur gear-shaped first transmission gear 586 meshing with the drive gear 585 and rotatably attached by the dispensing device main body 581 and the dispensing device front cover 583, a spur gear-shaped second transmission gear 587 meshing with the first transmission gear 586 and rotatably attached by the dispensing device main body 581 and the dispensing device front cover 583, and a second transmission gear 588. The device is equipped with a dispensing gear member 588 having a spur gear-shaped dispensing gear 588a meshing with the delivery gear 587 and a plurality of detection pieces 588b extending outward from the dispensing gear 588a, which is rotatably attached between the dispensing device main body 581 and the dispensing device front cover 583, a dispensing blade 589 having a plurality of blade pieces 589a that rotate integrally with the dispensing gear member 588 between the dispensing device main body 581 and the dispensing device rear cover 582 and protrude into the dispensing passage 580a, and a blade rotation detection sensor 590 that is attached to the rear side of the dispensing device main body 581 and detects the detection piece 588b of the dispensing gear member 588.

The payout device 580 further includes a payout detection sensor 591 that detects the game ball B and is attached to the payout device main body 581 and the payout device rear cover 582 at the downstream end of the payout passage 580a, a ball removal movable piece 592 that is attached to the payout device main body 581 and the payout device rear cover 582 at the location where it branches off from the payout passage 580a so as to be capable of opening and closing the ball removal passage 580b, and a ball removal lever 593 that is attached to the payout device main body 581 and the payout device rear cover 582 so as to be capable of being held in a position where the ball removal movable piece 592 closes the ball removal passage 580b and is slidable in the vertical direction.

The payout device 580 is shaped like a rectangle extending vertically in a plan view. The payout device 580 is shaped so that its left-right width is greater to the right when viewed from the front than the left-right width of the ball guiding unit 570.

As shown in Fig. 77, the upstream end of the dispensing passage 580a of the dispensing device 580 opens upward at a position toward the left of the center in the left-right direction when viewed from the rear, and the downstream end opens downward at a position near the right end in the left-right direction. The dispensing passage 580a extends diagonally downward from the top for about 1/3 of the total height, gradually moving leftward as it moves downward from the upstream end, then bends slightly diagonally downward to the right, and then bends at about 1/3 of the left-right width and extends downward approximately vertically toward the center (rotation axis) of the dispensing blade 589. Then, above the center of the payout blade 589, it bends to the right when viewed from behind at a width slightly larger than the outer diameter of the game ball B, then extends downward in an arc concentric with the payout blade 589 so that a gap slightly larger than the game ball B is formed between it and the outer periphery of the payout blade 589, and then extends vertically downward to the downstream end at a position to the right of the center of the payout blade 589 when viewed from behind.

In the dispensing passage 580a, a dispensing detection sensor 591 is located below the dispensing blade 589 and directly above the downstream end.

The ball removal passage 580b extends diagonally downward from the upstream end of the dispensing passage 580a, branches off at a point where it bends to the right, extends vertically along the left edge as viewed from the rear to the bottom end, and opens downward near the left end of the bottom surface as viewed from the rear.

The payout device main body 581 and the payout device rear cover 582 are provided with a main body guide wall 581a and a rear cover guide wall 582a, which are formed so as to be continuous with the left side walls of the payout path 580a and the ball removal path 580b in the rear view, and which face each other and protrude backward and forward from the side where the ball removal movable piece 592 is attached at the part where the payout path 580a and the ball removal path 580b branch off, and which are formed so as to be continuous with the left side walls of the payout path 580a and the ball removal path 580b in the rear view. The main body guide wall 581a and the rear cover guide wall 582a are formed at a position on the left side of the part in the rear view that branches off from the ball removal path 580b in the payout path 580a and extends to the right in the rear view at a position about 1/3 of the height from the top. The main body guide wall 581a and the rear cover guide wall 582a are curved so as to be recessed diagonally upward to the left in the rear view, and are formed mainly to constitute the side walls of the ball removal path 580b. The ball removal movable piece 592 rotates between the main body side guide wall 581a and the rear cover side guide wall 582a.

The payout motor 584 is attached to the right side of the payout passage 580a in the payout device main body 581 when viewed from the rear, at the point where it extends diagonally downward from the upstream end. The drive gear 585, first transmission gear 586, second transmission gear 587, and payout gear member 588 are disposed in front of the payout device main body 581, and the front side is covered by the payout device front cover 583. The payout gear member 588 has three flat detection pieces 588b extending outward, spaced circumferentially at angular intervals of 120 degrees.

The payout blade 589 is disposed between the payout device main body 581 and the payout device rear cover 582. The payout blade 589 is provided with three blade pieces 589a extending outward in a flat plate shape, spaced at an angle of 120 degrees in the circumferential direction. The blade pieces 589a extend from the top of the payout passage 580a toward the rotation axis and then extend to the right when viewed from the rear, and protrude into the payout passage 580a so that the distance between the blade pieces 589a and the side wall of the payout passage is narrower than the outer diameter of the game ball B. The payout blade 589 is provided with a ball storage section 589b between the three blade pieces 589a, which is recessed toward the center in an arc with a radius slightly larger than the radius of the game ball B. This ball storage section 589b is capable of storing only one game ball B. As a result, the vane 589 can restrict the game ball B in the payout passage 580a from moving downstream of the vane 589 by using the vane piece 589a, and can move the game ball B contained in the ball container 589b downstream by rotating in a clockwise direction when viewed from the rear.

The dispensing gear member 588 and the dispensing blade 589 are attached to the dispensing device rear cover 582 and the dispensing device front cover 583 so that they can rotate together on the same axis. The blade rotation detection sensor 590 is located to the left of the rotation axis of the dispensing gear member 588 when viewed from the rear. The blade rotation detection sensor 590 detects the detection piece 588b of the dispensing gear member 588, which rotates together with the dispensing blade 589, to detect the rotation of the dispensing blade 589.

The upper end of the ball removal movable piece 592 is attached rotatably around an axis extending forward and backward at the upper ends of the main body side guide wall 581a and the rear cover side guide wall 582a. The ball removal movable piece 592 is bent in an L-shape and is attached so that the recessed side faces into the dispensing passage 580a. The ball removal movable piece 592 is formed so that its depth in the forward and backward directions is smaller than the gap between the main body side guide wall 581a and the rear cover side guide wall 582a, and it can protrude into the ball removal passage 580b or retract out of the ball removal passage 580b through the gap between the main body side guide wall 581a and the rear cover side guide wall 582a.

The ball removal lever 593 is attached to the payout device main body 581 and the payout device rear cover 582 so that it can slide up and down on the left side when viewed from the rear near the upper end of the ball removal movable piece 592. A part of the ball removal lever 593 protrudes rearward through the payout device rear cover 582, and it can be slid by operating the protruding part. When the ball removal lever 593 is positioned at the lower end, the lower part can abut against the ball removal movable piece 592, and the rotation of the ball removal movable piece 592 in the clockwise direction when viewed from the rear can be restricted, and the ball removal passage 580b can be closed by the ball removal movable piece 592. When the ball removal lever 593 is positioned at the upper end, the ball removal movable piece 592 can be rotated outside the ball removal passage 580b, and the ball removal passage 580b can be opened (see FIG. 78).

When the ball removal lever 593 is raised to make the ball removal movable piece 592 rotatable, the game balls B that were strung together upstream of the ball removal movable piece 592 will flow over the ball removal movable piece 592 and down the ball removal passage 580b. At this time, since the ball removal passage 580b extends in a straight line from the upstream side of the payout passage 580a, the game balls B that have flowed down from the upstream of the payout passage 580a will flow straight down the ball removal passage 580b, and since the downstream side of the ball removal passage 580b is connected to the island equipment side, there is nothing to suppress the flow of the game balls B, such as the payout vane 589, so the game balls B will flow down faster than the payout passage 580a.

In this way, when the ball removal movable piece 592 is rotatable, the game ball B flows down the ball removal passage 580b at a high speed, so that the game ball B hits the lower end of the ball removal movable piece 592 protruding into the ball removal passage 580b with great force. However, since the ball removal movable piece 592 can move outside the inner surface of the ball removal passage 580b through between the main body side guide wall 581a of the payout device main body 581 and the rear cover side guide wall 582a of the payout device rear cover 582, the ball removal movable piece 592 moves outside the ball removal passage 580b due to the force of the hit. Therefore, the ball removal movable piece 592 is not pinched between the wall surface of the ball removal passage 580b and the game ball B, and it is possible to prevent the game ball B from applying a strong force to the ball removal movable piece 592, and it is possible to suppress a decrease in durability or damage to the ball removal movable piece 592 due to the collision of the game ball B.

As a result, the ball removal movable piece 592 is less likely to be damaged, and more game balls B can be discharged more quickly to the island equipment downstream of the ball removal passage 580b, which reduces the time required for replacement and maintenance of the pachinko machine 1 and reduces the burden on the game hall.

In addition, when the ball removal movable piece 592 is in a rotatable state, the ball removal movable piece 592 moves to the outside of the ball removal passage 580b through the gap between the main body side guide wall 581a and the rear cover side guide wall 582a, which is spaced narrower than the game ball B. Therefore, when the game ball B comes into contact with the ball removal movable piece 592 protruding into the ball removal passage 580b and the ball removal movable piece 592 moves outward through the gap between the main body side guide wall 581a and the rear cover side guide wall 582a, even if the game ball B moves to the gap between the main body side guide wall 581a and the rear cover side guide wall 582a together with the ball removal movable piece 592, only the game ball B can be prevented from moving outward by the gap between the main body side guide wall 581a and the rear cover side guide wall 582a, which is spaced narrower than the game ball B.

The game ball B is prevented from moving outward between the main body guide wall 581a and the rear cover guide wall 582a, causing the game ball B to separate from the ball removal movable piece 592, and the subsequent movement of the ball removal movable piece 592 is due to inertial force, so no strong force acts on the ball removal movable piece 592, making it less likely to be damaged, and the game ball B will not fly out of the ball removal passage 580b from between the main body guide wall 581a and the rear cover guide wall 582a, ensuring that the game ball B can flow downstream of the ball removal passage 580b.

[4-7c. Upper full ball path unit]
The upper full ball path unit 600 in the payout unit 560 will be described in detail mainly with reference to Figures 75 and 76. The upper full ball path unit 600 is attached from the rear to the lower side of the payout device 580 at the rear lower part of the left part 551e of the back plate of the payout base 551 in the payout base unit 550. The upper full ball path unit 600 is for guiding the game balls B released downward from the payout device 580 to the lower full ball path unit 610. The upper full ball path unit 600 is formed in a rectangular shape extending vertically when viewed from the front.

The upper full tank ball path unit 600 comprises a box-shaped upper full tank base 601 that is attached to the dispensing base 551 and has an open rear side, a box-shaped upper full tank cover 602 that is attached to the rear side of the upper full tank base 601 and has an open front side, and a dispensing device pressing member 603 that is rotatably attached near the top end of the upper full tank cover 602 and can press the dispensing device 580 upward. The upper full tank base 601 protrudes to the right from the right edge when viewed from the front, and has a rear cover mounting portion 601a for mounting the rear cover.

In addition, the upper full ball path unit 600 is made up of an upper payout ball receiving passage 600a that opens upward near the left end of the upper surface when viewed from the front and extends downward along the left side from the bottom to a position at a height of about 2/3 of the total height, an upper ball storage passage 600b that is connected to the upper payout ball receiving passage 600a, extends to the right to the right when viewed from the front, about 3/4 of the total width, and extends downward from the bottom to a height of about 1/6 of the total height, and a lower ball storage passage 600b that extends downward from the left side of the center of the left-right direction of the upper ball storage passage 600b when viewed from the front. It is equipped with an upper normal dispensing passage 600c that extends toward the upper side and opens downward at the bottom surface, an upper full tank dispensing passage 600d that is adjacent to the upper normal dispensing passage 600c, extends downward from the right side as viewed from the front from the center of the left-right direction of the upper ball storage passage 600b, and opens downward at the bottom surface, and an upper ball removal passage 600e that opens upward near the right end as viewed from the front on the top surface, extends downward approximately vertically, and then opens downward near the right end of the bottom surface (see Figure 80).

On the underside of the upper full ball path unit 600, from the left side when viewed from the front, the upper normal payout passage 600c, the upper full payout passage 600d, and the upper ball removal passage 600e are lined up in order and open downward. When the upper full ball path unit 600 is assembled to the payout unit 560, the upstream end of the upper payout ball receiving passage 600a opens directly below the downstream end of the payout passage 580a in the payout device 580, and the upstream end of the upper ball removal passage 600e opens directly below the downstream end of the ball removal passage 580b in the payout device 580. As a result, the game ball B released (paid out) from the payout passage 580a of the payout device 580 passes through the upper payout ball receiving passage 600a and the upper ball storage passage 600b, and is released downward from either the upper normal payout passage 600c or the upper full payout passage 600d. In addition, the game ball B released downward from the ball removal passage 580b of the payout device 580 is released downward through the upper ball removal passage 600e.

[4-7d. Lower full ball path unit]
The lower full ball path unit 610 in the payout unit 560 will be described in detail mainly with reference to Figures 75 and 76. The lower full ball path unit 610 is placed on the bottom plate portion 551g of the payout base 551 in the payout base unit 550, and is attached to the lower portion of the upper full ball path unit 600. The lower full ball path unit 610 guides the game ball B released downward from the upper full ball path unit 600 to the door frame 3 side or to the base unit 620 side. The lower full ball path unit 610 extends in the front-rear direction so that the front end side is lower, and the rear end extends upward.

The lower full ball path unit 610 is equipped with a lower full base 611 having a lower normal payout path 610a, a lower full payout path 610b, and a lower ball removal path 610c, extending in the front-to-rear direction and opening upward, a lower full cover 612 attached to the upper side of the lower full base 611, a payout path opening/closing door 613 attached rotatably around an axis extending in the front-to-rear direction to the front end of the lower full base 611 and capable of opening and closing the downstream end openings of the lower normal payout path 610a and the lower full payout path 610b, and a closing spring 614 that biases the payout path opening/closing door 613 in the direction of closing the downstream end openings of the lower normal payout path 610a and the lower full payout path 610b.

The lower full-tank ball path unit 610 has, on the upper surface of the part extending upward at the rear end, the lower normal dispensing path 610a, the lower full-tank dispensing path 610b, and the lower ball removal path 610c, lined up from the left when viewed from the front, with their upstream ends opening upward. The lower normal dispensing path 610a and the lower full-tank dispensing path 610b extend forward lined up side by side, and open forward at the front end of the lower full-tank ball path unit 610. The lower full-tank dispensing path 610b extends forward slightly lower than the lower normal dispensing path 610a. The lower ball removal path 610c extends forward along the right side of the lower full-tank dispensing path 610b when viewed from the front, and opens to the right halfway in the fore-and-aft direction.

The dispensing passage opening/closing door 613 is rotatably attached at a position between the front end openings of the lower normal dispensing passage 610a and the lower full dispensing passage 610b. This dispensing passage opening/closing door 613 is biased in a clockwise direction when viewed from the front by a closing spring 614, and in the normal state, it closes the front end openings (downstream end openings) of the lower normal dispensing passage 610a and the lower full dispensing passage 610b. The dispensing passage opening/closing door 613 has an operating protrusion 613a that protrudes forward. The operating protrusion 613a is formed in a short arc shape centered on the rotation center of the dispensing passage opening/closing door 613 when viewed from the front, and the front end surface is inclined so as to protrude forward as it approaches the end side in the counterclockwise direction. This operating protrusion 613a is formed so as to abut against the door opening/closing abutment portion 150f of the fall cover unit 150 in the door frame 3 when the door frame 3 is closed against the main body frame 4.

When the lower full ball path unit 610 is assembled to the payout unit 560, the lower normal payout passage 610a, the lower full payout passage 610b, and the lower ball removal passage 610c, which open upward at the upper rear end, are located directly below the downstream ends of the upper normal payout passage 600c, the upper full payout passage 600d, and the upper ball removal passage 600e of the upper full ball path unit 600, respectively. As a result, the game ball B released downward from the upper normal payout passage 600c flows through the lower normal payout passage 610a, the game ball B released downward from the upper full payout passage 600d flows through the lower full payout passage 610b, and the game ball B released downward from the upper ball removal passage 600e flows through the lower ball removal passage 610c.

When the lower full ball path unit 610 is assembled to the pachinko machine 1, the front ends (downstream ends) of the lower normal payout passage 610a and the lower full payout passage 610b open immediately after the through ball passage 150a and the full ball receiving port 150b of the foul cover unit 150 in the door frame 3. The downstream end of the lower ball removal passage 610c opens to face the ball removal guide section 627 that opens to the left in the base unit 620b of the board unit 620.

In the normal state (when the door frame 3 is closed relative to the main body frame 4), the lower full ball path unit 610 rotates in a counterclockwise direction as viewed from the front against the biasing force of the closing spring 614 as the operating protrusion 613a of the payout passage opening/closing door 613 abuts against the door opening/closing abutment portion 150f of the fall cover unit 150. As a result, the openings at the downstream ends of the lower normal payout passage 610a and the lower full payout passage 610b are open, and are connected to the through ball passage 150a and full ball receiving port 150b of the fall cover unit 150.

On the other hand, when the door frame 3 is opened relative to the main frame 4, the operating protrusion 613a of the payout passage opening/closing door 613 moves away from the door opening/closing abutment 150f of the fall cover unit 150, and the payout passage opening/closing door 613 rotates in a clockwise direction when viewed from the front due to the biasing force of the closing spring 614, and the openings at the downstream ends of the lower normal payout passage 610a and the lower full payout passage 610b are closed. In this state, the game balls B in the lower normal payout passage 610a and the lower full payout passage 610b can no longer move forward from their respective front end openings. As a result, even if the door frame 3 is opened relative to the main frame 4, the game balls B will not spill out of the lower normal payout passage 610a and the lower full payout passage 610b.

[4-7e. Flow of game ball B in the payout unit]
Next, the flow of game balls B in the payout unit 560 will be described in detail mainly with reference to Figure 80. Figure 80 is an explanatory diagram showing the flow of game balls in the main body frame. When the payout unit 560 is assembled to the main body frame 4, it is attached to the rear surface of the payout base 551. In the normal state, the ball removal lever 593 of the payout device 580 is located at the lower end, and the ball removal path 580b branching off from the payout path 580a is closed at the branching portion. In addition, in the lower full ball path unit 610, the payout path opening and closing door 613 is in the open state.

The ball tank 552, which is open upward, is supplied with a predetermined number of game balls B from the game hall island equipment in which the pachinko machine 1 is installed, for example, based on detection of ball exhaustion by the ball exhaustion detection sensor 574 of the ball guide unit 570. The game balls B supplied and stored in the ball tank 552 are sent, aligned in a row by the tank rail 553, through the guide passage 570a of the ball guide unit 570 into the payout passage 580a of the payout device 580. When the payout motor 584 is not rotating, the game balls B cannot move (flow down) downstream of the payout blade 589, and multiple game balls B are retained upstream of the payout blade 589.

Then, the game ball B in the guide passage 570a of the ball guide unit 570 presses the movable piece member 573, and the ball cut detection sensor 574 detects the movable piece member 573. This indicates that the game ball B is stored at least in the passage between the movable piece member 573 and the payout blade 589.

In this state, when the payout motor 584 rotates the payout blade 589 in a clockwise direction when viewed from the rear, the game ball B stored in the ball storage section 589b moves in a clockwise direction when viewed from the rear, and is released downstream of the payout blade 589 in the payout passage 580a. The game ball B released from the payout blade 589 (ball storage section 589b) is then detected by the payout detection sensor 591 and is then sent to the upper payout ball receiving passage 600a of the upper full ball passage unit 600.

Under normal conditions, the game ball B sent to the upper payout ball receiving passage 600a of the upper full ball path unit 600 flows through the upper ball storage passage 600b and down to the upper normal payout passage 600c located directly below the upper payout ball receiving passage 600a. The game ball B that flows down to the upper normal payout passage 600c then passes through the lower normal payout passage 610a of the lower full ball path unit 610 and the through ball passage 150a of the foul cover unit 150 of the door frame 3, and is released into the upper tray 201 from the upper tray ball supply port 211a of the tray unit base 211 in the tray unit 200.

When many game balls B are paid out from the payout device 580 and the upper tray 201 becomes full of game balls B, it becomes impossible to release the game balls B forward from the upper tray ball supply port 211a, so the game balls B paid out from the payout device 580 become stuck in the lower normal payout passage 610a of the lower full ball path unit 610, and as more game balls B are paid out, they also become stuck in the upper normal payout passage 600c of the upper full ball path unit 600, which is connected upstream to the lower normal payout passage 610a. When the upper normal payout passage 600c is filled with game balls B and more game balls B are paid out, the game balls B begin to accumulate in the upper ball storage passage 600b, which is connected to the upper normal payout passage 600c on the upstream side, and begin to flow down the upper full payout passage 600d, which is adjacent to the upper normal payout passage 600c.

The game ball B that flows down to the upper full payout passage 600d passes through the lower full payout passage 610b of the lower full ball path unit 610 and is received by the full ball receiving port 150b in the foul cover unit 150 of the door frame 3. The game ball B received by the full ball receiving port 150b is then released into the lower tray 202 through the storage passage 150e, the ball release port 150d, and the lower tray ball supply port 211c of the tray unit base 211. This allows the game ball B to be automatically paid out to the lower tray 202 when the upper tray 201 is full of game balls B and more game balls B are paid out.

When the lower tray 202 is full of game balls B and further game balls B cannot be released forward from the lower tray ball supply port 211c, if more game balls B are dispensed, the game balls B will be retained and stored in the storage passage 150e of the far cover unit 150 upstream of the lower tray ball supply port 211c. When a certain number of game balls B are stored in the storage passage 150e, the movable piece 153 moves and is detected by the full tank detection sensor 154, and the player is informed by voice (e.g., "Please remove the balls!") that the upper tray 201 and the lower tray 202 are full of game balls B, and the payout motor 584 of the payout device 580 is temporarily stopped until the full tank detection sensor 154 is no longer in detection mode.

When the game balls B stored in the ball tank 552 are to be discharged from the pachinko machine 1 during maintenance or replacement, the ball removal lever 593 of the payout device 580 is slid upward from the lower end position to the upper end position. After that, the lower end side of the ball removal movable piece 592 is pushed by the game ball B and rotates in a clockwise direction when viewed from the rear, and the ball removal movable piece 592 passes between the main body side guide wall 581a and the rear cover side guide wall 582a and is pushed out to the outside of the ball removal passage 580b. This allows the game ball B to enter the ball removal passage 580b branching off from the payout passage 580a, and the game balls B on the upstream side are released downward through the ball removal passage 580b.

At this time, at the area of the ball removal movable piece 592, the game ball B flowing down hits the main body side guide wall 581a and the rear cover side guide wall 582a more strongly than the ball removal movable piece 592, making the ball removal movable piece 592 less likely to be damaged.

The game ball B released downward from the ball removal passage 580b of the payout device 580 passes through the upper ball removal passage 600e of the upper full ball path unit 600 and the lower ball removal passage 610c of the lower full ball path unit 610, and is released from the downstream end opening of the lower ball removal passage 610c to the ball removal guide section 627 of the base unit 620, and then passes through the discharged ball receiving section 628 and the ball discharge port 629 to the rear outside of the pachinko machine 1 (the island equipment side of the game hall).

[4-8. Board unit]
The board unit 620 in the main body frame 4 will be described in detail mainly with reference to Figs. 81 to 85. Fig. 81(a) is a perspective view of the board unit of the main body frame as seen from the front, and Fig. 81(b) is a perspective view of the board unit as seen from the rear. Fig. 82 is a perspective view of the board unit as seen from the rear and below. Fig. 83 is an exploded perspective view of the board unit as seen from the front, with each main component disassembled, and Fig. 84 is an exploded perspective view of the board unit as seen from the rear, with each main component disassembled. Fig. 85 is an enlarged side cross-sectional view of the lower part of the pachinko machine cut in the center in the left-right direction. The board unit 620 is attached to the lower part of the rear surface of the main body frame base unit 500.

The board unit 620 includes a speaker unit 620a attached to the rear surface of the main frame base 501 of the main frame base unit 500 below the game board placement section 501c, a base unit 620b attached to the rear surface of the main frame base 501 so as to cover part of the speaker unit 620a from behind, a power supply unit 620c attached to the rear side of the base unit 620b, a payout control unit 620d attached to the rear side of the power supply unit 620c, and an interface unit 620e attached to the rear surface of the speaker unit 620a so as to cover part of the payout control unit 620d from behind.

The speaker unit 620a comprises a speaker cover 621 attached to the rear surface of the main frame base 501 in the main frame base unit 500 below the game board placement section 501c, a main frame speaker 622 attached facing forward near the left end of the rear surface of the speaker cover 621 when viewed from the front, and a container-shaped speaker box 623 attached to the rear side of the speaker cover 621 so as to cover the rear side of the main frame speaker 622 and open forward.

The speaker cover 621 extends in the left-right direction and is equipped with a circular speaker mounting portion 621a that is formed of multiple slits that penetrate from front to back near the left end when viewed from the front and extend up and down, a front recessed portion for space 621b that is recessed so as to bulge forward from the rear on the right side of the speaker mounting portion 621a when viewed from the front, and a connection portion 621c that protrudes downward from the underside of the front recessed portion for space 621b, extends in the left-right direction, and opens diagonally downward toward the rear.

The main frame speaker 622 is attached from the rear side to the speaker mounting portion 621a of the speaker cover 621 facing forward. The connection portion 621c of the speaker cover 621 is inclined at an angle of 45 degrees so that its lower end coincides with the upper end of the connection tube portion 43a of the rear panel member 43 in the outer frame lower assembly 40 of the outer frame 2. The main frame speaker 622 is a cone-type speaker that mainly outputs low-pitched sounds.

The speaker box 623 is formed in the shape of a container that is open to the front, with the part behind the main frame speaker 622 protruding rearwards the most, and is formed so that the protrusion rearwards becomes smaller in a stepped manner as it moves to the right as viewed from the front. This ensures that there is sufficient space behind the speaker box 623 to the right of the center as viewed from the front, allowing the base unit 620b, power supply unit 620c, etc. to be placed. The speaker box 623 is formed to cover (close) the entire rear surface except for the connection part 621c of the speaker cover 621.

The speaker unit 620a, together with the speaker cover 621 and the speaker box 623, forms part of an enclosure 624 that contains the sound output rearward from the main frame speaker 622. This enclosure 624 has a front recess 621b for space that bulges forward to the right of the speaker mounting part 621a in the front view of the speaker cover 621, so even though the speaker box 623 is formed in a stepped shape so that the amount of protrusion rearward decreases as it moves to the right, a sufficiently large space is secured to the right of the main frame speaker 622.

When the main frame 4 is closed against the outer frame 2, the speaker unit 620a has the connection portion 621c of the speaker cover 621 connected to the connection tube portion 43a so as to sandwich the seal member 48, and the space behind the main frame speaker 622 is connected to the inner space 40a of the curtain board of the outer frame 2. Therefore, a large enclosure 624 can be formed behind the main frame speaker 622 by the speaker cover 621, speaker box 623, curtain board front member 42, and curtain board rear member 43, and sound outputted to the rear of the main frame speaker 622 can be outputted (radiated) forward from the opening 42a of the curtain board front member 42.

In more detail, as described above, in the speaker unit 620a, the space behind the main frame speaker 622 (part of the enclosure 624) extends to the right when viewed from the front with a relatively wide depth and is connected to the lower frame assembly 40 via the connection part 621c and the connection tube part 43a. Therefore, the sound output rearward from the main frame speaker 622 can be transmitted to the lower frame assembly 40 without attenuating the low-frequency range in particular, and the transmitted low-frequency range can be resonated and amplified by passing through the two port members 47 and radiated forward from the opening 42a of the front panel member 42.

In this case, the sound radiated forward from the opening 42a of the front panel member 42 is radiated in an inverted phase, so that it resonates to amplify the sound output from the front of the main frame speaker 622 and radiated from the speaker port 211b of the dish unit 200, and a loud sound with deep bass can be output even if the diameter of the main frame speaker 622 is small.

In other words, in this embodiment, the enclosure 624 of the main frame speaker 622 is a bass reflex type, allowing the player to hear deep bass sounds. This allows the player to hear a rich bass sound from the sound output from the front of the main frame speaker 622 and radiated from the speaker port 211b of the platter unit 200, and the sound output from the rear of the main frame speaker 622 and radiated from the grill member 46 of the outer frame 2.

The speaker unit 620a has a through hole 621d formed in the speaker cover 621, penetrating in the front-rear direction at a position between the lower part of the speaker mounting part 621a and the front recess for space 621b, and a through tube 623a formed in the speaker box 623, which extends cylindrically and penetrates in the front-rear direction, communicating with the through hole 621d. When assembled to the speaker unit 620a, the through hole 621d and the through tube 623a communicate with each other and are independent of the enclosure 624. The connection cable 503 is inserted into the through hole 621d and the through tube 623a.

The base unit 620b of the board unit 620 includes a front base 625 that is attached to the rear surface of the main frame base 501 so as to cover a portion of the speaker box 623 from the rear, and a rear base 626 that is attached to the rear side of the front base 625 and has a power supply unit 620c attached to its rear surface.

The base unit 620b is formed by the front base 625 and the rear base 626 in cooperation with each other, and includes a ball removal guide section 627 that receives the game ball B released from the lower ball removal passage 610c of the lower full-ball path unit 610 and guides it to the right when viewed from the front, a discharged ball receiving section 628 that opens upward to the right when viewed from the front downstream of the ball removal guide section 627 and receives the game ball B discharged downward from the game board 5, and a ball discharge port 629 that discharges the game ball B that has passed through the ball removal guide section 627 and the discharged ball receiving section 628 downward.

The upstream end of the ball removal guide section 627 opens to the left at the top of the left side when viewed from the front, and the downstream end opens to the left end side of the discharged ball receiving section 628. When assembled to the main body frame 4, the ball removal guide section 627 faces so that the opening of the upstream end coincides with the downstream end opening of the lower ball removal passage 610c of the lower full ball path unit 610, and can receive the game ball B released from the lower ball removal passage 610c and guide it to the discharged ball receiving section 628.

The discharged ball receiving section 628 is open upward and extends left and right. The bottom surface of the discharged ball receiving section 628 is connected to the bottom surface of the ball removal guide section 627 at the left end when viewed from the front, and is inclined so that it becomes lower as it goes to the right.

The base unit 620b guides game balls B removed from the ball tank 552 and game balls B discharged from the game board 5 to the right as viewed from the front using the ball removal guide section 627 and discharged ball receiving section 628, and then discharges them downward from the ball discharge port 629, making it easier to ensure a wider space to the left of the center as viewed from the front. This makes it possible to make the space of the enclosure 624 of the speaker unit 620a wider, allowing the player to hear a sound with richer bass than conventional pachinko machines.

The power supply unit 620c of the board unit 620 includes a power supply board 630 attached to the rear side of the rear base 626 of the base unit 620b, and a power supply board cover 631 attached to the rear base 626 so as to cover the rear side of the power supply board 630.

The payout control unit 620d includes a box-shaped payout control board box 632 that is detachably attached to the rear side of the power supply board cover 631 in the power supply unit 620c, and a payout control board 633 (see FIG. 85) housed in the payout control board box 632. The payout control board 633 controls the payout motor 584 of the payout device 580 in response to a payout command from the main control board 1310 of the game board 5 or the like, by pressing the ball lending button 224 of the ball lending operation unit 220 in the tray unit 200, or the like. The payout control board box 632 is formed to leave a trace of opening and closing. This makes it possible to detect any illegal modifications to the payout control board 633, thereby enhancing the deterrent effect against illegal acts.

The interface unit 620e includes a board base 634 attached to the rear side of the speaker box 623 in the speaker unit 620a, an interface board 635 attached to the rear surface of the board base 634, and an interface board cover 636 attached to the board base 634 so as to cover the rear side of the interface board 635.

The board base 634 is attached to the rear of the speaker box 623 at the part that protrudes furthest to the rear, behind the main frame speaker 622. One end (main frame 4 side) of the connection cable 503 is connected to the interface board 635. The interface board 635 is connected to the power supply board 630, payout control board 633, main control board 1310, peripheral control board 1510, etc., and is also connected to the CR unit installed outside the pachinko machine 1. The interface board cover 636 extends to the right of the board base 634 (interface board 635) when viewed from the front, so as to cover part of the payout control unit 620d.

[4-9. Back cover]
The rear cover 640 in the main body frame 4 will be described in detail mainly with reference to Figures 64 to 70. The rear cover 640 covers the rear side of the game board 5 that is inserted from the front into the game board insertion port 501b of the main body frame base 501 of the main body frame base unit 500 and attached. The right side of the rear cover 640 in a front view is attached to the rear end extending vertically of the rear extension part 501j of the main body frame base 501 so as to be rotatable around an axis extending vertically, and the left side is attached to the rear cover attachment part 551i of the payout base 551 and the rear cover attachment part 601a of the upper full ball path unit 600.

The rear cover 640 is formed in a shape such that the right side of a flat plate extending vertically and horizontally is bent forward when viewed from the front, and is formed so that when assembled to the main body frame 4, the rear surface is positioned approximately on the same plane as the rear surface of the upper part 551d of the back plate of the payout base 551. The rear cover 640 has multiple slits 641 formed therein that penetrate from front to back and extend vertically. In this embodiment, the rear cover 640 is formed from a transparent synthetic resin, and the inside of the main body frame 4 can be seen from the rear of the pachinko machine 1.

[4-10. Locking unit]
The locking unit 650 in the main body frame 4 will be described in detail mainly with reference to Fig. 86. Fig. 86(a) is a perspective view of the locking unit of the main body frame seen from the front, and (b) is a perspective view of the locking unit seen from the rear. The locking unit 650 is attached to the main body frame base 501 of the main body frame 4, and locks between the main body frame 4 and the door frame 3, and between the main body frame 4 and the outer frame 2.

The locking unit 650 is equipped with a unit base 651 that is attached to the right side of the rear extension 501j of the main frame base 501 and extends vertically, a number of door frame hooks 652 that protrude forward from the unit base 651 and can engage with the door frame 3, a number of outer frame hooks 653 that protrude rearward from the unit base 651 and can engage with the outer frame 2, and a transfer cylinder 654 that protrudes forward from the lower front end of the unit base 651 and moves the door frame hooks 652 or outer frame hooks 653 up and down depending on the direction of rotation.

The locking unit 650 also includes a lock spring 655 that urges the door frame hook 652 downward and the outer frame hook 653 upward, and an outer frame unlocking lever 656 that protrudes forward from a position above the transmission cylinder 654 at the front end of the unit base 651 and slides downward to move the outer frame hook 653 downward.

When the locking unit 650 is assembled to the main frame 4, the multiple (three) door frame hooks 652, the transmission cylinder 654, and the outer frame unlocking lever 656 protrude forward from the front surface of the main frame base 501. The transmission cylinder 654 protrudes forward through the cylinder insertion opening 501f of the main frame base 501, and by closing the door frame 3 against the main frame 4, the front end of the transmission cylinder 654 engages with the rotation transmission member 133 of the cylinder lock 130 of the door frame 3, and the rotation of the key inserted in the keyhole 132 is transmitted and rotated.

The locking unit 650 has multiple (three) door frame hooks 652 that engage with the hooking member 116 of the door frame reinforcement unit 110 in the door frame base unit 100 of the door frame 3, and multiple (two) outer frame hooks 653 that engage with the upper hooking member 24 and lower hooking member 25 of the outer frame right assembly 20 in the outer frame 2.

When the locking unit 650 is assembled to the pachinko machine 1, a key that corresponds to the keyhole 132 of the cylinder lock 130 is inserted and rotated counterclockwise as viewed from the front, the multiple door frame hooks 652 move upward via the transmission cylinder 654, and the door frame 3 is unlocked from the main frame 4. On the other hand, when the key is rotated clockwise as viewed from the front, the multiple outer frame hooks 653 move downward via the transmission cylinder 654, and the main frame 4 is unlocked from the outer frame 2. When the door frame 3 is open from the main frame 4, sliding the outer frame unlocking lever 656 downward causes the multiple outer frame hooks 653 to move downward, and the main frame 4 is unlocked from the outer frame 2. In this way, the lock between the main frame 4 and the door frame 3, or between the main frame 4 and the outer frame 2, can be unlocked.

When locking between the main frame 4 and the door frame 3, or between the main frame 4 and the outer frame 2, the hooks for the door frame 652 and the hooks for the outer frame 653 are inclined so that the tips become thinner, so that when the door frame 3 is closed against the main frame 4, or the main frame 4 is closed against the outer frame 2, the hooks for the door frame 652 and the hooks for the outer frame 653 move downward or upward to overcome the hooking member 116, the upper hooking member 24, and the lower hooking member 25, and then are locked by the biasing force of the locking spring 655.

[4-11. Second embodiment of substrate unit]
Next, the board unit 700 of the second embodiment, which is different from the above, will be described in detail with reference to Figures 87 to 92. Figure 87(a) is a perspective view of the board unit of the second embodiment, with the power supply unit, the dispensing control unit, and the interface unit omitted, as seen from the right front, and (b) is a perspective view of the board unit of (a) as seen from the left front. Figure 88(a) is a perspective view of the board unit of Figure 87 as seen from the upper right rear, and (b) is a perspective view of the board unit of (a) as seen from the lower right rear. Figure 89(a) is a plan view of the board unit of Figure 87, (b) is a cross-sectional view cut along the line C-C-C in (a), (c) is a cross-sectional view cut along the line S-S-C in (a), and Figure 90 is a cross-sectional view cut along the line C-S-C in Figure 89(a). Figure 91 is an exploded perspective view of the board unit of Figure 87 as seen from the front, and Figure 92 is an exploded perspective view of the board unit of Figure 87 as seen from the rear.

The board unit 700 of the second embodiment differs from the board unit 620 described above only in the configuration of the base unit 710, and the other configurations are the same, so here, the same reference numerals are used for the configurations similar to those of the board unit 620 described above, and detailed descriptions are omitted. Also, in Figures 87 to 92, the power supply unit 620c, the dispensing control unit 620d, and the interface unit 620e are not shown.

The board unit 700 of this embodiment is attached to the lower rear surface of the main frame base unit 500 in place of the board unit 620 described above. The board unit 700 includes a speaker unit 620a attached to the rear surface of the main frame base 501 of the main frame base unit 500 below the game board placement section 501c, a base unit 710 attached to the rear surface of the main frame base 501 so as to cover a part of the speaker unit 620a from the rear, a power supply unit 620c attached to the rear side of the base unit 710, a payout control unit 620d attached to the rear side of the power supply unit 620c, and an interface unit 620e attached to the rear surface of the speaker unit 620a so as to cover a part of the payout control unit 620d from the rear.

This board unit 700 is equipped with a first ball path 701 through which game balls B released downward from the game board 5 can flow, a second ball path 702 that is provided behind the first ball path 701 and through which game balls B released downward from the game board 5 can flow, a first ball sensor 703 that detects game balls B flowing through the first ball path 701, a second ball sensor 704 that detects game balls B flowing through the second ball path 702, and a ball removal path 705 through which game balls B released from the lower ball removal path 610c of the lower full ball path unit 610 flow. The first ball path 701 and the second ball path 702 each have an entrance that opens upward, and the first ball sensor 703 and the second ball sensor 704 detect game balls B one by one and then discharge them downward.

In this embodiment, the game board 5 is configured so that game balls B received at the out port 1008 and the sub-out port 2023 circulate through the first ball path 701, and game balls B received at the general prize port 2001, the first start port 2002, the second start port 2004, the first large prize port 2005, and the second large prize port 2006 circulate through the second ball path 702. In other words, the game board 5 is configured so that out balls circulate through the first ball path 701 and safe balls circulate through the second ball path 702, and the first ball sensor 703 can count the number of all out balls, and the second ball sensor 704 can count the number of all safe balls. As a result, if fraudulent activity is committed against a winning hole (winning hole sensor) such as the general winning hole 2001, the first starting hole 2002, the second starting hole 2004, the first large winning hole 2005, and the second large winning hole 2006 on the game board 5, the number of safe balls on the game board 5 side will differ from the number of safe balls counted by the second ball sensor 704, making it possible to detect fraudulent activity against a winning hole.

In further detail, the base unit 710 of the board unit 700 comprises a front base 711 attached to the rear side of the speaker cover 621 so as to cover a portion of the speaker box 623 from the rear, a rear base 712 attached to the rear side of the front base 711 and having a power supply unit 620c attached to its rear surface and a ball removal passage 705, a ball path member 713 provided between the front base 711 and the rear base 712 and having a first ball path 701 and a second ball path 702, a security cover 714 provided on the front base 711 and the rear base 712 in an openable and closable manner to eliminate clogging of the game ball B in the first ball path 701 and the second ball path 702 and to prevent the intrusion of illegal tools, a passage wall member 715 attached to the rear side of the rear base 712 and closing the rear end side of the ball removal passage 705, and a frame relay board 716 attached to the rear side of the rear base 712. In the base unit 710, the front base 711, rear base 712, ball path member 713, and passage wall member 715 are made transparent.

The front base 711 is formed in a box shape that is long from side to side and open to the rear and upward. The ball path member 713 is housed inside the front base 711 from the rear. The front base 711 closes the front end side of the first ball path 701 of the ball path member 713 with the front wall. The front base 711 has a ball receiving opening 711a that opens long in the left-right direction in the upper peripheral wall portion, and a resolution opening 711b that opens at a position from the left-right center to the right of the lower peripheral wall portion. When the front base 711 houses the ball path member 713 inside, the first ball path 701 and the second ball path 702 of the ball path member 713 face upward from the ball receiving opening 711a. In addition, the front base 711 supports the security cover 714 on the front end side of the resolution opening 711b so that it can rotate around an axis extending in the left-right direction.

The rear base 712 is formed in a box shape that is long from side to side and open to the rear. The rear base 712 closes the rear end side of the second ball path 702 of the ball path member 713 with its front wall. The rear base 712 has a ball removal path 705 that receives the game ball B released from the lower ball removal path 610c of the lower full ball path unit 610, guides it to the right when viewed from the front, and then guides it downward and discharges it. The ball removal path 705 is provided in the box-shaped rear base 712 and is entirely open to the rear. The rear end side of the ball removal path 705 is closed by the path wall member 715. The part of the ball removal path 705 of the rear base 712 that is located above the speaker box 623 (the part on the left end side when viewed from the front) penetrates in the front-rear direction, and the front end side is closed by the front base 711 and the rear side is closed by the path wall member 715.

The rear base 712 also has a first discharge guide section 712a that receives the game ball B that has flowed through the first ball path 701 of the ball path member 713, guides it backward, and then discharges it downward, and a second discharge guide section 712b that receives the game ball B that has flowed through the second ball path 702 of the ball path member 713, guides it backward, and then discharges it downward. The inlet sides of the first discharge guide section 712a and the second discharge guide section 712b protrude forward from the front wall of the rear base 712, and the inlet of the first discharge guide section 712a opens forward, while the inlet of the second discharge guide section 712b opens upward. The outlets of the first discharge guide section 712a and the second discharge guide section 712b are provided at the same position in the front-to-rear direction. The rear side of the first discharge guide section 712a and the second discharge guide section 712b is open backward from the front wall, and the rear end side is closed by the passage wall member 715.

In the rear base 712, the outlets of the ball removal passage 705, the first discharge guide section 712a, and the second discharge guide section 712b are located to the left of the release opening 711b of the front base 711 when viewed from the front, and are arranged in order from left to right. The outlet of the ball removal passage 705 is wider forward at the front end and narrower rearward at the rear end than the outlets of the first discharge guide section 712a and the second discharge guide section 712b (see FIG. 88(b)). In other words, the outlet of the ball removal passage 705 is larger (wider) in the front-to-rear direction than the outlets of the first discharge guide section 712a and the second discharge guide section 712b.

The ball path member 713 is inserted from the rear into the box-shaped front base 711 and housed therein. The ball path member 713 has a first ball path 701 and a second ball path 702. The ball path member 713 has a left wall portion 713a extending vertically downward from the upper end at the right end, an upper left shelf portion 713b sloping downward from the lower end of the left wall portion 713a toward the right, a stepped wall portion 713c extending vertically downward from the right end of the upper left shelf portion 713b, an upper right shelf portion 713d sloping downward from the lower end of the stepped wall portion 713c toward the right, a straightening wall portion 713e extending diagonally downward to the left from the right end of the upper right shelf portion 713d, and a straightening wall portion 713e extending diagonally downward to the right from the lower end of the straightening wall portion 713e. It has a lower shelf 713f that rises to the right from a position separated to the right of the upper right shelf 713d and extends further to the right than the upper right shelf 713d, a right wall 713g that extends vertically upward from the right end of the lower shelf 713f to approximately the same height as the upper end of the left wall 713a, an upper wall 713h that extends leftward from the upper end of the right wall 713g to the same position as the right end of the upper right shelf 713d, and a U-shaped groove wall 713i that is connected to the left end of the upper wall 713h and opens upward. The left end of the groove wall 713i is located to the right of the center of the upper right shelf 713d in the left-right direction.

The ball path member 713 also has an upper lower wall portion 713j extending leftward from the lower end of the straightening wall portion 713e, a middle wall portion 713k extending vertically upward from the left end of the upper lower wall portion 713j to the lower surface of the upper left shelf portion 713b, a eaves portion 713l extending leftward from the middle of the left side of the middle wall portion 713k, a hanging wall portion 713m extending vertically downward from near the left end of the lower shelf portion 713f, and a lower lower wall portion 713n extending leftward from the lower end of the hanging wall portion 713m in parallel with the upper lower wall portion 713j. The portion of the lower lower wall portion 713n located below between the lower end of the straightening wall portion 713e and the left end of the lower shelf portion 713f is cut out at the top and bottom to a size that allows the game ball B to pass through.

The ball path member 713 further includes a plurality of blocking ribs 713o that extend downward from the undersides of the upper left shelf portion 713b, the lower shelf portion 713f, and the upper wall portion 713h and are spaced apart in the left-right direction. The ball path member 713 also includes a flat partition wall portion 713p that divides the space surrounded by the left wall portion 713a, the upper left shelf portion 713b, the step wall portion 713c, the upper right shelf portion 713d, the straightening wall portion 713e, the lower shelf portion 713f, the right wall portion 713g, the groove wall portion 713i, the upper lower wall portion 713j, the middle wall portion 713k, the hanging wall portion 713m, and the lower lower wall portion 713n into front and rear portions.

The ball path member 713 also has a number of notches 713q in the upper left shelf portion 713b, the upper right shelf portion 713d, and the lower shelf portion 713f, which are recessed from the front and rear ends of each of the notches 713q toward the partition wall portion 713p. Each of the notches 713q is arranged so that when assembled to the board unit 700, a gap smaller in the front-to-rear direction than the radius of the game ball B is formed between the front base 711 and the rear base 712, and dirt and dust in the first ball path 701 and the second ball path 702 can be discharged downward through the gap.

The ball path member 713 is provided in a region between the flow straightening wall portion 713e and the lower shelf portion 713f on the front surface of the partition wall portion 713p, and has multiple guide protrusions 713r extending to the left and right.

Furthermore, the ball path member 713 has a front sensor accommodating section 713s that is surrounded by the upper lower wall section 713j, the hanging wall section 713m, and the lower lower wall section 713n in front of the partition wall section 713p and accommodates the first ball sensor 703, and a rear sensor accommodating section 713t that is surrounded by the upper lower wall section 713j, the hanging wall section 713m, and the lower lower wall section 713n in rear of the partition wall section 713p and accommodates the second ball sensor 704.

The first ball sensor 703 and the second ball sensor 704 are housed in the front sensor housing 713s and the rear sensor housing 713t so that the detection holes of the first ball sensor 703 and the second ball sensor 704 are located below the area between the straightening wall portion 713e and the lower shelf portion 713f, that is, with the detection holes facing right. Although not shown in the figure, the wiring cables extending from the first ball sensor 703 and the second ball sensor 704 extend leftward from the front sensor housing 713s and the rear sensor housing 713t beyond the middle wall portion 713k.

The ball path member 713 has a first ball guide section 713u that is provided on the underside of the lower wall section 713n at a position forward of the partition wall section 713p, and that protrudes downward and is open to the rear. When the first ball guide section 713u is assembled to the board unit 700, the right half of the rear end side is closed by the front face of the rear base 712, and the left half faces the inlet side of the first discharge guide section 712a of the rear base 712. The first ball guide section 713u can guide the game ball B that flows downward from between the straightening wall section 713e and the lower shelf section 713f in front of the partition wall section 713p to the right and then to the rear, and deliver it to the first discharge guide section 712a of the rear base 712.

On the other hand, behind the partition wall 713p in the ball path member 713, below the portion of the lower wall 713n that opens downward (the portion of the detection hole of the second ball sensor 704 housed in the rear sensor housing 713t), there is an inlet that opens upward to the second discharge guide section 712b of the rear base 712. This allows the game ball B that flows downward from between the straightening wall section 713e and the lower shelf section 713f behind the partition wall section 713p to be handed over to the second discharge guide section 712b of the rear base 712.

The right end of the upper left shelf 713b is located slightly to the right of the left end of the resolution opening 711b in the front base 711. The right end of the upper right shelf 713d is located to the right of the right end of the resolution opening 711b in the front base 711. The left end of the lower shelf 713f is located to the left of the left end of the resolution opening 711b in the front base 711. Therefore, the upper part directly above the resolution opening 711b of the front base 711 is covered by the straightening wall 713e. The upper left shelf 713b, the upper right shelf 713d, and the lower shelf 713f are inclined in a straight line. On the other hand, the straightening wall 713e is inclined in a curved line, and is curved so that the left end side faces vertically downward. The distance (height) between the flow straightening wall portion 713e and the lower shelf portion 713f is inclined to become narrower toward the left so that the left end is at a height that allows one game ball B to pass through. The flow straightening wall portion 713e and the lower shelf portion 713f can straighten multiple game balls B in a line and guide them downward.

As described above, the space between the straightening wall portion 713e and the lower shelf portion 713f is formed so that the vertical dimension narrows as it moves to the left (the downstream direction of the flow of the game balls B). Therefore, depending on the amount of game balls B in circulation, there is a risk that multiple game balls B may get caught between the straightening wall portion 713e and the lower shelf portion 713f, causing ball jamming. Since the straightening wall portion 713e is located above the release port 711b, if ball jamming occurs between the straightening wall portion 713e and the lower shelf portion 713f, the security cover 714 is opened to open the release port 711b, and a rod-shaped tool is inserted between the straightening wall portion 713e and the lower shelf portion 713f from below through the release port 711b and the notch portion 713q of the lower shelf portion 713f, and the tool can be used to poke the game balls B that have gotten caught to release the ball jamming.

The lower shelf 713f is provided with a notch 713q for clearing jammed balls and allowing dirt and dust to fall downward, so there is a risk that a linear illegal tool such as a piano wire or a catheter could be inserted from below through the notch 713q into the upper part of the lower shelf 713f (the first ball path 701 or the second ball path 702), and the tip of the illegal tool could be extended upward from the ball path member 713 (the first ball path 701 or the second ball path 702), allowing illegal acts to be committed against the game board 5 located above. The insertion of such illegal tools is not limited to the lower shelf 713f, and there is a similar risk in the upper left shelf 713b and upper right shelf 713d, which are also provided with the notch 713q.

In contrast, in this embodiment, the upper left shelf portion 713b, the lower shelf portion 713f, and the lower surface of the upper wall portion 713h are provided with a plurality of flat blocking ribs 713o spaced apart in the left-right direction and extending downward, so that even if the tip of a linear illegal tool tries to move along the lower surface of the upper left shelf portion 713b, the lower shelf portion 713f, and the upper wall portion 713h, it abuts against the blocking rib 713o and prevents the tip from moving, preventing further insertion of the illegal tool. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the execution of illegal acts on the game board 5 through the ball path member 713 (the first ball path 701 and the second ball path 702), and it is possible to reduce the burden on the game hall where the pachinko machine 1 is installed and to provide a pachinko machine 1 that has a high deterrent effect against illegal acts.

In addition, in the areas to the right of the middle wall 713k in the upper right shelf 713d and the upper left shelf 713b, the lower and left and right sides are closed off by the flow straightening wall 713e, the upper lower wall 713j, and the middle wall 713k, which do not have the notch 713q. Therefore, unauthorized tools cannot be inserted from below through the notch 713q in the corresponding areas of the upper right shelf 713d and the upper left shelf 713b, and unauthorized acts cannot be performed through the notch 713q in those areas.

As described above, the ball path member 713 has multiple notches 713q on the upper left shelf portion 713b, the upper right shelf portion 713d, and the lower shelf portion 713f, so that dirt and dust can be discharged downward through the notches 713q. Dirt and dust discharged downward through the notches 713q located above the front sensor housing portion 713s and the rear sensor housing portion 713t on the upper left shelf portion 713b is contained in the space surrounded by the straightening wall portion 713e, the upper lower wall portion 713j, and the middle wall portion 713k. This prevents dirt and dust from adhering to the first ball sensor 703 and the second ball sensor 704 contained in the front sensor housing portion 713s and the rear sensor housing portion 713t.

In addition, a wiring cable is connected by a connector to the left end side of the first ball sensor 703 and the second ball sensor 704 housed in the front sensor housing section 713s and the rear sensor housing section 713t, and the wiring cable and the connector protrude to the left from the front sensor housing section 713s and the rear sensor housing section 713t. In other words, the wiring cable and the connector of the first ball sensor 703 and the second ball sensor 704 protrude to the left beyond the middle wall section 713k. In this middle wall portion 713k, the eaves portion 713l extends to the left from the upper portion of the front sensor housing portion 713s and the rear sensor housing portion 713t on the left side surface, so that dirt and dust that falls downward through the cutout portion 713q formed in the upper left shelf portion 713b is guided to the left by the inclination of the eaves portion 713l and is prevented from falling onto the wiring cables and connectors of the first ball sensor 703 and the second ball sensor 704, which protrude leftward beyond the middle wall portion 713k, thereby avoiding the occurrence of problems caused by dirt, etc.

The base unit 710 forms a first ball path 701 by the left wall portion 713a, upper left shelf portion 713b, step wall portion 713c, upper right shelf portion 713d, straightening wall portion 713e, lower shelf portion 713f, right wall portion 713g, groove wall portion 713i, first ball guide portion 713u on the front side of the partition wall portion 713p in the ball path member 713, and the first discharge guide portion 712a of the rear base 712, and forms a second ball path 702 by the left wall portion 713a, upper left shelf portion 713b, step wall portion 713c, upper right shelf portion 713d, straightening wall portion 713e, lower shelf portion 713f, right wall portion 713g, groove wall portion 713i on the rear side of the partition wall portion 713p in the ball path member 713, and the second discharge guide portion 712b of the rear base 712.

The security cover 714 is formed in a flat plate shape, and is attached near the front end of the resolution opening 711b of the front base 711 in a state in which the front end side can rotate around an axis in the left-right direction. The security cover 714 also has an elastic locking part 714a at the rear end side that is locked to the rear base 712. As shown in FIG. 90, when the security cover 714 is locked to the rear base 712 with the elastic locking part 714a locked horizontally, the resolution opening 711b is closed, and when the security cover 714 is unlocked and rotated so that the rear end side is positioned downward and is locked vertically, the resolution opening 711b is opened. In other words, the security cover 714 can open and close the resolution opening 711b.

The security cover 714 can close the elimination opening 711b of the front base 711 by closing it, so that it is possible to prevent a linear illegal tool from being inserted into the ball path member 713 (the first ball path 701 or the second ball path 702) through the elimination opening 711b. In addition, when a ball jam occurs between the straightening wall portion 713e and the lower shelf portion 713f of the ball path member 713, the security cover 714 can open the elimination opening 711b of the front base 711 by opening it, so that a rod-shaped tool can be inserted from below through the elimination opening 711b and the cutout portion 713q of the lower shelf portion 713f between the straightening wall portion 713e and the lower shelf portion 713f to eliminate the jammed game ball B. This ball jam elimination work is performed with the main frame 4 open forward relative to the outer frame 2.

When the release port 711b is open (vertical), the lower end (the end on the elastic locking portion 714a side) of this security cover 714 is located below the height (here, the height shown by the dashed line in FIG. 90) of the object at risk of contact (here, the connecting tube portion 43a of the back panel member 43 in the outer frame 2). Therefore, even if the main frame 4 is opened forward relative to the outer frame 2 to release the ball jam of the game ball B in the ball path member 713 and then the main frame 4 is closed relative to the outer frame 2 with the security cover 714 open, the open security cover 714 abuts against the object at risk of contact (the connecting tube portion 43a of the back panel member 43), and the main frame 4 cannot be closed. This makes it possible to avoid forgetting to close the security cover 714, and ensures that the security cover 714 is closed, thereby enabling the security cover 714 to exert its security function.

In addition, in this embodiment, if the security cover 714 opens for some reason while the main body frame 4 is closed relative to the outer frame 2, opening the main body frame 4 relative to the outer frame 2 in this state will cause an object that may be in danger of coming into contact with the open security cover 714 from the front. However, since the front end of the security cover 714 is attached so as to be rotatable about an axis in the left-right direction, when an object that may be in danger of coming into contact with the security cover 714 comes into contact with the security cover 714 from the front, the security cover 714 rotates in the closing direction. This allows the main body frame 4 to be opened without the security cover 714 getting caught on an object that may be in danger of coming into contact, thereby preventing damage to the security cover 714 or the object that may be in danger of coming into contact.

In addition, in this embodiment, the security cover 714 is designed to remain closed because it is rare for game balls B to become stuck between the straightening wall portion 713e and the lower shelf portion 713f. Therefore, the elastic locking portion 714a is set to lock tightly so that the security cover is difficult to open.

The passage wall member 715 is attached to the rear side of the rear base 712, and closes the rear end side of the ball removal passage 705, which is open to the rear. The passage wall member 715 also closes the portion of the rear base 712 that is open to the rear at the outlet side of the first discharge guide section 712a and the second discharge guide section 712b, and can discharge the game balls B that have circulated through the first discharge guide section 712a and the second discharge guide section 712b downward. Furthermore, the passage wall member 715 and the rear base 712 sandwich the frame relay board 716, and cover the rear side of the frame relay board 716.

The frame relay board 716 is sandwiched between the rear base 712 and the passage wall member 715. The frame relay board 716 is for relaying the connection between the handle touch sensor 192, the single button operation sensor 194, the first ball sensor 703, and the second ball sensor 704 of the door frame 3 and the main control board 1310.

As shown in FIG. 89(a), the base unit 710 of this embodiment has the upper left shelf 713b and a part of the upper right shelf 713d of the ball path member 713 facing upward from the ball receiving port 711a of the front base 711, and can receive all game balls B released downward from the game board 5. The game balls B that fall to the upper left shelf 713b or the upper right shelf 713d through the ball receiving port 711a roll to the right and flow down from the right end of the upper right shelf 713d onto the lower shelf 713f. The game balls B that flow down to the lower shelf 713f roll to the left on the lower shelf 713f. At this time, if multiple game balls B are stacked up and down on the lower shelf 713f, they are broken up by the upper straightening wall 713e so that they are lined up as they move to the left.

The game ball B that rolls leftward on the lower shelf 713f falls downward from the left end of the lower shelf 713f, and if it is forward of the partition wall 713p, it is detected by the first ball sensor 703 housed in the front sensor housing 713s, passes through the first ball guide 713u, and is discharged downward through the first discharge guide 712a of the rear base 712. On the other hand, if it is behind the partition wall 713p, it is detected by the second ball sensor 704 housed in the rear sensor housing 713t, and is discharged downward through the second discharge guide 712b of the rear base 712.

In this way, in the base unit 710 of this embodiment, the game ball B flows through separate paths in front of and behind the partition wall portion 713p of the ball path member 713 and is discharged downward, with the first ball path 701 being the side in front of the partition wall portion 713p and the second ball path 702 being the side behind the partition wall portion 713p. Therefore, the game ball B that falls forward of the partition wall portion 713p of the ball path member 713 from the game board 5 flows through the first ball path 701 and can be discharged downward after being detected by the first ball sensor 703. On the other hand, the game ball B that falls backward of the partition wall portion 713p of the ball path member 713 from the game board 5 flows through the second ball path 702 and can be discharged downward after being detected by the second ball sensor 704.

The base unit 710 can also discharge game balls B released from the lower ball removal passage 610c of the lower full-tank ball path unit 610 to remove game balls B from the ball tank 552, etc., downward through the ball removal passage 705 of the rear base 712. Game balls B discharged downward from the first discharge guide section 712a (first ball path 701), second discharge guide section 712b (second ball path 702), and ball removal passage 705 of the base unit 710 are delivered to a section (out receiving section, bucket, etc.) on the island equipment side that collects game balls B.

According to the base unit 710 in the board unit 700 of this embodiment, multiple notches 713q are provided in the upper left shelf portion 713b, the upper right shelf portion 713d, and the lower shelf portion 713f, so that dirt and dust can fall through the notches 713q and be removed from the first ball path 701 and the second ball path 702, thereby preventing dirt and the like from interfering with the flow of the game ball B and suppressing the occurrence of ball clogging, etc.

In addition, since the front base 711, rear base 712, ball path member 713, and passage wall member 715 are formed transparently, by opening the door frame 3 forward relative to the main body frame 4 and removing the game board 5 from the main body frame 4, it is possible to easily check from above the base unit 710 (substrate unit 700) whether or not game ball B is stuck in the ball path member 713 (first ball path 701 and second ball path 702). Furthermore, in the area where the straightening wall portion 713e and the lower shelf portion 713f of the ball path member 713 align the game balls B in a row, a notch portion 713q is provided in the lower shelf portion 713f. Therefore, if balls become jammed between the straightening wall portion 713e and the lower shelf portion 713f, by opening the main body frame 4 forward relative to the outer frame 2 and opening the security cover 714, a rod-shaped tool can be inserted from below between the straightening wall portion 713e and the lower shelf portion 713f through the release opening 711b and the notch portion 713q, and the ball jam can be released using the tool.

Furthermore, a downwardly opening release port 711b is provided below the straightening wall portion 713e in the lower shelf portion 713f, and a security cover 714 is provided to close the release port 711b. As a result, the ball jam can be released through the release port 711b as described above. In addition, by keeping the release port 711b closed by the security cover 714 under normal conditions, it is possible to prevent linear illegal tools from being inserted into the first ball path 701 or the second ball path 702 from the release port 711b, and a pachinko machine 1 with a high deterrent effect against illegal activities can be provided.

In addition, the security cover 714, which opens and closes the release opening 711b, is opened and closed by rotating it around a left-right axis at the front end. Therefore, if an attempt is made to close the main frame 4 to the outer frame 2 while forgetting to close the security cover 714, the security cover 714 will come into contact with an object that may be in danger of contact (the connecting tube portion 43a of the rear panel member 43), making it impossible to close the main frame 4. This makes it possible to make the user aware that the security cover 714 has been left closed, and allows the security cover 714 to be closed reliably, thereby enabling the security cover 714 to exert its security function.

Furthermore, the upper left shelf portion 713b, the lower shelf portion 713f, and the lower surface of the upper wall portion 713h are provided with a plurality of flat blocking ribs 713o spaced apart in the left-right direction and extending downward, so that even if the tip of a linear illegal tool attempts to move along the lower surfaces of the upper left shelf portion 713b, the lower shelf portion 713f, and the upper wall portion 713h, it abuts against the blocking rib 713o and the tip movement is prevented, and further insertion of the illegal tool can be prevented. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the execution of illegal acts on the game board 5 through the ball path member 713 (the first ball path 701 and the second ball path 702), and it is possible to reduce the burden on the game hall where the present pachinko machine 1 is installed, and it is possible to provide a pachinko machine 1 that has a high deterrent effect against illegal acts.

In addition, as described above, the first ball path 701 and the second ball path 702 are configured to form a complex distribution path that meanders and cranks due to the first discharge guide portion 712a and the second discharge guide portion 712b of the rear base 712 and the ball path member 713, so that even if a linear illegal tool is inserted from the exit side of the first discharge guide portion 712a or the second discharge guide portion 712b, the intrusion can be prevented by the complex path, and the intrusion of the illegal tool into the game board 5 through the first ball path 701 and the second ball path 702 can be prevented.

In addition, since the first ball sensor 703 and the second ball sensor 704 can detect (count) all game balls B released from the game board 5, there is no need to provide a structure (e.g., an out ball detection unit) for detecting game balls B discharged onto the game board 5, which reduces the cost of the game board 5 and makes it possible to secure space on the game board 5 for the structure for detecting the game balls B being discharged. By providing a presentation device in the secured space, the pachinko machine 1 (game board 5) can be made more entertaining to players.

In addition, because out balls circulate along the first ball path 701 and safe balls circulate along the second ball path 702, by comparing the number of safe balls counted on the game board 5 with the number of safe balls counted by the second ball sensor 704, it is possible to determine whether or not fraudulent activity is occurring on the game board 5, thereby providing a pachinko machine 1 that has a high deterrent effect against fraudulent activity.

Furthermore, if the payout rate (ball payout rate) per predetermined time calculated from the number of safe balls per predetermined time and the number of out balls per predetermined time is displayed so that it can be seen by the player, the player will want many game balls B to be paid out, so if the displayed payout rate is high, the player will immediately recognize that the pachinko machine 1 is likely to pay out many game balls B, making it easier to select the pachinko machine 1 to play on. Also, if the payout rate is displayed so that it can be seen by the player, if a player commits a fraudulent act that pays out many game balls B, the displayed payout rate will be higher than normal, making it easier for other players and staff at the game hall where the pachinko machine 1 is installed to notice the fraudulent act, which will make the player hesitate to commit the fraudulent act, resulting in a pachinko machine 1 that has a high deterrent effect against fraudulent acts.

In addition, if the payout rate calculated from the number of safe balls and the number of out balls is displayed in a position that cannot be seen by the player, amusement hall staff can see it and detect fraudulent activity for the same reasons as above. Also, when performing maintenance on the pachinko machine 1, if the displayed payout rate is different from the normal value, this may be due to a malfunction within the pachinko machine 1 (e.g., obstructing nails N, main control board 1310, payout control board 633, relay board, connectors, wiring cables, various sensors, etc.), making it possible to respond to the malfunction early and reducing the burden on the amusement hall.

In addition, since the first ball path 701 and the second ball path 702 are separate from the ball removal passage 705 for discharging the game balls B in the ball tank 552, the first ball sensor 703 and the second ball sensor 704 do not count the game balls B that have been removed. Therefore, the first ball sensor 703 and the second ball sensor 704 can accurately count only the game balls B that have been released from the game board 5.

In the above embodiment, out balls flow through the first ball path 701 and safe balls flow through the second ball path 702, but this is not limited to the above. Safe balls may flow through the first ball path 701 and out balls may flow through the second ball path 702, or game ball B discharged from the game board 5 may flow through either the first ball path 701 or the second ball path 702 regardless of whether it is a safe ball or an out ball.

In addition, in the above embodiment, the release opening 711b is opened and closed by rotating the security cover 714, but this is not limited to this, and the release opening 711b may be opened and closed by sliding it back and forth or left and right.

In the above embodiment, a single partition wall portion 713p is used to separate the game ball B released downward from the game board 5, so that it is discharged through one of two ball paths separated at the front and rear of the first ball path 701 and the second ball path 702. However, this is not limited to this, and it is also possible to have three or more ball paths separated at the front and rear by multiple partition wall portions, and to discharge the game ball B released from the game board 5 downward through one of the ball paths.

[5. Game Board]
Next, the game board 5 in the pachinko machine 1 will be described in detail mainly with reference to Figs. 93 to 99. Fig. 93 is a front view of the game board with the transparent center gadget and the like made opaque. Fig. 94 is a perspective view of the game board in Fig. 93 as seen from the right front, Fig. 95 is a perspective view of the game board in Fig. 93 as seen from the left front, and Fig. 96 is a perspective view of the game board in Fig. 93 as seen from the back. Fig. 97 is an exploded perspective view of the game board in Fig. 93 as seen from the front, with each main member disassembled, and Fig. 98 is an exploded perspective view of the game board in Fig. 93 as seen from the back, with each main member disassembled. Fig. 99 is a front view of the game board showing the inside of the game area in which game balls circulate, with the front unit cut parallel to the surface of the game panel.

The game board 5 of the pachinko machine 1 has a game area 5a into which a game ball B is inserted by a player operating a handle 197. The game area 5a is provided with a general prize opening 2001, a first start opening 2002, a gate 2003, a normal prize opening 2011, a second start opening 2004, a first large prize opening 2005, and a second large prize opening 2006, which grant a player a predetermined privilege (e.g., an addition of a predetermined number of balls to the player's possession) by receiving or passing a game ball B. This game board 5 is for playing an entertaining game in which the handle 197 is operated to strike the ball B and the ball B circulates within the game area 5a so that the ball B is received by or passes through the general winning port 2001, the first starting port 2002, the gate 2003, the normal winning port 2011, the second starting port 2004, the first large winning port 2005, the second large winning port 2006, etc., within the game area 5a.

The game board 5 comprises a front component 1000 that defines the outer periphery of the game area 5a and has a generally rectangular external shape when viewed from the front, a plate-shaped game panel 1100 that is attached to the rear side of the front component 1000 and defines the rear end of the game area 5a, a number of magnetic sensors 1050 (see FIG. 126) that detect magnetic fields acting illegally within the game area 5a, and a vibration sensor 1040 (see FIG. 126) that detects vibrations acting on the game board 5 (pachinko machine 1). A number of obstacle nails that come into contact with the game ball B are planted in a predetermined gauge arrangement in a portion of the front of the game panel 1100 that is within the game area 5a.

The game board 5 also includes a film-like decorative cell 1140 that is provided behind the transparent game panel 1100 and decorates the game area 5a, a rear box 3010 of the rear unit 3000 that is attached to the rear side of the game panel 1100, and a main control unit 1300 that is attached to the rear surface of the rear box 3010 and has a main control board 1310 (see Figure 126, etc.) that controls the game content that is played by shooting the game ball B into the game area 5a.

The game board 5 also includes a function display unit 1400 that displays the game status based on a control signal from the main control board 1310 and is attached to the upper left corner of the front component 1000 so as to be visible to the player, a peripheral control unit 1500 that is located on the rear side of the game panel 1100, a performance display device 1600 that is located in the center of the game area 5a when viewed from the front and is capable of displaying a predetermined performance image, a panel relay board (not shown) that is located on the rear side of the game panel 1100 and relays the connection between the main control board 1310 and the peripheral control board 1510, a front unit 2000 that is attached to the front of the game panel 1100, and a rear unit 3000 that is attached to the rear of the game panel 1100.

The performance display device 1600 is provided on the rear side of the rear unit 3000, and the peripheral control unit 1500 is provided on the rear side of the performance display device 1600.

The front unit 2000 has a plurality of (four in this case) general winning openings 2001 that are always open and can receive the game ball B that has been shot into the game area 5a, a gate 2003 that is provided at a predetermined position within the game area 5a to allow the game ball B to pass through, a first starting opening 2002 that is provided in the center in the left-right direction below the center device 2500 and is always open to receive the game ball B, and a regular winning opening 2011 that is always open to receive the game ball B at a predetermined position within the game area 5a. The game board 5 is provided with a second start opening 2004 that can receive the game ball B depending on the result of the lottery for the normal symbol that is drawn when the game ball B passes through the gate 2003 or is received by the normal winning opening 2011, and a first large winning opening 2005 and a second large winning opening 2006, either of which can receive the game ball B depending on the result of the lottery for the first special symbol that is drawn when the game ball B is received by the first start opening 2002 or the second special symbol that is drawn when the game ball B is received by the second start opening 2004. The game board 5 is also provided with a plurality of magnetic sensors 1050 (see FIG. 126, etc.) that detect magnetic fields acting illegally within the game area 5a.

The front unit 2000 is provided with an outlet 1008, which is provided at the most downstream position within the play area 5a and is always open to receive the game ball B, and which discharges the received game ball B outside the play area 5a without returning it, and a sub-outlet 2023, which is provided upstream of the outlet 1008 within the play area 5a and is always open to receive the game ball B, and which discharges the received game ball B outside the play area 5a without returning it. The outlet 1008 is provided directly below the first starting port 2002.

The front unit 2000 further includes a start port unit 2100 that is attached directly above the bottom end of the play area 5a in the left-right center of the play area 5a and has a first start port 2002, a side unit 2200 that is provided along the inner rail 1002 to the left of the start port unit 2100 when viewed from the front and has three general winning ports 2001 and two sub-out ports 2023, an upper left side unit 2300 that is provided slightly above the left side of the side unit 2200 when viewed from the front, and a frame-shaped center device 2500 that is provided slightly above the center of the play area 5a when viewed from the front and has one general winning port 2001, a gate 2003, a normal winning port 2011, a second start port 2004, a first large winning port 2005, a second large winning port 2006, and three sub-out ports 2023.

The rear unit 3000 includes a plurality of magnetic sensors 1050 that detect magnetic fields acting illegally within the play area 5a, a vibration sensor 1040 that detects vibrations acting on the play board 5 (pachinko machine 1), a rear box 3010 that is attached to the rear surface of the play panel 1100 and has a box shape with an open front and a square opening 3010b in the rear wall 3010a, a lock slider 3020 that detachably attaches the performance display device 1600 to the rear wall of the rear box 3010, and a rear board unit 3040 that is located behind the performance display device 1600 and attached to the rear wall of the rear box 3010.

The rear unit 3000 also includes a rear ball guide unit 3100 that is provided at the bottom near the front end of the rear box 3010 and through which the game ball B guided to the rear of the game panel 1100 circulates, a rear front decoration unit 3200 that is provided near the front end of the rear box 3010, a rear first performance unit 3300 that is provided behind the rear front decoration unit 3200 in the rear box 3010, and a rear second performance unit 3400 that is provided behind the rear of the rear first performance unit 3300 in the rear box 3010.

[5-1. Previous constituent members]
The front component 1000 of the game board 5 will be described in detail mainly with reference to Figures 100 to 102. Figure 100(a) is a perspective view of an assembly having the front component, game panel, and front unit in the game board of Figure 93 as seen from the front, and (b) is a perspective view of an assembly having the front component, game panel, and front unit in the game board of Figure 93 as seen from the rear. Figure 101 is an exploded perspective view of the assembly shown in Figure 100 disassembled into its main components as seen from the front, and Figure 102 is an exploded perspective view of the assembly shown in Figure 100 disassembled into its main components as seen from the rear.

The component 1000 is formed to be entirely transparent. The component 1000 has an approximately square outer shape when viewed from the front, and an approximately circular inner shape that penetrates in the front-to-rear direction, with the inner periphery of the inner shape defining the outer periphery of the play area 5a. The component 1000 is recessed forward from the rear end face at its rear side to a depth that allows the play panel 1100 to fit in, and is attached so that the play panel 1100 fits into the recessed portion. When the play panel 1100 is attached, the rear surface of the play panel 1100 and the rear end surface of the component 1000 are on the same plane.

This front component 1000 is equipped with an outer rail 1001 that extends in an arc from the lower end toward the left of the center in the left-right direction in a clockwise circumferential direction, passing the upper end of the center in the left-right direction in a front view, and extending to the upper right diagonal direction; an inner rail 1002 that is disposed inside the front component 1000 roughly along the outer rail 1001 and extends in an arc from the lower center in the left-right direction in a front view to the upper left diagonal direction in a front view; and an out guide portion 1003 that is formed at the lowest position of the play area 5a on the right side of the lower end of the inner rail 1002 in a front view and is inclined so as to become lower toward the rear.

The component 1000 also includes a lower right rail 1004 that slopes linearly from the right end of the out guide section 1003 when viewed from the front to near the right side of the component 1000, with the right end being slightly higher; a right rail 1005 that extends from the right end of the lower right rail 1004 along the right side of the component 1000 to below the upper end of the outer rail 1001, with the upper part curved inward of the component 1000; and a collision stop section 1006 that connects the upper end of the right rail 1005 to the upper end of the outer rail 1001 and comes into contact with the game ball B that rolls along the outer rail 1001.

The component 1000 is also provided with a backflow prevention member 1007 that is rotatably supported on the upper end of the inner rail 1002 and can rotate only between a closed position in which it extends upward from the upper end of the inner rail 1002 to close the gap with the outer rail 1001, and an open position in which it rotates clockwise when viewed from the front to open the gap with the outer rail 1001, and is biased by a spring (not shown) to return to the closed position.

Furthermore, the front component 1000 has an outlet 1008 that penetrates from front to back at the rear end of the out guide section 1003, located at the lower center in the left-right direction when viewed from the front within the frame.

In addition, the front component 1000 is provided with security recesses 1009 recessed rearward from the front end at the outside of the areas near the bottom ends of the outer rail 1001 and the inner rail 1002 that extend approximately vertically, the underside of the out guide portion 1003 and the lower right rail 1004, and the outside of the right rail 1005. When the game board 5 is attached to the main body frame 4 and the door frame 3 is closed against the main body frame 4, a rear protrusion (not shown) that protrudes rearward of the security cover (not shown) on the door frame 3 is inserted into this security recess 1009. As a result, the area between the security cover and the game board 5 (front component 1000) is bent in a complex manner by the rear protrusion of the security cover and the security recess 1009 of the front component 1000, so even if someone tries to insert an illegal tool such as a piano wire into the game area 5a between the security cover and the front component 1000 from below the front of the game board 5, it will be blocked by the rear protrusion and the security recess 1009, preventing the illegal tool from entering the game area 5a.

The component 1000 also has a notch 1010 cut upward from the bottom end at the bottom left corner when viewed from the front. This notch 1010 coincides with the notch in the game panel 1100. When the component 1000 is attached to the main frame of a pachinko machine that pays out game balls to players, the notch 1010 and the front end openings of the lower normal payout passage and the lower full payout passage of the lower full ball path unit are exposed forward through the notch 1010 to supply game balls to the upper and lower trays of the door frame.

Furthermore, the component 1000 is provided with a function display unit mounting portion 1011 formed in the upper left corner when viewed from the front, to which the function display unit 1400 is attached, a stamp attachment portion 1012 formed in the lower right corner, a first game board information display portion 1015 provided in the upper right corner, a second game board information display portion 1020 provided in the upper left corner, and a third game board information display portion 1025 provided in the lower left corner.

Also, the front component 1000 is almost entirely transparent, allowing the game panel 1100 and rear unit 3000 located at the rear to be viewed from the front.

[5-1a. Game board first information display section]
Next, the game board first information display section 1015 in the component 1000 will be described in detail mainly with reference to Fig. 103 etc. Fig. 103(a) is an explanatory diagram showing an enlarged perspective view of a portion of the game board first information display section in the component, (b) is an explanatory diagram showing a cross section of the portion of the game board first information display section, (c) is an explanatory diagram showing an exploded perspective view of the game board first information display section and the first information sticker base, and (d) is an oblique view of the first information sticker base to which the first information sticker is affixed, as seen from the front.

A first information sticker base 1016 is attached to the game board first information display section 1015, to which a first information sticker 1017 is affixed, the first information sticker 1017 carrying information relating to the game board 5. The first information sticker 1017 carries, for example, the model name and specifications of the game board 5.

The game board first information display section 1015 is provided in the upper right corner on the front surface of the component 1000. The game board first information display section 1015 extends in an arc shape along the outer periphery of the play area 5a, continuing rightward and downward from the right end side of the impact stop section 1006. The game board first information display section 1015 is provided with a storage recess 1015a that is shallowly recessed from the front surface of the component 1000, two insertion holes 1015b that penetrate the bottom surface of the storage recess 1015a in a square shape from front to back, and two positioning holes 1015c that penetrate the bottom surface of the storage recess 1015a in a round shape.

The game board first information display section 1015 also has two locking ribs 1015d that extend rearward in a flat shape from the outside of one side of each of the square insertion holes 1015b. The locking ribs 1015d extend rearward to about half the depth of the component 1000. As shown in FIG. 103(b), the two locking ribs 1015d extend rearward from the outside of the far side of each of the two insertion holes 1015b. In other words, the insertion hole 1015b is provided between (inside) the two locking ribs 1015d.

The first information sticker base 1016 has a flat base plate 1016a with a first information sticker 1017 affixed to its front surface, and is accommodated from the front in the accommodation recess 1015a of the first information display section 1015 of the game board. The first information sticker base 1016 also has two locking claws 1016b that extend rearward from the rear surface of the base plate 1016a and pass through insertion holes 1015b, with their rear ends locked to locking ribs 1015d. As shown in FIG. 103(b), when the locking claws 1016b are locked to the locking ribs 1015d, their rear ends extend rearward to near the rear end of the front component 1000.

The first information sticker base 1016 also has a positioning protrusion 1016c that protrudes from the rear surface of the base plate 1016a and is inserted into the positioning hole 1015c, and a peeling hole 1016d that penetrates from front to back near both the top and bottom ends of the base plate 1016a. With the first information sticker 1017 affixed to the front surface of the base plate 1016a, the peeling hole 1016d can be used to insert a rod from the rear and push the first information sticker 1017 forward, thereby peeling off a portion of the first information sticker 1017, making it easier to reuse.

The first information sticker base 1016 is provided in a color (e.g., black, blue, red, etc.) different from that of the previous component 1000. This makes it easier to notice when the first information sticker base 1016 (first information sticker 1017) has been left attached during the manufacture of the game board 5.

Since the first information sticker base 1016 of this game board first information display part 1015 can be attached and detached from the front, when reusing the previous component 1000, it is sufficient to replace the first information sticker base 1016 to which the first information sticker 1017 is attached. When removing this first information sticker base 1016, since the two locking claws 1016b are located between the two locking ribs 1015d, the locking with the locking rib 1015d can be easily released by pinching the rear ends of the two locking claws 1016b with fingers from the rear side of the previous component 1000 and bringing them closer to each other. Although not shown in the figure, the rear of the game board first information display part 1015 is closed by the game panel 1100, and when removing the first information sticker base 1016, it is necessary to remove the game panel 1100 from the previous component 1000.

In addition, the first information sticker base 1016 is provided with a peel-off hole 1016d, so that when the first information sticker base 1016 is reused or disposed of separately, the first information sticker 1017 can be easily peeled off by inserting a stick into the peel-off hole 1016d from behind and pushing the first information sticker 1017 forward.

Furthermore, because the base plate 1016a of the first information sticker base 1016 is housed in the housing recess 1015a, it is difficult for fingers, tools, etc. to get caught on the first information sticker base 1016 from the front. This makes it difficult to replace the first information sticker base 1016 with a first information sticker 1017 that has fraudulent information different from the genuine information attached, thereby increasing the deterrent effect against fraudulent activities.

[5-1b. Game board second information display section]
Next, the game board second information display section 1020 in the component 1000 will be described in detail mainly with reference to Fig. 104 etc. Fig. 104(a) is an explanatory diagram showing an enlarged perspective view of a portion of the game board second information display section in the component, (b) is an explanatory diagram showing a cross section of the portion of the game board second information display section, (c) is an explanatory diagram showing an exploded perspective view of the game board second information display section and the second information sticker base, and (d) is an oblique view of the second information sticker base to which the second information sticker is affixed, as seen from the front.

A second information sticker base 1021 is attached to the game board second information display section 1020, to which a second information sticker 1022 is affixed, the second information sticker 1022 carrying information relating to the game board 5. The second information sticker 1022 carries, for example, the copyright of the game board 5.

The second information display unit 1020 of the game board is located above the function display unit 1400 in the upper left corner of the front surface of the component 1000. The second information display unit 1020 of the game board is formed in a diamond shape that is long vertically so as to fit along the outer periphery of the play area 5a. The second information display unit 1020 of the game board has a shallow storage recess 1020a recessed from the front surface of the component 1000, and two insertion holes 1020b that penetrate the bottom surface of the storage recess 1020a in a rectangular shape from front to back along the upper and lower edges.

The second information display section 1020 of the game board is provided with a locking rib 1020c that extends rearward in a flat shape from the outer portion of the upper edge of the storage recess 1020a in the upper insertion hole 1020b. The locking rib 1020c extends rearward to about half the depth of the component 1000. The second information display section 1020 of the game board is further provided with a guide recess 1020d that is recessed upward from the underside of the locking rib 1020c and is open to the front. As shown in FIG. 104(b), the guide recess 1020d is inclined so that it is positioned lower as it approaches the rear.

The second information sticker base 1021 has a flat base plate 1021a with a second information sticker 1022 attached to its front surface, and is accommodated from the front in the accommodation recess 1020a of the game board second information display unit 1020. The second information sticker base 1021 also has a locking claw 1021b that extends rearward from the upper end of the rear surface of the base plate 1021a and engages with the locking rib 1020c through the upper insertion hole 1020b, and an L-shaped locking portion 1021c that extends rearward from the lower end of the rear surface of the base plate 1021a and then extends downward, and is inserted into the lower insertion hole 1020b. As shown in FIG. 104(b), the locking claw 1021b, when engaged with the locking rib 1020c, extends rearward to the vicinity of the rear end of the front component 1000. Additionally, the L-shaped tip of the locking portion 1021c is locked to the back side of the flat plate-shaped portion that constitutes the front surface of the component 1000.

The second information sticker base 1021 also has a peel hole 1021d that penetrates from front to back near both the top and bottom ends of the base plate 1021a. With the second information sticker 1022 attached to the front surface of the base plate 1021a, the peel hole 1021d makes it possible to peel off the end of the second information sticker 1022 by inserting a rod from the rear and pushing the second information sticker 1022 forward, making it easier to reuse.

The second information sticker base 1021 is provided in a color (e.g., black, blue, red, etc.) different from that of the previous component 1000. This makes it easier to notice when the second information sticker base 1021 (second information sticker 1022) has been left attached during the manufacture of the game board 5.

Since the second information sticker base 1021 of this game board second information display unit 1020 can be attached and detached from the front, when reusing the previous component 1000, it is sufficient to replace the second information sticker base 1021 to which the second information sticker 1022 is attached. To remove this second information sticker base 1021, insert the tip of a tool such as a flathead screwdriver into the guide recess 1020d from the front, and the tip is guided into the guide recess 1020d to press the locking claw 1021b downward, releasing the locking between the locking rib 1020c and the locking claw 1021b, and the second information sticker base 1021 can be removed forward. Note that when the second information sticker base 1021 is removed from the front using a tool, it is likely to leave a trace on the guide recess 1020d.

Another way to remove the second information sticker base 1021 is to operate the locking claw 1021b from the rear of the previous component 1000 to release the locking with the locking rib 1020c and remove it. In this case, although not shown, the rear of the game board second information display section 1020 is closed by the game panel 1100, so when removing the second information sticker base 1021, it is necessary to remove the game panel 1100 from the previous component 1000.

In addition, the second information sticker base 1021 is provided with a peel-off hole 1021d, so that when the second information sticker base 1021 is reused or disposed of separately, the second information sticker 1022 can be easily peeled off by inserting a stick into the peel-off hole 1021d from behind and pushing the second information sticker 1022 forward.

Furthermore, because the base plate 1021a of the second information sticker base 1021 is housed in the housing recess 1020a, it is difficult for fingers, tools, etc. to get caught on the second information sticker base 1021 from the front. This makes it difficult to replace the second information sticker base 1021 with a second information sticker 1022 that has fraudulent information different from the regular information attached, thereby increasing the deterrent effect against fraudulent activities.

[5-1c. Game board third information display section]
Next, the game board third information display section 1025 in the component 1000 will be described in detail mainly with reference to Fig. 105 etc. Fig. 105(a) is an explanatory diagram showing an enlarged perspective view of a portion of the game board third information display section in the component, (b) is an explanatory diagram showing a cross section of the portion of the game board third information display section, (c) is an explanatory diagram showing an exploded perspective view of the game board third information display section and the third information sticker base, and (d) is an oblique view of the third information sticker base to which the third information sticker is affixed, as seen from the front.

A third information sticker base 1026 is attached to the game board third information display section 1025, to which a third information sticker 1027 is affixed, which contains information relating to the game board 5. The third information sticker 1027 contains, for example, the manufacturer of the game board 5.

The game board third information display section 1025 is provided above the notch 1010 in the lower left corner of the front surface of the component 1000. The game board third information display section 1025 is formed in a roughly square shape. This game board third information display section 1025 is provided with a storage recess 1025a that is shallowly recessed from the front surface of the component 1000, and three insertion holes 1025b that penetrate the bottom surface of the storage recess 1025a in a square shape from front to back. Of the three insertion holes 1025b, one is provided in the center along the upper side of the storage recess 1025a, and the remaining two are provided spaced apart on the left and right sides along the lower side of the storage recess 1025a.

The game board third information display section 1025 is provided with a locking rib 1025c that extends rearward in a flat shape from the outer portion of the upper edge of the storage recess 1025a at the upper insertion hole 1025b. The locking rib 1025c extends rearward to about half the depth of the component 1000. Furthermore, the game board third information display section 1025 is provided with a guide recess 1025d that is recessed upward from the underside of the locking rib 1025c and is open to the front. As shown in FIG. 105(b), the guide recess 1025d is inclined so that it is positioned lower as it approaches the rear.

The third information sticker base 1026 has a third information sticker 1027 attached to its front surface, and is equipped with a flat base plate 1026a that is accommodated from the front in the accommodation recess 1025a of the game board third information display section 1025. The third information sticker base 1026 also has a locking claw 1026b that extends rearward from the upper end of the rear surface of the base plate 1026a, passes through the upper insertion hole 1025b, and has its rear end locked to the locking rib 1025c. As shown in FIG. 105(b), when the locking claw 1026b is locked to the locking rib 1025c, its rear end extends rearward to near the rear end of the front component 1000.

The third information sticker base 1026 is provided with two L-shaped locking portions 1026c that are spaced apart in the left-right direction along the lower end of the rear surface of the base plate 1021a and extend rearward a short distance before extending downward. The locking portions 1026c are inserted into the lower insertion holes 1020b, and the tips of the L-shapes are locked to the back side of the flat portion that constitutes the front surface of the front component 1000.

The third information sticker base 1026 is provided in a color (e.g., black, blue, red, etc.) different from that of the previous component 1000. This makes it easier to notice when the third information sticker base 1026 (third information sticker 1027) has been left attached during the manufacture of the game board 5.

Since the third information sticker base 1026 of this game board third information display unit 1025 can be attached and detached from the front, when reusing the previous component 1000, it is sufficient to replace the third information sticker base 1026 to which the third information sticker 1027 is attached. To remove this third information sticker base 1026, insert the tip of a tool such as a flathead screwdriver into the guide recess 1025d from the front, and the tip is guided into the guide recess 1025d to press the locking claw 1026b downward, releasing the locking between the locking rib 1025c and the locking claw 1026b, and the third information sticker base 1026 can be removed forward. Note that when the third information sticker base 1026 is removed from the front using a tool, it is likely to leave a trace on the guide recess 1025d.

Another way to remove the third information sticker base 1026 is to operate the locking claw 1026b from the rear of the previous component 1000 to release the locking with the locking rib 1025c and remove it. In this case, although not shown, the rear of the game board third information display section 1025 is closed by the game panel 1100, so when removing the third information sticker base 1026, it is necessary to remove the game panel 1100 from the previous component 1000.

In addition, because the base plate 1026a of the third information sticker base 1026 is housed in the housing recess 1025a, it is difficult for fingers, tools, etc. to get caught on the third information sticker base 1026 from the front. This makes it difficult to replace the third information sticker base 1026 with a third information sticker 1027 that has fraudulent information different from the genuine information attached, thereby increasing the deterrent effect against fraudulent activities.

[5-2. Game Panel]
The game panel 1100 in the game board 5 will be described in detail mainly with reference to Figures 101 and 102. The game panel 1100 is attached to the rear surface of the component 1000, and the front unit 2000 and the rear unit 3000 are attached to it. The outer periphery of the game panel 1100 is slightly smaller than that of the component 1000, and is formed in a flat plate shape from transparent synthetic resin. The game panel 1100 is attached by being fitted from behind into a recessed portion on the rear side of the component 1000. Although not shown in the figures, a plurality of obstacle nails are planted in a predetermined gauge arrangement on the front surface of the game panel 1100.

The game panel 1100 is formed from synthetic resin plates such as acrylic resin, polycarbonate resin, polyarylate resin, and methacrylic resin, or inorganic plates such as glass and metal. The game panel 1100 is thinner than a wooden game panel, which is about 20 mm thick, and the minimum thickness required to adequately support nails planted on the front and a front unit 2000 attached is about 10 mm. In this embodiment, it is formed from a transparent synthetic resin plate.

The gaming panel 1100 is formed with a number of openings 1112 that penetrate from front to back. Each opening 1112 is provided in a location corresponding to the outlet 1008 of the front component 1000, the starter unit 2100 in the front unit 2000, the side unit 2200, and the center gimmick 2500. In the opening 1112 that corresponds to the outlet 1008, the area below the opening 1112 in the gaming panel 1100 is recessed from the rear surface toward the front. In other words, the plate thickness of the area below the opening 1112 is thinner.

This gaming panel 1100 has a large opening 1112 for mounting the center device 2500, which is offset above the center when viewed from the front. The presence of this opening 1112 gives the panel a frame-like shape, but as shown in the figure, the frame is continuous, so the panel has sufficient strength and rigidity.

This game panel 1100, together with the front component 1000 attached to the front side, is formed transparent, so when assembled to the game board 5, the boundaries of the game area 5a are less clearly visible, giving the player a sense of openness, and although the actual size of the game area 5a does not change, the game area 5a appears larger (wider) to the player.

In addition, because the game panel 1100, along with the front component 1000, is made transparent, the light from the performance display device 1600, front unit 2000, rear unit 3000, etc. can be reflected or refracted forward (towards the player) to appear as if it is emitting light, further enhancing the overall decorativeness of the game board 5.

Although detailed explanations are omitted, the game panel 1100 is provided with a number of mounting holes and positioning holes for mounting and positioning the front component 1000, the front unit 2000 such as the starter unit 2100 and the center gimmick 2500, the rear box 3010 of the rear unit 3000, etc.

[5-3. Decorative Cells]
The decorative cells 1140 in the game board 5 will be described in detail mainly with reference to Figures 100 to 102. The decorative cells 1140 are provided so as to be visible from the front through the transparent game panel 1100, and are intended to decorate the game area 5a.

The game board 5 of this embodiment is provided on the rear side of the transparent game panel 1100 and has a film-like decorative cell 1140 with a predetermined pattern applied to it.

The decorative cell 1140 is provided in the play area 5a (within the frame of the frame-shaped front component 1000 when viewed from the front) behind the area through which the game ball B circulates. The decorative cell 1140 is provided around almost the entire circumference of the annular area between the periphery of the play area 5a and the frame of the center device 2500, except for the area where the second starting hole 2004 of the center device 2500 is provided. In this embodiment, the decorative cell 1140 is divided into four. Specifically, the decorative cell 1140 is composed of four parts: the area between the inner rail 1002 and the center gadget 2500, from near the backflow prevention member 1007 to the upper left end of the side unit 2200; the area between the lower right rail 1004 and the center gadget 2500, including the side unit 2200 and the starting unit 2100, to the left of the first large winning opening 2005; the area between the outer rail 1001 and the center gadget 2500, from near the backflow prevention member 1007 to the impact stopper 1006; and the area between the right rail 1005 and the center gadget 2500, below the impact stopper 1006.

The decorative cell 1140 is formed so that its outer edge roughly coincides with the inner edge of the previous component 1000, and its inner edge is formed so that it is slightly outward from the inner surface of the opening 1112 of the gaming panel 1100.

The decorative cell 1140 has multiple mounting holes, and is attached to the rear surface of the game panel 1100 by mounting screws (not shown) through the mounting holes. The mounting screws have cylindrical steps that are the same height as the thickness of the decorative cell 1140, and are positioned relative to the game panel 1100 at the same time as the cell is attached. The mounting holes are located in positions that are difficult to see from the front when the decorative cell is assembled to the game board 5.

The decorative cell 1140 is a synthetic resin film with a thickness of 0.2 mm to 0.4 mm, on which a predetermined pattern is printed. The materials that the decorative cell 1140 can be made from include "polyethylene terephthalate resin", "polycarbonate resin", "ABS resin", "AES resin", "PMMA (polymethyl methacrylate) resin", "polypropylene resin", "polyethylene resin", "polystyrene resin", "high impact polystyrene resin", "polyvinyl chloride", etc.

In this embodiment, the decorative cells 1140 are provided on a portion of the gaming panel 1100, so that a greater number of decorative cells 1140 can be taken from the resin sheet compared to conventional cells that are attached to the gaming panel 1100, thereby reducing the cost of the pachinko machine 1.

In addition, because the decorative cell 1140 is attached to the gaming panel 1100 with mounting screws, the decorative cell 1140 can be easily attached and detached from the gaming panel 1100. Therefore, by replacing the decorative cell 1140 with one with a different design, it is possible to easily accommodate changes in the specifications, model, design, reuse, etc. of the pachinko machine 1, thereby suppressing increases in the costs of the pachinko machine 1, and by replacing the decorative cell 1140 with one with a design that has a more decorative effect, it is possible to provide a pachinko machine 1 that is more appealing to players.

Furthermore, because the decorative cell 1140 is provided behind the transparent gaming panel 1100, the distance from the player to the decorative cell 1140 is greater than if it were provided in front of the gaming panel 1100, reducing the sense of oppression felt by the player.

It is also desirable to make the decorative cell 1140 translucent, so that the light from the LEDs provided at the rear of the gaming panel 1100 (decorative cell 1140) can illuminate the image on the decorative cell 1140, improving the appearance within the gaming area 5a. The illuminated decoration of the decorative cell 1140 can also strongly attract the player's attention, enhancing the appeal of the pachinko machine 1.

[5-4. Main control board unit]
The main control unit 1300 in the game board 5 will be described mainly with reference to Figures 96 to 98. The main control unit 1300 is detachably attached to the lower part of the rear surface of the rear box 3010 in the rear unit 3000. The main control unit 1300 includes a main control board 1310 (see Figure 126) that controls the game content and the granting of benefits to players, and a main control board box 1320 that houses the main control board 1310 and is attached to the rear box 3010.

The main control board box 1320 is composed of a board base 1330 which is attached to the rear box 3010 and has the main control board 1310 attached to its rear surface, and a board cover 1340 which is attached to the board base 1330 so as to cover the main control board 1310 from behind. The board base 1330 and the board cover 1340 are made of transparent polycarbonate. The main control board 1310 is housed in the internal space formed by the board base 1330 and the board cover 1340. Because the board base 1330 and the board cover 1340 are made of transparent polycarbonate, it is possible to check the condition of the front and back sides of the main control board 1310 (whether or not unauthorized tampering has been performed, or whether or not an unauthorized IC is installed) from the outside of the main control board box 1320.

The main control board box 1320 is also provided with multiple sealing mechanisms 1350, each corresponding to the board base 1330 and the board cover 1340. When the main control board box 1320 is closed using one sealing mechanism 1350, the sealing mechanism 1350 must be destroyed in order to open the main control board box 1320 again, leaving traces of the opening and closing of the main control board box 1320. Therefore, by observing the traces of opening and closing, unauthorized opening and closing of the main control board box 1320 can be discovered, enhancing the deterrent effect against unauthorized acts on the main control board 1310.

The main control board 1310 of the main control unit 1300 is connected to the payout control board 633, the first ball sensor 703, the second ball sensor 704, the peripheral control board 1510, etc. The main control board 1310 is also connected to the function display unit 1400, the general prize opening sensor 3001, the first start opening sensor 3002, the second start opening sensor 2502, the general prize opening sensor 3003, the gate sensor 2501, the first large prize opening sensor 2503, the second large prize opening sensor 2504, the first large prize opening sensor 2503, the start opening solenoid 2542, the first attacca solenoid 2532, the second attacca solenoid 2552, the magnetic sensor 1050, the vibration sensor 1040, etc.

The main control board 1310 also has a base monitor 1310a consisting of four 7-segment LEDs (see FIG. 126). The base monitor 1310a can be seen from behind through the transparent board cover 1340. This base monitor 1310a displays the number of game balls B that are launched by the ball launcher 540, are shot into the game area 5a, are discharged downward from the game board 5, and are detected by the first ball sensor 703 and the second ball sensor 704 provided on the board unit 700 of the main frame 4, and are counted. The base monitor 1310a of this embodiment displays the number of balls (the number of balls that returned to the game hall) counted by the first ball sensor 703 and the second ball sensor 704 after 100 shots are launched as a percentage.

[5-5. Function display unit]
The function display unit 1400 in the game board 5 will be described in detail mainly with reference to FIG. 93 etc. The function display unit 1400 is attached to the upper left corner of the front component 1000 outside the game area 5a. When assembled to the pachinko machine 1, the function display unit 1400 can be seen from the front (player side) through the door window 101a of the door frame 3. This function display unit 1400 uses multiple LEDs based on control signals from the main control board 1310 to display the game status (game situation), the lottery results for normal symbols, the lottery results for special symbols, etc.

Although detailed illustrations are omitted, the function display unit 1400 is equipped with a status indicator consisting of three LEDs that display the game status, a normal pattern display consisting of two LEDs that displays the lottery results of the normal pattern drawn by the passage of game ball B through gate 2003 or the acceptance of game ball B into normal winning opening 2011, and a normal hold display consisting of two LEDs that displays the number of holds related to the passage of game ball B through gate 2003 or the acceptance of game ball B into normal winning opening 2011.

The function display unit 1400 also includes a first special pattern display consisting of eight LEDs that displays the result of the drawing of the first special pattern drawn by the reception of the game ball B into the first starting port 2002, a first special reserved number display consisting of two LEDs that displays the reserved number related to the reception of the game ball B into the first starting port 2002, a second special pattern display consisting of eight LEDs that displays the result of the drawing of the second special pattern drawn by the reception of the game ball B into the second starting port 2004, and a second special reserved number display consisting of two LEDs that displays the reserved number related to the reception of the game ball B into the second starting port 2004.

Furthermore, the function display unit 1400 is equipped with a round display consisting of five LEDs that displays the number of times (number of rounds) that the opening and closing pattern of the first large winning opening 2005 or the second large winning opening 2006 is repeated when the lottery result for the first special pattern or the lottery result for the second special pattern is a "win" or the like.

This functional display unit 1400 can display the number of reserved items, designs, etc., by turning on, off, blinking, etc. the LEDs provided as appropriate.

[5-6. Peripheral control unit]
The peripheral control unit 1500 in the game board 5 will be described mainly with reference to FIG. 96 and the like. The peripheral control unit 1500 is provided behind the performance display device 1600 provided on the rear side of the rear box 3010 of the rear unit 3000. In detail, the peripheral control unit 1500 is attached to the rear surface of the performance display device 1600 attached to the rear surface of the rear box 3010. The peripheral control unit 1500 includes a peripheral control board 1510 (see FIG. 126) that controls the performance presented to the player based on a control signal from the main control board 1310, and a peripheral control board box 1520 that houses the peripheral control board 1510. The peripheral control board 1510 includes a peripheral control unit 1511 for controlling light emission performance, sound performance, movable performance, etc., and a performance display control unit 1512 for controlling performance images.

The peripheral control board 1510 of the peripheral control unit 1500 is connected to the main control board 1310, the performance operation unit 300, various decorative boards on the door frame 3 side, the performance display device 1600, etc. (see Figure 126). The peripheral control unit 1500 is attached to the rear of the performance display device 1600, details of which will be described later.

[5-7. Performance display device]
The effect display device 1600 in the game board 5 will be described mainly with reference to Figs. 97 and 98. The effect display device 1600 is disposed in the center of the game area 5a when viewed from the front, and is disposed behind the game panel 1100. The effect display device 1600 is attached to the side of the game board 5 via the rear box 3010 of the rear unit 3000. The effect display device 1600 is detachably attached to the rear wall of the rear box 3010. When assembled, it can be seen from the front (player's side) through the transparent game panel 1100 and the frame of the frame-shaped center device 2500.

The performance display device 1600 is a 4:3 19-inch full-color LCD display device with white LEDs as a backlight, and is attached in a landscape orientation to the rear surface (rear wall) of the rear box 3010. The performance display device 1600 is connected to the peripheral control board 1510, and can display specified still images and videos.

The performance display device 1600 has two upper fixed pieces 1601 protruding upward from the top end surface and one lower fixed piece 1602 protruding downward from the bottom end surface. With the LCD screen facing forward, the performance display device 1600 is attached to the rear box 3010 by inserting the two upper fixed pieces 1601 from the diagonal rear of the rear box 3010 into two fixing grooves 3010d opening into the upper inner surface of the opening 3010b of the rear box 3010 described later, moving the lower fixed piece 1602 side forward, inserting the lower fixed piece 1602 into the opening of the lock slider 3020, and sliding the lock slider 3020 to the left when viewed from behind.

[5-8. Overall structure of the table unit]
The front unit 2000 of the game board 5 will be described in detail mainly with reference to Figures 100 to 102. The front unit 2000 is attached to the game panel 1100 from the front, with its front end protruding forward beyond the front surface of the game panel 1100 and its rear end protruding into the opening 1112 of the game panel 1100.

The front unit 2000 has a plurality of (three in this case) general winning openings 2001 that are always open to receive the game ball B that has been shot into the game area 5a, a gate 2003 that is provided at a predetermined position within the game area 5a and through which the game ball B can pass, a normal winning opening 2011 that is provided at a predetermined position within the game area 5a and is always open to receive the game ball B, a first starting opening 2002 that is provided at a predetermined position within the game area 5a and is always open to receive the game ball B, and a gate 2003 through which the game ball B can pass. It is equipped with a second starting opening 2004 that can receive game ball B depending on the result of the lottery for the normal symbol that is drawn when game ball B passes through gate 2003 or is received by normal winning opening 2011, and a first large winning opening 2005 and a second large winning opening 2006 that can receive game ball B depending on either a first special symbol that is drawn when game ball B is received by first starting opening 2002 or a second special symbol that is drawn when game ball B is received by second starting opening 2004.

The front unit 2000 further includes an outlet 1008 and a sub-outlet 2023 that discharge the game ball B that is shot into the game area 5a to the outside of the game area 5a. The outlet 1008 and the sub-outlet 2023 are always open so that they can receive the game ball B. The outlet 1008 is provided at the downstream end of the game area 5a.

The front unit 2000 also includes a gate sensor 2501 that detects the passage of game ball B through gate 2003, a second start opening sensor 2502 that detects game ball B received in second start opening 2004, a first large prize opening sensor 2503 that detects game ball B received in first large prize opening 2005, a second large prize opening sensor 2504 that detects game ball B received in second large prize opening 2006, and a magnetic sensor 1050 that detects unauthorized magnetism acting within the game area 5a.

Three of the multiple (four here) general winning holes 2001 are located on the left side of the center in the left-right direction at the bottom of the play area 5a, and the remaining one is located on the right side of the center in the left-right direction at the bottom of the play area 5a. The gate 2003 is located in a position above the center in the up-down direction near the right end of the play area 5a. The normal winning hole 2011 is located in a position below the center in the up-down direction near the right end of the play area 5a. The first starting hole 2002 is located directly above the out hole 1008 in the center in the left-right direction of the play area 5a. The second starting hole 2004 is located above the center in the up-down direction between the gate 2003 and the normal winning hole 2011 near the right end of the play area 5a. The first large winning hole 2005 is located below the collision stopper 1006 in the upper right corner of the play area 5a. The second large prize slot 2006 is located in the bottom right corner of the play area 5a.

The outlet 1008 is located at the downstream end of the play area 5a, directly below the first starting outlet 2002. Of the multiple (six in this case) sub-outlets 2023, three are located on the left side of the left-right center at the bottom of the play area 5a, two are located on the right side of the left-right center at the bottom of the play area 5a, and the remaining one is located approximately in the vertical center near the left end of the play area 5a.

The front unit 2000 is equipped with a start port unit 2100 which is attached directly above the bottom end of the play area 5a in the left-right center of the play area 5a and has a first start port 2002, and a side unit 2200 which is provided to the left of the start port unit 2100 when viewed from the front, along the inner rail 1002, and has three general winning ports 2001 and three sub-out ports 2023.

The front unit 2000 is located in the game area 5a, approximately in the center and slightly above it when viewed from the front, and further includes a frame-shaped center device 2500 having one general winning opening 2001, a gate 2003, a regular winning opening 2011, a second starting opening 2004, a first large winning opening 2005, a second large winning opening 2006, and three sub-out openings 2023.

[5-8a. Starting unit]
Next, the starting hole unit 2100 of the front unit 2000 will be described mainly with reference to Figures 93 to 95 and 99. The starting hole unit 2100 of the front unit 2000 is disposed directly above the outlet 1008 near the lower end of the center in the left-right direction within the game area 5a, and is attached from the front to the game panel 1100. The starting hole unit 2100 has a first starting hole 2002 that is always open upward and has a width that allows only one game ball B to be received.

When the start port unit 2100 is assembled to the game board 5, the first start port 2002 is located directly below the central release section 2518a on the stage 2518 of the center device 2500, and can receive the game ball B released from the central release section 2518a with a high probability. The game ball B received by this first start port 2002 is guided to the rear of the game panel 1100 and handed over to the back ball guide unit 3100 of the back unit 3000, and after being detected by the first start port sensor 3002, is discharged to the second ball path 702 of the lower base unit 700.

[5-8b. Side unit]
Next, the side unit 2200 of the front unit 2000 will be described mainly with reference to Figures 93 to 95 and 99. The side unit 2200 of the front unit 2000 extends along the inner rail 1002 to the left of the starting port unit 2100 in the game area 5a, and is attached to the game panel 1100 from the front. The side unit 2200 has three general winning ports 2001 that are always open to receive the game ball B, and three sub-out ports 2023 that are always open to receive the game ball B.

The side unit 2200 has regular winning openings 2001 and sub-out openings 2023 arranged in an alternating row along the inner rail 1002 from right to left, with the openings located higher toward the left. Each of the regular winning openings 2001 and sub-out openings 2023 opens to the size (width) of one game ball B.

The side unit 2200 also has a shelf 2201 at its highest left end, which slopes downward as it approaches the right. When assembled to the game board 5, the shelf 2201 is located to the left of and below the warp entrance 2515. A decorative sticker 2203 with a specified decoration is affixed to the front of the side unit 2200.

When the side unit 2200 is assembled to the game board 5, the three general winning openings 2001 and the sub-out opening 2023 protrude forward from the front surface of the game panel 1100. This side unit 2200 can guide the game ball B received in the general winning opening 2001 to the rear of the game panel 1100 and deliver it to the back ball guide unit 3100 of the back unit 3000. The game ball B delivered to the back ball guide unit 3100 of the back unit 3000 is then detected by the general winning opening sensor 3001 and discharged to the second ball path 702 of the lower base unit 700.

The side unit 2200 can also guide the game ball B received in the sub-out port 2023 to the rear of the game panel 1100 and deliver it to the back ball guiding unit 3100 of the back unit 3000. The game ball B delivered to the back ball guiding unit 3100 of the back unit 3000 is discharged to the first ball path 701 of the lower base unit 700.

[5-8c. Center role]
Next, the center role 2500 in the front unit 2000 will be described in detail mainly with reference to Figs. 106 and 107. Fig. 106 is a perspective view of the center role of the game board seen from the front, and Fig. 107 is a perspective view of the center role of the game board seen from the back. The center role 2500 of the front unit 2000 is located in the game area 5a, above the starting hole unit 2100, and slightly above the center when viewed from the front, and is attached to the front of the game panel 1100. The center role 2500 is formed in a transparent frame shape.

The center device 2500, which will be described in detail later, includes a gate 2003 through which a normal pattern is drawn by the passage of game ball B, a normal winning port 2011 that is always open to receive game ball B and through which a normal pattern is drawn by the reception of game ball B, a second starting port 2004 that can receive game ball B depending on the result of the drawing of the normal pattern drawn by the passage of game ball B through gate 2003 or the reception of game ball B into the normal winning port 2011, a first large winning port 2005 and a second large winning port 2006 that open or close to receive game ball B depending on the result of the drawing of the first special pattern drawn by the reception of game ball B into the first starting port 2002 or the second special pattern drawn by the reception of game ball B into the second starting port 2004, and three sub-out ports 2023 that discharge the received game ball B without returning it to the game area 5a.

The center device 2500 is equipped with a gate sensor 2501 that detects the passage of game ball B through gate 2003, a second start opening sensor 2502 that detects game ball B received in second start opening 2004, a first large prize opening sensor 2503 that detects game ball B received in first large prize opening 2005, and a second large prize opening sensor 2504 that detects game ball B received in second large prize opening 2006.

The center gimmick 2500 also includes a center frame 2510 formed in a frame shape so as to fit along the inner periphery of the opening 1112 of the gaming panel 1100. The center frame 2510 includes a forward protruding portion 2511 that protrudes forward from the front surface of the gaming panel 1100 to a position similar to the front end of the obstacle nail N, a plate-shaped flange portion 2512 that extends from the rear end of the forward protruding portion 2511 toward the outside of the frame in parallel with the front surface of the gaming panel 1100, a rear protruding portion 2513 that protrudes rearward from the flange portion 2512, and a plate-shaped support portion 2514 that extends from the rear end of the forward protruding portion 2511 toward the inside of the frame in parallel with the front surface of the gaming panel 1100.

The forward protrusion 2511 of the center gadget 2500 is provided in a frame shape along the periphery of the opening 1112 of the game panel 1100. This forward protrusion 2511 prevents the game ball B from entering (flowing into) the opening 1112 of the game panel 1100. The flange portion 2512 is for attaching the center frame 2510 to the front surface of the game panel 1100. The rear protrusion 2513 and the support portion 2514 are mainly for reinforcing the center frame 2510.

The center gadget 2500 further includes a warp entrance 2515 that opens at the left side of the frame-shaped forward protrusion 2511 to allow the game ball B to enter, a warp passage 2516 that guides the game ball B that enters the warp entrance 2515 into the frame of the center gadget 2500, a warp exit 2517 that opens at the downstream end of the warp passage 2516, and a stage 2518 that rolls the game ball B that comes out of the warp exit 2517 in the left-right direction and then releases it forward and below the center gadget 2500.

The stage 2518 is provided in the opening 1112 behind the flange portion 2512 (the front surface of the game panel 1100). The stage 2518 is curved with a recessed central side in the left-right direction, and is formed in a wavy (W-shaped) shape such that the position corresponding to directly above the first starting hole 2002 of the starting hole unit 2100, that is, the approximate central position in the left-right direction when the center role 2500 is attached to the game panel 1100 of the game panel 1100, is slightly higher than the left and right sides. This stage 2518 is inclined so that the part (center release part 2518a) that is slightly higher than the left and right sides in the left-right center and the lowest part (side release part 2518b) on both sides are lower toward the front, and the game ball B can be released into the game area 5a from these parts.

The center reel 2500 further includes a stage unit 2520 that forms the lower side of the center reel 2500 and has a stage 2518, a first attacca unit 2530 that forms the upper right corner of the center reel 2500 and has a first large winning opening 2005, a gate unit 2540 that is provided below the first attacca unit 2530 and has a gate 2003, a normal winning opening 2011, a second starting opening 2004, and a sub-out opening 2023, a second attacca unit 2550 that forms the lower right corner of the center reel 2500 and is provided to the left of the stage unit 2520 and below the gate unit 2540 and has a normal winning opening 2001, a second large winning opening 2006, and a sub-out opening 2023, and a center upper left unit 2560 that forms a part of the left side and the upper side of the center reel 2500 and is provided to connect the stage unit 2520 and the first attacca unit 2530.

In this embodiment, the center role piece 2500 is divided into five parts in the circumferential direction by the stage unit 2520, the first attacca unit 2530, the gate unit 2540, the second attacca unit 2550, and the center upper left unit 2560. Accordingly, the center frame 2510 is also divided into five parts in the circumferential direction.

The center device 2500 includes a second start port door 2541 that can open and close the second start port 2004, a start port solenoid 2542 that opens and closes the second start port door 2541 in accordance with the result of a normal lottery drawn by receiving a game ball B in the normal winning port 2011, a first large winning port door 2531 that can open and close the first large winning port 2005, and a first large winning port door 2531 that can open and close the first large winning port door 2531 in accordance with the result of a normal lottery drawn by receiving a game ball B in the first start port 2002 or the second start port 2004. It is equipped with a first attacca solenoid 2532 that opens and closes depending on the lottery result of the first special pattern or the lottery result of the second special pattern, a second large prize opening door 2551 that can open and close the second large prize opening 2006, and a second attacca solenoid 2552 that opens and closes the second large prize opening door 2551 depending on the lottery result of the first special pattern or the lottery result of the second special pattern drawn by receiving a game ball B into the first starting opening 2002 or the second starting opening 2004.

The center device 2500 also includes a pattern display 2505 that displays the special pattern, the fourth pattern, etc., that are selected by receiving the game ball B into the first starting hole 2002 or the second starting hole 2004.

[5-8c-1. Stage unit]
The stage unit 2520 of the center prop 2500 will be described in detail with reference to Figs. 108 to 112. Fig. 108(a) is a front view of the stage unit in the center prop, and (b) is a rear view of the stage unit in the center prop. Fig. 109 is an exploded perspective view of the stage unit disassembled and seen from the front, and Fig. 110 is an exploded perspective view of the stage unit disassembled and seen from the back. Fig. 111 is a front view showing an enlarged main part of the stage unit. Fig. 112(a) is a cross-sectional view cut along the line T-T in Fig. 111, (b) is a cross-sectional view cut along the line C-C in Fig. 111, (c) is a cross-sectional view cut along the line T-T in Fig. 111, and (d) is a cross-sectional view cut along the line T-T in Fig. 111.

The stage unit 2520 constitutes part of the left side and part of the bottom side of the center prop 2500, and as shown in FIG. 108(a), its shape when viewed from the front is an arc that bulges out to the lower left.

This stage unit 2520 comprises a first member 2521 attached to the front of the game panel 1100, a second member 2522 attached to the rear of the first member 2521, a third member 2523 attached to the rear of the first member 2521 so as to sandwich the second member 2522 from behind, and a decorative sticker 2524 affixed to a portion of the front of the first member 2521.

The first member 2521 is large enough to form the entire stage unit 2520, and the second member 2522 and the third member 2523 are attached to the rear side. This first member 2521 forms part of the center frame 2510, and has a forward protruding portion 2511, a flange portion 2512, a rear protruding portion 2513, and a support portion 2514.

In more detail, the forward protrusion 2511 of the first member 2521 is formed in a strip shape with a width similar to the distance from the front surface of the game panel 1100 to the front end of the obstacle nail N, and its width direction is oriented in the front-rear direction, and it is separated into two parts with a gap in the left-right direction. The right forward protrusion 2511 (partition part 2511a described later) is provided to the right of the stage 2518 and extends approximately vertically in the up-down direction. The left forward protrusion 2511 is provided to the left of the warp exit 2517 and extends to the upper left. A warp entrance 2515 is provided in the middle of this left forward protrusion 2511 so as to open to the left. The right forward protrusion 2511 protrudes forward less than the left forward protrusion 2511.

The flange portion 2512 of the first member 2521 extends from the rear end of the forward protrusion 2511 toward the outside of the center frame 2510 in a flat plate shape parallel to the front surface of the game panel 1100, and is provided to connect the two forward protrusions 2511 separated to the left and right. The right end of the flange portion 2512 coincides with the right forward protrusion 2511, and the left end is provided to a portion below the left forward protrusion 2511 and below the warp entrance 2515. The flange portion 2512 of the first member 2521 extends in the left-right direction along the stage 2518 and the warp passage 2516 so that the left end side is higher. The front surface of the flange portion 2512 of the first member 2521 is recessed to a certain depth within a predetermined range, and a decorative sticker 2524 with a predetermined decoration printed thereon is attached to the recessed portion.

The rear protruding portion 2513 of the first member 2521 is provided so as to protrude rearward in a plate shape from the rear surface of the flange portion 2512 along the right side and bottom side of the flange portion 2512. This rear protruding portion 2513 is provided so as to correspond to the lower wall portion 2523c of the third member 2523. The support portion 2514 of the first member 2521 extends in a plate shape from the rear end of the left forward protruding portion 2511 toward the inside of the center frame 2510. Note that a portion of each of the flange portion 2512 and the support portion 2514 forms the front wall of the warp passage 2516.

Furthermore, the first member 2521 has a mounting hole 2521a that penetrates the flange portion 2512 and the support portion 2514 and through which a mounting screw is inserted to mount the first member 2521 to the gaming panel 1100, and a plate positioning pin 2521b that protrudes rearward from the rear surface of the flange portion 2512 and the support portion 2514 and is inserted into a positioning hole in the gaming panel 1100.

The first member 2521 also has a front inclined portion 2521c that is provided on the lower end edge and the left end edge of the flange portion 2512 and inclined so as to move rearward toward the tip, and a plurality of cylindrical protrusions 2521d that protrude rearward from the rear surface of the flange portion 2512 in a cylindrical shape and have a screw hole formed in the center. The plurality of cylindrical protrusions 2521d are for attaching the second member 2522 and the third member 2523. Of the plurality of cylindrical protrusions 2521d, the four cylindrical protrusions 2521d located below the stage 2518 are provided symmetrically with respect to the central release portion 2518a of the stage 2518.

The first member 2521 also has a seal removal hole 2521e that penetrates the flange portion 2512. The seal removal hole 2521e is provided in the area where the decorative seal 2524 is attached, and is intended to allow a rod-shaped tool to be inserted from the rear to push the affixed decorative seal 2524 forward, making it easier to remove.

The second member 2522 is sandwiched between the first member 2521 and the third member 2523. This second member 2522 is located below the warp exit 2517, extends rightward from near the left end of the warp exit 2517, and has a stage 2518 provided in part. This second member 2522 has a rolling surface portion 2522a that extends left and right with the plate surface facing up and down, on whose upper surface the game ball B can roll, a plate-shaped front wall plate portion 2522b that extends upward from the front end of the rolling surface portion 2522a, and a plate-shaped rear wall plate portion 2522c that extends upward from the rear end of the rolling surface portion 2522a.

The rolling surface portion 2522a extends almost horizontally from near the center in the left-right direction, with some ups and downs on the right side, and the stage 2518 is provided in this area. On the other hand, the part of the rolling surface portion 2522a to the left of the stage 2518 is inclined so that it becomes higher as it moves leftward toward the warp exit 2517.

The front wall plate portion 2522b is provided on the front edge of the rolling surface portion 2522a, excluding the central release portion 2518a and the side release portion 2518b of the stage 2518. Furthermore, the portion of the front wall plate portion 2522b that corresponds to the stage 2518 protrudes further forward than the other portions. The front wall plate portion 2522b protrudes upward from the rolling surface portion 2522a to a position lower than the diameter of the game ball B. The rear wall plate portion 2522c is provided over the entire length of the rear edge of the rolling surface portion 2522a, and protrudes upward from the rolling surface portion 2522a to a position lower than the diameter of the game ball B.

Furthermore, the second member 2522 has a plurality of protrusions 2522d that protrude from the front wall plate portion 2522b and the rear wall plate portion 2522c toward the rolling surface portion 2522a at a portion to the left of the stage 2518 and are arranged in a staggered pattern in the flow direction (left-right direction) of the game ball B. The plurality of protrusions 2522d are intended to cause the game ball B to meander back and forth by alternately abutting against them, thereby slowing down its flow speed (rolling speed).

The second member 2522 also has a rear inclined portion 2522e that is inclined so as to move forward toward the tip on the rear surface of the front wall plate portion 2522b, and a downward protruding portion 2522f that protrudes downward from near the front end of the rolling surface portion 2522a. The downward protruding portion 2522f is provided over the entire length of the front edge of the rolling surface portion 2522a, and its front surface is provided on the same plane as the front surface of the portion of the front wall plate portion 2522b excluding the portion corresponding to the stage 2518.

The second member 2522 also has a number of positioning pins 2522g that protrude cylindrically rearward from the rear wall plate portion 2522c. The positioning pins 2522g are spaced apart in the left-right direction, and one of them is provided on a vertical line that passes through the center of the central release portion 2518a of the stage 2518. The positioning pins 2522g are used to position the second member 2523, and are inserted into positioning holes 2523f of the third member 2523.

Furthermore, the second member 2522 has a plurality of mounting portions 2522h provided below the rolling surface portion 2522a. The plurality of mounting portions 2522h are for mounting the second member 2522 to the first member 2521. The plurality of mounting portions 2522h are formed with a recessed portion into which the cylindrical protrusion 2521d of the first member 2521 can be inserted from the front, and a countersink through which a mounting screw is inserted is formed on the rear end surface. Among the plurality of mounting portions 2522h, the four mounting portions 2522h provided below the stage 2518 are provided symmetrically on the left and right sides with respect to the central release portion 2518a of the stage 2518. Therefore, by attaching the plurality of mounting portions 2522h to the corresponding cylindrical protrusions 2521d, the second member 2522 can be positioned at a predetermined position relative to the first member 2521.

The third member 2523 is attached to the rear side of the first member 2521 so as to sandwich the second member 2522 between the third member 2523 and the first member 2521. This third member 2523 has a rear wall portion 2523a extending in the left-right direction along the second member 2522 with its plate surface facing in the front-rear direction, an upper wall portion 2523b protruding forward from the upper edge of the rear wall portion 2523a, a lower wall portion 2523c protruding forward from the lower edge of the rear wall portion 2523a by a shorter distance than the upper wall portion 2523b, and a ball passage portion 2523d extending leftward and upward from the left ends of the rear wall portion 2523a and the upper wall portion 2523b.

The rear wall portion 2523a prevents the game ball B from falling backward from the rolling surface portion 2522a of the second member 2522 that constitutes the stage 2518. The upper edge of the rear wall portion 2523a is located at a position higher than the diameter of the game ball B from the upper surface of the rolling surface portion 2522a. In addition, the lower edge of the rear wall portion 2523a is located so as to coincide with the rear protrusion portion 2513 of the first member 2521.

The upper wall portion 2523b protrudes forward to the same position as the front end of the right-side forward protrusion portion 2511 of the first member 2521, and covers the upper side of the stage 2518. This upper wall portion 2523b is inclined so that it becomes higher as it moves forward from the upper edge of the rear wall portion 2523a. This makes it difficult for trash, dust, etc. falling from above to fall into the play area 5a. Also, if a game ball B falls for some reason, the game ball B can be allowed to fall backwards, and the game ball B will not accumulate between the glass plate 162 and the upper wall portion 2523b.

The lower wall portion 2523c is provided so as to coincide with the rear protruding portion 2513 of the first member 2521. The lower wall portion 2523c is provided so that the front end surface abuts against the rear end surface of the rear protruding portion 2513 of the first member 2521 when assembled to the stage unit 2520.

The ball passage section 2523d is formed in a gutter shape that opens forward, and the opening at the front end is closed by the flange section 2512 and the support section 2514 of the first member 2521. This ball passage section 2523d extends from near the warp entrance 2515 to the warp exit 2517, and constitutes the bottom wall, rear wall, and top wall of the warp passage 2516.

The third member 2523 also has an attachment piece 2523e extending outward from the front end of the ball passage portion 2523d in parallel with the rear wall portion 2523a, a positioning hole 2523f provided in the rear wall portion 2523a into which the positioning pin 2522g of the second member 2522 is inserted, an attachment hole 2523g provided in the rear wall portion 2523a and the attachment piece 2523e into which a mounting screw for attaching the third member 2523 to the first member 2521 is inserted, and a screw passage hole 2523h provided in the rear wall portion 2523a through which a mounting screw for attaching the second member 2522 to the first member 2521 can pass. The screw passage hole 2523h is provided in a portion that overlaps with the attachment portion 2522h of the second member 2522 in rear view.

In the stage unit 2520 of this embodiment, the second member 2522 is screwed to the rear of the flange portion 2512 of the first member 2521. Specifically, the mounting portion 2522h of the second member 2522 has a recess that is recessed from the front, and the cylindrical protrusion 2521d of the first member 2521 is inserted into the recess, and the mounting screw is screwed into the cylindrical protrusion 2521d from the rear of the mounting portion 2522h, thereby attaching the second member 2522 to the first member 2521.

At this time, the cylindrical protrusion 2521d is inserted into the recess of the mounting portion 2522h, and the second member 2522 is positioned at a predetermined position relative to the first member 2521 by fitting them together.

After attaching the second member 2522 to the first member 2521, the third member 2523 is positioned behind the second member 2522, and the third member 2523 is then moved forward to insert the positioning pin 2522g of the second member 2522 into the positioning hole 2523f of the third member 2523. This positions the third member 2523 at a predetermined position relative to the second member 2522.

When the third member 2523 is positioned relative to the second member 2522, the axis of the mounting hole 2523g of the third member 2523 coincides with the axis of the cylindrical protrusion 2521d of the first member 2521, so that the third member 2523 is attached to the first member 2521 by screwing a mounting screw into the cylindrical protrusion 2521d through the mounting hole 2523g from the rear. This completes the assembly of the stage unit 2520.

When the stage unit 2520 is assembled, as shown in FIG. 112, the front surface of the downward protrusion 2522f of the second member 2522 abuts against the rear surface of the flange portion 2512 of the first member 2521, and the rear surface of the rear wall plate portion 2522c of the second member 2522 abuts against the front surface of the rear wall portion 2523a of the third member 2523. In other words, the second member 2522 is sandwiched between the first member 2521 and the third member 2523.

In addition, in the stage unit 2520, the rear end surface of the rear protruding portion 2513 of the first member 2521 abuts against the front end surface of the lower wall portion 2523c of the third member 2523. The rear protruding portion 2513 and the lower wall portion 2523c are provided below the rolling surface portion 2522a (stage 2518) of the second member 2522 with a gap therebetween. Therefore, in the stage unit 2520, a square pipe-shaped reinforcing portion 2525 having a closed space 2525a with a square cross section is provided below the stage 2518 by the flange portion 2512, the rolling surface portion 2522a, the rear wall portion 2523a, the rear protruding portion 2513, and the lower wall portion 2523c (see FIG. 112). This increases the strength and rigidity of the stage unit 2520, making the stage 2518 less likely to warp even when subjected to the weight of the game ball B, and making it possible to stabilize the rolling (behavior) of the game ball B on the stage 2518 and allow it to roll as designed.

In the stage unit 2520, even if the positioning accuracy of the stage 2518 in the unit is high by the positioning pin 2522g, if the positioning accuracy of the stage unit 2520 and the game panel 1100 is low, the accuracy of the stage 2518 as the game board 5 will be low, and the designed effect of the stage 2518 may not be fully exerted. In contrast, in the stage unit 2520 of this embodiment, as shown in FIG. 112, the relationship between the diameter d1 of the board positioning pin 2521b for positioning itself on the game panel 1100 and the diameter d2 of the positioning pin 2522g for positioning the second member 2522 and the third member 2523 is d1>d2. In addition, the board positioning pin 2521b is longer not only in diameter but also in length. In other words, the board positioning pin 2521b is set to be larger than the positioning pin 2522g. This improves the positioning accuracy of the stage unit 2520 relative to the base game panel 1100, allowing the stage 2518 to fully exert the effects envisioned during design.

In addition, in the stage unit 2520 of this embodiment, the second member 2522 has a back inclined portion 2522e at the upper edge of the front wall plate portion 2522b that can prevent the game ball B rolling on the stage 2518 from being released forward. In addition, in the first member 2521, a front inclined portion 2521c is provided at the lower edge of at least the portion below the stage 2518 (front wall plate portion 2522b) in the flange portion 2512 that is attached to the front surface of the game panel 1100.

As shown in FIG. 112, the rear inclined portion 2522e is inclined on the rear surface of the front wall plate portion 2522b so as to move forward toward the tip (upper edge), and the front inclined portion 2521c is inclined on the flange portion 2512 so as to move backward toward the tip (lower edge).

In this way, since the back inclined portion 2522e is provided on the upper edge of the front wall plate portion 2522b on the front side of the stage 2518, the game ball B rolling on the stage 2518 is guided by the back inclined portion 2522e, and is likely to fall forward even in areas other than the central release portion 2518a and the side release portion 2518b. As a result, when the game ball B rolls left and right on the stage 2518, there is a risk that it will fall from an area (front wall plate portion 2522b) other than the central release portion 2518a and the side release portion 2518b, so the player can pay attention to the game ball B on the stage 2518, and the player can be made to feel anxious and excited as he or she hopes that the game ball B will not fall from the front wall plate portion 2522b. Therefore, the movement of the game ball B rolling on the stage 2518 can be enjoyed more than in conventional pachinko machines, and the decline in the player's interest can be suppressed.

In addition, since a front inclined portion 2521c is provided on the lower edge of the flange portion 2512, the game ball B that has fallen from the stage 2518 or the front wall plate portion 2522b and rolled along the front surface of the flange portion 2512 can be smoothly transferred to the front surface of the game panel 1100. This makes it difficult for the game ball B to bounce off the lower end of the flange portion 2512, and prevents the game ball B from making unexpected movements or damaging the components below.

In addition, in this embodiment, the front wall panel portion 2522b is provided with a rear inclined portion 2522e, which makes it easier to insert fingers between the front wall panel portion 2522b and the upper wall portion 2523b when removing the stage unit 2520 from the game panel 1100, and also makes it easier to hook the inserted fingers, making it easier to remove the stage unit 2520.

In the stage unit 2520 of this embodiment, the screw insertion hole 2523h is provided at the rear of the mounting portion 2522h of the second member 2522 in the third member 2523, so that when disassembling the stage unit 2520 for recycling or the like, all mounting screws can be removed from the rear of the stage unit 2520. This eliminates the need to, for example, remove the mounting screws mounting the third member 2523 with a screwdriver, place the screwdriver to remove the third member 2523 from the first member 2521, remove the mounting screws mounting the second member 2522 with the screwdriver again, and then place the screwdriver to remove the second member 2522 from the first member 2521, improving workability during disassembly.

In addition, because the third member 2523 has a screw insertion hole 2523h, when it is found that the stage 2518 is misaligned after being assembled to the game board 5, the mounting screw attaching the second member 2522 can be loosened from the rear through the screw insertion hole 2523h with a screwdriver without removing the stage unit 2520 from the game panel 1100, and the second member 2522 having the stage 2518 can be fine-tuned to eliminate the misalignment of the stage 2518.

The stage unit 2520 is also provided with a light-emitting means at the rear that can emit light forward, such as an LED or a performance display device 1600. This allows the stage unit 2520 and the decorative stickers 2524, etc. to be brightly illuminated and decorated by the light from the light-emitting means.

The game ball B that flows down the left side of the center device 2500 on the front of the game panel 1100 rolls along the so-called guide nails toward the first starting hole 2002 provided below the center device 2500. During this process, the game ball B that bounces upward due to the obstacle nails N such as guide nails is not hindered in its movement and behaves naturally because the upper flange portion 2512 is provided with the front inclined portion 2521c. In addition, because the front inclined portion 2521c is provided at the tip of the flange portion 2512, the game ball B hits the surface of the front inclined portion 2521c, but does not hit the corner of the tip of the flange portion 2512, and the flange portion 2512 does not chip or crack.

Furthermore, in the stage unit 2520 of this embodiment, the second member 2522 is provided with a front wall plate portion 2522b having a back inclined portion 2522e as the front wall portion of the stage 2518, but this is not limited to this, and the front wall portion (front wall plate portion) of the stage 2518 may be provided on the first member 2521. In other words, the front inclined portion and the back inclined portion may be provided on a single member.

[5-8c-2. Demolding traces]
Next, the removal trace portion 2519 provided on the center part 2500 such as the stage unit 2520 will be described in detail with reference to Figs. 113 to 118. Figs. 113(a) to (d) show the removal trace portion 2519. FIG. 114(a) is a front view of a first member in which a mold removal trace portion is provided on both the front and rear sides of a stage unit of a center role piece; 115(a) is a rear view of a first member in which demolding traces are provided on both the front and rear sides of the stage unit; FIG. 116(b) is a rear view of the second member in which the demolding traces are provided only on the rear side of the stage unit. FIG. 116(a) is a rear view of the second member in which the demolding traces are provided only on the front side of the stage unit. FIG. 10A is a front view of a third member provided with a demolding trace portion only on the front side of the stage unit, and FIG. 10B is a rear view of the third member provided with a demolding trace portion only on the front side of the stage unit. FIG. 117(a) is a plan view of a second member in which a demolding trace is provided at a position different from that of FIG. 115, and FIG. 117(b) is a plan view of a second member in which a demolding trace is provided at a position different from that of FIG. 118 is an explanatory diagram showing a center role having a demolding trace portion on the front side together with a game board.

First, demolding traces 2519 will be described with reference to FIG. 113. Demolding traces 2519 are extrusion traces left on a product by a mechanism (e.g., ejector pin, push-up core, straight-up core, ejection core, etc.) for removing the product from a molding die (metal mold) after the product has been molded using the molding die. Demolding traces 2519 are slightly concave, convex, or inclined compared to adjacent flat areas. Here, demolding traces 2519 provided on stage unit 2520 will be used as an example for description. Note that in the illustration, demolding traces 2519 are shaded to make them easier to see.

Figure 113 (a) shows a demolding trace portion 2519 provided on a plate-shaped portion such as the flange portion 2512. Here, a circular demolding trace portion 2519 is shown, but it may be a polygon such as a triangle, a square, a pentagon, or a hexagon, or an indefinite shape such as a star or a heart. In addition, when a plurality of demolding trace portions 2519 are provided on the plate surface, the plurality of demolding trace portions 2519 may be arranged in a scattered manner on the front and rear surfaces (rear surfaces), or the plurality of demolding trace portions 2519 may be arranged in a concentrated manner on one of the surfaces. For example, by arranging the plurality of demolding trace portions 2519 in a scattered manner on the front and rear surfaces (rear surfaces) of a plate surface having transparency, it is possible to apply a perspective effect to the appearance of the demolding trace portion 2519 from the outside, and it is possible to impart a three-dimensional decorativeness using the plurality of demolding trace portions 2519 themselves. Also, if there is a concern that the appearance of the demolding trace portion 2519 will hinder the decoration of the entire gaming machine (pachinko machine), for example, it is desirable to provide a plurality of demolding trace portions 2519 so as to be concentrated and arranged on the rear surface (back surface) of the transparent plate surface, and to arrange the front inclined portion 2521c, the decorative seal 2524, and other members on the front surface of the transparent plate surface so as to overlap (overlap) the demolding trace portion 2519 on the rear surface (back surface) to make the demolding trace portion 2519 difficult to see from the outside. Also, when the front inclined portion 2521c, the decorative seal 2524, and other members are arranged on the front surface of the transparent plate surface so as to overlap (overlap) the demolding trace portion 2519 on the rear surface (back surface), it is desirable to make the plurality of demolding trace portions 2519 difficult to see by the front inclined portion 2521c and the decorative seal 2524. In addition, when multiple demolding traces 2519 are arranged in a concentrated manner on the front surface of a transparent plate surface or the front surface of a non-transparent plate surface, a decorative sticker 2524 or other components may be arranged on the front surface of the plate surface so as to directly overlap (overlap) the multiple demolding traces 2519, and in this case too, the demolding traces 2519 can be made difficult to see from the outside.

113(b) to (e) show a plurality of demolding traces 2519 provided on the end surface (surface in the plate thickness direction) of a plate-shaped portion. Here, the front end surface of the forward protrusion 2511 is taken as an example. The demolding traces 2519 shown in FIG. 113(a) are parts of a circle (here, semicircle) that do not fit within the vertical width of the front end surface of the forward protrusion 2511, and are provided at intervals. The semicircular demolding traces 2519 are provided so that the end edge on the side on which the flange portion 2512 and the support portion 2514 do not extend on the front end surface of the forward protrusion 2511 contacts the chord portion of the semicircle. In other words, in the semicircular demolding traces 2519, the center of the semicircle is provided in a portion close to the end edge on the front end surface of the forward protrusion 2511 on the side on which the flange portion 2512 and the support portion 2514 do not extend. In addition, although not shown in the figure, a predetermined distance from the left and right ends of the forward protrusion 2511 is a prohibited area in which the demolding traces 2519 are not placed. This makes it possible to prevent slight irregularities in the demolding traces 2519 from impeding the accuracy of assembly with other components when it becomes necessary during the design process to bring one or both of the left and right ends of the forward protrusion 2511 into contact with other components during assembly.

The demolding traces 2519 shown in FIG. 113(c) are rectangular and spaced apart. Here, the demolding traces 2519 are shown as being rectangular in shape and elongated in the longitudinal direction of the forward protrusion 2511. The demolding traces 2519 in this example are arranged to fit within the vertical and lateral widths of the front end face of the forward protrusion 2511. In other words, none of the edges of the demolding traces 2519 are in contact with the edge of the front end face of the forward protrusion 2511. The quadrangular demolding traces 2519 may be square or another shape.

The demolding trace portion 2519 shown in FIG. 113(d) is part of a large circle, as indicated by the two-dot chain line, and has a long shape that follows the front end face of the forward protrusion 2511. The center of this large circle, which does not fit within the vertical width of the front end face of the forward protrusion 2511, is located on the front end face of the forward protrusion 2511. Furthermore, this demolding trace portion 2519, except for the arc portion, is in contact with both end edges of the front end face of the forward protrusion 2511.

The demolding trace portion 2519 shown in FIG. 113(e) is a long rectangle that follows the front end face of the forward protrusion 2511. One of the four sides of this rectangular demolding trace portion 2519 contacts the end edge of the front end face of the forward protrusion 2511 on the side where the flange portion 2512 and the support portion 2514 do not extend, and the remaining sides do not contact the end edges of the front end face. Note that this demolding trace portion 2519 may also contact both end edges of the front end face of the forward protrusion 2511.

Note that in Figures 113(b) to (e), the front end face of the forward protrusion 2511 is shown extending in a straight line, but this is not limited thereto, and it may extend in a curved or broken line. Even in this case, it is possible to provide multiple demolding traces 2519 in a pattern similar to that described above.

In addition, while FIG. 113 shows multiple demolding traces 2519 of the same shape, this is not limiting and demolding traces 2519 of different shapes may be mixed together. For example, demolding traces 2519 of different shapes may be alternately provided or provided according to a predetermined algorithm. This allows the multiple demolding traces 2519 to be given a decorative feature, and the appearance is not impaired even if the demolding traces 2519 are visible.

[5-8c-2a. Traces of stage unit demolding]
Next, the demolding traces 2519 provided on the stage unit 2520 of the center role piece 2500 will be described in detail mainly with reference to Figs. 114 to 116. As shown in Fig. 114, the first member 2521 of the stage unit 2520 has demolding traces 2519 on both the front side (front side) and the rear side (back side). In detail, as shown in Fig. 114(a), the first member 2521 has a plurality of demolding traces 2519 on the front end surface of the left forward protrusion 2511 of the two forward protrusions 2511 protruding forward. The demolding traces 2519 provided on the front end surface of the forward protrusion 2511 are elongated rectangles. Note that, although details will be described later, the demolding traces 2519 are not intentionally provided on the front end surface of the right forward protrusion 2511 at the right end of the stage 2518.

In addition, as shown in FIG. 114(b), the first member 2521 has a plurality of demolding traces 2519 on the rear end surface of the forward protrusion 2511 on the left side (right side in rear view) and on the rear end surface of the rear protrusion 2513. The demolding traces 2519 located above the warp entrance 2515 are circular, and the other demolding traces 2519 are rectangular. The demolding traces 2519 located on the back side of the first member 2521 are mainly located on the rear end surface of the forward protrusion 2511 and the rear end surface of the rear protrusion 2513. Therefore, even if the forward protrusion 2511 has transparency, it is difficult to see the forward protrusion 2511 from the front due to the refraction effect due to the distance in the front-rear direction of the forward protrusion 2511, the reflection effect of external light, or the visibility obstruction effect of the decoration (decorative body) located behind the first member 2521.

In addition, in the first member 2521, a decorative sticker 2524 is attached to the front surface of the flange portion 2512, so that the demolding traces 2519 provided on the rear surface of the flange portion 2512 and the rear end surface of the rear protruding portion 2513 are difficult to see due to the decorative sticker 2524. In addition, the decorative sticker 2524 is decorated to be integrated with the decoration of the decorative cell 1140 provided on the rear surface of the game panel 1100, so that the prominent decorations can make the demolding traces 2519 relatively less noticeable. In addition to the decorative sticker 2524, a "lens cut portion formed with unevenness on the front surface of the flange portion 2512" can be applied as a means for making the demolding traces 2519 less noticeable, and in this case, the prominent decoration of the lens cut portion can also make the demolding traces 2519 relatively less noticeable.

Furthermore, behind the first member 2521, there is provided a performance display device 1600 that displays performance images including moving images, and an illuminating decoration (illuminating decorative body) equipped with decorative LEDs that emit light and blink, so that the light from these can make the demolding traces 2519 less noticeable.

In addition, a demolding trace portion 2519 may be provided on the rear end surface of the cylindrical protrusion 2521d on the back side of the first member 2521. Even in this case, the presence of the cylindrical protrusion 2521d can make the demolding trace portion 2519 less visible from the front, and can also make it easier to remove (demold) the first member 2521 from the molding die.

In addition, in the first member 2521, the flange portion 2512 and the support portion 2514, whose plate surfaces face the front-rear direction, have demolding traces 2519 provided on their rear surfaces, making the demolding traces 2519 difficult to see from the front. On the other hand, in the first member 2521, the forward protrusion 2511 and the rear protrusion 2513, whose plate surfaces face in a direction perpendicular to the front-rear direction, have demolding traces 2519 provided in narrow areas such as the front end surface and rear end surface, making them smaller than the demolding traces 2519 provided on the plate surface and difficult to see from the front.

In addition, in the first member 2521, the cylindrical cover portion that constitutes the warp entrance 2515 that is open to allow the game ball B to enter, and the ball passage that leads to the warp exit 2517 that opens at the downstream end of the warp passage 2516, is designed not to have demolding traces 2519 on its front and back surfaces. This makes it possible to avoid the visibility of the game ball B that has entered the warp entrance 2515 being hindered by the demolding traces 2519.

In the first member 2521 of this embodiment, the demolding trace portion 2519 is provided on the front end surface of the forward protrusion 2511, but this is not limited thereto, and the first member 2521 may not have the demolding trace portion 2519 on the front end surface of the forward protrusion 2511. In other words, the first member 2521 may have the demolding trace portion 2519 only on the rear surface.

Next, as shown in FIG. 115, the second member 2522 in the stage unit 2520 of the center role piece 2500 has a demolding trace portion 2519 only on the rear side (back side) in the front-rear direction. In detail, as shown in FIG. 115(b), the second member 2522 has a plurality of demolding trace portions 2519 on the rear surface of the rear wall plate portion 2522c. The plurality of demolding trace portions 2519 are provided at regular intervals along the rear wall plate portion 2522c. The demolding trace portions 2519 close to the central release portion 2518a of the stage 2518 are provided symmetrically with respect to the central release portion 2518a. The plurality of demolding trace portions 2519 provided on the second member 2522 are circular.

This second member 2522 has multiple demolding traces 2519 on the rear surface of the rear wall plate portion 2522c, and the rolling surface portion 2522a and the front wall plate portion 2522b are located in front of it, making it difficult to see the demolding traces 2519 from the front. Even if the demolding traces 2519 are visible at the stage 2518, they are symmetrically located around the central release portion 2518a, so the demolding traces 2519 look like decoration and do not look bad.

In addition, behind the second member 2522, a performance display device 1600 that displays performance images including moving images, and a light-emitting decoration (light-emitting decorative body) equipped with decorative LEDs that emit light and blink, etc. are provided, so the light from these devices can make the demolding traces 2519 less noticeable.

Since this second member 2522 has a stage 2518 (rolling surface portion 2522a), the player will focus on the second member 2522 to enjoy the movement of the game ball B rolling on the stage 2518. However, since the second member 2522 has a demolding trace portion 2519 in a portion that is difficult to see from the front (the rear surface of the rear wall panel portion 2522c), the demolding trace portion 2519 can be made difficult to see by players in front of this pachinko machine 1, which prevents the demolding trace portion 2519 from worsening the appearance and prevents the demolding trace portion 2519 from causing discomfort or irritation to the player.

As described above, the second member 2522 has a plurality of protrusions 2522d arranged in a staggered pattern on the rolling surface 2522a to the left of the stage 2518, and some or all of the plurality of protrusions 2522d may be arranged to overlap the demolding traces 2519 in the front-to-rear direction. This configuration also makes it possible for the protrusions 2522d to make the demolding traces 2519 less visible to players in front, thereby preventing the demolding traces 2519 from deteriorating the appearance.

In addition, according to the second member 2522, the demolding trace portion 2519 formed during molding is provided in a portion that does not impede the flow of the game ball B (a portion that does not come into contact with the game ball B), so the demolding trace portion 2519 does not affect the movement of the game ball B rolling on the stage 2518, and the flow accuracy of the game ball B in the second member 2522 (stage 2518) can be improved. Therefore, the game ball B rolling on the stage 2518 can be made to move as designed, and the game ball B can be released from the stage 2518 to the front side of the game panel 1100 with the intended probability.

Next, as shown in FIG. 116, the third member 2523 in the stage unit 2520 of the center role 2500 has a demolding trace portion 2519 only on the front side (front side). In detail, as shown in FIG. 116(a), the third member 2523 has a plurality of demolding trace portions 2519 on the front end surface of the upper wall portion 2523b and the front end surface of the lower wall portion 2523c. The plurality of demolding trace portions 2519 on the front end surface of the upper wall portion 2523b are rectangular. The demolding trace portions 2519 near the central release portion 2518a of the stage 2518 in the upper wall portion 2523b are provided symmetrically with respect to the central release portion 2518a. On the other hand, the multiple demolding traces 2519 provided on the front end surface of the lower wall portion 2523c have a shape that has part of a circle, such as a semicircle, centered on a portion near the outer edge of the front end surface of the lower wall portion 2523c.

In this third member 2523, the multiple demolding traces 2519 provided on the front end surface of the upper wall portion 2523b can be seen by the player because there is no material in front of them that makes them difficult to see. On the other hand, the multiple demolding traces 2519 provided on the front end surface of the lower wall portion 2523c are difficult to see from the front because the rear protrusion 2513 of the first member 2521 is located in front of them.

The third member 2523 does not have demolding traces 2519 on the front and rear surfaces of the rear wall portion 2523a and on the top and bottom surfaces of the top wall portion 2523b, so the demolding traces 2519 do not mar the appearance of the stage 2518 and do not affect the movement of the game ball B rolling on the stage 2518.

Incidentally, if the rear wall 2523a or upper wall 2523b of the third member 2523 is provided with a circular demolding trace portion 2519 similar to the game ball B, there is a risk that the demolding trace portion 2519, which appears above the stage 2518, will be mistaken for the game ball B. In addition, if the game ball B and the demolding trace portion 2519 overlap, the demolding trace portion 2519 will look like an afterimage of the rolling game ball B, making it appear to be moving differently than it actually is, which may cause distrust in the movement of the game ball B on the stage 2518. However, in the third member 2523 of this embodiment, the demolding traces 2519 are not provided on plate surfaces such as the front and rear surfaces of the rear wall portion 2523a and the upper and lower surfaces of the upper wall portion 2523b, so the demolding traces 2519 are not mistaken for the game ball B, and the movement of the game ball B rolling on the stage 2518 does not look strange, so the player can enjoy the movement of the game ball B rolling on the stage 2518. In addition, if a circular demolding traces 2519 is provided, it can be made circular with a diameter larger or smaller than the diameter of the game ball B to more easily avoid mistaking the demolding traces 2519 for the game ball B.

In addition, behind the third member 2523, there is provided a performance display device 1600 that displays performance images including moving images, and a light-emitting decoration (light-emitting decorative body) equipped with decorative LEDs that emit light and blink, so that the light from these can make the demolding traces 2519 less noticeable.

According to this third member 2523, the demolding trace portion 2519 formed during molding is provided outside the circulation area 2523i through which the game balls B circulate, so that the demolding trace portion 2519 does not appear to overlap with the game balls B circulating in the circulation area 2523i, making it easier for the player to see the game balls B circulating in the circulation area 2523i. Therefore, the movement of the game balls B circulating in the circulation area 2523i does not cause any sense of incongruity or discomfort, and the player can enjoy the movement of the game balls B.

In addition, according to the third member 2523, since the demolding trace portion 2519 is provided in a portion outside the circulation area 2523i, the game balls B circulating in the circulation area 2523i do not come into contact with the demolding trace portion 2519, and the demolding trace portion 2519 does not impede the circulation of the game balls B, thereby improving the circulation accuracy of the game balls B in the stage unit 2520 (center role 2500). Therefore, the game balls B circulating in the center role 2500 can be made to move as designed, and a pachinko machine 1 can be provided that allows players to enjoy the game as intended.

Furthermore, with the third member 2523, the player will be drawn to the third member 2523 in order to enjoy the movement of the game ball B circulating through the warp passage 2516, stage 2518, etc., but since the third member 2523 has the demolding trace portion 2519 in a location that is difficult to see from the front, it is possible to make the demolding trace portion 2519 difficult to see for players in front of the pachinko machine 1, which prevents the demolding trace portion 2519 from worsening the appearance, and the demolding trace portion 2519 does not cause the player to feel strange or uncomfortable.

In addition, with the third member 2523, even if the demolding trace portion 2519 is visible to the player, the shape of the adjacent demolding trace portions 2519 is made uniform, so that the demolding trace portions 2519 can be perceived as a pattern. Even if the demolding trace portions 2519 are visible, the appearance of the center gadget 2500 (third member 2523) is not deteriorated, and the player does not feel strange or uncomfortable.

[5-8c-2b. Another example of the demolding traces of the stage unit]
Next, another example in which the demolding trace portion 2519 is provided in a different portion of the stage unit 2520 from the above will be described with reference to FIG. 117. First, FIG. 117(a) is a plan view of the second member 2522. The cross-hatched area in FIG. 117(a) is the contact area 2522i with which the rolling game ball B comes into contact. As shown in the figure, in the second member 2522 of this stage unit 2520, a plurality of demolding trace portions 2519 are provided in a portion outside the contact area 2522i on the upper surface side of the rolling surface portion 2522a on which the game ball B rolls. In this example, a plurality of demolding trace portions 2519 are provided in a portion where a plurality of protrusion portions 2522d are provided between the warp exit 2517 and the stage 2518. As a result, the demolding trace portion 2519 does not affect the rolling of the game ball B. In addition, since the demolding traces 2519 are provided between the plurality of protrusions 2522d, the demolding traces 2519 are not easily noticeable. In the second member 2522, as shown by the dashed line in FIG. 117(a), the demolding traces 2519 may be provided on the back side (lower surface side) of the rolling surface portion 2522a.

Figure 117 (b) is a front view of the third member 2523 in the stage unit 2520. The cross-hatched area in Figure 117 (b) is the circulation area 2523i through which the game balls B circulate. As shown in the figure, the third member 2523 of this stage unit 2520 has multiple circular demolding traces 2519 on the front surface of the rear wall portion 2523a below the circulation area 2523i. These demolding traces 2519 are provided outside the circulation area 2523i and therefore do not affect the circulation of the game balls B. In addition, these demolding traces 2519 are located within the closed space 2525a of the reinforcing portion 2525 when assembled to the stage unit 2520, making them difficult to see from the front.

In addition, according to this third member 2523, the demolding trace portion 2519 is provided at a portion below the circulation area 2523i on the front surface of the rear wall portion 2523a, so that the game balls B circulating in the circulation area 2523i do not come into contact with the demolding trace portion 2519, and the demolding trace portion 2519 does not impede the circulation of the game balls B. Therefore, the circulation accuracy of the game balls B on the stage 2518 can be improved, so that the game balls B circulating in the center role 2500 can be made to move as designed, and a pachinko machine 1 that allows players to enjoy themselves as intended can be provided.

[5-8c-2c. Demolding traces of forward protruding portion]
Next, the demolding trace portion 2519 provided on the front end surface of the forward protruding portion 2511 in the center frame 2510 will be described with reference to FIG. 118. The center frame 2510 of the center role 2500 has a forward protruding portion 2511 that protrudes forward with the same length from the front surface of the game panel 1100 to the front end of the obstacle nail N. In the state of the pachinko machine 1, the glass plate 162 of the door frame 3 is provided in front of the forward protruding portion 2511. Between the front end of the forward protruding portion 2511 and the glass plate 162, there is a gap through which the game ball B cannot pass. As a result, the game ball B does not move beyond the forward protruding portion 2511 to the opposite side, and the inflow of the game ball B into the frame of the center frame 2510 is restricted, so that the game ball B does not enter the frame.

This forward protrusion 2511 is not provided in the area of the second member 2522 in the stage unit 2520, but the upper wall portion 2523b of the third member 2523 serves as the forward protrusion 2511. Therefore, here, the upper wall portion 2523b of the third member 2523 is also treated as the forward protrusion 2511. Also, in the first attacca unit 2530 and the gate unit 2540 in the center role 2500, a front panel is provided in front of the forward protrusion 2511, and in this area, the forward protrusion 2511 is hidden from the front.

As shown in FIG. 118, the front end surface of the forward protrusion 2511, including the front end surface of the upper wall portion 2523b, is provided with a plurality of demolding traces 2519. This allows the player to see the plurality of demolding traces 2519 arranged in a frame shape. In addition, the demolding traces 2519 are slightly uneven or inclined compared to the general surface of the front end of the forward protrusion 2511, so that they emit light in a different manner from the other general surfaces due to the light from the light-emitting means such as the LED or the performance display device 1600 provided at the rear. For this reason, the frame-shaped forward protrusion 2511 in the center frame 2510 (center role 2500) is conspicuous, making it possible to notice the presence of the forward protrusion 2511 that regulates the inflow of the game ball B, and the plurality of demolding traces 2519 can be used for decoration in a frame shape.

The forward protrusion 2511 of the center frame 2510 has a partition 2511a extending vertically at the right end of the stage 2518. This partition 2511a extends from near the right end of the upper wall 2523b to near the lower right rail 1004 below the flange 2512, and divides the play area 5a into left and right below the center gimmick 2500. In this embodiment, the front end surface of the partition 2511a in the forward protrusion 2511 does not have a demolding trace 2519. This allows the player to recognize that the partition 2511a in the forward protrusion 2511 is not a part that constitutes a frame like other parts where multiple demolding traces 2519 are provided, and makes it possible to recognize that the play area 5a is divided into left and right.

Alternatively, since the front end surface of the partition 2511a of the forward protrusion 2511 does not have a demolding trace portion 2519, it is possible to make it difficult to notice the presence of the partition 2511a. This gives the player the illusion that the game ball B can move across the partition 2511a.

The partition section 2511a is shown extending from near the right end of the upper wall section 2523b to near the lower right rail 1004, but it may extend from near the right end of the upper wall section 2523b to the lower end of the flange section 2512 below the stage 2518, or it may extend from near the right end of the upper wall section 2523b beyond the flange section 2512 to a height position where the ball will not enter the first starting opening 2002 or the general winning opening 2001.

This center frame 2510 makes the center frame 2510 stand out due to the forward protrusion 2511 and the demolding trace portion 2519 provided on the front end surface of the upper wall portion 2523b, and can attract the player's attention to the center frame 2510. It also makes the player realize that a completely different center frame 2510 from conventional ones has been installed, and a pachinko machine 1 that is highly appealing to players can be provided.

In addition, according to the center frame 2510, the shape of adjacent demolding traces 2519 is made uniform, so that the demolding traces 2519 provided on the front end surface of the forward protrusion 2511 in the center frame 2511 can be made to look like a pattern, improving the appearance of the center frame 2519.

Furthermore, according to the center frame 2510, the front end surface of the partition 2511a in the forward protrusion 2511 is not provided with a demolding trace portion 2519, so that the player can recognize that the partition 2511a is a different portion from the portion in the forward protrusion 2511 where the demolding trace portion 2519 is provided, and the player can recognize that the partition 2511a is not a portion that constitutes the frame, and can recognize that the playing area 5a is divided into left and right.

Alternatively, since the front end surface of the partitioning portion 2511a does not have the demolding trace portion 2519, the partitioning portion 2511a is less noticeable than the portion of the forward protruding portion 2511 where the demolding trace portion 2519 is provided or the upper wall portion 2523b, making it difficult to notice the presence of the partitioning portion 2511a, and giving the player the illusion that the game ball B can move across the partitioning portion 2511a.

[5-8c-3. Second embodiment of stage unit]
Next, the stage unit 2520A of the second embodiment in the center prop 2500 will be described in detail with reference to Figs. 119 to 123. Fig. 119 is a front view showing a part of the stage unit of the second embodiment different from Fig. 108 and the like. Fig. 120(a) is a perspective view of the stage unit of Fig. 119 seen from the front, and Fig. 120(b) is a perspective view of the stage unit of Fig. 119 seen from the back. Fig. 121 is an exploded perspective view of the stage unit of Fig. 119 seen from the front, and Fig. 122 is an exploded perspective view of the stage unit of Fig. 119 seen from the back. Fig. 123(a) is a cross-sectional view cut along the N-N line in Fig. 119, Fig. 123(b) is a cross-sectional view cut along the N-N line in Fig. 119, and Fig. 123(c) is a cross-sectional view cut along the N-N line in Fig. 119. Here, the same components as those of the stage unit 2520 of the first embodiment will be described with the same reference numerals.

The stage unit 2520A is provided in a part of a frame-shaped center frame 2510. The center frame 2510 is provided with a forward protruding portion 2511 that protrudes forward from the front surface of the gaming panel 1100 to a position similar to the front end of the obstacle nail N, a plate-shaped flange portion 2512 that extends from the rear end of the forward protruding portion 2511 toward the outside of the frame parallel to the front surface of the gaming panel 1100, a rear protruding portion 2513 that protrudes rearward from the flange portion 2512, and a plate-shaped support portion 2514 that extends from the rear end of the forward protruding portion 2511 toward the inside of the frame parallel to the front surface of the gaming panel 1100.

The forward protrusion 2511 of the center frame 2510, although not shown in detail, is provided in a frame shape along almost the entire periphery of the opening 1112 of the game panel 1100. This forward protrusion 2511 prevents the game ball B from entering (flowing into) the opening 1112 of the game panel 1100. The flange portion 2512 is for attaching the center frame 2510 to the front surface of the game panel 1100. The rear protrusion 2513 and the support portion 2514 are mainly for reinforcing the center frame 2510.

This stage unit 2520A is equipped with a warp entrance 2515 that opens at the left edge of the frame-shaped forward protrusion 2511 to allow the game ball B to enter, a warp passage 2516 that guides the game ball B that enters the warp entrance 2515 into the frame of the center device 2500, a warp exit 2517 that opens at the downstream end of the warp passage 2516, and a stage 2518 that rolls the game ball B that comes out of the warp exit 2517 in the left-right direction and then releases it forward and below the center device 2500.

The stage 2518 is provided in the opening 1112 behind the flange portion 2512 (the front surface of the game panel 1100). The stage 2518 is curved with a recessed central side in the left-right direction, and is formed in a wavy (W-shaped) shape such that the position corresponding to directly above the first starting hole 2002 of the starting hole unit 2100, that is, the approximate central position in the left-right direction when the center frame 2510 (center role 2500) is attached to the game panel 1100 of the game panel 1100, is slightly higher than the left and right sides. This stage 2518 is inclined so that the part (center release part 2518a) that is slightly higher than the left and right sides in the left-right center and the part (side release part 2518b) that is the lowest on both sides are lower toward the front, and the game ball B can be released into the game area 5a from these parts.

The stage unit 2520A comprises a first member 2521 attached to the front of the game panel 1100, a second member 2522 provided on the rear side of the first member 2521, and a third member 2523 attached to the rear side of the first member 2521 so as to sandwich the second member 2522 from behind.

The first member 2521 of the stage unit 2520A is a frame-shaped center frame 2510, and includes a forward protrusion 2511, a flange portion 2512, a rear protrusion 2513, and a support portion 2514. In more detail, the forward protrusion 2511 of the first member 2521 is formed in a band-like shape with a width similar to the distance from the front surface of the game panel 1100 to the front end of the obstacle nail N, and its width direction is oriented in the front-to-rear direction. This forward protrusion 2511 is not provided in the stage 2518 area around the entire circumference of the frame-shaped center frame 2510.

The flange portion 2512 of the first member 2521 extends from the rear end of the forward protruding portion 2511 toward the outside of the frame of the center frame 2510 in a flat plate shape parallel to the front surface of the gaming panel 1100. The rear protruding portion 2513 of the first member 2521 is provided so as to protrude rearward in a plate shape from the rear surface of the flange portion 2512. The support portion 2514 of the first member 2521 extends in a plate shape from the rear end of the forward protruding portion 2511 on the left side of the stage 2518 toward the inside of the frame of the center frame 2510. A portion of each of the flange portion 2512 and the support portion 2514 forms the front wall of the warp passage 2516.

Furthermore, the first member 2521 has a mounting hole 2521a that penetrates the flange portion 2512 and the support portion 2514 and through which a mounting screw is inserted to mount the first member 2521 to the gaming panel 1100, and a plate positioning pin 2521b that protrudes rearward from the rear surface of the flange portion 2512 and the support portion 2514 and is inserted into a positioning hole in the gaming panel 1100.

The first member 2521 also has a front inclined portion 2521c that is provided on the edge of the flange portion 2512 and inclined so as to move rearward toward the tip, and a plurality of cylindrical protrusions 2521d that protrude rearward from the rear surface of the flange portion 2512 in a cylindrical shape and have a screw hole formed in the center. The plurality of cylindrical protrusions 2521d are for attaching the third member 2523.

The first member 2521 also has a ball passage portion 2521f that protrudes rearward from the rear surface of the flange portion 2512 and the support portion 2514 and forms the upper and lower walls of the warp passage 2516, and multiple protrusions 2521g that protrude rearward within the ball passage portion 2521f. The ball passage portion 2521f is formed in a gutter shape that is open to the rear, and cooperates with the ball passage portion 2523d of the third member 2523 to form the warp passage 2516. The multiple protrusions 2521g cooperate with the multiple protrusions 2523j of the third member 2523 to slow down the flow speed of the game ball B.

The first member 2521 further has a plurality of (four in this example) positioning pins 2521h that protrude cylindrically rearward at the portion of the stage 2518 in the flange portion 2512. The positioning pins 2521h are provided at positions symmetrical on the left and right sides of the central release portion 2518a in the stage 2518. These positioning pins 2521h are inserted into positioning holes 2522j in the second member 2522 to position the second member 2522 in a predetermined position relative to the first member 2521 and to attach the second member 2522.

The second member 2522 is sandwiched between the first member 2521 and the third member 2523. This second member 2522 is provided below the warp exit 2517, and has a stage 2518 on its upper surface. This second member 2522 has a rolling surface portion 2522a that extends in the left-right direction with the plate surface facing up and down, on whose upper surface the game ball B can roll, a plate-shaped front wall plate portion 2522b that extends upward from the front end of the rolling surface portion 2522a, and a plate-shaped rear wall plate portion 2522c that extends upward from the rear end of the rolling surface portion 2522a. The upper surface of the rolling surface portion 2522a is the stage 2518.

The front wall plate portion 2522b is provided at the front edge of the rolling surface portion 2522a, excluding the central release portion 2518a and the side release portion 2518b of the stage 2518. The front wall plate portion 2522b is provided so that its front surface is on the same plane as the front surface of the flange portion 2512 of the first member 2521. The front wall plate portion 2522b is provided so that its upper end becomes higher the further it is from the central release portion 2518a of the stage 2518 in the left-right direction. The rear wall plate portion 2522c is provided over the entire length of the rear edge of the rolling surface portion 2522a, and protrudes upward from the rolling surface portion 2522a to a position lower than the diameter of the game ball B.

The second member 2522 also has a rear inclined portion 2522e that is inclined so as to move forward toward the tip on the rear surface of the front wall plate portion 2522b, and a downward protruding portion 2522f that protrudes downward from near the front end of the rolling surface portion 2522a. The downward protruding portion 2522f is provided over the entire length of the front edge of the rolling surface portion 2522a, and its front surface is provided so as to abut against the rear surface of the flange portion 2512 of the first member 2521.

The second member 2522 also has multiple (here, two) positioning pins 2522g that protrude cylindrically rearward from the rear wall plate portion 2522c. The multiple positioning pins 2522g are provided at positions symmetrical to the left and right with respect to the central release portion 2518a of the stage 2518. The multiple positioning pins 2522g are used to position and attach the second member 2522 to the third member 2523, and are inserted into positioning holes 2523f of the third member 2523.

The second member 2522 is further provided on the downward protrusion 2522f and has a number of positioning holes 2522j into which the positioning pins 2521h of the first member 2521 are respectively inserted. These positioning holes 2522j are provided at positions symmetrical on the left and right sides of the central release portion 2518a of the stage 2518. The positioning pins 2521h of the first member 2521 are inserted into the positioning holes 2522j, thereby positioning and attaching the first member 2521.

The third member 2523 is attached to the rear side of the first member 2521 so as to sandwich the second member 2522 between the third member 2523 and the first member 2521. This third member 2523 has a rear wall portion 2523a extending in the left-right direction along the second member 2522 with its plate surface facing in the front-rear direction, an upper wall portion 2523b protruding forward from the upper edge of the rear wall portion 2523a, and a ball passage portion 2523d extending leftward and upward from the left ends of the rear wall portion 2523a and the upper wall portion 2523b.

The rear wall portion 2523a prevents the game ball B from falling backward from the rolling surface portion 2522a of the second member 2522 that constitutes the stage 2518. The upper edge of the rear wall portion 2523a is located at a position higher than the diameter of the game ball B from the upper surface of the rolling surface portion 2522a. In addition, the lower edge of the rear wall portion 2523a is located so as to protrude downward further than the rear protruding portion 2513 of the first member 2521.

The upper wall portion 2523b protrudes forward to the same position as the front end of the forward protruding portion 2511 of the first member 2521, and covers the upper side of the stage 2518. This upper wall portion 2523b is inclined so that it becomes higher as it moves forward from the upper edge of the rear wall portion 2523a. This makes it difficult for debris, dust, etc. falling from above to fall into the play area 5a. Also, if a game ball B falls for some reason, the game ball B can be allowed to fall backwards, and the game ball B will not accumulate between the glass plate 162 and the upper wall portion 2523b.

The ball passage section 2523d is formed in a shallow trough shape that is open to the front, and cooperates with the ball passage section 2521f of the first member 2521 to form the warp passage 2516.

The third member 2523 also has an attachment piece 2523e extending outward from the front end of the ball passage portion 2523d in parallel with the rear wall portion 2523a, a positioning hole 2523f provided in the rear wall portion 2523a into which the positioning pin 2522g of the second member 2522 is inserted, and an attachment hole 2523g provided in the rear wall portion 2523a and the attachment piece 2523e into which a mounting screw is inserted to attach the third member 2523 to the first member 2521.

Furthermore, the third member 2523 has multiple protrusions 2523j that protrude forward within the ball passage portion 2523d. These protrusions 2523j work together with the protrusions 2521g of the first member 2521 to slow down the flow speed of the game balls B.

In the assembled state of the stage unit 2520A of this embodiment, the positioning pins 2521h protruding rearward from the flange portion 2512 of the first member 2521 are inserted into the positioning holes 2522j provided in the downward protruding portion 2522f of the second member 2522. In addition, the positioning pins 2522g protruding rearward from the rear wall plate portion 2522c of the second member 2522 are inserted into the positioning holes 2523f provided in the rear wall portion 2523a of the third member 2523. Then, mounting screws are screwed into the cylindrical protruding portion 2521d of the first member 2521 through the mounting holes 2523g from the rear of the third member 2523.

As a result, the third member 2523 is attached to the first member 2521, and the second member 2522 is sandwiched between the first member 2521 and the third member 2523. Furthermore, the first member 2521 and the second member 2522 are positioned by the positioning pin 2521h of the first member 2521 and the positioning hole 2522j of the second member 2522, and the positioning pin 2522g of the second member 2522 and the positioning hole 2523f of the third member 2523, and the second member 2522 and the third member 2523 are also positioned.

When assembled into the stage unit 2520A, the second member 2522 having the stage 2518 is simply sandwiched between the first member 2521 and the third member 2523, and is not screwed in place. As a result, the rolling surface portion 2522a (second member 2522) on which the game ball B rolls is not forcibly fixed with mounting screws, so that the rolling surface portion 2522a (stage 2518) does not become distorted due to physical stress, and it is possible to perform as designed.

In the stage unit 2520A, even if the positioning accuracy of the stage 2518 in the unit is high by the positioning pins 2521h and 2522g, if the positioning accuracy of the stage unit 2520A and the game panel 1100 is low, the accuracy of the stage 2518 as the game board 5 will be low, and the designed effect of the stage 2518 may not be fully exerted. In contrast, in the stage unit 2520A of this embodiment, as shown in FIG. 123, the relationship between the diameter d1 of the board positioning pin 2521b for positioning itself on the game panel 1100 and the diameter d2 of the positioning pin 2521h and the positioning pin 2522g is d1>d2. In addition, the board positioning pin 2521b is longer not only in diameter but also in length. In other words, the board positioning pin 2521b is set to be larger than the positioning pin 2522g. This improves the positioning accuracy of the stage unit 2520A relative to the base game panel 1100, allowing the stage 2518 to fully exert the effects envisioned during design.

In addition, in the stage unit 2520A, the rear end surface of the rear protruding portion 2513 of the first member 2521 abuts against the front surface of the rear wall portion 2523a of the third member 2523. This rear protruding portion 2513 is provided below the rolling surface portion 2522a (stage 2518) of the second member 2522 with a gap therebetween. Therefore, in the stage unit 2520A, a square pipe-shaped reinforcement portion 2525 having a closed space 2525a with a square cross section is provided below the stage 2518 by the flange portion 2512, the rolling surface portion 2522a, the rear wall portion 2523a, and the rear protruding portion 2513 (see FIG. 123). This can increase the strength and rigidity of the stage unit 2520A, making it difficult for the stage 2518 to distort even when the weight of the game ball B acts on it, and it is possible to stabilize the rolling (behavior) of the game ball B on the stage 2518 and roll it as designed.

In addition, in the stage unit 2520A of this embodiment, the second member 2522 has a back inclined portion 2522e at the upper edge of the front wall plate portion 2522b that can prevent the game ball B rolling on the stage 2518 from being released forward. In addition, in the first member 2521, a front inclined portion 2521c is provided at the lower edge of at least the portion below the stage 2518 (front wall plate portion 2522b) in the flange portion 2512 that is attached to the front surface of the game panel 1100.

As shown in FIG. 123, the rear inclined portion 2522e is inclined on the rear surface of the front wall plate portion 2522b so as to move forward toward the tip (upper edge), and the front inclined portion 2521c is inclined on the flange portion 2512 so as to move backward toward the tip (lower edge).

In this way, since the back inclined portion 2522e is provided on the upper edge of the front wall plate portion 2522b on the front side of the stage 2518, the game ball B rolling on the stage 2518 is guided by the back inclined portion 2522e, and is likely to fall forward even in areas other than the central release portion 2518a and the side release portion 2518b. As a result, when the game ball B rolls left and right on the stage 2518, there is a risk that it will fall from an area (front wall plate portion 2522b) other than the central release portion 2518a and the side release portion 2518b, so the player can pay attention to the game ball B on the stage 2518, and the player can be made to feel anxious and excited as he or she hopes that the game ball B will not fall from the front wall plate portion 2522b. Therefore, the movement of the game ball B rolling on the stage 2518 can be enjoyed more than in conventional pachinko machines, and the decline in the player's interest can be suppressed.

In addition, since a front inclined portion 2521c is provided on the lower edge of the flange portion 2512, the game ball B that has fallen from the stage 2518 or the front wall plate portion 2522b and rolled along the front surface of the flange portion 2512 can be smoothly transferred to the front surface of the game panel 1100. This makes it difficult for the game ball B to bounce off the lower end of the flange portion 2512, and prevents the game ball B from making unexpected movements or damaging the components below.

In addition, in this embodiment, the front wall panel portion 2522b is provided with a rear inclined portion 2522e, which makes it easier to insert fingers between the front wall panel portion 2522b and the upper wall portion 2523b when removing the stage unit 2520A from the game panel 1100, and also makes it easier to hook the inserted fingers, making it easier to remove the stage unit 2520A.

Furthermore, in the stage unit 2520A of this embodiment, since the second member 2522 is merely sandwiched between the first member 2521 and the third member 2523, the second member 2522 can be assembled together with the first member 2521 simply by screwing the third member 2523 to the first member 2521, improving the workability of assembly. Conversely, when the third member 2523 is removed from the first member 2521, the second member 2522 can also be removed, improving the workability during disassembly.

The stage unit 2520A is also provided with a light-emitting means at the rear that can emit light forward, such as an LED or a performance display device 1600. This allows the stage unit 2520 and the decorative stickers 2524, etc. to be brightly illuminated and decorated by the light from the light-emitting means.

The game ball B that flows down the left side of the center device 2500 on the front of the game panel 1100 rolls along the so-called guide nails toward the first starting hole 2002 provided below the center device 2500. During this process, the game ball B that bounces upward due to the obstacle nails N such as guide nails is not hindered in its movement and behaves naturally because the upper flange portion 2512 is provided with the front inclined portion 2521c. In addition, because the front inclined portion 2521c is provided at the tip of the flange portion 2512, the game ball B hits the surface of the front inclined portion 2521c, but does not hit the corner of the tip of the flange portion 2512, and the flange portion 2512 does not chip or crack.

The stage unit 2520A (center frame 2510) of this embodiment also has a demolding trace portion 2519 similar to that described above, and can achieve the same effect as described above.

In addition, in the stage unit 2520A of this embodiment, the second member 2522 is provided with a front wall plate portion 2522b having a back inclined portion 2522e as the front wall portion of the stage 2518, but this is not limited to this, and the front wall portion (front wall plate portion) of the stage 2518 may be provided on the first member 2521. In other words, the front inclined portion and the back inclined portion may be provided on a single member.

[5-8c-4. Brief Summary]
The above-mentioned stage unit 2520 (stage unit 2520A) has the following technical features.

[5-8c-4a. Summary A]
(Background of technical features)
In gaming machines such as pachinko machines, a game ball is rolled left and right, and when the game ball is released downward from a specific part with a certain probability, there is a possibility that the ball will enter a winning hole such as a starting hole. A game machine with a high stage is known (for example, Patent Document: JP 2021-166841 A). This stage is composed of multiple members, each of which is attached to the front of the game board. It is screwed in place.

However, if the component on the stage on which the game balls roll is screwed, the component is forcibly fixed by the screw, which can cause distortion due to physical stress, and the game balls may no longer roll as designed, or may not be released from the designated location with the designed probability.

Therefore, in consideration of the above-mentioned circumstances, the following means aims to provide a gaming machine that can improve the accuracy of rolling and releasing gaming balls on the stage.

(Technical solution)
Means 1: In the gaming machine,
"A gaming machine equipped with a gaming board having a stage member that prevents the entry of a gaming ball into an opening in the gaming board, rolls the gaming ball in the left and right direction, and then drops it to the front of the gaming board,
The stage member is
A first member that is attached to the game board and also serves as a front wall of a ball flow path through which the game ball rolls in a direction parallel to the surface of the game board;
A second member constituting a bottom wall of the ball passage;
a third member constituting a rear wall and an upper wall of the ball passage;
The first member and the third member are screwed together,
The second member is sandwiched between the first member and the third member, and is positioned relative to each other by positioning means consisting of a positioning pin and a positioning hole.
It is characterized by:

Here, the "stage member" may be a component attached to a frame-shaped central device that runs along the edge of the opening of the game board, or a component that constitutes one of the divided parts of a frame-shaped central device that runs along the edge of the opening of the game board and is divided along the edge of the opening.

Examples of "ball flow paths" include "those with a stage on which game balls roll left and right," and "those with a stage on which game balls roll left and right and a warp passage for supplying game balls from within the game area in front of the game board to the stage."

Furthermore, when "screwing" the first member and the third member, the mounting screw may be screwed from the front through the first member into the third member, or the mounting screw may be screwed from the rear through the third member into the first member.

The "positioning means" between the first and second members may be such that a positioning pin is provided on the first member and a positioning hole is provided on the second member, or such that a positioning hole is provided on the first member and a positioning pin is provided on the second member.

Furthermore, as the "positioning means" between the second member and the third member, a positioning pin may be provided on the second member and a positioning hole may be provided on the third member, or a positioning hole may be provided on the second member and a positioning pin may be provided on the third member.

According to the configuration of the first means, the game machine is equipped with a game board having a stage member that prevents the game ball from entering the opening of the game board, rolls the game ball in the left and right direction, and then drops it to the front of the game board. The stage member is attached to the game board and includes a first member that also serves as the front wall of the ball flow path in which the game ball rolls in a direction parallel to the surface of the game board, a second member that constitutes the bottom wall of the ball flow path, and a third member that constitutes the rear wall and upper wall of the ball flow path. The first member and the third member are screwed together, and the second member is sandwiched between the first member and the third member and is positioned relative to each other by a positioning means consisting of a positioning pin and a positioning hole (see the description of the stage unit 2520A, Figures 119 to 123, etc. in Chapter 5-8c-3. Second embodiment of stage unit in [Form for carrying out the invention]).

Since the second member constitutes the bottom wall of the ball flow path, the stage on which the game balls roll left and right is provided on the second member. The second member is sandwiched between a first member attached to the game board and a third member screwed to the first member, and the first and second members, and the second and third members are positioned by positioning means using positioning pins and positioning holes, respectively. The second member is not screwed to either the first or third member. As a result, the second member on which the stage is provided is not forcibly fixed by screws, so distortion due to physical stress does not occur, and the designed performance can be achieved.

In addition, the stage member has a rear wall and an upper wall of the ball flow path provided on a third member that sandwiches the second member between the first member and the third member, and the third member is screwed to the first member, so that the rear wall and the upper wall of the ball flow path are firmly fixed, and the game balls will not fall to the rear or above the stage.

It is desirable to make the positioning pins smaller than the board positioning pins that position the stage member on the game board. In other words, it is desirable to make the board positioning pins larger than the positioning pins. This makes it possible to improve the positioning accuracy of the stage member (first member) relative to the game board, and also to firmly fix the stage member to the game board, allowing it to perform as designed.

Furthermore, as described above, if the positioning pins are made smaller than the board positioning pins that position the stage member on the game board, the positioning pins can be made less noticeable on the stage member, preventing the appearance from becoming worse.

Means 2: In the configuration of Means 1,
"The positioning pin is
The stage member is smaller than the board positioning pin that positions the stage member on the play board.
The present invention is characterized in that

Here, examples of the positioning pin being "smaller" than the plate positioning pin include "the diameter of the positioning pin is smaller than the diameter of the plate positioning pin" and "the length of the positioning pin is smaller (shorter) than the length of the plate positioning pin."

However, even if the second and third members of the stage member are precisely positioned relative to the first member by the positioning means, if the positioning precision of the first member relative to the play board is low, there is a risk that the designed performance will not be achieved.

According to the configuration of Means 2, the positioning pins are smaller than the board positioning pins that position the stage member on the game board (see the description of board positioning pins 2521b, positioning pins 2521h, and positioning pins 2522g in stage unit 2520A, as well as Figure 123, etc., in the [Form for implementing the invention]).

In this method, the positioning pins of the positioning means for positioning the second member on the first member and the third member are smaller than the positioning pins for the board for positioning the stage member (first member) on the game board. In other words, the positioning pins for the board are larger than the positioning pins. This makes it possible to increase the positioning accuracy of the stage member (first member) relative to the game board, and also allows the stage member to be firmly fixed to the game board, allowing it to perform as designed.

In addition, because the positioning pins are smaller than the plate positioning pins, the positioning pins can be made less noticeable on the stage member, preventing the appearance from becoming worse.

In this way, the above solution makes it possible to provide a gaming machine that can improve the accuracy of rolling and releasing gaming balls on the stage.

(Relationship between the solution of technical features and embodiments)
The game panel 1100 on the game board 5 of the pachinko machine 1 in this embodiment corresponds to the game board of the above-mentioned solution, the opening 1112 of the game panel 1100 in this embodiment corresponds to the opening of the above-mentioned solution, the center gimmick 2500 and stage unit 2520A in this embodiment correspond to the stage members of the above-mentioned solution, the warp passage 2516 and stage 2518 in this embodiment correspond to the ball flow path of the problem to be solved, the center frame 2510 and first member 2521 in this embodiment correspond to the first member of the above-mentioned solution, and the flange portion 2512 of the center frame 2510 in this embodiment corresponds to the front wall of the above-mentioned solution.

In addition, the plate positioning pin 2521b of the first member 2521 in this embodiment corresponds to the positioning pin for the problem to be solved, the positioning pin 2521h of the first member 2521, the positioning pin 2522g and the positioning hole 2522j of the second member 2522, and the positioning hole 2523f of the third member 2523 in this embodiment correspond to the positioning means for the problem to be solved, the rolling surface portion 2522a of the second member 2522 in this embodiment corresponds to the bottom wall of the problem to be solved, the rear wall portion 2523a of the third member 2523 in this embodiment corresponds to the rear wall of the problem to be solved, and the upper wall portion 2523b of the third member 2523 in this embodiment corresponds to the upper wall of the problem to be solved.

(Characteristic Effects of Technical Features)
According to the pachinko machine 1 of this embodiment, in the stage unit 2520A of the center role 2500, the rolling surface portion 2522a of the second member 2522 constitutes the bottom wall of the ball flow path, so that the second member 2522 is provided with a stage 2518 on which the game ball B rolls in the left-right direction. The second member 2522 is sandwiched between the first member 2521 attached to the game panel 1100 and the third member 2523 screwed to the first member 2521, and the first member 2521 and the second member 2522, and the second member 2522 and the third member 2523 are positioned by positioning means consisting of the positioning pin 2521h and the positioning hole 2522j, and the positioning pin 2522g and the positioning hole 2523f, respectively. The second member 2522 is not screwed to either the first member 2521 or the third member 2523. As a result, the second member 2522 on which the stage 2518 is mounted is not forcibly fixed by screws, so distortion due to physical stress does not occur, and the performance can be achieved as designed.

In addition, in the stage unit 2520A, the third member 2523, which sandwiches the second member 2522 with the first member 2521, is provided with the rear wall portion 2523a and the upper wall portion 2523b of the stage 2518 as a ball flow path, and the third member 2523 is screwed to the first member 2521, so that the rear wall portion 2523a and the upper wall portion 2523b of the stage 2518 are firmly fixed, and the game ball B will not fall to the rear or upward of the stage 2518.

Furthermore, the positioning pins 2521h and 2522g of the first member 2521 and the second member 2522 are smaller than the positioning pins 2521b for the board, which positions the stage unit 2520A on the gaming panel 1100. In other words, the positioning pins 2521b for the board are larger than the positioning pins 2521h and 2522g. This makes it possible to improve the positioning accuracy of the stage unit 2520A (first member 2521) relative to the gaming panel 1100, and also allows the stage unit 2520A to be firmly fixed to the gaming panel 1100, allowing it to perform as designed.

In addition, because the positioning pins 2521h and 2522g are smaller than the board positioning pins 2521b that position the stage unit 2520A on the game panel 1100, the positioning pins 2521h and 2522g can be made less noticeable on the stage unit 2520A, preventing deterioration of the appearance.

[5-8c-4b. Summary B]
(Background of technical features)
In gaming machines such as pachinko machines, there are known machines in which a frame-shaped center frame is provided on a gaming plate through which gaming balls flow in front (for example, Patent Document: JP 2021-13673 A) The center frame is equipped with a stage, allowing visitors to enjoy the rolling of the game balls, while also allowing them to see the display screen and movable decorations in the rear through the frame, allowing them to enjoy visual and moving effects. It is possible to make it.

This center frame is formed by injection molding using a metal mold, so there are traces left behind from when the center frame was pushed out to remove it from the metal mold after injection molding. Furthermore, since the center frame is located in the center of the game board, it is clearly visible to players, so if players can see the traces of the mold removal when the center frame is molded, it will look bad.

In view of the above situation, the following solution aims to provide an amusement machine that can prevent the deterioration of appearance caused by demolding marks on the center frame.

(Technical solution)
Means 1: In the gaming machine,
"A gaming machine equipped with a gaming board having a center frame attached to the opening edge of the gaming board,
The center frame is
A first member that is attached to the play board;
The first member has a demolding trace portion on the rear surface in a portion that is difficult to see from the front.
It is characterized by:

Here, the "center frame" refers to at least a part of the so-called center gadget, and may be formed in a frame shape along the edge of the opening of the game board, or may be divided into multiple parts in a direction along the edge of the opening of the game board.

Examples of the "first member" include "one that has a flange portion that can come into contact with the front surface of the play board", "one that has a forward protruding portion extending forward from the front surface of the play board and a flange portion extending from the rear end of the forward protruding portion along the front surface of the play board", "one that has a forward protruding portion extending forward from the front surface of the play board, a flange portion extending from the rear end of the forward protruding portion along the front surface of the play board and a rear protruding portion protruding rearward from the rear end of the forward protruding portion or the rear surface of the flange", and "one that has a flange portion that can come into contact with the front surface of the play board and a rear protruding portion protruding rearward from the rear surface of the flange".

Furthermore, the "demolding traces" are traces left on the center frame by mechanisms (e.g., ejector pins, push-up cores, straight-up cores, ejection cores, etc.) for removing the center frame from the molding die (metal mold), and are slightly concave, convex, or inclined compared to other parts. Possible shapes of these "demolding traces" include "part of a circle, such as a semicircle," "circle," "triangle," "square," "pentagon," "hexagon," "polygon," "irregular shape," "star shape," "heart shape," etc.

Examples of "areas that are difficult to see from the front" include "areas where the front side of the rear surface of the plate-shaped portion is beveled", "areas where a decorative sticker is attached to the front side of the rear surface of the plate-shaped portion", "areas where the front side of the rear surface of the plate-shaped portion is textured with countless bumps", and "rear end surfaces of rear protruding parts that protrude backwards in a plate-like shape".

According to the configuration of the first means, the gaming machine is provided with a gaming board having a center frame attached to the opening edge of the gaming board, the center frame has a first member that is attached to the gaming board itself, and the first member has a demolding trace portion at a portion of the rear surface that is difficult to see from the front (see the description of the demolding trace portion 2519, the first member 2521 of the stage unit 2520, Figures 113 and 114, etc. in the [Form for carrying out the invention]).

As a result, the first member constituting the center frame is attached to the game board, and is therefore located close to the player, making it easily visible to the player. The demolding traces formed during molding are located on the rear surface of the first member, making them difficult to see from the front. Furthermore, since the demolding traces are located on the rear surface of the first member in a location that is difficult to see from the front, the demolding traces can be made difficult to see by players in front of the gaming machine, and the deterioration of the appearance caused by the demolding traces can be suppressed. Therefore, by making the demolding traces less noticeable on the center frame, the appearance of the gaming board (gaming machine) having the center frame can be improved, making it possible to provide a gaming machine that is highly appealing to players.

In addition, if the center frame is provided with a stage where the game ball is rolled and then released to the front side of the game board, when the player focuses on the stage to enjoy the movement of the game ball rolling on the stage, the part of the first member attached to the game board near the stage also comes into view. However, since the demolding traces are provided in a less visible part of the rear surface of the first member, the demolding traces do not stand out and give the player a sense of discomfort, and the player can enjoy the movement of the game ball on the stage without feeling uncomfortable.

It is desirable to make the shape of adjacent demolding traces the same. This makes it possible for the player to perceive the demolding traces of the first member as being similar to a pattern, since the shapes of adjacent demolding traces are made the same. Even if the demolding traces are visible to the player, the appearance of the center frame is not impaired.

Means 2: In the configuration of Means 1,
"The adjacent demolding traces are uniform in shape."
The present invention is characterized in that

Here, "uniform shape" refers to "uniform shapes of demolding traces," "uniform sizes of demolding traces," "uniform spacing of demolding traces," etc.

According to the configuration of Means 2, the shapes of adjacent demolding traces are uniform (see the description of demolding traces 2519, Figure 113, etc. in Chapter 5-8c-2. Demolding Traces in the [Mode for Carrying Out the Invention]).

As a result, even if the demolding traces of the first member become visible to the player, the shapes of the adjacent demolding traces are made uniform, so the demolding traces can be perceived as a pattern, and the appearance of the center frame is not impaired even if the demolding traces are visible.

In this way, the above solution makes it possible to provide an amusement machine that can prevent deterioration of the appearance caused by traces of demolding on the center frame.

(Relationship between the solution of technical features and embodiments)
The game panel 1100 on the game board 5 of the pachinko machine 1 in this embodiment corresponds to the game board of the above-mentioned solution means, the opening 1112 of the game panel 1100 in this embodiment corresponds to the opening of the above-mentioned solution means, the center frame 2510 of the center gimmick 2500 in this embodiment corresponds to the center frame of the above-mentioned solution means, the first member 2521 of the stage unit 2520 in the center frame of this embodiment corresponds to the first member of the above-mentioned solution means, and the demolding trace portion 2519 in this embodiment corresponds to the demolding trace portion of the above-mentioned solution means.

(Characteristic Effects of Technical Features)
According to the pachinko machine 1 of this embodiment, the first member 2521 of the stage unit 2520 constituting the center frame 2510 of the center gadget 2500 is attached to the game panel 1100, and is therefore provided at a position close to the player, so that it can be clearly seen by the player. In addition, the first member 2521 has a demolding trace portion 2519 formed during molding provided on the rear surface, so that it can be made difficult to see from the front. Furthermore, since the demolding trace portion 2519 is provided at a portion on the rear surface of the first member 2521 that is difficult to see from the front, it is possible to make the demolding trace portion 2519 difficult to see from the player in front of this pachinko machine 1, and the deterioration of the appearance due to the demolding trace portion 2519 can be suppressed. Therefore, since the demolding traces 2519 are not noticeable on the center frame 2510, the appearance of the game board 5 (pachinko machine 1) having the center frame 2510 can be improved, and a pachinko machine 1 that is highly appealing to players can be provided.

In addition, the stage unit 2520 of the center frame 2510 is provided with a stage 2518 that rolls the game ball B and then releases it to the front side of the game panel 1100. Therefore, when a player focuses on the stage 2518 to enjoy the movement of the game ball B rolling on the stage 2518, the area of the first member 2521 attached to the game panel 1100 near the stage 2518 also comes into view. However, since the demolding trace portion 2519 is provided in a less visible area on the rear surface of the first member 2521, the demolding trace portion 2519 does not stand out and give the player a sense of incongruity, and the player can enjoy the movement of the game ball B on the stage 2518 without feeling any discomfort.

In addition, even if the player can see the demolding traces 2519 of the first member 2521, the shapes of the adjacent demolding traces 2519 are made uniform, so that the demolding traces 2519 can be perceived as a pattern, and the appearance of the center frame 2510 is not impaired even if the demolding traces 2519 are visible.

[5-8c-4c. Summary C]
(Background of technical features)
In gaming machines such as pachinko machines, a frame-shaped central device is provided on a gaming board along which the gaming balls pass, and the gaming balls are rolled in the left and right directions on the central device and then played. There is known a machine having a stage that releases balls to the front side of the board (for example, Patent Document: JP 2021-13673 A). In this type of gaming machine, the game balls rolling on the stage You can enjoy the movement.

Since each component (molded product) that makes up this center device is formed by injection molding using a mold, traces remain of the molded products being pushed out in order to remove them from the mold after injection molding. If there are traces of the components being removed from the mold when they were molded on the bottom surface of the circulation area through which the game balls circulate, such as a stage, in the center device, these traces could impede the circulation of the game balls, causing them to stop rolling as designed.

Therefore, in consideration of the above situation, the following solution aims to provide a gaming machine that can improve the distribution accuracy of gaming balls in the center device.

(Technical solution)
Means 1: In the gaming machine,
"A gaming machine equipped with a gaming board having a center gimmick attached to the opening edge of the gaming board,
The center part is
A bottom wall member constituting a bottom surface of a circulation area through which game balls circulate,
The bottom wall member is provided with a demolding trace portion at a location that does not impede the flow of game balls.
It is characterized by:

The "center gadget" may be one that has a center frame that runs along the edge of the opening of the game board, or one that is divided into multiple units (e.g., stage units, attacca units, etc.) in a direction that runs along the edge of the opening of the game board.

In addition, examples of the "circulation area" through which game balls circulate include "a stage where game balls roll left and right and can be released to the front side of the game board," and "a warp passage that guides game balls from a specified position on the outer periphery of the center role to the stage."

Examples of "bottom wall member" include "one that is attached to a front member (first member) that is attached to the play board", "one that is sandwiched between a front member (first member) that is attached to the play board and a rear member (third member) that is attached to the front member", "one that is attached to the play board itself", etc.

Furthermore, "demolding traces" are traces left on the molded product by mechanisms (e.g., ejector pins, push-up cores, straight-up cores, ejection cores, etc.) for removing the molded product from the molding die (metal mold), and are slightly concave, convex, or inclined compared to other parts. Possible shapes of these "demolding traces" include "part of a circle, such as a semicircle," "circle," "triangle," "square," "pentagon," "hexagon," "polygon," "irregular shape," "star shape," "heart shape," etc.

Examples of "parts that do not impede circulation" include "surfaces facing backward that do not come into contact with the gaming balls", "surfaces facing forward that do not come into contact with the gaming balls", "surfaces facing upward that do not come into contact with the gaming balls", "surfaces facing downward", "parts that are rolling surfaces on which the gaming balls roll but do not come into contact with the gaming balls", etc.

According to the configuration of Means 1, the game machine is equipped with a game board having a center device attached to the edge of the opening of the game board, the center device has a bottom wall member that forms the bottom surface of the circulation area through which game balls circulate, and the bottom wall member has a demolding trace portion provided in a portion that does not impede the circulation of the game balls (see the description of the chapter [5-8c-2. Demolding Trace Portion], the demolding trace portion 2519, the second member 2522 of the stage unit 2520, the contact area 2522i, Figures 113, 115, and 117, etc. in [Form for carrying out the invention]).

As a result, the bottom wall member of the center role constitutes the bottom surface of the circulation area through which the game balls circulate, and the game balls roll on the bottom surface of the bottom wall member, so that the player can be entertained by the movement of the rolling game balls. In this case, the demolding trace portion formed during molding is provided in a portion of the bottom wall member that does not impede the circulation of the game balls, so the demolding trace portion does not affect the movement of the game balls rolling on the bottom surface of the circulation area, and the circulation accuracy of the game balls in the center role (bottom wall member) can be improved. Therefore, the game balls rolling in the center role can be made to move as designed, and a gaming machine that entertains players as intended can be provided.

In addition, since the bottom wall member of the center role has a bottom surface of the circulation area through which the game balls circulate, if this bottom surface is used as the bottom surface of the stage, as described above, the demolding traces are provided in an area that does not impede the circulation of the game balls, so the demolding traces do not affect the movement of the game balls rolling on the stage. Therefore, on the stage of the center role, the rolling game balls can be made to move as designed, and the game balls can be released from the stage to the front side of the game board with the intended probability.

It is desirable to provide the demolding traces in a location that is difficult to see from the front. This will cause players to focus on the bottom wall member in order to enjoy the movement of the game balls circulating in the circulation area of the bottom wall member, but since the demolding traces are provided in a location on the bottom wall member that is difficult to see from the front, it is possible to make the demolding traces difficult to see from players in front of the gaming machine, which prevents the demolding traces from worsening the appearance, and the demolding traces do not cause players to feel strange or uncomfortable. Therefore, by making the demolding traces inconspicuous on the center role, it is possible to improve the appearance of the gaming board (gaming machine) having the center role, and it is possible to provide a gaming machine that is highly appealing to players.

It is also desirable to make adjacent demolding traces uniform in shape. This makes it possible for the player to perceive the demolding traces of the bottom wall member as being similar in shape to the adjacent demolding traces, so that even if the demolding traces are visible to the player, the appearance of the center role is not adversely affected and the player does not feel uncomfortable or uncomfortable.

Means 2: In the configuration of Means 1, "the demolding trace portion is provided in a portion that is difficult to see from the front."
The present invention is characterized in that

Here, examples of "areas that are difficult to see from the front" include "the rear surface of a plate-shaped part whose plate surface faces in the front-to-rear direction", "areas that overlap in the front-to-rear direction with other components (e.g., the first component, decorative stickers, etc.) that are provided in the front", "the front surface of a plate-shaped part whose plate surface faces in the front-to-rear direction that overlaps in the front-to-rear direction with other components that are provided in the front", "the bottom surface of a plate-shaped part whose plate surface faces in the vertical direction", "the top surface of a plate-shaped part whose plate surface faces in the vertical direction", "the end surface of a plate-shaped part whose plate surface faces in a direction perpendicular to the front-to-rear direction", etc.

However, if the removal traces are visible to the player, the appearance of the bottom wall member (center role) will be poor, which may cause the player to feel uncomfortable or uneasy.

According to the configuration of Means 2, the demolding traces are provided in a location that is difficult to see from the front (see the description of the demolding traces 2519, the second member 2522, Figure 115, etc. in the [Description of the Invention]).

As a result, players will be drawn to the bottom wall member in order to enjoy the movement of the game balls circulating through the circulation area of the bottom wall member, but because the demolding traces are provided in a part of the bottom wall member that is difficult to see from the front, the demolding traces can be made difficult to see by players in front of the gaming machine, preventing the demolding traces from worsening the appearance and preventing the demolding traces from causing players to feel strange or uncomfortable. Therefore, because the demolding traces are not noticeable on the center role (bottom wall member), the appearance of the gaming board (gaming machine) having the center role can be improved, and a gaming machine that is highly appealing to players can be provided.

It is desirable to make the shape of adjacent demolding traces the same. This makes it possible for the player to feel the demolding traces as a pattern, even if the demolding traces of the bottom wall member are visible to the player, as the shapes of adjacent demolding traces are made the same. Even if the demolding traces are visible, the appearance of the center role is not adversely affected, and the player does not feel uncomfortable or uncomfortable.

In this way, the above solution makes it possible to provide a gaming machine that can improve the distribution accuracy of gaming balls in the center device.

(Relationship between the solution of technical features and embodiments)
The game panel 1100 on the game board 5 of the pachinko machine 1 in this embodiment corresponds to the game board of the above-mentioned solution means, the opening 1112 of the game panel 1100 in this embodiment corresponds to the opening of the above-mentioned solution means, the center gimmick 2500 and the stage unit 2520 in this embodiment correspond to the center gimmick of the above-mentioned solution means, the second member 2522 of the stage unit 2520 in this embodiment corresponds to the bottom wall member of the above-mentioned solution means, and the demolding trace portion 2519 in this embodiment corresponds to the demolding trace portion of the above-mentioned solution means.

In addition, the warp passage 2516, stage 2518, and contact area 2522i in this embodiment correspond to the flow area of the above-mentioned solving means, and the upper surface of the rolling surface portion 2522a of the second member 2522 in this embodiment corresponds to the bottom surface of the above-mentioned solving means.

(Characteristic Effects of Technical Features)
According to the pachinko machine 1 of this embodiment, the second member 2522 of the stage unit 2520 in the center role 2500 of the game board 5 constitutes the bottom surface of the stage 2518 as a circulation area in which the game ball B circulates (rolls) on the rolling surface portion 2522a, so that the player can be entertained by the movement of the game ball B rolling on the stage 2518. At this time, in the second member 2522, the demolding trace portion 2519 formed during molding is provided in a portion that does not hinder the circulation of the game ball B, so that the demolding trace portion 2519 does not affect the movement of the game ball B rolling on the stage 2518, and the circulation accuracy of the game ball B in the center role 2500 (second member 2522) can be improved. Therefore, the game ball B rolling on the stage 2518 of the center device 2500 can be made to move as designed, and the game ball B can be released from the stage 2518 to the front side of the game panel 1100 with the intended probability, and a pachinko machine 1 can be provided that allows the player to enjoy the game as intended.

In addition, in order to enjoy the movement of the game ball B circulating (rolling) in the circulation area (stage 2518) of the second member 2522, the player will pay attention to the second member 2522. However, since the demolding trace portion 2519 is provided in a part of the second member 2522 that is difficult to see from the front, it is possible to make the demolding trace portion 2519 difficult to see from the player in front of the pachinko machine 1, and it is possible to suppress the deterioration of the appearance due to the demolding trace portion 2519, and the demolding trace portion 2519 does not cause the player to feel strange or uncomfortable. Therefore, since the demolding trace portion 2519 is not noticeable in the center role 2500, it is possible to improve the appearance of the game board 5 (pachinko machine 1) having the center role 2500, and it is possible to provide a pachinko machine 1 that is highly appealing to players.

In addition, even if the player can see the demolding traces 2519 of the second member 2522, the shapes of the adjacent demolding traces 2519 are made uniform, so the demolding traces 2519 can be perceived as a pattern. Even if the demolding traces 2519 are visible, the appearance of the center gadget 2500 (second member 2522) is not deteriorated, and the player does not feel strange or uncomfortable.

[5-8c-4d. Summary D]
(Background of technical features)
In gaming machines such as pachinko machines, a frame-shaped central device is provided on a gaming board along which the gaming balls pass, and the gaming balls are rolled in the left and right directions on the central device and then played. There is known a machine having a stage that releases balls to the front side of the board (for example, Patent Document: JP 2021-13673 A). In this type of gaming machine, the game balls rolling on the stage You can enjoy the movement.

This center device is provided with a rear wall member to prevent game balls circulating through a circulation area, such as a stage, from falling backwards. This rear wall member (molded product) is formed by injection molding using a mold, and leaves traces of the molded product being pushed out to remove it from the mold after injection molding. Therefore, depending on the location of the rear wall member where the demolding traces are provided, the demolding traces may appear to overlap with the game balls, which may cause a sense of incongruity or discomfort in the movement of the game balls.

In view of the above situation, the following solution aims to provide a gaming machine that makes it easier to see the game balls circulating in the center role.

(Technical solution)
Means 1: In the gaming machine,
"A gaming machine equipped with a gaming board having a center gimmick attached to the opening edge of the gaming board,
The center part is
A rear wall member constituting a rear surface and an upper surface of a circulation area through which game balls circulate,
The rear wall member has a mold removal trace portion provided outside the flow area.
It is characterized by:

The "center gadget" may be one that has a center frame that runs along the edge of the opening of the game board, or one that is divided into multiple units (e.g., stage units, attacca units, etc.) in a direction that runs along the edge of the opening of the game board.

In addition, examples of the "circulation area" through which game balls circulate include "a stage where game balls roll left and right and can be released to the front side of the game board," and "a warp passage that guides game balls from a specified position on the outer periphery of the center role to the stage."

Examples of "rear wall member" include "one that is attached to a front member (first member) that is attached to the play board", "one that is attached to a front member (first member) that is attached to the play board and sandwiches a bottom wall member (second member) that forms the bottom surface of the flow area between the front member and the rear wall member", "one that is itself attached to the play board", etc.

Furthermore, "demolding traces" are traces left on the molded product by mechanisms (e.g., ejector pins, push-up cores, straight-up cores, ejection cores, etc.) for removing the molded product from the molding die (metal mold), and are slightly concave, convex, or inclined compared to other parts. Possible shapes of these "demolding traces" include "part of a circle, such as a semicircle," "circle," "triangle," "square," "pentagon," "hexagon," "polygon," "irregular shape," "star shape," "heart shape," etc.

According to the configuration of Means 1, the game machine is equipped with a game board having a center role attached to the opening edge of the game board, the center role has a rear wall member that forms the rear and upper surfaces of the circulation area through which game balls circulate, and the rear wall member has a demolding trace portion provided below the circulation area (see the description of chapter [5-8c-2. Demolding Trace Portion], demolding trace portion 2519, third member 2523 of stage unit 2520, circulation area 2523i, Figures 113, 116, and 117, etc. in [Form for carrying out the invention]).

As a result, the center role is provided with a circulation area through which game balls circulate, such as a stage or warp passage, and the rear wall member of the center role forms the rear and upper surfaces of the circulation area, so that game balls circulating in the circulation area do not fall backward or upward, and players can enjoy the movement of the game balls circulating (rolling) in the circulation area. In this case, since the demolding trace portion formed during molding in the rear wall member is provided outside the circulation area through which the game balls circulate, the demolding trace portion does not appear to overlap with the game balls circulating in the circulation area, making it easier for players to see the game balls circulating in the circulation area. Therefore, the movement of the game balls circulating in the circulation area does not cause any sense of incongruity or discomfort, and players can enjoy the movement of the game balls.

In addition, because the demolding trace portion is provided in a portion of the rear wall member that is outside the circulation area, the game balls circulating in the circulation area do not come into contact with the demolding trace portion, and the demolding trace portion does not impede the circulation of the game balls, thereby improving the circulation accuracy of the game balls in the center role. As a result, it is possible to provide a gaming machine that allows the game balls circulating in the center role to move as designed, and allows players to enjoy the game as intended.

It is desirable to provide the demolding traces in a location that is difficult to see from the front. This will cause players to focus on the rear wall member in order to enjoy the movement of the game balls circulating in the circulation area of the rear wall member, but since the demolding traces are provided in a location on the rear wall member that is difficult to see from the front, it is possible to make the demolding traces difficult to see from players in front of the gaming machine, which can prevent the demolding traces from worsening the appearance, and the demolding traces do not cause players to feel strange or uncomfortable. Therefore, by making the demolding traces inconspicuous on the center role (rear wall member), it is possible to improve the appearance of the gaming board (gaming machine) having the center role, and it is possible to provide a gaming machine that is highly appealing to players.

It is also desirable to make adjacent demolding traces uniform in shape. This makes it possible for the player to perceive the demolding traces of the rear wall member as being similar in shape to the adjacent demolding traces, so that even if the demolding traces are visible to the player, the appearance of the center role is not adversely affected and the player does not feel uncomfortable or uncomfortable.

Means 2: In the configuration of Means 1,
"The demolding trace portion is provided in a location that is difficult to see from the front."
The present invention is characterized in that

Here, examples of "areas that are difficult to see from the front" include "the rear surface of a plate-shaped part whose plate surface faces in the front-to-rear direction", "areas that overlap in the front-to-rear direction with other components provided in front (e.g., first component, second component, decorative sticker, etc.)", "areas on the front side of a plate-shaped part whose plate surface faces in the front-to-rear direction that overlap in the front-to-rear direction with other components provided in front", "end surfaces of plate-shaped parts whose plate surface faces in a direction perpendicular to the front-to-rear direction", etc.

However, if the removal traces are visible to the player, the appearance of the rear wall member (center role) will be poor, which may cause the player to feel uncomfortable or uneasy.

According to the configuration of Means 2, the demolding traces are provided in a location that is difficult to see from the front (see the descriptions of the demolding traces 2519, the third member 2523, Figures 116 and 117, etc. in the [Embodiment for carrying out the invention]).

As a result, players will be drawn to the rear wall member in order to enjoy the movement of the game balls circulating through the circulation area of the rear wall member, but because the rear wall member has a demolding trace portion in a location that is difficult to see from the front, the demolding trace portion can be made difficult to see by players in front of the gaming machine, preventing the demolding trace portion from worsening the appearance and preventing the demolding trace portion from causing discomfort or displeasure to the player. Therefore, because the demolding trace portion is not noticeable on the center role (rear wall member), the appearance of the gaming board (gaming machine) having the center role can be improved, and a gaming machine that is highly appealing to players can be provided.

It is desirable to make the shape of adjacent demolding traces the same. This makes it possible for the player to feel the demolding traces of the rear wall member as if they were a pattern, since the shapes of adjacent demolding traces are made the same. Even if the demolding traces are visible to the player, the appearance of the center role is not adversely affected, and the player does not feel uncomfortable or uncomfortable.

In this way, the above solution makes it possible to provide a gaming machine that makes it easier to see the game balls circulating in the center role.

(Relationship between the solution of technical features and embodiments)
The game panel 1100 on the game board 5 of the pachinko machine 1 in this embodiment corresponds to the game board of the above-mentioned solution means, the opening 1112 of the game panel 1100 in this embodiment corresponds to the opening of the above-mentioned solution means, the center gimmick 2500 and stage unit 2520 in this embodiment correspond to the center gimmick of the above-mentioned solution means, the third member 2523 of the stage unit 2520 in this embodiment corresponds to the rear wall member of the above-mentioned solution means, and the demolding trace portion 2519 in this embodiment corresponds to the demolding trace portion of the above-mentioned solution means.

In addition, the warp passage 2516, stage 2518, ball passage section 2523d, and circulation area 2523i in this embodiment correspond to the circulation area of the above-mentioned solving means, the front surface of the rear wall section 2523a of the third member 2523 in this embodiment corresponds to the rear surface of the above-mentioned solving means, and the lower surface of the upper wall section 2523b of the third member 2523 in this embodiment corresponds to the upper surface of the above-mentioned solving means.

(Characteristic Effects of Technical Features)
According to the pachinko machine 1 of this embodiment, the center device 2500 of the game board 5 is provided with a circulation area 2523i through which the game ball B circulates, such as the stage 2518 and the warp passage 2516, and the rear wall portion 2523a and the upper wall portion 2523b of the third member 2523 of the center device 2500 (stage unit 2520) form the rear and upper surfaces of the circulation area 2523i, so that the game ball B circulating in the circulation area 2523i will not fall backward or upward, and the player can be entertained by the movement of the game ball B circulating (rolling) in the circulation area 2523i. In this case, in the third member 2523, the demolding trace portion 2519 formed during molding is provided outside the circulation area 2523i through which the game balls B circulate, so that the demolding trace portion 2519 does not appear to overlap with the game balls B circulating in the circulation area 2523i, making it easier for the player to see the game balls B circulating in the circulation area 2523i. Therefore, the movement of the game balls B circulating in the circulation area 2523i does not cause discomfort or discomfort, and the player can enjoy the movement of the game balls B.

In addition, since the demolding trace portion 2519 is provided in a portion of the third member 2523 outside the circulation area 2523i, the game balls B circulating in the circulation area 2523i do not come into contact with the demolding trace portion 2519, and the demolding trace portion 2519 does not impede the circulation of the game balls B, thereby improving the circulation accuracy of the game balls B in the center device 2500. Therefore, the game balls B circulating in the center device 2500 can be made to move as designed, and a pachinko machine 1 can be provided that allows players to enjoy the game as intended.

Furthermore, in order to enjoy the movement of the game ball B circulating in the circulation area 2523i of the third member 2523, the player will pay attention to the third member 2523, but since the third member 2523 has the demolding trace portion 2519 in a part that is difficult to see from the front, it is possible to make the demolding trace portion 2519 difficult to see from the player in front of this pachinko machine 1, and it is possible to suppress the deterioration of the appearance due to the demolding trace portion 2519, and the demolding trace portion 2519 does not cause the player to feel strange or uncomfortable. Therefore, since the demolding trace portion 2519 is not noticeable in the center role 2500 (third member 2523), it is possible to improve the appearance of the game board 5 (pachinko machine 1) having the center role 2500, and it is possible to provide a pachinko machine 1 that is highly appealing to players.

In addition, even if the player can see the demolding traces 2519 of the third member 2523, the shape of the adjacent demolding traces 2519 is made uniform, so the demolding traces 2519 can be perceived as a pattern. Even if the demolding traces 2519 are visible, the appearance of the center gadget 2500 (third member 2523) is not deteriorated, and the player does not feel strange or uncomfortable.

[5-8c-4e. Summary E]
(Background of technical features)
In a gaming machine such as a pachinko machine, a frame-shaped center frame is provided with a protruding wall portion that protrudes forward from the front surface of the gaming board through which the gaming balls pass. It is known that a game machine prevents the ball from entering the frame and forms an area outside the frame through which the ball can pass, allowing the player to enjoy watching the ball move (for example, Patent No. Literature: JP 2021-13673 A).

However, this type of gaming machine has a similar center frame regardless of the model or manufacturer, so they are all the same and it is difficult to differentiate them from other gaming machines using only the center frame.

Therefore, in consideration of the above situation, the following solution aims to provide a gaming machine equipped with a center frame that can increase its appeal to players.

(Technical solution)
Means 1: In the gaming machine,
"A gaming machine equipped with a gaming board having a center frame attached to the opening edge of the gaming board,
The center frame is
A protruding wall portion protruding forward from the front surface of the play board,
A demolding trace portion is provided on the front end surface of the protruding wall portion.
It is characterized by:

Here, the "center frame" refers to the part that constitutes the center role, and may be a frame-like part that runs along the edge of the opening of the game board, or may be divided into multiple parts in a direction that runs along the edge of the opening of the game board. Also, the "center frame" may be made up of a single member, or it may be made up of multiple members.

Examples of "protruding wall portions" include "those that protrude forward from the front surface of the game board longer than the radius (or diameter) of the game ball" and "those that protrude forward from the front surface of the game board a length similar to the front ends of the obstacle nails that are set into the game board."

Furthermore, "demolding traces" are traces left on the molded product by mechanisms (e.g., ejector pins, push-up cores, straight-up cores, ejection cores, etc.) for removing the molded product from the molding die (metal mold), and are slightly concave, convex, or inclined compared to other parts. Possible shapes of these "demolding traces" include "part of a circle, such as a semicircle," "circle," "triangle," "square," "pentagon," "hexagon," "polygon," "irregular shape," "star shape," "heart shape," etc.

According to the configuration of the first aspect, the game machine is provided with a game board having a center frame attached to the opening edge of the game board, the center frame having a protruding wall portion protruding forward from the front surface of the game board, and a demolding trace portion is provided on the front end surface of the protruding wall portion (see the description of the chapter [5-8c-2c. Demolding trace portion of forward protruding portion], demolding trace portion 2519, center frame 2510, forward protruding portion 2511, Figures 113 and 118, etc. in [Embodiment of the invention]).

As a result, the center frame attached to the edge of the opening of the game board is provided with a protruding wall portion that protrudes forward, which can prevent game balls from falling (entering) into the opening of the game board, and can form an area (game area) where game balls flow down in a part on the front side of the game board outside the center frame, and players can be entertained by the movement of the game balls flowing down the area. In addition, the front end surface of the protruding wall portion of the center frame is provided with a demolding trace portion formed when the center frame (molded product) is molded, so that the demolding trace portion can be seen, making the center frame stand out and attracting the player's attention to the center frame. Therefore, the demolding trace portion provided on the front end surface of the protruding wall portion of the center frame makes the player recognize that a center frame completely different from conventional ones is provided, strongly attracting the player's interest, and a game machine with high appeal to players can be provided.

In addition, because the demolding traces have a different shape compared to the other parts of the center frame, when light from the LCD display device or LEDs located at the rear hits them, they will shine differently from the other parts. This makes the demolding traces stand out on the front end face of the protruding wall part of the center frame by shining a different light from the other parts, strongly attracting the player's attention, and the glow from the demolding traces makes the center frame look beautiful.

The protruding wall may have a partition that divides the play area through which the game balls circulate into two, but the front end surface of the partition may not have any demolding traces. This allows the player to recognize that the partition is a different part from the part of the protruding wall where the demolding traces are provided, since the front end surface of the partition that divides the play area into two of the protruding wall of the center frame does not have any demolding traces, and the player can recognize that the partition is not a part that constitutes the frame, and can recognize that the play area 5a is divided into left and right parts.

In addition, if no demolding traces are provided on the front end surface of the partition as described above, the partition will be less noticeable than the area of the protruding wall where the demolding traces are provided, making it difficult to notice the presence of the partition, and giving the player the illusion that game balls can move across the partition.

It is also desirable to make the shape of adjacent demolding traces uniform. This allows the demolding traces on the front end surface of the protruding wall portion of the center frame to look like a pattern, improving the appearance of the center frame.

Means 2: In the configuration of Means 1,
"The protruding wall portion is
It has a partition that divides the playing area in which the game balls circulate into two, and the front end surface of the partition does not have the demolding trace portion.
The present invention is characterized in that

Here, examples of "partition section" include "a section extending vertically at the end (e.g., the right end) of the stage located within the center frame," "a section extending downward from the center frame," "a section on the left or right side of the center frame that partitions multiple ball passages," etc.

According to the configuration of Means 2, the protruding wall portion has a partition portion that divides the playing area through which the game balls circulate into two, and the front end surface of the partition portion is free of demolding traces (see the description of partition portion 2511a of forward protruding portion 2511 in [Form for carrying out the invention]).

As a result, the front end surface of the partition section of the protruding wall of the center frame that divides the play area into two does not have any demolding traces, making it possible for the player to recognize that the partition section is a different area from the area of the protruding wall section where the demolding traces are provided, and therefore the player can recognize that the partition section is not a part that constitutes the frame, and can recognize that the play area 5a is divided into left and right sections.

Alternatively, since there is no demolding trace on the front end surface of the partition, the partition is less noticeable than the area of the protruding wall where the demolding trace is provided, making it difficult to notice the presence of the partition, and giving the player the illusion that game balls can move across the partition.

In this way, the above solution makes it possible to provide a gaming machine equipped with a center frame that can increase its appeal to players.

(Relationship between the solution of technical features and embodiments)
The game panel 1100 on the game board 5 of the pachinko machine 1 in this embodiment corresponds to the game board of the above-mentioned solution means, the opening 1112 of the game panel 1100 in this embodiment corresponds to the opening of the above-mentioned solution means, the center frame 2510 of the center gimmick 2500 and the first member 2521 of the stage unit 2520 in this embodiment correspond to the center frame of the above-mentioned solution means, the forward protrusion 2511 of the center frame 2510 and the upper wall portion 2523b of the third member 2523 in this embodiment correspond to the protruding wall portion of the above-mentioned solution means, and the partition portion 2511a of the forward protrusion 2511 in this embodiment corresponds to the partition portion of the above-mentioned solution means.

(Characteristic Effects of Technical Features)
According to the pachinko machine 1 of this embodiment, a forward protrusion 2511 that protrudes forward is provided on the center frame 2510 of the center device 2500 attached to the inner peripheral edge of the opening 1112 of the game panel 1100 in the game board 5, so that the forward protrusion 2511 can prevent the game ball B from falling out (entering) into the opening 1112 of the game panel 1100, and a game area 5a into which the game ball B flows down can be formed in a part on the front side of the game panel 1100 outside the center frame 2510, and the player can be entertained by the movement of the game ball B flowing down the game area 5a. And, since the demolding traces 2519 formed during molding of the center frame 2511 (molded product) and the like are provided on the front end surface of the forward protruding portion 2511 of the center frame 2510 and the upper wall portion 2523b of the third member 2523, the demolding traces 2519 are visible, making the center frame 2510 stand out and attracting the interest of the player to the center frame 2510. Therefore, the demolding traces 2519 provided on the front end surface of the forward protruding portion 2511 of the center frame 2510 allow the player to recognize that a center frame 2510 completely different from conventional ones is provided, strongly attracting the player's interest, and a pachinko machine 1 with high appeal to players can be provided.

In addition, since the demolding trace portion 2519 has a different shape compared to the other portions of the center frame 2510, when light from the performance display device 1600 or LEDs provided at the rear hits it, it will shine differently from the other portions. As a result, the demolding trace portion 2519 stands out on the front end surface of the forward protrusion 2511 of the center frame 2510 by shining a different light from the other portions, which can strongly attract the player's attention, and the glow from the demolding trace portion 2519 makes the center frame 2510 look beautiful.

Furthermore, the forward protrusion 2511 has a partition 2511a that divides the play area 5a through which the game balls B circulate into two, and the front end surface of the partition 2511a does not have a demolding trace 2519. This allows the player to recognize that the partition 2511a is a different area from the area of the forward protrusion 2511 where the demolding trace 2519 is provided, and the partition 2511a is not a part that constitutes a frame, allowing the player to recognize that the play area 5a is divided into left and right.

Alternatively, since the front end surface of the partitioning portion 2511a does not have the demolding trace portion 2519, the partitioning portion 2511a is less noticeable than the portion of the forward protruding portion 2511 where the demolding trace portion 2519 is provided or the upper wall portion 2523b, making it difficult to notice the presence of the partitioning portion 2511a, and giving the player the illusion that the game ball B can move across the partitioning portion 2511a.

In addition, since the shapes of adjacent demolding traces 2519 are made uniform, the demolding traces 2519 on the front end surface of the forward protrusion 2511 of the center frame 2511 can be made to look like a pattern, improving the appearance of the center frame 2519.

[5-8c-4f. Summary F]
(Background of technical features)
In gaming machines such as pachinko machines, there is a central frame-shaped device attached to the playboard through which the game balls pass, and a stage that rolls the game balls from side to side and then releases them onto the front side of the playboard. In this type of gaming machine, a game ball that rolls on a stage is released from a desired portion of the stage. This allows players to enjoy the game depending on whether or not they win.

However, in conventional gaming machines, the game ball is released from one of several predetermined locations (e.g., three locations) on the stage of the center role, so the movement of the game ball on the center role can easily become monotonous, and there is a risk that some players will tire of the movement of the game ball and lose interest.

The following solution aims to provide a gaming machine that allows players to enjoy the movement of the game ball in the center device, preventing a decline in player interest.

(Technical solution)
Means 1: In the gaming machine,
"A gaming machine equipped with a gaming board having a center gimmick attached to the opening edge of the gaming board,
The center part is
The game machine includes a mounting plate portion that contacts the front surface of the game board, and a front wall plate portion that is provided in front of the rolling surface on which the game ball rolls.
The mounting plate portion is provided with a front inclined portion that is inclined so as to move rearward as it approaches the tip, and the front wall plate portion is provided with a back inclined portion that is inclined so as to move forward as it approaches the tip.
It is characterized by:

The "center gadget" may be a frame-shaped object that fits along the edge of the opening of the game board, or it may be divided into multiple parts in a direction that fits along the edge of the opening of the game board. The "center gadget" may be made up of a single component, or it may be made up of multiple components (units).

In addition, the relationship between the mounting plate and the front wall plate may be such that the mounting plate and the front wall plate are integrally formed, or the mounting plate and the front wall plate are formed separately.

According to the configuration of the first means, the game machine is equipped with a game board having a center role attached to the opening edge of the game board, and the center role has a mounting plate part that abuts against the front surface of the game board and a front wall plate part that is provided in front of the rolling surface on which the game ball rolls, and the mounting plate part has a front inclined part that is inclined so as to move rearward as it approaches the tip, and the front wall plate part has a back inclined part that is inclined so as to move forward as it approaches the tip (see the descriptions of the stage unit 2520 and stage unit 2520A, the front inclined part 2521c, the back inclined part 2522e, Figures 112 and 123, etc. in the chapters [5-8c-1. Stage unit] and [5-8c-3. Second embodiment of stage unit] in [Form for carrying out the invention]).

As a result, the game ball rolls on the rolling surface provided on the center device, allowing the player to enjoy the movement of the game ball. At this time, the front wall plate provided in front of the rolling surface is provided with a back inclined portion that is inclined so that the ball moves further forward toward the tip. Therefore, when the game ball rolling on the rolling surface hits the rear surface of the front wall plate, depending on the momentum of the game ball, it will go up the back inclined portion, go over the front wall plate, and spill forward from the rolling surface. Therefore, since the game ball will go over the front wall plate from an unexpected part of the rolling surface and spill forward, it can surprise the player, allowing the player to enjoy the movement of the game ball and suppress a decline in interest. In addition, the game ball flowing down the left side of the center device on the front of the game board rolls along the so-called road nails toward the first starting hole, but at that time, the game ball that bounces up due to obstacle nails such as road nails is not hindered in its movement because the front inclined portion is provided on the upper mounting plate, and it behaves naturally.

In addition, because a surface inclination portion is provided at the tip of the mounting plate of the center device, the game ball hits the surface of the surface inclination portion and does not hit the corner of the tip of the mounting plate, so the mounting plate will not chip or crack.

In addition, the front wall panel of the center device has a sloping back, so when removing the center device from the play board, the thin tip of the front wall panel makes it easy to hook your fingers, making it easier to remove the center device.

In addition, it is desirable that the center gimmick has a front inclined portion provided below the back inclined portion. This allows the mounting plate portion with the front inclined portion to be provided below the back inclined portion, so that when the game ball rolling on the rolling surface spills forward beyond the front wall plate portion due to the back inclined portion, it will always flow (roll) down the front of the mounting plate portion, and then roll over the front inclined portion to be delivered to the front side of the game board, making it possible to provide a game machine that can reliably achieve the above-mentioned effects.

In addition, when an upper wall portion is provided above where the rear inclined portion is provided in the front wall plate portion, it is desirable to provide a space between the front wall plate portion and the upper wall portion through which the game ball can pass. This allows the game ball to pass through between the front wall plate portion and the upper wall portion reliably and spill forward when it is guided upward by the rear inclined portion while rolling on the rolling surface and attempts to climb over the front wall plate portion, thereby providing a game machine that can reliably achieve the above-mentioned effects.

In addition, as described above, when an upper wall is provided above the front wall with a space through which the game ball can pass, when removing the center device from the game board, it is possible to insert a finger between the front wall and the upper wall and pull it. At this time, since a back slope is provided at the tip of the front wall, the tip of the front wall is thin, making it easy to insert a finger between the front wall and the upper member, and it is easy to hook a finger on the tip of the front wall and pull it, making it easy to remove the center device.

Means 2: In the configuration of Means 1,
"The front inclined portion is provided below the back inclined portion."
The present invention is characterized in that

According to the configuration of means 2, a front inclined portion is provided below the back inclined portion (see the description of front inclined portion 2521c, back inclined portion 2522e, Figures 112 and 123, etc. in [Embodiment for carrying out the invention]).

As a result, a mounting plate portion with a front inclined portion is provided below the rear inclined portion, so that when a game ball rolling on the rolling surface is released forward beyond the front wall plate portion by the rear inclined portion, it always flows (rolls) down the front surface of the mounting plate portion, then rolls over the front inclined portion and is delivered to the front side of the game board, making it possible to provide a gaming machine that can reliably achieve the above-mentioned effects.

In this way, the above solution makes it possible to provide a gaming machine that allows players to enjoy the movement of the gaming ball in the center role, preventing a decline in the player's interest.

(Relationship between the solution of technical features and embodiments)
The game panel 1100 on the game board 5 of the pachinko machine 1 in this embodiment corresponds to the game board of the above-mentioned solution, the opening 1112 of the game panel 1100 in this embodiment corresponds to the opening of the above-mentioned solution, the center gimmick 2500, stage unit 2520 and stage unit 2520A in this embodiment correspond to the center gimmick of the above-mentioned solution, the flange portion 2512 of the center frame 2510 in this embodiment corresponds to the mounting plate portion of the above-mentioned solution, the stage 2518 and the rolling surface portion 2522a of the second member 2522 in this embodiment correspond to the rolling surface of the above-mentioned solution, the front inclined portion 2521c of the first member 2521 in this embodiment corresponds to the front inclined portion of the above-mentioned solution, the front wall plate portion 2522b of the second member 2522 in this embodiment corresponds to the front wall plate portion of the above-mentioned solution, and the rear inclined portion 2522e of the second member 2522 in this embodiment corresponds to the rear inclined portion of the above-mentioned solution.

(Characteristic Effects of Technical Features)
According to the pachinko machine 1 of this embodiment, the game ball B rolls on the stage 2518 as a rolling surface provided on the center role 2500 of the game board 5, so that the player can enjoy the movement of the game ball B. At this time, the front wall plate portion 2522b of the second member 2521 provided in front of the stage 2518 is provided with a back inclined portion 2522e that is inclined so as to move forward toward the tip, so that when the game ball B rolling on the stage 2518 abuts against the rear surface of the front wall plate portion 2522b, depending on the momentum of the game ball B, it will go up the back inclined portion 2522e, go over the front wall plate portion 2522b, and spill forward from the stage 2518. Therefore, the game ball B can be surprised by jumping over the front wall plate portion 2522b from an unexpected part of the stage 2518 and spilling forward, and the player can be entertained by the movement of the game ball B, and a decline in interest can be suppressed. In addition, the game ball B flowing down the left side of the center device 2500 on the front side of the game panel 1100 rolls along the so-called guide nails toward the first starting hole 2002 provided below the center device 2500. At that time, the game ball B that bounces upward by the obstacle nails N such as the guide nails is not hindered in its movement because the front inclined portion 2521c is provided on the upper flange portion 2512, and behaves naturally.

In addition, since a surface inclined portion 2521c is provided at the tip of the flange portion 2512 in the center device 2500, the game ball B hits the surface of the surface inclined portion 2521c, but does not hit the corner of the tip of the flange portion 2512, and the flange portion 2512 will not chip or crack.

In addition, a space through which the game ball B can pass is provided between the portion of the front wall panel portion 2522b where the rear inclined portion 2522e is provided and the upper wall portion 2523b of the third member 2523 provided above it, so that the game ball B can reliably spill forward through the gap between the front wall panel portion 2522b and the upper wall portion 2523b.

In addition, since a space is provided between the front wall plate portion 2522b and the upper wall portion 2523b through which the game ball B can pass, when removing the center role 2500 (stage unit 2520, stage unit 2520A) from the game panel 1100, it is possible to insert a finger between the front wall plate portion 2522b and the upper wall portion 2523b and pull it. At this time, since the back inclined portion 2522c is provided at the tip of the front wall plate portion 2522b, the tip of the front wall plate portion 2522b is thin, so that it is easy to insert a finger between the front wall plate portion 2522b and the upper wall portion 2523b, and it is possible to hook a finger on the tip of the front wall plate portion 2522b and easily pull it, and the work of removing the center role can be performed easily.

[5-8c-5. First Attacker Unit]
Next, the first attacca unit 2530 in the center role 2500 will be described mainly with reference to Figures 99, 106, and 107. The first attacca unit 2530 constitutes the upper right corner of the center role. The first attacca unit 2530 has a part of the center frame 2510, similar to the stage unit 2520. This first attacker unit 2530 has a first large prize opening 2005 that opens and closes to accept game ball B depending on the results of a lottery, such as a first special pattern drawn when game ball B enters the first starting opening 2002 or a second special pattern drawn when game ball B enters the second starting opening 2004, a first large prize opening sensor 2503 that detects game ball B that has entered the first large prize opening 2005, a first large prize opening door 2531 that allows the first large prize opening 2005 to be opened and closed, and a first attacker solenoid 2532 that moves the first large prize opening door 2531 forward and backward.

The first large prize opening door 2531 is a flat plate with its surface facing up and down, and extends left and right. This first large prize opening door 2531 is arranged so that it can move back and forth in the forward and backward directions. When in the forward position, it prevents the game ball B from entering the first large prize opening 2005, and when in the backward position, it allows the game ball B to enter the first large prize opening 2005.

The first attacca solenoid 2532 moves the first large prize opening door 2531 forward and backward in response to the results of a lottery, such as a first special symbol drawn by a ball entering the first starting hole 2002, or a second special symbol drawn by a ball entering the second starting hole 2004, to open and close the first large prize opening 2005. When not energized, the first attacca solenoid 2532 moves the first large prize opening door 2531 forward by the biasing force of a spring (not shown), closing the first large prize opening 2005.

This first attacker unit 2530 guides the game ball B that enters the first large winning opening 2005 and is detected by the first large winning opening sensor 2503 rearward, and passes it to the back ball guide unit 3100 of the back unit 3000. The game ball B passed from the first attacker unit 2530 passes through the back ball guide unit 3100 and is discharged to the second ball path 702 of the base unit 700 in the main body frame 4. On the other hand, the game ball B that does not enter the first large winning opening 2005 is released to the gate unit 2540 provided below.

[5-8c-6. Gate unit]
Next, the gate unit 2540 in the center role 2500 will be described mainly with reference to Figures 99, 106, and 107. The gate unit 2540 constitutes the central portion in the vertical direction of the right side of the center role 2500. The first attacca unit 2530 is provided above the gate unit 2540, and the second attacca unit 2550 is provided below the gate unit 2540. In other words, the gate unit 2540 is provided between the first attacca unit 2530 and the second attacca unit 2550.

The gate unit 2540 has a part of the center frame 2510, similar to the stage unit 2520. The gate unit 2540 has a gate 2003 through which the game ball B can pass, a normal winning opening 2011 that is always open to receive the game ball B, a second starting opening 2004 that opens and closes depending on the result of the lottery of the normal pattern drawn by the passage of the game ball B through the gate 2003 or the entry of the game ball B into the normal winning opening 2011, and a sub-out opening 2023 that discharges the entered game ball B outside the game area 5a.

The gate unit 2540 also includes a gate sensor 2501 that detects the passage of a game ball B through the gate 2003, a second start port sensor 2502 that detects a game ball B that has entered the second start port 2004, a second start port door 2541 that enables the second start port 2004 to be opened and closed, and a start port solenoid 2542 that moves the second start port door 2541 forward and backward. The second start port 2004 is provided directly below the gate 2003.

The second starting hole door 2541 is a flat plate with its plate surface facing up and down and extends left and right. The second starting hole door 2541 is movable forward and backward, and when in the forward position, it allows the game ball B to enter the second starting hole 2004, and when in the backward position, it does not allow the game ball B to enter the second starting hole 2004.

The starting port solenoid 2542 moves the second starting port door 2541 back and forth to open and close the second starting port 2004 in accordance with the results of the lottery of the normal symbol drawn by the passage of the game ball B through the gate 2003 and the normal symbol drawn by the entry of the game ball B into the normal winning port 2011. When not energized, the starting port solenoid 2542 moves the second starting port door 2541 back due to the biasing force of a spring (not shown), preventing the second starting port 2004 from being entered (closed).

The gate unit 2540 guides the game ball B that has entered the second start port 2004 and been detected by the second start port sensor 2502 to the rear and passes it to the rear ball guide unit 3100 of the rear unit 3000. The game ball B that has been detected by the second start port sensor 2502 and passed to the rear ball guide unit 3100 is discharged through the rear ball guide unit 3100 to the second ball path 702 of the board unit 700 in the main body frame 4. The gate unit 2540 also guides the game ball B that has entered the normal winning port 2011 to the rear and passes it to the rear ball guide unit 3100 of the rear unit 3000. The game ball B that has entered the normal winning port 2011 and been passed to the rear ball guide unit 3100 is detected by the normal winning port sensor 3003, and then passes through the rear ball guide unit 3100 to be discharged to the second ball path 702 of the board unit 700 in the main body frame 4.

The gate unit 2540 also guides the game ball B that has entered the sub-out port 2023 rearward and delivers it to the back ball guiding unit 3100 of the back unit 3000. The game ball B that has entered the sub-out port 2023 and been delivered to the back ball guiding unit 3100 passes through the back ball guiding unit 3100 and is discharged to the first ball path 701 of the base unit 700 in the main body frame 4.

On the other hand, in the gate unit 2540, game ball B that does not enter the second starting hole 2004, the normal winning hole 2011, or the sub-out hole 2023 is guided downward and released into the second attacker unit 2550 located below.

[5-8c-7. Second Attacker Unit]
Next, the second attacca unit 2550 in the center role 2500 will be described mainly with reference to Figures 99, 106, and 107. The second attacca unit 2550 constitutes the lower right corner of the center role 2500, and is adjacent to the stage unit 2520 on the left side and the gate unit 2540 on the upper side.

The second attacca unit 2550 has a part of the center frame 2510, like the stage unit 2520. The second attacca unit 2550 has one general winning opening 2001, a second large winning opening 2006 that opens and closes to receive the game ball B depending on the lottery results such as a first special symbol drawn by the entry of the game ball B into the first starting opening 2002 and a second special symbol drawn by the entry of the game ball B into the second starting opening 2004, and two sub-out openings 2023.

This second attacca unit 2550 has a second large prize opening sensor 2504 that detects a game ball B that has entered the second large prize opening 2006, a second large prize opening door 2551 that allows the second large prize opening 2006 to be opened and closed, and a second attacca solenoid 2552 that moves the second large prize opening door 2551 forward and backward.

The second large prize opening door 2551 is a flat plate with its plate surface facing up and down, and extends left and right. This second large prize opening door 2551 is provided so that it can move back and forth in the forward and backward directions. When in the forward position, it prevents the game ball B from entering the second large prize opening 2006, and when in the backward position, it allows the game ball B to enter the second large prize opening 2006.

The second attacca solenoid 2552 moves the second large prize opening door 2551 forward and backward in response to the results of a lottery, such as a first special symbol drawn by a ball entering the first starting hole 2002, or a second special symbol drawn by a ball entering the second starting hole 2004, to open and close the second large prize opening 2006. When not energized, the second attacca solenoid 2552 moves the second large prize opening door 2551 forward by the biasing force of a spring (not shown), closing the second large prize opening 2006.

This second attacker unit 2550 guides the game ball B that has entered the general winning opening 2001 backward and passes it to the back ball guide unit 3100 of the back unit 3000. The game ball B that has entered the general winning opening 2001 and passed to the back ball guide unit 3100 is detected by the general winning opening sensor 3001 and is discharged to the second ball path 702 of the board unit 700 in the main body frame 4 through the back ball guide unit 3100. The game ball B that has entered the second large winning opening 2006 and detected by the second large winning opening sensor 2504 is guided backward and passes it to the back ball guide unit 3100 of the back unit 3000. The game ball B that has entered the second large winning opening 2006 and passed to the back ball guide unit 3100 is discharged to the second ball path 702 of the board unit 700 in the main body frame 4 through the back ball guide unit 3100.

The second attacker unit 2550 also guides the game ball B that has entered the sub-out port 2023 rearward and delivers it to the back ball guiding unit 3100 of the back unit 3000. The game ball B that has entered the sub-out port 2023 and been delivered to the back ball guiding unit 3100 passes through the back ball guiding unit 3100 and is discharged to the first ball path 701 of the base unit 700 in the main body frame 4.

On the other hand, in the second attacka unit 2550, game ball B that does not enter any of the general winning port 2001, the second large winning port 2006, or the sub-out port 2023 is released into the game area 5a to the left of the second attacka unit 2550, but is accepted by the out port 1008 without entering any of the winning ports of other units, and is discharged outside the game area 5a.

[5-8c-8. Center top left unit]
Next, the center upper left unit 2560 in the center role 2500 will be described mainly with reference to Figures 99, 106, and 107. The center upper left unit 2560 constitutes the upper side and upper left side of the frame-shaped center role 2500, and is provided to connect the upper left end of the stage unit 2520 and the upper end of the first attacker unit 2530.

This center upper left unit 2560 has a part of the center frame 2510, just like the stage unit 2520, etc.

[5-9. Flow of game balls within the game area]
Next, the flow of the game ball B in the game area 5a will be described in detail mainly with reference to FIG. 99 and the like. When assembled on the game board 5, the center role 2500 is provided in the approximate center of the game area 5a. Although not shown, in the game area 5a, a plurality of obstacle nails are planted in a predetermined gauge arrangement in the left outer portion and lower portion of the center role 2500 and in the portion above the normal winning hole 2011 in the gate unit 2540. In addition, a windmill (not shown) that rotates when the game ball B comes into contact with it is provided on the left side of the center role 2500 and above the left end of the side unit 2200.

The game ball B that is shot into the left side of the center device 2500 is guided by coming into contact with multiple obstacle nails N, and enters the warp entrance 2515 with a certain probability. The game ball B that enters the warp entrance 2515 passes through the warp passage 2516 and is released to the right from the warp exit 2517 provided within the frame of the center device 2500, where it is decelerated by coming into contact with multiple protrusions 2522d of the second member 2522 and is supplied to the stage 2518.

The game ball B supplied to the stage 2518 rolls left and right on the stage 2518 and is released from either the central release section 2518a or the side release section 2518b so as to flow back into the game area 5a. The central release section 2518a of the stage 2518 is located directly above the first starting opening 2002 in the left and right center of the game area 5a, so the game ball B released from the central release section 2518a is accepted by the first starting opening 2002 with a high probability. The game ball B released from the side release sections 2518b on both the left and right sides of the central release section 2518a is accepted by the first starting opening 2002 with a certain degree of probability.

The game ball B received in the first starting port 2002 is guided to the rear of the game panel 1100 and handed over to the back ball guiding unit 3100 of the back unit 3000. The game ball B that enters the first starting port 2002 and is handed over to the back ball guiding unit 3100 is detected by the first starting port sensor 3002, and then discharged from the back ball guiding unit 3100 to the second ball path 702 of the lower board unit 700. When the game ball B is detected by the first starting port sensor 3002, a bonus of a predetermined number of game balls B is given, and a lottery is performed for a first special pattern that allows the occurrence of an advantageous game state that is advantageous to the player when a predetermined condition is satisfied (for example, when the number of reserved first special patterns is less than 4). The first special pattern drawn is also referred to as the first special lottery result.

The game ball B that is released from the stage 2518 and is not received by the first starting port 2002 is received by the outlet 1008 and discharged outside the game area 5a. The game ball B that is received by the outlet 1008 is guided to the rear of the game panel 1100 and discharged to the first ball path 701 of the lower base unit 700.

When a game ball B is shot into the left outer side of the center role 2500 and does not enter the warp entrance 2515, if it flows to the right of the center of the windmill, there is a high probability that it will flow down to the right along the guide nails arranged diagonally along the lower side of the center role 2500. A game ball B that flows to the right of the center of the windmill may be accepted by the first starting opening 2002 or the general winning opening 2001 or sub-out opening 2023 provided in the side unit 2200. A game ball B that flows to the right of the center of the windmill may be accepted by the general winning opening 2001 or sub-out opening 2023 provided in the side unit 2200. A game ball B that is not accepted by the first starting opening 2002, the general winning opening 2001, or the sub-out opening 2023 is accepted by the out opening 1008 and discharged outside the game area 5a.

A game ball B received in the general winning opening 2001 provided in the side unit 2200 is guided to the rear of the game panel 1100 and then handed over to the rear ball guide unit 3100 of the rear unit 3000. This game ball B is detected by the general winning opening sensor 3001 and then discharged to the second ball path 702 of the lower base unit 700. When the game ball B is detected by the general winning opening sensor 3001, a bonus is awarded in which a predetermined number of game balls B are paid out.

On the other hand, a game ball B received by the sub-out port 2023 provided in the side unit 2200 is guided to the rear of the game panel 1100, and then handed over to the back ball guiding unit 3100 of the back unit 3000, from which it is discharged downward. In the side unit 2200, a game ball B that is not received by either the general winning port 2001 or the sub-out port 2023 is received by the out port 1008 and discharged outside the game area 5a.

Next, on the right side of the center device 2500, a long ball passage is provided vertically, and in that ball passage, from top to bottom, there are provided a first large prize opening 2005, a gate 2003, a second start opening 2004, a sub-out opening 2023, a regular prize opening 2011, a second large prize opening 2006, a regular prize opening 2001, and a sub-out opening 2023. On the right side of the center device 2500, multiple obstacle nails N are planted directly above the regular prize opening 2011.

The game ball B, which is hit from the right into the game area 5a and enters the right side of the center role 2500, first rolls on the first large prize opening door 2531 that closes the first large prize opening 2005 of the first attacca unit 2530. This first large prize opening 2005 is opened by the first attacca solenoid 2532 by retracting the first large prize opening door 2531 in response to the first special symbol (first special lottery result) drawn by the reception of the game ball B into the first starting hole 2002 and the second special symbol (second special lottery result) drawn by the reception of the game ball B into the second starting hole 2004 (for example, when the drawn special symbol (special lottery result) is "big win", "medium win", "small win", etc.). The opening and closing pattern of the first large prize opening 2005 differs depending on the lottery results of the first special symbol and the second special symbol.

Therefore, when game ball B circulates (rolls) at the timing when first main prize opening 2005 is open, said game ball B is accepted by first main prize opening 2005. As a result, when a special pattern that opens and closes first main prize opening 2005 is drawn, the player can perform a "right hit" so that game ball B circulates to the right of center device 2500 in which first main prize opening 2005 is located, so that game ball B can be accepted by first main prize opening 2005.

The game ball B received in the first large prize opening 2005 is detected by the first large prize opening sensor 2503 located below. When the game ball B is detected by the first large prize opening sensor 2503, a bonus of a predetermined number of game balls B is awarded. In addition, the game ball B detected by the first large prize opening sensor 2503 is handed over to the rear ball guiding unit 3100, and is discharged from the rear ball guiding unit 3100 to the second ball path 702 of the base unit 700 below.

In the first attacker unit 2530, the game ball B that is not accepted by the first large winning opening 2005 enters the gate unit 2540 provided below. In the gate unit 2540, from the top, the gate 2003, the second starting opening 2004, the sub-out opening 2023, and the normal winning opening 2011 are provided. Therefore, in the gate unit 2540, there is a possibility that the game ball B may pass through the gate 2003, and may enter the second starting opening 2004, the normal winning opening 2011, or the sub-out opening 2023. The gate 2003 is provided so that the game ball B can always pass through. In addition, the normal winning opening 2011 and the sub-out opening 2023 are open so that the game ball B can always be accepted. On the other hand, the second starting opening 2004 is closed and cannot be accepted under normal conditions.

When game ball B passes through gate 2003, it flows down toward second starting gate 2541 located below. At this time, if game ball B is detected by gate sensor 2501 upon passing through gate 2003, a lottery is executed for a normal symbol that allows game ball B to be accepted into second starting gate 2004 if a predetermined condition is met (for example, the number of reserved normal symbols is less than four). The normal symbol that is drawn is also referred to as the normal lottery result.

Then, game ball B that has passed through gate 2003 flows down toward the area where second starting gate door 2541 is provided, but in the normal state, second starting gate door 2541 is retracted, and game ball B does not come into contact with second starting gate door 2541. Therefore, game ball B passes directly past second starting gate door 2541 and flows down without entering second starting gate 2004.

On the other hand, when a "normal win" is drawn as a result of the lottery for the normal symbol drawn by game ball B passing through gate 2003 or entering normal winning port 2011, the second starting port door 2541 moves forward by the starting port solenoid 2542, and the second starting port 2004 becomes an open state in which it can be received. In this state, when game ball B abuts against the second starting port door 2541, game ball B is guided by the second starting port door 2541 and enters the second starting port 2004.

After being detected by the second start port sensor 2502, the game ball B received in the second start port 2004 is handed over to the rear ball guiding unit 3100 of the rear unit 3000, and is then discharged from the rear ball guiding unit 3100 to the second ball path 702 of the lower base unit 700. When the game ball B is detected by the second start port sensor 2502, a bonus of a predetermined number of game balls B is awarded, and a lottery is executed for a second special pattern that allows the occurrence of a favorable game state that is advantageous to the player when a predetermined condition is satisfied (for example, when the number of reserved second special patterns is less than four). The second special pattern that is drawn is also referred to as the second special lottery result.

The game ball B that flows down through the second start port door 2541 enters the sub-out port 2023 or the normal winning port 2011 with a predetermined probability. When this game ball B enters the normal winning port 2011, it is guided backward and handed over to the back ball guide unit 3100 of the back unit 3000, and is detected by the normal winning port sensor 3003, and is discharged from the back ball guide unit 3100 to the second ball path 702 of the lower base unit 700. When the game ball B is detected by the normal winning port sensor 3003, a privilege of paying out a predetermined number of game balls B is granted, and a lottery for a normal pattern that allows the game ball B to be accepted by the second start port 2004 is executed when a predetermined condition is satisfied (for example, when the number of reserved normal patterns is less than 4).

Therefore, even if a "normal win" is not drawn as a result of the normal symbol lottery when game ball B passes through upstream gate 2003, a normal symbol lottery will be drawn when the ball enters downstream normal winning port 2011, so that one game ball B provides two opportunities to draw normal symbols, providing entertainment to the player.

On the other hand, the game ball B that enters the sub-out port 2023 is guided to the rear of the game panel 1100, and then handed over to the back ball guiding unit 3100 of the back unit 3000, and is ejected downward from the back ball guiding unit 3100.

In this gate unit 2540, game ball B that does not enter the second start port 2004, the normal winning port 2011, or the sub-out port 2023 flows downward from the gate unit 2540 to the second attacker unit 2550.

When the game ball B that flows down to the second attacca unit 2550 flows down to the second large prize entrance door 2551 side with a high probability, the game ball B that does not flow down to the second large prize entrance door 2551 side enters the sub-out port 2023 and is discharged downward through the rear ball guide unit 3100 at the rear.

In the normal state, the second large prize winning door 2551 protrudes forward to close the second large prize winning door 2006. Therefore, in the normal state, the game ball B that flows down to the second large prize winning door 2551 rolls to the left on the second large prize winning door 2551 and is then released from the second attacca unit 2550 into the game area 5a. The part where the ball is released from the second attacca unit 2550 into the game area 5a is located to the left of the first starting hole 2002 and slightly higher than the first starting hole 2002, and is released downward from that position. Below this part, the general winning hole 2001 and the sub-out hole 2023, which protrude to the left in the second attacca unit 2550, are arranged side by side, and the ball may enter either one of them. In addition, the game ball B that rolls to the left on the second large prize opening door 2551 and does not enter the general prize opening 2001 or the sub-out opening 2023 of the second attacker unit 2550 is discharged to the outside through the out opening 1008.

The second large prize opening 2006 of the second attacca unit 2550 is opened by retracting the second large prize opening door 2551 by the second attacca solenoid 2552 in response to the first special symbol (first special lottery result) drawn by the reception of the game ball B into the first starting hole 2002 and the second special symbol (second special lottery result) drawn by the reception of the game ball B into the second starting hole 2004 (for example, when the drawn special symbol (special lottery result) is "big win", "medium win", "small win", etc.). The opening and closing pattern of the second large prize opening 2006 differs depending on the lottery results of the first special symbol and the second special symbol.

When game ball B comes into circulation (rolls) at the timing when this second large prize opening 2006 is open, the game ball B is accepted by the second large prize opening 2006. As a result, when a special pattern that opens and closes the second large prize opening 2006 is drawn, the player can perform a "right hit" so that game ball B flows to the right of the center device 2500 in which the second large prize opening 2006 is located, so that game ball B can be accepted by the second large prize opening 2006.

The game ball B received in the second large prize opening 2006 is detected by the second large prize opening sensor 2504 located below. When the game ball B is detected by the second large prize opening sensor 2504, a bonus of a predetermined number of game balls B is awarded. The game ball B detected by the second large prize opening sensor 2504 is handed over to the rear ball guiding unit 3100, and is discharged from the rear ball guiding unit 3100 to the second ball path 702 of the base unit 700 below.

In this embodiment, in the lottery for the first special symbol or the second special symbol in which the first large winning hole 2005 and the second large winning hole 2006 open and close to create a favorable game state in which the player has an advantage, the first starting hole 2002 is always open to receive the game ball B, whereas the second starting hole 2004 is only able to receive the game ball B in a predetermined pattern when the normal lottery drawn by the passage of the game ball B through the gate 2003 or the reception of the game ball B into the normal winning hole 2011 results in a "normal win". This makes it more likely that the first starting hole 2002 will receive the game ball B than the second starting hole 2004.

For this reason, under normal conditions, the player can perform an operation to shoot game ball B so that game ball B flows down the left side of the center device 2500 so that game ball B can be accepted by the first starting opening 2002. By showing the movement of game ball B being guided by multiple obstacle pins, the player can enjoy playing the pachinko machine 1 with game ball B as intended, while also heightening the player's sense of anticipation for game ball B being accepted by the first starting opening 2002.

When game ball B is accepted into the first starting opening 2002 and a "win" (for example, a "small win", "medium win", "big win", "playable win", etc.) is selected as the lottery result for the first special pattern, the first large winning opening 2005 or the second large winning opening 2006 opens and closes in a predetermined pattern, allowing the player to enjoy hitting game ball B aimed at the right side of the center playable unit 2500 (so-called "right hit") so that game ball B can be accepted into the first large winning opening 2005 or the second large winning opening 2006, and increasing the player's sense of anticipation for game ball B being accepted into the first large winning opening 2005 or the second large winning opening 2006.

On the right side of the center device 2500, a gate 2003 and a normal winning hole 2011 are provided, and a lottery is held for a normal symbol that will be accepted by the second starting hole 2004 when game ball B passes through gate 2003 or enters normal winning hole 2011. Therefore, the player can enjoy not only whether game ball B shot to the right side passes through gate 2003 or enters normal winning hole 2011, but also whether game ball B can be accepted by second starting hole 2004 when it becomes available.

[5-10. Back unit]
Next, the rear unit 3000 in the game board 5 will be described in detail mainly with reference to Figures 97 and 98. The rear unit 3000 includes a vibration sensor 1040 (see Figure 126) that detects vibration acting on the game board 5 (pachinko machine 1), a general winning hole sensor 3001 that detects the game ball B received by the general winning hole 2001 and guided to the rear of the game panel 1100, a first start hole sensor 3002 that detects the game ball B received by the first start hole 2002 and guided to the rear of the game panel 1100, and a normal winning hole sensor 3003 that detects the game ball B received by the normal winning hole 2011 and guided to the rear of the game panel 1100.

The rear unit 3000 is attached to the rear surface of the game panel 1100 and is box-shaped with an open front and a square opening 3010b on the rear wall 3010a for attaching the performance display device 1600. It is equipped with a rear box 3010, a lock slider 3020 that is slidable left and right on the rear wall 3010a of the rear box 3010 for attaching and detaching the performance display device 1600, and a rear board unit 3040 that is hingedly attached to the rear wall of the rear box 3010.

The rear unit 3000 also includes a rear ball guide unit 3100 that is provided along the bottom and right sides near the front end of the rear box 3010 and guides the game ball B guided to the rear of the game panel 1100 and discharges it downward into the base unit 700, a frame-shaped rear front decoration unit 3200 that is provided near the front end of the rear box 3010 and is decorated with a predetermined decoration, a rear first performance unit 3300 that is provided inside the rear box 3010 behind the rear ball guide unit 3100 and the rear front decoration unit 3200, and a rear second performance unit 3400 that is provided between the rear first performance unit 3300 and the rear wall 3010a of the rear box 3010.

The rear box 3010 has an opening 3010b formed to a size corresponding to the external shape of the performance display device 1600, and is configured so that the performance display device 1600 can be inserted from the rear. The main control unit 1300 is attached to the rear surface of the rear box 3010, below the opening 3010b in the rear wall 3010a.

The rear box 3010 also has a fixed piece 3010c that extends outward from the front end for attachment to the game panel 1100, and two fixed grooves 3010d that are recessed upward at the upper edge of the opening 3010b. The upper fixed pieces 1601 of the performance display device 1600 are inserted into these fixed grooves 3010d.

Furthermore, the rear box 3010 has an axis support portion 3010e, into which the axis portion 3041a of the rear board unit 3040 is inserted from above, to the right of the opening 3010b in the rear wall 3010a (left side when viewed from behind), and a locking portion 3010f, into which the locking claw 3041b of the rear board unit 3040 is locked, to the left of the opening 3010b.

The lock slider 3020 is attached to the rear surface of the rear wall 3010a of the rear box 3010 below the opening 3010b, so that it can slide left and right. When the lock slider 3020 is slid left and right in a specified direction with the performance display device 1600 inserted into the opening 3010b of the rear box 3010, it can lock the movement of the lower fixed piece 1602 of the performance display device 1600, thereby locking the performance display device 1600 so that it does not come off the rear box 3010.

The rear board unit 3040 comprises a board box 3041 that is L-shaped when viewed from the front and thin from front to back, and a panel relay board and a performance drive board (not shown) housed within the board box 3041. The board box 3041 has two shafts 3041a on the outer edge of the part extending up and down in the L shape that are rotatably supported by the shaft support part 3010e of the rear box 3010. In addition, the board box 3041 has a locking claw 3041b at the tip of the part extending left and right in the L shape that locks into a locking part (not shown) of the rear box 3010.

The back ball guide unit 3100 is for discharging the game ball B guided from the front side of the game panel 1100 to the rear by the outlet 1008, the start port unit 2100, the side unit 2200, and the center device 2500 to the base unit 700 of the main body frame 4 provided below. This back ball guide unit 3100 is provided with a general winning port sensor 3001, a first starting port sensor 3002, and a normal winning port sensor 3003.

The back ball guide unit 3100 also has an out ball guide path 3101 that guides the game ball B that has entered the out port 1008 and the sub-out port 2023 and discharges it to the first ball path 701 of the base unit 700 provided below, and a safe ball guide path 3102 that guides the game ball B that has entered the general winning port 2001, the first starting port 2002, the second starting port 2004, the first large winning port 2005, the second large winning port 2006, and the normal winning port 2011 and discharges it to the second ball path 702 of the base unit 700 provided below.

The back-front decorative unit 3200 is attached near the front edge inside the back box 3010, and is formed in a frame shape to fit along the inner surface of the back box 3010. The bottom and right sides of the back-front decorative unit 3200 are located behind the back ball guide unit 3100. The back-front decorative unit 3200 has a back-front upper decorative body 3210 that extends left and right along the top side of the back box 3010, and a back-front left decorative body 3220 that extends up and down along the left side of the back box 3010.

Although not shown, the back-front decorative unit 3200 has a back-front upper decorative board that is disposed behind the back-front upper decorative body 3210 and has multiple LEDs mounted on its front surface, and a back-front left decorative board that is disposed behind the back-front left decorative body 3220 and has multiple LEDs mounted on its front surface. The back-front decorative unit 3200 can illuminate and decorate the back-front upper decorative body 3210 with the LEDs on the back-front upper decorative board, and can illuminate and decorate the back-front left decorative body 3220 with the LEDs on the back-front left decorative board.

Furthermore, the back front decorative unit 3200 has a magnetic sensor 1050 in a location near the warp entrance 2515 of the center role piece 2500 in the back front left decorative body 3220.

The rear first performance unit 3300 is provided behind the rear front decorative unit 3200 within the rear box 3010. The rear first performance unit 3300 has a rear first base (not shown) formed in a frame shape along the inner surface of the rear box 3010 and attached to the rear second base of the rear second performance unit 3400, a rear first lifting decorative body 3310 that spans the left-right direction within the frame of the rear first base and is arranged to be able to slide (rise and fall) in the up-down direction, and a circular rear first rotating decorative body 3320 that is arranged to be able to rotate around an axis extending in the front-to-back direction at the left-to-right center of the rear first lifting decorative body 3310.

Although not shown, the back first performance unit 3300 has a back first left decorative board and a back first right decorative board, which are respectively provided behind the back first rising and lowering decorative body 3310 and on the left and right outer sides of the back first rotating decorative body 3320, and each has multiple LEDs mounted on the front surface, and a back first middle decorative board, which is provided behind the back first rotating decorative body 3320 and has multiple LEDs mounted on the front surface. The back first performance unit 3300 can illuminate and decorate the left side of the back first rising and lowering decorative body 3310 with the LEDs of the back first left decorative board, and can illuminate and decorate the right side of the back first rising and lowering decorative body 3310 with the LEDs of the back first right decorative board. The back first performance unit 3300 can also illuminate and decorate the back first rotating decorative body 3320 with the LEDs of the back first middle decorative board.

Furthermore, although not shown in the figure, the rear first performance unit 3300 has a rear first lifting mechanism for raising and lowering the rear first lifting decorative body 3310, and a rear first rotating mechanism for rotating the rear first rotating decorative body 3320.

This rear first performance unit 3300 can be raised and lowered by the rear first lifting mechanism between a standby position in which the rear first lifting decorative body 3310 moves all the way down and partially protrudes into the frame from the bottom edge of the frame-shaped center gimmick 2500 (see Figure 93), and a raised position in which partially protrudes into the frame from the top edge of the center gimmick 2500.

In addition, the rear first performance unit 3300 can rotate the rear first rotating decorative body around an axis extending in the front-to-rear direction by the rear first rotation mechanism, regardless of the position of the rear first rising and lowering decorative body 3310.

The second rear performance unit 3400 is provided between the first rear performance unit 3300 and the rear wall 3010a of the rear box 3010, and is attached inside the rear box 3010. The first rear performance unit 3300 is attached to the front side of this second rear performance unit 3400. The second rear performance unit 3400 has a second rear base (not shown) that is attached to the rear box 3010 in a frame shape along the inner surface of the rear box 3010, a second rear lifting decorative body 3410 that is arranged to be able to straddle the left and right direction within the frame of the second rear base and slide (rise and fall) in the up and down direction, and a rear rear upper decorative body 3420 that is arranged along the upper edge of the second rear base. When viewed from the front, the upper end of the rear rear upper decorative body 3420 is arranged so that it is located above the lower end of the rear front upper decorative body 3210, and part of it overlaps with the rear front upper decorative body 3210 in the front-to-back direction (see Figure 93, etc.).

Although not shown in the figure, the rear second performance unit 3400 has a rear second decorative board that is located behind the rear second lifting decorative body 3410 and has multiple LEDs mounted on the front side, and a rear second lifting mechanism for raising and lowering the rear second lifting decorative body 3410.

The rear second performance unit 3400 can illuminate and decorate the rear second lifting decorative body 3410 using the LEDs on the rear second decorative board. In addition, the rear second performance unit 3400 can raise and lower the rear second lifting decorative body 3410 by using the rear second lifting mechanism between a standby position (see Figure 124) in which the rear second lifting decorative body 3410 moves to the lowest position behind the rear first lifting decorative body 3310 and a portion of it protrudes into the frame from the bottom edge of the frame-shaped center role 2500, and a raised position in which a portion of it protrudes into the frame from the top edge of the center role 2500.

[5-11. Game board effects]
Next, the effects of the game board 5 will be described in detail mainly with reference to Figures 93, 124, and 125. Figure 124 is a front view of the game board shown in a state in which the back first ascending decoration has been moved from the normal state to an intermediate position between the standby position at the lower end and the ascending position at the upper end. Figure 125 is a front view of the game board shown in a state in which the back second ascending decoration has been moved from the normal state to an intermediate position between the standby position at the lower end and the ascending position at the upper end.

As shown in FIG. 93, the game board 5 of this embodiment allows the rear unit 3000 and the display screen of the performance display device 1600, which are provided at the rear, to be viewed mainly through the frame of the center role device 2500. In more detail, the rear front upper decorative body 3210 and the rear rear upper decorative body 3420 are arranged vertically and visible at the upper edge within the frame of the center role device 2500. Also, at the lower edge within the frame of the center role device 2500, a part of the upper part of the rear first lifting decorative body 3310 is visible. The rear second lifting decorative body 3410 is located behind the rear first lifting decorative body 3310 and cannot be viewed.

In this normal state, the performance image displayed on the performance display device 1600 can be fully seen through the frame of the center role piece 2500.

The game board 5 of this embodiment can execute a performance (movable performance) as shown in FIG. 124 using the rear first performance unit 3300 of the rear unit 3000. In this performance, the rear first lifting decoration 3310 is lifted from a standby position at the bottom end and positioned, for example, in the vertical center within the frame of the center gimmick 2500. As a result, the rear first lifting decoration 3310 is positioned in the center of the display screen of the performance display device 1600 provided at the rear, surprising the player and making him think that something good is going to happen.

In addition, in the state shown in Figure 124, the display screen of the performance display device 1600 is divided into two parts, upper and lower, by the rear first rising and lowering decorative body 3310, so that the player can be entertained by displaying different performance images on the upper and lower sides of the rear first rising and lowering decorative body 3310.

In this state, rotating the rear first rotating decoration 3320 located in the center of the rear first rising and lowering decoration 3310 can further surprise the player, making him or her believe that their chance has arrived.

Next, the game board 5 of this embodiment can execute a performance (movable performance) as shown in FIG. 125 using the back second performance unit 3400 of the back unit 3000. In this performance, the back second rising and lowering decoration 3410 is raised from a standby position at the bottom end and positioned, for example, in the vertical center within the frame of the center gimmick 2500. As a result, the back second rising and lowering decoration 3410, which was hidden and unseen behind the back first rising and lowering decoration 3310 in the initial standby position, rises and becomes visible, so that the appearance of the back second rising and lowering decoration 3410 can surprise the player, making him or her believe that a chance has arrived and increasing the player's expectations for the game.

In addition, in the state shown in Figure 125, the display screen of the performance display device 1600 is divided into two parts, upper and lower, by the rear second rising and lowering decorative body 3410, so that the player can be entertained by displaying different performance images on the upper and lower sides of the rear second rising and lowering decorative body 3410.

Although not shown in the figures, the game board 5 of this embodiment can execute a performance (movable performance) that combines the rising and lowering of the rear first rising and lowering decorative body 3310 and the rising and lowering of the rear second rising and lowering decorative body 3410.

[5-12. Control configuration]
Next, the control configuration for performing various controls of the game board 5 will be described with reference to Fig. 126. Fig. 126 is a block diagram showing the control configuration of the game board. Note that Fig. 126 omits some of the electronic components such as sensors, solenoids, motors, LEDs, etc. connected to the payout control board 633.

As shown in the figure, the main control configuration of the pachinko machine 1 is composed of a main control board 1310 and a peripheral control board 1510 attached to the game board 5, and a payout control board 633 attached to the main body frame 4, with each being responsible for its own control. The main control board 1310 controls the game operation (progress of the game). The peripheral control board 1510 is equipped with a peripheral control unit 1511 that controls various effects during play based on commands from the main control board 1310, and an effect display control unit 1512 that controls the display of effect images on the effect display device 1600 based on commands from the peripheral control unit 1511.

The payout control board 633 is equipped with a payout control unit 633a that controls the payout of the game ball B, and a launch control unit 633b that controls the launch of the game ball B by rotating the handle 197. The payout control board 633 is connected to a full tank detection sensor 154, a handle rotation detection sensor 189, a handle touch sensor 192, a single button operation sensor 194, a ball out detection sensor 574, a blade rotation detection sensor 590, a payout detection sensor 591, etc. In addition, the payout control board 633 is connected to a ball throwing solenoid 145, a launch solenoid 542, a payout motor 584, etc.

The main control board has a base monitor 1310a consisting of four 7-segment LEDs. This main control board 1310 is connected to a first ball sensor 703 that detects out balls, a second ball sensor 704 that detects safe balls, a general winning port sensor 3001, a gate sensor 2501, a general winning port sensor 3003, a first starting port sensor 3002, a second starting port sensor 2502, a first large winning port sensor 2503, a second large winning port sensor 2504, etc. Also connected to the main control board 1310 are a magnetic sensor 1050, a vibration sensor 1040, etc. Furthermore, connected to the main control board 1310 are a starting port solenoid 2542, a first attacca solenoid 2532, a second attacca solenoid 2552, etc.

The peripheral control board 1510 is connected to the forward/backward drive motor 402a, the rotation drive motor 413a, the main frame speaker 622, the performance display device 1600, etc., as well as various decorative boards, drive motors, sensors that detect movement, etc.

[6-1. Center feature of the second embodiment]
Next, a second embodiment of the center role 2500A, which is different from the first embodiment of the center role 2500 shown in FIG. 106, will be described mainly with reference to FIG. 127 to FIG. 129. FIG. 127 is a front view showing the center role of the second embodiment in outline. FIG. 128 is a perspective view of the center role of the second embodiment seen from the front, and FIG. 129 is a perspective view of the center role of the second embodiment seen from the back. The same components as the center role 2500 of the first embodiment will be described with the same reference numerals.

The center device 2500A, which will be described in detail later, comprises a normal winning hole 2011 that is always open so that a game ball B can be received and a normal pattern is drawn by receiving the game ball B, a second starting hole 2004 that can receive the game ball B depending on the result of the lottery for the normal pattern drawn by receiving the game ball B into the normal winning hole 2011, and a first special pattern drawn by receiving the game ball B into the first starting hole 2002 or a game ball drawn into the second starting hole 2004. It is equipped with a first large prize opening 2005 (hereinafter simply referred to as the large prize opening 2005) as a prize opening that opens and closes to accept game ball B depending on the result of the lottery for the second special pattern drawn by the acceptance of ball B, a V prize opening 2010 that can only accept game balls B accepted by the large prize opening 2005, and a losing opening 2009 that can accept game balls B that have been accepted by the large prize opening 2005 but not accepted by the V prize opening 2010.

The center device 2500A is equipped with a second start opening sensor 2502 that detects a game ball B received in the second start opening 2004, a first large prize opening sensor 2503 (hereinafter simply referred to as the large prize opening sensor 2503) that detects a game ball B received in the large prize opening 2005, a V prize opening sensor 2507 that detects a game ball received in the V prize opening 2010, and a loss opening sensor 2509 that detects a game ball B received in the loss opening 2009.

The center device 2500A includes a center frame 2510 formed in a frame shape, a second starting port door 2541 capable of opening and closing the second starting port 2004, a starting port solenoid 2542 that opens and closes the second starting port door 2541 in accordance with the normal lottery result drawn by the reception of a game ball B in the normal winning port 2011, a first large winning port door 2531 (hereinafter simply referred to as the large winning port door 2531) that can open and close the large winning port 2005, and a first attacca solenoid 2532 (hereinafter simply referred to as the attacca solenoid 2532) that opens and closes the large winning port door 2531 in accordance with the first special lottery result or the second special lottery result drawn by the reception of a game ball B in the first starting port 2002 or the second starting port 2004.

The center device 2500A also includes a distribution blade 2567 that distributes the game ball B received in the large prize opening 2005 to either the losing prize opening 2009 or the V prize opening 2010, a distribution solenoid 2568 for moving the distribution blade 2567, and a pattern display 2505 that displays a special pattern, a fourth pattern, etc., drawn by receiving the game ball B in the first start opening 2002 or the second start opening 2004.

The center gimmick 2500A has a ball passage 2577 that runs vertically along the right edge. In other words, the entrance of the ball passage 2577 opens near the lower end of the impact stopper 1006, extends from there along the right rail 1005 to its lower end, then extends to the left along the lower right rail 1004, and opens at an exit near the outlet 1008 below the first starting opening 2002.

The rear wall of the ball passage 2577 is formed by the flange portion 2512 of the center frame 2510 or the game panel 1100, and the front wall is formed by the front plate 2571 of the decorative body 2570. From the top, this ball passage 2577 is provided with a large prize opening 2005, a second starting opening 2004, and a normal prize opening 2011.

The ball passage 2577 is roughly divided into an attacca passage 2577a which continues from the entrance and has the large prize opening 2005, a right edge passage 2577b which extends downward in an arc shape along the right edge (right rail 1005) of the center role 2500A, a first nailed passage 2577c which is provided between the right edge passage 2577b and the second starting opening 2004 and has nails planted in it, a left passage 2577d which extends downward through the left side of the second starting opening 2004, a right passage 2577e which extends downward through the right side of the second starting opening 2004, a second nailed passage 2577f which is provided between the left passage 2577d and the right passage 2577e and the normal winning opening 2011 and has nails planted in it, and an exit passage 2577g which extends to the exit and through which game balls B which are not accepted by the normal winning opening 2011 flow.

The ball passage 2577 is provided with a passage decoration part 2590 that can decorate the ball passage 2577 and slow down the flow speed of the game ball B, as will be described in detail later.

The ball passage 2577 has multiple (here, two) decorative protrusions 2511b at a position slightly higher than the upper end of the distribution blade 2567 on the left wall of the right edge passage section 2577b. The decorative protrusions 2511b are formed in a semi-cylindrical shape extending forward and backward, and can shine by reflecting and refracting light from a decorative LED provided on the game board 5. The decorative protrusions 2511b shine, making it possible to direct the player's gaze to the distribution blade 2567, and the player can enjoy whether the game ball B will be distributed to the V winning hole 2010 or not. In addition, the multiple decorative protrusions 2511b form part of the rolling surface on which the game ball B rolls in the right edge passage section 2577b, so that the multiple decorative protrusions 2511b can slow down the circulation speed of the game ball B.

The center frame 2510 of the center device 2500A is provided with a guide passage group 2580, which is provided below the upper left corner and consists of two passages through which the game ball B can flow. The guide passage group 2580 guides the game ball B above the area where the warp entrance 2515 is open. The guide passage group 2580 has a rear wall formed by the center frame 2510 and a front wall formed by the front panel 2571 of the decorative body 2570. This guide passage group 2580 is also provided with a passage decorative part 2590.

The guide passage group 2580 is provided outside the frame of the forward protrusion 2511 of the center frame 2510, and is composed of a first guide passage 2581 whose upper entrance is provided in a portion adjacent to the right side of the upper end of the inner rail 1002, and a second guide passage 2582 whose upper entrance is provided adjacent to the right side of the entrance of the first guide passage 2581. The guide passage group 2580 (first guide passage 2581 and second guide passage 2582) are both formed from a colorless and transparent material, and the game ball B flowing inside can be seen from the front.

[6-1a. Passageway decoration]
The passage decoration part 2590 provided in the center role 2500 etc. will be described in detail mainly with reference to Figures 130 to 136. Figure 130(a) is an explanatory diagram showing an enlarged view of the upper left corner part where the role winning port is provided in the center role in Figure 127, (b) is an explanatory diagram showing a perspective view of the part in (a) seen from the front, and (c) is an explanatory diagram showing a cross section of the part of the role winning port in the ball path of the center role in Figure 127. Figure 131(a) is an explanatory diagram showing an enlarged perspective view of the upper right end of the center role in Figure 127, (b) is an explanatory diagram showing a perspective view of (a) seen from the back, and (c) is an explanatory diagram showing a cross section of the part extending up and down in the ball path of the center role in Figure 127.

Figure 132 (a) is a front view of an attacca unit provided with an aisle decoration, and (b) is an explanatory diagram showing a cross section of a portion of the aisle decoration in the attacca unit of (a). Figure 133 is an explanatory diagram showing a cross section of an example of an aisle decoration. Figures 134 (a) to (c) are explanatory diagrams showing examples of the shapes of recesses in the aisle decoration, Figures 135 (a) to (c) are explanatory diagrams showing examples of the shapes of protrusions in the aisle decoration, and Figures 136 (a) to (c) are explanatory diagrams showing an aisle decoration equipped with multiple protrusions and recesses of different shapes.

The passage decoration part 2590 decorates the ball passage 2591 through which the game ball B such as the ball passage 2577 flows, using three-dimensional shapes such as the convex part 2594 provided on the rear plate part 2592 and the front plate part 2593 that form the inner wall of the ball passage 2591, and the concave part 2595 on the back side of the convex part 2594. In addition, the passage decoration part 2590 can slow down (attenuate) the flow speed of the game ball B by the convex part 2594 that protrudes into the ball passage 2591.

As the passage decoration part 2590, for example, as shown in FIG. 130, it may be provided in the attacca passage part 2577a of the ball passage 2577 (ball passage 2591). First, the attacca passage part 2577a is composed of a flange part 2512 (rear plate part 2592) and a front plate 2571 (front plate part 2593) that is provided in front of the flange part 2512 so as to face each other with a gap that allows the game ball B to flow between the flange part 2512. Then, the passage decoration part 2590 has a rear plate convex part 2594a that protrudes forward from the flange part 2512, a rear plate concave part 2595a that is provided on the back side of the rear plate convex part 2594a, a front plate convex part 2594b that protrudes backward from the front plate 2571 (front plate part 2593), and a front plate concave part 2595b that is provided on the back side of the front plate convex part 2594b.

The rear plate protrusions 2594a of the attacca passage 2577a are provided at intervals along the flow direction of the attacca passage 2577a. When viewed from the front, the rear plate protrusions 2594a are rectangular in shape that is long in the flow direction, and the center of the longitudinal direction of the rectangle is formed into a triangle (triangular roof shape) that protrudes forward. The rear plate protrusions 2594a of the attacca passage 2577a are provided at a height from the bottom surface of the passage that includes half the diameter of the game ball B (for example, 11/2 mm). The rear plate recesses 2595a of the attacca passage 2577a are provided on each rear plate protrusion 2594a, and are recessed forward into a triangle that is approximately similar in shape to the rear plate protrusions 2594a.

The front plate protrusions 2594b of the attacca passage 2577a are provided at intervals along the flow direction of the attacca passage 2577a so that the front and rear directions are staggered with the rear plate protrusions 2594a. The front plate protrusions 2594b are rectangular in shape when viewed from the front, longer in the flow direction and shorter than the rear plate protrusions 2594a in the top and bottom, and are formed into a triangle (triangular roof shape) with the center of the rectangle protruding backward. The front plate protrusions 2594b of the attacca passage 2577a are provided at a height from the bottom of the passage that includes half the diameter of the game ball B (for example, 11/2 mm). The front plate recesses 2595b of the attacca passage 2577a are provided on each front plate protrusion 2594b, and are recessed backward into a triangle that is approximately similar in shape to the front plate protrusions 2594b.

As shown in FIG. 130(c), the passage decorative part 2590 of the attacca passage part 2577a has a special member 2579 such as an LED board provided behind the flange part 2512 with a gap large enough that fingers cannot enter. This special member 2579 covers the rear of the rear plate recess 2595a, making the rear plate recess 2595a untouchable by fingers. This prevents the rear plate recess 2595a from being soiled by the worker's fingers touching the rear plate recess 2595a during the manufacture of the game board 5, and ensures that the decorative light is reflected and refracted in the rear plate recess 2595a. In addition, since the special member 2579 is provided, it is possible to prevent dirt and dust from entering the rear plate recess 2595a, and to avoid the appearance being impaired by dirt such as dirt.

The passage decoration part 2590 of the attacca passage part 2577a is made of a transparent material, with the flange part 2512 on which the rear plate convex part 2594a and the rear plate concave part 2595a are provided, and the front plate 2571 on which the front plate convex part 2594b and the front plate concave part 2595b are provided, so that each can reflect or refract light (decorative light) from the LED of the LED board provided on the game board 5. This allows the convex part 2594 such as the rear plate convex part 2594a and the front plate convex part 2594b and the concave part 2595 such as the rear plate concave part 2595a and the front plate concave part 2595b to be illuminated and decorated. Therefore, by illuminating the passage decoration 2590 of the attacca passage 2577a, the player's gaze can be directed to the attacca passage 2577a, which can heighten the player's anticipation of winning at the large prize opening 2005 provided in the attacca passage 2577a and prevent the player's interest from declining.

In addition, in the passage decoration portion 2590 of the attacca passage portion 2577a, the front plate convex portion 2594b and the front plate concave portion 2595b provided on the front plate 2571 are made long and thin, so that the front plate convex portion 2594b and the front plate concave portion 2595b do not impede the visibility of the game ball B flowing behind them.

Furthermore, the passage decoration part 2590 of the attacca passage part 2577a has a plurality of rear plate protrusions 2594a protruding forward from the flange part 2512 and a plurality of front plate protrusions 2594b protruding backward from the front plate 2571, which are arranged in a staggered pattern (alternately) in the flow direction of the game balls B, so that the game balls B flow while meandering back and forth, and the flow speed of the game balls B can be reduced. This makes it possible to retain many game balls B for a long time on the large prize opening door 2531 that constitutes a part of the bottom surface of the attacca passage part 2577a. In other words, the rear plate protrusions 2594a and the front plate protrusions 2594b of the attacca passage part 2577a are intended to retain many game balls B on the large prize opening door 2531 by slowing down the rolling speed of the game balls B.

The rear plate protrusion 2594a and front plate protrusion 2594b of this attacca passage 2577a each have a triangular convex shape, and protrude less than the rear plate protrusion 2594a and front plate protrusion 2594b provided in the door upper passage 2416 of the attacca unit 2400 described later. As a result, in the attacca passage 2577a (above the large prize opening door 2531), the passage meanders slightly (slightly) in the front-to-rear direction.

Therefore, for example, even if the game ball B hits the impact stopper 1006 with force due to a "right hit" and enters the attack passage 2577a at high speed, the presence of the multiple rear plate protrusions 2594a and front plate protrusions 2594b allows the game ball B to sufficiently slow down before it reaches the large prize opening 2005 (large prize opening door 2531), making the game ball B easier to see and allowing the player to enjoy its movement. In addition, since the speed of the game ball B rolling on the large prize opening door 2531 can be slowed down, the player can be excited and thrilled depending on whether the large prize opening door 2531 opens at the timing when the game ball B is rolling on the large prize opening door 2531, and the player's anticipation of winning the large prize opening 2005 can be increased, preventing a decline in interest.

Also, as the passage decoration part 2590, for example, as shown in FIG. 131, it may be provided in the right edge passage part 2577b of the ball passage 2577 (ball passage 2591). First, the right edge passage part 2577b is composed of the flange part 2512 (rear plate part 2592) and the front plate 2571 (front plate part 2593) which is provided in front of the flange part 2512 so as to face each other with a gap that allows the game ball B to flow between the flange part 2512. Then, the passage decoration part 2590 has a rear plate convex part 2594a protruding forward from the flange part 2512, a rear plate concave part 2595a provided on the back side of the rear plate convex part 2594a, a front plate convex part 2594b protruding backward from the front plate 2571 (front plate part 2593), and a front plate concave part 2595b provided on the back side of the front plate convex part 2594b.

The rear plate protrusions 2594a of the right edge passage section 2577b are provided at intervals along the arc-shaped flow direction of the right edge passage section 2577b. The rear plate protrusions 2594a are rectangular in shape when viewed from the front, with the longer side in the radial direction of the arc, and the center of the rectangle in the direction in which the short side extends is formed into a triangle (triangular roof shape) with the forward protrusion. The multiple rear plate protrusions 2594a in the right edge passage section 2577b are provided at approximately equal intervals in the flow direction. The rear plate recesses 2595a of the right edge passage section 2577b are provided in each rear plate protrusion 2594a, and are recessed forward into a triangle of approximately similar shape to the shape of the rear plate protrusion 2594a.

The front plate protrusions 2594b of the right edge passage section 2577b are provided at intervals along the arc-shaped flow direction of the right edge passage section 2577b so that the front and rear directions are staggered with the rear plate protrusions 2594a. The front plate protrusions 2594b have a rectangular shape in a front view that is long in the radial direction of the arc, and the center of the direction in which the short side of the rectangle extends is formed into a triangle (triangular roof shape) that protrudes backward. The multiple front plate protrusions 2594b in the right edge passage section 2577b are provided at approximately equal intervals in the flow direction. The front plate recesses 2595b of the right edge passage section 2577b are provided in each front plate protrusion 2594b, and are recessed backward into a triangle of approximately similar shape to the shape of the front plate protrusions 2594b.

As shown in FIG. 131(c), the passage decorative part 2590 of the right edge passage part 2577b has a game panel 1100 as a specific member 2579 abutted against the rear surface of the flange part 2512. The rear of the rear plate recess 2595a is covered by this game panel 1100, and the rear plate recess 2595a is untouchable. This prevents the rear plate recess 2595a from being soiled by the worker's fingers touching the rear plate recess 2595a during the manufacture of the game board 5, and allows the decorative light to be reliably reflected and refracted in the rear plate recess 2595a. In addition, since the specific member 2579 is provided, it is possible to make it difficult for dirt, dust, etc. to enter the rear plate recess 2595a, and it is possible to avoid the appearance being poor due to dirt such as dirt. Note that FIG. 131(c) shows the specific member 2579 abutting the rear surface of the flange part 2512, but a gap large enough that fingers cannot enter between the specific member 2579 and the flange part 2512 may be provided. In other words, even if there is a gap, it is fine as long as your fingers cannot get in.

In the passage decorative portion 2590 of the right edge passage portion 2577b, the rear plate recess 2595a and the front plate recess 2595b are recessed from the rear and front, and are not open to the peripheral side surface of the flange portion 2512 or the peripheral side surface of the front plate 2571. In other words, the rear plate recess 2595a and the front plate recess 2595b of the right edge passage portion 2577b do not extend to the side surface of the flange portion 2512 or the front plate 2571, and are recessed only from the back side of the rear plate protrusion 2594a and the front plate protrusion 2594b.

The passage decoration part 2590 of the right edge passage part 2577b is made of a transparent material, and the flange part 2512 on which the rear plate convex part 2594a and the rear plate concave part 2595a are provided, and the front plate 2571 on which the front plate convex part 2594b and the front plate concave part 2595b are provided, can reflect and refract light (decorative light) from the LED of the LED board provided on the game board 5. This allows the convex part 2594 such as the rear plate convex part 2594a and the front plate convex part 2594b, and the concave part 2595 such as the rear plate concave part 2595a and the front plate concave part 2595b to be illuminated and decorated. Therefore, by illuminating and decorating the passage decoration part 2590 of the attacca passage part 2577a, the player's line of sight can be directed to the right edge passage part 2577b.

In addition, the passage decoration 2590 of the right edge passage 2577b has multiple rear plate protrusions 2594a protruding forward from the flange 2512 and multiple front plate protrusions 2594b protruding rearward from the front plate 2571, which are arranged in a staggered pattern (alternately) in the flow direction of the game ball B, so that the game ball B flows while meandering back and forth, thereby reducing the flow speed of the game ball B. Therefore, even if the right edge passage 2577b is in a state close to being nearly vertical, the flow speed (flow speed) of the game ball B does not become too fast, and the game ball B can flow down the downstream first nailed passage 2577c at an appropriate speed.

In addition, in the right edge passage 2577b, the multiple rear plate convex parts 2594a and front plate convex parts 2594b can slow down the falling speed of the game ball B, making it easier to see the game ball B flowing through the right edge passage 2577b, and preventing the crank-shaped part at the bottom end of the right edge passage 2577b from being damaged by the impact of the game ball B hitting it. In other words, the rear plate convex parts 2594a and front plate convex parts 2594b of the right edge passage 2577b are different from the rear plate convex parts 2594a and front plate convex parts 2594b of the above-mentioned attacca passage 2577a in that they aim to slow down the falling speed of the game ball B to prevent damage to other components and to make the game ball B visible to the player.

Furthermore, the passage decorative portion 2590 may be provided, for example, in the exit passage portion 2577g of the spherical passage 2577 (spherical passage 2591). First, the portion where the passage decorative portion 2590 is provided in the exit passage portion 2577g does not have a front plate 2571 (front plate portion 2593), and only the flange portion 2512 (rear plate portion 2592) is provided. Although not shown in the figure, the glass plate 162 of the door frame 3 is provided as the front plate portion 2593 in front of the passage decorative portion 2590 of the exit passage portion 2577g.

The passage decoration 2590 of the exit passage 2577g is provided below the normal winning opening 2011, as shown enlarged in FIG. 127, and is provided so that the outside of the small V-shaped rear plate protrusion 2594a is surrounded by the large V-shaped rear plate protrusion 2594a. In each rear plate protrusion 2594a, the part bent into the V shape protrudes the most forward, and the forward protrusion becomes smaller toward both ends of the V shape. In other words, each rear plate protrusion 2594a is inclined so that its front surface protrudes forward as it approaches the bottom. In addition, of the two rear plate protrusions 2594a, the larger one protrudes forward more than the smaller one.

Although not shown, a rear plate recess 2595a is also provided on the back side of the rear plate protrusion 2594a in the passage decoration part 2590 of the exit passage part 2577g. In addition, in the passage decoration part 2590 of the exit passage part 2577g, the game panel 1100 as the specific member 2579 abuts against the rear surface of the flange part 2512. The rear of the rear plate recess 2595a is covered by this game panel 1100, and the rear plate recess 2595a is made untouchable by fingers. This prevents the rear plate recess 2595a from being soiled by the worker's fingers touching the rear plate recess 2595a during the manufacture of the game board 5, and allows the decorative light to be reliably reflected and refracted in the rear plate recess 2595a. In addition, since the specific member 2579 is provided, it is possible to make it difficult for dirt, dust, etc. to enter the rear plate recess 2595a, and it is possible to avoid the appearance being poor due to dirt such as dirt.

The passage decoration 2590 of this exit passage 2577g can reflect and refract light (decorative light) from the LEDs of the LED board provided on the game board 5 because the flange 2512 on which the rear plate protrusion 2594a is provided is made of a transparent material. This allows the protrusions 2594 such as the rear plate protrusion 2594a and the recesses 2595 such as the rear plate recess 2595a to be illuminated and decorated. Therefore, by illuminating and decorating the passage decoration 2590 provided near the normal winning opening 2011 in the exit passage 2577g, the player's gaze can be directed to the normal winning opening 2011.

In addition, the passage decoration 2590 of the exit passage 2577g has two rear plate protrusions 2594a, one large and one small, each formed in a V shape, which looks like an arrow and can draw the player's attention to the nearby regular winning port 2011, thereby increasing the player's anticipation of a regular winning.

In addition, the passage decoration 2590 of the exit passage 2577g has rear plate protrusions 2594a of different sizes with different protrusion amounts, so the gap between the glass plate 162 in front becomes smaller as you move toward the larger rear plate protrusions 2594a. This allows the game ball B to be sufficiently decelerated even if it flows down with great force, and reduces the impact on the lower right rail 1004.

The passage decoration 2590 may be provided in the guide passage group 2580 on the left side of the center role-piece 2500, for example, though detailed illustration is omitted. First, the guide passage group 2580 is composed of a flange portion 2512 (rear plate portion 2592) and a front plate 2571 (front plate portion 2593) that is provided in front of the flange portion 2512 and faces the flange portion 2512 with a gap that allows the game ball B to flow between them. The passage decoration 2590 has a rear plate protrusion 2594a that protrudes forward from the flange portion 2512, and a front plate protrusion 2594b that protrudes rearward from the front plate 2571 (front plate portion 2593).

The rear plate protrusions 2594a of the guide passage group 2580 are provided at intervals along the flow direction of the game balls B (see FIG. 127). When viewed from the front, the rear plate protrusions 2594a have a rectangular shape that is longer in the flow direction, and the center of the longitudinal direction of the rectangle is formed into a triangle (triangular roof shape) that protrudes forward.

The front plate protrusions 2594b of the guide passage group 2580 are provided at intervals along the flow direction of the game balls B so that they alternate with the rear plate protrusions 2594a in the front-to-rear direction. When viewed from the front, the front plate protrusions 2594b have a rectangular shape that is longer in the flow direction, and the center of the longitudinal direction of the rectangle is formed into a triangle (triangular roof shape) that protrudes backward.

The passage decoration part 2590 of the guide passage group 2580 is formed of a transparent material, with the flange part 2512 on which the rear plate convex part 2594a is provided, and the front plate 2571 on which the front plate convex part 2594b is provided, and therefore each can reflect and refract light (decorative light) from the LEDs of the LED board provided on the game board 5. This allows the convex parts 2594 such as the rear plate convex part 2594a and the front plate convex part 2594b to shine and be decorated with illumination. Therefore, by making the passage decoration part 2590 of the guide passage group 2580 illuminate and decorated, the player's gaze can be directed to the guide passage group 2580.

In addition, the passage decorative portion 2590 of the guide passage group 2580 has multiple rear plate protrusions 2594a protruding forward from the flange portion 2512 and multiple front plate protrusions 2594b protruding backward from the front plate 2571, which are arranged in a staggered pattern (alternately) in the flow direction of the game ball B, so that the game ball B flows while meandering back and forth, and the flow speed of the game ball B can be reduced. Therefore, even if the guide passage group 2580 is in a state close to being nearly vertical, the flow speed (flow speed) of the game ball B does not become too fast, and the game ball B can flow down at an appropriate speed to the downstream area where the warp entrance 2515, etc. are provided.

In addition, in the passage decorative portion 2590 of the guide passage group 2580, a rear plate recess 2595a and a front plate recess 2595b may be provided on the back side of the rear plate protrusion 2594a and the front plate protrusion 2594b in the same manner as described above. This allows the decorative light to be reflected in the rear plate recess 2595a and the front plate recess 2595b as well, further enhancing the decorative effect.

Also, as shown in FIG. 132, the passage decoration section 2590 may be provided in the attacca unit 2400. First, the attacca unit 2400 will be described. This attacca unit 2400 is provided, for example, independently of the center role 2500. The attacca unit 2400 of this embodiment has a second start opening 2004, a big prize opening 2005, and a sub-out opening 2023.

The attacca unit 2400 is equipped with a second start gate 2541 capable of guiding a game ball B to the second start gate 2004, a start gate solenoid 2542 that opens and closes the second start gate 2541 in response to the result of a normal lottery drawn by the passage of a game ball B through the gate 2003, a large prize gate 2531 that can open and close the large prize gate 2005, and an attacca solenoid 2532 that opens and closes the large prize gate 2531 in response to the result of a first special lottery or a second special lottery drawn by the acceptance of a game ball B through the first start gate 2002 or the second start gate 2004.

When viewed from the front, the attacker unit 2400 is made up of a first shelf 2421 that extends from the upper right corner toward the left, and a second shelf 2422 that extends from the left end of the first shelf 2421 toward the left at a distance slightly longer than the diameter of the game ball B and shorter than the first shelf 2421, from a position lower than the left end of the first shelf 2421 and lower toward the left, forming a second starting hole 2004 between the first shelf 2421 and the second shelf 2422. 22, and extends leftward from a position lower than the diameter of the game ball B, shorter than the second shelf 2422; and a fourth shelf 2424 extends leftward from the left end of the third shelf 2423 at a distance of 4 to 6 times the diameter of the game ball B, and extends leftward from a position lower than the third shelf 2423, forming a first large winning opening 2005 between the third shelf 2423 and the fourth shelf 2424.

The attacca unit 2400 also has an upper shelf 2436 that extends in a stepped manner along the top edge so as to become lower to the left, and is provided between the second shelf 2422 and the third shelf 2423 with a gap that allows the game ball B to flow through. The right end of the upper shelf 2436 is located directly above the left end of the first shelf 2421, and the left end is located slightly to the right of the right end of the fourth shelf 2424. The upper shelf 2436 is also inclined so that the area near the right end becomes lower to the right.

The attacca unit 2400 has a door upper passage section 2416 above the large prize opening 2005 (large prize opening door 2531). The door upper passage section 2416 of the attacca unit 2400 is composed of a base plate 2441 (rear plate section 2592) and a front plate 2442 (front plate section 2593) that is provided in front of the base plate 2441 and faces the base plate 2441 with a gap that allows the game ball B to flow between them. The passage decoration section 2590 has a rear plate protrusion section 2594a that protrudes forward from the base plate 2441, a rear plate recess section 2595a that is provided on the back side of the rear plate protrusion section 2594a, a front plate protrusion section 2594b that protrudes backward from the front plate 2442 (front plate section 2593), and a front plate recess section 2595b that is provided on the back side of the front plate protrusion section 2594b.

The rear plate protrusions 2594a of the door upper passage section 2416 are provided at intervals along the flow direction of the door upper passage section 2416. The rear plate protrusions 2594a are rectangular in shape when viewed from the front, long in the flow direction, and are trapezoidal in plan view, with the center of the length of the rectangle protruding forward and the tip formed flat parallel to the base plate 2441. The rear plate protrusions 2594a of the door upper passage section 2416 are provided at a height from the bottom surface of the passage that includes half the diameter of the game ball B (for example, 11/2 mm). The rear plate recesses 2595a of the door upper passage section 2416 are provided in each rear plate protrusion 2594a, and are recessed forward into a trapezoid that is approximately similar in shape to the rear plate protrusions 2594a.

The front plate protrusions 2594b of the door upper passage section 2416 are provided at intervals along the flow direction of the door upper passage section 2416 so that the front and rear directions are staggered with the rear plate protrusions 2594a. The front plate protrusions 2594b are rectangular in shape when viewed from the front, long in the flow direction, and are trapezoidal in plan view, with the center of the length of the rectangle protruding rearward and the tip formed flat parallel to the front plate 2442. The front plate protrusions 2594b of the door upper passage section 2416 are provided at a height from the bottom surface of the passage that includes half the diameter of the game ball B (for example, 11/2 mm). The front plate recesses 2595b of the door upper passage section 2416 are provided in each front plate protrusion 2594b, and are recessed rearward into a trapezoid that is approximately similar in shape to the front plate protrusions 2594b.

As shown in FIG. 132(b), the passage decoration part 2590 of the door upper passage part 2416 has a gap behind the base plate 2441 that is too large for fingers to fit in, and is provided with an attacca decoration board 2443 and a board cover 2444 as a specific member 2579. This specific member 2579 covers the rear of the rear plate recess 2595a, making the rear plate recess 2595a untouchable by fingers. This prevents the rear plate recess 2595a from being soiled by the worker's fingers touching the rear plate recess 2595a during the manufacture of the game board 5, and ensures that the decorative light is reflected and refracted in the rear plate recess 2595a. In addition, the specific member 2579 makes it difficult for dirt and dust to enter the rear plate recess 2595a, and prevents the appearance from being poor due to dirt from dirt and dust.

In addition, the passage decoration part 2590 of the door upper passage part 2416 has a decoration member 2445 made of a translucent sticker with a predetermined decoration attached to the front surface of the front panel 2442. This decoration member 2445 covers the front of the front panel recess 2595b, making the front panel recess 2595b untouchable by fingers. This prevents the front panel recess 2595b from being soiled by the worker's fingers touching the front panel recess 2595b during the manufacture of the game board 5, and ensures that the decorative light is reflected and refracted in the front panel recess 2595b. In addition, since the decoration member 2445 is provided, it is possible to prevent dirt and dust from entering the front panel recess 2595b, and to prevent the appearance from being poor due to dirt such as dirt.

The passage decoration part 2590 of the door upper passage part 2416 is made of a transparent material, with the base plate 2441 on which the rear plate convex part 2594a and the rear plate concave part 2595a are provided, and the front plate 2442 on which the front plate convex part 2594b and the front plate concave part 2595b are provided, so that each can reflect or refract light (decorative light) from the LEDs of the LED board provided on the game board 5. This allows the convex parts 2594 such as the rear plate convex part 2594a and the front plate convex part 2594b and the concave parts 2595 such as the rear plate concave part 2595a and the front plate concave part 2595b to be illuminated and decorated. Therefore, by illuminating the passage decoration 2590 of the door-top passage 2416, the player's gaze can be directed to the door-top passage 2416, which can heighten the player's anticipation of winning at the large prize opening 2005 provided in the door-top passage 2416 and prevent the player's interest from declining.

In addition, the passage decoration part 2590 of the door upper passage part 2416 has a plurality of rear plate protrusions 2594a protruding forward from the base plate 2441 and a plurality of front plate protrusions 2594b protruding backward from the front plate 2442, which are arranged in a staggered pattern (alternately) in the flow direction of the game balls B, so that the game balls B flow while meandering back and forth, and the flow speed of the game balls B can be reduced. This makes it possible to retain many game balls B for a long time on the large prize opening door 2531 that constitutes a part of the bottom surface of the door upper passage part 2416. In other words, the rear plate protrusions 2594a and the front plate protrusions 2594b of the door upper passage part 2416 are intended to retain many game balls B on the large prize opening door 2531 by slowing down the rolling speed of the game balls B.

In the door upper passage section 2416, the rear plate convex portion 2594a and the rear plate concave portion 2595a are provided on the base plate 2441 as the rear plate portion 2592. In other words, in the door upper passage section 2416, the rear plate convex portion 2594a and the rear plate concave portion 2595a are provided on a member (base plate 2441) different from the flange portion 2512 of the center role 2500. Also, in the door upper passage section 2416, the portion of the large winning port door 2531 on the base plate 2441 is recessed rearward from the general surface of the base plate 2441 (the front surface of the game panel 1100). The rear plate convex portion 2594a and the front plate convex portion 2594b of this door upper passage section 2416 each have a trapezoidal convex shape, and protrude greatly compared to the rear plate convex portion 2594a and the front plate convex portion 2594b provided in the attacca passage section 2577a in the center role 2500 described above. As a result, the passageway in the upper door passageway section 2416 (above the large prize entrance door 2531) meanders significantly back and forth.

As a result, the speed of the game ball B rolling on the large prize opening door 2531 can be slowed down, making it possible to make the player excited and thrilled depending on whether the large prize opening door 2531 opens at the timing when the game ball B is rolling on the large prize opening door 2531, thereby increasing the player's anticipation of winning the large prize opening 2005 and preventing a decline in interest.

In the above, a specific member 2579 such as an attacca decorative base plate 2443 is provided behind a rear plate portion 2592 such as a base plate 2441, and a decorative member 2445 such as a decorative sticker is provided in front of a front plate portion 2593 such as a front plate 2442, but this is not limited to this, and a configuration such as that shown in Figure 133 may also be used.

In the example shown in FIG. 133, a sheet-like rear decorative part 2573 and an LED board 2579a are provided as the specific member 2579 behind the rear plate part 2592. In the example shown in FIG. 133, the decorative member 2445 in front of the front plate part 2593 is a sheet-like front decorative part 2572. These front decorative part 2572 and rear decorative part 2573 are each translucent. The example shown in FIG. 133 can achieve the same effect as above.

In addition, in the above, the convex portions 2594 such as the rear plate convex portion 2594a and the front plate convex portion 2594b, and the concave portions 2595 such as the rear plate concave portion 2595a and the front plate concave portion 2595b, are shown to have a rectangular shape in plan view, but this is not limited thereto, and various front shapes such as a circle, an oval, a rhombus, a hexagon, an octagon, a diamond shape, etc. may also be used.

When multiple rear plate protrusions 2594a and front plate protrusions 2594b are provided, they are arranged as follows so that the game ball B can flow through the passage. The distance from the tip of the rear plate protrusion 2594a to the rear surface of the opposing front plate portion 2593, the distance from the tip of the front plate protrusion 2594b to the front surface of the opposing rear plate portion 2592, and the distance between the closest rear plate protrusions 2594a and front plate protrusions 2594b (for example, when the shape of the rear plate protrusions 2594a and front plate protrusions 2594b is a triangle or trapezoid, the distance between the respective inclined surfaces provided to face each other) are made larger than the diameter D of the game ball B. For example, each of the above distances is set to 12 mm. This makes it possible to avoid a malfunction that makes it impossible for the game ball B to flow. Also, the closer the above distances are to the diameter D of the game ball B, the greater the deceleration effect can be.

As described above, according to the passage decoration part 2590 of this embodiment, in the flange part 2512 (rear plate part 2592) forming the flow down area in the center role 2500A, the decorative light can be reflected by the rear plate concave part 2595a provided on the back side of the rear plate convex part 2594a that affects the circulation speed of the game ball B, so that the reflected light can illuminate and decorate the flow down area (ball passage 2591) through which the game ball B flows. Therefore, even though the flange part 2512 of the center role 2500 is not provided with an ostentatious decoration like that of conventional pachinko machines, the flange part 2512 illuminates and decorates, so that the player can recognize that the pachinko machine 1 has a completely different decoration from conventional pachinko machines, and a highly appealing pachinko machine 1 that can strongly attract the interest of the player can be provided.

In addition, because the rear plate recess 2595a is provided on the back side of the rear plate protrusion 2594a, when viewed from the front, a complex shape appears due to the shape of the rear plate protrusion 2594a and the shape of the rear plate recess 2595a, compared to when only a protrusion is provided, and this shape acts as a decoration, further enhancing the decorative effect.

In addition, since the rear plate protrusion 2594a is provided in the flow-down area (ball passage 2591) where the game ball B flows down, the flow-down speed of the game ball B can be slowed down by the rear plate protrusion 2594a in the flow-down area, and the slower flow-down speed of the game ball B makes the movement of the game ball B easier to see. At this time, the rear plate recess 2595a is provided on the back side of the rear plate protrusion 2594a, and the decorative light is reflected in the rear plate recess 2595a to provide luminous decoration, so that the luminous decoration makes the game ball B flowing down the flow-down area appear as a silhouette, making the movement of the game ball B easier to see. From these points, the player can enjoy the movement of the game ball B flowing down the flow-down area, and a decrease in interest in the game can be suppressed.

Furthermore, according to this embodiment, the front plate 2571 of the decorative body 2570, which is provided so as to face the flange portion 2512 that forms the flow-down area (ball passage 2591) in the center role 2500A, can reflect decorative light by the front plate concave portion 2595b provided on the back side of the front plate convex portion 2594b that affects the circulation speed of the game ball B, so that the reflected light can illuminate and decorate the flow-down area through which the game ball B flows. Therefore, even though the front plate 2571 of the center role 2500A does not have an ostentatious decorative body like conventional pachinko machines, the front plate 2571 illuminates and decorates, so that the player can recognize that the pachinko machine 1 has a completely different decoration from conventional pachinko machines, and a highly appealing pachinko machine 1 that can strongly attract the interest of players can be provided.

In addition, because the front plate recess 2595b is provided on the back side of the front plate protrusion 2594b, when viewed from the front, a complex shape appears due to the shape of the front plate protrusion 2594b and the shape of the front plate recess 2595b, compared to when only a protrusion is provided, and this shape acts as a decoration, further enhancing the decorative effect.

In addition, since the front plate convex portion 2594b is provided in the flow-down area where the game ball B flows down, the flow-down speed of the game ball B can be slowed down by the front plate convex portion 2594b in the flow-down area, and the movement of the game ball B can be made easier to see by the slower flow-down speed of the game ball B. At this time, the front plate concave portion 2595b is provided on the back side of the front plate convex portion 2594b, and the front plate concave portion 2595b reflects decorative light to illuminate and decorate, and since the front plate convex portion 2594b and the front plate concave portion 2595b are provided on the front plate 2571 in front of the flow-down area (ball passage 2591), the front of the game ball B flowing down the flow-down area is illuminated and decorated, making the game ball B look as if it is sparkling.

Furthermore, according to this embodiment, in the center role 2500A, the flange portion 2512 is provided with a rear plate convex portion 2594a and the rear plate concave portion 2595a on the back side of the rear plate convex portion 2594a, and the front plate 2571 in front of the flange portion 2512 is provided with a front plate convex portion 2594b and the front plate concave portion 2595b on the back side of the front plate convex portion 2594b. As a result, the back and front of the flow-down area (ball passage 2591) through which the game ball B flows can be illuminated and decorated by the light reflected by the rear plate concave portion 2595a provided on the flange portion 2512 and the light reflected by the front plate concave portion 2595b provided on the front plate 2571. Therefore, because the flange portion 2512 and front plate 2571 of the center gadget 2500 are illuminated, it is possible for the player to recognize that the pachinko machine 1 is equipped with decorations that are completely different from those of previous pachinko machines, and it is possible to provide a highly appealing pachinko machine 1 that can strongly attract the interest of players.

As described above, the flange portion 2512 and front plate 2571 of the center role 2500A are provided with the rear plate convex portion 2594a and the rear plate concave portion 2595a, and the front plate convex portion 2594b and the front plate concave portion 2595b. When viewed from the front, the shape of the rear plate convex portion 2594a and the shape of the rear plate concave portion 2595a on the flange portion 2512, and further the shape of the front plate convex portion 2594b and the shape of the front plate concave portion 2595b on the front plate 2571 are visible, and these shapes act as decorations, further enhancing the decorative effect.

As described above, the rear plate convex portion 2594a and the front plate convex portion 2594b are arranged alternately (staggered) in the flow direction of the game ball B on the flange portion 2512 and the front plate 2571 of the center device 2500A, so that the game ball B can be swung back and forth by the front plate convex portion 2594b on the front side and the rear plate convex portion 2594a on the rear side, and the flow speed of the game ball B can be further slowed down compared to when a convex portion is provided on only one side, making it easier to see the movement of the game ball B. In this case, a rear plate recess 2595a is provided on the back side of the rear plate protrusion 2594a, and a front plate recess 2595b is provided on the back side of the front plate protrusion 2594b. The decorative light is reflected in the rear plate recess 2595a and the front plate recess 2595b to illuminate the decoration. The illuminated decoration of the rear plate recess 2595a makes the game ball B look like a silhouette, while the illuminated decoration of the front plate recess 2595b makes it look like it is sparkling. This allows the player to enjoy the illuminated decoration along with the movement of the game ball B, and prevents a decline in interest in the game.

In addition, in the center role 2500A, the flange portion 2512 has a rear plate recess 2595a on the back side of the rear plate protrusion 2594a, and the front plate 2571 has a front plate recess 2595b on the back side of the front plate protrusion 2594b. Compared to when no recess is provided in each, the weight can be reduced by the amount of the rear plate recess 2595a and the front plate recess 2595b, and the center role 2500A can be made lighter and the cost of the center role 2500A can be reduced. In addition, since the center role 2500A can be made lighter, it is possible to eliminate the need for reinforcement that was necessary in conventional pachinko machines, and the increase in the cost of the pachinko machine 1 can be suppressed. Furthermore, since the rear plate recess 2595a is covered by the specific member 2579 so that it cannot be touched by the fingers, the worker's fingers do not touch the rear plate recess 2595a during manufacturing, so there is no need to work carefully to avoid dirtying the rear plate recess 2595a, and the work becomes easier, which can suppress the increase in cost.

Furthermore, according to this embodiment, in the base plate 2441 and front plate 2442 that form the flow area (door upper passage 2416) in the attacca unit 2400, which is different from the center role 2500A, the decorative light can be reflected by the concave portion 2595 provided on the back side of the convex portion 2594 that affects the flow speed of the game ball B, so that the reflected light can illuminate and decorate the flow area through which the game ball B flows. Therefore, even though the base plate 2441 and front plate 2442 of the attacca unit 2400 are not provided with ostentatious decorations like those in conventional pachinko machines, the base plate 2441 and front plate 2442 are illuminated and decorated, so that the player can recognize that the pachinko machine 1 has decorations that are completely different from those of conventional pachinko machines, and a highly appealing pachinko machine 1 that can strongly attract the interest of players can be provided.

In addition, the base plate 2441 and front plate 2442 of the attacca unit 2400 have a recess 2595 on the back side of the protrusion 2594. When viewed from the front, the shape of the protrusion 2594 and the shape of the recess 2595 create a complex shape, compared to when only a protrusion is provided. This shape acts as a decoration, further enhancing the decorative effect.

In addition, since a convex portion 2594 is provided in the door upper passage portion 2416 above the large prize opening door 2531 in the attacca unit 2400, the flow speed of the game ball B can be slowed down at the large prize opening door 2531 by the convex portion 2594. By slowing down the flow speed of the game ball B, the movement of the game ball B can be made easier to see, and when the large prize opening door 2531 opens at that timing, it becomes easier to win the large prize opening 2005. In this case, a recess 2595 is provided on the back side of the protrusion 2594, and the decorative light is reflected in the recess 2595 to create an illuminated decoration, so that the illuminated decoration makes the game ball B flowing (rolling) down the large prize opening door 2531 appear as a silhouette and sparkling, thereby increasing the expectation of the game ball B's movement leading to a win in the large prize opening 2005 and allowing the player to enjoy the illuminated decoration, thereby preventing a decline in interest in the game.

Furthermore, in the attacca unit 2400, the base plate 2441 has a rear plate recess 2595a on the back side of the rear plate protrusion 2594a, and the front plate 2442 has a front plate recess 2595b on the back side of the front plate protrusion 2594b. Compared to when no recess is provided in each, the weight can be reduced by the amount of the rear plate recess 2595a and the front plate recess 2595b, and the attacca unit 2400 can be made lighter and the cost of the attacca unit 2400 can be reduced. In addition, since it is possible to make the attacca unit 2400 lighter, it is possible to eliminate the need for reinforcement that was necessary in conventional pachinko machines, and the increase in the cost of the pachinko machine 1 can be suppressed. Furthermore, because the attacca decorative base plate 2443 and decorative member 2445 cover the rear panel recess 2595a and the front panel recess 2595b so that they cannot be touched by fingers, the worker's fingers will not touch the rear panel recess 2595a or the front panel recess 2595b during manufacturing, so there is no need to work carefully to avoid soiling the rear panel recess 2595a, and the easier work can help prevent increases in costs.

In addition, a gap is provided between the base plate 2441 of the attacca unit 2400 and the attacca decorative board 2443, so that the attacca decorative board 2443 moves rearward away from the base plate 2441, making it difficult to see electronic components such as LEDs and resistors mounted on the attacca decorative board 2443. This makes it easier to achieve the decorative effect of the convex portion 2594 and the concave portion 2595, and the gap between the base plate 2441 and the attacca decorative board 2443 makes it easier to dissipate heat from the multiple LEDs.

Furthermore, since the flange portion 2512 and the front plate 2571 of the center role 2500A and the base plate 2441 and the front plate 2442 of the attacca unit 2400 have a recess 2595 on the back side of the protrusion 2594, the weight of the center role 2500A and the attacca unit 2400 can be reduced compared to when the recess 2595 is not provided, and the cost of the center role 2500A and the attacca unit 2400 can be reduced as well as being lighter. In addition, since the center role 2500A and the attacca unit 2400 can be made lighter, it is possible to eliminate the need for reinforcement that was necessary in conventional pachinko machines, and the increase in the cost of the pachinko machine 1 can be suppressed.

In the above embodiment, the center gimmick 2500A and the attacca unit 2400 are provided with a passage decoration 2590 consisting of a convex portion 2594 that affects the flow of the game ball B and a concave portion 2595 provided on the back side of the convex portion 2594, but this is not limited to this, and the passage decoration 2590 may be provided in the starting port unit 2100, the side unit 2200, the upper left side unit, etc.

In addition, although the multiple protrusions 2594 (rear plate protrusions 2594a and front plate protrusions 2594b) are all provided with recesses 2595 (rear plate recesses 2595a and front plate recesses 2595b), the present invention is not limited to this, and the multiple protrusions 2594 may include specific protrusions 2596 that do not have recesses 2595 on the back side. This makes it possible to make the form of the luminous decoration different between the protrusions 2594 and the specific protrusions 2596, since the back side of the specific protrusions 2596 cannot reflect decorative light like the recesses 2595. In this case, the shape seen from the front is different between the protrusions 2594 having the recesses 2595 on the back side and the specific protrusions 2596 not having the recesses 2595 on the back side, so that the decoration seen from the front can be changed compared to the case where only multiple protrusions 2594 having recesses 2595 on the back side are provided.

[6-1a-1. Modifications of the recess]
Next, a modified example of the recess 2595 in the passage decorative part 2590 will be described in detail mainly with reference to FIG. 134. In FIG. 134, the shape of the protrusion 2594 is triangular, and the relationship between the shape of the protrusion 2594 and the shape of the recess 2595 is shown. Specifically, for example, as shown in FIG. 134(a), the shape of the recess 2595 on the back side of the triangular protrusion 2594 is a triangle similar to the shape of the protrusion 2594. In this example, as in the above, the decorative light can be reflected or refracted in the recess 2595 and the protrusion 2594. In addition, when the shape of the recess 2595 is made similar to the shape of the protrusion 2594, the plate thickness of the member in which the protrusion 2594 and the recess 2595 are provided becomes approximately constant, so that partial sink marks and distortion during molding can be reduced.

As shown in FIG. 134(b), the shape of the concave portion 2595 on the back side of the triangular convex portion 2594 is a rectangle different from the shape of the convex portion 2594. The concave portion 2595 may have a square cross section, and therefore may have a square, circular, elliptical, or other shape when viewed from the front. The shape of the concave portion 2595 when viewed from the front may be similar to or different from the shape of the convex portion 2594 when viewed from the front, as long as the cross section of the concave portion 2595 is different from the cross section of the convex portion 2594. In this example, the shape of the convex portion 2594 and the shape of the concave portion 2595 are different, so that the reflection direction of the decorative light is different for each of them, and the decorative light can be reflected in various directions by the convex portion 2594 and the concave portion 2595, making it possible to show a more sparkling luminous decoration. In addition, in this example, the distance from the surface of the convex portion 2594 to the surface of the concave portion 2595 varies depending on the location, so the decorative light can be refracted in various directions, making it possible to achieve a decorative effect similar to that of a prism.

Furthermore, as shown in FIG. 134(c), the shape of the concave portion 2595 on the back side of the triangular convex portion 2594 is a semicircle different from the shape of the convex portion 2594. The concave portion 2595 may have a circular, oval, rectangular, or other shape as viewed from the front, as long as the cross section of the concave portion 2595 is rectangular. The shape of the cross section of the concave portion 2595 may be different from the cross section of the convex portion 2594, so the shape of the concave portion 2595 as viewed from the front may be similar to or different from the shape of the convex portion 2594 as viewed from the front. In this example, the shape of the convex portion 2594 and the shape of the concave portion 2595 are different, so that the reflection direction of the decorative light is different for each of them, and the decorative light can be reflected in various directions by the convex portion 2594 and the concave portion 2595, making it possible to show a more sparkling luminous decoration. In addition, in this example, the distance from the surface of the convex portion 2594 to the surface of the concave portion 2595 varies depending on the location, so the decorative light can be refracted in various directions, making it possible to achieve a decorative effect similar to that of a prism.

In FIG. 134, the shape of the convex portion 2594 is shown as a triangle, but this is not limited to this, and the shape may be a polygon such as a square, pentagon, or hexagon, a diamond, a semicircle, a star, or other indefinite shape, etc.

[6-1a-2. Modified examples of convex portions]
Next, a modified example of the convex portion 2594 in the passage decorative portion 2590 will be described in detail mainly with reference to FIG. 135. For example, as shown in FIG. 135(a), the shape of the convex portion 2594 may be a trapezoid with the apex of the triangle flattened. In this example, the shape of the concave portion 2595 on the back side of the convex portion 2594 is a triangle that is approximately similar to the shape of the convex portion 2594. In this example, the decorative light can be reflected or refracted at the concave portion 2595 and the convex portion 2594 in the same manner as above.

Also, as shown in FIG. 135(b), the shape of the convex portion 2594 may be semicircular. In this example, the shape of the concave portion 2595 on the back side of the convex portion 2594 is semicircular and roughly similar to the shape of the convex portion 2594, and the corners of the base end portion of the concave portion 2595 are rounded to form an arc shape.

Furthermore, as shown in FIG. 135(c), the shape of the convex portion 2594 may be a quadrangle with an arc-shaped base end with a rounded edge. In this example, the shape of the concave portion 2595 on the back side of the convex portion 2594 is an elongated quadrangle that is approximately similar to the shape of the convex portion 2594. In addition, the back side of the convex portion 2594 has an outer concave portion 2595c that is concave in an arc shape up to the flat portion at the tip of the convex portion 2594 so as to imitate the arc-shaped portion of the convex portion 2594, and has a seat-shaped flat portion 2595d between the outer concave portion 2595c and the concave portion 2595 that is parallel to the tip of the convex portion 2594. The concave portion 2595 is concave from the flat portion 2595d. In this example, the decorative light can be reflected or refracted at the concave portion 2595 and the convex portion 2594 in the same manner as above.

In addition, the outer recess 2595c can also reflect or refract the decorative light, so that in combination with the recess 2595 and the protrusion 2594, a more brilliant luminous decoration can be displayed. In addition, since it has a flat portion 2595d, light from an LED or the like can be made to enter through the flat portion 2595d and guided to the protrusion 2594, causing the tip of the protrusion 2594 to emit light. In addition, the flat portion 2595d can also be used as the abutment portion of the ejector pin used when removing the mold during molding, and the pin mark will not remain in a conspicuous part of the general surface of the product, and the appearance can be improved. Furthermore, it is possible to make the recess 2595 a screw hole and the flat portion 2595d a screw seat, eliminating the need to provide a separate screw hole for installation.

In the example shown in FIG. 135, the shape of the convex portion 2594 in a front view and the shape of the concave portion 2595 in a front view may be similar or different.

[6-1a-3. Modifications of the passageway decoration]
Next, in the above-mentioned passage decoration part 2590, a plurality of convex parts 2594 (concave parts 2595) of the same shape are shown, but the present invention is not limited thereto. As shown in FIG. 136, a single passage decoration part 2590 may have convex parts 2594 (concave parts 2595) of different shapes. Specifically, for example, as shown in FIG. 136(a), a plurality of triangular convex parts 2594 may have a concave part 2595 on the back side and a specific convex part 2596 without a concave part 2595. This passage decoration part 2590 can also achieve the same effect as above. In addition, the light condition of reflection and refraction due to decorative light is different between the part of the convex part 2594 with the concave part 2595 on the back side and the part of the convex part 2594 (specific convex part 2596) without the concave part 2595, so that the luminous decoration of the passage decoration part 2590 can be changed.

Also, as shown in FIG. 136(b), triangular convex portions 2594 and semicircular convex portions 2594 may be mixed. Here, on the back side of each convex portion 2594, a concave portion 2595 similar to the shape of each convex portion 2594 is provided. This passage decoration portion 2590 can also achieve the same effect as above. In addition, since the shapes of each convex portion 2594 (concave portion 2595) are different, even in a state where the passage decoration portion 2590 is not illuminated with decorative light, the difference in their shapes can give a change to the decoration of the passage decoration portion 2590, making it possible to further enhance the decorative effect. In addition, since the light condition such as reflection and refraction due to the decorative light differs depending on the shape of the convex portion 2594 (concave portion 2595), a change can be given to the illumination decoration of the passage decoration portion 2590. Furthermore, because the convex portions 2594 have different shapes, the degree to which the game ball B decelerates varies depending on the convex portion 2594, which makes it possible to impart changes such as speed and slowness to the flow of the game ball B, allowing the player to enjoy the movement of the game ball B even more.

Furthermore, as shown in FIG. 136(c), convex portions 2594 (concave portions 2595) of different shapes may be mixed with convex portions 2594 of different protruding amounts (sizes). Here, each convex portion 2594 is triangular, and the concave portion 2595 on the back side of each convex portion 2594 is a concave portion 2595 similar to the shape of each convex portion 2594. This passage decoration portion 2590 can also achieve the same effect as above. In addition, since the sizes of each convex portion 2594 (concave portions 2595) are different, even in a state where the passage decoration portion 2590 is not illuminated with decorative light, the difference in their sizes can give a change to the decoration of the passage decoration portion 2590, making it possible to further enhance the decorative effect. In addition, since the light condition such as reflection and refraction by the decorative light differs depending on the size of the convex portion 2594 (concave portion 2595), a change can be given to the illumination decoration of the passage decoration portion 2590. Furthermore, because the convex portions 2594 are different sizes, the degree to which the game ball B decelerates varies depending on the convex portion 2594, which makes it possible to impart changes such as speed and slowness to the flow of the game ball B, allowing the player to enjoy the movement of the game ball B even more.

Note that FIG. 136 shows a mixture of convex portions 2594 (concave portions 2595) with different shapes (forms) in cross-sectional shapes, but this is not limited thereto, and convex portions 2594 (concave portions 2595) with different shapes in plan view may also be mixed.

[6-1a-4. Another embodiment of the passage decorative part]
Next, the passage decoration part 2590A of the embodiment different from the above will be described in detail mainly with reference to Figures 137 to 139. Figure 137 (a) is an explanatory diagram showing a passage decoration part in a cross section in which a second convex part of the same shape is provided on a first convex part, (b) is an explanatory diagram showing a passage decoration part in a cross section in which a second convex part with a different protruding amount is provided on a first convex part, (c) is an explanatory diagram showing a passage decoration part in a cross section in which a second convex part of a different shape is provided on a first convex part, and (d) is an explanatory diagram showing a passage decoration part in a cross section in which a second convex part is also provided on the inclined surface of the first convex part. Figure 138 (a1) is an explanatory diagram showing a passage decoration part in a cross section in which a second convex part of the same shape is provided on a first convex part, (a2) is an explanatory diagram showing (a1) from the front, and (b) is an explanatory diagram showing a passage decoration part in a cross section in which a recess part of a different shape from (a2) is provided from the front. Figure 139(a) is an explanatory diagram showing a cross section of a passage decorative part that is fitted into an opening of a game panel, and (b) is an explanatory diagram showing a cross section of a passage decorative part that has a different form from (a).

The passage decorative portion 2590A shown in FIG. 137(a) has a first convex portion 2594c that protrudes forward in a predetermined range from a rear plate portion 2592 that contacts the front surface of the game panel 1100, such as the base plate 2441 of the attacca unit 2400 or the flange portion 2512 of the center gimmick 2500, a plurality of second convex portions 2594d that protrude forward from the first convex portion 2594c, a first recess 2595e that is provided on the back side of the first convex portion 2594c and is recessed toward the front, and a second recess 2595f that is provided on the back side of the second convex portion 2594d and is recessed toward the front.

The first convex portion 2594c has a flat front surface. This first convex portion 2594c also includes an inclined portion at the boundary with the rear plate portion 2592. The second convex portion 2594d has a semicircular cross section and extends in a direction intersecting the flow direction of the game ball B (paper surface). The first recess 2595e is recessed in a shape similar to the shape of the first convex portion 2594c. The second recess 2595f is recessed in a shape similar to the shape of the second convex portion 2594d.

The first convex portion 2594c may be decorated with fine unevenness such as embossing. When embossing is provided on the first convex portion 2594c, etc., it is possible to hide wiring, components, etc. at the rear by the embossing. Also, at least one second convex portion 2594d may be a specific convex portion 2596 that does not have a second recess 2595f on the back side (see FIG. 137(b)). Furthermore, the glass plate 162 of the door frame 3 is provided in front of the rear plate portion 2592 with a gap that allows the game ball B to pass through, but a front plate portion 2593 may also be provided.

According to the passage decoration part 2590A shown in FIG. 137(a), the first recess 2595e and the second recess 2595f are provided on the back side of the first convex part 2594c and the second convex part 2594d, so that the first recess 2595e and the second recess 2595f can reflect and refract the light (decorative light) from the LED of the LED board provided on the game board 5. As a result, the passage decoration part 2590A is illuminated and decorated by the reflection of the decorative light by the first convex part 2594c and the second convex part 2594d and the reflection of the decorative light by the first recess 2595e and the second recess 2595f, so that the player's line of sight can be directed to the passage decoration part 2590A, and the player can enjoy the movement of the game ball B flowing through the passage decoration part 2590A.

In addition, according to the passage decoration part 2590A shown in FIG. 137(a), the presence of the first convex part 2594c narrows the gap in the front-rear direction between the first convex part 2594c and the forward member (e.g., the glass plate 162, the front plate part 2593, etc.), so that the circulation speed of the game ball B that has entered the passage decoration part 2590A can be slowed down. And, since the first convex part 2594c is provided with a plurality of second convex parts 2594d, the circulation speed of the game ball B can be further slowed down by these second convex parts 2594d. Therefore, since the circulation speed of the game ball B is slowed in the passage decoration part 2590A, the game ball B can be made easier to see, and the player can enjoy the movement of the game ball B, suppressing a decline in the interest of the player.

In addition, according to the passage decorative portion 2590A shown in FIG. 137(a), only the glass plate 162 is provided in front of the rear plate portion 2592, so by combining the first convex portion 2594c and the second convex portion 2594d, the game ball B decelerates between the glass plate 162 and the first convex portion 2594c or the second convex portion 2594d. At this time, the game ball B hits the glass plate 162 relatively hard, so the impact sound is heard loudly, which can attract the player's attention.

The passage decorative portion 2590A shown in FIG. 137(b) has a first convex portion 2594c that protrudes forward in a predetermined range from the rear plate portion 2592 that contacts the front surface of the game panel 1100, such as the base plate 2441 of the attacca unit 2400 or the flange portion 2512 of the center gimmick 2500A, a plurality of second convex portions 2594d that protrude forward from the first convex portion 2594c, a first recess 2595e that is provided on the back side of the first convex portion 2594c and is recessed toward the front, and a second recess 2595f that is provided on the back side of some of the second convex portions 2594d and is recessed toward the front.

The first convex portion 2594c of the passage decorative portion 2590A shown in FIG. 137(b) has a flat front surface. This first convex portion 2594c also includes an inclined portion at the boundary with the rear plate portion 2592. The second convex portion 2594d has a semicircular cross section and extends in a direction intersecting the flow direction of the game ball B. As shown in FIG. 137(b), some of the second convex portions 2594d have different amounts of forward protrusion, and the second convex portion 2594d with a smaller amount of protrusion is a specific convex portion 2596 with no second recess 2595f provided on the back side. The first recess 2595e is recessed in a shape similar to the shape of the first convex portion 2594c. In addition, the second recess 2595f is provided on the back side of the second convex portion 2594d with a larger amount of forward protrusion.

In addition, in the passage decoration part 2590A shown in FIG. 137(b), the game ball B can flow in front of the multiple second convex parts 2594d. Therefore, the game ball B can flow even in front of the second convex parts 2594d with a large protrusion amount. In addition, the first convex part 2594c may be decorated with fine unevenness such as embossing. When the first convex part 2594c, etc. are embossed, it is possible to hide the wiring, components, etc. behind by the embossing. In addition, all the second convex parts 2594d may be specific convex parts 2596 that do not have the second recess 2595f on the back side. Furthermore, the glass plate 162 of the door frame 3 is provided in front of the rear plate part 2592 with a gap that allows the game ball B to flow, but the front plate part 2593 may be provided.

According to the passage decoration part 2590A shown in FIG. 137(b), the first recess 2595e and the second recess 2595f are provided on the back side of the first convex part 2594c and the back side of some of the second convex parts 2594d, so that the first recess 2595e and the second recess 2595f can reflect and refract light (decorative light) from the LED of the LED board provided on the game board 5. As a result, the passage decoration part 2590A is illuminated and decorated by the reflection of the decorative light by the first convex part 2594c and the second convex part 2594d and the reflection of the decorative light by the first recess 2595e and the second recess 2595f, so that the player's line of sight can be directed to the passage decoration part 2590A, and the player can enjoy the movement of the game ball B circulating through the passage decoration part 2590A.

In addition, according to the passage decoration part 2590A shown in FIG. 137(b), the presence of the first convex part 2594c narrows the gap between the first convex part 2594c and the forward member (e.g., the glass plate 162, the front plate part 2593, etc.), so that the circulation speed of the game ball B that has entered the passage decoration part 2590A can be slowed down. And, since the first convex part 2594c is provided with a plurality of second convex parts 2594d, the circulation speed of the game ball B can be further slowed down by these second convex parts 2594d. Therefore, since the circulation speed of the game ball B is slowed in the passage decoration part 2590A, the game ball B can be made easier to see, and the player can enjoy the movement of the game ball B, suppressing a decline in the interest of the player.

In addition, according to the passage decorative portion 2590A shown in FIG. 137(b), only the glass plate 162 is provided in front of the rear plate portion 2592, and therefore by combining the first convex portion 2594c and the second convex portion 2594d, the game ball B decelerates between the glass plate 162 and the first convex portion 2594c or the second convex portion 2594d. At this time, the game ball B hits the glass plate 162 relatively hard, so the impact sound is heard loudly, which can attract the player's attention.

The passage decorative portion 2590A shown in FIG. 137(c) has a first convex portion 2594c that protrudes forward in a predetermined range from a rear plate portion 2592 that contacts the front surface of the game panel 1100, such as the base plate 2441 of the attacca unit 2400 or the flange portion 2512 of the center gimmick 2500A, a plurality of second convex portions 2594d that protrude forward from the first convex portion 2594c, a first recess 2595e that is provided on the back side of the first convex portion 2594c and is recessed toward the front, and a second recess 2595f that is provided on the back side of at least a portion of the second convex portions 2594d and is recessed toward the front.

The first convex portion 2594c of the passage decorative portion 2590A shown in FIG. 137(c) has a flat front surface. This first convex portion 2594c also includes an inclined portion at the boundary with the rear plate portion 2592. The second convex portion 2594d has a cross section of a semicircular shape extending in a direction intersecting the flow direction of the game ball B, and a shape that protrudes long forward. The second convex portion 2594d that protrudes long forward protrudes forward by a length that prevents the game ball B from flowing in front of it, and is formed short in the direction intersecting the flow direction of the game ball B (left and right direction), so that the game ball B can flow on both the left and right outer sides. The first recess 2595e is recessed in a shape similar to the shape of the first convex portion 2594c. The second recess 2595f is recessed in a shape similar to the shape of the second convex portion 2594d.

The first convex portion 2594c may be decorated with fine unevenness such as embossing. When embossing is provided on the first convex portion 2594c, etc., it is possible to hide wiring, components, etc. at the rear by the embossing. In addition, at least one second convex portion 2594d may be a specific convex portion 2596 that does not have a second recess 2595f on the back side. Furthermore, the glass plate 162 of the door frame 3 is provided in front of the rear plate portion 2592 with a gap that allows the game ball B to pass through, but a front plate portion 2593 may also be provided.

According to the passage decoration part 2590A shown in FIG. 137(c), the first recess 2595e and the second recess 2595f are provided on the back side of the first convex part 2594c and the second convex part 2594d, so that the first recess 2595e and the second recess 2595f can reflect and refract the light (decorative light) from the LED of the LED board provided on the game board 5. As a result, the passage decoration part 2590A is illuminated and decorated by the reflection of the decorative light by the first convex part 2594c and the second convex part 2594d and the reflection of the decorative light by the first recess 2595e and the second recess 2595f, so that the player's line of sight can be directed to the passage decoration part 2590A, and the player can enjoy the movement of the game ball B flowing through the passage decoration part 2590A.

In addition, according to the passage decoration part 2590A shown in FIG. 137(c), the presence of the first convex part 2594c narrows the gap between the first convex part 2594c and the front member (for example, the glass plate 162, the front plate part 2593, etc.), so that the circulation speed of the game ball B that has entered the passage decoration part 2590A can be slowed down. And, since the first convex part 2594c is provided with a plurality of second convex parts 2594d, the circulation speed of the game ball B can be further slowed down by the second convex parts 2594d. At this time, since the second convex parts 2594d that are short in the left-right direction and protrude long forward are mixed, the second convex parts 2594d can change the circulation direction of the game ball B in the left-right direction, and a complex movement can be given to the game ball B. Therefore, the circulation speed of game ball B is slowed down in the passage decoration section 2590A, making game ball B easier to see, and game ball B also moves in a complex manner to the left and right, making the movement of game ball B more entertaining.

In addition, according to the passage decorative portion 2590A shown in FIG. 137(c), only the glass plate 162 is provided in front of the rear plate portion 2592, and therefore by combining the first convex portion 2594c and the second convex portion 2594d, the game ball B decelerates between the glass plate 162 and the first convex portion 2594c or the second convex portion 2594d. At this time, the game ball B hits the glass plate 162 relatively hard, so the impact sound is heard loudly, which can attract the player's attention.

The passage decorative portion 2590A shown in FIG. 137(d) has a rear plate convex portion 2594a protruding forward from a rear plate portion 2592 that is in contact with the front surface of the game panel 1100, such as the base plate 2441 of the attacca unit 2400 or the flange portion 2512 of the center gimmick 2500A, a rear plate concave portion 2595a provided on the back side of the rear plate convex portion 2594a and concave toward the front, a first convex portion 2594c protruding forward at a predetermined range on the rear plate portion 2592, a plurality of second convex portions 2594d protruding forward from the first convex portion 2594c, a first concave portion 2595e provided on the back side of the first convex portion 2594c and concave toward the front, and a second concave portion 2595f provided on the back side of the second convex portion 2594d and concave toward the front. The rear plate protrusion 2594a has a semicircular cross section and extends in a direction that intersects with the flow direction of the game ball B.

The first convex portion 2594c has a flat front surface. This first convex portion 2594c also includes an inclined portion at the boundary with the rear plate portion 2592. The second convex portion 2594d has a semicircular cross section and extends in a direction intersecting the flow direction of the game ball B. As shown in FIG. 137(d), a part of the second convex portion 2594d is provided so as to hang on the rear plate portion 2592 and the first convex portion 2594c. The second convex portion 2594d provided so as to hang on the rear plate portion 2592 is formed short in the direction intersecting the flow direction of the game ball B (left-right direction), and it is possible to change the flow direction of the game ball B that it comes into contact with in the left-right direction. The first recess 2595e is recessed in a shape similar to the shape of the first convex portion 2594c.

The first convex portion 2594c may be decorated with fine unevenness such as embossing. When embossing is provided on the first convex portion 2594c, etc., it is possible to hide wiring, components, etc. at the rear by the embossing. In addition, at least one of the rear plate convex portion 2594a and the second convex portion 2594d may be a specific convex portion 2596 in which the rear plate recess 2595a and the second recess 2595f are not provided. Furthermore, the glass plate 162 of the door frame 3 is provided in front of the rear plate portion 2592 with a gap that allows the game ball B to pass through, but the front plate portion 2593 may also be provided.

According to the passage decorative portion 2590A shown in FIG. 137 (d), a rear plate recess 2595a, a first recess 2595e and a second recess 2595f are provided on the back side of the rear plate convex portion 2594a, the first convex portion 2594c and the second convex portion 2594d, so that the rear plate recess 2595a, the first recess 2595e and the second recess 2595f can reflect or refract light (decorative light) from the LEDs of the LED board provided on the game board 5. This allows the passage decoration 2590A to be illuminated and decorated by the reflection of decorative light from the rear plate convex portion 2594a, the first convex portion 2594c, and the second convex portion 2594d, and the reflection of decorative light from the rear plate concave portion 2595a, the first concave portion 2595e, and the second concave portion 2595f, so that the player's gaze can be directed to the passage decoration 2590A, allowing the player to enjoy the movement of the game ball B flowing through the passage decoration 2590A.

In addition, according to the passage decoration part 2590A shown in FIG. 137(d), the presence of the first convex part 2594c narrows the gap between the first convex part 2594c and the front member (for example, the glass plate 162, the front plate part 2593, etc.), so that the circulation speed of the game ball B that has entered the passage decoration part 2590A can be slowed down. And, since the first convex part 2594c is provided with a plurality of second convex parts 2594d, the circulation speed of the game ball B can be further slowed down by the second convex parts 2594d. At this time, when the game ball B abuts against the second convex part 2594d provided so as to hang on the rear plate part 2592, the second convex part 2594d is formed short in the left-right direction, so that the circulation direction of the game ball B can be changed in the left-right direction, and a complex movement can be given to the game ball B. Therefore, the circulation speed of game ball B is slowed down in the passage decoration section 2590A, making game ball B easier to see, and game ball B also moves in a complex manner to the left and right, making the movement of game ball B more entertaining.

In addition, according to the passage decorative portion 2590A shown in FIG. 137(d), only the glass plate 162 is provided in front of the rear plate portion 2592, and therefore by combining the first convex portion 2594c and the second convex portion 2594d, the game ball B decelerates between the glass plate 162 and the first convex portion 2594c or the second convex portion 2594d. At this time, the game ball B hits the glass plate 162 relatively hard, so the impact sound is heard loudly, which can attract the player's attention.

Note that, although the rear plate protrusion 2594a and the second protrusion 2594d are shown protruding in a semicircular shape in Figures 137(a) to (d), this is not limited thereto, and the rear plate protrusion 2594a and the second protrusion 2594d may of course be triangular or trapezoidal.

Next, the passage decoration part 2590A shown in Figures 138 (a1) and (a2) has a first convex part 2594c that protrudes forward in a predetermined range from the rear plate part 2592 that contacts the front surface of the game panel 1100 such as the base plate 2441 of the attacca unit 2400 and the flange part 2512 of the center role 2500A, a plurality of second convex parts 2594d that protrude forward from the first convex part 2594c, a first recess 2595e that is provided on the back side of the first convex part 2594c and is recessed toward the front, and a second recess 2595f that is provided on the back side of the second convex part 2594d and is recessed toward the front. The front surface of the first convex part 2594c is flat. This first convex part 2594c also includes an inclined portion at the boundary with the rear plate part 2592. The second convex portion 2594d has a semicircular cross section and extends in a direction that intersects with the flow direction of the game ball B (the plane of the paper).

The first recess 2595e of this passage decorative portion 2590A is recessed in the shape of a downward arrow when viewed from the front, as shown in FIG. 138(a2).

The first convex portion 2594c may be decorated with fine unevenness such as embossing. When embossing is provided on the first convex portion 2594c, etc., it is possible to hide wiring, components, etc. at the rear by the embossing. In addition, at least one second convex portion 2594d may be a specific convex portion 2596 that does not have a second recess 2595f on the back side. Furthermore, the glass plate 162 of the door frame 3 is provided in front of the rear plate portion 2592 with a gap that allows the game ball B to pass through, but a front plate portion 2593 may also be provided.

138(a1) and (a2), the passage decoration 2590A has a first recess 2595e and a second recess 2595f on the back side of the first convex portion 2594c and the second convex portion 2594d, so that the first recess 2595e and the second recess 2595f can reflect and refract light (decorative light) from the LEDs of the LED board provided on the game board 5. As a result, the passage decoration 2590A is illuminated and decorated by the reflection of the decorative light by the first convex portion 2594c and the second convex portion 2594d and the reflection of the decorative light by the first recess 2595e and the second recess 2595f. At this time, because the first recess 2595e is recessed in the shape of an arrow, the arrow emits an illuminating decoration, strongly drawing the player's attention to the passage decoration 2590A, making the player think that something good is going to happen, heightening anticipation for the game, and allowing the player to enjoy the movement of the game ball B circulating through the passage decoration 2590A.

In addition, according to the passage decoration part 2590A shown in Fig. 138 (a1) and (a2), the presence of the first convex part 2594c narrows the gap in the front-rear direction between the first convex part 2594c and the forward member (e.g., the glass plate 162, the front plate part 2593, etc.), so that the circulation speed of the game ball B that has entered the passage decoration part 2590A can be slowed down. And, since the first convex part 2594c is provided with a plurality of second convex parts 2594d, the circulation speed of the game ball B can be further slowed down by these second convex parts 2594d. Therefore, since the circulation speed of the game ball B is slowed in the passage decoration part 2590A, the game ball B can be made easier to see, and the player can enjoy the movement of the game ball B, suppressing a decline in the interest of the player.

In addition, according to the passage decorative portion 2590A shown in Figures 138 (a1) and (a2), only the glass plate 162 is provided in front of the rear plate portion 2592, so by combining the first convex portion 2594c and the second convex portion 2594d, the game ball B decelerates between the glass plate 162 and the first convex portion 2594c or the second convex portion 2594d. At this time, the game ball B hits the glass plate 162 relatively hard, so the impact sound is heard loudly, which can attract the player's attention.

In the above, the first recess 2595e is shown to be concave in an arrow shape, but this is not limited thereto, and the first recess 2595e may be concave in various shapes. For example, as shown in FIG. 138(b), the shape of the first recess 2595e when viewed from the front may be a star shape. This makes it possible to enhance the decorative effect of the passage decorative portion 2590A.

The first recess 2595e may be configured as one recess or as multiple recesses. In addition to the above-mentioned arrow shape and star shape, the shape of the first recess 2595e when viewed from the front may be a heart shape, a geometric pattern shape, a character shape consisting of a predetermined logo character, a character shape imitating a predetermined character, a picture shape imitating a predetermined pattern, etc. In order to make these figures (first recess 2595e) stand out, light may be incident from the end face of the rear plate portion 2592, etc., and the rear plate portion 2592 may be used as a light guide plate. In this case, these figures may be configured with a textured finish. In this case, the incident light is emitted from the textured part, making the figure appear to shine. In addition, when the textured finish is provided, it is possible to hide the wiring and components behind by the textured finish.

In addition, in the passage decoration 2590A shown in FIG. 138, the second convex portion 2594d is semicircular in shape, and therefore has no (or few) corners, making it easier to see the shape of the first concave portion 2595e from the front. Of course, the second convex portion 2594d may also be triangular or trapezoidal.

Next, the passage decorative part 2590A shown in FIG. 139(a) has a rear plate part 2592 inserted into the opening 1112 provided in the gaming panel 1100, a number of rear plate protrusions 2594a protruding forward from the rear plate part 2592, a rear plate recess 2595a provided on the back side of the rear plate protrusion 2594a, and an LED board 2579a as a specific member 2579 that covers the rear of the rear plate recess 2595a and makes the rear plate recess 2595a untouchable by fingers. Here, some of the rear plate protrusions 2594a are designated as specific protrusions 2596 that do not have a rear plate recess 2595a provided on the back side.

The rear panel 2592 may be decorated with fine irregularities such as embossing. When embossing is provided on the rear panel 2592 etc., it is possible to hide the wiring and components at the rear by the embossing. Also, all rear panel protrusions 2594a may be specific protrusions 2596 that do not have rear panel recesses 2595a on the back side. Furthermore, the glass panel 162 of the door frame 3 is provided in front of the rear panel 2592 with a gap allowing the game ball B to pass through, but the front panel 2593 may also be provided with a gap.

Although a gap is provided between the rear plate portion 2592 and the LED board 2579a, as shown in FIG. 139(a), the rear plate portion 2592 and the LED board 2579a are inserted into the opening 1112 of the game panel 1100, and therefore the outer periphery of the gap between the rear plate portion 2592 and the LED board 2579a is surrounded by the inner periphery of the opening 1112. Therefore, even if the gap between the rear plate portion 2592 and the LED board 2579a is large enough to fit a finger, it is not possible to insert a finger between the rear plate portion 2592 and the LED board 2579a from the outside because the outer periphery of the gap is surrounded, and the rear plate recess 2595a of the rear plate portion 2592 cannot be touched by a finger.

According to the passage decoration part 2590A shown in FIG. 139(a), a rear plate recess 2595a is provided on the back side of the rear plate protrusion 2594a, so that the rear plate recess 2595a can reflect and refract light (decorative light) from the LED of the LED board 2579a provided at the rear. As a result, the passage decoration part 2590A is illuminated and decorated by the reflection of the decorative light by the rear plate protrusion 2594a and the reflection of the decorative light by the rear plate recess 2595a, so that the player's line of sight can be directed to the passage decoration part 2590A, and the player can enjoy the movement of the game ball B flowing through the passage decoration part 2590A.

In addition, according to the passage decorative part 2590A shown in FIG. 139(a), the LED board 2579a as the specific member 2579 covers the rear of the rear plate recess 2595a, making the rear plate recess 2595a untouchable, so that the rear plate recess 2595a can be prevented from being soiled by the fingers of an operator touching the rear plate recess 2595a during the manufacture of the game board 5, and the decorative light can be reliably reflected and refracted in the rear plate recess 2595a. In addition, since the LED board 2579a covering the rear plate recess 2595a is provided, it is possible to prevent dirt, dust, etc. from entering the rear plate recess 2595a, and it is possible to avoid the poor appearance caused by dirt, etc.

In addition, according to the passage decoration part 2590A shown in FIG. 139(a), since multiple rear plate protrusions 2594a are provided, the circulation speed of the game ball B can be slowed down by the game ball B coming into contact with the rear plate protrusions 2594a, making the game ball B easier to see. In addition, since an LED board 2579a is provided behind the rear plate part 2592, the passage decoration part 2590A can be illuminated and decorated by illuminating the LEDs of the LED board 2579a, and the illuminated decoration makes the game ball B circulating through the passage decoration part 2590A look like a silhouette, making the movement of the game ball B easier to see and entertaining the player.

In addition, according to the passage decorative portion 2590A shown in FIG. 139(a), only the glass plate 162 is provided in front of the rear plate portion 2592. Therefore, depending on the size and shape of the rear plate protrusion 2594a, the game ball B that comes into contact with the rear plate protrusion 2594a will bounce forward and hit the glass plate 162, making a collision sound that can be heard, thereby attracting the player's attention.

The passage decorative part 2590A shown in FIG. 139(b) has a rear plate part 2592 inserted into the opening 1112 provided in the gaming panel 1100, a rear plate recess 2595a provided on the back side of the rear plate protrusion 2594a, an LED board 2579a as a specific member 2579 that covers the rear of the rear plate recess 2595a to make the rear plate recess 2595a untouchable by fingers, a plurality of rear plate protrusions 2594a protruding forward from the rear plate part 2592, a first protrusion 2594c protruding forward from the rear plate part 2592 and extending forward of the gaming panel 1100, a plurality of second protrusions 2594d protruding forward from the first protrusion 2594c, a first recess 2595e provided on the back side of the first protrusion 2594c, and a second recess 2595f provided on the back side of the second protrusion 2594d.

In the passage decorative part 2590A shown in FIG. 139(b), the rear plate part 2592 and the LED board 2579a are inserted into the opening 1112 of the game panel 1100. A gap is provided between the rear plate part 2592 and the LED board 2579a, but the outer periphery of the gap between the rear plate part 2592 and the LED board 2579a is surrounded by the inner periphery of the opening 1112. Therefore, even if the gap between the rear plate part 2592 and the LED board 2579a is large enough to fit a finger, since the outer periphery of the gap is surrounded, it is not possible to insert a finger between the rear plate part 2592 and the LED board 2579a from the outside, and the rear plate recess 2595a of the rear plate part 2592 is untouchable by fingers.

The rear plate 2592 and the first convex portion 2594c may be decorated with fine unevenness such as embossing. When embossing is provided on the rear plate 2592 and the first convex portion 2594c, etc., it is possible to hide wiring, components, etc. at the rear by the embossing. In addition, at least one of the rear plate convex portion 2594a, the first convex portion 2594c, and the second convex portion 2594d may be a specific convex portion 2596 that does not have the rear plate concave portion 2595a, the first concave portion 2595e, and the second concave portion 2595f on the back side. Furthermore, the glass plate 162 of the door frame 3 is provided in front of the rear plate 2592 and the first convex portion 2594c with a gap that allows the game ball B to pass through, but the front plate portion 2593 may be provided.

According to the passage decorative portion 2590A shown in FIG. 139(b), a rear plate recess 2595a, a first recess 2595e and a second recess 2595f are provided on the back side of the rear plate convex portion 2594a, the first convex portion 2594c and the second convex portion 2594d, so that the rear plate recess 2595a, the first recess 2595e and the second recess 2595f can reflect or refract light (decorative light) from the LED of the LED board 2579a provided at the rear. This allows the passage decoration 2590A to be illuminated and decorated by the reflection of decorative light from the rear plate convex portion 2594a, the first convex portion 2594c, and the second convex portion 2594d, and the reflection of decorative light from the rear plate concave portion 2595a, the first concave portion 2595e, and the second concave portion 2595f, so that the player's gaze can be directed to the passage decoration 2590A, allowing the player to enjoy the movement of the game ball B flowing through the passage decoration 2590A.

In addition, according to the passage decorative portion 2590A shown in FIG. 139(b), the rear of the rear panel recess 2595a is covered by the LED board 2579a as the specific member 2579, and the rear of the first recess 2595e and the second recess 2595f are covered by the gaming panel 1100 as the specific member 2579, making the rear panel recess 2595a, the first recess 2595e and the second recess 2595f untouchable by fingers. This prevents the rear panel recess 2595a, the first recess 2595e and the second recess 2595f from being soiled by the fingers of an operator touching the rear panel recess 2595a, the first recess 2595e and the second recess 2595f during the manufacture of the gaming board 5, and allows the decorative light to be reliably reflected and refracted at the rear panel recess 2595a, the first recess 2595e and the second recess 2595f. In addition, because a specific member 2579 is provided to cover the rear panel recess 2595a, the first recess 2595e, and the second recess 2595f, it is possible to prevent dirt, dust, etc. from entering the rear panel recess 2595a, the first recess 2595e, and the second recess 2595f, and to prevent the appearance from being impaired by dirt, etc.

Furthermore, according to the passage decoration part 2590A shown in FIG. 139(b), the presence of the first convex part 2594c narrows the gap between the first convex part 2594c and the front member (e.g., the glass plate 162, the front plate part 2593, etc.), so that the circulation speed of the game ball B that has entered the passage decoration part 2590A can be slowed down. And, since the first convex part 2594c is provided with a plurality of second convex parts 2594d, the circulation speed of the game ball B can be further slowed down by the second convex parts 2594d. At this time, since the LED board 2579a is provided behind the rear plate part 2592, the passage decoration part 2590A can be illuminated and decorated by illuminating the LED of the LED board 2579a, so that the illumination decoration can make the game ball B circulating through the passage decoration part 2590A look like a silhouette, making the movement of the game ball B easier to see and entertaining the player.

In addition, according to the passage decorative portion 2590A shown in FIG. 139(b), only the glass plate 162 is provided in front of the rear plate portion 2592, and therefore by combining the first convex portion 2594c and the second convex portion 2594d, the game ball B decelerates between the glass plate 162 and the first convex portion 2594c or the second convex portion 2594d. At this time, the game ball B hits the glass plate 162 relatively hard, so the impact sound is heard loudly, which can attract the player's attention.

Note that, although the rear plate protrusion 2594a and the second protrusion 2594d are shown protruding in a semicircular shape in Fig. 139(a) and (d), this is not limited thereto, and the rear plate protrusion 2594a and the second protrusion 2594d may of course be triangular or trapezoidal.

[6-1a-5. Brief Summary]
The above-mentioned passage decorative part 2590 has the following technical features.

[6-1a-5a. Summary A]
(Background of technical features)
In gaming machines such as pachinko machines, it has been proposed to provide large decorative bodies to increase the appeal to players so that players will easily select the gaming machine to play with (Patent Document: However, in conventional gaming machines such as those described in the above patent document, the initial impact of the large decoration is high, and some players may quickly become accustomed to the large decoration, and may not choose the gaming machine to play on. In addition, the manufacturing cost of a large decorative body is high, and the weight of the body is heavy, so reinforcement is required to accommodate the decorative body, which increases the cost of the gaming machine. was there.

Therefore, in consideration of the above situation, the following means aims to provide a gaming machine equipped with unprecedented decorations that can be made lighter while increasing its appeal to players.

(Technical solution)
Means 1: In the gaming machine,
"A gaming machine equipped with a gaming board on the front side of which is provided a gaming area through which gaming balls circulate,
The game board has an opening extending from front to back,
The opening is provided with a center piece,
The center part is
A peripheral wall portion that extends forward from the game board and prevents game balls from entering the opening;
An extension portion that extends outward from the peripheral wall portion when viewed from the front and has a flow-down area on the front side through which game balls flow;
A protrusion formed on the extension portion and affecting the flow speed of the game ball;
having
A recess is provided on the rear side of the protrusion, and the decorative light can be reflected by the surface of the recess.
The present invention is characterized in that

The "convex portion" here may have any shape that can affect the speed at which the game ball flows down when it comes into contact with it, and examples of the cross-sectional shape of the side surface include "semicircular," "triangular," "trapezoidal," "rectangle," "polygonal such as pentagon or hexagon," and "irregular shape based on a free curve."

The "concave" may be concave, and examples of such shapes include "a shape similar to the shape of the convex" and "a shape different from the shape of the convex". It is also preferable for the "concave" to have a curved surface or multiple flat surfaces with different angles, which makes it possible to reflect light in various directions.

According to the configuration of the first means, the gaming machine is provided with a gaming board with a gaming area on the front side through which gaming balls flow, the gaming board has an opening penetrating from front to back, the opening is provided with a center device, the center device has a peripheral wall part that extends forward from the gaming board and prevents the gaming balls from entering the inside of the opening, an extension part that extends outside the peripheral wall part in a front view and has a flow-down area on the front side through which the gaming balls flow, and a protrusion part formed on the extension part that affects the flow-down speed of the gaming balls, a recess part is provided on the back side of the protrusion part, and decorative light can be reflected on the surface of the recess part (see the description of chapter [6-1a. Passage decoration part], Figure 127, etc. in [Form for carrying out the invention]).

According to this configuration, in the extension part forming the flow area of the center role, the decorative light can be reflected by the concave part provided on the back side of the convex part that affects the circulation speed of the game balls, so that the reflected light can illuminate and decorate the flow area where the game balls flow. Therefore, even though the extension part of the center role does not have an ostentatious decoration like conventional gaming machines, the extension part illuminates and decorates, so it is possible for the player to recognize that this gaming machine has a completely different decoration from conventional gaming machines, and it is possible to provide a highly appealing gaming machine that can strongly attract the player's interest.

In addition, because a recess is provided on the back side of the protrusion, when viewed from the front, a more complex shape appears due to the shape of the protrusion and the shape of the recess, compared to when only a protrusion is provided, and this shape acts as decoration, further enhancing the decorative effect.

In addition, since a convex portion is provided in the flow-down area where the game balls flow down, the convex portion can slow down the flow-down speed of the game balls in the flow-down area, and the slower flow-down speed of the game balls makes the movement of the game balls easier to see. In this case, a concave portion is provided on the back side of the convex portion, and the concave portion reflects decorative light to provide an illuminating decoration, so that the illuminating decoration can make the game balls flowing down the flow-down area appear as silhouettes, making the movement of the game balls easier to see. As a result, players can enjoy the movement of the game balls flowing down the flow-down area, and a decrease in interest in the game can be suppressed.

Furthermore, because a recess is provided on the back side of the protrusion, the weight of the center role can be reduced compared to when no recess is provided, allowing for weight reduction and reducing the costs associated with the center role. In addition, because it is possible to reduce the weight of the center role, it is possible to eliminate the need for reinforcement, which was necessary in conventional gaming machines, and this makes it possible to suppress increases in the costs associated with the gaming machine.

Means 2: In the gaming machine,
"A gaming machine equipped with a gaming board on the front side of which is provided a gaming area through which gaming balls circulate,
The game board has an opening extending from front to back,
The opening is provided with a center piece,
The center role is
A peripheral wall portion that extends forward from the game board and prevents game balls from entering the opening;
a flange portion extending outwardly of the peripheral wall portion in a front view;
Equipped with
A front member is provided which is a member different from the center role and is fixed to the game board,
The front member is
An extension portion extending along the game board and having a flow-down area on the front side through which game balls flow;
A protrusion formed on the extension portion and affecting the flow speed of the game ball;
having
A recess is provided on the rear side of the protrusion, and the decorative light can be reflected by the surface of the recess.
The present invention is characterized in that

Here, examples of "front component" include "one that has at least a large prize opening (e.g., an attacca unit)", "one that has at least a special prize opening (e.g., a special prize opening unit)", "one that has at least a start prize opening (e.g., a start opening unit)", "one that has at least a gate (e.g., a gate unit)", "one that has at least a general prize opening and/or a normal prize opening (e.g., a prize opening unit)", etc.

The "convex portion" may have any shape that can affect the speed at which the game ball flows down when it comes into contact with it, and examples of the cross-sectional shape of the side include "semicircular," "triangular," "trapezoidal," "rectangle," "polygonal such as pentagon or hexagon," and "irregular shape based on a free curve."

The "concave" may be concave, and examples of such shapes include "a shape similar to the shape of the convex" and "a shape different from the shape of the convex". It is also preferable for the "concave" to have a curved surface or multiple flat surfaces with different angles, which makes it possible to reflect light in various directions.

According to the configuration of the second means, the game machine is provided with a game board with a game area on the front side through which game balls flow, the game board has an opening penetrating from front to back, the opening is provided with a center role, the center role extends forward from the game board and includes a peripheral wall portion that prevents game balls from entering the opening inside, and a flange portion that extends outside the peripheral wall portion in a front view, and a front member that is a member different from the center role and is fixed to the game board, the front member has an extension portion that extends along the game board and has a flow area on the front side through which game balls flow, and a protrusion formed on the extension portion that affects the flow speed of the game balls, a recess is provided on the back side of the protrusion, and decorative light can be reflected on the surface of the recess (see the description in Chapter [6-1a. Passage decoration portion], Figure 132, etc. in [Form for carrying out the invention]).

According to this configuration, in the extension portion that forms the flow area in the front member different from the center role, the concave portion provided on the back side of the convex portion that affects the flow speed of the game balls can reflect decorative light, so that the flow area where the game balls flow can be illuminated and decorated by the reflected light. Therefore, even though the extension portion of the front member does not have an ostentatious decoration like conventional gaming machines, the extension portion illuminates and decorates, making it possible for players to recognize that this gaming machine is equipped with decorations that are completely different from conventional gaming machines, and it is possible to provide a highly appealing gaming machine that can strongly attract the interest of players.

In addition, because a recess is provided on the back side of the protrusion, when viewed from the front, a more complex shape appears due to the shape of the protrusion and the shape of the recess, compared to when only a protrusion is provided, and this shape acts as decoration, further enhancing the decorative effect.

In addition, since a convex portion is provided in the flow-down area where the game balls flow down, the convex portion can slow down the flow-down speed of the game balls in the flow-down area, and the slower flow-down speed of the game balls makes the movement of the game balls easier to see. In this case, a concave portion is provided on the back side of the convex portion, and the concave portion reflects decorative light to provide an illuminating decoration, so that the illuminating decoration can make the game balls flowing down the flow-down area appear as silhouettes, making the movement of the game balls easier to see. As a result, players can enjoy the movement of the game balls flowing down the flow-down area, and a decrease in interest in the game can be suppressed.

Furthermore, because a recess is provided on the back side of the protrusion, the weight of the front member can be reduced compared to when no recess is provided, resulting in a reduction in weight and a reduction in the cost of the front member. In addition, because it is possible to reduce the weight of the front member, it is possible to eliminate the need for reinforcement that was necessary in conventional gaming machines, and this makes it possible to suppress increases in the cost of the gaming machine.

Means 3: In the gaming machine,
"A gaming machine equipped with a gaming board on the front side of which is provided a gaming area through which gaming balls circulate,
The game board has an opening extending from front to back,
The opening is provided with a center piece,
The center part is
A peripheral wall portion that extends forward from the game board and prevents game balls from entering the opening;
An extension portion that extends outward from the peripheral wall portion when viewed from the front and has a flow-down area on the front side through which game balls flow;
A front plate facing the extension portion with a gap therebetween that allows the game balls to flow down;
A protrusion formed on the front plate that affects the flow speed of the game ball;
having
A recess is provided on the rear side of the protrusion, and the decorative light can be reflected by the surface of the recess.
The present invention is characterized in that

The "convex portion" here may have any shape that can affect the speed at which the game ball flows down when it comes into contact with it, and examples of the cross-sectional shape of the side surface include "semicircular," "triangular," "trapezoidal," "rectangle," "polygonal such as pentagon or hexagon," and "irregular shape based on a free curve."

The "concave" may be concave, and examples of such shapes include "a shape similar to the shape of the convex" and "a shape different from the shape of the convex". It is also preferable for the "concave" to have a curved surface or multiple flat surfaces with different angles, which makes it possible to reflect light in various directions.

According to the configuration of the third means, the gaming machine is provided with a gaming board with a gaming area on the front side through which gaming balls flow, the gaming board has an opening penetrating from front to back, and the opening is provided with a center device, the center device has a peripheral wall part that extends forward from the gaming board and prevents the gaming balls from entering the inside of the opening, an extension part that extends outside the peripheral wall part in a front view and has a flow-down area on the front side through which the gaming balls flow, a front board facing the extension part with a gap allowing the gaming balls to flow down, and a protrusion formed on the front board that affects the flow-down speed of the gaming balls, and a recess is provided on the back side of the protrusion, and decorative light can be reflected on the surface of the recess (see the description in Chapter [6-1a. Passage decoration part], Figure 131, etc. in [Form for carrying out the invention]).

According to this configuration, the front plate, which is provided opposite the extension that forms the flow area in the center role, can reflect decorative light by the recess provided on the back side of the protrusion that affects the circulation speed of the game balls, and the reflected light can illuminate and decorate the flow area where the game balls flow. Therefore, even though the front plate of the center role does not have an ostentatious decoration like conventional gaming machines, the extension illuminates and decorates, making it possible for players to recognize that this is a gaming machine with decorations that are completely different from conventional gaming machines, and it is possible to provide a highly appealing gaming machine that can strongly attract the interest of players.

In addition, because a recess is provided on the back side of the protrusion, when viewed from the front, a more complex shape appears due to the shape of the protrusion and the shape of the recess, compared to when only a protrusion is provided, and this shape acts as decoration, further enhancing the decorative effect.

In addition, since a convex portion is provided in the flow-down area where the game balls flow down, the convex portion can slow down the flow-down speed of the game balls in the flow-down area, and the slower flow-down speed of the game balls makes the movement of the game balls easier to see. In this case, a concave portion is provided on the back side of the convex portion, and the concave portion reflects decorative light to illuminate and decorate, and since the convex portion and the concave portion are provided on the front panel in front of the flow-down area, the front of the game balls flowing down the flow-down area are illuminated and decorated, making the game balls appear to sparkle.

Furthermore, because a recess is provided on the back side of the protruding portion of the front plate of the center role, the weight of the center role can be reduced compared to when no recess is provided, making it possible to reduce the weight and reduce the cost of the center role. In addition, because it is possible to reduce the weight of the center role, it is possible to eliminate the need for reinforcement that was necessary in conventional gaming machines, and it is possible to suppress increases in the cost of the gaming machine.

The extension of the center device may further include an extension protrusion that affects the speed at which the game balls flow down, and an extension recess that can reflect decorative light on the back side of the extension protrusion. This allows the extension recess provided on the extension to reflect decorative light and illuminate, so the front and back of the flow area through which the game balls flow can be illuminated and decorated with the light reflected by the recess and the light reflected by the extension recess. As a result, the extension and front panel illuminate and decorate, making it possible for players to recognize that this is a gaming machine with decorations that are completely different from previous gaming machines, and it is possible to provide a highly appealing gaming machine that can strongly attract the player's interest.

In addition, as described above, if the extension of the center accessory is provided with an extension convex portion and an extension concave portion on the back side of the extension convex portion, when viewed from the front, the shape of the convex portion and the shape of the concave portion on the front panel, as well as the shape of the extension convex portion and the shape of the extension concave portion on the extension, will be visible, and these shapes will act as decoration, further enhancing the decorative effect.

In addition, as described above, when the extension part of the center gadget is provided with an extension part protrusion, the front protrusion and the rear protrusion of the extension part make it possible to swing the game ball back and forth, and the flow speed of the game ball can be further slowed down compared to when only a protrusion is provided, making the movement of the game ball easier to see. In this case, a recess is provided on the back side of the protrusion, and an extension part recess is provided on the back side of the extension part protrusion, and the recess and the extension part recess reflect decorative light to illuminate the game ball, so that the illumination decoration of the extension part recess makes the game ball look like a silhouette, while the illumination decoration of the recess makes it look like it is sparkling, allowing the player to enjoy the illumination decoration along with the movement of the game ball, and suppressing a decrease in interest in the game. In this case, it is desirable to alternate (staggered) the protrusion of the front plate and the extension part protrusion of the extension part in the flow direction of the game ball.

Means 4: In the configuration of means 1 or means 2,
"A front plate facing the extension at a distance allowing the game balls to flow down,
A second protrusion formed on the front plate and affecting the flow speed of the game ball;
having
A second recess is provided on the rear side of the second protrusion, and decorative light can be reflected by the surface of the second recess.
The present invention is characterized in that

Here, the "second convex portion" may have a shape similar to that of the convex portion provided on the extension portion, or may have a different shape from that of the convex portion. Also, the "second concave portion" may have a shape similar to that of the second convex portion, or may have a different shape from that of the second convex portion.

According to the configuration of Means 4, when the extension portion is provided with a convex portion and a concave portion, there is a front plate facing the extension portion with a gap allowing the game ball to flow down, and a second convex portion formed on the front plate that affects the flow speed of the game ball, and a second concave portion is provided on the back side of the second convex portion, making it possible to reflect decorative light on the surface of the second concave portion (see the description of front plate 2571, front plate convex portion 2594b, and front plate concave portion 2595b in [Form for carrying out the invention]).

According to this configuration, the extensions provided on the center role and front member are provided with convex parts, and the back side of the convex parts is provided with concave parts capable of reflecting decorative light. Furthermore, a front plate is provided in front of the extensions, and a second convex part is provided on the front plate, and a second concave part capable of reflecting decorative light is provided on the back side of the second convex part. Therefore, the back and front of the flow area through which the game balls flow can be illuminated and decorated with the light reflected by the concave part and the light reflected by the second concave part. Therefore, although the extensions and front plate of the center role and front member are not provided with ostentatious decorations like conventional gaming machines, the extensions and front plate are illuminated and decorated, making it possible for players to recognize that this is a gaming machine with decorations that are completely different from conventional gaming machines, and it is possible to provide a gaming machine with high appeal that can strongly attract the interest of players.

In addition, the extension behind the flow-down area is provided with a convex portion and a concave portion on the back side of the convex portion, and the front panel in front of the flow-down area is provided with a second convex portion and a second concave portion on the back side of the second convex portion. Therefore, when viewed from the front, the shapes of the convex portion and the concave portion, as well as the shapes of the second convex portion and the second concave portion, are visible, and these shapes act as decorations, further enhancing the decorative effect.

In addition, a convex portion is provided on the extension portion that constitutes the rear wall of the flow-down area where the game ball flows down, and a second convex portion is provided on the front plate that constitutes the front wall of the flow-down area, so that the convex portion and the second convex portion make it possible to swing the game ball back and forth, and the flow-down speed of the game ball can be further slowed down compared to when only a convex portion is provided, making the movement of the game ball easier to see. In this case, a concave portion is provided on the back side of the convex portion, and a second concave portion is provided on the back side of the second convex portion, and the concave portion and the second concave portion reflect decorative light to illuminate, so that the game ball appears as a silhouette due to the illuminating decoration of the concave portion, while the illuminating decoration of the second concave portion makes it appear to be sparkling, allowing the player to enjoy the illuminating decoration along with the movement of the game ball, and suppressing a decline in interest in the game.

Means 5: In any one of the configurations of means 1 to 4,
"The protrusions are provided in a plurality, and some of the protrusions have specific protrusions on the rear side thereof on which the recesses are not provided."
The present invention is characterized in that

According to the configuration of means 5, a plurality of protrusions are provided, and some of these have specific protrusions on the back side that do not have recesses (see the description of specific protrusions 2596 in [Form for carrying out the invention]).

According to this configuration, some of the multiple protrusions have specific protrusions that do not have a concave portion on the back side. In other words, protrusions with a concave portion on the back side and protrusions (specific protrusions) that do not have a concave portion on the back side are mixed. As a result, the back side of the specific protrusions cannot reflect decorative light like the concave portions, so the form of the luminous decoration can be made different between the protrusions and the specific protrusions.

In addition, because the shape seen from the front differs between a convex part with a concave part on the back side and a specific convex part without a concave part on the back side, it is possible to vary the decoration seen from the front compared to a case where only multiple convex parts with concave parts on the back side are provided.

In this way, the above solution makes it possible to provide a gaming machine equipped with unprecedented decorations that can be made lighter while still increasing the appeal to players.

(Relationship between the solution of technical features and embodiments)
The game panel 1100 in the game board 5 of this embodiment corresponds to the game board of the above-mentioned solution means, the attacca unit 2400 of this embodiment corresponds to the front member of the above-mentioned solution means, the door upper passage section 2416 of the attacca unit 2400 in this embodiment, the attacca passage section 2577a, right edge passage section 2577b, exit passage section 2577g, and ball passage 2591 of the ball passage 2577 of the center gimmick 2500A correspond to the flow-down area of the above-mentioned solution means, the base plate 2441 of the attacca unit 2400 in this embodiment, the flange section 2512, and rear plate section 2592 of the center gimmick 2500A correspond to the extension section of the above-mentioned solution means, and the front plate 2442 of the attacca unit 2400 in this embodiment and the front plate 2571 of the decorative body 2570 of the center gimmick 2500A correspond to the front plate of the above-mentioned solution means, respectively.

In addition, the forward protrusion 2511 of the center role 2500A in this embodiment corresponds to the peripheral wall of the above-mentioned solution, the convex portion 2594, the rear plate convex portion 2594a, and the front plate convex portion 2594b in this embodiment correspond to the convex portion of the above-mentioned solution, the front plate convex portion 2594b in this embodiment corresponds to the second convex portion of the above-mentioned solution, the concave portion 2595, the rear plate concave portion 2595a, and the front plate concave portion 2595b in this embodiment correspond to the concave portion of the above-mentioned solution, and the front plate concave portion 2595b in this embodiment corresponds to the second concave portion of the above-mentioned solution.

(Characteristic Effects of the Present Embodiment)
According to the pachinko machine 1 of this embodiment, the decorative light can be reflected by the rear plate concave portion 2595a provided on the back side of the rear plate convex portion 2594a that affects the circulation speed of the game ball B in the rear plate portion 2592 (flange portion 2512) that forms the flow-down area in the center role 2500A, so that the reflected light can illuminate and decorate the flow-down area (ball passage 2591) through which the game ball B flows. Therefore, even though the rear plate portion 2592 of the center role 2500A is not provided with an ostentatious decoration like that of conventional pachinko machines, the rear plate portion 2592 illuminates and decorates, so that the player can recognize that the pachinko machine 1 has a decoration that is completely different from that of conventional pachinko machines, and a pachinko machine 1 with high appeal that can strongly attract the interest of the player can be provided.

In addition, because the rear plate recess 2595a is provided on the back side of the rear plate protrusion 2594a in the rear plate portion 2592, when viewed from the front, a complex shape appears due to the shape of the rear plate protrusion 2594a and the shape of the rear plate recess 2595a, compared to when only a protrusion is provided, and this shape acts as a decoration, further enhancing the decorative effect.

In addition, since the rear plate protrusion 2594a is provided in the flow-down area (ball passage 2591) where the game ball B flows down, the flow-down speed of the game ball B can be slowed down by the rear plate protrusion 2594a in the flow-down area, and the slower flow-down speed of the game ball B makes the movement of the game ball B easier to see. At this time, the rear plate recess 2595a is provided on the back side of the rear plate protrusion 2594a, and the decorative light is reflected in the rear plate recess 2595a to provide luminous decoration, so that the luminous decoration makes the game ball B flowing down the flow-down area appear as a silhouette, making the movement of the game ball B easier to see. From these points, the player can enjoy the movement of the game ball B flowing down the flow-down area, and a decrease in interest in the game can be suppressed.

Furthermore, in the front plate 2593 (front plate 2571) of the decorative body 2570, which is provided so as to face the rear plate 2592 forming the flow-down area (ball passage 2591) in the center role 2500A, the decorative light can be reflected by the front plate concave portion 2595b provided on the back side of the front plate convex portion 2594b that affects the flow speed of the game ball B, so that the reflected light can illuminate and decorate the flow-down area through which the game ball B flows. Therefore, even though the front plate 2593 of the center role 2500 does not have an ostentatious decorative body like conventional pachinko machines, the front plate 2593 illuminates and decorates, so that the player can recognize that the pachinko machine 1 has a completely different decoration from conventional pachinko machines, and a highly appealing pachinko machine 1 that can strongly attract the interest of the player can be provided.

In addition, because the front plate concave portion 2595b is provided on the back side of the front plate convex portion 2594b, when viewed from the front, a complex shape appears due to the shape of the front plate convex portion 2594b and the shape of the front plate concave portion 2595b, compared to when only a convex portion is provided, and this shape acts as a decoration, further enhancing the decorative effect.

In addition, since the front plate convex portion 2594b is provided in the flow-down area where the game ball B flows down, the flow-down speed of the game ball B can be slowed down by the front plate convex portion 2594b in the flow-down area, and the movement of the game ball B can be made easier to see by the slower flow-down speed of the game ball B. At this time, the front plate concave portion 2595b is provided on the back side of the front plate convex portion 2594b, and the front plate concave portion 2595b reflects decorative light to illuminate and decorate, and since the front plate convex portion 2594b and the front plate concave portion 2595b are provided on the front plate portion 2593 in front of the flow-down area (ball passage 2591), the front of the game ball B flowing down the flow-down area is illuminated and decorated, making the game ball B look as if it is sparkling.

Furthermore, in the center role-playing device 2500A, a rear plate convex portion 2594a is provided on the rear plate portion 2592, and a rear plate concave portion 2595a is provided on the back side of the rear plate convex portion 2594a, while a front plate convex portion 2594b is provided on the front plate portion 2593 in front of the rear plate portion 2592, and a front plate concave portion 2595b is provided on the back side of the front plate convex portion 2594b. As a result, the back and front of the flow-down area (ball passage 2591) through which the game ball B flows can be illuminated and decorated by the light reflected by the rear plate concave portion 2595a provided on the rear plate portion 2592 and the light reflected by the front plate concave portion 2595b provided on the front plate portion 2593. Therefore, because the rear plate 2592 and front plate 2593 of the center role 2500A are illuminated, it is possible for the player to recognize that the pachinko machine 1 is equipped with decorations that are completely different from those of previous pachinko machines, and it is possible to provide a highly appealing pachinko machine 1 that can strongly attract the interest of players.

As described above, the rear plate convex portion 2594a and the rear plate concave portion 2595a, and the front plate convex portion 2594b and the front plate concave portion 2595b are provided on the rear plate portion 2592 and the front plate portion 2593 of the center role piece 2500A, so that when viewed from the front, the shape of the rear plate convex portion 2594a and the shape of the rear plate concave portion 2595a on the rear plate portion 2592, and further the shape of the front plate convex portion 2594b and the shape of the front plate concave portion 2595b on the front plate portion 2593, can be seen, and these shapes act as decorations, further enhancing the decorative effect.

As described above, rear plate convex portions 2594a and front plate convex portions 2594b are provided alternately (staggered) on the rear plate portion 2592 and front plate portion 2593 of the center device 2500A in the direction of flow of the game ball B, so that the front plate convex portion 2594b on the front side and the rear plate convex portion 2594a on the rear side make it possible to swing the game ball B back and forth, and the flow speed of the game ball B can be further slowed down compared to when a convex portion is provided on only one side, making it easier to see the movement of the game ball B. In this case, a rear plate recess 2595a is provided on the back side of the rear plate protrusion 2594a, and a front plate recess 2595b is provided on the back side of the front plate protrusion 2594b. The decorative light is reflected in the rear plate recess 2595a and the front plate recess 2595b to illuminate the decoration. The illuminated decoration of the rear plate recess 2595a makes the game ball B look like a silhouette, while the illuminated decoration of the front plate recess 2595b makes it look like it is sparkling. This allows the player to enjoy the illuminated decoration along with the movement of the game ball B, and prevents a decline in interest in the game.

Furthermore, in the rear plate 2592 (base plate 2441) and front plate 2593 (front plate 2442) which form the flow area (door upper passage 2416) in the attacca unit 2400 different from the center role 2500A, the decorative light can be reflected by the concave portion 2595 provided on the back side of the convex portion 2594 which affects the flow speed of the game ball B, so that the reflected light can illuminate and decorate the flow area through which the game ball B flows. Therefore, even though the rear plate 2592 and front plate 2593 of the attacca unit 2400 are not provided with ostentatious decorations like those of conventional pachinko machines, the rear plate 2592 and front plate 2593 are illuminated and decorated, so that the player can recognize that the pachinko machine 1 has decorations that are completely different from those of conventional pachinko machines, and a highly appealing pachinko machine 1 that can strongly attract the interest of the player can be provided.

In addition, the rear plate 2592 and front plate 2593 of the attacca unit 2400 have a recess 2595 on the back side of the protrusion 2594. When viewed from the front, the shape of the protrusion 2594 and the shape of the recess 2595 create a complex shape, compared to when only a protrusion is provided. This shape acts as a decoration, further enhancing the decorative effect.

In addition, since a convex portion 2594 is provided in the door upper passage portion 2416 above the large prize opening door 2531 in the attacca unit 2400, the flow speed of the game ball B can be slowed down at the large prize opening door 2531 by the convex portion 2594. By slowing down the flow speed of the game ball B, the movement of the game ball B can be made easier to see, and when the large prize opening door 2531 opens at that timing, it becomes easier to win the large prize opening 2005. In this case, a recess 2595 is provided on the back side of the protrusion 2594, and the decorative light is reflected in the recess 2595 to create an illuminated decoration, so that the illuminated decoration makes the game ball B flowing (rolling) down the large prize opening door 2531 appear as a silhouette and sparkling, thereby increasing the expectation of the game ball B's movement leading to a win in the large prize opening 2005 and allowing the player to enjoy the illuminated decoration, thereby preventing a decline in interest in the game.

Furthermore, since the recess 2595 is provided on the back side of the convex portion 2594 in the rear plate 2592 and front plate 2593 of the center role 2500A and the rear plate 2592 and front plate 2593 of the attacca unit 2400, the weight of the center role 2500A and the attacca unit 2400 can be reduced compared to the case where the recess 2595 is not provided, and the cost of the center role 2500A and the attacca unit 2400 can be reduced. In addition, since the center role 2500A and the attacca unit 2400 can be made lighter, it is possible to eliminate the need for reinforcement that was necessary in conventional pachinko machines, and the increase in the cost of the pachinko machine 1 can be suppressed.
[6-1a-5b. Summary B]
(Background of technical features)
In gaming machines such as pachinko machines, a large decoration has been proposed to increase the appeal to players so that players can easily select the machine as a game machine to play (Patent Document: JP 2016-154728 A). However, in conventional gaming machines such as those in the patent document, the large decoration has a strong initial impact, so some players may quickly become accustomed to it and may not choose the machine as a game machine to play. In addition, the large decoration increases the manufacturing cost and the weight of the machine requires reinforcement to install the decoration, which increases the cost of the gaming machine.

Therefore, in consideration of the above situation, the following means aims to provide a gaming machine equipped with unprecedented decorations that can be made lighter while increasing its appeal to players.

(Technical solution)
Means 1: In the gaming machine,
"A gaming machine equipped with a gaming board on the front side of which is provided a gaming area through which gaming balls circulate,
The game board has an opening extending from front to back,
The opening is provided with a center piece,
The center role is
A peripheral wall portion that extends forward from the game board and prevents game balls from entering the opening;
An extension portion that extends outward from the peripheral wall portion when viewed from the front and has a flow-down area on the front side through which game balls flow;
A protrusion formed on the extension portion and affecting the flow speed of the game ball;
having
A recess is provided on the back side of the protrusion, and the recess is covered with a specific material different from the game board, making the recess untouchable by fingers.
The present invention is characterized in that

The "convex portion" here may have any shape that can affect the speed at which the game ball flows down when it comes into contact with it, and examples of the cross-sectional shape of the side surface include "semicircular," "triangular," "trapezoidal," "rectangle," "polygonal such as pentagon or hexagon," and "irregular shape based on a free curve."

The "concave" may be concave, and examples of such shapes include "a shape similar to the shape of the convex" and "a shape different from the shape of the convex". It is also preferable for the "concave" to have a curved surface or multiple flat surfaces with different angles, which makes it possible to reflect light in various directions.

Furthermore, the "specific component" is "an LED board on which multiple LEDs are mounted,"

In addition, "non-touchable" means that the fingers of an operator or the like cannot touch the recess, and examples of such configurations include "the extension and the specific member are in contact with each other with no gap between them", "a gap is provided between the extension and the specific member but a finger cannot fit in (a gap large enough for a finger to fit in)", "a gap is provided between the extension and the specific member large enough for a finger to fit in, but the outer periphery is surrounded by the specific member or another member so that a finger cannot fit in the gap", etc.

However, when a recess is provided on the back side of the protrusion formed on the extension, if the inside of the recess is soiled by the worker's fingers touching the inside of the recess during the manufacture of the gaming machine, the appearance will be poor. In addition, if the inside of the recess becomes dirty, it is time-consuming to wipe off the dirt because it is recessed, so care must be taken to avoid soiling the recess, which can unnecessarily lengthen the work time and increase costs.

According to the configuration of the first means, the gaming machine is provided with a gaming board with a gaming area on the front side through which gaming balls flow, the gaming board has an opening penetrating from front to back, and the opening is provided with a center role, the center role has a peripheral wall part that extends forward from the gaming board and prevents the gaming balls from entering the inside of the opening, an extension part that extends outside the peripheral wall part in a front view and has a flow-down area on the front side through which the gaming balls flow, and a protrusion formed on the extension part that affects the flow-down speed of the gaming balls, a recess is provided on the back side of the protrusion, the recess is covered with a specific member different from the gaming board, and the recess is made untouchable by fingers (see the description of the center role 2500A, specific member 2579, Figure 131, etc. in chapter [6-1a. Passage decoration part] in [Mode for carrying out the invention]).

According to this configuration, in the extension forming the flow down area of the center role, a recess is provided on the back side of the protrusion that affects the flow speed of the game balls, so when viewed from the front, compared to when only a protrusion is provided, a complex shape is seen due to the shape of the protrusion and the shape of the recess, and this shape acts as a decoration, so the decorative effect can be further enhanced. In this case, since the recess is made untouchable by the specific member, the worker's fingers will not touch the recess and get dirty during the manufacturing of the gaming machine, and the decorative effect of the recess can be reliably exhibited with a good appearance. Therefore, even though the extension of the center role does not have an ostentatious decoration like conventional gaming machines, the unprecedented decoration made by the protrusion and recess can be seen, making it possible for the player to recognize that this gaming machine has a decoration that is completely different from conventional gaming machines, and a gaming machine with high appeal that can strongly attract the interest of players can be provided.

In addition, since a convex portion is provided in the flow-down area where the game ball flows down, the convex portion can slow down the flow-down speed of the game ball in the flow-down area, and the slower flow-down speed of the game ball makes the movement of the game ball easier to see. In this case, since a concave portion is provided on the back side of the convex portion, the convex portion and concave portion can show an unprecedented decoration, and the decoration can decorate the back of the game ball flowing down the flow-down area, making the game ball stand out. As a result, players can enjoy the movement of the game ball flowing down the flow-down area, and a decrease in interest in the game can be suppressed.

Furthermore, because a recess is provided on the back side of the protrusion, the weight of the center role can be reduced compared to when there is no recess, allowing for weight reduction and reducing the costs associated with the center role. Also, because it is possible to reduce the weight of the center role, it is possible to eliminate the need for reinforcement that was necessary in conventional gaming machines, and this makes it possible to suppress increases in the costs associated with gaming machines. Furthermore, because the recess is covered with a specific material so that it cannot be touched, workers' fingers will not touch the recess during manufacturing, and there is no need to work carefully to avoid dirtying the recess, making the work easier and suppressing increases in costs.

In addition, by providing a recess on the rear side of the convex portion, it is possible to reflect decorative light on the surface of the recess. This allows the light reflected on the recess to illuminate and decorate the flow area through which the game balls flow, and the illuminated decoration of the extension portion can strongly attract the player's attention. Furthermore, by reflecting decorative light on the recess of the extension portion to illuminate and decorate it, the game balls flowing down in front of the extension portion are illuminated and decorated from behind, making the game balls appear as silhouettes and making it easier to see their movement.

Means 2: In the gaming machine,
"A gaming machine equipped with a gaming board on the front side of which is provided a gaming area through which gaming balls circulate,
The game board has an opening extending from front to back,
The opening is provided with a center piece,
The center part is
A peripheral wall portion that extends forward from the game board and prevents game balls from entering the opening;
a flange portion extending outwardly of the peripheral wall portion in a front view;
Equipped with
A front member is provided which is a member different from the center gimmick and is fixed to the game board,
The front member is
An extension portion extending along the game board and having a flow-down area on the front side through which game balls flow;
A protrusion formed on the extension portion and affecting the flow speed of the game ball;
having
A recess is provided on the back side of the protrusion, and the recess is covered with a specific material different from the game board, making the recess untouchable by fingers.
The present invention is characterized in that

Here, examples of "front component" include "one that has at least a large prize opening (e.g., an attacca unit)", "one that has at least a special prize opening (e.g., a special prize opening unit)", "one that has at least a start prize opening (e.g., a start opening unit)", "one that has at least a gate (e.g., a gate unit)", "one that has at least a general prize opening and/or a normal prize opening (e.g., a prize opening unit)", etc.

The "convex portion" may have any shape that can affect the speed at which the game ball flows down when it comes into contact with it, and examples of the cross-sectional shape of the side include "semicircular," "triangular," "trapezoidal," "rectangle," "polygonal such as pentagon or hexagon," and "irregular shape based on a free curve."

The "concave" may be concave, and examples of such shapes include "a shape similar to the shape of the convex" and "a shape different from the shape of the convex". It is also preferable for the "concave" to have a curved surface or multiple flat surfaces with different angles, which makes it possible to reflect light in various directions.

Furthermore, examples of "specific components" include "LED boards on which multiple LEDs are mounted," "decorative sheets or decorative cells with a specific decoration," "decorative bodies with three-dimensional decoration," "ball guide members for ejecting game balls at the rear of the game board," and "drive mechanisms for moving movable decorative bodies."

In addition, "non-touchable" means that the fingers of an operator or the like cannot touch the recess, and examples of such configurations include "the extension and the specific member are in contact with each other with no gap between them", "a gap is provided between the extension and the specific member but a finger cannot fit in (a gap large enough for a finger to fit in)", "a gap is provided between the extension and the specific member large enough for a finger to fit in, but the outer periphery is surrounded by the specific member or another member so that a finger cannot fit in the gap", etc.

However, when a recess is provided on the back side of the protrusion formed on the extension, if the inside of the recess is soiled by the worker's fingers touching the inside of the recess during the manufacture of the gaming machine, the appearance will be poor. In addition, if the inside of the recess becomes dirty, it is time-consuming to wipe off the dirt because it is recessed, so care must be taken to avoid soiling the recess, which can unnecessarily lengthen the work time and increase costs.

According to the configuration of the second means, the game machine is provided with a game board with a game area on the front side through which game balls flow, the game board has an opening penetrating from front to back, the opening is provided with a center role, the center role extends forward from the game board and includes a peripheral wall portion that prevents game balls from entering the opening inside, and a flange portion that extends outside the peripheral wall portion in a front view, and a front member that is a member different from the center role and is fixed to the game board, the front member has an extension portion that extends along the game board and has a flow area on the front side through which game balls flow, and a protrusion formed on the extension portion that affects the flow speed of the game balls, a recess is provided on the back side of the protrusion, the recess is covered by a specific member different from the game board, and the recess is made untouchable by fingers (see the descriptions of the attacca unit 2400, specific member 2579, Figure 132, etc. in the chapter [6-1a. Passage decoration portion] in [Form for carrying out the invention]).

According to this configuration, in the extension forming the flow down area in the front member different from the center role, a recess is provided on the back side of the protrusion that affects the flow speed of the game balls, so that when viewed from the front, a complex shape is seen due to the shape of the protrusion and the shape of the recess, compared to when only a protrusion is provided, and the shape acts as a decoration, so that the decorative effect can be further enhanced. In this case, since the recess is made untouchable by the specific member, the worker's fingers will not touch the recess and get dirty during the manufacturing of the gaming machine, and the decorative effect of the recess can be reliably exhibited with a good appearance. Therefore, even though the extension of the front member does not have an ostentatious decoration like conventional gaming machines, the unprecedented decoration made by the protrusion and recess is visible, so it is possible to make the player recognize that this gaming machine has a decoration that is completely different from conventional gaming machines, and it is possible to provide a gaming machine with high appeal that can strongly attract the interest of players.

In addition, since a convex portion is provided in the flow-down area where the game ball flows down, the convex portion can slow down the flow-down speed of the game ball in the flow-down area, and the slower flow-down speed of the game ball makes the movement of the game ball easier to see. In this case, since a concave portion is provided on the back side of the convex portion, the convex portion and concave portion can show an unprecedented decoration, and the decoration can decorate the back of the game ball flowing down the flow-down area, making the game ball stand out. As a result, players can enjoy the movement of the game ball flowing down the flow-down area, and a decrease in interest in the game can be suppressed.

Furthermore, because a recess is provided on the back side of the protrusion, the weight of the front member can be reduced compared to when no recess is provided, allowing for weight reduction and reducing the costs of the front member. Also, because it is possible to reduce the weight of the front member, it is possible to eliminate the need for reinforcement that was necessary in conventional gaming machines, thereby suppressing increases in the costs of the gaming machine. Furthermore, because the recess is covered with a specific member so that it cannot be touched, workers' fingers will not touch the recess during manufacturing, and there is no need to work carefully to avoid dirtying the recess, and the easier work can suppress increases in costs.

In addition, by providing a recess on the rear side of the convex portion, it is possible to reflect decorative light on the surface of the recess. This allows the light reflected on the recess to illuminate and decorate the flow area through which the game balls flow, and the illuminated decoration of the extension portion can strongly attract the player's attention. Furthermore, by reflecting decorative light on the recess of the extension portion to illuminate and decorate it, the game balls flowing down in front of the extension portion are illuminated and decorated from behind, making the game balls appear as silhouettes and making it easier to see their movement.

Means 3: In the configuration of means 1 or means 2,
"A front plate facing the extension at a distance allowing the game balls to flow down,
A second protrusion formed on the front plate and affecting the flow speed of the game ball;
Equipped with
A second recess is provided on the rear side of the second protrusion, and a decorative member is provided on the rear side of the second recess, and the second recess is untouchable by fingers.
The present invention is characterized in that

Here, the "second convex portion" may have a shape similar to that of the convex portion provided on the extension portion, or may have a different shape from that of the convex portion. Also, the "second concave portion" may have a shape similar to that of the second convex portion, or may have a different shape from that of the second convex portion.

Examples of "decorative members" include "decorative stickers in sheet form with a specific decoration" and "decorative panels in plate form with a specific decoration".

According to the configuration of Means 3, the gaming machine is provided with a front plate facing the extension with a gap allowing the gaming balls to flow down, and a second convex portion formed on the front plate that affects the speed at which the gaming balls flow down, a second concave portion is provided on the back side of the second convex portion, a decorative member is provided on the back side of the second concave portion, and the second concave portion is untouchable by fingers (see the description of the front plate 2571, front plate convex portion 2594b, front plate concave portion 2595b, and front decorative portion 2572 in [Form for carrying out the invention]).

According to this configuration, the extensions provided on the center role and front member are provided with convex parts and concave parts on the back side of the convex parts, and further, a front plate is provided in front of the extensions, a second convex part is provided on the front plate, and a second concave part is provided on the back side of the second convex part, so that when viewed from the front, the shapes of the convex part and concave parts, as well as the shapes of the second convex part and the second concave parts, are visible, and these shapes act as decorations, thereby further enhancing the decorative effect. At this time, the concave parts are made untouchable by the specific member, and the second concave parts are made untouchable by the decorative member, so that when manufacturing the gaming machine, the worker's fingers will not touch the concave parts or second concave parts and get dirty, and the appearance can be improved and the decorative effect of the concave parts and second concave parts can be reliably achieved. Therefore, although the extensions and front plate of the center gimmick and front member do not have ostentatious decorations like those of conventional gaming machines, the convex and concave parts, the second convex and second concave parts, and even the decorative parts create unprecedented decorations, making it possible for players to recognize that this gaming machine has decorations that are completely different from those of conventional gaming machines, and it is possible to provide a gaming machine with high appeal that can strongly attract the interest of players.

In addition, since a convex portion is provided on the extension portion that constitutes the rear wall of the flow-down area where the game ball flows down, and a second convex portion is provided on the front plate that constitutes the front wall of the flow-down area, the convex portion and the second convex portion make it possible to swing the game ball back and forth, and the flow-down speed of the game ball can be further slowed down compared to when only a convex portion is provided, making the movement of the game ball easier to see. In this case, a concave portion is provided on the back side of the convex portion, and a second concave portion is provided on the back side of the second convex portion, so that a decoration that has never been seen before can be shown by the convex portion and the concave portion, and the second convex portion and the second concave portion, and therefore the rear and front of the game ball flowing down the flow-down area can be decorated by this decoration, making the game ball stand out. As a result, the player can enjoy the movement of the game ball flowing down the flow-down area, and a decrease in interest in the game can be suppressed.

Furthermore, since the second recess is provided on the back side of the second convex portion in the front plate, the weight of the front plate can be reduced compared to when the second recess is not provided, and the center role and front member can be made lighter, and the costs of the center role and front member can be reduced. In addition, since it is possible to reduce the weight of the center role and front member, it is possible to eliminate the need for reinforcement that was necessary in conventional gaming machines, and the increase in costs of the gaming machine can be suppressed. Furthermore, since the recess is covered by a specific member so that it cannot be touched by fingers, and the second recess is covered by a decorative member so that it cannot be touched by fingers, the fingers of the worker will not touch the recess or second recess during manufacturing, so there is no need to work carefully to avoid dirtying the recess or second recess, and the easier work can suppress the increase in costs.

In addition, since the second recess is provided on the back side of the second convex portion on the front plate, it is possible to reflect decorative light on the surface of the second recess. As a result, the front of the flow area through which the game balls flow can be illuminated and decorated by the light reflected by the second recess, and the game balls flowing down the flow area can be made to look like they are sparkling due to the illuminated decoration of the second recess. In this case, if the decorative light is also reflected by the recess provided in the extension part at the rear of the front plate, the rear and front of the flow area through which the game balls flow can be illuminated and decorated by the light reflected by the second recess and the light reflected by the recess. As a result, the game balls can be made to look like a silhouette due to the illuminated decoration of the recess, while the illuminated decoration of the second recess makes them look like they are sparkling, allowing the player to enjoy the illuminated decoration along with the movement of the game balls and suppressing a decrease in interest in the game.

Means 4: In any one of the configurations of means 1 to 3,
"A gap is provided between the extension and the specific member."
The present invention is characterized in that

According to the configuration of means 4, a gap is provided between the extension and the specific member (see the description of specific member 2579 in [Embodiment 4]).

According to this configuration, since a gap is provided between the extension and the specific member, if the specific member has decorative properties, the decoration of the specific member can be moved backwards relative to the decoration of the convex and concave portions, thereby giving a sense of depth and further enhancing the decorative effect. Furthermore, if the specific member is an LED board on which multiple LEDs are mounted, the LED board can be moved backwards from the extension to make the electronic components mounted on the LED board less visible, making it easier to achieve the decorative effect of the convex and concave portions, and the gap between the extension and the specific member makes it easier to release heat from the multiple LEDs.

Means 5: In any one of the configurations of means 1 to 4,
"The protrusions are provided in a plurality, and some of the protrusions have specific protrusions on the rear side thereof on which the recesses are not provided."
The present invention is characterized in that

According to the configuration of means 5, a plurality of protrusions are provided, and some of these have specific protrusions on the back side that do not have recesses (see the description of specific protrusions 2596 in [Form for carrying out the invention]).

According to this configuration, some of the multiple protrusions have specific protrusions that do not have a concave portion on the back side. In other words, protrusions with a concave portion on the back side and protrusions (specific protrusions) that do not have a concave portion on the back side are mixed. As a result, the shapes seen from the front are different between protrusions with a concave portion on the back side and specific protrusions that do not have a concave portion on the back side, so it is possible to add variety to the decoration seen from the front compared to the case where only multiple protrusions with concave portions on the back side are provided.

In addition, when decorative light is reflected in the recesses, the decorative light cannot be reflected on the back side of the specific protrusions in the same way as the recesses, so the form of the luminous decoration can be made different between the protrusions and the specific protrusions.

In this way, the above solution makes it possible to provide a gaming machine equipped with unprecedented decorations that can be made lighter while still increasing the appeal to players.

(Relationship between the solution of technical features and embodiments)
The game panel 1100 in the game board 5 of this embodiment corresponds to the game board of the above-mentioned solution means, the attacca unit 2400 of this embodiment corresponds to the front member of the above-mentioned solution means, the door upper passage section 2416 of the attacca unit 2400 in this embodiment, the attacca passage section 2577a, right edge passage section 2577b, exit passage section 2577g, and ball passage 2591 of the ball passage 2577 of the center gimmick 2500A correspond to the flow-down area of the above-mentioned solution means, the base plate 2441 of the attacca unit 2400 in this embodiment, the flange section 2512, and rear plate section 2592 of the center gimmick 2500A correspond to the extension section of the above-mentioned solution means, and the front plate 2442 of the attacca unit 2400 in this embodiment and the front plate 2571 of the decorative body 2570 of the center gimmick 2500A correspond to the front plate of the above-mentioned solution means, respectively.

In addition, the forward protrusion 2511 of the center role 2500A in this embodiment corresponds to the peripheral wall of the above-mentioned solution, the convex portion 2594, the rear plate convex portion 2594a, and the front plate convex portion 2594b in this embodiment correspond to the convex portion of the above-mentioned solution, the front plate convex portion 2594b in this embodiment corresponds to the second convex portion of the above-mentioned solution, the concave portion 2595, the rear plate concave portion 2595a, and the front plate concave portion 2595b in this embodiment correspond to the concave portion of the above-mentioned solution, the front plate concave portion 2595b in this embodiment corresponds to the second concave portion of the above-mentioned solution, the attacca decorative board 2443, the board cover 2444, the specific member 2579, and the rear decorative portion 2573 in this embodiment correspond to the specific member of the above-mentioned solution, and the decorative member 2445 and the front decorative portion 2572 in this embodiment correspond to the decorative member of the above-mentioned solution.

(Characteristic Effects of Technical Features)
According to the pachinko machine 1 of this embodiment, a rear plate convex portion 2594a is provided on the flange portion 2512 (rear plate portion 2592) provided on the center device 2500A of the game board 5, and a rear plate concave portion 2595a is provided on the back side of the rear plate convex portion 2594a. Furthermore, a front plate 2571 is provided in front of the flange portion 2512, and a front plate convex portion 2594b is provided on the front plate 2571, and a front plate concave portion 2595b is provided on the back side of the front plate convex portion 2594b. Therefore, when viewed from the front, the shapes of the rear plate convex portion 2594a and the rear plate concave portion 2595a, as well as the shapes of the front plate convex portion 2594b and the front plate concave portion 2595b can be seen, and these shapes act as decorations, thereby further enhancing the decorative effect. At this time, since the specific member 2579 makes the rear plate recess 2595a untouchable, the worker's fingers will not touch the rear plate recess 2595a and get dirty during the manufacture of the pachinko machine 1 (game board 5), and the decorative effect of the rear plate recess 2595a can be reliably exhibited while improving the appearance. Therefore, although the flange portion 2512 and the front plate 2571 of the center role 2500A are not provided with ostentatious decorations like those of conventional pachinko machines, the flange portion 2512 and the front plate 2571 show unprecedented decorations by the rear plate protrusion 2594a and the rear plate recess 2595a, and the front plate protrusion 2594b and the front plate recess 2595b, so that the player can recognize that the pachinko machine 1 has decorations completely different from those of conventional pachinko machines, and a highly appealing pachinko machine 1 that can strongly attract the interest of the player can be provided.

In addition, in the center device 2500A, a rear plate convex portion 2594a is provided on the flange portion 2512 which forms the rear wall of the flow-down area (ball passage 2591) through which the game ball B flows, and a front plate convex portion 2594b is provided on the front plate 2571 which forms the front wall of the flow-down area. This makes it possible for the game ball B to oscillate back and forth by the rear plate convex portion 2594a and the front plate convex portion 2594b, and the flow-down speed of the game ball B can be further slowed down compared to when only convex portions are provided, making it easier to see the movement of the game ball B. In this case, the rear plate concave portion 2595a is provided on the back side of the rear plate convex portion 2594a, and the front plate concave portion 2595b is provided on the back side of the front plate convex portion 2594b, so that the rear plate convex portion 2594a and the rear plate concave portion 2595a, and the front plate convex portion 2594b and the front plate concave portion 2595b can show unprecedented decoration, and the decoration can decorate the rear and front of the game ball B flowing down the flow area, making the game ball B stand out. As a result, the player can enjoy the movement of the game ball B flowing down the flow area, and a decrease in interest in the game can be suppressed.

In addition, in the center role 2500A, the flange portion 2512 has a rear plate recess 2595a on the back side of the rear plate protrusion 2594a, and the front plate 2571 has a front plate recess 2595b on the back side of the front plate protrusion 2594b. Compared to when no recess is provided in each, the weight can be reduced by the amount of the rear plate recess 2595a and the front plate recess 2595b, and the center role 2500A can be made lighter and the cost of the center role 2500A can be reduced. In addition, since the center role 2500 can be made lighter, it is possible to eliminate the need for reinforcement that was necessary in conventional pachinko machines, and the increase in the cost of the pachinko machine 1 can be suppressed. Furthermore, since the rear plate recess 2595a is covered by the specific member 2579 so that it cannot be touched by the fingers, the worker's fingers do not touch the rear plate recess 2595a during manufacturing, so there is no need to work carefully to prevent the rear plate recess 2595a from getting dirty, and the work becomes easier, which can suppress the increase in cost.

Furthermore, the base plate 2441 (rear plate portion 2592) provided on the attacca unit 2400 of the game board 5 is provided with a rear plate convex portion 2594a, and a rear plate concave portion 2595a is provided on the back side of the rear plate convex portion 2594a. Furthermore, a front plate 2442 is provided in front of the base plate 2441, and a front plate convex portion 2594b is provided on the front plate 2442, and a front plate concave portion 2595b is provided on the back side of the front plate convex portion 2594b. Therefore, when viewed from the front, the shapes of the rear plate convex portion 2594a and the rear plate concave portion 2595a, as well as the shapes of the front plate convex portion 2594b and the front plate concave portion 2595b can be seen, and these shapes act as decorations, further enhancing the decorative effect. In this case, the attacca decorative base plate 2443 makes the rear plate recess 2595a untouchable, and the decorative member 2445 makes the front plate recess 2595b untouchable, so that when manufacturing the pachinko machine 1 (game board 5), the worker's fingers will not touch and get dirty with the rear plate recess 2595a or the front plate recess 2595b, improving the appearance and ensuring the decorative effect of the rear plate recess 2595a and the front plate recess 2595b. Therefore, even though the base plate 2441 and front plate 2442 of the attacca unit 2400 are not provided with ostentatious decorations like those of conventional pachinko machines, the attacca unit 2400 has unprecedented decorations made of the rear plate convex portion 2594a and rear plate concave portion 2595a, and the front plate convex portion 2594b and front plate concave portion 2595b, as well as the decorative member 2445, which allows the player to recognize that this is a pachinko machine 1 with decorations that are completely different from those of conventional pachinko machines, making it possible to provide a pachinko machine 1 with a strong appeal that can strongly attract the player's attention.

In addition, in the Attacca unit 2400, a rear plate convex portion 2594a is provided on the base plate 2441 which forms the rear wall of the flow-down area (above-door passage portion 2416) through which the game ball B flows, and a front plate convex portion 2594b is provided on the front plate 2442 which forms the front wall of the flow-down area. This makes it possible for the game ball B to oscillate back and forth by the rear plate convex portion 2594a and the front plate convex portion 2594b, and thus the flow-down speed of the game ball B can be further slowed down compared to when only convex portions are provided, making it easier to see the movement of the game ball B. In this case, the rear plate concave portion 2595a is provided on the back side of the rear plate convex portion 2594a, and the front plate concave portion 2595b is provided on the back side of the front plate convex portion 2594b, so that the rear plate convex portion 2594a and the rear plate concave portion 2595a, and the front plate convex portion 2594b and the front plate concave portion 2595b can show unprecedented decoration, and the decoration can decorate the rear and front of the game ball B flowing down the flow area, making the game ball B stand out. As a result, the player can enjoy the movement of the game ball B flowing down the flow area, and a decrease in interest in the game can be suppressed.

In addition, in the attacca unit 2400, the base plate 2441 has a rear plate recess 2595a on the back side of the rear plate protrusion 2594a, and the front plate 2442 has a front plate recess 2595b on the back side of the front plate protrusion 2594b. Compared to when no recess is provided in each, the weight can be reduced by the amount of the rear plate recess 2595a and the front plate recess 2595b, and the attacca unit 2400 can be made lighter and the cost of the attacca unit 2400 can be reduced. In addition, since it is possible to make the attacca unit 2400 lighter, it is possible to eliminate the need for reinforcement that was necessary in conventional pachinko machines, and the increase in the cost of the pachinko machine 1 can be suppressed. Furthermore, because the attacca decorative base plate 2443 and decorative member 2445 cover the rear panel recess 2595a and the front panel recess 2595b so that they cannot be touched by fingers, the worker's fingers will not touch the rear panel recess 2595a or the front panel recess 2595b during manufacturing, so there is no need to work carefully to avoid soiling the rear panel recess 2595a, and the easier work can help prevent increases in costs.

Furthermore, since a gap is provided between the base plate 2441 of the attacca unit 2400 and the attacca decorative board 2443, the attacca decorative board 2443 moves rearward away from the base plate 2441, making it difficult to see electronic components such as LEDs and resistors mounted on the attacca decorative board 2443, making it easier to achieve the decorative effect of the convex portion 2594 and the concave portion 2595, and the gap between the base plate 2441 and the attacca decorative board 2443 makes it easier to dissipate heat from the multiple LEDs.

[6-1a-5c. Summary C]
(Background of technical features)
In gaming machines such as pachinko machines, it has been proposed to provide large decorative bodies to increase the appeal to players so that players will easily select the gaming machine to play with (Patent Document: However, in conventional gaming machines such as those described in the patent document, the initial impact of the large decoration is high, and some players quickly become accustomed to them, and they are not chosen as gaming machines to play on. In addition, large decorations are expensive to manufacture, and because they are heavy, reinforcement is required to accommodate the decorations, which increases the cost of the game machine. there were.

Therefore, in consideration of the above situation, the following means aims to provide a gaming machine equipped with unprecedented decorations that can be made lighter while increasing its appeal to players.

(Technical solution)
Means 1: In the gaming machine,
"A gaming machine equipped with a gaming board on the front side of which is provided a gaming area through which gaming balls circulate,
The game board has an opening extending from front to back,
The opening is provided with a center piece,
The center part is
A peripheral wall portion that extends forward from the game board and prevents game balls from entering the opening;
An extension portion that extends outward from the peripheral wall portion when viewed from the front and has a flow-down area on the front side through which game balls flow;
A protrusion formed on the extension portion and affecting the flow speed of the game ball;
having
A recess is provided on the rear side of the protrusion, and the recess has a concave shape that is approximately similar to the convex shape of the protrusion.
The present invention is characterized in that

The "convex portion" here may have any shape that can affect the speed at which the game ball flows down when it comes into contact with it, and examples of the cross-sectional shape of the side surface include "semicircular," "triangular," "trapezoidal," "rectangle," "polygonal such as pentagon or hexagon," and "irregular shape based on a free curve."

According to the configuration of the first means, the gaming machine is provided with a gaming board with a gaming area on the front side through which gaming balls flow, the gaming board has an opening penetrating from front to back, and the opening is provided with a center role, the center role has a peripheral wall part that extends forward from the gaming board and prevents the gaming balls from entering the inside of the opening, an extension part that extends outside the peripheral wall part in a front view and has a flow-down area on the front side through which the gaming balls flow, and a protrusion part formed on the extension part that affects the flow-down speed of the gaming balls, a recess part is provided on the back side of the protrusion part, and the concave shape of the recess part is approximately similar to the convex shape of the protrusion part (see the description of the rear plate protrusion part 2594a and the rear plate recess part 2595a of the center role part 2500A in the chapter [6-1a. Passage decoration part], Figure 131, etc. in [Form for carrying out the invention]).

According to this configuration, in the extension forming the flow-down area of the center gadget, a recess is provided on the back side of the protrusion that affects the flow speed of the game balls, and the concave shape of the recess is made to be approximately similar to the protruding shape of the protrusion, so that when viewed from the front, the shape of the protrusion and the similar shape of the recess overlap, making the protrusion appear double, compared to when only a protrusion is provided. And since the protrusion and the recess are separated in the front-to-rear direction, when the position of the player's eyes moves, the degree of misalignment between the shape of the overlapping protrusion and the shape of the recess changes, and the decoration made of the protrusion and the recess appears to be moving. Therefore, even though the extension of the center gadget does not have an ostentatious decoration like that of conventional gaming machines, the decoration made of the protrusion and the recess is visible with unprecedented movement, making it possible to make the player recognize that this is a gaming machine with decorations that are completely different from those of conventional gaming machines, and it is possible to provide a gaming machine with high appeal that can strongly attract the interest of players.

In addition, because the shape of the recess in the extension of the center role is roughly similar to the shape of the protrusion, the thickness from the surface of the protrusion to the surface of the recess is roughly constant. This means that when an impact is applied to the protrusion by a game ball hitting it, the impact is prevented from concentrating in one area, making the protrusion (extension) less likely to be damaged. In addition, because the thickness between the protrusion and recess is roughly constant, sink marks in the resin can be reduced when molding the center role, resulting in a center role with less distortion, and a center role that is close to the player and stands out can be made with less distortion and a good appearance.

In addition, since a convex portion is provided in the flow-down area where the game ball flows down, the convex portion can slow down the flow-down speed of the game ball in the flow-down area, and the slower flow-down speed of the game ball makes the movement of the game ball easier to see. In this case, since a concave portion is provided on the back side of the convex portion, the convex portion and concave portion can show an unprecedented decoration, and the decoration can decorate the back of the game ball flowing down the flow-down area, making the game ball stand out. As a result, players can enjoy the movement of the game ball flowing down the flow-down area, and a decrease in interest in the game can be suppressed.

Furthermore, because a recess is provided on the back side of the protrusion, the weight of the center role can be reduced compared to when there is no recess, allowing for weight reduction and reducing the costs associated with the center role. Also, because it is possible to reduce the weight of the center role, it is possible to eliminate the need for reinforcement that was necessary in conventional gaming machines, and this makes it possible to suppress increases in the costs associated with gaming machines. Furthermore, because the recess is covered with a specific material so that it cannot be touched, workers' fingers will not touch the recess during manufacturing, and there is no need to work carefully to avoid dirtying the recess, making the work easier and suppressing increases in costs.

Means 2: In the gaming machine,
"A gaming machine equipped with a gaming board on the front side of which is provided a gaming area through which gaming balls circulate,
The game board has an opening extending from front to back,
The opening is provided with a center piece,
The center part is
A peripheral wall portion that extends forward from the game board and prevents game balls from entering the opening;
a flange portion extending outwardly from the peripheral wall portion in a front view;
Equipped with
A front member is provided which is a member different from the center gimmick and is fixed to the game board,
The front member is
An extension portion extending along the game board and having a flow-down area on the front side through which game balls flow;
A protrusion formed on the extension portion and affecting the flow speed of the game ball;
having
A recess is provided on the rear side of the protrusion, and the recess has a concave shape that is approximately similar to the convex shape of the protrusion.
The present invention is characterized in that

Here, examples of "front component" include "one that has at least a large prize opening (e.g., an attacca unit)", "one that has at least a special prize opening (e.g., a special prize opening unit)", "one that has at least a start prize opening (e.g., a start opening unit)", "one that has at least a gate (e.g., a gate unit)", "one that has at least a general prize opening and/or a normal prize opening (e.g., a prize opening unit)", etc.

The "convex portion" may have any shape that can affect the speed at which the game ball flows down when it comes into contact with it, and examples of the cross-sectional shape of the side include "semicircular," "triangular," "trapezoidal," "rectangle," "polygonal such as pentagon or hexagon," and "irregular shape based on a free curve."

According to the configuration of the second means, the game machine is provided with a game board with a game area on the front side through which game balls flow, the game board has an opening penetrating from front to back, the opening is provided with a center role, the center role extends forward from the game board and includes a peripheral wall portion that prevents game balls from entering the inside of the opening, and a flange portion that extends to the outside of the peripheral wall portion in a front view, and a front member that is a member different from the center role and is fixed to the game board, the front member has an extension portion that extends along the game board and has a flow area on the front side through which game balls flow, and a protrusion formed on the extension portion that affects the flow speed of the game balls, a recess is provided on the back side of the protrusion, and the concave shape of the recess is approximately similar to the convex shape of the protrusion (see the description of the rear plate protrusion 2594a and rear plate recess 2595a of the attacca unit 2400 in chapter [6-1a. Passage decoration portion], Figure 132, etc. in [Form for carrying out the invention]).

According to this configuration, in the extension forming the flow-down area in the front member different from the center role, a recess is provided on the back side of the protrusion that affects the flow speed of the game balls, and the concave shape of the recess is made to be approximately similar to the protruding shape of the protrusion, so that when viewed from the front, the shape of the protrusion and the similar shape of the recess overlap, making the protrusion appear double, compared to when only a protrusion is provided. And since the protrusion and the recess are separated in the front-to-rear direction, when the position of the player's eyes moves, the degree of misalignment between the shape of the overlapping protrusion and the shape of the recess changes, and the decoration made of the protrusion and the recess appears to be moving. Therefore, even though the extension of the front member does not have an ostentatious decoration like that of conventional gaming machines, the decoration made of the protrusion and the recess is visible with unprecedented movement, making it possible to make the player recognize that this is a gaming machine with decorations completely different from those of conventional gaming machines, and it is possible to provide a gaming machine with high appeal that can strongly attract the interest of players.

In addition, because the shape of the recess in the extension of the front member is roughly similar to the shape of the protrusion, the thickness from the surface of the protrusion to the surface of the recess is roughly constant. This means that when an impact is applied to the protrusion by a game ball hitting it, the impact is prevented from concentrating in one area, making the protrusion (extension) less likely to be damaged. In addition, because the thickness between the protrusion and recess is roughly constant, sink marks in the resin can be reduced when the front member is molded, resulting in a product with less distortion and a good appearance.

In addition, since a convex portion is provided in the flow-down area where the game ball flows down, the convex portion can slow down the flow-down speed of the game ball in the flow-down area, and the slower flow-down speed of the game ball makes the movement of the game ball easier to see. In this case, since a concave portion is provided on the back side of the convex portion, the convex portion and concave portion can show an unprecedented decoration, and the decoration can decorate the back of the game ball flowing down the flow-down area, making the game ball stand out. As a result, players can enjoy the movement of the game ball flowing down the flow-down area, and a decrease in interest in the game can be suppressed.

Furthermore, because a recess is provided on the back side of the protrusion, the weight of the front member can be reduced compared to when no recess is provided, allowing for weight reduction and reducing the costs of the front member. Also, because it is possible to reduce the weight of the front member, it is possible to eliminate the need for reinforcement that was necessary in conventional gaming machines, thereby suppressing increases in the costs of the gaming machine. Furthermore, because the recess is covered with a specific member so that it cannot be touched, workers' fingers will not touch the recess during manufacturing, and there is no need to work carefully to avoid dirtying the recess, and the easier work can suppress increases in costs.

Means 3: In the configuration of means 1 or means 2,
"A front plate facing the extension at a distance allowing the game balls to flow down,
A second protrusion formed on the front plate and affecting the flow speed of the game ball;
Equipped with
A second recess is provided on the rear side of the second protrusion, and the recess has a concave shape that is substantially similar to the convex shape of the second protrusion.
The present invention is characterized in that

Here, the "second convex portion" may have a shape similar to that of the convex portion provided on the extension portion, or may have a different shape from that of the convex portion.

According to the configuration of Means 3, the gaming machine is provided with a front plate facing the extension with a gap allowing the gaming balls to flow down, and a second convex portion formed on the front plate that affects the flow speed of the gaming balls, and a second recess is provided on the back side of the second convex portion, and the concave shape of the second recess is approximately similar to the convex shape of the second convex portion (see the description of front plate 2571, front plate convex portion 2594b, and front plate recess 2595b in [Form for carrying out the invention]).

According to this configuration, the extension provided on the center role and the front member is provided with a convex portion, and a concave portion is provided on the back side of the convex portion, and a front plate is provided in front of the extension portion, and a second convex portion is provided on the front plate, and a second concave portion is provided on the back side of the second convex portion, and the concave shape of the concave portion is approximately similar to the convex shape of the convex portion, and the concave shape of the second concave portion is approximately similar to the convex shape of the second convex portion, so that when viewed from the front, the convex portion appears double because the shape of the convex portion and the similar shape of the concave portion overlap, and the second convex portion appears double because the shape of the second concave portion overlaps with the shape of the second convex portion. And since the convex portion and the concave portion, and the second convex portion and the second concave portion are separated in the front-to-rear direction, when the position of the player's eyes moves, the degree of misalignment between the shape of the overlapping convex portion and the shape of the concave portion, and the degree of misalignment between the shape of the overlapping second convex portion and the shape of the second concave portion change, respectively, and the decoration by the convex portion and the concave portion, and the second convex portion and the second concave portion appear to be moving. Therefore, although the extensions and front plate of the center gimmick and front member do not have ostentatious decorations like those of conventional gaming machines, the convex and concave parts, and the second convex and second concave parts create a dynamic decoration that has never been seen before, making it possible for players to recognize that this gaming machine has decorations that are completely different from those of conventional gaming machines, and it is possible to provide a gaming machine with high appeal that can strongly attract the player's interest.

In addition, in the front plate provided in front of the extension of the center gimmick or front member, the shape of the second recess is made approximately similar to the shape of the second convex, so the thickness from the surface of the second convex to the surface of the second recess is approximately constant. This means that when an impact is applied to the second convex by a game ball hitting it, the impact is prevented from concentrating in one area, making it difficult for the second convex (front plate) to be damaged. In addition, because the thickness between the second convex and the second recess is approximately constant, sink marks in the resin can be reduced when the front plate is molded, and the front plate, which is close to the player and stands out, can be made to look good with little distortion.

Furthermore, since the second recess is provided on the back side of the second convex portion in the front plate, the weight of the front plate can be reduced compared to when the second recess is not provided, and the center role and front member can be made lighter, and the costs of the center role and front member can be reduced. In addition, since it is possible to reduce the weight of the center role and front member, it is possible to eliminate the need for reinforcement that was necessary in conventional gaming machines, and the increase in costs of the gaming machine can be suppressed. Furthermore, since the recess is covered by a specific member so that it cannot be touched by fingers, and the second recess is covered by a decorative member so that it cannot be touched by fingers, the fingers of the worker will not touch the recess or second recess during manufacturing, so there is no need to work carefully to avoid dirtying the recess or second recess, and the easier work can suppress the increase in costs.

In addition, in the center gadget and front member, a convex portion is provided on the extension portion that constitutes the rear wall of the flow-down area where the game ball flows down, and a second convex portion is provided on the front plate that constitutes the front wall of the flow-down area, so that the convex portion and the second convex portion make it possible to swing the game ball back and forth, and the flow-down speed of the game ball can be further slowed down compared to when only a convex portion is provided, making the movement of the game ball easier to see. In this case, a concave portion is provided on the back side of the convex portion, and a second concave portion is provided on the back side of the second convex portion, so that a decoration that has never been seen before can be shown by the convex portion and the concave portion, and the second convex portion and the second concave portion, so that the rear and front of the game ball flowing down the flow-down area can be decorated by this decoration, making the game ball stand out. As a result, the player can enjoy the movement of the game ball flowing down the flow-down area, and a decrease in interest in the game can be suppressed.

Means 4: In any one of the configurations of means 1 to 3,
"The protrusions are provided in a plurality, and some of the protrusions have specific protrusions on the rear side thereof on which the recesses are not provided."
The present invention is characterized in that

According to the configuration of means 4, a plurality of protrusions are provided, some of which have specific protrusions on the back side that do not have recesses (see the description of specific protrusions 2596 in [Form for carrying out the invention]).

According to this configuration, some of the multiple protrusions have specific protrusions that do not have a concave portion on the back side. In other words, protrusions with a concave portion on the back side and protrusions (specific protrusions) that do not have a concave portion on the back side are mixed. As a result, the shapes seen from the front are different between protrusions with a concave portion on the back side and specific protrusions that do not have a concave portion on the back side, so it is possible to add variety to the decoration seen from the front compared to the case where only multiple protrusions with concave portions on the back side are provided.

Means 5: In any one of the configurations of means 1 to 4,
"The recess is capable of reflecting decorative light on its surface."
The present invention is characterized in that

According to the configuration of means 5, the recess is capable of reflecting decorative light on its surface (see the description of the rear panel recess 2595a in the [Description of the Invention]).

With this configuration, decorative light can be reflected on the surface of the recesses on the extension of the center role and front member, so that the light reflected on the recesses can illuminate and decorate the flow area through which the game balls flow. Therefore, the extension of the center role and front member can be decorated with unprecedented movement created by the protrusions and recesses, and the recesses are illuminated, so that players can recognize that this is a gaming machine with decorations that are completely different from previous gaming machines, and a highly appealing gaming machine that can strongly attract the interest of players can be provided.

In addition, in the center gadget and front member, the convex portion provided in the flow-down area slows down the flow speed of the game ball, making the movement of the game ball easier to see. In this case, a concave portion is provided on the back side of the convex portion, and the concave portion reflects decorative light to provide an illuminating decoration, so that the illuminating decoration makes the game ball flowing down the flow-down area appear as a silhouette, making the movement of the game ball easier to see. As a result, players can enjoy the movement of the game balls flowing down the flow-down area, and a decrease in interest in the game can be suppressed.

In this way, the above solution makes it possible to provide a gaming machine equipped with unprecedented decorations that can be made lighter while still increasing the appeal to players.

(Relationship between the solution of technical features and embodiments)
The game panel 1100 in the game board 5 of this embodiment corresponds to the game board of the above-mentioned solution means, the attacca unit 2400 of this embodiment corresponds to the front member of the above-mentioned solution means, the door upper passage section 2416 of the attacca unit 2400 in this embodiment, the attacca passage section 2577a, right edge passage section 2577b, exit passage section 2577g, and ball passage 2591 of the ball passage 2577 of the center gimmick 2500A correspond to the flow-down area of the above-mentioned solution means, the base plate 2441 of the attacca unit 2400 in this embodiment, the flange section 2512, and rear plate section 2592 of the center gimmick 2500A correspond to the extension section of the above-mentioned solution means, and the front plate 2442 of the attacca unit 2400 in this embodiment and the front plate 2571 of the decorative body 2570 of the center gimmick 2500A correspond to the front plate of the above-mentioned solution means, respectively.

In addition, the forward protrusion 2511 of the center role 2500A in this embodiment corresponds to the peripheral wall of the above-mentioned solution, the convex portion 2594, the rear plate convex portion 2594a, and the front plate convex portion 2594b in this embodiment correspond to the convex portion of the above-mentioned solution, the front plate convex portion 2594b in this embodiment corresponds to the second convex portion of the above-mentioned solution, the concave portion 2595, the rear plate concave portion 2595a, and the front plate concave portion 2595b in this embodiment correspond to the concave portion of the above-mentioned solution, and the front plate concave portion 2595b in this embodiment corresponds to the second concave portion of the above-mentioned solution.

(Characteristic Effects of Technical Features)
According to the pachinko machine 1 of this embodiment, the flange portion 2512 provided in the center role 2500A is provided with a rear plate convex portion 2594a, and a rear plate concave portion 2595a is provided on the back side of the rear plate convex portion 2594a. Furthermore, a front plate 2571 is provided in front of the flange portion 2512, a front plate convex portion 2594b is provided on the front plate 2571, and a front plate concave portion 2595b is provided on the back side of the front plate convex portion 2594b. The shape of the rear plate convex portion 2595a is approximately similar to the protruding shape of the rear plate convex portion 2595a, and the concave shape of the front plate concave portion 2595b is approximately similar to the protruding shape of the front plate convex portion 2595b. Therefore, when viewed from the front, the shape of the rear plate convex portion 2594a and the similar shape of the rear plate concave portion 2595a overlap, causing the rear plate convex portion 2594a to appear double, and the shape of the front plate convex portion 2594b and the similar shape of the front plate concave portion 2595b overlap, causing the front plate convex portion 2594b to appear double. Furthermore, because the rear plate convex portion 2594a and the rear plate concave portion 2595a, and the front plate convex portion 2594b and the front plate concave portion 2595b are each separated in the front-to-back direction, when the player's eye position moves, the degree of misalignment between the shape of the overlapping rear plate convex portion 2594a and the shape of the rear plate concave portion 2595a, and the degree of misalignment between the shape of the overlapping front plate convex portion 2594b and the front plate concave portion 2595b, respectively, changes, making the decoration formed by the rear plate convex portion 2594a and the rear plate concave portion 2595a, and the front plate convex portion 2594b and the front plate concave portion 2595b appear to be moving. Therefore, although the flange portion 2512 and front plate 2571 of center feature 2500A are not provided with ostentatious decorations as in conventional pachinko machines, the rear plate convex portion 2594a and rear plate concave portion 2595a, and the front plate convex portion 2594b and front plate concave portion 2595b, create an unprecedented dynamic decoration that makes it possible for the player to recognize that this is a pachinko machine 1 that is provided with decorations that are completely different from those of conventional pachinko machines, and it is possible to provide a pachinko machine 1 that is highly appealing and can strongly attract the player's attention.

In addition, in the flange portion 2512 and front plate 2571 of the center role 2500A, the shapes of the rear plate concave portion 2595a and the front plate concave portion 2595b are made to be approximately similar to the shapes of the rear plate convex portion 2594a and the front plate convex portion 2594b. Therefore, the thickness from the surface of the rear plate convex portion 2594a or the front plate convex portion 2594b to the surface of the rear plate concave portion 2595a or the front plate concave portion 2595b is approximately constant. Therefore, when an impact is applied to the rear plate convex portion 2594a or the front plate convex portion 2594b due to contact with the game ball B, the impact can be prevented from being concentrated in one area, making it possible to prevent damage to the rear plate convex portion 2594a or the front plate convex portion 2594b (flange portion 2512 or front plate 2571). In addition, because the thickness between the rear plate convex portion 2594a and the front plate convex portion 2594b and the rear plate concave portion 2595a and the front plate concave portion 2595b is approximately constant, it is possible to reduce sink marks in the resin when molding the center role 2500A and the front plate 2571, and it is possible to make the center role 2500A and the front plate 2571 with less distortion, and it is possible to make the center role 2500A and the front plate 2571, which are close to the player and noticeable, look good with less distortion.

In addition, in the center role 2500A, the flange portion 2512 has a rear plate recess 2595a on the back side of the rear plate protrusion 2594a, and the front plate 2571 has a front plate recess 2595b on the back side of the front plate protrusion 2594b. Compared to when no recess is provided in each, the weight can be reduced by the amount of the rear plate recess 2595a and the front plate recess 2595b, making the center role 2500A lighter and reducing the cost of the center role 2500A. In addition, since it is possible to reduce the weight of the center role 2500A, it is possible to eliminate the need for reinforcement that was necessary in conventional pachinko machines, and the increase in the cost of the pachinko machine 1 can be suppressed.

Furthermore, the base plate 2441 provided in the attacca unit 2400 is provided with a rear plate protrusion 2594a, and a rear plate recess 2595a is provided on the back side of the rear plate protrusion 2594a. Furthermore, a front plate 2442 is provided in front of the base plate 2441, and a front plate protrusion 2594b is provided on the front plate 2442, and a front plate recess 2595b is provided on the back side of the front plate protrusion 2594b. The concave shape of the rear plate recess 2595a is formed by the rear plate protrusion 2595a. The concave shape of front plate concave portion 2595b is approximately similar to the protruding shape of front plate convex portion 2595b, and the concave shape of front plate concave portion 2595b is approximately similar to the protruding shape of front plate convex portion 2595b. Therefore, when viewed from the front, the shape of rear plate convex portion 2594a and the similar shape of rear plate concave portion 2595a overlap, causing rear plate convex portion 2594a to appear double, and the shape of front plate convex portion 2594b and the similar shape of front plate concave portion 2595b overlap, causing front plate convex portion 2594b to appear double. Furthermore, because the rear plate convex portion 2594a and the rear plate concave portion 2595a, and the front plate convex portion 2594b and the front plate concave portion 2595b are each separated in the front-to-back direction, when the player's eye position moves, the degree of misalignment between the shape of the overlapping rear plate convex portion 2594a and the shape of the rear plate concave portion 2595a, and the degree of misalignment between the shape of the overlapping front plate convex portion 2594b and the front plate concave portion 2595b, respectively, changes, making the decoration formed by the rear plate convex portion 2594a and the rear plate concave portion 2595a, and the front plate convex portion 2594b and the front plate concave portion 2595b appear to be moving. Therefore, although the base plate 2441 and front plate 2442 of the attacca unit 2400 are not provided with ostentatious decorations like those of conventional pachinko machines, the rear plate convex portion 2594a and rear plate concave portion 2595a, and the front plate convex portion 2594b and front plate concave portion 2595b create a dynamic decoration that has never been seen before, allowing the player to recognize that this is a pachinko machine 1 that has decorations that are completely different from those of conventional pachinko machines, and it is possible to provide a pachinko machine 1 that is highly appealing and can strongly attract the player's attention.

In addition, in the base plate 2441 and front plate 2442 of the attacca unit 2400, the shapes of the rear plate concave portion 2595a and the front plate concave portion 2595b are made to be approximately similar to the shapes of the rear plate convex portion 2594a and the front plate convex portion 2594b, and therefore the thickness from the surface of the rear plate convex portion 2594a or the front plate convex portion 2594b to the surface of the rear plate concave portion 2595a or the front plate concave portion 2595b is approximately constant. Therefore, when an impact is applied to the rear plate convex portion 2594a or the front plate convex portion 2594b due to the contact of the game ball B, the impact can be prevented from being concentrated in one area, making it possible to prevent damage to the rear plate convex portion 2594a or the front plate convex portion 2594b (base plate 2441 or front plate 2442). In addition, because the thickness between the rear plate convex portion 2594a and the front plate convex portion 2594b and the rear plate concave portion 2595a and the front plate concave portion 2595b is approximately constant, sink marks in the resin can be reduced when molding the base plate 2441 and the front plate 2442, resulting in base plate 2441 and front plate 2442 with less distortion, and base plate 2441 and front plate 2442, which are close to the player and noticeable, can be made to look good with less distortion.

In addition, in the attacca unit 2400, the base plate 2441 has a rear plate recess 2595a on the back side of the rear plate protrusion 2594a, and the front plate 2442 has a front plate recess 2595b on the back side of the front plate protrusion 2594b. This allows the weight to be reduced by the amount of the rear plate recess 2595a and the front plate recess 2595b compared to when no recess is provided in each, allowing the attacca unit 2400 to be made lighter and the costs associated with the attacca unit 2400 to be reduced. In addition, because it is possible to make the attacca unit 2400 lighter, it is possible to eliminate the need for reinforcement that was necessary in conventional pachinko machines, and it is possible to suppress increases in the costs associated with the pachinko machine 1.

Furthermore, the decorative light can be reflected on the surface of the rear plate recess 2595a provided on the flange 2512 and base plate 2441 of the center role 2500A and the attacca unit 2400, so that the reflected light reflected on the rear plate recess 2595a can illuminate and decorate the flow area through which the game ball B flows. Therefore, the rear plate protrusion 2594a and the rear plate recess 2595a can be seen on the flange 2512 and base plate 2441 of the center role 2500A and the attacca unit 2400, and the rear plate recess 2595a illuminates and decorates, so that the player can recognize that the pachinko machine 1 has a completely different decoration from previous pachinko machines, and a highly appealing pachinko machine 1 that can strongly attract the interest of the player can be provided.

[6-1a-5d. Summary D]
(Background of technical features)
A winning device such as an attacka unit having a movable piece that can move between an easy-to-win state in which a game ball can easily win a prize in a prize hole and an impossible-to-win state in which a prize cannot be won is provided as a game machine such as a pachinko machine. In the technology of the patent document, an LED board is provided behind the winning port, and the player is entertained by the light emission state of the LEDs on the LED board. However, in the conventional technology as described in the patent document, since the LEDs simply light up, some players may quickly tire of looking at them, lose interest in the winning slots, and lose interest in the game. There was a risk that this would happen.

In view of the above situation, the following means aims to provide a gaming machine that can attract the player's attention to the winning slot, thereby entertaining the player and preventing a decline in interest.

(Technical solution)
Means 1: In the gaming machine,
"A gaming machine equipped with a gaming board on the front side of which is provided a gaming area through which gaming balls circulate,
The game area is provided with a prize-winning device that awards a prize to a player when a game ball wins,
The winning device is
A movable piece that switches the state of a winning port into which a game ball can win between an easy-to-win state and an impossible-to-win state;
A convex portion that changes the flow direction of the game ball;
Equipped with
A recess is provided on the rear side of the protrusion, and the decorative light can be reflected by the surface of the recess.
It is characterized by being something that

The "winning hole" here may be a "start winning hole (second starting hole) from which a small number of game balls are paid out when a game ball wins and a lottery for special symbols is held", a "big winning hole from which a large number of game balls are paid out when a game ball wins", or a "gimmick winning hole from which a predetermined number of game balls are paid out when a game ball wins and which can supply winning game balls to a V winning hole or a losing hole", etc.

Examples of "winning devices" include "attacca units that have a large winning port as a winning port, and a movable piece that moves to open and close the large winning port depending on the result of a lottery for a special pattern drawn when a game ball starts winning", "functional winning devices that have a role winning port as a winning port, and a movable piece that moves to open and close the role winning port depending on the result of a lottery for a special pattern drawn when a game ball starts winning", and "starting port units that have a second starting port as a winning port, and a movable piece that moves to open and close the second starting port depending on the result of a lottery for a normal pattern drawn when a game ball passes through a gate or wins normally", etc.

The "convex portion" may have any shape that can affect the speed at which the game ball flows down when it comes into contact with it, and examples of the cross-sectional shape of the side include "semicircular," "triangular," "trapezoidal," "rectangle," "polygonal such as pentagon or hexagon," and "irregular shape based on a free curve."

The "concave" may be concave, and examples of such shapes include "a shape similar to the shape of the convex" and "a shape different from the shape of the convex". It is also preferable for the "concave" to have a curved surface or multiple flat surfaces with different angles, which makes it possible to reflect light in various directions.

Furthermore, examples of "convex and concave portions" include "those provided on an extension portion (e.g., a flange portion, a base plate, etc.) that extends along the front surface of the game board", "those provided on a front plate that is disposed in front of the game board and forms a space between the game board and the game board through which game balls can flow", and "those provided on both an extension portion (e.g., a flange portion, a base plate, etc.) that extends along the front surface of the game board and a front plate that is disposed in front of the extension portion and forms a space between the extension portion and the game board through which game balls can flow", etc.

According to the configuration of the first means, the gaming machine is provided with a gaming board with a gaming area on the front side through which gaming balls circulate, and the gaming area is provided with a prize-winning device that awards a prize to a player when a gaming ball wins, and the prize-winning device is provided with a movable piece that switches the state of a prize-winning port through which the gaming ball can win between an easy-to-win state and an unwinnable state, and a protrusion that changes the direction in which the gaming ball flows down, and a recess is provided on the back side of the protrusion, and decorative light can be reflected on the surface of the recess (see the description of the Attacka unit 2400, Figure 132, etc. in Chapter 6-1a. Passage decoration section in [Form for carrying out the invention]).

According to this configuration, in a prize-winning device that awards a prize when a game ball wins, the decorative light can be reflected by the concave portion provided on the back side of the convex portion that changes the flow direction of the game ball, so that the reflected light can illuminate and decorate the part of the prize-winning device where the game ball flows down. Since this illumination decoration is light reflected by the concave portion, it is possible to show an illumination decoration that is completely different from the conventional illumination decoration that uses direct light from an LED, and it can draw the player's attention to the prize-winning device and, by extension, the prize-winning hole. In addition, since the convex portion provided with the concave portion on the back side can change the flow direction of the game ball, it is possible to direct the flow direction of the game ball toward the prize-winning hole (movable piece) or to slow down the flow speed of the game ball near the prize-winning hole (movable piece). As a result, the reflected light from the recess strongly draws the player's attention to the winning hole, and by focusing on the winning hole, the player can feel a sense of suspense as to whether or not the game ball will win when the winning hole is put into a winning-prone state by the movement of the movable piece, entertaining the player and preventing a decline in interest.

In addition, because a recess is provided on the back side of the protrusion, when viewed from the front, a complex shape appears due to the shape of the protrusion and the shape of the recess, compared to when only a protrusion is provided, and this shape acts as decoration, improving the appearance of the prize-winning device.

Furthermore, because a recess is provided on the back side of the protrusion, the weight of the winning device can be reduced compared to when no recess is provided, making it possible to reduce the weight and also reduce the costs associated with the winning device. In addition, because it is possible to reduce the weight of the winning device, it is possible to eliminate the need for reinforcement that was necessary in conventional gaming machines, making it possible to suppress increases in the costs associated with the gaming machine.

Means 2: In the gaming machine,
"A gaming machine equipped with a gaming board on the front side of which is provided a gaming area through which gaming balls circulate,
The game area has a winning hole for awarding a prize to a player when a game ball wins;
A movable piece that switches the state of the winning port between an easy-to-win state and an impossible-to-win state;
a ball passage that communicates with the winning opening by the movement of the movable piece and through which game balls can flow;
A protrusion formed in the ball passage that affects the flow speed of the game ball;
Equipped with
A recess is provided on the rear side of the protrusion, and the decorative light can be reflected by the surface of the recess.
It is characterized by being something that

The "winning hole" here may be a "start winning hole (second starting hole) from which a small number of game balls are paid out when a game ball wins and a lottery for special symbols is held", a "big winning hole from which a large number of game balls are paid out when a game ball wins", or a "gimmick winning hole from which a predetermined number of game balls are paid out when a game ball wins and which can supply winning game balls to a V winning hole or a losing hole", etc.

Examples of "ball passages" include "those provided in the center device provided at the opening of the game board" and "those provided in a front member different from the center device." The "ball passage" may be either the upstream side of the movable piece or the downstream side of the movable piece.

Furthermore, the "convex portion" may have any shape that can affect the speed at which the game ball flows down when it comes into contact with it, and examples of the cross-sectional shape of the side include "semicircular," "triangular," "trapezoidal," "rectangle," "polygonal such as pentagon or hexagon," and "irregular shape based on a free curve."

The "concave" may be concave, and examples of such shapes include "a shape similar to the shape of the convex" and "a shape different from the shape of the convex". It is also preferable for the "concave" to have a curved surface or multiple flat surfaces with different angles, which makes it possible to reflect light in various directions.

Furthermore, examples of "convex and concave portions" include "those provided on the rear plate portion (e.g., flange portion, base plate, etc.) that forms the rear wall of the ball passage", "those provided on the front plate portion (e.g., front plate) that forms the front wall of the ball passage", "those provided on both the rear plate portion (e.g., flange portion, base plate, etc.) that forms the rear wall of the ball passage and the front plate portion (e.g., front plate) that forms the front wall of the ball passage", etc.

According to the configuration of Means 2, the gaming machine has a gaming board with a gaming area on the front side through which gaming balls circulate, and the gaming area has a winning port that gives a player a prize when a gaming ball wins, a movable piece that switches the state of the winning port between an easy-to-win state and an unwinnable state, a ball passage that communicates with the winning port by moving the movable piece and through which gaming balls can circulate, and a protrusion formed in the ball passage that affects the flow speed of the gaming balls, and a recess is provided on the back side of the protrusion, and decorative light can be reflected on the surface of the recess (see the description of Chapter [6-1a. Passage Decoration], Attacca Passage 2577a, Figure 130, etc. in [Form for carrying out the invention]).

According to this configuration, in the ball passage that can communicate with the winning port provided in the game area through which the game balls flow, the decorative light can be reflected by the concave portion provided on the back side of the convex portion that affects the flow speed of the game balls, so that the reflected light can illuminate and decorate the ball passage through which the game balls flow. Since this illumination decoration is light reflected by the concave portion, it is possible to show an illumination decoration that is completely different from the conventional illumination decoration using direct light from an LED, and it is possible to direct the player's attention to the ball passage and, by extension, the winning port. In addition, since the convex portion with the concave portion provided on the back side can affect the flow speed of the game balls, it is possible to slow down the flow speed of the game balls flowing through the ball passage, making it easier to see the game balls flowing through the ball passage. For this reason, the reflected light from the concave portion can strongly attract the player's attention to the winning port, and by the player's attention to the winning port, it is possible to make the player feel anxious and excited about whether the game ball will win at the timing when the winning port becomes easy to win due to the movement of the movable piece, and it is possible to entertain the player and suppress a decline in interest.

In addition, because a recess is provided on the back side of the protrusion, when viewed from the front, a complex shape appears due to the shape of the protrusion and the shape of the recess, compared to when only a protrusion is provided, and this shape acts as decoration, improving the appearance of the component in which the ball passage is provided.

Furthermore, because a recess is provided on the back side of the protrusion, the weight of the component in which the ball passage is provided can be reduced compared to when no recess is provided, allowing for weight reduction and reducing the costs associated with the component in which the ball passage is provided. In addition, because it is possible to reduce the weight of the component in which the ball passage is provided, it is possible to eliminate the need for reinforcement that was necessary in conventional gaming machines, and it is possible to suppress increases in the costs associated with the gaming machine.

Means 3: In the configuration of means 1 or means 2,
"A decorative member is provided on the rear side of the protruding portion, and the recessed portion is made untouchable by the decorative member."
The present invention is characterized in that

Here, examples of "decorative members" include "decorative stickers in sheet form with a specific decoration", "decorative panels in plate form with a specific decoration", "decorative sheets or decorative cells with a specific decoration", "decorative bodies with three-dimensional decoration", etc.

In addition, "inaccessible to fingers" means that the recess cannot be touched by the fingers of a worker or the like, and examples of such terms include "the back side of the convex portion and the decorative member are in contact with each other with no gap between them", "there is a gap between the back side of the convex portion and the decorative member but a finger cannot fit in (a gap large enough for a finger to fit in)", "there is a gap between the back side of the convex portion and the decorative member large enough for a finger to fit in, but the outer periphery is surrounded by the decorative member or other member so that a finger cannot fit in the gap", etc.

However, when providing a recess on the back side of a protrusion, if the inside of the recess becomes dirty when a worker touches the inside of the recess with his or her fingers during the manufacture of the gaming machine, the machine will look unsightly. Furthermore, if the inside of the recess becomes dirty, wiping off the dirt is time-consuming because it is recessed, so careful work is required to prevent the recess from becoming dirty, which can result in increased costs due to unnecessarily long working hours.

According to the configuration of Means 3, the gaming machine is provided with a decorative member on the back side of the convex portion, and the decorative member makes the concave portion untouchable by fingers (see the description of the decorative member 2445 in [Embodiment for carrying out the invention]).

According to this configuration, in the winning device that awards a prize when a game ball wins and in the ball passage that can communicate with the winning port provided in the game area through which the game balls circulate, the decorative light can be reflected by the concave portion provided on the back side of the convex portion that changes the flow direction of the game ball or affects the flow speed, so that the reflected light can illuminate and decorate the part where the game ball flows down in the winning device and the ball passage. Since this illumination decoration is light reflected by the concave portion, it is possible to show an illumination decoration that is completely different from the conventional illumination decoration using direct light from an LED, and it is possible to direct the player's attention to the winning device, the ball passage, and ultimately the winning port. At this time, since the decorative member makes the concave portion untouchable, the worker's fingers will not touch the concave portion and get dirty during the manufacturing of the game machine, and the decorative light can be reflected well in the concave portion, and the decorative effect of the illumination decoration can be reliably achieved. The convex portion with a concave portion on the back side can affect the direction in which the game ball flows and the speed at which it flows, making it possible to direct the game ball's flow toward the winning opening (movable piece) or to slow down the game ball's flow speed near the winning opening (movable piece). As a result, the reflected light from the concave portion can strongly attract the player's attention to the winning opening, and by focusing on the winning opening, the player can feel anxious and excited about whether the game ball will win when the winning opening becomes ready for a win due to the movement of the movable piece, entertaining the player and preventing a decline in interest.

In addition to the decoration created by the shapes of the convex and concave portions, the decoration is also done with decorative members, which improves the appearance of the components on which the prize-winning device and ball passage are installed.

Means 4: In any one of the configurations of means 1 to 3,
"The game board further includes an extension extending parallel to the game board, and the protrusion and the recess are provided on the extension."
The present invention is characterized in that

Here, examples of "extending portion" include "a rear plate portion (e.g., a flange portion, base plate, etc.) extending along the front surface of the game board", "a front plate portion (e.g., a front plate) that is disposed in front of the game board and forms a space between the game board and the game board through which game balls can flow", and "both a rear plate portion (e.g., a flange portion, base plate, etc.) extending along the front surface of the game board and a front plate portion (e.g., a front plate) that is disposed in front of the rear plate portion and forms a space between the game board and the rear plate portion through which game balls can flow".

According to the configuration of means 4, the gaming machine further comprises an extension extending parallel to the gaming board, and the extension is provided with a convex portion and a concave portion (see the description of the rear plate portion 2592 and the front plate portion 2593 in the [Form for carrying out the invention]).

According to this configuration, when the extension part on which the convex and concave parts are provided is a rear plate part (flange part or base plate) provided along the game board, the convex and concave parts are provided behind the circulating game balls, and the concave parts are decorated by reflecting decorative light, so that the game balls circulating in front can be made to look like silhouettes due to the luminous decoration while strongly attracting the player's attention to the winning opening, making the movement of the game balls easier to see. On the other hand, when the extension part on which the convex and concave parts are provided is a front plate part (front plate) provided along the game board, the convex and concave parts are provided in front of the circulating game balls, and the concave parts are decorated by reflecting decorative light, so that the game balls can be made to look like they are sparkling due to the reflected light of the concave parts provided in front of the circulating game balls, and strongly attracting the player's attention to the winning opening. Furthermore, if the extensions on which the protrusions and recesses are provided are both a rear plate extending along the front of the game board, and a front plate arranged in front of the rear plate and forming a space between the rear plate and the extensions and through which game balls can circulate, the protrusions and recesses will be provided in front of and behind the circulating game balls, so that the luminous decoration of the recesses on the rear plate makes the game balls appear as silhouettes, while the luminous decoration of the recesses on the front plate makes them appear to sparkle, strongly drawing the player's attention to the winning opening and allowing them to enjoy the movement of the game balls, preventing a decline in interest in the game.

In addition, if the extensions on which the convex and concave portions are provided are both the rear plate portion extending along the front surface of the game board, and the front plate portion disposed in front of the rear plate portion and forming a space between the rear plate portion and the extensions on the rear plate portion through which game balls can flow, and the convex portions on the rear plate portion and the convex portions on the front plate portion are arranged alternately (staggered) in the direction in which the game balls flow, as described above, the luminous decoration of the concave portions can strongly attract the player's attention to the winning opening, and the flow speed of the game balls can be significantly slowed down near the winning opening, making it possible, for example, to lengthen the retention time of the game balls on the movable piece. This creates a sense of suspense as to whether the game ball will win or not when the winning opening becomes easy to win due to the movement of the movable piece, entertaining the player and preventing a decline in interest.

Means 5: In any one of the configurations of means 1 to 4,
"The protrusions are provided in a plurality, and some of the protrusions have specific protrusions on the rear side thereof on which the recesses are not provided."
The present invention is characterized in that

According to the configuration of means 5, a plurality of protrusions are provided, and some of these have specific protrusions on the back side that do not have recesses (see the description of specific protrusions 2596 in [Form for carrying out the invention]).

According to this configuration, some of the multiple protrusions have specific protrusions that do not have a concave portion on the back side. In other words, protrusions with a concave portion on the back side and protrusions (specific protrusions) that do not have a concave portion on the back side are mixed. As a result, the back side of the specific protrusions cannot reflect decorative light like the concave portions, so the form of the luminous decoration can be made different between the protrusions and the specific protrusions.

In addition, because the shape seen from the front differs between a convex portion with a concave portion on the back side and a specific convex portion without a concave portion on the back side, it is possible to vary the decoration seen from the front compared to a case where only multiple convex portions with concave portions on the back side are provided.

In this way, the above solution makes it possible to provide a gaming machine that can attract the player's attention to the winning slot, thereby entertaining the player and preventing a decline in interest.

(Relationship between the solution of technical features and embodiments)
The game panel 1100 in the game board 5 of this embodiment corresponds to the game board of the above-mentioned solution means, the second starting opening 2004 and the large winning opening 2005 of this embodiment correspond to the winning openings of the above-mentioned solution means, the attacca unit 2400 of this embodiment corresponds to the winning device of the above-mentioned solution means, the second starting opening door 2541 and the large winning opening door 2531 of this embodiment correspond to the movable pieces of the above-mentioned solution means, the door upper passage portion 2416 and the attacca passage portion 2577a of the center gimmick 2500A of this embodiment correspond to the ball passage of the above-mentioned solution means, the base plate 2441, the front plate 2442, the flange portion 2512 and the front plate 2571 of this embodiment correspond to the extension portion of the above-mentioned solution means, and the attacca decorative base plate 2443, the decorative member 2445 and the front decorative portion 2572 of this embodiment correspond to the decorative members of the above-mentioned solution means.

In addition, the convex portion 2594, rear plate convex portion 2594a, and front plate convex portion 2594b in this embodiment correspond to the convex portion of the above-mentioned solution means, and the concave portion 2595, rear plate concave portion 2595a, and front plate concave portion 2595b in this embodiment correspond to the concave portion of the above-mentioned solution means, respectively.

(Characteristic Effects of Technical Features)
According to the pachinko machine 1 of this embodiment, in the attacca unit 2400 that awards a special prize when the game ball B wins, the decorative light can be reflected by the rear plate concave portion 2595a and the front plate concave portion 2595b provided on the back side of the rear plate convex portion 2594a and the front plate convex portion 2594b that change the flow direction of the game ball B, so that the reflected light can illuminate and decorate the door upper passage portion 2416 through which the game ball B flows down in the attacca unit 2400. Since this illumination decoration is reflected light by the rear plate concave portion 2595a and the front plate concave portion 2595b, it is possible to show an illumination decoration that is completely different from the conventional illumination decoration using direct light from an LED, and the player's attention can be directed to the attacca unit 2400 and, by extension, the large winning port 2005. In addition, the rear plate convex portion 2594a and the front plate convex portion 2594b, which are provided with the rear plate concave portion 2595a and the front plate concave portion 2595b on the back side, can change the flow direction of the game ball B, so that the flow speed of the game ball B can be slowed down near the large prize winning opening 2005 (large prize winning opening door 2531). As a result, the reflected light of the rear plate concave portion 2595a and the front plate concave portion 2595b can strongly attract the player's attention to the large prize winning opening 2005, and by the player paying attention to the large prize winning opening 2005, the player can be made to feel anxious and excited about whether the game ball B will win at the timing when the large prize winning opening 2005 becomes in an easy-to-win state due to the movement of the large prize winning opening door 2531, and the player can be entertained and the decrease in interest can be suppressed.

In addition, according to the pachinko machine 1 of this embodiment, in the ball passage 2577 (attacca passage 2577a) where the game ball B in the center role 2500A flows and where the large prize opening 2005 is provided, decorative light can be reflected by the rear plate recess 2595a and front plate recess 2595b provided on the back side of the rear plate protrusion 2594a and front plate protrusion 2594b, which affect the flow speed of the game ball B, so that the reflected light can illuminate and decorate the attacca passage 2577a where the game ball B flows. Since this illumination decoration is reflected light by the rear plate recess 2595a and front plate recess 2595b, it is possible to show an illumination decoration that is completely different from the conventional illumination decoration using direct light from an LED, and the player's attention can be directed to the attacca passage 2577a and, ultimately, the large prize opening 2005. In addition, the rear plate convex portion 2594a and the front plate convex portion 2594b, which have the rear plate concave portion 2595a and the front plate concave portion 2595b on the back side, can affect the flow speed of the game ball B, so that the flow speed of the game ball B flowing through the attacca passage portion 2577a can be slowed down and the game ball B flowing through the attacca passage portion 2577a can be made easier to see. As a result, the reflected light of the rear plate concave portion 2595a and the front plate concave portion 2595b can strongly attract the player's attention to the large prize winning opening 2005, and by the player paying attention to the large prize winning opening 2005, the player can be made to feel anxious and excited about whether the game ball B will win at the timing when the large prize winning opening door 2531 is moved and the large prize winning opening 2005 becomes in a state where it is easy to win, which entertains the player and suppresses a decline in interest.

In addition, in the door-top passage 2416 and the attacca passage 2577a where the large winning opening 2005 of the attacca unit 2400 and the center gimmick 2500A is provided, the decorative light can be reflected by the rear plate recess 2595a and the front plate recess 2595b provided on the back side of the rear plate protrusion 2594a and the front plate protrusion 2594b, which change the flow direction of the game ball B and affect the flow speed, so that the door-top passage 2416 and the attacca passage 2577a of the attacca unit 2400 can be illuminated and decorated by the reflected light. Since this illumination decoration is reflected light by the rear plate recess 2595a and the front plate recess 2595b, it is possible to show an illumination decoration that is completely different from the conventional illumination decoration using direct light from an LED, and the player's attention can be drawn to the large winning opening 2005. At this time, the rear plate recess 2595a and the front plate recess 2595b are made untouchable by the decorative member 2445, so that the worker's fingers do not get dirty by touching the rear plate recess 2595a and the front plate recess 2595b during the manufacture of the pachinko machine 1, and the decorative light can be reflected well at the rear plate recess 2595a and the front plate recess 2595b, so that the decorative effect of the luminous decoration can be surely exhibited. The rear plate protrusion 2594a and the front plate protrusion 2594b, which have the rear plate recess 2595a and the front plate recess 2595b on their back sides, can change the flow direction of the game ball B and affect the flow speed, so that it is possible to slow down the flow speed of the game ball B near the big prize opening 2005 (big prize opening door 2531). For this reason, the reflected light from the rear panel recess 2595a and the front panel recess 2595b strongly draws the player's attention to the large prize opening 2005, and by focusing on the large prize opening 2005, the player can feel a sense of suspense as to whether or not game ball B will enter the large prize opening 2005 when the large prize opening door 2531 moves to make it easier for the player to win, entertaining the player and preventing a decline in interest.

In addition to the decoration by the shape of the rear plate convex portion 2594a and the front plate convex portion 2594b and the shape of the rear plate concave portion 2595a and the front plate concave portion 2595b, it is also decorated by the decorative member 2445, etc., so that the appearance of the attacca unit 2400 and the member in which the attacca passage portion 2577a is provided can be improved.

Furthermore, the convex portion 2594 and the concave portion 2595 are provided on both the rear plate portion 2592 such as the base plate 2441 and the flange portion 2512 extending along the front surface of the game panel 1100, and the front plate portion 2593 such as the front plate 2442 and the front plate 2571 which are arranged in front of the rear plate portion 2592 and form a space between the rear plate portion 2592 and the front plate 2571 through which the game ball B can circulate. Since the convex portion 2594 and the concave portion 2595 are provided in front of and behind the circulating game ball B, the game ball B can be made to look like a silhouette by the luminous decoration of the rear plate concave portion 2595a provided on the rear plate portion 2592, while it can be made to look like it is sparkling by the luminous decoration of the front plate concave portion 2595b provided on the front plate portion 2593. This strongly attracts the player's attention to the large winning opening 2005 and allows the player to enjoy the movement of the game ball B, thereby suppressing a decline in interest in the game.

In addition, the rear plate protrusions 2594a of the rear plate 2592 and the front plate protrusions 2594b of the front plate 2593 are arranged alternately (staggered) in the direction of flow of the game balls B, so that, as described above, the luminous decoration of the rear plate recesses 2595a and the front plate recesses 2595b can strongly attract the player's attention to the large prize opening 2005, and the flow speed of the game balls B can be significantly slowed down near the large prize opening 2005, making it possible to lengthen the time that the game balls B stay on the large prize opening door 2531. This makes it possible to create a sense of suspense and excitement about whether the game ball B will win or not when the large prize opening 2005 becomes in a state where it is easy to win due to the movement of the large prize opening door 2531, entertaining the player and preventing a decline in interest.

Furthermore, in the attacca unit 2400, the base plate 2441 has a rear plate recess 2595a on the back side of the rear plate protrusion 2594a, and the front plate 2442 has a front plate recess 2595b on the back side of the front plate protrusion 2594b. This allows the weight to be reduced by the amount of the rear plate recess 2595a and the front plate recess 2595b compared to when no recess is provided in each, allowing the attacca unit 2400 to be made lighter and the costs associated with the attacca unit 2400 to be reduced. In addition, because it is possible to make the attacca unit 2400 lighter, it is possible to eliminate the need for reinforcement that was necessary in conventional pachinko machines, and it is possible to suppress increases in the costs associated with the pachinko machine 1.

In addition, in the center role 2500A, the flange portion 2512 has a rear plate recess 2595a on the back side of the rear plate protrusion 2594a, and the front plate 2571 has a front plate recess 2595b on the back side of the front plate protrusion 2594b. Compared to when no recess is provided in each, the weight can be reduced by the amount of the rear plate recess 2595a and the front plate recess 2595b, making the center role 2500A lighter and reducing the cost of the center role 2500A. In addition, since it is possible to reduce the weight of the center role 2500A, it is possible to eliminate the need for reinforcement that was necessary in conventional pachinko machines, and the increase in the cost of the pachinko machine 1 can be suppressed.

[6-1a-5e. Summary E]
(Background of technical features)
It is known that, in a gaming machine such as a pachinko machine, a plurality of convex portions are provided in an area where the gaming ball flows down in order to slow down the flow speed of the gaming ball (for example, see Patent Document: JP 2017-196204 A). However, in the conventional technology described in the patent document, although it is possible to slow down the flow speed of the game ball, the movement of the game ball is slowed down because the protrusions having the same protruding amount are simply lined up. It was monotonous and not something that would entertain players.

Therefore, in consideration of the above situation, the following means aims to provide a gaming machine that can slow down the speed at which gaming balls flow while allowing players to enjoy their movement.

(Technical solution)
Means 1: In the gaming machine,
"A gaming machine equipped with a gaming board on the front side of which is provided a gaming area through which gaming balls circulate,
The game board has an opening extending from front to back,
The opening is provided with a center piece,
The center part is
A peripheral wall portion that extends forward from the game board and prevents game balls from entering the opening;
an extension portion extending outwardly of the peripheral wall portion in a front view;
A flow-down area provided on the outer side of the peripheral wall portion and through which the game balls flow down;
Equipped with
The flow-down area is provided with a first convex portion that protrudes forward from the game board and along the front surface of which the game balls flow down, and a second convex portion that protrudes further from the front surface of the first convex portion and that affects the flow of the game balls.
The present invention is characterized in that

Here, examples of the "first convex portion" include "a portion whose front surface protruding forward is smooth and flat" and "a portion whose front surface protruding forward is flat and has fine irregularities due to embossing or the like." The first convex portion may have a first recess that is recessed forward on the back side, or may not have a first recess that is recessed on the back side. Furthermore, it is desirable for the first convex portion to have a size of at least one game ball in the direction of flow of the game balls.

The "second convex portion" may have any shape that can affect the flow speed of the game ball when it comes into contact with it, and examples of the cross-sectional shape of the side surface include a "semicircle," a "triangle," a "trapezoid," a "square," a "polygon such as a pentagon or hexagon," and an "irregular shape with a free curve." The second convex portion may be provided on the first convex portion only once, or may be provided on the first convex portion multiple times, or may be provided so as to straddle the extension portion and the first convex portion. The second convex portion may be of a size that the game ball can get over, or may be of a size that the game ball cannot get over. Furthermore, the second convex portion may have a second recess on the back side that is recessed forward, or may not have a second recess on the back side that is recessed.

Furthermore, the "first convex portion and second convex portion" only need to be provided in the area where the game balls flow down, and may be provided on the extension portion of the center role (e.g., a flange portion), or may be provided in a location different from the extension portion of the center role. In addition, the extension portion may have a front plate with a gap in front through which the game balls can flow, or may not have a front plate.

According to the configuration of the first means, the gaming machine is provided with a gaming board with a gaming area on the front side through which gaming balls flow, the gaming board has an opening penetrating from front to back, and the opening is provided with a center device, the center device has a peripheral wall part that extends forward from the gaming board and prevents the gaming balls from entering the opening, an extension part that extends to the outside of the peripheral wall part in a front view, and a flow-down area that is provided on the outside of the peripheral wall part and through which the gaming balls flow, and the flow-down area is provided with a first convex part that protrudes forward from the gaming board and through which the gaming balls flow down the front surface, and a second convex part that protrudes further from the front surface of the first convex part and affects the flow of the gaming balls (see the description of the passage decoration part 2590A, Figures 137 to 139, etc. in the chapter [6-1a-4. Another embodiment of the passage decoration part] in [Form for carrying out the invention]).

According to this configuration, a first convex portion that affects the flow speed of the game balls is provided in the flow-down area of the center device where the game balls flow down, so that the game balls abut against the step at the upstream end of the first convex portion, and the presence of the first convex portion reduces the front-to-rear depth on the front side of the first convex portion, slowing down the flow speed of the game balls and making them easier to see. Furthermore, a second convex portion is provided in front of the first convex portion, so that the flow speed of the game balls can be further slowed down by abutting against the first convex portion and then abutting against the second convex portion, making the movement of the game balls easier to see and allowing the player to enjoy the movement of the game balls.

Furthermore, when a gaming ball hits the first or second convex portion, the gaming ball bounces forward and collides with the glass or front panel in front, and the sound of the collision draws the player's attention to the first convex portion, drawing the player's attention to the gaming ball moving through the first and second convex portions and allowing the player to enjoy the movement of the gaming ball. Note that if only glass is provided in front of the first convex portion, the collision sound of the gaming ball will be louder, further drawing the player's attention to the first convex portion. Also, even if a front panel is provided in front of the first convex portion, the same effect as above can be achieved by making the front panel so that it makes a sound when the gaming ball collides with it.

In addition, because the second convex portion is provided on the front surface of the first convex portion, when viewed from the front, a complex shape appears due to the shape of the first convex portion and the shape of the second convex portion, compared to when only the first convex portion or the second convex portion is provided, and this shape acts as decoration, further enhancing the decorative effect.

It is preferable that a first recess is provided on the rear side of the first convex portion. As a result, when viewed from the front, a complex shape is seen due to the shape of the first convex portion and the shape of the first recess, compared to when only the first convex portion is provided, because the first recess is provided on the rear side of the first convex portion. This shape acts as a decoration, which can further enhance the decorative effect and improve the appearance of the center accessory.

Furthermore, as described above, when providing a first recess on the rear side of the first convex portion, it is desirable to make the surface of the second recess capable of reflecting decorative light. As a result, since decorative light can be reflected by the first recess on the rear side of the first convex portion, the first convex portion can be illuminated and decorated from behind by the reflected light, and the illuminated decoration can make the gaming balls flowing down the first convex portion appear as silhouettes, making the movement of the gaming balls easier to see. This allows the player to enjoy the movement of the gaming balls flowing down the flow area, and prevents a decline in interest in the game.

It is also desirable to make the size of the first convex portion in the direction in which the game balls flow larger than one game ball. This makes it possible to secure a certain amount of area in the flow area of the game balls that is narrow in depth in the front-to-rear direction and can slow down the game balls, and also makes it possible to provide multiple second convex portions in the first convex portion, so that the first convex portion can sufficiently slow down the flow speed of the game balls, while the multiple second convex portions can impart various movements to the game balls, making it possible to provide a gaming machine that allows players to enjoy the movement of the game balls even more.

Means 2: In the gaming machine,
"A first recess is provided on the rear side of the first protrusion."
The present invention is characterized in that

Here, the "first recess" may be a recess shape that is approximately similar to the convex shape of the first convex portion, or may be a recess shape that is completely different from the convex shape of the first convex portion. Examples of the recess shape of the first recess include an arrow shape, a star shape, a geometric pattern shape, a letter shape, a character shape, etc. The first recess may be capable of reflecting decorative light, or may be textured.

According to the configuration of means 2, a first recess is provided on the rear side of the first protrusion (see the description of the first recess 2595e in the [Mode for carrying out the invention]).

With this configuration, the first recess is provided on the rear side of the first convex portion, so when viewed from the front, a more complex shape appears due to the shape of the first convex portion and the shape of the first recess, compared to when only the first convex portion is provided. This shape acts as a decoration, further enhancing the decorative effect and improving the appearance of the center accessory.

In addition, since the first recess is provided on the back side of the first convex portion, the weight of the center role can be reduced compared to when the first recess is not provided, and the weight can be reduced and the cost of the center role can be reduced. In addition, since it is possible to reduce the weight of the center role, it is possible to eliminate the need for reinforcement that was necessary in conventional gaming machines, and it is possible to suppress increases in the cost of the gaming machine.

Means 3: In the configuration of means 1 or means 2,
"The first convex portion is
"It has the size of one or more gaming balls in the direction of the flow of the gaming balls."
The present invention is characterized in that

According to the configuration of Means 3, the first convex portion has a size of at least one game ball in the direction of game ball circulation (see the description of the first convex portion 2594c in [Form for carrying out the invention]).

According to this configuration, the first convex portion is made the size of one or more game balls in the direction of flow of the game balls, so it is possible to secure a certain amount of area in the flow area of the game balls that is narrow in depth in the front-to-rear direction and can slow down the game balls, and it is also possible to provide multiple second convex portions in the first convex portion. This makes it possible to provide a gaming machine that can provide more enjoyable game ball movement by sufficiently slowing down the flow speed of the game balls with the first convex portion and imparting various movements to the game balls with the multiple second convex portions.

Means 4: In any one of the configurations of means 1 to 3,
"The rear surface of the first convex portion is capable of reflecting decorative light."
The present invention is characterized in that

Here, to make it possible to reflect the decorative light, a second concave portion that reflects the decorative light may be provided on the rear side of the first convex portion, or a sheet with high reflectivity may be provided on the rear side of the first convex portion.

According to the configuration of means 4, the back surface of the first convex portion is capable of reflecting decorative light (see the description of the first concave portion 2595e in the [Embodiment for carrying out the invention]).

According to this configuration, the first convex portion that affects the flow speed of the game ball is provided in the flow-down area of the center role-playing device where the game ball flows down, so that the game ball abuts against the step at the upstream end of the first convex portion, and the presence of the first convex portion reduces the depth in the front-rear direction on the front side of the first convex portion, so that the flow speed of the game ball can be slowed down. Furthermore, since the second convex portion is provided on the front side of the first convex portion, the game ball can be abutted against the first convex portion and then abutted against the second convex portion, so that the flow speed of the game ball can be further slowed down, and the movement of the game ball can be made easier to see. At this time, since the back surface of the first convex portion is capable of reflecting decorative light, the first convex portion can be illuminated and decorated from behind by the reflected light, so that the game ball flowing down the first convex portion can be made to look like a silhouette due to the illuminating decoration, and the movement of the game ball can be made easier to see. Therefore, the player can enjoy the movement of the game ball flowing down the flow-down area, and a decrease in interest in the game can be suppressed.

In addition, in the flow-down area of the center role device where the game balls flow down, decorative light can be reflected on the back side of the first convex portion, which affects the circulation speed of the game balls, so that the reflected light can illuminate and decorate the flow-down area where the game balls flow. Therefore, even though the flow-down area of the center role device does not have ostentatious decorations like conventional gaming machines, the flow-down area is illuminated and decorated, so that players can recognize that this gaming machine has decorations that are completely different from conventional gaming machines, and a highly appealing gaming machine that can strongly attract the interest of players can be provided.

Means 5: In any one of the configurations of means 1 to 4,
"A second recess is provided on the rear side of the second protrusion."
The present invention is characterized in that

Here, the "second recess" may be recessed, and may have a shape similar to that of the second protrusion, a shape different from that of the second protrusion, etc. The "second recess" may also be capable of reflecting decorative light.

According to the configuration of means 5, a second recess is provided on the back side of the second protrusion (see the description of the second recess 2595f in [Embodiment for carrying out the invention]).

According to this configuration, since the second recess is provided on the back side of the second convex portion, when viewed from the front, a complex shape appears due to the shape of the second convex portion and the shape of the second recess, compared to when only the second convex portion is provided. This shape acts as a decoration, which further enhances the decorative effect and improves the appearance of the center accessory.

In addition, since the second recess is provided on the back side of the second convex portion, the weight of the center role can be reduced compared to when the second recess is not provided, and the weight can be reduced and the cost of the center role can be reduced. In addition, since it is possible to reduce the weight of the center role, it is possible to eliminate the need for reinforcement that was necessary in conventional gaming machines, and it is possible to suppress increases in the cost of the gaming machine.

In this way, the above solution makes it possible to provide a gaming machine that can slow down the speed at which the gaming ball flows down while still allowing the player to enjoy its movement.

(Relationship between the solution of technical features and embodiments)
The game panel 1100 in the game board 5 of this embodiment corresponds to the game board of the above-mentioned solution, the flange portion 2512 and the rear plate portion 2592 of the center gimmick 2500A of this embodiment correspond to the extension portion of the above-mentioned solution, the forward protrusion portion 2511 of this embodiment corresponds to the peripheral wall portion of the above-mentioned solution, the ball passage 2591 of this embodiment corresponds to the flow-down area of the above-mentioned solution, the first convex portion 2594c of this embodiment corresponds to the first convex portion of the above-mentioned solution, the second convex portion 2594d of this embodiment corresponds to the second convex portion of the above-mentioned solution, the first recess 2595e of this embodiment corresponds to the first recess of the above-mentioned solution, and the second recess 2595f of this embodiment corresponds to the second recess of the above-mentioned solution.

(Characteristic Effects of Technical Features)
According to the pachinko machine 1 of this embodiment, the first convex portion 2594c that affects the circulation speed of the game ball B is provided in the ball passage 2591 through which the game ball B flows down in the center role 2500A, so that the game ball B abuts against the step at the upstream end of the first convex portion 2594c, and the presence of the first convex portion 2594c reduces the depth in the front-rear direction on the front side of the first convex portion 2594c, so that the circulation speed of the game ball B can be slowed down and the game ball B can be easily seen. Furthermore, since the second convex portion 2594d is provided in front of the first convex portion 2594c, the circulation speed of the game ball B can be further slowed down by abutting against the first convex portion 2594c and then abutting against the second convex portion 2594d, so that the movement of the game ball B can be easily seen and the player can enjoy the movement of the game ball B.

In addition, when the game ball B comes into contact with the first convex portion 2594c or the second convex portion 2594d, the game ball bounces forward and collides with the glass in front, and the collision sound can draw the player's attention to the first convex portion 2594c, and the first convex portion 2594c and the second convex portion 2594d can draw the player's attention to the game ball B circulating, allowing the player to enjoy the movement of the game ball.

In addition, since the second convex portion 2594d is provided on the front surface of the first convex portion 2594c, when viewed from the front, a complex shape appears due to the shape of the first convex portion 2594c and the shape of the second convex portion 2594d, compared to when only the first convex portion 2594c or the second convex portion 2594d is provided, and this shape acts as a decoration, thereby further enhancing the decorative effect.

Furthermore, since the first recess 2595e is provided on the back side of the first convex portion 2594c, when viewed from the front, a complex shape appears due to the shape of the first convex portion 2594c and the shape of the first recess 2595e, compared to when only the first convex portion 2594c is provided. This shape acts as a decoration, which further enhances the decorative effect and improves the appearance of the center role piece 2500A.

In addition, because the first recess 2595e on the back side of the first convex portion 2594c is capable of reflecting decorative light, the reflected light can illuminate and decorate the first convex portion 2594c from behind, so that the illuminated decoration can make the game ball B flowing down in front of the first convex portion 2594c appear as a silhouette, making the movement of the game ball B easier to see. This allows the player to enjoy the movement of the game ball B flowing down the ball passage 2591, and prevents a decline in interest in the game.

In addition, because the size of the flow direction of the game ball B in the first convex portion 2594c is larger than that of one game ball B, it is possible to secure a certain amount of area in the flow area (ball passage 2591) of the game ball B that is narrow in depth in the front-to-rear direction and can slow down the game ball B, and it is also possible to provide multiple second convex portions 2594d in the first convex portion 2594c. Therefore, it is possible to provide a pachinko machine 1 that can sufficiently slow down the flow speed of the game ball B, while imparting various movements to the game ball B with the multiple second convex portions 2594d, making it possible to make the movement of the game ball B more enjoyable.

In addition, since the first recess 2595e and the second recess 2595f are provided on the back side of the first convex portion 2594c and the second convex portion 2594d, the weight of the center role 2500A can be reduced compared to a case in which the first recess 2595e and the second recess 2595f are not provided, and the weight can be reduced and the cost of the center role 2500A can be reduced. In addition, since it is possible to reduce the weight of the center role 2500A, it is possible to eliminate the need for reinforcement that was necessary in conventional pachinko machines, and the increase in the cost of the pachinko machine 1 can be suppressed.

[6-1a-5f. Summary F]
(Background of technical features)
A winning device such as an attacka unit having a movable piece that can move between an easy-to-win state in which a game ball can easily win a prize in a prize hole and an impossible-to-win state in which a prize cannot be won is provided as a game machine such as a pachinko machine. In the technology of the patent document, an LED board is provided behind the winning port, and the player is entertained by the light emission state of the LEDs on the LED board. However, in the conventional technology as described in the patent document, since the LEDs simply light up, some players may quickly tire of looking at them, lose interest in the winning slots, and lose interest in the game. There was a risk that this would happen.

In view of the above situation, the following means aims to provide a gaming machine that can attract the player's attention to the winning slot, thereby entertaining the player and preventing a decline in interest.

(Technical solution)
Means 1: In the gaming machine,
"A gaming machine equipped with a gaming board on the front side of which is provided a gaming area through which gaming balls circulate,
The game area has a winning hole for awarding a prize to a player when a game ball wins;
A movable piece that switches the state of the winning port between an easy-to-win state and an impossible-to-win state;
A protrusion formed upstream of the movable piece and affecting the flow speed of the game ball;
Equipped with
A recess is provided on the rear side of the protrusion, and the decorative light can be reflected by the surface of the recess.
It is characterized by being something that

The "winning hole" here may be a "start winning hole (second starting hole) from which a small number of game balls are paid out when a game ball wins and a lottery for special symbols is held", a "big winning hole from which a large number of game balls are paid out when a game ball wins", or a "gimmick winning hole from which a predetermined number of game balls are paid out when a game ball wins and which can supply winning game balls to a V winning hole or a losing hole", etc.

The "convex portion" may have any shape that can affect the speed at which the game ball flows down when it comes into contact with it, and examples of the cross-sectional shape of the side include "semicircular," "triangular," "trapezoidal," "rectangle," "polygonal such as pentagon or hexagon," and "irregular shape based on a free curve."

The "concave" may be concave, and examples of such shapes include "a shape similar to the shape of the convex" and "a shape different from the shape of the convex". It is also preferable for the "concave" to have a curved surface or multiple flat surfaces with different angles, which makes it possible to reflect light in various directions.

Furthermore, examples of "convex and concave portions" include "those provided on a thin plate-shaped rear plate portion (e.g., a flange portion, a base plate, etc.) extending along the front surface of the game board", "those provided on a thin plate-shaped front plate portion (e.g., a front plate) that is disposed in front of the game board and forms a space between the game board and the game board through which game balls can flow", and "those provided on both a thin plate-shaped rear plate portion (e.g., a flange portion, a base plate, etc.) extending along the front surface of the game board and a thin plate-shaped front plate portion (e.g., a front plate) that is disposed in front of the rear plate portion and forms a space between the game board and the rear plate portion through which game balls can flow".

According to the configuration of the first means, the gaming machine has a gaming board with a gaming area on the front side through which gaming balls circulate, and the gaming area has a winning port that gives a player a prize when a gaming ball wins, a movable piece that switches the state of the winning port between an easy-to-win state and an unwinnable state, and a protrusion that is formed upstream of the movable piece and affects the flow speed of the gaming balls, and a recess is provided on the back side of the protrusion, and decorative light can be reflected on the surface of the recess (see chapter [6-1a. Passage decoration part] in [Form for implementing the invention], the description of the passage decoration part 2590 of the attacca unit 2400, Figure 132, etc.).

According to this configuration, a convex portion that affects the flow speed of the game balls is provided upstream of the movable piece that switches the winning port provided in the game area through which the game balls flow between an easy-to-win state and an unwinnable state, and a concave portion that reflects decorative light is provided on the back side of the convex portion, so that the decorative light can be reflected by the concave portion, and the reflected light can illuminate and decorate the area around the movable piece. Since this illumination decoration is reflected light by the concave portion, it is possible to show an illumination decoration that is completely different from the conventional direct light from an LED, and it is possible to direct the player's attention to the movable piece and, by extension, the winning port. In addition, the convex portion with a concave portion on the back side is provided upstream of the movable piece and can affect the flow speed of the game balls, so that the flow speed of the game balls can be slowed down and the game balls flowing toward the movable piece (winning port) can be easily seen. In addition, since the convex portion is provided upstream of the movable piece, it is possible to, for example, increase the retention time of the game balls on the movable piece. As a result, the reflected light from the recess strongly draws the player's attention to the winning hole, and by focusing on the winning hole, the player can feel a sense of suspense as to whether or not the game ball will win when the winning hole is put into a winning-prone state by the movement of the movable piece, entertaining the player and preventing a decline in interest.

In addition, because a recess is provided on the back side of the protrusion, when viewed from the front, a complex shape appears due to the shape of the protrusion and the shape of the recess, compared to when only a protrusion is provided, and this shape acts as decoration, improving the appearance of the component in which the protrusion and recess are provided.

Furthermore, because a recess is provided on the back side of the protrusion, the weight of the member on which the protrusion and recess are provided can be reduced compared to a case in which no recess is provided, allowing for weight reduction and reducing the costs associated with the member on which the protrusion and recess are provided. In addition, because it is possible to reduce the weight of the member on which the protrusion and recess are provided, it is possible to eliminate the need for reinforcement that was necessary in conventional gaming machines, and it is possible to suppress increases in the costs associated with the gaming machine.

Means 2: In the gaming machine,
"A gaming machine equipped with a gaming board on the front side of which is provided a gaming area through which gaming balls circulate,
The game area has a winning hole for awarding a prize to a player when a game ball wins;
A movable piece that switches the state of the winning port between an easy-to-win state and an impossible-to-win state;
A protrusion formed downstream of the movable piece and affecting the flow speed of the game ball;
Equipped with
A recess is provided on the rear side of the protrusion, and the decorative light can be reflected by the surface of the recess.
It is characterized by being something that

The "winning hole" here may be a "start winning hole (second starting hole) from which a small number of game balls are paid out when a game ball wins and a lottery for special symbols is held", a "big winning hole from which a large number of game balls are paid out when a game ball wins", or a "gimmick winning hole from which a predetermined number of game balls are paid out when a game ball wins and which can supply winning game balls to a V winning hole or a losing hole", etc.

The "convex portion" may have any shape that can affect the speed at which the game ball flows down when it comes into contact with it, and examples of the cross-sectional shape of the side include "semicircular," "triangular," "trapezoidal," "rectangle," "polygonal such as pentagon or hexagon," and "irregular shape based on a free curve."

The "concave" may be concave, and examples of such shapes include "a shape similar to the shape of the convex" and "a shape different from the shape of the convex". It is also preferable for the "concave" to have a curved surface or multiple flat surfaces with different angles, which makes it possible to reflect light in various directions.

Furthermore, examples of "convex and concave portions" include "those provided on a thin plate-shaped rear plate portion (e.g., a flange portion, a base plate, etc.) extending along the front surface of the game board", "those provided on a thin plate-shaped front plate portion (e.g., a front plate) that is disposed in front of the game board and forms a space between the game board and the game board through which game balls can flow", and "those provided on both a thin plate-shaped rear plate portion (e.g., a flange portion, a base plate, etc.) extending along the front surface of the game board and a thin plate-shaped front plate portion (e.g., a front plate) that is disposed in front of the rear plate portion and forms a space between the game board and the rear plate portion through which game balls can flow".

According to the configuration of the second means, the gaming machine is provided with a gaming board with a gaming area on the front side through which gaming balls flow, and the gaming area is provided with a winning port that gives a player a prize when a gaming ball wins, a movable piece that switches the state of the winning port between an easy-to-win state and an unwinnable state, and a protrusion formed downstream of the movable piece that affects the flow speed of the gaming balls, and a recess is provided on the back side of the protrusion, and decorative light can be reflected on the surface of the recess (see the description of the attacca passage 2577a and the right edge passage 2577b in the [Form for carrying out the invention], chapter [6-1a. Passage decoration section], the attacca passage 2577a and the right edge passage 2577b, Figure 130, etc.).

According to this configuration, a convex portion that affects the flow speed of the game balls is provided downstream of the movable piece that switches the winning port, which is provided in the game area through which the game balls circulate, between an easy-to-win state and an unwinnable state, and a concave portion that reflects decorative light is provided on the back side of the convex portion, so that the decorative light can be reflected by the concave portion, and the reflected light can be used to illuminate and decorate the area around the movable piece. Because this illuminating decoration is light reflected by the concave portion, it is possible to create an illuminating decoration that is completely different from the conventional direct light from an LED, and it is possible to draw the player's attention to the movable piece and, by extension, the winning port.

In addition, since the convex portion is provided downstream of the movable piece, the convex portion and the concave portion are located downstream of the winning opening in the game area, and in the case where another winning opening is provided further downstream of the movable piece, the concave portion illuminates and decorates the area between the winning opening with the movable piece and the other winning opening, so that the player's attention can be directed to both winning openings. Even if the game ball does not win the winning opening with the movable piece, there is a possibility that it will win in another winning opening downstream, so that the player can continue to enjoy the game. In this case, since the convex portion with the concave portion on the back side is provided upstream of the other winning opening, the convex portion can slow down the flow speed of the game ball flowing toward the other winning opening, and can increase the expectation of winning in the other winning opening.

Furthermore, because the convex portion is provided downstream of the movable piece, if the convex portion and the concave portion are provided inside the winning opening, the winning opening can be illuminated and decorated by the light reflected by the concave portion, strongly drawing the player's attention to the winning opening, and by focusing on the winning opening, the player can feel anxious and excited about whether or not the game ball will win when the winning opening becomes ready for a win due to the movement of the movable piece, entertaining the player and preventing a decline in interest. Also, if a convex portion with a concave portion on the back side is provided inside the winning opening, the convex portion can slow down the flow speed of the game ball that has entered the winning opening, making it less likely that the winning opening (inside) will be damaged.

In addition, because a recess is provided on the back side of the protrusion, when viewed from the front, a complex shape appears due to the shape of the protrusion and the shape of the recess, compared to when only a protrusion is provided, and this shape acts as decoration, improving the appearance of the component in which the protrusion and recess are provided.

Furthermore, because a recess is provided on the back side of the protrusion, the weight of the member on which the protrusion and recess are provided can be reduced compared to a case in which no recess is provided, allowing for weight reduction and reducing the costs associated with the member on which the protrusion and recess are provided. In addition, because it is possible to reduce the weight of the member on which the protrusion and recess are provided, it is possible to eliminate the need for reinforcement that was necessary in conventional gaming machines, and it is possible to suppress increases in the costs associated with the gaming machine.

Means 3: In the configuration of means 1 or means 2,
"A decorative member is provided on the rear side of the protruding portion, and the recessed portion is made untouchable by the decorative member."
The present invention is characterized in that

Here, examples of "decorative members" include "decorative stickers in sheet form with a specific decoration", "decorative panels in plate form with a specific decoration", "decorative sheets or decorative cells with a specific decoration", "decorative bodies with three-dimensional decoration", etc.

In addition, "inaccessible to fingers" means that the recess cannot be touched by the fingers of a worker or the like, and examples of such terms include "the back side of the convex portion and the decorative member are in contact with each other with no gap between them", "there is a gap between the back side of the convex portion and the decorative member but a finger cannot fit in (a gap large enough for a finger to fit in)", "there is a gap between the back side of the convex portion and the decorative member large enough for a finger to fit in, but the outer periphery is surrounded by the decorative member or other member so that a finger cannot fit in the gap", etc.

However, when providing a recess on the back side of a protrusion, if the inside of the recess becomes dirty when a worker touches the inside of the recess with his or her fingers during the manufacture of the gaming machine, the machine will look unsightly. Furthermore, if the inside of the recess becomes dirty, wiping off the dirt is time-consuming because it is recessed, so careful work is required to prevent the recess from becoming dirty, which can result in increased costs due to unnecessarily long working hours.

According to the configuration of Means 3, the gaming machine is provided with a decorative member on the back side of the convex portion, and the decorative member makes the concave portion untouchable by fingers (see the description of the decorative member 2445 in [Embodiment for carrying out the invention]).

According to this configuration, the decorative light can be reflected by the concave portion provided on the back side of the convex portion that changes the flow direction of the game ball and affects the flow speed near the movable piece that switches the winning hole between the easy-to-win state and the non-win state, so that the reflected light can illuminate and decorate the area near the movable piece (winning hole). Since this illumination decoration is light reflected by the concave portion, it is possible to show an illumination decoration that is completely different from the conventional illumination decoration that uses direct light from an LED, and it can draw the player's attention to the movable piece and, in turn, the winning hole. At this time, since the decorative member makes the concave portion untouchable, the worker's fingers will not touch the concave portion and get dirty during the manufacture of the gaming machine, and the decorative light can be reflected well at the concave portion, and the decorative effect of the illumination decoration can be reliably achieved. And, since the convex portion provided with the concave portion on the back side can affect the flow speed of the game ball, it is possible to direct the flow direction of the game ball toward the winning hole (movable piece) and to slow down the flow speed of the game ball near the winning hole (movable piece). As a result, the reflected light from the recess strongly draws the player's attention to the winning hole, and by focusing on the winning hole, the player can feel a sense of suspense as to whether or not the game ball will win when the winning hole is put into a winning-prone state by the movement of the movable piece, entertaining the player and preventing a decline in interest.

In addition to decoration based on the shapes of the convex and concave portions, decoration is also provided by decorative members, improving the appearance of the member on which the convex and concave portions are provided.

Means 4: In any one of the configurations of means 1 to 3,
"The game machine further includes a thin-plate-shaped passage plate portion extending parallel to the game board, and the protrusion and the recess are provided on the passage plate portion."
The present invention is characterized in that

Here, examples of "passage plate portion" include "a rear plate portion (e.g., a flange portion, base plate, etc.) extending along the front surface of the game board", "a front plate portion (e.g., a front plate) that is disposed in front of the game board and forms a space between the game board and the game board through which game balls can flow", and "both a rear plate portion (e.g., a flange portion, base plate, etc.) extending along the front surface of the game board and a front plate portion (e.g., a front plate) that is disposed in front of the rear plate portion and forms a space between the game board and the rear plate portion through which game balls can flow".

According to the configuration of means 4, the gaming machine further comprises a thin passage plate portion extending parallel to the gaming board, and the passage plate portion is provided with a convex portion and a concave portion (see the description of the rear plate portion 2592 and the front plate portion 2593 in [Embodiment for carrying out the invention]).

According to this configuration, when the passage plate portion on which the convex portions and the concave portions are provided is a rear plate portion (flange portion or base plate) provided along the game board, the convex portions and the concave portions are provided behind the circulating game balls, and the concave portions are decorated by reflecting decorative light, so that the game balls circulating in front of the game balls can be made to look like silhouettes due to the luminous decoration while strongly attracting the player's attention to the winning opening, making it easier to see the movement of the game balls. On the other hand, when the passage plate portion on which the convex portions and the concave portions are provided is a front plate portion (front plate) provided along the game board, the convex portions and the concave portions are provided in front of the circulating game balls, and the concave portions are decorated by reflecting decorative light, so that the game balls can be made to look like they are sparkling due to the reflected light of the concave portions provided in front of the circulating game balls, and strongly attracting the player's attention to the winning opening. Furthermore, if the passage plate portion on which the convex portions and concave portions are provided is made up of both a rear plate portion extending along the front surface of the game board, and a front plate portion disposed in front of the rear plate portion and forming a space between the rear plate portion and the passage plate portion through which game balls can circulate, the convex portions and concave portions will be provided in front of and behind the circulating game balls, so that the luminous decoration of the concave portion provided on the rear plate portion makes the game balls appear as silhouettes, while the luminous decoration of the concave portion provided on the front plate portion makes them appear to be sparkling, strongly drawing the player's attention to the winning opening and allowing them to enjoy the movement of the game balls, thereby preventing a decline in interest in the game.

In addition, if the passage plate portion on which the convex portions and concave portions are provided is made up of both a rear plate portion extending along the front surface of the game board, and a front plate portion disposed in front of the rear plate portion and forming a space between the rear plate portion and the passage plate portion through which the game balls can flow, and the convex portions of the rear plate portion and the convex portions of the front plate portion are arranged alternately (staggered) in the flow direction of the game balls upstream of the movable piece, as described above, the luminous decoration of the concave portion can strongly attract the player's attention to the winning opening, and the flow speed of the game balls can be significantly slowed down near the winning opening, making it possible to lengthen the retention time of the game balls on the movable piece. This creates a sense of suspense and excitement as to whether the game ball will win or not at the timing when the winning opening becomes easy to win due to the movement of the movable piece, entertaining the player and preventing a decline in interest.

Means 5: In any one of the configurations of means 1 to 4,
"The protrusions are provided in a plurality, and some of the protrusions have specific protrusions on the rear side thereof on which the recesses are not provided."
The present invention is characterized in that

According to the configuration of means 5, a plurality of protrusions are provided, and some of these have specific protrusions on the back side that do not have recesses (see the description of specific protrusions 2596 in [Form for carrying out the invention]).

According to this configuration, some of the multiple protrusions have specific protrusions that do not have a concave portion on the back side. In other words, protrusions with a concave portion on the back side and protrusions (specific protrusions) that do not have a concave portion on the back side are mixed. As a result, the back side of the specific protrusions cannot reflect decorative light like the concave portions, so the form of the luminous decoration can be made different between the protrusions and the specific protrusions.

In addition, because the shape seen from the front differs between a convex portion with a concave portion on the back side and a specific convex portion without a concave portion on the back side, it is possible to vary the decoration seen from the front compared to a case where only multiple convex portions with concave portions on the back side are provided.

In this way, the above solution makes it possible to provide a gaming machine that can attract the player's attention to the winning slot, thereby entertaining the player and preventing a decline in interest.

(Characteristic Effects of Technical Features)
The game panel 1100 in the game board 5 of this embodiment corresponds to the game board of the above-mentioned solution means, the second starting opening 2004 and the large winning opening 2005 in this embodiment correspond to the winning openings of the above-mentioned solution means, the second starting opening door 2541 and the large winning opening door 2531 in this embodiment correspond to the movable pieces of the above-mentioned solution means, the base plate 2441, the front plate 2442, the flange portion 2512 and the front plate 2571 in this embodiment correspond to the passage plate portions of the above-mentioned solution means, and the attacca decorative base plate 2443, the decorative member 2445 and the front decorative portion 2572 in this embodiment correspond to the decorative members of the above-mentioned solution means.

In addition, the convex portion 2594, rear plate convex portion 2594a, and front plate convex portion 2594b in this embodiment correspond to the convex portion of the above-mentioned solution means, and the concave portion 2595, rear plate concave portion 2595a, and front plate concave portion 2595b in this embodiment correspond to the concave portion of the above-mentioned solution means, respectively.

(Characteristic Effects of Technical Features)
According to the pachinko machine 1 of this embodiment, a convex portion 2594 that affects the flow speed of the game ball B is provided upstream of the large prize opening door 2531 that switches the large prize opening 2005 provided in the game area 5a through which the game ball B circulates between an easy-to-win state and an unwinnable state, and a concave portion 2595 that reflects decorative light is provided on the back side of the convex portion 2594, so that the decorative light can be reflected by the concave portion 2595, and the reflected light can illuminate the vicinity of the large prize opening door 2531. Since this illumination decoration is reflected light by the concave portion 2595, it is possible to show an illumination decoration that is completely different from the conventional illumination decoration using direct light from an LED, and the player's attention can be directed to the large prize opening door 2531 and, by extension, the large prize opening 2005. In addition, the convex portion 2594 with the concave portion 2595 on the back side is provided on the upstream side of the large prize opening door 2531 and can affect the flow speed of the game ball B, so that the flow speed of the game ball B can be slowed down and the game ball B circulating toward the large prize opening door 2531 (large prize opening 2005) can be easily seen. In addition, since the convex portion 2594 is provided on the upstream side of the large prize opening door 2531, it is possible to lengthen the retention time of the game ball B on the large prize opening door 2531. As a result, the reflected light of the concave portion 2595 can strongly attract the player's attention to the large prize opening 2005, and by the player paying attention to the large prize opening 2005, it is possible to make the player feel anxious and excited about whether the game ball B will win at the timing when the large prize opening door 2005 becomes in a state where it is easy to win a prize due to the movement of the large prize opening door 2531, and it is possible to entertain the player and suppress a decrease in interest.

In addition, according to the pachinko machine 1 of this embodiment, a convex portion 2594 that affects the flow speed of the game ball B is provided downstream of the second starting gate door 2541 or the large winning gate door 2531, which switches the second starting gate 2004 or the large winning gate 2005, which are provided in the game area 5a through which the game ball B circulates, between an easy-to-win state and a non-win state, and a concave portion 2595 that reflects decorative light is provided on the back side of the convex portion 2594.Since the decorative light can be reflected by the concave portion 2595, the reflected light can illuminate and decorate the area near the second starting gate door 2541 (second starting gate 2004) and the area near the large winning gate door 2531 (large winning gate 2005). This light-emitting decoration is reflected by the recess 2595, so it is possible to create a completely different light-emitting decoration than the conventional direct light from an LED, and it is possible to draw the player's attention to the second starting gate 2541 and the large winning gate 2531, and in turn, to the second starting gate 2004 and the large winning gate 2005.

In addition, since the convex portion 2594 is provided downstream of the second starting gate 2541 or the large prize gate 2531, if the convex portion 2594 and the concave portion 2595 are provided in a portion downstream of the second starting gate 2004 or the large prize gate 2005 in the game area 5a and another prize gate (for example, the normal prize gate 2011, the second starting gate 2004, the large prize gate 2005, etc.) is provided further downstream of the second starting gate door 2541 or the large prize gate door 2531, the concave portion 2595 illuminates and decorates the portion between the second starting gate 2004 or the large prize gate 2005 where the second starting gate door 2541 or the large prize gate door 2531 is located and the other prize gate, thereby drawing the player's attention to both prize gates. And even if game ball B does not enter the second start gate 2004 or the large prize gate 2005 where the second start gate door 2541 or the large prize gate door 2531 are located, there is a possibility that it may enter another prize gate downstream, so the player can continue to enjoy the game. At this time, the convex portion 2594 with the concave portion 2595 on the back side is provided upstream of the other prize gate, so that the convex portion can slow down the circulation speed of game ball B circulating toward the other prize gate, thereby increasing the expectation of winning at the other prize gate.

Furthermore, since the convex portion 2594 is provided downstream of the second starting opening door 2541 or the large prize opening door 2531, if the convex portion 2594 and the concave portion 2595 are provided inside the second starting opening 2004 or the large prize opening 2005, the second starting opening 2004 or the large prize opening 2005 can be illuminated and decorated by the light reflected by the concave portion 2595, which can strongly attract the player's attention to the second starting opening 2004 or the large prize opening 2005. In addition, by focusing on the second starting opening 2004 or the large prize opening 2005, the player can be made to feel anxious and excited about whether or not game ball B will win when the second starting opening 2004 or the large prize opening 2005 becomes in an easy-to-win state due to the movement of the second starting opening door 2541 or the large prize opening door 2531, which can entertain the player and prevent a decline in interest. In addition, if a convex portion 2594 with a concave portion 2595 on the back side is provided inside the second starting hole 2004 or the large winning hole 2005, the convex portion 2594 can slow down the circulation speed of the game ball B that has entered the second starting hole 2004 or the large winning hole 2005, making it difficult for the second starting hole 2004 or the large winning hole 2005 to be damaged.

In addition, because the decorative member 2445 and the front decorative portion 2572 make the recess 2595 untouchable, the worker's fingers will not touch the recess 2595 and get dirty when manufacturing the pachinko machine 1, and the decorative light can be reflected well in the recess 2595, ensuring the decorative effect of the luminous decoration. And, the protrusion 2594 with the recess 2595 on the back side can affect the flow speed of the game ball B, so it is possible to slow down the flow speed of the game ball B near the second starting hole 2004 or the large winning hole 2005 (the second starting hole door 2541 or the large winning hole door 2531). For this reason, the reflected light from the recess 2595 can strongly attract the player's attention to the second starting hole 2004 or the large winning hole 2005, and by focusing on the second starting hole 2004 or the large winning hole 2005, the player can feel a sense of suspense and excitement about whether or not game ball B will win when the second starting hole 2004 or the large winning hole 2005 becomes in an easy-to-win state due to the movement of the second starting hole door 2541 or the large winning hole door 2531, which entertains the player and prevents a decline in interest.

In addition to decoration based on the shape of the convex portion 2594 and the shape of the concave portion 2595, decoration is also provided by the decorative member 2445, etc., so that the appearance of the member on which the convex portion 2594 and the concave portion 2595 are provided can be improved.

Furthermore, convex portions 2594 and concave portions 2595 are provided on both the rear plate portion 2592 provided along the front surface of the game panel 1100 and the front plate portion 2593 disposed in front of the rear plate portion 2592 and forming a space between the rear plate portion 2592 and the rear plate portion 2592 through which the game ball B can circulate. Since the convex portions 2594 and concave portions 2595 are provided in front of and behind the circulating game ball B, the game ball B can be made to look like a silhouette by the illuminating decoration of the rear plate concave portion 2595a provided on the rear plate portion 2592, while it can be made to look like it is sparkling by the illuminating decoration of the front plate concave portion 2595b provided on the front plate portion 2593. This strongly attracts the player's attention to the large prize opening 2005 and allows the player to enjoy the movement of the game ball B, thereby preventing a decline in interest in the game.

In addition, on the upstream side of the large prize opening door 2531, the rear plate convex portion 2594a and the front plate convex portion 2594b of the front plate portion 2593 are arranged alternately (staggered) in the flow direction of the game ball B, so that, as described above, the luminous decoration of the rear plate concave portion 2595a and the front plate concave portion 2595b can strongly attract the player's attention to the large prize opening 2005, and the flow speed of the game ball B can be significantly slowed down near the large prize opening 2005, making it possible to lengthen the retention time of the game ball B on the large prize opening door 2531. This makes it possible to make the player feel anxious and excited about whether the game ball B will win or not when the large prize opening 2005 becomes in a state where it is easy to win due to the movement of the large prize opening door 2531, and this entertains the player and prevents a decline in interest.

Furthermore, since the recess 2595 is provided on the back side of the protrusion 2594, the weight can be reduced by the amount of the recess 2595 compared to a case where no recess is provided, and the member in which the protrusion 2594 and the recess 2595 are provided can be made lighter, and the cost of the member in which the protrusion 2594 and the recess 2595 are provided can be reduced. In addition, since the member in which the protrusion 2594 and the recess 2595 are provided can be made lighter, it is possible to eliminate the need for reinforcement that was necessary in conventional pachinko machines, and an increase in the cost of the pachinko machine 1 can be suppressed.

[7. Entrance sign]
[7-1. Outlet notation configuration]
Next, the out port notation 2050 as an entry port notation provided on the game board 5 will be described in detail with reference to FIG. 140. FIG. 140 is an explanatory diagram showing an enlarged out port notation. .

The out port notation 2050 indicates the out ports (e.g., out port 1008, sub-out port 2023, etc.) provided on the game board 5, and when a player sees the out port notation 2050, he or she is aware that the ball entry port is an out port. As will be described in detail later, the game board 5 of this embodiment has multiple sub-out ports 2023, and the out port notation 2050 provided near each sub-out port 2023 can prevent the player from mistaking them for a winning port (e.g., general winning port 2001).

As shown in the figure, the outlet marking 2050 is composed of an indicia body 2051 consisting of letters and symbols, and a peripheral portion 2052 provided on the periphery of the indicia body 2051. At least the indicia body 2051 of the outlet marking 2050 is formed to have a lower translucency than the surroundings of the outlet marking 2050 (e.g., the member on which the outlet marking 2050 is provided, decorations such as pictures and patterns, etc.). In addition, the outlet marking 2050 has a peripheral portion 2052 that is a different color from the indicia body 2051. The peripheral portion 2052 may be transparent.

In addition, the out hole marking 2050 is smaller than the winning hole marking 2060, which is provided as the letter "IN" on the front panel 2101 of the first starting hole 2002.

Examples of the outlet marking 2050 include "printed together with a decorative pattern," "printed on a sticker and affixed," and "formed in a convex or concave shape along with the molding of the component."

In addition, the outlet notation 2050 may be characters such as "alphabet," "hiragana," "katakana," "kanji," etc., or a symbol or pictogram that means the outlet.

Furthermore, the locations where the outlet notation 2050 is provided include "the front panel of the member that constitutes the outlet," "the base plate of the member that constitutes the outlet that abuts against the front surface of the game panel," "the front surface of the game panel," "the rear surface of the transparent game panel," "the member that is provided behind the game panel," etc.

As described above, the relationship between the display body 2051 and the peripheral portion 2052 constituting the outlet display 2050 is different in color (hues), but another relationship may be that the light transmittance (translucency) of the display body 2051 and the peripheral portion 2052 is different. For example, if the light transmittance decreases in the order of the periphery of the outlet display 2050, the peripheral portion 2052, and the display body 2051, when the rear of the outlet display 2050 becomes brighter (for example, when an LED provided at the rear is lit), it can be made to look like a gradation of light.

The out-exit notation 2050 may also be configured so that the light transmittance of at least one of the notation body 2051 and the peripheral portion 2052 constituting the out-exit notation 2050 is higher than the light transmittance of the surrounding area of the out-exit notation 2050. As a result, when the area behind the out-exit notation 2050 becomes bright, the out-exit notation 2050 will light up, making it easier to recognize the out-exit notation 2050.

In addition, the outlet marking 2050 may be designed not to emit light (not to shine) when light from an LED or the like hits it. In this case, the outlet marking 2050 may be "black," "dark color," "matte color," "color with lower light reflectance than the surrounding area of the outlet marking 2050," etc.

Furthermore, the outlet sign 2050 may be made to emit light (shine) using light from an LED or the like. In this case, it may be made to emit light using light from an LED provided behind the outlet sign 2050, or it may be made to emit light using light from an LED provided to the side or front of the outlet sign 2050. Alternatively, the transparent member on which the outlet sign 2050 is provided may be used as a light guide plate so that the outlet sign 2050 emits light. In this case, examples of the outlet sign 2050 include "transparent", "colored transparent", "plated color", "glitter color", "having countless tiny prisms", etc.

The out port marking 2050 of this embodiment can be provided in various embodiments (use examples) as described below, and only one embodiment may be provided on the game board 5, or multiple embodiments may be combined.

[7-2a. Example 1 of using the out-mouth notation]
Next, an example of the use of the out port notation 2050 on the game board 5 will be described in detail with reference to FIG. 141 and the like. FIG. 141(a) is a front view of the lower part of the game board on which the out port notation is applied, and FIG. 141(b) is a perspective view of FIG. 141(a) seen from the front. First, as shown in FIG. 141, the game board 5 is provided with a first starting port 2002 provided below the central release part 2518a of the stage 2518 in the center role 2500, an out port 1008 provided at the downstream end (lowest end) of the game area 5a below the first starting port 2002, a general winning port 2001 provided to the left of the first starting port 2002, and a plurality of (here, three) sub-out ports 2023 different from the out port 1008.

This game board 5 has a panel decoration 1113 on the front of the game panel 1100, which has a game area 5a at the front. The panel decoration 1113 in this embodiment has a crack-like pattern.

The sub-outlet 2023 is always open, and an entering game ball B is discharged from the game board 5 as an out ball. In other words, similar to the out outlet 1008, no special benefit is awarded even if a game ball B enters the sub-outlet 2023. The multiple sub-outlets 2023 are made up of three, from the right: a first outlet 2023a, a second outlet 2023b, and a third outlet 2023c. In the following, the first outlet 2023a to the third outlet 2023c are collectively referred to simply as the sub-outlet 2023.

The first starting hole 2002 is provided in the starting hole unit 2100. This starting hole unit 2100 is provided with a winning hole notation section 2060 consisting of the letters "IN" on the front surface of a front plate 2101 that forms the front end of the first starting hole 2002. This winning hole notation section 2060 is formed in a relief shape that protrudes forward, and is molded integrally with the starting hole unit 2100. Note that the winning hole notation section 2060 may be a symbol such as a design or picture in addition to letters.

The general winning opening 2001 and some of the sub-outlets 2023 (here, the second outlet 2023b and the third outlet 2023c) are provided in the side unit 2200 to the left of the starting opening unit 2100. The general winning opening 2001 is provided between the second outlet 2023b and the third outlet 2023c. In this side unit 2200, the second outlet 2023b is provided with its opening facing upwards, and the third outlet 2023c is provided with its opening facing diagonally upward and to the left.

The remaining sub-outlet 2023 (first outlet 2023a) is provided in the attacca unit 2400 (details omitted) to the right of the starting port unit 2100. This first outlet 2023a is provided so as to protrude forward from the base plate 2441 at a position away from the large prize port 2005 (not shown). In the attacca unit 2400, the first outlet 2023a is provided with its opening facing diagonally upward and to the upper right.

In this embodiment, the outlet notation 2050 has a first outlet notation 2050a that represents the first outlet 2023a, a second outlet notation 2050b that represents the second outlet 2023b, and a third outlet notation 2050c that represents the third outlet 2023c. The first outlet notation 2050a to the third outlet notation 2050c have different forms. In the following, the first outlet notation 2050a to the third outlet notation 2050c are collectively referred to simply as the outlet notation 2050.

Each outlet marking 2050 will be described in detail. First, as shown in FIG. 141, the first outlet marking 2050a is provided on the front plate 2450a of the receiving part 2450 that protrudes forward from the base plate 2441 of the attacca unit 2400 and forms the first outlet 2023a. In more detail, the first outlet marking 2050a is printed on a decorative sticker 2446 attached to the front plate 2450a. This first outlet marking 2050a is provided so that the character string is slanted to match the inclination of the opening of the first outlet 2023a. This first outlet marking 2050a is provided behind the winning port marking part 2060 of the first starting port 2002.

The second outlet notation 2050b is provided directly above the second outlet 2023b on the front surface of the gaming panel 1100. The second outlet notation 2050b is provided (printed) together with the panel decoration 1113. The second outlet notation 2050b has a horizontal string of characters.

The third outlet notation 2050c is provided in the upper left portion of the third outlet 2023c on the front surface of the gaming panel 1100. The third outlet notation 2050c is applied (printed) together with the panel decoration 1113. This third outlet notation 2050c is arranged diagonally from the upper right to the lower left, with the letter "OUT" divided into "O," "U," and "T," along the slanted opening of the third outlet 2023c.

As shown in the figure, the second outlet marking 2050b and the third outlet marking 2050c are arranged to overlap with the pattern (pattern) of the panel decoration 1113 of the gaming panel 1100. This makes the second outlet marking 2050b and the third outlet marking 2050c appear to be together with the pattern of the panel decoration 1113, making the outlet marks 2050 less noticeable and without compromising the decorativeness of the panel decoration 1113.

The second outlet notation 2050b and the third outlet notation 2050c have a white periphery 2052. This separates the notation body 2051 from the pattern of the panel decoration 1113 by the white periphery 2052, so that the characters of the notation body 2051 (outlet notation 2050) are not difficult to read.

Furthermore, the first out outlet notation 2050a, the second out outlet notation 2050b, and the third out outlet notation 2050c are provided behind the winning outlet notation section 2060, making them less noticeable than the winning outlet notation section 2060 while still drawing attention to the presence of the sub-out outlet 2023, thereby reducing the chance of the sub-out outlet 2023 being mistaken for a winning outlet such as the general winning outlet 2001.

According to this example of use 1, the first outlet notation 2050a and the second outlet notation 2050b corresponding to the first outlet 2023a and the second outlet 2023b are provided in different identification modes, so that each outlet notation 2050 can be made to correspond to the opening direction of the sub-outlet 2023 or to the decoration of the part where the sub-outlet 2023 is provided, and the outlet notation 2050 can be made to be less noticeable while being displayed. Specifically, when the first outlet 2023a opens diagonally to the upper right and the second outlet 2023b opens upward, the first outlet notation 2050a is written diagonally and the second outlet notation 2050b is written horizontally, so that each outlet notation 2050 is in a state along the opening edge of the corresponding sub-outlet 2023, and each outlet notation 2050 is made to be less noticeable and less likely to give a sense of incongruity to the outlet notation 2050. This allows the player to feel uneasy about the outlet marking 2050, and ensures that the decorative effect of the decorations provided within the play area 5a can be fully realized, improving the appearance and providing a pachinko machine 1 that prevents the player's interest from declining.

In addition, since the first outlet notation 2050a is applied to the decorative sticker 2446, the outlet notation 2050 can be provided by attaching the decorative sticker 2446 on which the first outlet notation 2050a is applied (printed) to the front plate 2450a of the receiving portion 2450 of the corresponding first outlet 2023a.

In addition, the decorative sticker 2203 (decorative sticker 2446) with the outlet notation 2050 is attached to the front panel 2202, which does not come into contact with the game ball B, so that the decorative sticker 2203 will not peel off due to contact with the game ball B.

Furthermore, because the outlet notation 2050 has a lower translucency than its surroundings, when the surroundings of the outlet notation 2050 become brighter, the outlet notation 2050 becomes relatively darker. This makes it possible to make the outlet notation 2050 difficult to see while still being recognizable (visible) to the player, thereby preventing the outlet notation 2050 from making the game look unsightly.

In addition, the first outlet notation 2050a of the first outlet 2023a provided in the attacca unit 2400 having the large prize opening 2005 and the second outlet notation 2050b of the second outlet 2023b provided in the side unit 2200 having the general prize opening 2001 are arranged so that the first outlet notation 2050a is located forward of the second outlet notation 2050b. As a result, even if the first outlet notation 2050a of the first outlet 2023a is provided forward of the second outlet notation 2050b, since the large prize winning port 2005 is provided near the first outlet notation 2050a (first outlet 2023a), even if the first outlet notation 2050a stands out due to its forward placement, the player's attention is strongly directed to the large prize winning port 2005, so that the interest in the first outlet notation 2050a is relatively low, and the first outlet notation 2050a becomes unnoticeable and the first outlet notation 2050a does not obstruct the surrounding decoration. On the other hand, since the second outlet notation 2050b is provided behind the first outlet notation 2050a, the second outlet notation 2050b can be made less noticeable than the first outlet notation 2050a. Therefore, the player does not feel uncomfortable due to the outlet marking 2050, and the decorative effect of the decorations provided within the play area 5a can be reliably achieved, making it possible to provide a pachinko machine 1 that not only improves the appearance but also prevents the player's interest from declining.

In other words, the out port notation 2050 corresponding to the sub-out port 2023 closer to the large prize port 2005, which is awarded more benefits when the game ball B enters the port, is placed further forward. As a result, since the large prize port 2005 attracts the player's strong attention, the first out port notation 2050a of the first out port 2023a placed near the large prize port 2005 attracts relatively less attention, and the first out port notation 2050a is placed further forward than the other second out port notations 2050b and third out port notations 2050c, so that it does not bother the player even if it becomes conspicuous, and the first out port notation 2050a does not obstruct the surrounding decoration. Therefore, the above-mentioned action and effect can be achieved.

Furthermore, the multiple out port notations 2050 are provided behind the winning port notation section 2060 corresponding to the first starting port 2002. As a result, since the winning port notation section 2060 corresponding to the first starting port 2002 is provided, the winning port notation section 2060 can make the player aware of the existence of the first starting port 2002, and the player can strongly desire the game ball B to enter the first starting port 2002. And, in the multiple sub-out ports 2023 provided separately from the first starting port 2002, the corresponding out port notation 2050 is provided behind the winning port notation section 2060, so that the out port notation 2050 can be made less noticeable than the winning port notation section 2060, and the out port notation 2050 can be used to make the player aware of the existence of the sub-out port 2023 while suppressing the deterioration of the appearance of the pachinko machine 1 (game board 5) due to the out port notation 2050. This allows the player to feel uneasy even though the outlet marking 2050 is provided, and the decorative effect of the decorations provided within the play area 5a can be reliably achieved, improving the appearance and providing a pachinko machine 1 that prevents the player's interest from declining.

[7-2b. Example 2 of using the out-mouth notation]
Next, an example of using the out-hole notation 2050 different from the above will be described in detail with reference to FIG. 142. FIG. 142 is an explanatory diagram showing a part of a game board from the front using the out-hole notation so as to follow the pattern of the decorative part. As shown in the figure, the game board 5 of this embodiment is provided with a first start hole 2002 provided below the central release part 2518a of the stage 2518 in the center role 2500, a second start hole 2004 provided below the first start hole 2002 and opening and closing according to the lottery result of the normal pattern drawn by the game ball B passing through the gate 2003, an out hole 1008 provided at the downstream end (lowest end) of the game area 5a below the second start hole 2004, a plurality of general winning holes 2001 provided to the left of the second start hole 2004, and a sub-out hole 2023 provided to the right of the second start hole 2004.

The first starting hole 2002 and the second starting hole 2004 are provided in the starting hole unit 2100. This starting hole unit 2100 has an upper front plate 2101a that constitutes the front end of the first starting hole 2002, and a lower front plate 2101b that constitutes the front end of the second starting hole 2004. A first winning hole notation section 2060a consisting of the character "beginning" is provided on the front surface of the upper front plate 2101a. Meanwhile, a second winning hole notation section 2060b in the form of a symbol consisting of a design of multiple circles is provided on the front surface of the lower front plate 2101b. These first winning hole notation section 2060a and second winning hole notation section 2060b are formed in a relief shape with unevenness, and are molded integrally with the starting hole unit 2100.

The multiple general winning openings 2001 are provided in the side unit 2200. The side unit 2200 has a front plate 2202 that forms the front end of each general winning opening 2001. A third winning opening notation section 2060c consisting of a spiral design (symbol) is provided on the front surface of the front plate 2202. This third winning opening notation section 2060c is formed in a relief shape with projections and recesses, and is molded integrally with the side unit 2200.

The sub-out port 2023 is always open upward, and the game ball B that enters is discharged from the game board 5 as an out ball. In other words, like the out port 1008, no special benefit is given even if the game ball B enters the sub-out port 2023. This sub-out port 2023 is provided in the attacca unit 2400 (details omitted). The attacca unit 2400 has a receiving part 2450 that protrudes forward from the base plate 2441 and forms the sub-out port 2023. This receiving part 2450 has a front plate 2450a that forms the front end of the sub-out port 2023. On the front surface of this front plate 2450a, a decorative part 2450b consisting of a spiral design (pattern) similar to the third winning port notation part 2060c is provided. The decorative part 2450b is formed in a relief shape with unevenness, and is molded integrally with the receiving part 2450 (front plate 2450a). In this way, by making the design (pattern) of the decorative portion 2450b similar to the design (pattern) of the third winning port notation portion 2060c, it is possible to make the sub-out port 2023 look like the general winning port 2001 in terms of design.

As shown in the figure, the out-exit notation 2050 of this embodiment has the letters "O," "U," and "T" arranged to follow the spiral pattern of the decorative part 2450b. This makes the out-exit notation 2050 appear integrated with the pattern of the decorative part 2450b, making the out-exit notation 2050 less noticeable while still being displayed, without compromising the decorativeness of the decorative part 2450b.

According to the game board 5 of this embodiment, the out port notation 2050 is provided on the decorative portion 2450b with a pattern similar to that of the third winning port notation portion 2060c, so that when viewed from a distance, it is possible to create the illusion that there are many general winning ports 2001, making it easier to select this pachinko machine 1 as the pachinko machine 1 to play. On the other hand, when one looks closely at the ball entry port that one thought was the general winning port 2001, the out port notation 2050 is written on it, so that it can be recognized as an out port (sub-out port 2023), and loss of interest due to misidentification can be suppressed.

In addition, the character string of the outlet marking 2050 is arranged to follow the decorative portion 2450b on the front plate 2450a of the receiving portion 2450 of the attacca unit 2400, so that the outlet marking 2050 can be made to look like part of the decoration, and while allowing the player to recognize that it is the sub-outlet 2023, it can be made less noticeable than the outlet marking 2050. The decorativeness of the decoration on the game board 5 is not diminished, and the presence of the outlet marking 2050 does not make it look bad.

Furthermore, since the outlet marking 2050 is integrally molded with the attacca unit 2400 (receiving portion 2450) that forms the corresponding sub-outlet 2023, there is no risk of forgetting to attach a sticker, compared to when the outlet marking 2050 is provided by attaching a sticker, and the outlet marking 2050 can be reliably indicated, and the effort of attaching a sticker is unnecessary, which makes it possible to suppress an increase in the cost of the pachinko machine 1.

In addition, because the outlet marking 2050 is integrally molded with the receiving portion 2450, it will not peel off even if the game ball B or an operator comes into contact with it, as opposed to when the outlet marking 2050 is provided by sticker or printing (painting).

In addition, because the out exit notation 2050 has a lower translucency than its surroundings, when the surroundings of the out exit notation 2050 become brighter, the out exit notation 2050 becomes relatively darker. This makes it possible to make the out exit notation 2050 difficult to see while still being recognizable (visible) to the player, thereby preventing the out exit notation 2050 from making the game look unsightly.

[7-2c. Example 3 of using the out-mouth notation]
Next, a further example of the use of the out port notation 2050 different from the above will be described in detail with reference to FIG. 143. FIG. 143 is an explanatory diagram showing a part of a game board from the front, in which a plurality of out port notations are used with different degrees of prominence. As shown in the figure, the game board 5 of this embodiment is provided with a first start port 2002 provided at the lower part of the center in the left-right direction of the game area 5a, where a special pattern is drawn by a ball B entering the game area 5a, a plurality of general winning ports 2001 provided to the left of the first start port 2002, a large winning port 2005 provided toward the first start port 2002 and opening and closing according to the lottery result of the special pattern drawn by a ball entering the first start port 2002 or the second start port 2004 (not shown), an out port 1008 provided at the downstream end (lowest end) of the game area 5a, and a plurality of sub-out ports 2023 provided at predetermined positions within the game area 5a.

The first starting hole 2002 is provided in the starting hole unit 2100. The starting hole unit 2100 has a front plate 2101 that constitutes the front end of the first starting hole 2002. The front surface of the front plate 2101 is provided with a winning hole notation section 2060 consisting of the letters "IN". In this embodiment, the winning hole notation section 2060 is formed by a sticker.

The multiple general winning openings 2001 are provided in the side unit 2200. The multiple general winning openings 2001 are arranged in a row in the left-right direction. The side unit 2200 has a single front plate 2202 that forms the front end of each general winning opening 2001. A decorative sticker 2203 with a predetermined decoration printed on it is affixed to the front surface of this front plate 2202. The decorative sticker 2203 is decorated with a geometric pattern made up of multiple triangles.

The large prize opening 2005 is provided in the attacca unit 2400. The attacca unit 2400 has a front plate 2442 located forward of the large prize opening 2005. A decorative sticker 2446 with a predetermined decoration printed on it is affixed to the front of the front plate 2442. The decorative sticker 2446 is decorated with a geometric pattern consisting of multiple triangles, similar to the decorative sticker 2203 of the side unit 2200.

The sub-outlet 2023 is always open, and an entering game ball B is discharged from the game board 5 as an out ball. In other words, similar to the out outlet 1008, no special benefit is awarded even if a game ball B enters the sub-outlet 2023. The multiple sub-outlets 2023 are made up of three, from the right: a first outlet 2023a, a second outlet 2023b, and a third outlet 2023c. In the following, the first outlet 2023a to the third outlet 2023c are collectively referred to simply as the sub-outlet 2023.

The first outlet 2023a and the second outlet 2023b are provided in the attacca unit 2400, and the third outlet 2023c is provided in the side unit 2200. In detail, the first outlet 2023a opens upward at the right corner of the upper edge of the attacca unit 2400 upstream of the large prize opening 2005. The second outlet 2023b opens leftward near the lower part of the left edge of the attacca unit 2400 downstream of the large prize opening 2005. The third outlet 2023c opens upward in a position to the left of the general prize opening 2001 in the side unit 2200. In addition, at the position of the third outlet 2023c in the side unit 2200, the upper edge of the front panel 2202 is inclined diagonally so that it is lower to the left.

In this embodiment, the multiple sub-outlets 2023 are provided with different ball entry probabilities due to multiple obstacle nails N planted on the front surface of the game panel 1100, and the probability of the game ball B entering the first outlet 2023a is smaller than that of the second outlet 2023b, and the third outlet 2023c. In other words, it is easier for the ball to enter the third outlet 2023c than the first outlet 2023a.

In this embodiment, the outlet notation 2050 has a first outlet notation 2050a that represents the first outlet 2023a, a second outlet notation 2050b that represents the second outlet 2023b, and a third outlet notation 2050c that represents the third outlet 2023c. The first outlet notation 2050a to the third outlet notation 2050c have different forms. In the following, the first outlet notation 2050a to the third outlet notation 2050c are collectively referred to simply as the outlet notation 2050.

Each of the out-out notations 2050 will be described in detail. The first out-out notation 2050a is located above the first out-out 2023a, in the upper right corner of the front plate 2442 of the attacca unit 2400. The first out-out notation 2050a is composed of the character string "OUT" arranged side by side. Although the first out-out notation 2050a is smaller than the characters in the winning port notation section 2060, it is composed of relatively large characters to make it stand out. The first out-out notation 2050a is printed together with the decoration (geometric pattern) of the decorative sticker 2446 attached to the front plate 2442 of the attacca unit 2400 so as to overlap the decoration from above. The first out-out notation 2050a has a white color in the peripheral portion 2052, so it can be recognized (read) even if it overlaps with the decoration of the decorative sticker 2446.

The second outlet notation 2050b is provided on a decorative sticker 2446 attached to the front panel 2442 of the attacca unit 2400, above the second outlet 2023b. The second outlet notation 2050b is composed of the character string "OUT" lined up side by side. This second outlet notation 2050b is composed of smaller characters than the first outlet notation 2050a. The second outlet notation 2050b is printed together with the decoration (geometric pattern) of the decorative sticker 2446 so as to overlap the decoration from above. The second outlet notation 2050b has a white color in the peripheral portion 2052, so it can be recognized (read) even when it overlaps with the decoration of the decorative sticker 2446.

The third outlet notation 2050c is provided on a decorative sticker 2203 attached to the front panel 2202 of the side unit 2200, in front of the third outlet 2023c. The third outlet notation 2050c is a diagonal line along the slanted portion of the upper edge of the front panel 2202, with the letter "OUT" broken down into "O", "U" and "T". This third outlet notation 2050c is composed of letters smaller than the first outlet notation 2050a and the second outlet notation 2050b. The third outlet notation 2050c is printed together with the decoration (geometric pattern) of the decorative sticker 2203 so as to overlap the decoration from above. The third outlet notation 2050c has a white color in the peripheral portion 2052, and can be recognized (read) even if it overlaps with the decoration of the decorative sticker 2203.

In this embodiment, when a special symbol such as "big win" is drawn by starting entry into the first starting hole 2002 or the second starting hole 2004 (not shown), the big winning hole 2005 opens and closes in a predetermined opening and closing pattern. This big winning hole 2005 is provided below the center role 2500 and to the right of the center of the game area 5a in the left-right direction, so that the game ball B is "hit to the right" so that it flows down the right side of the center role 2500. On the route of this "hit to the right" game ball B (upstream of the big winning hole 2005), the first outlet 2023a is provided, and the first outlet notation 2050a indicating the first outlet 2023a is conspicuously provided. This makes it possible to make the player aware of the existence of the first outlet 2023a, and to make the player hope that the "hit to the right" game ball B does not enter the first outlet 2023a. Because the probability of the ball landing at the first outlet 2023a is set lower than the probability of the ball landing at the second outlet 2023b or the third outlet 2023c, the ball does not land there often enough to make the first outlet notation 2050a stand out. Even if game ball B does land at the first outlet 2023a, the player is fully aware of the existence of the first outlet 2023a in advance, so the interest is not significantly diminished and the player can continue to enjoy the game.

In addition, in this embodiment, since the second outlet 2023b is located downstream of the large prize opening 2005, even if the player is aware of the existence of the second outlet 2023b from the second outlet notation 2050b, there is little interest in the game ball B that does not enter the large prize opening 2005, and interest is not reduced even if the ball enters the second outlet 2023b.

Furthermore, in this embodiment, the third outlet 2023c is located to the left of the general winning port 2001 in the side unit 2200, and the third outlet notation 2050c is made less noticeable than the others, so that players are less interested in the third outlet 2023c. Even if the third outlet 2023c is set to have a higher ball winning probability than the first outlet 2023a and the second outlet 2023b, it is possible to make it difficult for players to notice a ball winning into the third outlet 2023c, and this can prevent a decline in the player's interest.

Thus, according to this embodiment, even if multiple sub-outlets 2023 are provided, each sub-outlet 2023 is provided with its own out-outlet notation 2050, so that the sub-outlets 2023 will not be mistaken for winning outlets. Furthermore, the first out-outlet notation 2050a corresponding to the first out-outlet 2023a, which is difficult to score a ball into, is made more noticeable than the other out-outlet notations 2050, so that the player's attention can be drawn to the first out-outlet 2023a, which is difficult to score a ball into, and it is difficult to notice balls scoring into the second out-outlet 2023b or third out-outlet 2023c, which are easy to score a ball into, thereby suppressing a decrease in interest due to balls scoring into the sub-outlets 2023.

In addition, since each of the outlet notations 2050 corresponding to the multiple sub-outlets 2023 is provided in a different identification manner, it is possible to make each outlet notation 2050 correspond to the opening direction of the sub-outlet 2023 or to the decoration of the part where the sub-outlet 2023 is provided, and the outlet notation 2050 can be displayed while being made less noticeable. Specifically, the first outlet 2023a opens toward the upward direction, the third outlet 2023c opens toward the upper left diagonal direction, the first outlet notation 2050a is written horizontally, and the third outlet notation 2050c is written diagonally. As a result, each outlet notation 2050 is in a state along the opening edge of the corresponding sub-outlet 2023, making each outlet notation 2050 less noticeable and making it difficult to give a sense of incongruity to the outlet notation 2050. This allows the player to feel uneasy about the outlet marking 2050, and ensures that the decorative effect of the decorations provided within the play area 5a can be fully realized, improving the appearance and providing a pachinko machine 1 that prevents the player's interest from declining.

In addition, because the text of the out port notation 2050 is arranged to follow the decorations on the decorative stickers 2203 and 2446, it is possible to make the out port notation 2050 look like part of the decoration, and it is possible to make the out port notation 2050 less noticeable while still allowing the player to recognize that it is the sub-out port 2023, without compromising the decorativeness of the decorations on the game board 5, and the presence of the out port notation 2050 does not make it look bad.

In addition, since the out-out notation 2050 is applied to the decorative sticker 2203 or the decorative sticker 2446, the out-out notation 2050 can be provided by attaching the decorative sticker 2203 or the decorative sticker 2446 on which the out-out notation 2050 is applied (printed) to the front plate 2202 or the front plate 2450a of the corresponding sub-out outlet 2023. In addition, for example, even if the same side unit 2200 is used as the general winning outlet 2001 or the sub-out outlet 2023 depending on the specifications or model, this can be accommodated by replacing the decorative sticker 2203, and the cost of the pachinko machine 1 can be reduced.

Furthermore, the decorative stickers 2203 and 2446 with the outlet markings 2050 are attached to the front panels 2202 and 2450a, which do not come into contact with the game ball B, so that the decorative stickers 2203 and 2446 will not peel off due to contact with the game ball B.

In addition, because the out exit notation 2050 has a lower translucency than its surroundings, when the surroundings of the out exit notation 2050 become brighter, the out exit notation 2050 becomes relatively darker. This makes it possible to make the out exit notation 2050 difficult to see while still being recognizable (visible) to the player, thereby preventing the out exit notation 2050 from making the game look unsightly.

In addition, the sub-outlet 2023 (here, the third outlet 2023c) that is easier to enter than the others has the corresponding outlet notation 2050 (third outlet notation 2050c) located further forward than the circulating game ball B. In other words, the third outlet notation 2050c is located on the front panel 2202 of the side unit 2200. This prevents the third outlet notation 2050c from being obscured by the entering game balls B and making it difficult to see (read), even if game balls B frequently enter the third outlet 2023c, and allows the third outlet notation 2050c to be reliably seen, making the presence of the third outlet 2023c known.

[7-2d. Example 4 of using the out-mouth notation]
Next, a further different example of use of the out-port notation 2050 from the above will be described in detail with reference to Fig. 144. Fig. 144(a) is a front view showing a typical pachinko machine in which an out-port notation is provided so as to overlap with a performance operation unit when viewed from the front, and (b) is a vertical cross-sectional view showing a typical pachinko machine of (a) cut in the center in the left-right direction.

The pachinko machine 1 of this embodiment is provided with a start port unit 2100 having a first start port 2002 and two sub-out ports 2023 at the bottom of the game board 5. The two sub-out ports 2023 are provided on both the left and right sides of the first start port 2002, below the first start port 2002. This start port unit 2100 has a front plate 2101 that forms the front end of the first start port 2002 and the sub-out port 2023. An out port notation 2050 consisting of the letters "OUT" is provided in the area in front of the sub-out port 2023 on the front surface of the front plate 2101. In this embodiment, the out port notation 2050 is attached as a sticker.

The starting opening unit 2100 of the game board 5 is located above the lower end of the door window 101a in the door frame 3. In other words, the starting opening unit 2100 (outlet notation 2050) is located in a position facing forward from the door window 101a when viewed from the front.

The pachinko machine 1 of this embodiment is provided with a presentation operation unit 300 as a front body on the tray unit 200 that is provided below and in front of the door window 101a in the door frame 3. The presentation operation unit 300 has a presentation operation section 301 that allows the player to operate and participate in the presentation when a player-participation type presentation is executed. The presentation operation unit 300 here is formed in an overall spherical shape, with the upper end protruding above the lower end of the door window 101a.

As shown in FIG. 144(a), when viewed from the front, the two outlet markings 2050 of the starting port unit 2100 are located behind the performance operation unit 300 as the front body, and cannot be seen from the front. This makes it difficult for other players to see the outlet markings 2050, which prevents the appearance of the game board 5 from being impaired by the visibility of the outlet markings 2050, making it easier for players to select this pachinko machine 1 as the pachinko machine to play.

In this pachinko machine 1, a space 2055 is provided between the performance operation unit 300 and the starting port unit 2100 (out port notation 2050). When a player sits in front of this pachinko machine 1, the player can see the out port notation 2050 through this space 2055. As a result, even if multiple sub-out ports 2023 are provided, a player seated in the front can see the out port notation 2050 that corresponds to the sub-out port 2023, so the player can recognize the existence of the sub-out port 2023 and will not mistake the sub-out port 2023 for a winning port.

The front body is not limited to the performance operation unit 300 (performance operation section 301), but may be the dish unit base 211 in the dish unit 200, the decorative body provided on the dish unit 200, the decorative body provided on the door frame right side unit 430, etc. The manner of notation of the outgoing notation 2050 may be changed depending on the form (shape) of the part in the front body that hides the outgoing notation 2050. In other words, the notation of the outgoing notation 2050 may be changed depending on how the outgoing notation 2050 is hidden by the front body. Specifically, for example, since the front performance operation unit 300 hides the outgoing notation 2050 horizontally, the outgoing notation 2050 is written horizontally. Also, since the decorative body of the vertically long door frame right side unit 430 hides the outgoing notation 2050 vertically, the outgoing notation 2050 is written vertically.

In addition, in the above, the outgoing notation 2050 is completely hidden by the front body when viewed from the front, but this is not limited to this, and the outgoing notation 2050 may be partially hidden when viewed from the front. In this case, the outgoing notation 2050 may be long in the same direction as the front body hides the outgoing notation 2050, but it may be long in a direction intersecting the direction in which the front body hides the outgoing notation 2050 so that a portion of it is hidden. Specifically, for example, when the front body hides it horizontally (in the case of the performance operation unit 300), the outgoing notation 2050 is written vertically, and when the front body hides it vertically (in the case of the door frame right side unit 430), the outgoing notation 2050 is written horizontally.

Furthermore, the presentation operation unit 300 may be provided detachably with respect to the plate unit 200. In this way, when replacing the game board 5 in the pachinko machine 1 due to a change in specifications or model, the presentation operation unit can be replaced with one that corresponds to the concept of the decoration and presentation of the game board 5, making it easy to respond to model changes, etc., and making it easier to provide a pachinko machine 1 that is highly appealing to players.

According to this example of use, at least a portion of the outlet marking 2050 is not visible from the front because it overlaps with the performance operation unit 300 as the front body, and is visible through the space 2055 from the player seated in front of the pachinko machine 1, so that the above-mentioned action and effect of the outlet marking 2050 can be achieved for the player playing the pachinko machine 1, while the performance operation unit 300 makes the outlet marking 2050 less noticeable for other players, thereby avoiding the poor appearance of the outlet marking 2050. Therefore, since the outlet marking 2050 is difficult to see even if it is provided, it does not cause discomfort to other players, and the decorative effect of the decoration applied to the pachinko machine 1 can be fully achieved, making it possible to provide a pachinko machine 1 that is likely to be selected as a pachinko machine to play on.

In addition, because the outlet sign 2050 is located close to the periphery of the door window 101a that allows the playing area 5a to be seen from the front, the outlet sign 2050 is less noticeable and does not cause discomfort to the player, and the same effect as above can be achieved.

The out-exit notation 2050 is also arranged to extend long in the same direction as the longitudinal direction of the portion that overlaps with the performance operation unit 300 as the front body when viewed from the front. Specifically, the out-exit notation 2050 is written horizontally because the portion that overlaps with the performance operation unit 300 is long from side to side. This ensures that the out-exit notation 2050 is hidden by the performance operation unit 300, making it difficult for other players to see the out-exit notation 2050, and providing a pachinko machine 1 that achieves the same effect as described above.

[7-3a. Relationship between outlet notation and LED 1]
Next, the relationship between the outlet marking 2050 and the LED 2056a mounted on the rear decorative board 2056 or the like in the game board 5 will be described in detail with reference to Fig. 145. Fig. 145(a) is an explanatory diagram showing the relationship between the outlet marking and the LED when viewed from the front, and (b) is an explanatory diagram showing the relationship between the player seated in the front, the outlet marking and the LED. Note that, here, an example will be described in which the sub-outlet 2023 is provided in the side unit 2200, and the outlet marking 2050 corresponding to the sub-outlet 2023 is provided on the front surface of the game panel 1100.

The game board 5 of this embodiment includes a side unit 2200 having a sub-out port 2023 and attached to a transparent game panel 1100, an out port marking 2050 provided on the front of the game panel 1100 and corresponding to the sub-out port 2023, and a decorative board 2056 provided behind the game panel 1100 and having multiple LEDs 2056a mounted on the front. With this game board 5, the game panel 1100 and the side unit 2200 can be illuminated and decorated by illuminating the multiple LEDs 2056a of the decorative board 2056.

Figure 145 (a) shows an example in which the LED 2056a is not provided behind the outlet sign 2050 when viewed from the front. In other words, the outlet sign 2050 and the LED 2056a are provided so that they do not overlap when viewed from the front. This ensures that the light from the LED 2056a is not blocked by the outlet sign 2050, which has low translucency (light transmittance), and ensures that the dramatic effect of the light emitted by the LED 2056a is fully realized. Furthermore, because the light from the LED 2056a can be used to brightly illuminate the sign, the outlet sign 2050 becomes relatively dark and difficult to see, and the deterioration of the appearance due to the outlet sign 2050 being visible can be suppressed.

Figure 145 (b) shows an example where the LED 2056a is not located in the line of sight of a player seated at the front when he or she looks at the out sign 2050. In other words, the out sign 2050 and the LED 2056a do not overlap when viewed from the seated player. This allows the light from the LED 2056a to reach the player's eyes without being blocked by the out sign 2050, which has low translucency (light transmittance), and ensures that the player can enjoy the light-emitting effects of the LED 2056a. In addition, by making it easier for the light from the LED 2056a to reach the player's eyes, it is possible to make the light-emitting effects appear dazzling, and the glare can make the out sign 2050 relatively dark and difficult to see, thereby preventing the appearance from worsening due to the out sign 2050 being visible.

In the above, an example was shown in which the outlet marking 2050 was provided on the game panel 1100, but this is not limited to this, and the outlet marking 2050 may be provided on the front panel 2101 of the side unit 2200 that constitutes the front end of the sub-outlet 2023.

In addition, in the above, the sub-out port 2023 is provided in the side unit 2200, but this is not limited to this, and the sub-out port 2023 may be provided in the starting port unit 2100, the attacca unit 2400, the center role unit 2500, etc.

Furthermore, a panel decoration 1113 with a predetermined decoration may be provided on the front surface of the gaming panel 1100. In this case, the panel decoration 1113 may have a high transparency portion 1113a and a low transparency portion 1113b, which will be described later (see FIG. 146(a)).

In the above embodiment, as shown by the two-dot chain line in FIG. 145, at least a part of the out port notation 2050 may be provided in a location that overlaps with a front body (e.g., the performance operation unit 300) that is provided in front of the game board 5 in front, and a space 2055 may be provided between the front body and the game board 5 to allow the player to see the part of the out port notation 2050 that overlaps with the front body in a front view. In this way, in addition to the effect of the relationship between the out port notation 2050 and the LED 2056a described above, the out port notation 2050 is visible to the player playing the pachinko machine 1, making the player aware of the existence of the sub-out port 2023, while the performance operation unit 300 makes the out port notation 2050 less noticeable to other players, thereby avoiding the deterioration of the appearance due to the out port notation 2050.

[7-3b. Relationship between outlet notation and LED 2]
Next, a different relationship between the out port marking 2050 and the LED 2056a on the game board 5 will be described in detail with reference to Fig. 146. Fig. 146(a) is an explanatory diagram showing an enlarged view of a portion of the game board where the out port marking is provided in a front view, (b) is an explanatory diagram showing the relationship between the out port marking and the LED in a front view on the game board in (a), and (c) is an explanatory diagram showing the relationship between a player seated in front, the out port marking, and the LED on the game board in (a). Note that, here, an example will be described in which the sub-out port 2023 is provided on the side unit 2200 and the out port marking 2050 corresponding to the sub-out port 2023 is provided on the front surface of the game panel 1100.

The game board 5 of this embodiment includes a side unit 2200 having a sub-out port 2023 and attached to a transparent game panel 1100, an out port marking 2050 provided on the front of the game panel 1100 and corresponding to the sub-out port 2023, and a decorative board 2056 provided behind the game panel 1100 and having multiple LEDs 2056a mounted on the front. In this game board 5, a panel decoration 1113 that is decorated is provided on the front of the game panel 1100. In addition, in the game board 5, the game panel 1100 and the side unit 2200 can be decorated with light by illuminating the multiple LEDs 2056a of the decorative board 2056.

In this embodiment, as shown in FIG. 146(a), the decoration of the panel decoration 1113 provided on the front surface of the gaming panel 1100 has a high light transmittance portion 1113a with high light transmittance and a low light transmittance portion 1113b (shaded portion) with low light transmittance. The outlet notation 2050 is provided so as to overlap with the low light transmittance portion of the decoration of the panel decoration 1113. As a result, at a glance, the outlet notation 2050 appears to be part of the decoration of the panel decoration 1113, making the outlet notation 2050 less noticeable.

In the example shown in FIG. 146(b), the LED 2056a is provided behind the outlet marking 2050 in a front view. In other words, the outlet marking 2050 and the LED 2056a are overlapped in a front view. As a result, when the LED 2056a is not illuminated, the LED 2056a can be hidden by the outlet marking 2050 on the front, and the deterioration of the appearance due to the LED 2056a being visible can be suppressed. When the LED 2056a is illuminated, the light irradiated to the front is blocked by the outlet marking 2050, but since the high-transmittance portion 1113a with high light transmittance is provided around the outlet marking 2050 in the panel decoration 1113, the periphery of the outlet marking 2050 is brightly lit, and the brightness makes the outlet marking 2050 relatively dark and difficult to see. Therefore, when the LED 2056a is used for the light-emitting effect, the outlet marking 2050 can be made difficult to see, and the effect of the light-emitting effect by the LED 2056a can be reliably achieved while preventing the deterioration of the appearance due to the outlet marking 2050 being visible.

In the example shown in FIG. 146(c), the LED 2056a is provided in the line of sight of a player seated in front when he sees the out sign 2050. In other words, the out sign 2050 and the LED 2056a are arranged to overlap from the seated player's perspective. This allows the LED 2056a to be hidden by the out sign 2050 when the LED 2056a is not illuminated, and the deterioration of the appearance due to the LED 2056a being visible can be suppressed. When the LED 2056a is illuminated, the light irradiated toward the player is blocked by the out sign 2050, but since the high-transmittance portion 1113a with high light transmittance is provided around the out sign 2050 in the panel decoration 1113, the area around the out sign 2050 shines brightly, and the brightness makes the out sign 2050 relatively dark and difficult to see. Therefore, when the LED 2056a is used for the light-emitting effect, the outlet marking 2050 can be made difficult to see, and the effect of the light-emitting effect by the LED 2056a can be reliably achieved while preventing the deterioration of the appearance due to the outlet marking 2050 being visible.

In the above, an example was shown in which the outlet marking 2050 was provided on the game panel 1100, but this is not limited to this, and the outlet marking 2050 may be provided on the front panel 2101 of the side unit 2200 that constitutes the front end of the sub-outlet 2023.

In addition, in the above, the sub-out port 2023 is provided in the side unit 2200, but this is not limited to this, and the sub-out port 2023 may be provided in the starting port unit 2100, the attacca unit 2400, the center role unit 2500, etc.

In the above embodiment, as shown by the two-dot chain line in FIG. 146, at least a part of the out port notation 2050 may be provided in a location that overlaps with a front body (e.g., the performance operation unit 300) that is provided in front of the game board 5 in front, and a space 2055 may be provided between the front body and the game board 5 to allow the player to see the part of the out port notation 2050 that overlaps with the front body in a front view. In this way, in addition to the effect of the relationship between the out port notation 2050 and the LED 2056a described above, the out port notation 2050 is visible to the player playing the pachinko machine 1, making the player aware of the existence of the sub-out port 2023, while the performance operation unit 300 makes the out port notation 2050 less noticeable to other players, thereby avoiding the deterioration of the appearance due to the out port notation 2050.

[7-4. Relationship between ball inlet notation and ball inlet component]
Next, the relationship between the ball entry port notation such as the out port notation 2050 and the winning port notation portion 2060 and the ball entry port member in which the ball entry port such as the out port and the winning port is provided (for example, the starting port unit 2100, the side unit 2200, the attacca unit 2400, the center role 2500, etc.) will be described in detail with reference to Figures 147 to 150. Figure 147(a) is a front view of a ball entry port member on which multiple out port notations are applied, and (b) is a rear view of the ball entry port member of (a). Figure 148(a) is a front view showing an enlarged portion of the out port notation in a ball entry port member on which an out port notation of a different type from that of Figure 147 is applied, and (b) is a rear view of (a). Figure 149(a) is a front view showing an enlarged portion of the out port notation in a ball entry port member on which an out port notation printed on both sides is applied, which is further different from Figures 147 and 148, and (b) is a rear view of (a). Figure 150 is a front view showing a portion of a transparent ball inlet member having an outlet notation and a transparent portion applied to a decorative sticker attached thereto.

[7-4a. Example 1 of the relationship between ball inlet notation and ball inlet component]
First, the embodiment shown in Fig. 147 will be described. Here, the side unit 2200 is used as the ball entrance member, and has two general winning openings 2001 and two sub-outlets 2023. In detail, the side unit 2200 has a first outlet 2023a and a second outlet 2023b separated from each other on the left and right as the sub-outlet 2023, and the two general winning openings 2001 are provided between the first outlet 2023a and the second outlet 2023b.

The side unit 2200 is formed from a transparent material. The side unit 2200 has four gutter-shaped gutter sections 2204 extending in the front-rear direction, a frame-shaped shelf section 2201 extending in the front-rear direction, a flat front plate 2202 closing the front end side of the four gutter sections 2204 and the shelf section 2201, a flange section 2205 extending parallel to the front plate 2202 behind the front plate 2202, a seal removal hole 2206 penetrating the front plate 2202, a guide rib 2207 extending upward from the bottom of each gutter section 2204, and a decorative seal 2203 affixed to the front surface of the front plate 2202.

The gutter sections 2204 are formed with a U-shaped cross section. The four gutter sections 2204 are arranged in a row in the left-right direction, with the positions higher as they move to the left. The rear of each gutter section 2204 protrudes rearward beyond the flange section 2205. The shelf section 2201 is arranged to the right of the rightmost gutter section 2204 when viewed from the front, and its upper surface is inclined so that it becomes lower toward the right. The shelf section 2201 has a shorter length (depth) in the front-to-rear direction than the four gutter sections 2204.

The flange portion 2205 is located at the same position in the front-to-rear direction as the rear end of the shelf portion 2201, and is divided into two parts, left and right, with the four gutter portions 2204 and the shelf portion 2201 between them. The left flange portion 2205 is provided to extend from the gutter portion 2204 at the left end to the upper left when viewed from the front, and the right flange portion 2205 is provided to extend from the lower right corner of the shelf portion 2201 to the lower right.

The front end of the seal removal hole 2206 is closed by the decorative seal 2203 attached to the front surface of the front plate 2202. This seal removal hole 2206 is for removing the decorative seal 2203 from the front plate 2202 when the decorative seal 2203 is not attached properly during manufacturing, or when the decorative seal 2203 is to be reused or disposed of separately. In more detail, when a rod-shaped member is inserted into the seal removal hole 2206 from the rear side of the side unit 2200 and the rear surface of the decorative seal 2203 is pressed forward with the tip of the rod-shaped member, a part of the decorative seal 2203 is peeled off from the front plate 2202 and lifted forward, and the decorative seal 2203 can be easily removed from the front plate 2202 by pulling the lifted part of the decorative seal 2203.

The guide rib 2207 has its front end in contact with the rear surface of the front plate 2202 and is inclined so that it becomes lower as it approaches the rear. This guide rib 2207 can guide the game ball B that enters the general winning opening 2001 or the sub-out opening 2023 from above to the rear.

As shown in the figure, the decorative sticker 2203 has a pattern portion 2203a on which a predetermined pattern that matches the concept of the pachinko machine 1 (game board 5) is applied (printed), and a backing portion 2203b (the area shown shaded in Figure 147 (b)) on the back side of the pattern portion 2203a is applied in a predetermined color such as white or gray.

The decorative sticker 2203 also has an outlet notation 2050 (first outlet notation 2050a and second outlet notation 2050b) consisting of the character string "OUT" applied to the area corresponding to the sub-outlet 2023 (first outlet 2023a and second outlet 2023b). The first outlet notation 2050a has characters that are inclined relative to the horizontal so as to follow the upper edge of the first outlet 2023a. The second outlet notation 2050b has characters that are horizontal. These outlet notations 2050 are applied before the picture portion 2203a.

The backing portion 2203b of the decorative sticker 2203 is intended to enhance the color of the pattern portion 2203a on the front side. This backing portion 2203b and the pattern portion 2203a make it impossible to see the rear of the front panel 2202 from the front. In other words, the shelf portion 2201, the gutter portion 2204, the sticker peeling hole 2206, and the guide rib 2207 are not visible from the front.

In this embodiment, the backing 2203b is also provided on the back side (rear) of the first outlet marking 2050a, making it difficult to see the first outlet marking 2050a from the back side of the side unit 2200. On the other hand, the backing 2203b is not provided on the back side (rear) of the second outlet marking 2050b, and as shown in the figure, the second outlet marking 2050b is visible from the back side of the side unit 2200 through the transparent front plate 2202. In more detail, when the side unit 2200 is viewed from the back side, the character string "TUO" is visible at the location of the second outlet marking 2050b. This character string can be easily inferred to be a mirror display of "OUT", and the presence of the second outlet marking 2050b can be recognized. In other words, although the character string "TUO" is visible from the back side, it can be easily assumed that the character string is a mirror image of "OUT" and can be correctly read as "OUT" even from the back side without being read as a different character or character string or the character string being read in reverse. In other words, the second out notation 2050b is legible even from the back side. If a backing portion 2203b is provided behind the second out notation 2050b, it is desirable to make the backing portion 2203b lighter or of a different color so that the second out notation 2050b is visible (recognizable) from the back side through the backing portion 2203b.

In this way, according to this embodiment, the second outlet marking 2050b as the ball inlet marking can be seen from the back side of the side unit 2200 as the ball inlet member, so that the second outlet marking 2050b can be used as a guide for the installation direction of the side unit 2200 during the assembly work of the pachinko machine 1 (game board 5).

In addition, since the outlet notation 2050 can be recognized from the back side of the side unit 2200 as a ball inlet member, it can be determined that the side unit 2200 has a sub-outlet 2023 from the back side. Specifically, for example, even if the same side unit 2200 has a ball inlet as the general winning port 2001 or as the sub-outlet 2023 depending on the specifications or model, since the outlet notation 2050 can be recognized from the back side, when assembling the pachinko machine 1 (game board 5), there is no need to turn it over to the front side to check whether the side unit 2200 has a ball inlet as the general winning port 2001 or as the sub-outlet 2023, and the effort required for assembly can be reduced.

Furthermore, since the outlet notation 2050 is applied to a decorative sticker 2203 that is attached to the transparent front plate 2202, by attaching the decorative sticker 2203 with the outlet notation 2050 applied (printed) to the front plate 2202, an outlet notation 2050 corresponding to the sub-outlet 2023 can be provided, and the second outlet notation 2050b can be recognized from the back side through the transparent front plate 2202, and the same effect as above can be achieved. Also, for example, even with the same side unit 2200, if the ball entrance is used as a winning entrance or a sub-outlet 2023 depending on the specifications or model, this can be accommodated by replacing the decorative sticker 2203, and the cost of the pachinko machine 1 can be reduced.

In addition, from the back side of the side unit 2200 as a ball inlet member, the first outlet notation 2050a is difficult to see, while the second outlet notation 2050b is visible (easy to see). In other words, in a ball inlet member having a plurality of sub-outlets 2023 and an outlet notation 2050 corresponding to each sub-outlet 2023, the outlet notation 2050 visible from the back side (second outlet notation 2050b) and the outlet notation 2050 not visible (first outlet notation 2050a) are mixed. As a result, the number of visible outlet notations 2050 differs between the front and back sides of the side unit 2200, making it easy to distinguish between the front and back of the side unit 2200, making assembly work easier.

Furthermore, the second outlet marking 2050b does not have a backing portion 2203b at the rear to improve the coloring of the pattern of the decorative sticker 2203, so light is more easily transmitted through it than the areas where the backing portion 2203b is provided (the area of the pattern portion 2203a and the area of the first outlet marking 2050a). In other words, when the rear of the side unit 2200 becomes brighter, the area of the second outlet marking 2050b becomes brighter than other areas on the decorative sticker 2203. Therefore, the second outlet marking 2050b, which can be seen from the back because there is no backing portion 2203b at the rear, can be made to look brighter than the first outlet marking 2050a, which has a backing portion 2203b at the rear and is difficult to see from the back, making the second outlet marking 2050b stand out.

Therefore, for example, in the first outlet 2023a and the second outlet 2023b provided in the side unit 2200, the probability of the ball entering the second outlet 2023b is set lower than the probability of the ball entering the first outlet 2023a. Since the backing part 2203b is not provided as described above, the second outlet notation 2050b becomes brighter and more noticeable, so that the player can be made aware of the existence of the second outlet 2023b and hope that the game ball B does not enter the second outlet 2023b. Since the ball entry probability of this second outlet 2023b is set lower than that of the first outlet 2023a, the ball does not enter the second outlet 2023b to the extent that the second outlet notation 2050b becomes more noticeable. Even if the game ball B enters the second outlet 2023b, the player is fully aware of the existence of the second outlet 2023b in advance, so that the interest in the game is not significantly reduced and the player can continue to enjoy the game.

For the above reasons, in a ball entry port member having multiple sub-outlets 2023 (outlet notations 2050), for example, in a ball entry port member in which the probability of a ball scoring into each sub-outlet 2023 is set to be the same, the number of visible outlet notations 2050 is the same when viewed from the front and the back, or all of the outlet notations 2050 are difficult to see when viewed from the back. On the other hand, in a ball entry port member in which the probability of a ball scoring into each sub-outlet 2023 is set to be different, the number of visible outlet notations 2050 is made different from that of the front and the back. In other words, outlet notations 2050 that are difficult to see when viewed from the back side and visible outlet notations 2050 are mixed. In this case, if the ball inlet member has a mixture of visible and difficult to see outlet markings 2050 when viewed from the back, the worker can recognize that the ball inlet member is a ball inlet member with different ball entry probabilities for the multiple sub-outlets 2023. As a result, for example, even if many different game boards 5 with different models and specifications are flowing on the production line at the assembly site of the pachinko machine 1, by looking at the ball inlet member from the back, it is easy to determine whether the ball inlet member is a ball inlet member with a different ball entry probability, and it is possible to avoid installing the ball inlet member according to the specifications.

In addition, the game area 5a of the game board 5 is provided with a plurality of winning holes such as the general winning hole 2001, and a plurality of sub-outlets 2023 such as the first outlet 2023a and the second outlet 2023b, and the first outlet notation 2050a corresponding to the first outlet 2023a and the second outlet notation 2050b corresponding to the second outlet 2023b are provided in different identification modes. This allows the player to notice the existence of the sub-outlet 2023 by visually recognizing the outlet notation 2050 such as the first outlet notation 2050a corresponding to the first outlet 2023a and the second outlet notation 2050b corresponding to the second outlet 2023b. Therefore, the first outlet 2023a and the second outlet 2023b will not be mistaken for the general winning port 2001, so even if a special prize is not awarded when the game ball B enters the first outlet 2023a or the second outlet 2023b, the player will not feel frustrated and his or her interest in the game will not decrease.

In this embodiment, the first outlet marking 2050a is provided in front of the guide rib 2207, which serves as an extension extending rearward, and the first outlet marking 2050a is provided so as to overlap the guide rib 2207 from front to rear. As described above, the backing portion 2203b is provided on the back side of the first outlet marking 2050a, so that the guide rib 2207 is not visible from the front side, and the deterioration of the appearance due to the guide rib 2207 being visible is suppressed.

On the other hand, the second outlet marking 2050b is arranged so as not to overlap the guide rib 2207 front to back. Since there is no backing portion 2203b on the back side of this second outlet marking 2050b, as described above, the second outlet marking 2050b has a higher translucency (light transmittance) than the first outlet marking 2050a, making it easier to see through to the rear, but since there is no guide rib 2207 behind the second outlet marking 2050b, the guide rib 2207 is not visible from the front, and the deterioration of appearance due to the guide rib 2207 being visible is suppressed.

In addition, since the back side of the first out notation 2050a is provided with a backing portion 2203b, while the back side of the second out notation 2050b is not provided with a backing portion 2203b, the first out notation 2050a looks more beautiful (clear) than the second out notation 2050b (when the front is bright), making the first out notation 2050a stand out and attracting the player's attention to the first out 2023a corresponding to the first out notation 2050a. In other words, when viewed from the back side, if the visible second out notation 2050b and the invisible (difficult to see) first out notation 2050a are mixed, it is possible to make the first out notation 2050a stand out more than the second out notation 2050b when the front is bright. Therefore, for example, in the first outlet 2023a and the second outlet 2023b provided in the side unit 2200, the probability of the ball entering the first outlet 2023a is set lower than the probability of the ball entering the second outlet 2023b. Since the backing portion 2203b is provided as described above, the first outlet marking 2050a looks beautiful and stands out due to the light from the front, so that the player can be made aware of the existence of the first outlet 2023a and hope that the game ball B does not enter the first outlet 2023a. Since the ball entry probability of this first outlet 2023a is set lower than that of the second outlet 2023b, the ball does not enter the first outlet 2023a to the extent that the first outlet marking 2050a stands out. Even if the game ball B enters the first outlet 2023a, the player is fully aware of the existence of the first outlet 2023a in advance, so that the interest in the game is not significantly reduced and the player can continue to enjoy the game.

In the above, the sub-out port 2023 as the ball entry port and the corresponding out port notation 2050 as the ball entry port notation are shown to be visible from the back side, but this is not limited to this. It is also possible to provide a prize port notation section 2060 as the ball entry port notation corresponding to the general prize port 2001 as the ball entry port, and to make the prize port notation section 2060 visible from the back side.

In addition, when multiple general winning ports 2001 (winning ports) are provided with corresponding winning port notation sections 2060, it is possible to mix winning port notation sections 2060 that are visible from the back side with winning port notation sections 2060 that are not visible from the back side. In this case, for example, if the winning port notation section 2060 of a winning port with a higher probability of winning a ball than other winning ports is made visible from the back side and a backing section 2203b is provided in other areas, the winning port notation section 2060 will be brighter than other areas due to light from behind for the same reason as above, making the winning port with a higher probability of winning a ball stand out.

Furthermore, in the above, the out-mouth notation 2050 is shown to be composed of the character string "OUT" (a character string of the alphabet in which each character is symmetrical), but it is not limited to this, and the out-mouth notation 2050 may be composed of a character string such as "out" or "out" (a character string of katakana or hiragana). In this case, when viewed from the back, the character string is reversed left to right and appears as a mirror image that differs from that seen from the front, but since the whole or a part of it is visible, it can be read correctly, and even though it is mirror image, it can be correctly read as "out" or "out" without any mistake, and the out-mouth notation 2050 can be recognized even from the back.

[7-4b. Example 2 of the relationship between ball inlet notation and ball inlet component]
Next, the embodiment shown in FIG. 148 will be described. Here, an example will be described in which a ball entrance member 2070 having a sub-out opening 2023 that opens in the left-right direction (here, leftward) as a ball entrance through which the game ball B can enter is taken as an example. The ball entrance member 2070 is formed of a transparent member. This ball entrance member 2070 includes a flat front plate 2071 that constitutes the front end side of the sub-out opening 2023, and a decorative seal 2072 that is attached to the front surface of the front plate 2071. The front plate 2071 is provided with a seal removal hole 2071a that penetrates from front to rear. The front end side of the seal removal hole 2071a is closed by the decorative seal 2072 that is attached to the front surface of the front plate 2071.

The seal removal hole 2071a is for removing the decorative seal 2072 from the front plate 2071 in cases where the decorative seal 2072 was not applied properly during manufacturing, or when the decorative seal 2072 is to be reused or disposed of separately. In more detail, when a rod-shaped member is inserted into the seal removal hole 2071a from the back side of the ball entrance member 2070 and the tip of the rod is used to press the back surface of the decorative seal 2072 forward, a part of the decorative seal 2072 is peeled off from the front plate 2071 and lifted forward, and the decorative seal 2072 can be easily removed from the front plate 2071 by pulling the lifted part of the decorative seal 2072.

The decorative sticker 2072 has a pattern portion 2072a with a predetermined pattern that matches the concept of the pachinko machine 1 (game board 5), and a backing portion 2072b (the portion shown by hatching in FIG. 148(b)) with a predetermined color such as white or gray on the back side of the pattern portion 2072a. The backing portion 2072b is intended to enhance the color of the pattern portion 2072a. The backing portion 2072b and the pattern portion 2072a make the rear of the front plate 2071 invisible from the front. In other words, the gutter portion, guide rib, sticker peeling hole 2071a, etc. provided at the rear of the front plate 2071 cannot be seen from the front.

In addition, the decorative sticker 2072 has an out-out notation 2050 consisting of the character string "OUT" at a portion corresponding to the sub-out opening 2023. This out-out notation 2050 is composed of the character string "OUT" written vertically along the edge extending up and down at the sub-out opening 2023. The back side of this out-out notation 2050 does not have a backing portion 2072b (see FIG. 148 (b)). This makes the out-out notation 2050 visible from the back side of the ball inlet member 2070 through the transparent front plate 2071. In detail, when the ball inlet member 2070 is viewed from the back side, the character string "OUT" can be seen written vertically at the out-out notation 2050. This vertical character string is displayed in mirror, but since each character constituting the character string is a symmetrical character, it can be correctly read as "OUT" even when it is displayed in mirror, and the out-out notation 2050 can be recognized. In other words, the outlet marking 2050 is legible even from the back side. If a backing portion 2072b is provided behind the outlet marking 2050, it is preferable to make the backing portion 2203b thinner or of a different color so that the outlet marking 2050 can be seen from the back side through the backing portion 2072b.

In this way, according to this embodiment, the outlet marking 2050 as the ball inlet marking can be seen from the back side of the ball inlet member 2070, so that the outlet marking 2050 can be used as a guide for the installation direction of the ball inlet member 2070 during the assembly work of the pachinko machine 1 (game board 5).

In addition, each character that makes up the outlet notation 2050 is symmetrical and written vertically, so that the character string can be easily read even when viewing the outlet notation 2050 from the back of the ball inlet member 2070, and it can be recognized that the ball inlet member 2070 has a sub-outlet 2023 even from the back.

In addition, since the out port notation 2050 can be recognized (read) from the back side of the ball inlet member 2070, it can be determined that the member has a sub-out port 2023 from the back side. Specifically, for example, even if the same ball inlet member 2070 is used as a winning port or a sub-out port 2023 depending on the specifications or model, since the out port notation 2050 can be recognized from the back side, when assembling the pachinko machine 1 (game board 5), there is no need to take the trouble of turning it over to the front side to check whether the ball inlet member 2070 is a winning port or a sub-out port 2023, and the effort required for assembly can be reduced.

Furthermore, since the outlet notation 2050 is applied to a decorative sticker 2072 that is attached to the transparent front plate 2071, by attaching the decorative sticker 2072 with the outlet notation 2050 applied (printed) to the front plate 2071, it is possible to provide the outlet notation 2050 that corresponds to the sub-outlet 2023, and the outlet notation 2050 can be recognized from the back side through the transparent front plate 2071, and the same effect as above can be achieved. Also, for example, even with the same ball entrance member 2070, if the ball entrance is to be used as a winning entrance or a sub-outlet 2023 depending on the specifications or model, this can be accommodated by replacing the decorative sticker 2072, and the cost of the pachinko machine 1 can be reduced.

In addition, since an out port notation 2050 corresponding to the sub-out port 2023 is provided, the player can become aware of the existence of the sub-out port 2023 by visually checking the out port notation 2050. Therefore, the sub-out port 2023 will not be mistaken for a winning port such as the general winning port 2001, so even if a special prize is not awarded due to game ball B entering the sub-out port 2023, the player will not feel annoyed, and his or her interest in the game will not decrease.

In the above, the sub-out port 2023 as the ball entry port and the corresponding out port notation 2050 as the ball entry port notation are shown to be visible from the back side, but this is not limited to this. It is also possible to provide a prize port notation section 2060 as the ball entry port notation corresponding to the prize port as the ball entry port, and to make the prize port notation section 2060 visible from the back side.

Furthermore, in the above, the out-out notation 2050 is shown to be composed of the character string "OUT" (a character string of the alphabet in which each character is symmetrical), but it is not limited to this, and the out-out notation 2050 may be composed of a character string such as "out" or "out" (a character string of katakana or hiragana). In this case, since it is written vertically, only the characters of the character string are mirror images inverted from left to right and are not inverted up and down. Therefore, even if the appearance is different from that seen from the front side, if the whole or a part of it is visible, it can be correctly read (deciphered) as "out" or "out", without any mistake, and the out-out notation 2050 can be recognized even from the back side.

[7-4c. Example 3 of the relationship between ball inlet notation and ball inlet member]
Next, the embodiment shown in FIG. 149 will be described. Here, the side unit 2200 will be described as an example of the ball entrance member. This side unit 2200 is different from the side unit 2200 shown in FIG. 147 only in the portion of the second exit notation 2050b on the decorative sticker 2203, and the other configurations are the same, so detailed description will be omitted. However, the configuration of the side unit 2200 shown in FIG. 149 will be described. Although not shown, the side unit 2200 has two general winning openings 2001 arranged in a row on the left and right, and a first exit 2023a and a second exit 2023b as sub-outlets 2023 arranged on both the left and right outer sides between the two general winning openings 2001.

The side unit 2200 is formed from a transparent material and has four gutter-shaped gutter sections 2204 extending in the front-rear direction, a frame-shaped shelf section 2201 extending in the front-rear direction, a flat front plate 2202 closing the front end side of the four gutter sections 2204 and the shelf section 2201, a flange section 2205 (not shown) extending parallel to the front plate 2202 behind the front plate 2202, a seal removal hole 2206 (not shown) penetrating the front plate 2202, a guide rib 2207 extending upward from the bottom of each gutter section 2204, and a decorative sticker 2203 affixed to the front surface of the front plate 2202.

The gutter 2204 has a U-shaped cross section. The shelf 2201 is inclined so that the top surface is lower toward the right. The seal removal hole 2206 is closed at its front end by the decorative seal 2203 affixed to the front surface of the front plate 2202, and is used to remove the decorative seal 2203 from the front plate 2202. The guide rib 2207 has its front end in contact with the rear surface of the front plate 2202, and is inclined so that it is lower toward the rear.

As shown in the figure, the decorative sticker 2203 has a pattern portion 2203a on which a predetermined pattern is applied (printed) in accordance with the concept of the pachinko machine 1 (game board 5), and a backing portion 2203b (the portion shown by hatching in FIG. 149(b)) on the back side of the pattern portion 2203a, which is applied in a predetermined color such as white or gray. The backing portion 2203b is intended to enhance the color of the pattern portion 2203a on the front side. The backing portion 2203b and the pattern portion 2203a make the rear of the front panel 2202 invisible from the front. In other words, the shelf portion 2201, the gutter portion 2204, the sticker peeling hole 2206, and the guide rib 2207 are not visible from the front.

In addition, the decorative sticker 2203 has an outlet notation 2050 (first outlet notation 2050a and second outlet notation 2050b) consisting of the character string "OUT" applied to the area corresponding to the sub-outlet 2023 (first outlet 2023a and second outlet 2023b). Although not shown here, the first outlet notation 2050a has characters that are inclined relative to the horizontal so as to follow the upper edge of the first outlet 2023a (see FIG. 147(a)). The second outlet notation 2050b has characters that are horizontal. These outlet notations 2050 are applied before the picture portion 2203a.

In this embodiment, as in the embodiment of FIG. 147, the backing portion 2203b is also provided on the back side (rear) of the first outlet marking 2050a, making it difficult to see the first outlet marking 2050a from the back side of the side unit 2200. On the other hand, the backing portion 2203b is not provided on the back side (rear) of the second outlet marking 2050b, making it possible to see the second outlet marking 2050b from the back side of the side unit 2200 through the transparent front panel 2202, as shown in FIG. 149(b).

More specifically, the rear marking section 2053 is provided on the rear side of the second outlet marking 2050b. The rear marking section 2053 is composed of the character string "OUT" arranged from left to right, just like the second outlet marking 2050b. Therefore, in the area of the second outlet marking 2050b, as shown in the figure, the character string "OUT" arranged from left to right is visible due to the rear marking section 2053 even when viewed from the rear side. The second outlet marking 2050b and the rear marking section 2053 on the rear side are printed on both sides, and are composed of the character string "OUT" written horizontally from left to right, whether viewed from the front side or the rear side. Therefore, when the side unit 2200 is viewed from the rear side, the character string "OUT" is visible in the area of the second outlet marking 2050b, and can be correctly read as "OUT" as it is (see FIG. 149(b)).

When providing the backing portion 2203b behind the second outlet marking 2050b, it is desirable to make the backing portion 2203b lighter or of a different color so that the second outlet marking 2050b can be seen (recognized) from the back side through the backing portion 2203b. When providing the backing portion 2203b behind the second outlet marking 2050b, it is desirable to provide the back marking portion 2053 behind the backing portion 2203b.

In this way, according to this embodiment, the second outlet marking 2050b (rear marking portion 2053) as the ball inlet marking can be seen from the back side of the side unit 2200 as the ball inlet member, so that the second outlet marking 2050b can be used as a guide for the installation direction of the side unit 2200 during the assembly work of the pachinko machine 1 (game board 5).

In addition, a rear marking section 2053 having the same marking as the second outlet marking 2050b facing backward is provided on the rear side of the second outlet marking 2050b. Therefore, when the second outlet marking 2050b is viewed from the rear side of the side unit 2200, the character string "OUT" is seen, which is not a mirror image of the rear marking section 2053, but is written correctly, and the character string can be easily read. This enables the user to recognize that the side unit 2200 has a sub-outlet 2023 even from the rear side.

Furthermore, since the second outlet marking 2050b (rear marking portion 2053) can be recognized (read) from the rear side of the side unit 2200, it can be determined that the side unit 2200 has a sub-outlet 2023 from the rear side. Specifically, for example, even if the same side unit 2200 has a ball inlet that serves as a winning port or a sub-outlet 2023 depending on the specifications or model, since the outlet marking 2050 can be recognized from the rear side, when assembling the pachinko machine 1 (game board 5), there is no need to turn it over to check whether the side unit 2200 has a ball inlet that serves as a winning port or a sub-outlet 2023, and the effort required for assembly can be reduced.

In addition, from the back side of the side unit 2200 as a ball inlet member, the first outlet notation 2050a is difficult to see, while the second outlet notation 2050b is visible (easy to see). In other words, in a ball inlet member having a plurality of sub-outlets 2023 and an outlet notation 2050 corresponding to each sub-outlet 2023, the outlet notation 2050 visible from the back side (second outlet notation 2050b) and the outlet notation 2050 not visible (first outlet notation 2050a) are mixed. As a result, the number of visible outlet notations 2050 differs between the front and back sides of the side unit 2200, making it easy to distinguish between the front and back of the side unit 2200, making assembly work easier.

In addition, the game area 5a of the game board 5 is provided with a plurality of winning holes such as the general winning hole 2001, and a plurality of sub-outlets 2023 such as the first outlet 2023a and the second outlet 2023b, and the first outlet notation 2050a corresponding to the first outlet 2023a and the second outlet notation 2050b corresponding to the second outlet 2023b are provided in different identification modes. This allows the player to notice the existence of the sub-outlet 2023 by visually recognizing the outlet notation 2050 such as the first outlet notation 2050a corresponding to the first outlet 2023a and the second outlet notation 2050b corresponding to the second outlet 2023b. Therefore, the first outlet 2023a and the second outlet 2023b will not be mistaken for the general winning port 2001, so even if no special prize is awarded when the game ball B enters the first outlet 2023a or the second outlet 2023b, the player will not feel frustrated and his/her interest will not decrease.

In the above, the sub-out port 2023 as the ball entry port and the corresponding out port notation 2050 as the ball entry port notation are shown to be visible from the back side, but this is not limited to this. It is also possible to provide a prize port notation section 2060 as the ball entry port notation corresponding to the general prize port 2001 as the ball entry port, and to make the prize port notation section 2060 visible from the back side.

In addition, if a winning port indication section 2060 corresponding to a winning port such as the general winning port 2001 serving as a ball entry port is provided, and the winning port indication section 2060 is made visible from the back side of the side unit 2200, a reverse indication section may be provided behind the winning port indication section 2060, with the same character string as the winning port indication section 2060 facing backward. In this way, even when the portion of the winning port indication section 2060 on the side unit 2200 is viewed from the back side, the reverse indication section allows the character string to be seen in a correct display, not a mirror display, and the winning port indication section 2060 can be read from the back side.

In addition, when multiple general winning ports 2001 (winning ports) are provided with corresponding winning port notation sections 2060, it is possible to mix winning port notation sections 2060 that are visible from the back side with winning port notation sections 2060 that are not visible from the back side. In this case, for example, if the winning port notation section 2060 of a winning port with a higher probability of winning a ball than other winning ports is made visible from the back side and a backing section 2203b is provided in other areas, the winning port notation section 2060 will be brighter than the other areas due to light from behind for the same reason as above, making the winning port with a higher probability of winning a ball stand out.

Furthermore, in the above, the out-out notation 2050 and the reverse notation 2053 are shown as being composed of the character string "OUT" (character string of the alphabet), but the present invention is not limited to this, and the out-out notation 2050 and the reverse notation 2053 may be composed of character strings such as "out" or "out" (character strings of katakana or hiragana). Alternatively, the out-out notation 2050 on the front side and the reverse notation 2053 on the back side may be different. Specifically, the out-out notation 2050 may be "OUT" and the reverse notation 2053 may be "out" or "out", the out-out notation 2050 may be "out" or "out" and the reverse notation 2053 may be "OUT", or the out-out notation 2050 may be "out" and the reverse notation 2053 may be "out". If the outlet marking 2050 and the back marking 2053 are different, it becomes easier to distinguish between the front and back of the side unit 2200 (ball inlet member).

[7-4d. Example 4 of the relationship between ball inlet notation and ball inlet member]
Next, the embodiment shown in FIG. 150 will be described. Here, an example will be described of a ball entrance member 2070 having a sub-out port 2023 that opens upward as a ball entrance through which the game ball B can enter. The ball entrance member 2070 is formed of a transparent member. This ball entrance member 2070 includes a flat front plate 2071 that constitutes the front end side of the sub-out port 2023, a decorative seal 2072 attached to the front surface of the front plate 2071, and an extension portion 2073 that extends rearward from the rear surface of the front plate 2071. The front plate 2071 is provided with a seal removal hole 2071a that penetrates from front to rear. The front end side of the seal removal hole 2071a is closed by the decorative seal 2072 attached to the front surface of the front plate 2071.

The seal removal hole 2071a is for removing the decorative seal 2072 from the front plate 2071 in the event that the decorative seal 2072 was not applied properly during manufacturing, or is to be reused or disposed of separately. In more detail, when a rod-shaped member is inserted into the seal removal hole 2071a from the rear side of the ball entrance member 2070 and the tip of the rod is used to press the rear surface of the decorative seal 2072 forward, a part of the decorative seal 2072 is peeled off from the front plate 2071 and lifted forward, and the decorative seal 2072 can be easily removed from the front plate 2071 by pulling the lifted part of the decorative seal 2072.

The decorative sticker 2072 has a pattern portion 2072a with a predetermined pattern that matches the concept of the pachinko machine 1 (game board 5), and a transparent portion 2072c with no pattern portion 2072a. A backing portion of a predetermined color, such as white or gray, may be provided on the back side of the pattern portion 2072a. By providing a backing portion, the color of the pattern portion 2072a can be improved. Furthermore, by providing a backing portion, the pattern portion 2072a can be reduced from being visible through the pattern portion 2072a, and the extension portion 2073 and other components at the rear can be hidden and made less visible through the pattern portion 2072a.

The decorative sticker 2072 also has an out port notation 2050 consisting of the character string "OUT" applied to the area corresponding to the sub-out port 2023. This out port notation 2050 is composed of the character string "OUT" written vertically along the upper edge of the front panel 2071. Although not shown in the figure, the out port notation 2050 can be seen from the back side of the ball inlet member 2070 through the transparent front panel 2071.

The back side of the outlet marking 2050 may be provided with a backing of a specified color, such as white or gray. By providing a backing, the color of the outlet marking 2050 can be improved. Also, by providing a backing, the outlet marking 2050 can be made less visible through the outlet marking 2050, and the rear extension 2073 and components can be hidden and made less visible through the outlet marking 2050.

The extension 2073 extends rearward from the rear surface of the front panel 2071. The extension 2073 has multiple guide ribs 2073a for guiding the game ball B that enters the sub-out port 2023 from above rearward, and a shelf portion 2073b that is frame-shaped when viewed from the front and has an upper surface that slopes downward toward the sub-out port 2023. The guide rib 2073a is formed so that its upper end becomes lower toward the rear, and is provided with intervals in the left-right direction. The extension 2073, such as the multiple guide ribs 2073a and shelf portion 2073b, is provided so as to overlap the pattern portion 2072a of the decorative sticker 2072 and the out port notation 2050 in the front-rear direction.

In this way, according to this embodiment, the outlet marking 2050 and the pattern portion 2072a of the decorative sticker 2072 are provided to overlap the front of the extension portion 2073 extending rearward from the transparent front panel 2071, so that the outlet marking 2050 and the pattern portion 2072a can make the extension portion 2073 difficult to see from the front, and the deterioration of the appearance due to the extension portion 2073 being visible can be suppressed, thereby improving the appearance.

In addition, since the outlet marking 2050, which is the ball inlet marking, can be seen from the back side of the ball inlet member 2070, the outlet marking 2050 can be used as a guide for the installation direction of the ball inlet member 2070 during the assembly work of the pachinko machine 1 (game board 5).

In addition, since an out port notation 2050 corresponding to the sub-out port 2023 is provided, the player can become aware of the existence of the sub-out port 2023 by visually checking the out port notation 2050. Therefore, the sub-out port 2023 will not be mistaken for a winning port such as the general winning port 2001, so even if a special prize is not awarded when game ball B enters the sub-out port 2023, the player will not feel irritated and his/her interest will not decrease.

Furthermore, since the outlet notation 2050 is applied to a decorative sticker 2072 that is attached to the transparent front plate 2071, by attaching the decorative sticker 2072 with the outlet notation 2050 applied (printed) to the front plate 2071, it is possible to provide the outlet notation 2050 that corresponds to the sub-outlet 2023, and the outlet notation 2050 can be recognized from the back side through the transparent front plate 2071, and the same effect as above can be achieved. Also, for example, even with the same ball entrance member 2070, if the ball entrance is to be used as a winning entrance or a sub-outlet 2023 depending on the specifications or model, this can be accommodated by replacing the decorative sticker 2072, and the cost of the pachinko machine 1 can be reduced.

In the above embodiment, the ball entrance member 2070 is provided with a sub-outlet 2023, but this is not limited to the above. The sub-outlet 2023 may be a normal outlet 1008, or the sub-outlet 2023 may be a winning port such as the general winning port 2001. When the sub-outlet 2023 is used as a winning port, the outlet notation 2050 is changed to the winning port notation section 2060.

In the above embodiment, the outgoing notation 2050 is shown to be composed of the character string "OUT" (a character string of the alphabet), but this is not limited to this, and the outgoing notation 2050 may be composed of a character string such as "out" or "out" (a character string of katakana or hiragana).

In addition, in the above embodiment, as in the embodiment of Figures 147 to 149, the outlet marking 2050 as the inlet marking may be made recognizable (readable) from the back side of the inlet member 2070.

However, at the development stage of the ball inlet member 2070, there was a problem in that the position of the sub-outlet 2023 could not be grasped because there was no indication that a specific ball inlet among the multiple ball inlets provided was the sub-outlet 2023. In contrast, in this embodiment, a specific shape portion (e.g., extension portion 2073) having a specific shape is formed on the back side of the ball inlet member 2070 at a position that overlaps with the ball inlet notation in the front-rear direction. As a result, even at the development stage when the outlet notation 2050 as a ball inlet notation is not provided on the front side of the ball inlet member 2070, the extension portion 2073 as a specific shape portion can be seen when the ball inlet member 2070 is viewed from the back side, so it is clear that the part where the extension portion 2073 is provided is the specific ball inlet (here, the sub-outlet 2023) where the outlet notation 2050 is provided, and the position of the ball inlet (sub-outlet 2023) can be easily grasped.

In addition to the above-mentioned extension 2073 (guide rib 2073a, shelf 2073b), examples of the specific shape portion include "a relief of unevenness consisting of letters indicating the ball entrance", "a relief of unevenness consisting of symbols and arrows indicating the ball entrance", "a circular stepped portion (e.g., ejector pin mark)", "a cylindrical portion extending in the front-rear direction (e.g., positioning protrusion)", "a portion penetrating in the front-rear direction (e.g., seal removal hole 2071a)", "a U-shaped cross section extending in the front-rear direction (e.g., gutter portion)", etc.

In addition, since the ball inlet member 2070 of this embodiment is a transparent member having transparency, when the decorative sticker 2072 is not attached, the specific shape portion can be seen from the front of the ball inlet member 2070. In other words, when the decorative sticker 2072 is attached to the front plate 2071, the specific shape portion can be made invisible (difficult to see) from the front, and the decorative sticker 2072 (outlet marking 2050) can make the specific shape portion difficult to see from the front and hide it. Therefore, for example, even if a design change is not made to delete the specific shape portion for the ball inlet member 2070 designed to have a specific shape portion in the development stage, the decorative sticker 2072 with the outlet marking 2050 can be attached to hide the specific shape portion from being seen from the front, so that the ball inlet member 2070 in the development stage can be used as it is in the completion stage, making it possible to eliminate the need for a design change.

In addition, since the extension portion 2073 is provided as a specific shape portion on the back side of the ball inlet member 2070, when the outlet notation 2050 is provided by attaching the decorative sticker 2072 at a manufacturing factory for the pachinko machine 1 (game board 5), the specific shape portion allows the position where the outlet notation 2050 is to be provided (the position of the sub-outlet 2023) to be grasped, and the outlet notation 2050 can be reliably provided at the desired location. In addition, since the specific shape portion is provided on the back side of the ball inlet member 2070, after providing the outlet notation 2050, it is possible to check whether the outlet notation 2050 is provided in front of the specific shape portion by looking at the front and back of the ball inlet member 2070.

[7-5. Relationship between the entrance and the movable object]
Next, the relationship between the ball entry port notation such as the out port notation 2050 and the winning port notation 2060 and the movable body will be described with reference to Figs. 151 to 153. Fig. 151(a) is an explanatory diagram showing the lower part of the pachinko machine from the front when the pop-up type pressing operation part as the performance operation part is in the normal position, and (b) is an explanatory diagram showing the lower part of the pachinko machine from the front when the pop-up type pressing operation part is in the raised position. Fig. 152(a) is an explanatory diagram showing a part of the center role from the front when the distribution piece is in the forward position, (b) is an explanatory diagram showing a cross section cut at the part of the sub-out port in the state of (a), and (c) is an explanatory diagram showing the main part of the center role from the front when the distribution piece is in the retreated position. Figure 153 (a) is a front view showing a starting port unit having a first starting port and a second starting port in a normal state, (b) is a longitudinal cross-sectional view of the starting port unit of (a), (c) is an oblique view showing the portion of the second starting port in the state of (a), and (d) is an oblique view showing the portion of the second starting port when the blades are opened from the state of (c).

[7-5a. Example 1 of the relationship between the entrance and the movable object]
First, the embodiment shown in FIG. 151 will be described. In the pachinko machine 1 of this embodiment, the plate unit 200 of the door frame 3 is provided with a push operation unit 303 that can be operated by a player to participate in the performance when a player participation type performance is executed as a movable body. The push operation unit 303 is provided so as to be movable between a lowered normal position and an elevated position by a performance operation unit lifting mechanism (not shown). In detail, the push operation unit 303 is provided so as to be movable between a normal position that is located below the door window 101a of the door frame 3 in a normal state when viewed from the front, and an elevated position where a part (upper part) of the push operation unit 303 rises from the normal position and overlaps with the door window 101a of the door frame 3 when viewed from the front. This push operation unit 303 is a so-called pop-up button.

The pachinko machine 1 is also provided with a start port unit 2100 at the bottom of the game board 5, which has a first start port 2002 and two sub-out ports 2023. The two sub-out ports 2023 are provided on both the left and right sides of the first start port 2002, below the first start port 2002. This start port unit 2100 has a front plate 2101 that forms the front end of the first start port 2002 and the sub-out port 2023. An out port notation 2050 consisting of the horizontal letters "OUT" is provided in the area in front of the sub-out port 2023 on the front surface of the front plate 2101. In this embodiment, the out port notation 2050 is attached as a sticker.

The starting opening unit 2100 of the game board 5 is located above the lower end of the door window 101a in the door frame 3. In other words, the starting opening unit 2100 (outlet notation 2050) is located in a position facing forward from the door window 101a when viewed from the front.

In the normal state, as described above, the pressing operation unit 303 in the normal position is located below the door window 101a when viewed from the front, so the outlet marking 2050 provided on the starting outlet unit 2100 can be seen from the front (see FIG. 151(a)). As a result, even if multiple sub-outlets 2023 are provided, the player can see the outlet marking 2050 that corresponds to the sub-outlet 2023, so the player can recognize the existence of the sub-outlet 2023 and will not mistake the sub-outlet 2023 for a winning outlet.

On the other hand, when a player participation type presentation is executed and the pressing operation unit 303 moves from the normal position to the raised position (pops up), as shown in FIG. 151(b), the upper part of the pressing operation unit 303 is located in front of the start opening unit 2100 when viewed from the front, and the multiple outlet signs 2050 provided on the start opening unit 2100 become invisible. Thus, in this embodiment, the visibility of the outlet signs 2050 changes depending on the moving position of the pressing operation unit 303 as a movable body.

When a player participation type performance begins, other players will notice the present pachinko machine 1 due to a light emitting performance that emits a flash, the display of a performance image that suggests that the performance is about to begin, sounds (sound effects and background music) that suggest that the performance is about to begin, and so on. At this time, the pressing operation unit 303 moves to a raised position, so that the pressing operation unit 303 hides the out port notation 2050 and makes it difficult for other players to see, thereby preventing the appearance of the game board 5 from being impaired by the out port notation 2050 being visible, and making it easier for other players to select the present pachinko machine 1 as the pachinko machine to play.

Thus, according to this embodiment, the movable body is a push operation unit 303 (pop-up button) that rises when a player participation type performance is executed and allows the player to participate in the performance by pushing the button. In the normal state where the push operation unit 303 moves downward, the out port notation 2050 and the push operation unit 303 do not overlap, so the out port notation 2050 can be seen, and the out port notation 2050 can make the player aware of the existence of the sub-out port 2023. In this normal state, the out port notation 2050 can also be seen by other players, but since the game is in a normal state, other players do not stare at the pachinko machine 1, but just glance at it, so it is difficult for them to notice the out port notation 2050, and the pachinko machine 1 does not look bad. On the other hand, when the player participation type performance is executed and the pressing operation unit 303 rises, the out port notation 2050 and the pressing operation unit 303 overlap, making the out port notation 2050 difficult to see, but since a player playing with this pachinko machine 1 recognizes the existence of the sub-out port 2023 in a normal state, even if the out port notation 2050 is not visible, the player will not mistake the sub-out port 2023 for a winning port. On the other hand, when the player participation type performance is executed, other players will pay attention to this pachinko machine 1 due to the performance such as light emission and sound that suggests that the performance will start, but since the pressing operation unit 303 rises and overlaps with the out port notation 2050, making the out port notation 2050 difficult to see, it is possible to suppress the deterioration of the appearance due to the out port notation 2050 being visible, and it is possible to relatively improve the appearance. Furthermore, because the player participation effects are visible to other players, the effects can attract other players, making it easier for them to select this pachinko machine 1 as the pachinko machine to play.

In addition, since the outlet marking 2050 is located near the center of the left-right direction of the play area 5a, the outlet marking 2050 is located near the front of the player, making it easy to see, while the visibility of the outlet marking 2050 can be changed depending on the movable position of the movable body (pressing operation unit 303), achieving the same effect as described above.

In the above, the pop-up pressing operation unit 303 is shown as the movable body, but this is not limited to this, and it may be a performance operation unit whose upper part is arranged to overlap with the door window 101a when viewed from the front (for example, a stick-type performance operation unit (lever operation unit 304) that can be operated like a joystick).

In addition, while the above shows the out-exit notation 2050 written horizontally, the present invention is not limited to this, and the manner in which the out-exit notation 2050 is written may be changed depending on the form (shape) of the part of the movable body that hides the out-exit notation 2050. In other words, the notation of the out-exit notation 2050 may be changed depending on how the out-exit notation 2050 is hidden by the movable body. Specifically, for example, in a part close to the upper edge of the movable body, the out-exit notation 2050 is hidden horizontally, so the out-exit notation 2050 is written horizontally. In addition, in a part close to the side edge of the movable body, the out-exit notation 2050 is hidden vertically, so the out-exit notation 2050 is written vertically.

In addition, in the above, the out-exit notation 2050 is completely hidden by the movable body in the raised position when viewed from the front, but this is not limited to this, and the out-exit notation 2050 may be partially hidden when viewed from the front. In this case, the out-exit notation 2050 may be long in the same direction as the direction in which the movable body hides the out-exit notation 2050, or the out-exit notation 2050 may be long in a direction intersecting the direction in which the movable body hides the out-exit notation 2050 so that a portion of the out-exit notation 2050 is hidden. Specifically, for example, if the movable body is hiding horizontally, the out-exit notation 2050 is written vertically, and if the movable body is hiding vertically, the out-exit notation 2050 is written horizontally.

Furthermore, in the above, the out hole notation 2050 is shown as the entry hole notation, but this is not limited thereto, and it may be the winning hole notation section 2060 corresponding to the first starting hole 2002.

[7-5b. Example 2 of the relationship between the entrance notation and the movable object]
Next, an embodiment shown in Fig. 152 will be described. The center role 2500 provided on the game board 5 of this embodiment has a first passage 2585 through which the game ball B flows after passing through a second warp passage (not shown) provided separately from a warp passage (not shown) for supplying the game ball B to the stage 2518, a second passage 2586 provided at a distance to the right of the first passage 2585, a distribution piece 2587 capable of bridging the game ball B from the first passage 2585 to the second passage 2586, and a flat transparent distribution front plate 2588 that divides the front end side of the first passage 2585 and the second passage 2586.

The center device 2500 also includes a first sub-starting port (not shown) as a winning port that is provided so that game balls B that have flowed from the first passage 2585 through the distribution piece 2587 to the second passage 2586 can enter, a sub-out port 2023 into which game balls B that have fallen between the first passage 2585 and the second passage 2586 can enter, and an out port notation 2050 that corresponds to the sub-out port 2023. Game balls B that have flowed through the second passage 2586 and have not entered the first sub-starting port are returned to the game area 5a and flow down the game area 5a. The sub-out port 2023 is provided above the stage 2518.

The first passage 2585 extends in the left-right direction and is inclined so that its right end is lower. The first passage 2585 is provided above the stage 2518, and its right end is located above near the left end of the stage 2518. The second passage 2586 is provided below the right end of the first passage 2585, extends in the left-right direction and is inclined so that its right end is lower. The second passage 2586 is provided above the stage 2518, and its left end is located above near the right end of the stage 2518. Therefore, the first passage 2585 and the second passage 2586 are separated left and right with the stage 2518 between them.

The sorting piece 2587 is provided above the stage 2518, between the first passage 2585 and the second passage 2586. The upper surface of the sorting piece 2587 is located at a height between the first passage 2585 and the second passage 2586, and is inclined so that it becomes lower toward the right (second passage 2586). The sorting piece 2587 is formed in the shape of an opaque flat plate.

The distribution piece 2587 is provided so that it can move forward and backward at a predetermined cycle by a drive mechanism (not shown). In the forward position state where the distribution piece 2587 moves forward (see Figs. 152(a) and (b)), the game ball B that has circulated through the first passage 2585 can be transferred to the second passage 2586 by rolling the upper surface of the distribution piece 2587 to the right. The game ball B that has been transferred to the second passage 2586 has a high probability of entering the first sub-starting port, and a lottery for the first special symbol is performed. On the other hand, in the backward position state where the distribution piece 2587 moves backward, the game ball B that has circulated through the first passage 2585 falls into the space between the first passage 2585 and the second passage 2586, enters the sub-out port 2023 provided below, and is discharged to the outside without being returned to the game area 5a.

Therefore, when the game ball B flows from the first passage 2585 to the distribution piece 2587 side when the distribution piece 2587 is in the forward position, there is a high probability that the ball will enter the first sub-starting port through the distribution piece 2587 and the second passage 2586. In other words, when the game ball B is supplied onto the distribution piece 2587 when the distribution piece 2587 is in the forward position, the distribution piece 2587 distributes the game ball B to the first sub-starting port side. This allows the player to perform an operation to shoot the game ball B so that the game ball B enters the second warp passage at the timing when the distribution piece 2587 distributes the game ball B to the first sub-starting port side, and the player can enjoy the operation of shooting the game ball B. Then, when the game ball B enters the second warp passage, the player can be made to feel anxious and excited depending on whether or not the distribution piece 2587 distributes the game ball B to the first sub-starting port side, and the player can be entertained.

The front distribution plate 2588 is located on the same plane in the front-to-back direction as the flange portion 2512 that abuts against the front surface of the game panel 1100 in the center device 2500.

The outlet notation 2050 is provided at a height between the distribution piece 2587 on the distribution front panel 2588 and the sub-outlet 2023. This outlet notation 2050 is composed of the horizontally written character string "OUT." More specifically, the outlet notation 2050 of this embodiment is composed of frame-shaped characters with a transparent hollow in the notation body 2051, and the peripheral portion 2052 is transparent (see FIG. 152 (c)).

In this embodiment, since the sorting piece 2587 is opaque and has low translucency, when the sorting piece 2587 is in the forward position, the shadow of the sorting piece 2587 darkens the area below it (the space between the first passage 2585 and the second passage 2586), and the area behind the outlet notation 2050 becomes dark. This makes it difficult to see the outlet notation 2050, as shown in FIG. 152(a). On the other hand, when the sorting piece 2587 is in the retracted position, the sorting piece 2587, which was located above the space between the first passage 2585 and the second passage 2586, is no longer there, and light enters the space, brightening the space and making the area behind the outlet notation 2050 brighter. This makes it easier to see the outlet notation 2050 (see FIG. 152(c)).

As described above, in this embodiment, the visibility of the outlet notation 2050 changes depending on the movement position of the distribution piece 2587 as a movable body.

According to this embodiment, the visibility of the out port notation 2050 changes depending on the moving position of the distribution piece 2587, and since the distribution piece 2587 moves forward and backward at a predetermined cycle, the out port notation 2050 becomes easier to see when the distribution piece 2587 is in the retreated position, which makes the player aware of the existence of the sub-out port 2023 and prevents the player from mistaking the sub-out port 2023 for a winning port.

In addition, when the distribution piece 2587 is in the retracted position, that is, when game ball B is being distributed to the sub-outlet 2023, the outlet notation 2050 is easily visible, so the player can be fully aware of the existence of the sub-outlet 2023. Even if game ball B is distributed to the sub-outlet 2023, the player's interest in the game is not significantly diminished, and the player can continue to enjoy the game.

In addition, when the distribution piece 2587 is in the forward position, that is, when the game ball B is being distributed to the first sub-starting port side, the out port notation 2050 becomes difficult to see, which reduces the player's awareness of the sub-out port 2023 and increases the player's enjoyment by increasing their anticipation of the distribution to the first sub-starting port side.

Furthermore, because the visibility of the out-exit marking 2050 periodically changes due to the advancement and retreat of the distribution piece 2587, it is possible to make it difficult for other players to notice the out-exit marking 2050. This ensures that the decorative effect of the decorations provided within the playing area 5a is fully realized without causing discomfort to other players due to the out-exit marking 2050, improving the appearance and making it easier for other players to select this pachinko machine 1 as the pachinko machine to play.

In addition, according to this embodiment, the out-exit notation 2050 is provided on the transparent distribution front plate 2588 of the center role 2500, and the rear of the out-exit notation 2050 can be brightened or darkened depending on the movable position of the distribution piece 2587 as a movable body provided at the rear, so the visibility of the out-exit notation 2050 can be changed depending on the movable position of the distribution piece 2587. In more detail, the out-exit notation 2050 is made dark, like a transparent frame-like black character with a hollowed-out center. As a result, when the rear of the out-exit notation 2050 is brightened by moving (moving) the distribution piece 2587 to the retreated position, the surroundings of the dark out-exit notation 2050 become bright, so that the out-exit notation 2050 stands out and becomes easier to see. On the other hand, if the rear of the out-port notation 2050 is darkened by moving the sorting piece 2587 to a forward position, the surroundings of the dark out-port notation 2050 become dark, so that the out-port notation 2050 blends into the surrounding darkness and becomes difficult to see. In this way, the visibility of the out-port notation 2050 can be changed according to the movable position of the sorting piece 2587, so that a pachinko machine 1 that achieves the same effect as described above can be provided.

In addition, since the outlet marking 2050 is located near the center of the left-right direction of the playing area 5a, the outlet marking 2050 is located near the front of the player, making it easy to notice, while the visibility of the outlet marking 2050 can be changed depending on the movable position of the movable body (distribution piece 2587), and the same effect as above can be achieved.

The out-exit notation 2050 may be a bright notation such as white text. In this case, if the rear of the out-exit notation 2050 is brightened by moving (transferring) the sorting piece 2587 to the retreated position, the surroundings of the bright out-exit notation 2050 become brighter, so that the out-exit notation 2050 blends into the surrounding brightness and becomes difficult to see. On the other hand, if the rear of the out-exit notation 2050 is darkened by moving the sorting piece 2587 to the forward position, the surroundings of the bright out-exit notation 2050 become darker, so that the out-exit notation 2050 stands out and becomes easier to see. In this way, the visibility of the out-exit notation 2050 can be changed according to the movable position of the sorting piece 2587, so that a pachinko machine 1 having the same effect as described above can be provided.

In the above, one of the allocation destinations of the allocation piece 2587 is the sub-out outlet 2023, and the visibility of the outlet notation 2050 corresponding to the sub-out outlet 2023 changes depending on the movement position of the allocation piece 2587. However, this is not limited to this, and the sub-out outlet 2023 may be changed to a winning outlet, and the visibility of the winning outlet notation 2060 corresponding to that winning outlet may be changed depending on the movement position of the allocation piece 2587.

In the above, the visibility of the out-exit notation 2050 is changed by brightening or darkening the rear of the out-exit notation 2050 depending on the movable position of the movable body (distribution piece 2587) provided at the rear, but this is not limited to this. For example, if the out-exit notation 2050 is provided on a transparent member and the movable body at the rear is movable between a position where it overlaps with the out-exit notation 2050 and a position where it does not overlap with the out-exit notation 2050, the visibility of the out-exit notation 2050 can be changed depending on the movable position of the movable body. In more detail, for example, if the movable body is decorated in the same color or blends in with the out-exit notation 2050, when the movable body is moved to a position where it overlaps with the out-exit notation 2050, the color or decoration of the movable body is visible around the out-exit notation 2050, and the out-exit notation 2050 blends in with the color or decoration of the movable body and becomes difficult to see. On the other hand, when the movable body is moved to a position where it does not overlap with the out-out notation 2050, the movable body becomes invisible around the out-out notation 2050, so that the out-out notation 2050 stands out relatively, and the out-out notation 2050 becomes easier to see. Alternatively, when the movable body has a different color or decoration compared to the out-out notation 2050, when the movable body is moved to a position where it overlaps with the out-out notation 2050, the different color or decoration of the movable body becomes visible around the out-out notation 2050, so that the out-out notation 2050 stands out relatively, and the out-out notation 2050 becomes easier to see. On the other hand, when the movable body is moved to a position where it does not overlap with the out-out notation 2050, the movable body of a different color or decoration becomes invisible around the out-out notation 2050, so that the out-out notation 2050 becomes less noticeable relatively, and the out-out notation 2050 becomes harder to see. In this way, the visibility of the out-out notation 2050 can be changed according to the movable position of the movable body, so that a pachinko machine 1 that achieves the same effect as described above can be provided.

[7-5c. Example 3 of the relationship between the entrance notation and the movable object]
Next, an embodiment shown in Fig. 153 will be described. The pachinko machine 1 of this embodiment is equipped with a start hole unit 2100 having a first start hole 2002 and a second start hole 2004.

In more detail, the starting port unit 2100 comprises a transparent flat base plate 2111 that can abut against the front surface of the game panel 1100, a ball entrance port 2112 that protrudes forward from the base plate 2111 and opens upward and can guide an entering game ball B to the rear of the base plate 2111, a pair of branch passages 2113 that are connected to the ball entrance port 2112 at the rear side of the base plate 2111 and extend downward, spaced apart on the left and right, and a pair of branch passages 2113 that are provided at the downstream ends of each of the pair of branch passages 2113. It is equipped with a first starting port 2002, a sub-outlet 2023 that is provided between the pair of first starting ports 2002 and communicates with a pair of branch passages 2113, a second starting port 2004 that protrudes forward from the base plate 2111 directly below the ball inlet 2112 and below the pair of first starting ports 2002 and the sub-outlet 2023 and is open upward, and a pair of blades 2114 that are provided on both the left and right outer sides at the upper end of the second starting port 2004 so as to be able to expand and open.

The pair of vanes 2114 are supported so that their lower ends can rotate about an axis extending in the front-rear direction, and are arranged to be expandable between a first position in which each vane stands upright, and a second position in which their upper ends are spaced farther apart than in the first position. The pair of vanes 2114 are formed from an opaque member. In the first position, the distance between the upper ends of the pair of vanes 2114 is slightly larger than the diameter of the game ball B, and in the second position, the distance between the upper ends of the pair of vanes 2114 is 4 to 5 times the diameter of the game ball B. In other words, the probability of the game ball B entering the second starting hole 2004 changes depending on the expansion of the pair of vanes 2114.

The starting port unit 2100 of this embodiment allows the game ball B circulating through the pair of branch passages 2113 to be seen from the front through the transparent base plate 2111. In this starting port unit 2100, the game ball B that enters the ball entrance port 2112 is accepted by one of the pair of first starting ports 2002 with a high probability. In addition, since each of the pair of branch passages 2113 is connected to the sub-out port 2023 side, the game ball B that enters the ball entrance port 2112 is accepted by the sub-out port 2023 with a low probability. Therefore, when the game ball B enters the ball entrance port 2112, the player can strongly hope that the game ball B will not enter the sub-out port 2023 but enter the first starting port 2002, which makes the player feel nervous and excited and entertained.

Although the second starting hole 2004 is always open, the probability of the ball scoring is low when the pair of blades 2114 are in the first position, and the probability of the ball scoring is high when the pair of blades 2114 are in the second position. The pair of blades 2114 are normally in the first position, and move from the first position to the second position for a predetermined time depending on the result of the lottery for the normal symbol that is drawn when the game ball B passes through a gate (not shown) or when the game ball B scores in the normal winning hole (not shown).

The starting port unit 2100 also has a pair of winning port notations 2060 corresponding to the pair of first starting ports 2002, and an out port notation 2050 corresponding to the sub-out port 2023, provided on the front surface of the base plate 2111. The winning port notation 2060 is composed of the horizontally written characters "IN", and the out port notation 2050 is composed of the horizontally written characters "OUT".

The out hole marking 2050 is provided at a height between the upper parts of the pair of blades 2114 in the first position (see FIG. 153(a)). The pair of winning hole markings 2060 are provided at the same height as the out hole marking 2050, and on both the left and right sides of the upper parts of the pair of blades 2114 in the first position. In other words, the out hole marking 2050 and the pair of winning hole markings 2060 are provided behind the pair of blades 2114 and at a lower position than the upper ends of the pair of blades 2114 in the first position.

When the pair of movable blades 2114 are in the first position, as shown in Figures 153(a) and 153(c), a player seated in front of the pachinko machine 1 can see the out hole marking 2050 and the pair of winning hole markings 2060. This allows the player to be aware of the existence of the sub-out hole 2023 through the visible out hole marking 2050, and the player will not mistake the sub-out hole 2023 for a winning hole.

In addition, since the out port marking 2050 can be seen by a player seated in front, the player can be made fully aware of the existence of the sub-out port 2023, and even if game ball B that entered the ball inlet 2112 enters the sub-out port 2023, the player's interest in the game is not significantly diminished and the player can continue to enjoy the game.

In addition, when the pair of wings 2114 are in the first position, as shown in FIG. 153(c), the out hole marking 2050 and the farthest one of the pair of winning hole markings 2060 overlap with the wings 2114 and are therefore invisible to a player positioned to the side of the pachinko machine 1 rather than in front of it, i.e., other players. This makes the out hole marking 2050 invisible to other players, thereby preventing the appearance of the game board 5 from being impaired by the out hole marking 2050 being visible, making it easier for other players to select the pachinko machine 1 as the machine to play on.

Furthermore, when the pair of vanes 2114 are in the first position, as shown in FIG. 153(c), only the winning hole notation 2060 consisting of the letters "IN" is visible to other players. And because the winning hole notation 2060 is provided on the outside of the upright vanes 2114, other players can intuitively recognize that when the vanes 2114 spread (open), the game ball B can enter the second starting hole 2004, which heightens the anticipation of the vanes 2114 spreading and allows players to enjoy the game.

On the other hand, when the pair of wings 2114 are opened and in the second position, as shown in FIG. 153(d), the out hole notation 2050 and the pair of winning hole notation parts 2060 become visible to other players, allowing them to recognize that the sub-out hole 2023 exists between the pair of first starting holes 2002.

When the pair of wings 2114 are opened to the second position, the visible out hole marking 2050 and the pair of winning hole markings 2060 are located above the second starting hole 2004, so that players who are unaware of the positional relationship between the second starting hole 2004 and the first starting hole 2002 and the sub-out hole 2023 can be surprised, and the player's interest can be strongly attracted, making them wonder "What does this mean?"

In this way, according to this embodiment, the visibility of the outlet marking 2050 can be changed according to the movement position of the pair of vanes 2114 as movable bodies, so that the outlet marking 2050 can make the player playing with this pachinko machine 1 aware of the existence of the sub-outlet 2023, while preventing other players from seeing the poor appearance caused by the outlet marking 2050, thereby improving the appearance and increasing the attractiveness (appeal) of the pachinko machine as a playable machine.

In addition, since the outlet marking 2050 is located near the center of the play area 5a in the left-right direction, the outlet marking 2050 is located near the front of the player, making it easy to see, while the visibility of the outlet marking 2050 can be changed depending on the movable position of the movable body (wing 2114), achieving the same effect as described above.

Furthermore, since the out-out notation 2050 is provided behind the pair of vanes 2114 which serve as movable bodies, when the vanes 2114 are moved to a position where they overlap with the out-out notation 2050, the vanes 2114 in front of them can hide the out-out notation 2050, making it difficult to see. On the other hand, when the vanes 2114 are moved to a position where they do not overlap with the out-out notation 2050, the out-out notation 2050 can be made visible. Therefore, the visibility of the out-out notation 2050 can be changed according to the movable position of the vanes 2114, and a pachinko machine 1 which achieves the above-mentioned effects can be realized.

In the above, a sub-out port 2023 is provided between a pair of first starting ports 2002, but this is not limited to this. Instead of the sub-out port 2023, a winning port that provides a bonus to the player that is more advantageous than the first starting port 2002 may be used. In this case, the out port notation 2050 is the winning port notation portion 2060 that corresponds to the winning port.

[7-6. Relationship between out hole notation and playing area]
Next, the relationship between the out hole marking 2050 and the play area 5a will be described in detail mainly with reference to FIG. 154. FIG. 154 is an explanatory diagram showing the outline of the lower part of the play area, which is divided into a first area and a second area. Here, the same components as those of the play area of the play area of the play area of the game board 5 will be described with the same reference numerals.

In this embodiment, the lower part of the game area 5a, where the game ball B flows down, of the game board 5 is separated into a first area 5a1 and a second area 5a2 with a center device 2500 in between. The game ball B flowing down the first area 5a1 does not enter the second area 5a2, and the game ball B flowing down the second area 5a2 does not enter the first area 5a1.

The game board 5 of this embodiment includes a starting port unit 2100 located at the bottom of the left-right center of the game area 5a, a side unit 2200 located to the right of the starting port unit 2100, an upper left side unit 2300 located slightly above and to the left of the side unit 2200 when viewed from the front, an attacca unit 2400 located to the right of the starting port unit 2100, and a center role 2500 located in the center of the game area 5a.

The game board 5 also has an outlet 1008 as a first outlet provided below the starting port unit 2100, and a sub-outlet 2023 as a second outlet provided in the attacker unit 2400 to the right of the outlet 1008.

The start hole unit 2100 is provided with a first start hole 2002 that is always open toward the top. When a game ball B enters the first start hole 2002, a predetermined number of game balls B are paid out as a bonus, and a lottery for a first special symbol is also held.

The side unit 2200 is provided with three general winning openings 2001 that are always open. The three general winning openings 2001 are provided at intervals in the left-right direction. The leftmost general winning opening 2001 opens diagonally toward the upper left, and the remaining two general winning openings 2001 open toward the top. When a game ball B enters the general winning opening 2001, it pays out a predetermined number of game balls B as a bonus.

The upper left side unit 2300 has a shelf portion 2301 that slopes downward to the right. The left end of the shelf portion 2301 is close to the inner rail 1002.

The Attacca unit 2400 is equipped with a gate 2003 located between the right rail 1005 and the center gimmick 2500, a second starting opening 2004 located below the gate 2003, a large prize opening 2005 located to the lower left of the second starting opening 2004, one general prize opening 2001 located to the lower left of the large prize opening 2005, and a sub-out opening 2023 as a second out opening located to the right of the general prize opening 2001.

The attacca unit 2400 also includes a second start gate door 2541 that is movable back and forth to open and close the second start gate 2004, a start gate solenoid that moves the second start gate door 2541 back and forth depending on the result of the lottery for the normal symbol that is drawn when the game ball B passes through the gate 2003, a large prize gate door 2531 that is movable back and forth to open and close the large prize gate 2005, and an attacca solenoid that moves the large prize gate door 2531 back and forth depending on the result of the lottery for the first special symbol or the second special symbol that is drawn when the game ball B enters the first start gate 2002 or the second start gate 2004.

The attacca unit 2400 also includes a flat base plate 2441 that abuts against the front surface of the gaming panel 1100, a transparent flat front plate 2442 that is spaced apart from the base plate 2441, and a partition wall 2447 that connects the left end edge of the base plate 2441 to the left end edge of the front plate 2442 and extends from the forward protrusion 2511 of the center role 2500 to the vicinity of the lower right rail 1004. The partition wall 2447 divides the gaming area 5a into a first area 5a1 on the left side and a second area 5a2 on the right side, with the center role 2500 in the gaming area 5a between them.

Furthermore, the attacca unit 2400 has an out port notation 2050 corresponding to the sub-out port 2023 in a portion of the transparent front panel 2442 in front of the sub-out port 2023 (see FIG. 154). This out port notation 2050 is composed of the horizontally written character string "OUT." This out port notation 2050 makes it possible to bring to attention the presence of the sub-out port 2023. The out port notation 2050 is provided on a sticker, and the sticker is affixed to the front surface of the front panel 2442.

The center device 2500 has a frame-shaped forward protruding portion 2511 extending in the front-rear direction, and a flat flange portion 2512 protruding from the outer periphery of the rear end of the forward protruding portion 2511 and abutting the front surface of the game panel 1100. When assembled to the game board 5, the front end of the forward protruding portion 2511 protrudes forward beyond the front surface of the game panel 1100, preventing the game ball B in the game area 5a from entering the inside of the frame from the outside of the center device 2500.

The center device 2500 also includes a warp passage 2516 that can guide the game ball B from the outside of the left side of the forward protrusion 2511 to the inside of the frame, and a stage 2518 that is provided at the lower edge of the frame of the center device 2500 and that rolls the game ball B that has flowed through the warp passage 2516 in the left-right direction and then releases it into the game area 5a.

The stage 2518 is curved with a recessed central side in the left-right direction, and is formed in a wavy (W-shaped) shape such that the position corresponding to directly above the first starting hole 2002 of the starting hole unit 2100, that is, the approximate central position in the left-right direction when the center device 2500 is attached to the game panel 1100, is slightly higher than both the left and right sides. This stage 2518 is inclined so that the part (central release part 2518a) that is slightly higher than both the left and right sides in the left-right center and the lowest part on both the left and right sides (side release part 2518b) are lower toward the front, and the game ball B can be released into the game area 5a from these parts.

When this stage 2518 is assembled to the game board 5, its elevated central portion in the left-right direction (central release portion 2518a) is located directly above the first starting hole 2002 of the starting hole unit 2100. As a result, when a game ball B is released from the central release portion 2518a in the center of the stage 2518, it is highly likely to be received by the first starting hole 2002.

The center device 2500 is located in the center of the play area 5a. In this embodiment, the attacca unit 2400 and the center device 2500 divide the play area 5a into a first area 5a1 where the game ball B flows down the left outer side of the center device 2500, and a second area 5a2 where the game ball B flows down the right outer side of the center device 2500.

This game board 5 is equipped with a first start gate 2002 and a second start gate 2004, through which a lottery is held for special symbols (first special symbol, second special symbol) that generate a favorable game state (e.g., big win, medium win, small win, special chance win, time-saving win, etc.) in which the big prize winning gate 2005 opens and closes in a predetermined pattern. The first start gate 2002 is provided in the first area 5a1 and is always open. On the other hand, the second start gate 2004 is provided in the second area 5a2 and is normally closed by the second start gate door 2541. This second start gate 2004 is opened according to the lottery result of the normal symbol that is drawn when the game ball B passes through the gate 2003 provided in the second area 5a2.

Therefore, under normal circumstances, the probability of game ball B entering the first starting hole 2002 is higher than that of the second starting hole 2004, so in order to enter the first starting hole 2002, a shot operation (so-called left shot) is performed so that game ball B flows down the left side (first area 5a1) of the center device 2500. Then, after the ball enters the first starting hole 2002, if a special pattern that generates an advantageous game state is drawn, the big prize hole 2005 provided in the second area 5a2 opens in a predetermined pattern, so a shot operation (so-called right shot) is performed so that game ball B flows down the right side (second area 5a2) of the center device 2500.

This right hit increases the likelihood that game ball B will pass through the gate 2003 provided in the second area 5a2, making it easier to draw a normal pattern that opens the second starting hole 2004, and increasing the probability of the ball entering the second starting hole 2004. In other words, when a favorable game state occurs and a right hit is made, the probability of the ball entering the second starting hole 2004 changes and becomes higher than usual. In this favorable game state, the large prize hole 2005 opens in a predetermined pattern, so game ball B hit into the second area 5a2 is more likely to enter the second starting hole 2004 or the large prize hole 2005, and the number of game balls B entering the sub-out hole 2023 decreases relatively.

In other words, in this embodiment, there is a first area 5a1 including the area to the left of the center role 2500 in the game area 5a, and a second area 5a2 including the area to the right of the center role 2500 in the game area 5a. A first starting hole 2002 into which the game ball B shot into the first area 5a1 (so-called left hit) can enter, and a second starting hole 2004 into which the game ball B shot into the second area 5a2 (so-called right hit) can enter are provided. Furthermore, the first area 5a1 is provided with an out hole 1008 as a first out hole for discharging the game ball B, and the second area 5a2 is provided with a sub-out hole 2023 as a second out hole for discharging the game ball B.

In normal game conditions, a game ball B flowing down the first area 5a1 is more likely to be guided to the outlet 1008 than to the first starting port 2002, and a game ball B flowing down the second area 5a2 is more likely to be guided to the sub-outlet 2023 than to the second starting port 2004.

On the other hand, in a certain game state (e.g., time-saving game state), the game ball B flowing down the first area 5a1 is more likely to be guided to the outlet 1008 than to the first starting port 2002, but the game ball B flowing down the second area 5a2 is more likely to be guided to the second starting port 2004 than to the sub-out port 2023.

As described above, the sub-outlet 2023, whose scoring possibility (scoring probability) changes depending on the game state, has an outlet notation 2050 as a specific out indication provided in the corresponding portion in the second area 5a2 (here, the front panel 2442 of the attacca unit 2400), and no outlet notation 2050 (specific out indication) corresponding to the outlet 1008 is provided on the first area 5a1 side, which includes the outlet 1008.

In this way, the out exit 1008, where the chance of scoring does not change, is not provided with an out exit notation 2050, but the sub-out exit 2023, where the chance of scoring does change, is provided with an out exit notation 2050. This allows the player to recognize that the sub-out exit 2023 is a special out exit that is different from the out exit 1008 by looking at the out exit notation 2050, and that the second area 5a2 in which the sub-out exit 2023 is provided is a special area. This can increase the player's expectations for playing in the second area 5a2, and prevent the player's interest in playing from declining.

In addition, an out port notation 2050 corresponding to the sub-out port 2023 in the second area 5a2 is provided, so that by looking at the out port notation 2050, the player can be made aware of the existence of the sub-out port 2023 provided in addition to the normal out port 1008, and will not mistake the sub-out port 2023 for a winning port.

To explain further, in this embodiment, when a game ball B enters the first start hole 2002 in the first area 5a1 or the second start hole 2004 in the second area 5a2 and a special pattern that generates a specific game state (for example, a time-saving game state) is drawn as the first special pattern or the second special pattern, the game ball B becomes more likely to enter the second start hole 2004. To explain in more detail, when, for example, a "time-saving jackpot" is drawn as the lottery result (combination of patterns) of a special pattern that generates a specific game state, a jackpot game begins in which the jackpot opening 2005 (variable winning opening) provided in the second area 5a2 opens and closes in a predetermined pattern, so many game balls B are shot into the second area 5a2 (here, shot to the right) in order to enter the jackpot opening 2005. Then, when the opening and closing of the big prize winning hole 2005 is finished (the big win game is finished), the game enters a time-saving game state (specific game state) in which the time for the special symbol drawn by the ball entering the first start hole 2002 or the second start hole 2004 to change becomes shorter than usual. In this time-saving game state, in addition to shortening the change time, if there is a special symbol whose change is reserved, the second special symbol by the second start hole 2004 is changed with priority over the first special symbol by the first start hole 2002. Therefore, even if a ball is entered into the first start hole 2002 in the first area 5a1 while the change of the second special symbol is reserved, not only will the change of the first special symbol not start, but it will be discarded due to the upper limit of the number of reserved symbols (for example, four), so that many game balls B are shot into the second area 5a2 following the big win game so that the game ball B will enter the second start hole 2004 in the second area 5a2, making it easier for the game ball B to enter the second start hole 2004.

In other words, in a state (normal state) other than the specific game state (time-saving game state), the game ball B flowing down the first area 5a1 is more likely to be guided to the out port 1008 than to the first starting port 2002, and the game ball B flowing down the second area 5a2 is more likely to be guided to the sub-out port 2023 than to the second starting port 2004. On the other hand, in a specific game state (time-saving game state), the game ball B flowing down the first area 5a1 is more likely to be guided to the out port 1008 than to the first starting port 2002, and the game ball B flowing down the second area 5a2 is more likely to be guided to the second starting port 2004 than to the sub-out port 2023. In other words, in a specific game state such as the time-saving game state, the possibility of the ball entering the first starting port 2002 does not change, but the possibility of the ball entering the second starting port 2004 changes to become more likely.

In this way, according to this embodiment, when the game changes from the normal state to the specific game state, the possibility of the ball landing in the second starting hole 2004 provided in the second area 5a2 changes, so the player will pay attention to the second area 5a2. At this time, since an out-out notation 2050 that is not provided in the out-out 1008 is provided near the sub-out-out 2023 of the second area 5a2, the out-out notation 2050 can make the player aware of the existence of the sub-out-out 2023, and while making the player strongly wish that the ball will not land in the sub-out-out 2023, the player can increase the expectation of the ball landing in the second starting hole 2004, which entertains the player and prevents a decline in interest.

In the above, a "time-saving big win" was given as an example of the lottery result (combination of patterns) of the special patterns that results in a specific game state, but this is not limited to this, and it may also be a "time-saving medium win," a "time-saving small win," or a "time-saving win (a win that results in a time-saving game state without the big prize opening 2005 or the role prize opening opening opening)."

In addition, in the above, a specific game state (time-saving game state) is generated when a specific special symbol is drawn, but this is not limited to this. A time-saving game state may be generated when the special symbol drawing result is a "miss" a predetermined number of times (for example, 200 to 1000 times) in succession (so-called Yu-time).

In addition, a guide rib for guiding the game ball B rearward may be provided in the front portion of the sub-outlet 2023 on the front panel 2442 of the attacca unit 2400, and an outlet marking 2050 may be provided on the front surface of the front panel 2442 so as to hide the guide rib. In addition to the outlet marking 2050, a decorative pattern may be provided on the front surface of the front panel 2442.

[7-7. Others]
Next, a description will be given of other examples such as the out-port notation 2050. Note that in the following description, the sub-out-port 2023 and the like will be simply referred to as out-ports.

(Other 1)
In the game board 5, when the game area 5a where the game ball B flows down is composed of a plurality of flow-down areas by the center role 2500 and each flow-down area is provided with at least one outlet, the out-outlet notation 2050 corresponding to each outlet may be made to have a different form according to the flow-down area. For example, when the game area 5a is composed of a left flow-down area and a right flow-down area by a member such as the center role 2500, and a winning port such as the big winning port 2005 that opens and closes in an advantageous game state is provided in the right flow-down area, the game ball B is hit so that it flows down the left flow-down area (left hit) in a normal game state, and the game ball B is hit so that it flows down the right flow-down area where the big winning port 2005 is located in an advantageous game state such as a "jackpot" (right hit). Therefore, in the advantageous game state (right hit), since it is necessary to hit a large number of game balls B in a short period of time, the sense of speed and excitement is different from that in the normal game state, and accordingly, the form of the out outlet notation 2050 in the left flow-down area is made different from the form of the out outlet notation 2050 in the right flow-down area. For example, the font of the out outlet notation 2050 in the left flow-down area is made Gothic, and the font of the out outlet notation 2050 in the right flow-down area is made pop. As a result, even though the existence of an out outlet that is disadvantageous to the player is indicated, the out outlet notation 2050 in pop typeface can suppress a decrease in interest, and the player can be entertained.

(Other 2)
It is desirable to provide the out port marking 2050 on the game board 5 in a location that is not touched by the operator or the game ball B. In more detail, when the out port marking 2050 is provided on a transparent member (by sticking a sticker, printing, integrally molding with the member, etc.), the out port marking 2050 is provided on the back side of the member. This makes it impossible for the operator or the game ball B to come into contact with the out port marking 2050 from the front side, and therefore it is possible to prevent the out port marking 2050 from peeling off due to the passage of the game ball B or contact by the operator.

(Other 3)
When providing a plurality of out exit markings 2050 on the gaming board 5 in a portion on which a predetermined picture or pattern is applied, such as the panel decoration 1113 or the decorative sticker 2203 provided on the gaming panel 1100, it is desirable to change the color of the peripheral portion 2052 of the out exit marking 2050 according to the color of the picture or pattern surrounding the out exit marking 2050. Specifically, for example, when the surrounding color of the first out exit marking 2050 is white and the surrounding color of the second out exit marking 2050 is yellow, the color of the peripheral portion 2052 of the first out exit marking 2050 is yellow and the color of the peripheral portion 2052 of the second out exit marking 2050 is white. As a result, at first glance the color of the peripheral portion 2052 of the outlet sign 2050 appears to be the same as the color surrounding the outlet sign 2050, so the outlet sign 2050 does not interfere with the surrounding colors, and the decorative effect of the pictures and patterns such as the panel decoration 1113 can be reliably achieved.

In this case, it is desirable that the color of the peripheral portion 2052 of the outlet notation 2050 be different from both the color of the notation body 2051 of the outlet notation 2050 and the color around the outlet notation 2050 (the color of the picture or pattern of the panel decoration 1113, etc.). This prevents the notation body 2051 of the outlet notation 2050 from blending in with the color of the panel decoration 1113, etc., and becoming inconspicuous due to the color of the peripheral portion 2052.

When making the color of the edge 2052 of the outlet marking 2050 different from the color around the outlet marking 2050, the brightness of each color may be made similar. This makes it possible to prevent the outlet marking 2050 from interfering with the color of the pattern or design of the panel decoration 1113, etc.

(Other 4)
In the game board 5, a part of the out hole marking 2050 may overlap a hole provided in the game panel 1100 (for example, a nail hole in which an obstacle nail N is planted, a mounting hole for a member provided on the front surface of the game panel 1100, an opening penetrating the game panel 1100 into which a member, a ball passage, etc., is inserted, etc.). As a result, even if an obstacle nail N or the like is stuck in a part of the out hole marking 2050, the out hole marking 2050 can be recognized from the remaining part, and it is possible to infer that it is an out hole.

(Other 5)
On the game board 5, the multiple out outlet notations 2050 may be made different in color depending on the size of the opening of the out outlet to which they correspond. Specifically, for example, the color of the out outlet notation 2050 may be made different depending on the size of the opening of the out outlet. For example, the periphery 2052 of the out outlet notation 2050 of the first out outlet, the opening of which is the size of one game ball B, is made white, and the periphery 2052 of the out outlet notation 2050 of the second out outlet, the opening of which is larger than that of the first out outlet, is made yellow.

Also, the wider the outlet opening, the larger the characters in the outlet notation 2050 may be. Alternatively, the size of the characters in each outlet notation 2050 may be the same, but the spacing between the characters in the outlet notation 2050 may be narrowed or widened to match the width of the outlet opening.

In this way, the out opening notation 2050 is different depending on the size of the out opening, so that for multiple out openings, it is possible to recognize the ease of scoring a ball into the corresponding out opening simply by looking at the corresponding out opening notation 2050.

(Other 6)
In the game board 5, a front decoration that makes the outlet invisible from the front may be provided, and the outlet marking 2050 may be provided in a portion of the front decoration near the entrance of the outlet. In this case, if the opening of the outlet faces left or right, the character string of the outlet marking 2050 may be written vertically and provided in front of the opening of the outlet. Examples of the front decoration include "decorative stickers attached to the front plate,""plated or printed layers applied to the front plate,""relief-like irregularities formed on the front plate," etc.

In this way, even if the outlet is hidden by the front decoration, the presence of the outlet can be made aware of by the outlet marking 2050 provided on the front decoration. Also, because the presence of the outlet can be made aware of by the outlet marking 2050, it is possible to widen the decorative range of the front decoration compared to when the outlet is visible from the front, and the appearance can be improved.

(Other 7)
In the game board 5, a movable body is provided behind the out-port provided in the transparent member, and an out-port notation 2050 corresponding to the out-port of the transparent member may be provided in front of the moving range of the movable body. Specifically, for example, the movable body is a movable role that moves regularly, such as a distribution member, and the out-port notation 2050 is made slightly less translucent than transparent. In this case, the notation body 2051 of the out-port notation 2050 may be made transparent, and the peripheral part 2052 may be made slightly less translucent than transparent. As a result, when a movable role is located behind the out-port notation 2050, the out-port notation 2050 becomes difficult to see, and when no movable role is located behind it, the out-port notation 2050 becomes visible. Therefore, by increasing the translucency of the out-port notation 2050, even if the out-port notation 2050 becomes a little difficult to see, there is a time during one cycle of the movable role that the out-port notation 2050 becomes visible, so the presence of the out-port can be recognized.

In addition, while the above shows an example in which the translucency of the outlet marking 2050 is increased, for example, the color of the outlet marking 2050 may be the same as the color of the movable body provided at the rear. As a result, when the movable body is located at the rear, the color of the outlet marking 2050 blends in with the color of the movable body, making the outlet marking 2050 difficult to see, and when the movable body is not located at the rear, the color of the outlet marking 2050 becomes visible as the color of the outlet marking 2050 differs from the color of the member at the rear, achieving the same effect as above.

In the above, the outlet marking 2050 is difficult to see when the movable body is positioned at the rear, but this is not limited to the above, and the outlet marking 2050 may be easily seen when the movable body is positioned at the rear.

(Other 8)
In the game board 5, the character string constituting the out-port notation 2050 may be broken down into individual characters, and the positions of each character in the front-to-back direction may be made different. Specifically, for example, if the out-port notation 2050 is made up of the character "OUT", it may be broken down into "O" and "UT", with "O" provided on the front board and "UT" provided on the game panel, so that it appears as "OUT" when viewed from a player seated directly in front or in front. This makes the out-port notation 2050 meaningless to other players and makes it appear as part of a picture or pattern, while the out-port notation 2050 appears meaningful to players playing with this pachinko machine 1, allowing the players to recognize the presence of the out-port.

(Other 9)
The multiple winning port notation sections 2060 provided on the game board 5 may be different depending on the corresponding winning port. In other words, the rank of the benefit to be given to the player may be indicated by the letters, symbols, or pictograms on the winning port notation sections 2060. Specifically, for example, the winning port notation section 2060 of the first starting port 2002 (starting winning port) may be "GO" or "IN", the V winning port 2010 may be "V" or "victory", and the general winning port 2001 may be simply a "pattern" or "mark", etc.

Alternatively, if a general winning port is provided to prevent game ball B from entering a specific winning port (e.g., the V winning port), the winning port notation 2060 of that general winning port may be marked as if it were an out port (e.g., "X", "skull", etc.). This makes the player strongly desire for the ball to enter the V winning port, and since a special bonus is obtained if the ball enters a general winning port that appears to be an out port, it does not diminish the player's interest. In this case, it is preferable that the general winning port that prevents the ball from entering the V winning port and the other general winning ports have different winning port notation 2060.

[7-8. Brief Summary]
The above-mentioned outlet notation 2050 has various technical features as follows.

[7-8a. Summary A]
(Background of technical features)
In a gaming machine such as a pachinko machine, a game area into which a game ball is thrown down has a plurality of winning holes that provide a predetermined prize when a game ball enters the winning area, and a winning hole that opens at the bottom of the game area. The game machine has an outlet for discharging balls that have not entered any of the winning holes from the game area. It is known that there are multiple outlets in the middle of the play area (for example, patent document: JP 2019-136134 A).

However, if there are multiple out exits, it becomes difficult to distinguish between the winning and out exits, and some players may mistake the out exits for winning exits and become frustrated when they score a prize but do not receive a special prize, which could reduce their interest in the game. One solution to this problem would be to indicate that each exit is an out exit, but if the out exit is too conspicuous, it could cause players to feel uncomfortable and reduce their interest in the game.

In view of the above situation, the following means aims to provide a gaming machine that can prevent a decline in interest by naturally indicating the multiple outlets.

(Technical solution)
Means 1: In the gaming machine,
"A gaming machine having a gaming board having a winning hole through which a gaming ball that has flowed down the gaming area can enter and an outlet through which a gaming ball that has flowed down the gaming area can enter,
At least a first outlet and a second outlet are provided as the outlets,
The game board is provided with a first out notation corresponding to the first out opening and a second out notation corresponding to the second out opening,
The first out notation and the second out notation are provided in different distinguishing manners."
It is characterized by:

Here, the term "winning port" refers to "a general winning port that is always open within the game area", "a start winning port (starting port) that is always open within the game area and where a special lottery is held to determine whether or not a game ball entering the game area will create a favorable game state that gives the player an advantage as a specified bonus", "a variable winning port (variable starting port, special winning port, etc.) that allows a game ball to enter the game area as a specified bonus when a game ball enters a specific receiving port (chucker) within the game area", and "a variable winning port (variable starting port, special winning port, etc.) that allows a game ball to enter the game area as a specified bonus depending on the result of a general lottery held when a game ball passes through a specific area (gate, through chucker, etc.) within the game area". "A special prize opening (a special prize opening, etc.)," "A variable start prize opening (a variable start prize opening) in which a game ball can enter as a specified bonus depending on the result of a normal lottery drawn when a game ball passes through a specific area (e.g., a gate, a chucker, etc.) in the game area, and a special lottery is held to determine whether or not the entry of the game ball will create a favorable game state that gives the player an advantage as a specified bonus," "A V prize opening that creates a favorable game state that gives the player an advantage as a specified bonus when a game ball that enters a special prize opening is sorted by a sorting means and enters," "A large prize opening or special prize opening that opens and closes in a specified pattern to allow the entry of a game ball as a favorable game state that gives the player an advantage as a specified bonus," etc.

Examples of "out notations" such as the first out notation and the second out notation include "those made up of characters in languages such as English (alphabet) and Japanese (katakana and hiragana)", "those made up of designs such as patterns, symbols, and pictograms", "those made up of pictures or characters that evoke a negative image", etc. Examples of out notations include "those that have a different translucency from the surrounding decorations and components", "those that have a different light reflectance from the surrounding decorations and components", etc. When the out notation is made up of characters, it may be written horizontally, vertically, or diagonally. Furthermore, the out notation may be provided on a sticker, may be printed together with the decoration of a decorative sheet, or may be molded integrally with a component such as the ball entrance component.

Examples of "different identification aspects" include "things with different characters such as the alphabet or katakana," "things with different appearances (designs) such as letters, symbols, pictograms, etc.," "things with different colors," "things with different sizes," "things with different character string directions such as horizontal, vertical, diagonal writing," "things with different translucency," "things with different light reflectance," "things with different formation aspects such as affixing a sticker, printing, or integral molding with the ball inlet component," etc.

According to the configuration of the first means, the gaming machine is equipped with a gaming board having an entry port through which gaming balls that have flowed down the gaming area can enter, and an exit port through which gaming balls that have flowed down the gaming area can enter, and at least a first exit port and a second exit port are provided as the exit ports, and the gaming board is provided with a first exit marking corresponding to the first exit port and a second exit marking corresponding to the second exit port, and the first exit marking and the second exit marking are provided in different identification modes. (See the description of the chapter [7. Entry Port Marking] in [Mode for Carrying Out the Invention], Figures 140 to 143, etc.)

In this configuration, the game area of the game board is provided with multiple winning holes and multiple out holes such as a first out hole and a second out hole, and a first out notation corresponding to the first out hole and a second out notation corresponding to the second out hole are provided in different identification modes. As a result, since a first out notation corresponding to the first out hole and a second out notation corresponding to the second out hole are provided, the player can become aware of the existence of the out hole by visually recognizing the notation (out notation). Therefore, since the first out hole and the second out hole are not mistaken for winning holes, even if a special prize is not awarded by a game ball entering the first out hole or the second out hole, the player will not feel frustrated and the interest of the player will not decrease.

The first and second out notations corresponding to the first and second out exits are provided in different identification modes, so that each out notation can be made to correspond to the opening direction of the out exit or to the decoration of the part where the out exit is provided, making the out notations less noticeable while still being displayed. Specifically, for example, in a case where the first out exit opens upward and the second out exit opens left and right, if the first out notation corresponding to the first out exit is written horizontally and the second out notation is written vertically, each out notation will be in line with the opening edge of the corresponding out exit, making each out notation less noticeable and making it difficult to feel strange about the out notation. This makes it possible to provide a gaming machine that does not make the out notation feel strange to the player, can reliably exert the decorative effect of the decorations provided in the gaming area, can improve the appearance, and can suppress a decrease in the player's interest.

It is preferable that at least one of the multiple out indications, including at least the first out indication and the second out indication, is composed of a character string that matches the decoration on the game board. In this way, since the character string of the out indication is set to match the decoration on the game board, it is possible to make the out indication look like a part of the decoration, and it is possible to make the out indication less noticeable while still allowing the player to recognize that it is an out hole, without compromising the decorativeness of the decoration on the game board, and the presence of the out indication does not make it look bad.

At least one of a number of out notations, including at least a first out notation and a second out notation, may be applied to the sticker. This allows the out notation to be provided by attaching a sticker with the out notation applied (printed) around the periphery of the corresponding out port. Also, for example, even if the same ball inlet member is used as a winning port or an out port depending on the specifications or model, this can be accommodated by simply replacing the sticker, thereby reducing the cost of the gaming machine.

Furthermore, when the "out" notation is applied to a sticker as described above, it is desirable to attach the sticker with the "out" notation to a location that will not come into contact with the game ball (for example, the back side of a transparent member, the front panel of the member forming the out port, etc.). This will prevent the sticker from peeling off due to contact with the game ball. It is also desirable to attach the sticker to a location that is difficult for workers to touch other than the game ball (for example, the back side of a transparent member), which can prevent workers from touching the sticker and having it roll up or peel off when performing maintenance on the gaming machine, etc.

Furthermore, at least one of the multiple out markings, including at least the first out marking and the second out marking, may be molded integrally with the ball inlet member forming the corresponding out port. In this way, since the out marking is molded integrally with the ball inlet member forming the out port, compared to when the out marking is provided by attaching a sticker, there is no risk of forgetting to attach a sticker, the out marking can be reliably displayed, and the effort of attaching a sticker is unnecessary, making it possible to suppress increases in the costs of the gaming machine.

In addition, as mentioned above, when the "out" marking is molded integrally with the ball entrance member, it will not peel off even if it comes into contact with a game ball or an operator, compared to when the "out" marking is provided by a sticker or printing (painting). It is preferable to provide the "out" marking in a location that does not come into contact with the game ball (for example, the front surface of the front panel, the back surface of the base plate, etc.).

In addition, multiple out notations, including at least the first out notation and the second out notation, may be made less translucent than their surroundings. In this way, since the out notation has a lower translucency than its surroundings, when the surroundings of the out notation become bright, the out notation becomes relatively dark. This makes it possible for the out notation to be easily seen while still being recognizable to the player, and prevents the out notation from making the player look bad.

Furthermore, a plurality of out notations, including at least the first out notation and the second out notation, may be made conspicuous enough to make the corresponding out opening difficult to enter. In this way, for example, by providing an out opening difficult to enter near the upstream of a winning opening (e.g., a big winning opening, a special winning opening, etc.) that allows many game balls to enter when a favorable game state occurs, and by making the out notation corresponding to that out opening conspicuous, the existence of that out opening can be strongly recognized along with the winning opening, and it is possible to strongly hope that the game ball will not enter that out opening. Although the possibility of a game ball entering that out opening is low, the existence of that out opening is fully recognized in advance because the corresponding out notation is conspicuous, and even if a game ball enters that out opening, the interest is not significantly diminished, and the game can continue to be enjoyed with game balls.

In addition, as described above, when making the "out" markings of out ports that are difficult to enter more conspicuous, for example, by providing an out port that is easy for game balls to enter downstream of a winning port (e.g., a big winning port, a special winning port, etc.) that allows many game balls to enter due to the occurrence of a favorable game state, or near a winning port (e.g., a general winning port) that does not create an advantageous game state even if a game ball enters, and making the "out" markings corresponding to that out port less conspicuous, interest in the game balls circulating near that out port will be low, so even if the existence of an out port is recognized by the "out" markings, it will not be strongly remembered, and interest in the out ports that are easy to enter can be reduced. This makes it difficult to notice game balls entering an out port that is easy to enter, and interest will not decrease even if a game ball enters that out port.

Therefore, as described above, by making the out markings of out exits that are difficult to score a ball in more conspicuous, the out markings can draw attention to the existence of the out exits, so that the player will not mistake the out exit for a winning exit, and will not feel annoyed even if a special prize is not awarded for scoring a ball in the out exit. In addition, because the out markings of out exits that are difficult to score a ball in are made more conspicuous, the player will not feel uncomfortable and a decline in interest in the game can be prevented.

Means 2: In the configuration of Means 1,
"The plurality of out notations including at least the first out notation and the second out notation are
At least one of them is composed of a character string that matches the decoration on the game board.
The present invention is characterized in that

According to the configuration of the second means, at least one of the multiple out symbols, including the first out symbol and the second out symbol, is composed of a character string that matches the decoration on the game board. (See the description of the out symbol 2050 and FIG. 142 in the [Embodiment for carrying out the invention].)

As a result, the string of characters for the "out" sign is aligned with the decoration on the game board, making it possible for the "out" sign to look like part of the decoration, and while still allowing the player to recognize that it is an out, it is less noticeable. The decorativeness of the decoration on the game board is not diminished, and the presence of the "out" sign does not make it look bad.

Means 3: In the configuration of means 1 or means 2,
"The plurality of out notations including at least the first out notation and the second out notation are
At least one of them is on the seal.”
The present invention is characterized in that

According to the configuration of the third means, at least one of a plurality of out markings, including at least a first out marking and a second out marking, is applied to the seal. (In the [Embodiment for carrying out the invention], see the description of the first out port marking 2050a and FIG. 141, etc.)

This allows the "out" notation to be provided by attaching a sticker with the "out" notation printed on it around the periphery of the corresponding out port. Also, for example, even if the same ball inlet component is used as a winning port or an out port depending on the specifications or model, this can be accommodated by simply replacing the sticker, reducing the cost of the gaming machine.

It is desirable to attach the sticker with the "out" notation to a location that will not come into contact with the game ball (for example, the back side of a transparent member, the front panel of the member that forms the out port, etc.). This will prevent the sticker from peeling off due to contact with the game ball. It is also desirable to attach the sticker to a location that is difficult for workers to touch other than the game ball (for example, the back side of a transparent member), which can prevent workers from touching the sticker and having it roll up or peel off when performing maintenance on the game machine, etc.

Means 4: In any one of the configurations of means 1 to 3,
"The plurality of out notations including at least the first out notation and the second out notation are
At least one of them is integrally formed with the ball inlet member that forms the corresponding outlet."
The present invention is characterized in that

According to the configuration of the fourth means, at least one of the multiple out notations, including at least the first out notation and the second out notation, is integrally molded with the ball inlet member that forms the corresponding out hole. (In the [Embodiment for carrying out the invention], see the description of the out hole notation 2050, the receiving part 2450 of the attacker unit 2400, and FIG. 142, etc.)

As a result, the "out" marking is molded integrally with the ball entry port component that forms the out opening. This means that, compared to when the "out" marking is provided by attaching a sticker, there is no risk of forgetting to attach the sticker, and the "out" marking can be displayed reliably. It also eliminates the need to go through the trouble of attaching a sticker, which helps to prevent increases in the costs of the gaming machine.

In addition, because the "out" markings are molded integrally with the ball entrance member, they will not peel off even if they come into contact with a game ball or an operator, unlike when the "out" markings are provided as stickers or printed (painted) marks. It is preferable to provide the "out" markings in areas that do not come into contact with game balls (for example, the front surface of the front panel, the back surface of the base plate, etc.).

Means 5: In any one of the configurations of means 1 to 4,
"The plurality of out notations including at least the first out notation and the second out notation are
It has a lower translucency than the surrounding area.”
The present invention is characterized in that

According to the configuration of means 5, the out notations, including at least the first out notation and the second out notation, are made less translucent than the surroundings. (See the description of the out notation 2050 in [Embodiment for carrying out the invention].)

By making the "out" mark less translucent than its surroundings, when the area around the "out" mark becomes brighter, the "out" mark becomes relatively darker. This makes it possible for the player to see the "out" mark while still being able to see it, and prevents the "out" mark from spoiling the appearance.

Means 6: In any one of the configurations of means 1 to 5,
"The plurality of out notations including at least the first out notation and the second out notation are
The corresponding out hole is so prominent that it is difficult to get the ball into it.
The present invention is characterized in that

According to the configuration of means 6, multiple out notations, including at least the first out notation and the second out notation, are provided so that the corresponding out notation is conspicuous enough to make it difficult for the ball to enter the hole. (In the [Embodiment for carrying out the invention], see the description of the first out notation 2050a, the second out notation 2050b, the third out notation 2050c, and FIG. 143, etc.)

For example, by providing an out port that is difficult for balls to enter near the upstream of a winning port (e.g., a big winning port, a special winning port, etc.) that allows many game balls to enter when a favorable game state occurs, and by making the out marking corresponding to that out port prominent, the existence of that out port can be made more prominent along with the winning port, and players can be more keen not to let game balls enter that out port. Although it is unlikely that a game ball will enter this out port, the corresponding out marking is prominent, so that players are fully aware of the existence of that out port in advance, and even if a game ball does enter that out port, interest is not significantly diminished, and they can continue to enjoy playing with game balls.

In addition, for example, if an out port into which game balls can easily enter is provided downstream of a winning port (e.g., a big winning port, a special winning port, etc.) that allows many game balls to enter due to the occurrence of a favorable game state, or near a winning port (e.g., a general winning port) into which a game ball enters and the out label corresponding to that out port is not made conspicuous, interest in the game balls circulating near that out port will be low, so even if the existence of the out port is recognized by the out label, it will not be strongly remembered, and interest in the out port into which it is easy to enter can be reduced. This makes it difficult to notice game balls entering an out port into which it is easy to enter, and interest will not decrease even if a game ball enters that out port.

Because of this, the out markings can make players aware of the existence of the out exit, so they will not mistake the out exit for a winning exit, and they will not feel frustrated even if they do not receive a special prize for scoring a ball through the out exit. In addition, because the out markings for out exits that are difficult to score a ball through are made conspicuous, players will not feel uncomfortable and a decline in interest in the game can be prevented.

In this way, the above solution makes it possible to provide a gaming machine that can prevent a decline in interest by naturally indicating the multiple outlets.

(Relationship between the solution of technical features and embodiments)
In this embodiment, the general winning port 2001, the first starting port 2002, the second starting port 2004, the large winning port 2005, the special winning port, and the V winning port 2010 correspond to the winning ports of the above-mentioned solution means, the out port 1008, the losing port 2009, and the sub-out port 2023 in this embodiment correspond to the out ports of the above-mentioned solution means, the first out port 2023a and the second out port 2023b in this embodiment correspond to the first and second out ports of the above-mentioned solution means, the out port notation 2050 in this embodiment corresponds to the out notation of the above-mentioned solution means, and the first out port notation 2050a and the second out port notation 2050b in this embodiment correspond to the first and second out notations of the above-mentioned solution means, respectively.

In addition, the starting port unit 2100, side unit 2200, and attacker unit 2400 in this embodiment correspond to the ball inlet members of the above-mentioned solution, and the decorative seal 2203 and decorative seal 2446 in this embodiment correspond to the seals of the above-mentioned solution.

(Characteristic Effects of the Present Embodiment)
According to the pachinko machine 1 of this embodiment, the game area 5a of the game board 5 is provided with a plurality of winning holes such as the general winning hole 2001, and a plurality of sub-outlets 2023 such as the first outlet 2023a and the second outlet 2023b, and the first outlet notation 2050a corresponding to the first outlet 2023a and the second outlet notation 2050b corresponding to the second outlet 2023b are provided in different identification modes. This allows the player to notice the existence of the sub-outlet 2023 by visually recognizing the outlet notation 2050 such as the first outlet notation 2050a corresponding to the first outlet 2023a and the second outlet notation 2050b corresponding to the second outlet 2023b. Therefore, the first outlet 2023a and the second outlet 2023b will not be mistaken for winning outlets, so even if no special prize is awarded when the game ball B enters the first outlet 2023a or the second outlet 2023b, the player will not feel frustrated and his/her interest will not decrease.

And, since the first outlet notation 2050a and the second outlet notation 2050b corresponding to the first outlet 2023a and the second outlet 2023b are provided in different identification modes, it is possible to make each outlet notation 2050 correspond to the opening direction of the sub-outlet 2023 or correspond to the decoration of the part where the sub-outlet 2023 is provided, and the outlet notation 2050 can be displayed while being made less noticeable. Specifically, for example, as shown in FIG. 141, in a case where the first outlet 2023a opens diagonally toward the upper right and the second outlet 2023b opens toward the upper direction, if the first outlet notation 2050a is written diagonally and the second outlet notation 2050b is written horizontally, each outlet notation 2050 will be in a state along the opening edge of the corresponding sub-outlet 2023, and each outlet notation 2050 will be made less noticeable and less likely to give a sense of incongruity to the outlet notation 2050. This allows the player to feel uneasy about the outlet marking 2050, and ensures that the decorative effect of the decorations provided within the play area 5a can be fully realized, improving the appearance and providing a pachinko machine 1 that prevents the player's interest from declining.

Also, as shown in FIG. 142, the character string of the outlet notation 2050 is arranged to follow the decorative portion 2450b on the game board 5 (here, the front plate 2450a of the receiving portion 2450 in the attacca unit 2400), so that the outlet notation 2050 can be made to look like part of the decoration, and while allowing the player to recognize that it is a sub-outlet 2023, it can be made less noticeable than the outlet notation 2050. The decorativeness of the decoration on the game board 5 is not diminished, and the presence of the outlet notation 2050 does not make it look bad.

Also, as shown in FIG. 141, the out-out notation 2050 (here, the first out-out notation 2050a) can be provided by attaching a decorative sticker 2446 with an out-out notation 2050 (here, the first out-out notation 2050a) printed thereon to the periphery (front plate 2450a of the receiving part 2450) of the corresponding sub-out-out 2023 (first out-out 2023a). Also, for example, even if the same ball entrance component (here, the side unit 2200 shown in FIG. 143) is used as a general winning opening 2001 or a sub-out-out 2023 depending on the specifications or model, this can be accommodated by replacing the decorative sticker 2203, thereby reducing the cost of the pachinko machine 1.

In addition, since the decorative sticker 2203 (decorative sticker 2446) with the outlet marking 2050 is affixed to the front plate 2202 (front plate 2450a) which does not come into contact with the game ball B, the decorative sticker 2203 (decorative sticker 2446) will not peel off due to contact with the game ball B. It is preferable to affix the decorative sticker 2203 (decorative sticker 2446) to a location other than the game ball B that is difficult for workers to touch (for example, the back side of a transparent member (for example, the base plate 2441)), so that it is possible to prevent the decorative sticker 2203 (decorative sticker 2446) from being turned over or peeled off due to contact with the decorative sticker when performing maintenance on the pachinko machine 1.

Furthermore, as shown in FIG. 142, the outlet marking 2050 is integrally molded with the attacca unit 2400 (receiving portion 2450) that forms the corresponding sub-outlet 2023. This means that, compared to when the outlet marking 2050 is provided by attaching a sticker, there is no risk of forgetting to attach a sticker, and the outlet marking 2050 can be reliably indicated, and the effort of attaching a sticker is unnecessary, which helps to suppress increases in the costs of the pachinko machine 1.

In addition, because the outlet marking 2050 is integrally molded with the receiving portion 2450, it will not peel off even if the game ball B or an operator comes into contact with it, as opposed to when the outlet marking 2050 is provided by sticker or printing (painting).

In addition, as shown in FIG. 141 etc., the out exit notation 2050 has a lower translucency than its surroundings, so that when the surroundings of the out exit notation 2050 become brighter, the out exit notation 2050 becomes relatively darker. This makes it possible to make the out exit notation 2050 difficult to see while still being recognizable (visible) to the player, thereby preventing the out exit notation 2050 from making the appearance worse.

Furthermore, the out-port notation 2050 is made more conspicuous so that the corresponding sub-out-port 2023 is more difficult to enter. For example, as shown in FIG. 143, a first out-port 2023a that is difficult to enter is provided near the upstream of the big prize opening 2005, which allows more game balls B to enter when a favorable game state occurs, and the first out-port notation 2050a corresponding to the first out-port 2023a is made more conspicuous. This makes it possible to strongly recognize the presence of the first out-port 2023a along with the big prize opening 2005, and to strongly hope that game ball B will not enter the first out-port 2023a. Although the chances of game ball B landing in this first outlet 2023a are low, the corresponding first outlet marking 2050a is prominent, so the player is fully aware of the presence of the first outlet 2023a in advance. Even if game ball B does land in the first outlet 2023a, the player's interest is not significantly diminished, and the player can continue to enjoy playing with game ball B.

On the other hand, the second outlet 2023b and the third outlet 2023c, which are easy for the game ball B to enter, are provided downstream of the large winning port 2005 where a favorable game state is generated and where it is possible to enter many game balls B, and near the general winning port 2001 where a favorable game state is not generated even if the game ball B enters, and the second outlet notation 2050b and the third outlet notation 2050c corresponding to the second outlet 2023b and the third outlet 2023c are displayed on the first outlet. Since the second outlet 2023b and the third outlet 2023c are less noticeable than the outlet markings 2050a, and interest in the game balls B circulating near the second outlet 2023b and the third outlet 2023c is low, even if the existence of the second outlet 2023b and the third outlet 2023c is recognized by the second outlet markings 2050b and the third outlet markings 2050c, it is not strongly remembered, and interest in the second outlet 2023b and the third outlet 2023c, which are easy to enter, can be reduced. This makes it difficult to notice the game ball B entering the second outlet 2023b and the third outlet 2023c, which are easy to enter, and interest does not decrease even if the game ball B enters the second outlet 2023b or the third outlet 2023c.

Therefore, in the example of FIG. 143, by making the out-out notation 2050 of the sub-out opening 2023, which is difficult to score a ball into, more conspicuous, the out-out notation 2050 can make the player aware of the existence of the sub-out opening 2023, so the player will not mistake the sub-out opening 2023 for a winning opening, and will not feel annoyed even if a special prize is not awarded for scoring a ball into the sub-out opening 2023. In addition, since the out-out notation 2050 of the sub-out opening 2023, which is difficult to score a ball into, is made conspicuous, the player will not feel uncomfortable, and a decrease in the player's interest in the game can be suppressed.

[7-8b. Summary B]
(Background of technical features)
In a gaming machine such as a pachinko machine, a game area into which a game ball is thrown down has a plurality of winning holes that provide a predetermined prize when a game ball enters the winning area, and a winning hole that opens at the bottom of the game area. The game machine has an outlet for discharging balls that have not entered any of the winning holes from the game area. It is known that there are multiple outlets in the middle of the play area (for example, patent document: JP 2019-136134 A).

However, if there are multiple out exits, it becomes difficult to distinguish between the winning and out exits, and some players may mistake the out exits for winning exits and become frustrated when they score a prize but do not receive a special prize, which could reduce their interest in the game. One solution to this problem would be to indicate that each exit is an out exit, but if the out exit is too conspicuous, it could cause players to feel uncomfortable and reduce their interest in the game.

In view of the above situation, the following means aims to provide a gaming machine that can prevent a decline in interest by naturally indicating the multiple outlets.

(Technical solution)
Means 1: In the gaming machine,
"A gaming machine having a gaming board having an entry port into which a gaming ball that has flowed down the gaming area can enter, and an exit port into which a gaming ball that has flowed down the gaming area can enter,
At least a first outlet and a second outlet are provided as the outlets,
The game board is provided with a first out notation corresponding to the first out opening and a second out notation corresponding to the second out opening,
The first out marking and the second out marking are provided at different positions in the front-to-rear direction.
The present invention is characterized in that

Here, the term "winning port" refers to "a general winning port that is always open within the game area", "a start winning port (starting port) that is always open within the game area and where a special lottery is held to determine whether or not a game ball entering the game area will create a favorable game state that gives the player an advantage as a specified bonus", "a variable winning port (variable starting port, special winning port, etc.) that allows a game ball to enter the game area as a specified bonus when a game ball enters a specific receiving port (chucker) within the game area", and "a variable winning port (variable starting port, special winning port, etc.) that allows a game ball to enter the game area as a specified bonus depending on the result of a general lottery held when a game ball passes through a specific area (gate, through chucker, etc.) within the game area". "A special prize opening (a special prize opening, etc.)," "A variable start prize opening (a variable start prize opening) in which a game ball can enter as a specified bonus depending on the result of a normal lottery drawn when a game ball passes through a specific area (e.g., a gate, a chucker, etc.) in the game area, and a special lottery is held to determine whether or not the entry of the game ball will create a favorable game state that gives the player an advantage as a specified bonus," "A V prize opening that creates a favorable game state that gives the player an advantage as a specified bonus when a game ball that enters a special prize opening is sorted by a sorting means and enters," "A large prize opening or special prize opening that opens and closes in a specified pattern to allow the entry of a game ball as a favorable game state that gives the player an advantage as a specified bonus," etc.

In addition, examples of out notations such as the first out notation and the second out notation include "those made of characters in languages such as English (alphabet) and Japanese (katakana and hiragana)", "those made of designs such as patterns, symbols, and pictograms", "those made of pictures or characters that evoke a negative image", etc. In addition, examples of out notations include "those that have a different translucency from the surrounding decorations and components", "those that have a different light reflectance from the surrounding decorations and components", etc. When the out notation is a character, it may be written horizontally, vertically, or diagonally. In addition, the multiple out notations may have the same identification mode or different identification modes. Furthermore, the out notation may be provided on a sticker, may be printed together with the decoration of the decorative sheet, or may be molded integrally with a component such as the ball entrance component.

According to the configuration of the means 1, the gaming machine is equipped with a gaming board having an entry port into which gaming balls that have flowed down the gaming area can enter, and an exit port into which gaming balls that have flowed down the gaming area can enter, and at least a first exit port and a second exit port are provided as the exit ports, and the gaming board is provided with a first exit marking corresponding to the first exit port and a second exit marking corresponding to the second exit port, and the first exit marking and the second exit marking are provided at different positions in the front-to-rear direction. (See chapter [7-2a. Example 1 of use of the exit marking] in [Embodiment of the invention], the description of the exit marking 2050, Figures 140 and 141, etc.)

In this configuration, the game area of the game board is provided with multiple winning holes and multiple out holes such as a first out hole and a second out hole, and a first out notation corresponding to the first out hole and a second out notation corresponding to the second out hole are provided. This allows the player to become aware of the existence of the out holes by visually recognizing the out notations such as the first out notation corresponding to the first out hole and the second out notation corresponding to the second out hole. Therefore, since the first out hole and the second out hole are not mistaken for winning holes, the player will not feel frustrated even if a special prize is not awarded when a game ball enters the first out hole or the second out hole, and the player's interest will not decrease.

And because the first and second out signs corresponding to the first and second out exits are located at different positions in the front-to-back direction, it is possible to vary the front-to-back position of each out sign depending on the relative position of the corresponding out exit and winning exit (type of winning exit), or to vary the front-to-back position depending on the distance from the player seated in front, or to vary the front-to-back position depending on the probability of the game ball landing in the corresponding out exit (ease of landing). This makes it possible to display the out signs while making them less noticeable.

Specifically, for example, the first out notation of the first outlet provided in the attacca unit having a large prize winning port as the winning port, and the second out notation of the second outlet provided in the side unit having a general prize winning port as the winning port, the first out notation is provided forward of the second out notation. As a result, even if the first out notation of the first outlet is provided forward of the second out notation, since the large prize winning port is provided near the first out notation (first out outlet), even if the first out notation stands out due to its forward placement, the player's attention is directed strongly to the large prize winning port, so interest in the first out notation is relatively low, and the first out notation becomes unnoticeable and does not obstruct the surrounding decoration. On the other hand, since the second out notation is provided behind the first out notation, the second out notation can be made less noticeable than the first out notation.

Or, for example, the first out notation at the first out exit, which is far from the player, and the second out notation at the second out exit, which is closer to the player, are placed in front of the second out notation. As a result, since the first out exit (first out notation) is far from the player, it will not stand out even if it is placed in front. On the other hand, since the second out exit is closer to the player, by placing the second out notation behind the first out notation, the second out notation will be farther away from the player, making it less noticeable.

As a result, by making the front-to-back positions of the first out notation and the second out notation different, it is possible to make neither of the out notations stand out, so that the out notation does not make the player feel uncomfortable, and the decorative effect of the decorations provided within the playing area can be reliably achieved, making it possible to provide a gaming machine that not only improves the appearance but also prevents the player's interest from declining.

In addition, multiple out notations including at least the first out notation and the second out notation may be provided behind the winning notation corresponding to the winning hole. As a result, since the winning notation corresponding to the winning hole is provided, the winning notation can make the player aware of the existence of the winning hole, and the player can strongly desire for the game ball to enter the winning hole. Furthermore, for multiple out holes provided separately from the winning hole, the corresponding out notation is provided behind the winning notation, so the out notation can be made less noticeable than the winning notation, and the out notation can be used to make the player aware of the existence of the out hole while preventing the out notation from damaging the appearance of the gaming machine (game board). As a result, even if the out notation is provided, the player does not feel uncomfortable, so the decorative effect of the decoration provided in the gaming area can be reliably exerted, and a gaming machine can be provided that can improve the appearance and prevent the player's interest from decreasing.

It is also desirable to provide a plurality of out markings, including at least a first out marking and a second out marking, in front of the circulating game balls, so that the easier it is for the ball to enter the out hole, the further forward the corresponding out marking is provided than the circulating game balls. As a result, even if game balls frequently enter a particular out hole, the out marking is not obscured by the entering game balls, making it difficult to see (read), and the out marking can be reliably seen, allowing the player to recognize the existence of the out hole.

Furthermore, the multiple out notations, including at least the first out notation and the second out notation, may be arranged so that the more forward the out notation corresponding to the out exit near the winning entry that will receive more benefits when the game ball enters the winning entry (e.g., the big winning entry, the special winning entry, the V winning entry, etc.), the more attention of the player is drawn to the winning entry that will receive more benefits when the game ball enters the winning entry, so the out notation of the out exit that is provided near the winning entry will be relatively less of an interest to the player, and the out notation will not interfere with the surrounding decorations even if it becomes conspicuous by being provided further forward than other out notations. Therefore, even if an out notation is provided, the out notation will not give the player a sense of incongruity, and it is possible to provide a gaming machine that can reliably exert the decorative effect of the decorations provided in the game area, improve the appearance, and suppress a decline in the interest of the player.

Means 2: In the configuration of Means 1,
"The plurality of out notations including at least the first out notation and the second out notation are
It is located behind the prize display corresponding to the prize slot.
The present invention is characterized in that

Here, examples of "winning notation" include "the name of the winning slot," "letters such as the alphabet like [IN], [GO], and [V], and kanji like [beginning], [prize], and [to]," "numbers indicating the number of balls paid out or ranking," and "designs such as patterns, symbols, and pictograms," etc.

According to the configuration of the second means, a plurality of out notations, including at least a first out notation and a second out notation, are provided behind the winning notation corresponding to the winning port. (See the description of the out port notation 2050 and FIG. 141 in the [Embodiment for carrying out the invention].)

In this configuration, since a prize notation corresponding to the prize opening is provided, the prize notation can make the player aware of the existence of the prize opening, and the player can strongly desire for the game ball to enter the prize opening. Furthermore, since the corresponding out openings provided separately from the prize openings have the out notation provided behind the prize notation, the out notation can be made less noticeable than the prize notation, and the out notation can be made to recognize the existence of the out opening while preventing the out notation from worsening the appearance of the gaming machine (game board). As a result, even though the out notation is provided, the player does not feel uncomfortable, and the decorative effect of the decorations provided in the gaming area can be reliably achieved, making it possible to provide a gaming machine that can improve the appearance and prevent the player's interest from decreasing.

Means 3: In the configuration of means 1 or means 2,
"The plurality of out notations including at least the first out notation and the second out notation are
The out hole, which is easier to enter, is located further forward than the circulating balls.
The present invention is characterized in that

According to the configuration of the third means, a plurality of out notations, including at least a first out notation and a second out notation, are provided in front of the circulating game balls so that the more likely the outs are to be scored. (See the description of the out notation 2050 in the [Embodiment for carrying out the invention].)

As a result, the easier it is for a ball to enter an out hole, the further forward the corresponding out markings are located (for example, on the front panel of the ball entry hole member) than the circulating game balls. Therefore, even if game balls frequently enter a particular out hole, the out markings are not obscured by the entering game balls, making them difficult to see (read), and the out markings can be reliably seen, allowing the player to recognize the existence of the out hole.

Means 4: In any one of the configurations of means 1 to 3,
"The plurality of out notations including at least the first out notation and the second out notation are
The out notation corresponding to the out hole closer to the winning hole where more benefits are awarded by the entry of the game ball is provided further forward.
The present invention is characterized in that

According to the configuration of the fourth means, a plurality of out notations, including at least a first out notation and a second out notation, are provided in such a way that the more forward the notation corresponds to the out hole closer to the winning hole where the more prizes are awarded when the game ball enters. (See the description of the out notation 2050 and FIG. 141 in the [Embodiment for carrying out the invention].)

As a result, players are more interested in the winning holes (e.g., big winning hole, special winning hole, V winning hole, etc.) that award more prizes when a game ball enters, so they are relatively less interested in the out hole that is located near the winning hole, and even if the out hole is placed further forward than the other out holes, it is not a bother, and the out hole does not obstruct the surrounding decorations. Therefore, even if an out hole is placed, it does not make the player feel uncomfortable, and the decorative effect of the decorations placed within the game area can be reliably achieved, making it possible to provide a gaming machine that not only improves the appearance, but also prevents the player's interest from declining.

In this way, the above solution makes it possible to provide a gaming machine that can prevent a decline in interest by naturally indicating the multiple outlets.

(Relationship between the solution of technical features and embodiments)
In this embodiment, the general winning port 2001, the first starting port 2002, the second starting port 2004, the large winning port 2005, the special winning port, and the V winning port 2010 correspond to the winning ports of the above-mentioned solution means, the out port 1008, the losing port 2009, and the sub-out port 2023 in this embodiment correspond to the out ports of the above-mentioned solution means, the first out port 2023a in this embodiment corresponds to the first out port of the above-mentioned solution means, and the second out port 2023b and the third out port 2023c in this embodiment correspond to the second out port of the above-mentioned solution means.

In addition, the out notation 2050 in this embodiment corresponds to the out notation of the above-mentioned solution means, the first out notation 2050a in this embodiment corresponds to the first out notation of the above-mentioned solution means, the second out notation 2050b and the third out notation 2050c in this embodiment correspond to the second out notation of the above-mentioned solution means, and the winning notation 2060 in this embodiment corresponds to the winning notation of the above-mentioned solution means.

(Characteristic Effects of the Present Embodiment)
According to the pachinko machine 1 of this embodiment, the game area 5a of the game board 5 is provided with a plurality of winning holes such as the general winning hole 2001 and the first starting hole 2002, and a plurality of sub-outlets 2023 such as the first outlet 2023a and the second outlet 2023b, and a first outlet notation 2050a corresponding to the first outlet 2023a and a second outlet notation 2050b corresponding to the second outlet 2023b are provided. This allows the player to notice the existence of the sub-outlet 2023 by visually recognizing the outlet notation 2050 such as the first outlet notation 2050a and the second outlet notation 2050b. Therefore, since the first outlet 2023a and the second outlet 2023b are not mistaken for winning holes, even if a special prize is not awarded by the entry of the game ball B into the first outlet 2023a or the second outlet 2023b, the player will not feel irritated and the interest of the player will not decrease.

The first outlet notation 2050a and the second outlet notation 2050b corresponding to the first outlet 2023a and the second outlet 2023b are provided at different positions in the front-to-back direction, so that it is possible to vary the position of each outlet notation 2050 in the front-to-back direction depending on the relative position of the corresponding sub-outlet 2023 and the winning port (type of winning port), to vary the position in the front-to-back direction depending on the distance from the player seated in front, or to vary the position in the front-to-back direction depending on the probability (ease of scoring) of the game ball B entering the corresponding sub-outlet 2023, making it possible to display the outlet notation 2050 while making it less noticeable.

Specifically, for example, as shown in FIG. 141, between a first outlet notation 2050a of a first outlet 2023a provided in an attacca unit 2400 having a large prize opening 2005 as a prize opening, and a second outlet notation 2050b of a second outlet 2023b provided in a side unit 2200 having a general prize opening 2001 as a prize opening, the first outlet notation 2050a is provided forward of the second outlet notation 2050b. As a result, even if the first outlet notation 2050a of the first outlet 2023a is provided forward of the second outlet notation 2050b, since the large prize winning port 2005 is provided near the first outlet notation 2050a (first outlet 2023a), even if the first outlet notation 2050a stands out due to its forward placement, the player's attention is strongly directed to the large prize winning port 2005, so that interest in the first outlet notation 2050a is relatively low, and the first outlet notation 2050a becomes unnoticeable and does not obstruct the surrounding decoration. On the other hand, since the second outlet notation 2050b is provided behind the first outlet notation 2050a, the second outlet notation 2050b can be made less noticeable than the first outlet notation 2050a.

Alternatively, for example, although not shown, the first outgoing notation 2050 of the first sub-outgoing 2023 far from the player and the second outgoing notation 2050 of the second sub-outgoing 2023 close to the player are provided in front of the second outgoing notation 2050. As a result, since the first sub-outgoing 2023 (first outgoing notation 2050) is far from the player, it will not stand out even if it is provided in front. On the other hand, since the second sub-outgoing 2023 is close to the player, by arranging the second outgoing notation 2050 behind the first outgoing notation 2050, the second outgoing notation 2050 will be farther away from the player, making it possible to make the second outgoing notation 2050 less noticeable.

As a result, by making the front-to-rear positions of the first outlet marking 2050a and the second outlet marking 2050b different, it is possible to make each of the outlet markings 2050 less noticeable, so that the player does not feel uncomfortable due to the outlet markings 2050, and the decorative effect of the decorations provided within the play area 5a can be reliably achieved, making it possible to provide a pachinko machine 1 that not only improves the appearance but also prevents the player's interest from declining.

Furthermore, as shown in FIG. 141, the multiple out port notations 2050 are provided behind the winning port notation section 2060 corresponding to the first starting port 2002. As a result, since the winning port notation section 2060 corresponding to the first starting port 2002 is provided, the winning port notation section 2060 can make the player aware of the existence of the first starting port 2002, and the player can strongly desire the game ball B to enter the first starting port 2002. And, in the multiple sub-out ports 2023 provided separately from the first starting port 2002, the corresponding out port notation 2050 is provided behind the winning port notation section 2060, so that the out port notation 2050 can be made less noticeable than the winning port notation section 2060, and the out port notation 2050 can be used to make the player aware of the existence of the sub-out port 2023 while suppressing the deterioration of the appearance of the pachinko machine 1 (game board 5) due to the out port notation 2050. This allows the player to feel uneasy even though the outlet marking 2050 is provided, and the decorative effect of the decorations provided within the play area 5a can be reliably achieved, improving the appearance and providing a pachinko machine 1 that prevents the player's interest from declining.

In addition, the more easily the sub-outlet 2023 is used for entering the ball (for example, the third outlet 2023c in FIG. 143), the further forward (on the front panel 2202) the corresponding outlet notation 2050 (third outlet notation 2050c) is located than the circulating game ball B. Therefore, even if game balls B frequently enter the sub-outlet 2023, the outlet notation 2050 is not obscured by the entering game balls B, making it difficult to see (read), and the outlet notation 2050 can be reliably seen, allowing the player to recognize the existence of the sub-outlet 2023.

Furthermore, the out-out notation 2050 corresponding to the sub-out-out 2023 closer to the winning hole (e.g., the large winning hole 2005, the accessory winning hole, the V winning hole 2010, etc.) to which more benefits are given by the entrance of the game ball B is arranged closer to the front. As a result, since the large winning hole 2005 etc. attracts the attention of the player, the out-out notation 2050 of the sub-out-out 2023 arranged near the large winning hole 2005 etc. attracts relatively less attention, and the out-out notation 2050 (e.g., the first out-out notation 2050a in FIG. 141) is arranged further forward than the other out-out notations 2050 (e.g., the second out-out notation 2050b and the third out-out notation 2050c in FIG. 141) and is therefore not noticeable, and the out-out notation 2050 does not obstruct the surrounding decoration. Therefore, even if the out-exit marking 2050 is provided, the out-exit marking 2050 does not cause the player to feel uncomfortable, and the decorative effect of the decoration provided in the play area 5a can be reliably achieved, making it possible to provide a pachinko machine 1 that not only improves the appearance but also prevents the player's interest from declining.

[7-8c. Summary C]
(Background of technical features)
In a gaming machine such as a pachinko machine, a game area into which a game ball is thrown down has a plurality of winning holes that provide a predetermined prize when a game ball enters the winning area, and a winning hole that opens at the bottom of the game area. The game machine has an outlet for discharging balls that have not entered any of the winning holes from the game area. It is known that there are multiple outlets in the middle of the play area (for example, patent document: JP 2019-136134 A).

However, if there are multiple out exits, it becomes difficult to distinguish between the winning and out exits, and some players may mistake the out exits for winning exits and become frustrated when they score a prize but do not receive a special prize, which could reduce their interest in the game. One solution to this problem would be to indicate that each exit is an out exit, but if the out exit is too conspicuous, it could cause players to feel uncomfortable and reduce their interest in the game.

In view of the above situation, the following means aims to provide a gaming machine that can prevent a decline in interest by naturally indicating the multiple outlets.

(Technical solution)
Means 1: In the gaming machine,
"A gaming machine having a gaming board having an entry port into which a gaming ball that has flowed down the gaming area can enter, and an exit port into which a gaming ball that has flowed down the gaming area can enter,
At least a first outlet and a second outlet are provided as the outlets,
The game board is provided with a first out notation corresponding to the first out opening and a second out notation corresponding to the second out opening,
At least a part of the second out notation is provided at a location overlapping a front body provided forward of the game board in a front view,
Between the front body and the game board, a space is provided that allows a player to see the portion of the second out notation that overlaps with the front body when viewed from the front.
It is characterized by:

Here, the term "winning port" refers to "a general winning port that is always open within the game area", "a start winning port (starting port) that is always open within the game area and where a special lottery is held to determine whether or not a game ball entering the game area will create a favorable game state that gives the player an advantage as a specified bonus", "a variable winning port (variable starting port, special winning port, etc.) that allows a game ball to enter the game area as a specified bonus when a game ball enters a specific receiving port (chucker) within the game area", and "a variable winning port (variable starting port, special winning port, etc.) that allows a game ball to enter the game area as a specified bonus depending on the result of a general lottery held when a game ball passes through a specific area (gate, through chucker, etc.) within the game area". "A special prize opening (a special prize opening, etc.)," "A variable start prize opening (a variable start prize opening) in which a game ball can enter as a specified bonus depending on the result of a normal lottery drawn when a game ball passes through a specific area (e.g., a gate, a chucker, etc.) in the game area, and a special lottery is held to determine whether or not the entry of the game ball will create a favorable game state that gives the player an advantage as a specified bonus," "A V prize opening that creates a favorable game state that gives the player an advantage as a specified bonus when a game ball that enters a special prize opening is sorted by a sorting means and enters," "A large prize opening or special prize opening that opens and closes in a specified pattern to allow the entry of a game ball as a favorable game state that gives the player an advantage as a specified bonus," etc.

In addition, examples of "out notations" such as the first out notation and the second out notation include "those made up of characters in languages such as English (alphabet) and Japanese (katakana and hiragana)", "those made up of designs such as patterns, symbols, and pictograms", "those made up of pictures or characters that evoke a negative image", etc. In addition, examples of out notations include "those that have a different translucency from the surrounding decorations and components", "those that have a different light reflectance from the surrounding decorations and components", etc. When the out notation is made up of characters, it may be written horizontally, vertically, or diagonally. In addition, the multiple out notations may have the same identification mode or different identification modes. Furthermore, the out notation may be provided on a sticker, may be printed together with the decoration of the decorative sheet, or may be molded integrally with a component such as the ball entrance component.

Examples of the "front body" include "a window frame portion in a door frame having a window portion that allows the playing area of the game board to be viewed from the front", "a decorative body of a platter unit provided below the window portion in a door frame having a window portion that allows the playing area of the game board to be viewed from the front", "a presentation operation unit (presentation operation portion) that is provided below and in front of the window portion in a door frame having a window portion that allows the playing area of the game board to be viewed from the front and that can be operated by a player", "a decorative body of a right side unit of the door frame provided on the right outer side of the window portion in a door frame having a window portion that allows the playing area of the game board to be viewed from the front", and "a decorative body of a left side unit of the door frame provided on the left outer side of the window portion in a door frame having a window portion that allows the playing area of the game board to be viewed from the front".

In the configuration of Means 1, the gaming machine is equipped with a gaming board having an entry port into which gaming balls that have flowed down the gaming area can enter, and an exit port into which gaming balls that have flowed down the gaming area can enter, and at least a first exit port and a second exit port are provided as the exit ports, and the gaming board is provided with a first exit notation corresponding to the first exit port and a second exit notation corresponding to the second exit port, at least a part of the second exit notation is provided in a position that overlaps with a front body that is provided forward of the gaming board in a front view, and a space is provided between the front body and the gaming board that allows the player to see the part of the second exit notation that overlaps with the front body in a front view. (See the description of the exit notation 2050, Figure 144, etc. in Chapter [7-2d. Example 4 of Use of the Exit Notation] in [Form for Carrying Out the Invention])

In this configuration, the game area of the game board is provided with multiple winning holes and multiple out holes such as a first out hole and a second out hole, and a first out notation corresponding to the first out hole and a second out notation corresponding to the second out hole are provided. This allows the player to become aware of the existence of the out holes by visually recognizing the out notations such as the first out notation corresponding to the first out hole and the second out notation corresponding to the second out hole. Therefore, since the first out hole and the second out hole are not mistaken for winning holes, the player will not feel frustrated even if a special prize is not awarded when a game ball enters the first out hole or the second out hole, and the player's interest will not decrease.

And because at least a portion of the second OUT notation overlaps with the front body and is therefore not visible from the front, but is visible through the space to players seated in front of the gaming machine, the first OUT notation and second OUT notation provide the above-mentioned effects to players playing the gaming machine, while the front body makes the second OUT notation less noticeable to other players, thereby avoiding a poor appearance due to the second OUT notation. Therefore, even though the OUT notation is provided, it is difficult for other players to see, so it does not create a sense of incongruity, and the decorative effect of the decorations applied to the gaming machine can be fully exerted, making it possible to provide a gaming machine that is likely to be selected as a gaming machine to play on.

At least the second OUT sign may be provided in a location that does not overlap with the light source provided at the rear when viewed from the front, or in a location that does not overlap with both the light source provided at the rear and the space. This ensures that at least the second OUT sign does not block the light from the light source provided at the rear, and does not impair the stimulation felt by the player when the light source is used for the light-emitting effect, and ensures that the effect of the light-emitting effect is achieved, entertaining the player and preventing a decline in interest. At this time, the light from the light source makes at least the second OUT sign relatively dark, making it difficult to see the second OUT sign, so that the OUT sign does not give the player a sense of incongruity, and ensures that the decorative effect of the decorations provided in the play area is achieved, making the game look good while preventing a decline in the player's interest.

Alternatively, at least the second out sign may be provided with a lower translucency than the surrounding area in a portion where it overlaps with a light source provided at the rear when viewed from the front, or where it overlaps with both the light source provided at the rear and the space. In this way, at least the second out sign is provided so as to block light from the light source provided at the rear, but because the second out sign has a lower translucency than the surrounding area, the light from the light source will brighten the area around the second out sign, making the second out sign relatively dark and difficult to see. Therefore, the out sign does not give the player a sense of incongruity, and the decorative effect of the decorations provided within the play area can be reliably achieved, making the game machine look good and preventing a decline in the player's interest.

In addition, as described above, if at least the second out notation is made to overlap with the light source and has a lower translucency than the surrounding area, the light from the light source will cause the surrounding area, which has a higher translucency than the second out notation, to shine brightly. Therefore, even if the second out notation is dark, it will not affect the light-emitting effect caused by the light source, and the effect of the light-emitting effect can be fully exerted, providing a gaming machine that entertains players and prevents a decline in interest.

Furthermore, at least the second OUT notation may be provided close to the periphery of the window that allows the playing area to be viewed from the front. In this way, since at least the second OUT notation is close to the edge of the window, the second OUT notation is less noticeable, and the OUT notation does not cause discomfort to the player, and the same effect as above can be achieved.

Also, at least the second out notation may be arranged to extend long in the same direction as the longitudinal direction of the portion that overlaps with the front body when viewed from the front. Specifically, for example, if the portion that overlaps with the front body is long from side to side, the second out notation may be written horizontally, and if the portion that overlaps with the front body is long from top to bottom, the second out notation may be written vertically. This ensures that the second out notation is hidden by the front body, making it difficult for other players to see the second out notation, and a gaming machine that achieves the same effect as above can be provided.

Means 2: In the configuration of Means 1,
"At least the second out notation is
It is provided at a location that does not overlap with the light source provided at the rear when viewed from the front, or at a location that does not overlap with both the light source provided at the rear and the space.
The present invention is characterized in that

Here, examples of "light sources" include "LEDs," "performance display devices," "electric lights," "fluorescent lights," and "cold cathode fluorescent tubes." In addition to light sources that emit light themselves, light sources may also be ones that reflect light, such as mirrors, or ones that refract light, such as prisms.

According to the configuration of the second means, at least the second out notation is provided in a location that does not overlap with the light source provided at the rear when viewed from the front, or in a location that does not overlap with both the light source provided at the rear and the space. (See chapter [7-3a. Relationship between the out notation and the LED 1] and the description of Figure 145, etc. in [Form for implementing the invention].)

As a result, at least the second OUT notation does not block the light from the light source located behind it, and the stimulation felt by the player during the light-emitting effect from the light source is not diminished, and the effect of the light-emitting effect can be reliably achieved, entertaining the player and preventing a decline in interest. At this time, the light from the light source makes at least the second OUT notation relatively dark, making it difficult to see, so the OUT notation does not give the player a sense of discomfort, and the decorative effect of the decorations located within the play area can be reliably achieved, making it possible to provide a gaming machine that looks good and prevents a decline in the player's interest.

Means 3: In the configuration of Means 1,
"At least the second out notation is
The portion overlapping the light source provided at the rear in front view, or the portion overlapping both the light source provided at the rear and the space portion, is provided with a lower light transmittance than the surrounding area.
The present invention is characterized in that

According to the configuration of the third aspect, at least the second out notation is provided with a lower translucency than the surroundings at a location where it overlaps with the light source provided at the rear in a front view, or where it overlaps with both the light source provided at the rear and the space. (See chapter [7-3b. Relationship between the out notation and the LED 2] and the description of Figure 146, etc. in [Embodiment for carrying out the invention].)

As a result, at least the second out sign is arranged to block light from the light source located behind it, but because the second out sign is less translucent than its surroundings, the light from the light source causes the area around the second out sign to shine brightly, making the second out sign relatively dark and difficult to see. Therefore, the out sign does not give the player a sense of incongruity, and the decorative effect of the decorations located within the play area can be reliably achieved, making it possible to provide a gaming machine that not only improves the appearance but also prevents the player's interest from declining.

In addition, the light from the light source illuminates the surrounding area, which is more translucent than the second out notation, brightly. Therefore, even if the second out notation is dark, it does not affect the light-emitting effect produced by the light source. This allows the full effect of the light-emitting effect to be exerted, providing a gaming machine that entertains players and prevents a decline in interest.

Means 4: In any one of the configurations of means 1 to 3,
"At least the second out notation is
It is provided close to the periphery of the window that allows the play area to be viewed from the front.
The present invention is characterized in that

According to the configuration of means 4, at least the second out notation is provided close to the periphery of the window that allows the playing area to be seen from the front. (See chapter [7-2d. Example 4 of use of out notation], out notation 2050, Figure 144, etc. in [Form for carrying out the invention].)

As a result, at least the second OUT notation is close to the edge of the window, making it less noticeable and preventing the player from feeling uncomfortable due to the OUT notation, achieving the same effect as above.

The out notation, such as the second out notation, may be provided along the periphery of the window portion. Specifically, for example, if it is provided near the bottom edge of the window portion, the out notation may be written horizontally, and if it is provided near the right edge or left edge of the window portion, the out notation may be written vertically.

Means 5: In any one of the configurations of means 1 to 4,
"At least the second out notation is
It is provided so as to extend long in the same direction as the longitudinal direction of the portion that overlaps with the front body in a front view.
The present invention is characterized in that

According to the configuration of means 5, at least the second out notation is provided so as to extend long in the same direction as the longitudinal direction of the portion that overlaps with the front body in a front view. (See chapter [7-2d. Example 4 of use of out-mouth notation], out-mouth notation 2050, Figure 144, etc. in [Form for carrying out the invention].)

In this configuration, the longitudinal direction of the portion where the second out notation overlaps with the front body is the same as the longitudinal direction of the second out notation. Specifically, for example, if the portion where it overlaps with the front body is long from side to side, the second out notation is written horizontally, and if the portion where it overlaps with the front body is long from top to bottom, the second out notation is written vertically. This ensures that the second out notation is hidden by the front body, making it difficult for other players to see the second out notation, and providing a gaming machine that achieves the same effect as above.

In this way, the above solution makes it possible to provide a gaming machine that can prevent a decline in interest by naturally indicating the multiple outlets.

(Relationship between the solution of technical features and embodiments)
In this embodiment, the general winning port 2001, the first starting port 2002, the second starting port 2004, the large winning port 2005, the special winning port, and the V winning port 2010 correspond to the winning ports of the above-mentioned solution means, the out port 1008, the losing port 2009, and the sub-out port 2023 in this embodiment correspond to the out ports of the above-mentioned solution means, the two sub-out ports 2023 spaced apart on the left and right in this embodiment correspond to the first and second out ports of the above-mentioned solution means, and the two out port notations 2050 spaced apart on the left and right in this embodiment correspond to the first and second out notations of the above-mentioned solution means, respectively.

In addition, the door window 101a of the door frame 3 in this embodiment corresponds to the window portion of the above-mentioned solution means, the performance operation unit 300 in this embodiment corresponds to the front body of the above-mentioned solution means, the space portion 2055 in this embodiment corresponds to the space portion of the above-mentioned solution means, and the LED 2056a of the decorative board 2056 in this embodiment corresponds to the light source of the above-mentioned solution means.

(Characteristic Effects of the Present Embodiment)
According to the pachinko machine 1 of this embodiment, the game area 5a of the game board 5 is provided with a plurality of winning holes including the first starting hole 2002, and a plurality of sub-out holes 2023 such as the left sub-out hole 2023 and the right sub-out hole 2023, and a left out hole notation 2050 corresponding to the left sub-out hole 2023 and a right out hole notation 2050 corresponding to the right sub-out hole 2023 are provided. This allows the player to visually recognize the out hole notation 2050 corresponding to the sub-out hole 2023, thereby making the player aware of the existence of the sub-out hole 2023. Therefore, since the sub-out hole 2023 is not mistaken for a winning hole such as the first starting hole 2002, even if a special prize is not awarded due to the entry of the game ball B into the sub-out hole 2023, the player will not feel irritated and the interest of the player will not decrease.

As shown in FIG. 144, at least a part of the outlet marking 2050 overlaps with the performance operation unit 300 as the front body and is therefore not visible from the front, and is visible through the space 2055 from the player seated in front of the pachinko machine 1. This allows the above-mentioned action and effect of the outlet marking 2050 to be exerted on the player playing the pachinko machine 1, while the performance operation unit 300 makes the outlet marking 2050 less noticeable to other players, thereby avoiding the outgoing marking 2050 from making the appearance worse. Therefore, since the outgoing marking 2050 is difficult to see even if it is provided, it does not cause discomfort to other players, and the decorative effect of the decoration applied to the pachinko machine 1 can be fully exerted, making it possible to provide a pachinko machine 1 that is likely to be selected as a pachinko machine to play on.

As shown in FIG. 145, the outlet marking 2050 is provided at a location that does not overlap with the light source (LED 2056a) provided at the rear when viewed from the front, or at a location that does not overlap with both the light source (LED 2056a) provided at the rear and the space 2055. As a result, the outlet marking 2050 does not block the light from the LED 2056a provided at the rear, and the stimulation felt by the player is not impaired when the LED 2056a is used for the light-emitting performance, and the performance effect of the light-emitting performance can be reliably exerted, entertaining the player and suppressing a decrease in interest. At this time, the light from the LED 2056a makes at least the outlet marking 2050 relatively dark, making it difficult to see the outlet marking 2050, so the player does not feel uncomfortable due to the outlet marking 2050, and the decorative effect of the decoration provided in the play area 5a can be reliably exerted, making it possible to provide a pachinko machine 1 that can improve the appearance and suppress a decrease in the interest of the player.

Alternatively, as shown in FIG. 146, the outlet marking 2050 is provided with a lower translucency than the surroundings at a portion where it overlaps with the light source (LED 2056a) provided at the rear when viewed from the front, or where it overlaps with both the light source (LED 2056a) provided at the rear and the space 2055. As a result, the outlet marking 2050 is provided so as to block the light from the LED 2056a provided at the rear, but since the outlet marking 2050 has a lower translucency than the surroundings, the light from the LED 2056a brightens the surroundings of the outlet marking 2050, making the outlet marking 2050 relatively dark and difficult to see. Therefore, the player does not feel uncomfortable due to the outlet marking 2050, and the decorative effect of the decoration provided in the play area 5a can be reliably exerted, and a pachinko machine 1 can be provided that can improve the appearance and suppress a decrease in the interest of the player.

In addition, as described above, if the outlet marking 2050 is made to overlap the LED 2056a and is made less translucent than its surroundings, the light from the LED 2056a will cause the surroundings, which are more translucent than the outlet marking 2050, to shine brightly. Therefore, even if the outlet marking 2050 is dark, it will not affect the light-emitting effect of the LED 2056a, and the effect of the light-emitting effect can be fully exerted, making it possible to provide a pachinko machine 1 that entertains players and prevents a decline in interest.

Furthermore, as shown in FIG. 144, the outlet marking 2050 is provided close to the periphery of the door window 101a that allows the playing area 5a to be viewed from the front. As a result, since the outlet marking 2050 is close to the edge of the door window 101a, the outlet marking 2050 is less noticeable, and the player does not feel uncomfortable due to the outlet marking 2050, and the same effect as above can be achieved.

Also, as shown in FIG. 144, the out-portion 2050 is arranged to extend long in the same direction as the longitudinal direction of the portion that overlaps with the performance operation unit 300 as the front body when viewed from the front. Specifically, since the portion that overlaps with the performance operation unit 300 is long from side to side, the out-portion 2050 is written horizontally. This ensures that the out-portion 2050 is hidden by the performance operation unit 300, making it difficult for other players to see the out-portion 2050, and providing a pachinko machine 1 that achieves the same effect as above.

[7-8d. Summary D]
(Background of technical features)
In gaming machines such as pachinko machines, there are ball entry ports, such as a winning port that awards a certain prize when a game ball enters the game area, and an out port that ejects a ball from the game area without awarding a prize even if the ball enters the game area. As this ball entrance member, a side unit having a plurality of general winning openings as winning openings is known (for example, Patent Document: JP 2017-018185 A) Public Gazette).

However, in conventional gaming machines such as those described in the above patent documents, the ball inlet component, such as the side unit, is transparent, which makes it difficult to determine the orientation of the ball inlet component when assembling the gaming machine, making assembly time-consuming.

In view of the above situation, the following means aims to provide an amusement machine equipped with a ball inlet member that can be easily assembled.

(Technical solution)
Means 1: In the gaming machine,
"A gaming machine equipped with a gaming board having a ball entry port through which a gaming ball flowing down a gaming area can enter,
The game board is provided with an entry port notation corresponding to the entry port,
The ball inlet marking is provided so as to be recognizable from the back side of the ball inlet member having the ball inlet.
It is characterized by:

Here, examples of "ball entry ports" include "winning ports that award a specified bonus when a game ball enters the game area", "out ports that eject a game ball from the game area without awarding a bonus even if the game ball enters the game area", and "warp ports that guide and release an entering game ball to another position within the game area".

In addition, the term "winning port" includes "general winning ports that are always open within the game area", "start winning ports (starting ports) that are always open within the game area and through which a special lottery (lottery for special symbols) is held to determine whether or not a favorable game state that gives the player an advantage will be created as a specified bonus when a game ball enters the game area", "variable winning ports (variable starting ports, special winning ports, etc.) that allow game balls to enter the game area as a specified bonus when a game ball enters a specific receiving port (chucker) within the game area", and "variable winning ports (variable starting ports, special winning ports, etc.) that allow game balls to enter the game area as a specified bonus depending on the result of a normal lottery (lottery result for normal symbols) that is held when a game ball passes through a specific area (gate, through chucker, etc.) within the game area. "A special prize opening (a special prize opening, etc.)," "A variable start prize opening (a variable start prize opening) in which a game ball can enter as a specified privilege depending on the normal lottery result (the lottery result of a normal pattern) that is drawn when a game ball passes through a specific area (for example, a gate, a chucker, etc.) in the game area, and a special lottery (lottery for a special pattern) is held to determine whether or not the game ball's entry will create an advantageous game state that gives the player an advantage as a specified privilege," "A V prize opening that creates an advantageous game state that gives the player an advantage as a specified privilege when a game ball that has entered a special prize opening is sorted by a sorting means and enters," "A large prize opening or special prize opening that opens and closes in a specified pattern to allow the game ball to enter as an advantageous game state that gives the player an advantage as a specified privilege," etc.

Examples of "entry gate notation" include "entry gate notation (entry gate notation portion) corresponding to the entry gate," "out gate notation corresponding to the out gate," "warp gate notation corresponding to the warp entrance," etc.

Furthermore, examples of "ball entrance markings" include "those consisting of characters in languages such as English (alphabet) and Japanese (katakana and hiragana)", "those consisting of designs such as patterns, symbols, and pictograms", "those consisting of pictures or characters that evoke positive and negative images", etc. Examples of ball entrance markings include "those that have a different translucency from the surrounding decorations and components", "those that have a different light reflectance from the surrounding decorations and components", etc. When the ball entrance marking is made of characters, it may be written horizontally, vertically, or diagonally. Furthermore, when there are multiple ball entrance markings, they may be the same or different in identification mode. Furthermore, the ball entrance markings may be provided on a sticker, may be printed together with the decoration of the decorative sheet, or may be molded integrally with the ball entrance member.

Examples of "ball entry port components" include "start port units with a start port (start winning port)", "side units with a general winning port", "attacca units with a large winning port and a role winning port", "center role having a warp entrance", etc.

Furthermore, examples of "recognizable" from the back include "one that does not have a backing section to improve the color on the back of the ball entrance notation, or one that has a backing section but allows the ball entrance notation to be seen through from the back, so that the ball entrance notation appears reversed from left to right when viewed from the back", "one that has a ball entrance notation (back notation section) similar to the front side on the back of the ball entrance notation by double-sided printing or the like, so that the ball entrance notation appears the same as the front side without being reversed when viewed from the back", "one in which the ball entrance notation composed of letters can be read from the back", "one in which a portion of the ball entrance notation is visible (backwards) from the back, but which can be presumed (inferred) to be the ball entrance notation from the visible portion, or which can be distinguished (determined) as the ball entrance notation, or which can be identified as the ball entrance notation, and further one that can be read as the ball entrance notation", "one in which the ball entrance notation is composed of a specific color, and although the ball entrance notation itself cannot be seen from the back, it can be distinguished as the ball entrance notation because the specific color is visible", etc.

The above-mentioned "legible" means that the characters or character strings (words or sentences) that make up the entrance marking can be read correctly. In other words, the characters or character strings that make up the entrance marking can be read correctly without making mistakes, even if they are read as different characters or different character strings, or the character strings are read in reverse. Examples of this "legible" configuration include "entrance markings made up of characters or character strings that can be read correctly because they are provided on the back side in the same way as the back marking part by double-sided printing, etc.," "entrance markings made up of characters or character strings that can be read correctly even if they are reversed from left to right (mirror writing) from the back side, because the whole is visible," and "entrance markings made up of characters or character strings that are partially reversed from left to right (mirror writing) or correctly viewed from the back side, and the visible part is provided to the extent that the invisible part can be supplemented (estimated), so that they can be read correctly even if only a part is visible."

According to the configuration of the first means, the gaming machine is equipped with a gaming board having an inlet through which gaming balls flowing down the gaming area can enter, and the gaming board is provided with an inlet marking corresponding to the inlet, and the inlet marking is provided so as to be recognizable from the back side of the inlet member having the inlet. (See chapter [7-4. Relationship between inlet marking and inlet member] in [Form for carrying out the invention], the outlet marking 2050, Figures 147 to 149, etc.)

This allows the ball entry marking to be recognized from the back side of the ball entry member. Specifically, for example, by not providing a backing part of a specific color such as white or gray to improve color development on the back side of the ball entry marking, or by providing a backing part but making the ball entry marking visible from the back side, the ball entry marking can be recognized from the back side. Alternatively, by providing a ball entry marking (back marking part) similar to the front side on the back side of the ball entry marking by double-sided printing or the like, the ball entry marking can be recognized from the back side. In this way, since the ball entry marking can be recognized from the back side, the ball entry marking can be used as a guide for the installation position and installation direction of the ball entry member when assembling the gaming machine, and the effort required for assembly can be reduced.

In addition, since the ball entry port marking can be recognized from the back side of the ball entry port member, it is possible to determine that the member has a ball entry port from the back side as well. Specifically, for example, even if the same ball entry port member is used as a winning port or an out port depending on the specifications or model, since the ball entry port marking can be recognized from the back side, when assembling the gaming machine, there is no need to take the trouble of turning it over to check whether the ball entry port member is a winning port or an out port, which reduces the effort required for assembly.

In addition, since there is a ball entry port notation corresponding to the ball entry port, the ball entry port notation allows the player to recognize the existence of the ball entry port as well as its type. Specifically, for example, if the ball entry port is a winning port, the winning port notation as the ball entry port notation allows the player to recognize the existence of the winning port, making the player strongly hope that the game ball will enter the winning port, allowing the player to enjoy the operation of shooting the game ball aimed at the winning port, and allowing the player to enjoy the movement of the game ball, making the player nervous and excited depending on whether the game ball will enter the winning port or not.

Alternatively, in the case of an out exit that has multiple entry points, the out exit marking as an entry point can draw attention to its existence, preventing players from mistaking the out exit for a winning exit. Even if a special prize is not awarded for scoring through the out exit, players will not feel as though they have lost out because they know it is an out exit, preventing a decline in interest in the game.

The ball entry port notation may be on a sticker that is attached to the transparent ball entry port member. In this way, by attaching a sticker with the ball entry port notation (printed) on it around the corresponding ball entry port, the ball entry port notation can be provided, and the ball entry port notation can be recognized from the back side through the transparent ball entry port member, thereby achieving the same effect as above. Also, for example, even if the same ball entry port member is used, if the ball entry port is used as a winning port or an out port depending on the specifications or model, this can be handled by replacing the sticker, thereby reducing the cost of the gaming machine.

Furthermore, when the ball entry port notation is applied to a sticker as described above, it is desirable to affix the sticker with the ball entry port notation to a location that will not come into contact with a game ball (for example, the front surface of the front plate of the ball entry port member, the rear surface of the base plate of the ball entry port member, etc.). This will prevent the sticker from peeling off due to contact with a game ball. It is also desirable to affix the sticker to a location that is difficult for workers to touch other than the game ball (for example, the rear surface of the base plate, the back side of a transparent member, etc.), which can prevent workers from touching the sticker and having it roll up or peel off when performing maintenance on the gaming machine, etc.

Furthermore, the ball entry port markings may be provided so as to be legible from the back side of the ball entry port member. As a result, for example, even if the same ball entry port member is used as a winning port or an out port depending on the specifications or model, the ball entry port markings can be correctly read as they are from the back side, so when assembling the gaming machine, there is no need to take the trouble of turning it over to check whether the ball entry port member is a winning port or an out port, reducing the effort required for assembly.

In addition, as described above, if the ball inlet markings are made readable from the back side, the ball inlet markings can be read correctly from the back side of the ball inlet member, so when assembling the gaming machine, the ball inlet markings can be used as a guide for the installation direction of the ball inlet member, reducing the effort required for assembly.

Means 2: In the configuration of Means 1,
The feature of the invention is that "the ball entrance notation is applied to a sticker that is affixed to the transparent ball entrance member."

According to the configuration of means 2, the inlet marking is applied to a sticker that is attached to the transparent inlet member. (See the description of the outlet marking 2050, decorative sticker 2072, decorative sticker 2203, etc. in the [Description of the Invention].)

This allows a sticker with a ball entry port notation (printed) to be attached around the corresponding ball entry port, and the ball entry port notation can be recognized from the back side through the transparent ball entry port member, achieving the same effect as above. Also, for example, even if the same ball entry port member is used, if the ball entry port is used as a winning port or an out port depending on the specifications or model, this can be accommodated by replacing the sticker, reducing the cost of the gaming machine.

It is preferable that the sticker with the ball entry marking be affixed to a location that will not come into contact with the game ball (for example, the front surface of the front plate of the ball entry member, the rear surface of the base plate of the ball entry member, etc.). This will prevent the sticker from coming off when the game ball comes into contact with it. It is also preferable that the sticker be affixed to a location that is difficult for workers to touch other than the game ball (for example, the rear surface of the base plate, the back side of a transparent member, etc.), which will prevent workers from touching the sticker and having it roll up or peel off when performing maintenance on the game machine, etc.

Means 3: In the configuration of means 1 or means 2,
"The ball inlet marking is provided so as to be legible from the back side of the ball inlet member."
The present invention is characterized in that

Here, "legible" means that the characters or character strings (words or sentences) that make up the entrance marking can be read correctly. In other words, the characters or character strings that make up the entrance marking can be read correctly without making mistakes, even if they are read as different characters or different character strings, or the character strings are read in reverse. Examples of this "legible" configuration include "entrance markings made up of characters or character strings that can be read correctly because they are provided on the back side in the same way as the reverse marking part, for example by double-sided printing", "entrance markings made up of characters or character strings that can be read correctly even if they appear reversed from left to right (mirror writing) from the back side, because the whole is visible", and "entrance markings made up of characters or character strings that are provided so that a part of them can be seen reversed from left to right (mirror writing) or correctly from the back side, and the visible part is provided to the extent that the invisible part can be supplemented (estimated), so that they can be read correctly even if only a part is visible".

According to the configuration of the third aspect, the inlet marking is arranged so that it can be read from the back side of the inlet member. (See the description of the second outlet marking 2050b, the back marking section 2053, Figures 148 and 149, etc., in the chapter [7-4c. Example 3 of the relationship between the inlet marking and the inlet member] in [Embodiment for carrying out the invention].)

As a result, for example, even if the same ball entrance component is used, the ball entrance can be used as either a winning entrance or an outgoing entrance depending on the specifications and model, so the ball entrance markings can be read correctly from the back side, so when assembling the gaming machine, there is no need to turn it over to check whether the ball entrance component is a winning entrance or an outgoing entrance, reducing the effort required for assembly.

In addition, because the ball inlet markings can be read correctly from the back of the ball inlet component, the ball inlet markings can be used as a guide for the installation direction of the ball inlet component when assembling the gaming machine, reducing the effort required for assembly.

In this way, the above solution makes it possible to provide an amusement machine equipped with a ball inlet member that allows for easy assembly.

(Relationship between the solution of technical features and embodiments)
In this embodiment, the out exit 1008, the general winning exit 2001, the first starting exit 2002, the second starting exit 2004, the large winning exit 2005, the special winning exit, the losing exit 2009, the V winning exit 2010, the normal winning exit 2011, the sub-out exit 2023, the first out exit 2023a, the second out exit 2023b, and the warp entrance 2515 correspond to the winning exits of the above-mentioned solution means, the out exit notation 2050, the first out exit notation 2050a, the second out exit notation 2050b, and the winning exit notation section 2060 in this embodiment correspond to the winning exit notations of the above-mentioned solution means, the winning exit member 2070, the starting exit unit 2100, the side unit 2200, the attacca unit 2400, and the center special exit 2500 in this embodiment correspond to the winning exit members of the above-mentioned solution means, and the decorative sticker 2072 and the decorative sticker 2203 in this embodiment correspond to the stickers of the above-mentioned solution means.

(Characteristic Effects of the Present Embodiment)
According to the pachinko machine 1 of this embodiment, the out port notation 2050 as the inlet notation can be recognized from the back side of the inlet member such as the inlet member 2070 or the side unit 2200. Specifically, for example, the back side of the inlet notation (out port notation 2050, second out port notation 2050b) is not provided with a backing part (backing part 2072b, backing part 2203b) of a specific color such as white or gray to improve color development, or even if a backing part is provided, the inlet notation can be seen through from the back side, so that the inlet notation can be recognized from the back side. Alternatively, the inlet notation can be recognized from the back side by providing the same inlet notation (back notation part 2053) as the front side by double-sided printing or the like on the back side of the inlet notation (second out port notation 2050b). In this way, since the ball inlet marking (outlet marking 2050) can be recognized from the back side, when assembling the pachinko machine 1 (game board 5), the ball inlet marking can be used as a guide for the installation position and installation direction of the ball inlet component, thereby reducing the effort required for assembly.

In addition, since the out port notation 2050 as the ball inlet notation can be recognized from the back side of the ball inlet member such as the ball inlet member 2070 or the side unit 2200, it is possible to determine that the member has a ball inlet (sub-out port 2023) from the back side. Specifically, for example, even if the same ball inlet member is used as a winning port or a sub-out port 2023 depending on the specifications or model, the ball inlet notation such as the out port notation 2050 or the winning port notation part 2060 can be recognized from the back side, so when assembling the pachinko machine 1 (game board 5), there is no need to go to the trouble of turning it over to the front side to check whether the ball inlet member is a winning port or a sub-out port 2023, which reduces the effort required for assembly.

In addition, since there is provided an entry port notation (entry port notation section 2060 or out port notation 2050) corresponding to the entry port (winning port or sub-out port 2023), the entry port notation allows the player to recognize the existence of the entry port as well as its type. Specifically, for example, if the entry port is a winning port, the entry port notation section 2060 as the entry port notation allows the player to recognize the existence of the winning port, making the player strongly hope that game ball B will enter the winning port, allowing the player to enjoy the operation of shooting game ball B aimed at the winning port, and allowing the player to enjoy the movement of game ball B, which creates a sense of suspense and excitement depending on whether the game ball will enter the winning port or not.

Alternatively, in the case of a sub-outlet 2023 having multiple ball entry ports, the outlet notation 2050 as a ball entry port notation can make the player aware of the existence of the sub-outlet 2023, and can prevent the player from mistaking the sub-outlet 2023 for a winning port. Even if a special prize is not awarded by entering the sub-outlet 2023, the player will not feel as if he or she has lost out because he or she knows that it is the sub-outlet 2023, and this can prevent a decrease in the player's interest in the game.

In addition, since the ball entry port notation is applied to a sticker such as decorative sticker 2072 or decorative sticker 2203 that is attached to the transparent ball entry port member, the ball entry port notation can be provided by attaching a sticker with the ball entry port notation (printed) around the corresponding ball entry port, and the ball entry port notation can be recognized from the back side through the transparent ball entry port member, thereby achieving the same effect as described above. Also, for example, even if the same ball entry port member is used, if the ball entry port is used as a prize entry port or a sub-out port 2023 depending on the specifications or model, this can be handled by replacing the sticker, and the cost of the pachinko machine 1 can be reduced.

When the entry port notation is applied to a sticker as described above, it is desirable to affix the sticker with the entry port notation to a location that will not come into contact with the game ball B (for example, the front surface of the front plate of the entry port member, the rear surface of the base plate of the entry port member, etc.). This will prevent the sticker from coming off due to contact with the game ball B. It is also desirable to affix the sticker to a location that is difficult for workers to touch other than the game ball B (for example, the rear surface of the base plate, the rear side of a transparent member, etc.), which can prevent workers from touching the sticker and having it rolled up or peeled off when performing maintenance on the pachinko machine 1, etc.

Furthermore, since the second outlet notation 2050b as the ball inlet notation is arranged so as to be legible from the back side of the side unit 2200 as the ball inlet member, for example, even if the same side unit 2200 is used, the ball inlet may be used as a winning port or a sub-outlet 2023 depending on the specifications or model, the outlet notation 2050 (second outlet notation 2050b, back notation portion 2053) can be read correctly as it is from the back side, so that when assembling the pachinko machine 1 (game board 5), there is no need to take the trouble of turning it over to the front side to check whether the side unit 2200 is used as a winning port or a sub-outlet 2023, which reduces the effort required for assembly.

In addition, because the second outlet marking 2050b can be read from the back side by the rear marking portion 2053, the outlet marking 2050 can be read correctly from the back side of the side unit 2200. Therefore, when assembling the pachinko machine 1 (game board 5), the outlet marking 2050 (rear marking portion 2053) can be used as a guide for the installation direction of the side unit 2200, thereby reducing the effort required for assembly.

[7-8e. Summary E]
(Background of technical features)
In gaming machines such as pachinko machines, there are ball entry ports, such as a winning port that awards a certain prize when a game ball enters the game area, and an out port that ejects a ball from the game area without awarding a prize even if the ball enters the game area. As this ball entrance member, for example, a side unit having a plurality of ball entrances such as general winning entrances is known (for example, Patent Document: (Patent Publication No. 2017-018185) This side unit is provided with a guide rib for guiding the game ball that enters the ball entrance rearward.

However, in conventional gaming machines such as the one in Patent Document 1, the ball inlet component such as the side unit is made of a transparent material, and the guide ribs extend rearward from the transparent front plate that forms the front end of the ball inlet. This means that the guide ribs are visible through the transparent front plate from the front, which causes a problem that the appearance of the gaming machine is poor.

In view of the above situation, the following means aims to provide a gaming machine that can prevent players from losing interest by improving the appearance of the ball entrance member.

(Technical solution)
Means 1: In the gaming machine,
"A gaming machine equipped with a gaming board having a ball entry port through which a gaming ball flowing down a gaming area can enter,
The game board is provided with an entry port notation corresponding to the entry port,
The ball entrance marking is provided so as to overlap in the front-to-rear direction with the extension part extending rearward from the transparent front panel of the ball entrance member.
The present invention is characterized in that

Here, examples of "ball entry ports" include "winning ports that award a specified bonus when a game ball enters the game area", "out ports that eject a game ball from the game area without awarding a bonus even if the game ball enters the game area", and "warp ports that guide and release an entering game ball to another position within the game area".

In addition, the term "winning port" includes "general winning ports that are always open within the game area", "start winning ports (starting ports) that are always open within the game area and through which a special lottery (lottery for special symbols) is held to determine whether or not a favorable game state that gives the player an advantage will be created as a specified bonus when a game ball enters the game area", "variable winning ports (variable starting ports, special winning ports, etc.) that allow game balls to enter the game area as a specified bonus when a game ball enters a specific receiving port (chucker) within the game area", and "variable winning ports (variable starting ports, special winning ports, etc.) that allow game balls to enter the game area as a specified bonus depending on the result of a normal lottery (lottery result for normal symbols) that is held when a game ball passes through a specific area (gate, through chucker, etc.) within the game area. "A special prize opening (a special prize opening, etc.)," "A variable start prize opening (a variable start prize opening) in which a game ball can enter as a specified privilege depending on the normal lottery result (the lottery result of a normal pattern) that is drawn when a game ball passes through a specific area (for example, a gate, a chucker, etc.) in the game area, and a special lottery (lottery for a special pattern) is held to determine whether or not the game ball's entry will create an advantageous game state that gives the player an advantage as a specified privilege," "A V prize opening that creates an advantageous game state that gives the player an advantage as a specified privilege when a game ball that has entered a special prize opening is sorted by a sorting means and enters," "A large prize opening or special prize opening that opens and closes in a specified pattern to allow the game ball to enter as an advantageous game state that gives the player an advantage as a specified privilege," etc.

Examples of "entry gate notation" include "entry gate notation (entry gate notation portion) corresponding to the entry gate," "out gate notation corresponding to the out gate," "warp gate notation corresponding to the warp entrance," etc.

Furthermore, examples of "ball entrance markings" include "those consisting of characters in languages such as English (alphabet) and Japanese (katakana and hiragana)", "those consisting of designs such as patterns, symbols, and pictograms", "those consisting of pictures or characters that evoke positive and negative images", etc. Examples of ball entrance markings include "those that have a different translucency from the surrounding decorations and components", "those that have a different light reflectance from the surrounding decorations and components", etc. When the ball entrance marking is made of characters, it may be written horizontally, vertically, or diagonally. Furthermore, when there are multiple ball entrance markings, they may have the same identification mode or different identification modes. Furthermore, the ball entrance markings may be provided on a sticker, may be printed together with the decoration of the decorative sheet, or may be molded integrally with the ball entrance member.

Examples of "ball entry port components" include "start port units with a start port (start winning port)", "side units with a general winning port", "attacca units with a large winning port and a role winning port", "center role having a warp entrance", etc.

Furthermore, examples of "extension parts" include "guide ribs for guiding the game ball backwards," "gutter-shaped trough parts for guiding the game ball backwards," "shelf parts for rolling the game ball left or right," "reinforcing ribs," "positioning protrusions," etc.

In the configuration of Means 1, the gaming machine is equipped with a gaming board having a ball entry port through which a gaming ball flowing down the gaming area can enter, and the gaming board is provided with a ball entry port notation corresponding to the ball entry port, and the ball entry port notation is provided so as to overlap in the front-rear direction with an extension portion extending rearward from the transparent front plate of the ball entry port member. (In [Embodiment for carrying out the invention], see chapter [7-4d. Example 4 of the relationship between ball entry port notation and ball entry port member], the description of the out port notation 2050, the ball entry port member 2070, the extension portion 2073, Figure 150, etc.)

As a result, the ball entrance markings are arranged to overlap in the front-to-rear direction with the extension that extends rearward from the transparent front panel, making it possible to hide the extension from the front with the ball entrance markings, making it difficult to see, preventing the poor appearance caused by the extension being visible, improving the appearance of the ball entrance component and preventing a decline in player interest.

In addition, the ball entrance sign is positioned in front of the extension that extends rearward from the front panel, and the transparent extension acts as a light-guiding member, allowing the extension to guide light from the rear and brighten (illuminate) the ball entrance sign from behind. This makes the ball entrance sign stand out, making it easier to notice the presence of the corresponding ball entrance.

In addition, since there is a ball entry port notation corresponding to the ball entry port, the ball entry port notation allows the player to recognize the existence of the ball entry port as well as its type. Specifically, for example, if the ball entry port is a prize entry port, the prize entry port notation as the ball entry port notation allows the player to recognize the existence of the prize entry port, making the player strongly hope that the game ball will enter the prize entry port, allowing the player to enjoy the operation of shooting the game ball aimed at the prize entry port, and allowing the player to enjoy the movement of the game ball, making the player nervous and excited depending on whether the game ball will enter the prize entry port or not.

Alternatively, in the case of an out exit that has multiple entry points, the out exit marking as an entry point can draw attention to its existence, preventing players from mistaking the out exit for a winning exit. Even if a special prize is not awarded for scoring through the out exit, players will not feel as though they have lost out because they know it is an out exit, preventing a decline in interest in the game.

The ball entry port notation may be on a sticker attached to the front plate. In this way, by attaching a sticker with the ball entry port notation (printed) on it around the corresponding ball entry port on the front plate, the ball entry port notation can be provided, and the sticker can hide the extension part extending rearward from the front plate from the front, achieving the same effect as described above. Also, for example, even if the same ball entry port material is used, if the ball entry port is used as a winning port or an out port depending on the specifications or model, this can be handled by replacing the sticker, reducing the cost of the gaming machine.

Also, when the entry gate notation is applied to a sticker as described above, the sticker with the entry gate notation is affixed to the front panel, so the game balls do not come into contact with the sticker, and the sticker will not peel off due to contact with the game balls.

Furthermore, the ball entrance markings may be provided on the front panel together with the picture portion. This makes it possible for the picture portion to hide the extension portion extending rearward from the transparent front panel from the front, making it even more difficult to see the extension portion from the front, preventing the appearance from being adversely affected by the extension portion being visible, improving the appearance of the ball entrance member and preventing a decline in the interest of players.

In addition, as described above, when the ball entrance markings are provided together with the picture portion on the front panel, the decorative effect of the picture portion on the front panel can improve the appearance, making it possible to provide a gaming machine that is highly appealing to players.

Furthermore, the sticker hole penetrating the front panel may be closed with a sticker bearing the ball entrance notation. In this way, since the sticker bearing the ball entrance notation closes the sticker hole, the sticker can make the sticker hole less noticeable, and the deterioration of the appearance due to the sticker hole being visible can be suppressed.

Furthermore, when the seal removal hole is closed by a seal attached to the front plate as described above, the seal removal hole can be used to remove the seal attached to the front plate. In more detail, if a seal is not attached properly during manufacturing, or if the seal is to be reused or disposed of separately, when removing the seal from the front plate, a rod-shaped member is inserted into the seal removal hole from the back side of the ball entrance member, and the tip of the rod is used to press the back side of the seal forward, causing part of the seal to peel off from the front plate and lift forward. Then, by pulling the lifted part of the seal, the seal can be easily removed from the front plate.

Furthermore, at least a first ball entry port marking and a second ball entry port marking may be provided on the front panel, with the first ball entry port marking being recognizable from the back side of the front panel, and the second ball entry port marking being unrecognizable. This allows the extensions provided at the rear of each of the areas where the first ball entry port marking and the second ball entry port marking are provided to be hidden from the front, preventing the extensions from damaging the appearance of the ball entry port member.

In addition, when a first ball entry port notation and a second ball entry port notation are provided as described above, the second ball entry port notation cannot be seen from the back side, so when the second ball entry port notation is viewed from the front, the rear side cannot be seen through, and the rear extension part can be hidden and made difficult to see, especially at the part of the second ball entry port notation. On the other hand, since the first ball entry port notation is visible from the back side, the rear extension part is more easily seen through than the second ball entry port notation. In other words, the second ball entry port notation is more clearly visible from the front than the first ball entry port notation. For this reason, even if the notations are similar, they look different, so the clearly visible second ball entry port notation can strongly attract the player's attention to the second ball entry port.

Furthermore, when a first ball entry port notation and a second ball entry port notation are provided as described above, the first ball entry port notation and the second ball entry port notation are visible from the back side while the second ball entry port notation is not visible, so the first ball entry port notation has a higher light transmittance than the second ball entry port notation. As a result, when the back of the ball entry port member becomes bright, the first ball entry port notation becomes brighter than the second ball entry port notation, making the first ball entry port notation stand out, and the brightly lit first ball entry port notation can strongly attract the player's attention to the first ball entry port.

In this way, when a first ball entry port notation and a second ball entry port notation are provided as described above, the first ball entry port notation or the second ball entry port notation can be made to stand out depending on how the light hits the ball entry port member. For example, if the first ball entry port and the second ball entry port are each made to be winning ports and the ball entry probability is made different between the first ball entry port and the second ball entry port so that the ball entry port notation of the ball entry port with a higher ball entry probability stands out, the player's attention can be strongly drawn to that ball entry port and the player can be entertained by seeing whether or not the game ball goes into that ball entry port.

Alternatively, by making the first and second ball entry ports out ports (sub-out ports) and differentiating the probability of a ball entering the first and second ball entry ports, and making the entry port notation of the entry port with a low probability of a ball entering stand out, it is possible to make the player aware of the existence of the out port through the entry port notation and strongly encourage the player not to enter the ball through that out port. However, because the probability of a ball entering the out port is low, game balls do not enter the port enough to make the entry port notation stand out. And even if a game ball enters the out port, the player is fully aware of the existence of the out port in advance, so his interest in the game is not significantly diminished and he can continue to enjoy the game.

For the above reasons, for example, in a ball entry port member in which the first ball entry port and the second ball entry port are set to have the same probability of scoring, the number of ball entry port notations visible from the front and the back is the same, or all ball entry port notations are difficult to see when viewed from the back. On the other hand, in a ball entry port member in which the first ball entry port and the second ball entry port are set to have different probability of scoring, the number of ball entry port notations visible from the front and the back is made different. In other words, a first ball entry port notation that is visible when viewed from the back side and a second ball entry port notation that is not visible (difficult to see) are mixed. In this case, when the ball entry port member is viewed from the front and the back side, if the back side has a mixture of visible ball entry port notations and difficult to see ball entry port notations, the worker can recognize that the ball entry port member is a ball entry port member in which the probability of scoring is different for the multiple ball entry ports provided. This means that, for example, at an assembly site for gaming machines (game boards), even if many different types of game boards with different models and specifications are moving along the production line, by looking at the ball entrance member from the front and back, it is easy to determine whether the ball entrance member is designed for a different ball entry probability, and it is possible to avoid installing the ball entrance member in the wrong way depending on the specifications.

In addition, when providing a first ball entry port marking and a second ball entry port marking as described above, the ball entry port member has a first ball entry port marking visible from the back side, so when assembling the gaming machine, the first ball entry port marking visible from the back side can be used as a guide for the installation position and installation direction of the ball entry port member, reducing the effort required for assembly. Also, since the number of visible ball entry port markings differs between the front and back sides of the winning port member, it is easy to distinguish between the front and back of the ball entry port member, making assembly work easier.

Means 2: In the configuration of Means 1,
"The entrance marking is on a sticker that is affixed to the front panel."
The present invention is characterized in that

According to the configuration of means 2, the inlet marking is applied to a sticker attached to the front panel. (See the description of the outlet marking 2050, decorative sticker 2072, decorative sticker 2203, etc. in the [Description of the Invention].)

In this way, by attaching a sticker with a ball entry port notation (printed) around the corresponding ball entry port on the front panel, the ball entry port notation can be provided, and the sticker can hide the extension part extending rearward from the front panel from the front, achieving the same effect as described above. Also, for example, even if the same ball entry port material is used, if the ball entry port is used as a winning port or an out port depending on the specifications or model, this can be accommodated by replacing the sticker, reducing the cost of the gaming machine.

In addition, a sticker with the ball entrance markings is attached to the front panel, so the game balls will not come into contact with the sticker, and the sticker will not come off due to contact with the game balls.

Means 3: In the configuration of means 1 or means 2,
"The entrance marking is provided on the front panel together with the picture portion."
The present invention is characterized in that

According to the configuration of the third aspect, the inlet marking is provided on the front panel together with the picture portion. (See the description of the outlet marking 2050, the decorative sticker 2072, etc. in the [Embodiment for carrying out the invention].)

This makes it possible to hide the extension part extending rearward from the transparent front panel from the front using the picture part, making it even more difficult to see the extension part from the front, preventing the poor appearance caused by the extension part being visible, improving the appearance of the ball entry member and preventing a decline in interest from players.

In addition, because the front panel has a pattern, the decorative effect of the pattern improves the appearance, providing a gaming machine that is highly appealing to players.

The ball entrance marking may be located in front of the design portion and overlap with it, or it may be located away from the design portion and not overlap with it. The design portion may also have a backing portion on the back side to improve color development.

Means 4: In the configuration of means 2 or 3,
"The seal bearing the ball entry marking closes a seal hole extending through the front panel."
The present invention is characterized in that

According to the configuration of means 4, the seal with the ball entry marking closes the seal hole that penetrates the front panel. (See the description of seal hole 2071a, decorative seal 2072, etc. in [Embodiment for carrying out the invention].)

As a result, the sticker with the ball entry marking on it covers the sticker hole, making the sticker hole less noticeable and preventing the appearance from being impaired by the sticker hole being visible.

In addition, because the seal peel hole is closed by the seal attached to the front plate, the seal attached to the front plate can be peeled off using the seal peel hole. More specifically, if a seal is not attached properly during manufacturing, or if the seal is to be reused or disposed of separately, when peeling the seal from the front plate, a rod-shaped member is inserted into the seal peel hole from the back side of the ball entrance member and the tip of the rod is used to press the back side of the seal forward, causing part of the seal to peel off from the front plate and lift forward. The seal can then be easily peeled off from the front plate by pulling the part of the seal that has lifted up.

Means 5: In any one of the configurations of means 1 to 4,
"The front panel is provided with at least a first ball entrance marking and a second ball entrance marking as the ball entrance marking,
The first ball entrance marking is provided so as to be recognizable from the rear side of the front panel, and the second ball entrance marking is provided so as not to be recognizable.
The present invention is characterized in that

Here, "recognizable" from the back side means "a ball that does not have a backing section to improve the color development on the back side of the ball entry marking, or a backing section is provided but the ball entry marking is visible through the back side, so that the ball entry marking appears reversed from left to right when viewed from the back side", "a ball entry marking (back marking section) similar to the front side is provided on the back side of the ball entry marking by double-sided printing or the like, so that the ball entry marking appears the same as the front side without being reversed when viewed from the back side", "a ball entry marking composed of letters that can be read from the back side", "a part of the ball entry marking is visible (left to right reversed) from the back side, but it can be presumed (inferred) to be a ball entry marking from the visible part, or it can be distinguished (determined) as a ball entry marking, or it can be identified as a ball entry marking, or it can be further read as a ball entry marking", "a ball entry marking that is composed of a specific color, and although the ball entry marking itself cannot be seen from the back side, it can be distinguished as a ball entry marking because the specific color is visible", etc.

In addition, the above-mentioned "legible" means that the characters or character strings (words or sentences) that make up the entrance marking can be read correctly. In other words, the characters or character strings that make up the entrance marking can be read correctly without making mistakes by reading them as different characters or different character strings, or by reading the character strings in reverse. Examples of this "legible" configuration include "entrance markings made up of characters or character strings that can be read correctly because they are provided on the back side in the same way as the back marking part by double-sided printing, etc.," "entrance markings made up of characters or character strings that can be read correctly even if they appear reversed from left to right (mirror writing) from the back side because the whole is visible," and "entrance markings made up of characters or character strings that are provided so that a part of them can be seen reversed from left to right (mirror writing) or correctly from the back side, and the visible part is provided to the extent that the invisible part can be supplemented (estimated), so that they can be read correctly even if only a part is visible."

According to the configuration of means 5, at least a first ball inlet marking and a second ball inlet marking are provided on the front plate as ball inlet markings, and the first ball inlet marking is provided so as to be recognizable from the back side of the front plate, while the second ball inlet marking is provided so as not to be recognizable. (In [Embodiment for carrying out the invention], see the description of the first outlet marking 2050a, the second outlet marking 2050b, FIG. 147, etc.)

This allows the extensions located at the rear of each area where the first ball inlet marking and the second ball inlet marking are applied to be hidden from the front, preventing the extensions from spoiling the appearance of the ball inlet member.

In addition, since the second entry port notation cannot be seen from the back side in the first and second entry port notations, when the second entry port notation is viewed from the front, the rear side cannot be seen through, and the rear extension part can be hidden and made difficult to see, particularly at the part of the second entry port notation. On the other hand, since the first entry port notation is visible from the back side, the rear extension part is more easily seen through than the second entry port notation. In other words, the second entry port notation is more clearly visible from the front than the first entry port notation. Because of this, even if the entry port notations are similar, they look different, and the clearly visible second entry port notation can strongly attract the player's attention to the second entry port.

Furthermore, since the first ball entry port notation is visible from the back side while the second ball entry port notation is not visible, the first ball entry port notation has a higher light transmittance than the second ball entry port notation. As a result, when the back of the ball entry port member becomes bright, the first ball entry port notation becomes brighter than the second ball entry port notation, making the first ball entry port notation stand out, and the brightly lit first ball entry port notation strongly draws the player's attention to the first ball entry port.

In this way, depending on how the light hits the ball entry port member, it is possible to make the first or second ball entry port notation stand out. For example, if the first and second ball entry ports are each prize entry ports and the ball entry probability is made different between the first and second ball entry ports, the ball entry port notation of the ball entry port with the higher ball entry probability is made to stand out. This strongly draws the player's attention to that ball entry port, and the player can be entertained by seeing whether or not the game ball goes into that ball entry port.

Alternatively, by making the first and second ball entry ports out ports (sub-out ports) and differentiating the probability of a ball entering the first and second ball entry ports, and making the entry port notation of the entry port with a low probability of a ball entering stand out, it is possible to make the player aware of the existence of the out port through the entry port notation and strongly encourage the player not to enter the ball through that out port. However, because the probability of a ball entering the out port is low, game balls do not enter the port enough to make the entry port notation stand out. And even if a game ball enters the out port, the player is fully aware of the existence of the out port in advance, so his interest in the game is not significantly diminished and he can continue to enjoy the game.

For the above reasons, for example, in a ball entry port member in which the first ball entry port and the second ball entry port are set to have the same probability of scoring, the number of ball entry port notations visible from the front and the back is the same, or all ball entry port notations are difficult to see when viewed from the back. On the other hand, in a ball entry port member in which the first ball entry port and the second ball entry port are set to have different probability of scoring, the number of ball entry port notations visible from the front and the back is made different. In other words, a first ball entry port notation that is visible when viewed from the back side and a second ball entry port notation that is not visible (difficult to see) are mixed. In this case, when the ball entry port member is viewed from the front and the back side, if the back side has a mixture of visible ball entry port notations and difficult to see ball entry port notations, the worker can recognize that the ball entry port member is a ball entry port member in which the probability of scoring is different for the multiple ball entry ports provided. This means that, for example, at an assembly site for gaming machines (game boards), even if many different types of game boards with different models and specifications are moving along the production line, by looking at the ball entrance member from the front and back, it is easy to determine whether the ball entrance member is designed for a different ball entry probability, and it is possible to avoid installing the ball entrance member in the wrong way depending on the specifications.

In addition, the ball entrance member is provided with a first ball entrance marking visible from the back side, so when assembling the gaming machine, the first ball entrance marking visible from the back side can be used as a guide for the installation position and installation direction of the ball entrance member, reducing the effort required for assembly. Also, because the number of visible ball entrance markings differs between the front and back sides of the winning entrance member, it is easy to distinguish between the front and back of the ball entrance member, making assembly work easier.

In this way, the above solution makes it possible to provide a gaming machine that can prevent a decline in the player's interest by improving the appearance of the ball inlet member.

(Relationship between the solution of technical features and embodiments)
In this embodiment, the out exit 1008, general winning exit 2001, first starting exit 2002, second starting exit 2004, large winning exit 2005, special winning exit, losing exit 2009, V winning exit 2010, normal winning exit 2011, sub-out exit 2023, first out exit 2023a, second out exit 2023b, and warp entrance 2515 correspond to the winning exits of the above-mentioned solution means, the out exit notation 2050 and winning exit notation part 2060 in this embodiment correspond to the winning exit notation of the above-mentioned solution means, the winning exit member 2070, starting exit unit 2100, side unit 2200, attacca unit 2400, and center special exit 2500 in this embodiment correspond to the winning exit members of the above-mentioned solution means, and the decorative sticker 2072 and decorative sticker 2203 in this embodiment correspond to the stickers of the above-mentioned solution means.

In this embodiment, the front plate 2071 of the ball inlet member 2070 and the front plate 2202 of the side unit 2200 correspond to the front plate of the above-mentioned solution, the seal removal hole 2071a and the seal removal hole 2206 in this embodiment correspond to the seal removal holes of the above-mentioned solution, the extension portion 2073, the guide rib 2073a, the shelf portion 2073b, the shelf portion 2201, the gutter portion 2204, and the guide rib 2207 in this embodiment correspond to the extension portion of the above-mentioned solution, and the pattern portion 2072a and the pattern portion 2203a in this embodiment correspond to the pattern portion of the above-mentioned solution.

(Characteristic Effects of the Present Embodiment)
According to the pachinko machine 1 of this embodiment, the ball entrance member 2070 is arranged to overlap in the front-to-rear direction with the extension portion 2073 (guide rib 2073a) extending rearward from the transparent front panel 2071. Therefore, the outlet marking 2050, which serves as the ball entrance marking, can hide the extension portion 2073 from the front, making it difficult to see. This prevents the appearance from being deteriorated due to the extension portion 2073 being visible, and improves the appearance of the ball entrance member 2070 to prevent a decrease in the player's interest.

In addition, since the outlet notation 2050 is provided so as to overlap in the front-to-rear direction with the extension 2073 extending rearward from the front panel 2071 of the ball inlet member 2070, and the outlet notation 2050 is positioned in front of the extension 2073, the transparent extension 2073 acts as a light-guiding member, and the extension 2073 can guide rearward light to brighten (illuminate) the outlet notation 2050 from behind. This makes the outlet notation 2050 stand out, making it easier to notice the presence of the corresponding sub-outlet 2023.

In addition, since an entry port notation corresponding to the entry port is provided, the entry port notation allows the player to recognize the existence of the entry port as well as its type. Specifically, for example, if the entry port is a winning port, the winning port notation unit 2060 as the entry port notation allows the player to recognize the existence of the winning port, making the player strongly hope that game ball B will enter the winning port, allowing the player to enjoy the operation of shooting game ball B aimed at the winning port, and allowing the player to enjoy the movement of game ball B, making the player nervous and excited depending on whether game ball B will enter the winning port or not.

Alternatively, in the case of a sub-outlet 2023 having multiple ball entry ports, the outlet notation 2050 as a ball entry port notation can make the player aware of the existence of the sub-outlet 2023, and can prevent the player from mistaking the sub-outlet 2023 for a winning port. Even if a special prize is not awarded by entering the sub-outlet 2023, the player will not feel as if they have lost out because they know that it is the sub-outlet 2023, and a decrease in interest in the game can be prevented.

Furthermore, since the ball entrance notation (out entrance notation 2050) is applied to the decorative sticker 2072 attached to the front plate 2071 of the ball entrance member 2070, the decorative sticker 2072 with the out entrance notation 2050 applied (printed) can be attached around the corresponding sub-out entrance 2023 on the front plate 2071 to provide the out entrance notation 2050, and the decorative sticker 2072 can hide the extension part 2073 extending backward from the front plate 2071 from the front, thereby achieving the same effect as described above. Also, for example, even with the same ball entrance member 2070, if the ball entrance is to be used as a winning entrance or a sub-out entrance 2023 depending on the specifications or model, this can be handled by replacing the decorative sticker 2072, and the cost of the pachinko machine 1 can be reduced.

In addition, a decorative sticker 2072 with an inlet marking (outlet marking 2050) is attached to the front surface of the front panel 2071, so that the game ball B does not come into contact with the decorative sticker 2072, and the decorative sticker 2072 is not peeled off due to contact with the game ball B.

Furthermore, since the ball entry port marking (outlet port marking 2050) is provided on the front panel 2071 together with the pattern portion 2072a of the decorative sticker 2072, the pattern portion 2072a can also hide the extension portion 2073 extending rearward from the transparent front panel 2071 from the front, making it even more difficult to see the extension portion 2073 from the front, preventing the deterioration of the appearance due to the extension portion 2073 being visible, improving the appearance of the ball entry port member 2070 and preventing a decrease in the player's interest.

In addition, because the front panel 2071 is provided with the pattern portion 2072a of the decorative sticker 2072, the decorative effect of the pattern portion 2072a can improve the appearance, making it possible to provide a pachinko machine 1 that is highly appealing to players.

Furthermore, the sticker removal hole 2071a is closed by the decorative sticker 2072, which has the out hole marking 2050 as the ball entry hole marking, so that the decorative sticker 2072 can make the sticker removal hole 2071a less noticeable, and the deterioration of the appearance due to the sticker removal hole 2071a being visible can be suppressed.

In addition, because the seal removal hole 2071a is closed by the decorative seal 2072 attached to the front plate 2071, the seal removal hole 2071a can be used to remove the decorative seal 2072 attached to the front plate 2071. In more detail, if the decorative seal 2072 is not attached properly during manufacturing, or if it is to be reused or disposed of separately, when removing the decorative seal 2072 from the front plate 2071, a rod-shaped member is inserted into the seal removal hole 2071a from the back side of the ball entrance member 2070, and the tip of the rod is used to press the back surface of the decorative seal 2072 forward, causing a part of the decorative seal 2072 to peel off from the front plate 2071 and lift forward. Then, by pulling the lifted part of the decorative seal 2072, the decorative seal 2072 can be easily removed from the front plate 2071.

Furthermore, at least a first ball inlet notation (second outlet 2023b) and a second ball inlet notation (first outlet notation 2050a) are provided as ball inlet notations on the front panel 2202 of the ball inlet member (side unit 2200), and the second outlet notation 2050b is provided recognizable from the back side of the front panel 2202, while the first outlet notation 2050a is provided unrecognizable. Therefore, in each area where the first outlet notation 2050a and the second outlet notation 2050b are provided, the extensions (gutter section 2204 and guide rib 2207) provided at the rear can be hidden from the front, and the deterioration of the appearance of the side unit 2200 due to the extensions can be suppressed.

In addition, since the first out notation 2050a is not visible from the back side of the first out notation 2050a and the second out notation 2050b, when the first out notation 2050a is viewed from the front, the rear side is not visible through the first out notation 2050a, and the rear extension (guide rib 2207) can be hidden and made difficult to see, particularly at the first out notation 2050a. On the other hand, since the second out notation 2050b is visible from the back side, the rear side is more easily visible through the first out notation 2050a than the first out notation 2050a. In other words, the first out notation 2050a is more clearly visible from the front than the second out notation 2050b. For this reason, even if the out notations 2050 are similar, they look different, so the clearly visible first out notation 2050a can strongly attract the player's attention to the first out 2023a.

Furthermore, since the first out port notation 2050a and the second out port notation 2050b are visible from the back side while the first out port notation 2050a is not visible, the second out port notation 2050b has a higher light transmittance than the first out port notation 2050a. As a result, when the back of the ball inlet member (side unit 2200) becomes bright, the second out port notation 2050b becomes brighter than the first out port notation 2050a, making the second out port notation 2050b stand out, and the brightly lit second out port notation 2050b strongly attracts the player's attention to the second out port 2023b.

In this way, the first ball entry port notation or the second ball entry port notation can be made prominent depending on how the light hits the ball entry port member. For example, if the first ball entry port and the second ball entry port are each designated as out ports (sub-out ports 2023) and the first ball entry port and the second ball entry port have different ball entry probabilities, and the ball entry port notation (second out port notation 2050b) of the ball entry port with a low ball entry probability (second out port 2023b) is made prominent, the second out port notation 2050b will make the player aware of the existence of the second out port 2023b and make the player strongly wish that the ball would not enter the second out port 2023b. However, since the ball entry probability of the second out port 2023b is low, the game ball B will not enter the ball enough to make the second out port notation 2050b prominent. Even if game ball B enters the second outlet 2023b, the player is fully aware of the existence of the second outlet 2023b in advance, so his or her interest in the game is not significantly diminished and the player can continue to enjoy the game.

Alternatively, by making the first ball entry port and the second ball entry port each a winning port and making the probability of the ball entering the first ball entry port and the second ball entry port different, and making the winning port notation section 2060 of the ball entry port with the higher probability of the ball entering the port stand out, the player's attention can be strongly attracted to that ball entry port, and the player can be entertained by seeing whether or not the game ball B enters that ball entry port.

For example, in a ball inlet member in which the first ball inlet and the second ball inlet are set to have the same probability of scoring, the number of ball inlet notations visible from the front and the back is the same, or all ball inlet notations are difficult to see when viewed from the back. On the other hand, in a ball inlet member (side unit 2200) in which the first ball inlet (second out port 2023b) and the second ball inlet (first out port 2023a) are set to have different probability of scoring, the number of ball inlet notations visible from the front and the back (out port notations 2050) is made different. In other words, the first ball inlet notation (second out port notation 2050b) that is visible when viewed from the back side and the second ball inlet notation (first out port notation 2050a) that is invisible (difficult to see) are mixed. In this case, when the ball inlet member (side unit 2200) is viewed from the front and back, if the back side has a mixture of visible ball inlet markings (second out port markings 2050b) and difficult to see ball inlet markings (first out port markings 2050a), the worker can recognize that the ball inlet member (side unit 2200) is a ball inlet member (side unit 2200) with different ball inlet probability of the multiple ball inlet ports (sub-out port 2023). As a result, for example, even if many kinds of game boards 5 with different models and specifications are flowing on the production line at the assembly site of the pachinko machine 1 (game board 5), by viewing the ball inlet member (side unit 2200) from the front and back, it is easy to determine whether the ball inlet member (side unit 2200) is a ball inlet member (side unit 2200) with different ball inlet probability, and it is possible to avoid incorrect installation of the ball inlet member (side unit 2200) according to the specifications.

In addition, when the first ball inlet notation (second outlet notation 2050b) and the second ball inlet notation (first outlet notation 2050a) are provided as described above, the ball inlet member (side unit 2200) is provided with the first ball inlet notation (second outlet notation 2050b) that is visible from the back side, so when assembling the pachinko machine 1, the first ball inlet notation (second outlet notation 2050b) that is visible from the back side can be used as a guide for the installation position and installation direction of the ball inlet member (side unit 2200), reducing the effort required for assembly. In addition, since the number of visible ball inlet notations (outlet notations 2050) differs between the front and back sides of the winning port member (side unit 2200), the front and back of the ball inlet member (side unit 2200) can be easily distinguished, making assembly work easier.

[7-8f. Summary F]
(Background of technical features)
In gaming machines such as pachinko machines, there are ball entry ports, such as a winning port that awards a certain prize when a game ball enters the game area, and an out port that ejects a ball from the game area without awarding a prize even if the ball enters the game area. As this type of gaming machine, a ball inlet member such as a side unit having a plurality of ball inlets is known (for example, Patent Document: JP 2017-018185 A ).

However, in conventional gaming machines such as those described in the above patent documents, for example, when some of the multiple ball inlets provided in the ball inlet member are used as outlets, there was a problem in the development stage where it was not possible to know which ball inlet was the outlet, since there was no marking indicating that it was an outlet.

In view of the above situation, the following solution aims to provide a gaming machine that allows the player to easily identify a specific ball entry port provided in the ball entry port member.

(Technical solution)
Means 1: In the gaming machine,
"A gaming machine equipped with a gaming board having a ball entry port through which a gaming ball flowing down a gaming area can enter,
The game board is provided with an entry port notation corresponding to the entry port,
A specific shape portion having a specific shape is formed on the back side of the ball inlet member having the ball inlet,
The specific shape portion is formed at a position that overlaps with the inlet marking in the front-rear direction.
The present invention is characterized in that

Here, examples of "ball entry ports" include "winning ports that award a specified bonus when a game ball enters the game area", "out ports that eject a game ball from the game area without awarding a bonus even if the game ball enters the game area", and "warp ports that guide and release an entering game ball to another position within the game area".

In addition, the term "winning port" includes "general winning ports that are always open within the game area", "start winning ports (starting ports) that are always open within the game area and through which a special lottery (lottery for special symbols) is held to determine whether or not a favorable game state that gives the player an advantage will be created as a specified bonus when a game ball enters the game area", "variable winning ports (variable starting ports, special winning ports, etc.) that allow game balls to enter the game area as a specified bonus when a game ball enters a specific receiving port (chucker) within the game area", and "variable winning ports (variable starting ports, special winning ports, etc.) that allow game balls to enter the game area as a specified bonus depending on the result of a normal lottery (lottery result for normal symbols) that is held when a game ball passes through a specific area (gate, through chucker, etc.) within the game area. "A special prize opening (a special prize opening, etc.)," "A variable start prize opening (a variable start prize opening) in which a game ball can enter as a specified privilege depending on the normal lottery result (the lottery result of a normal pattern) that is drawn when a game ball passes through a specific area (for example, a gate, a chucker, etc.) in the game area, and a special lottery (lottery for a special pattern) is held to determine whether or not the game ball's entry will create an advantageous game state that gives the player an advantage as a specified privilege," "A V prize opening that creates an advantageous game state that gives the player an advantage as a specified privilege when a game ball that has entered a special prize opening is sorted by a sorting means and enters," "A large prize opening or special prize opening that opens and closes in a specified pattern to allow the game ball to enter as an advantageous game state that gives the player an advantage as a specified privilege," etc.

Examples of "entry gate notation" include "entry gate notation (entry gate notation portion) corresponding to the entry gate," "out gate notation corresponding to the out gate," "warp gate notation corresponding to the warp entrance," etc.

Furthermore, examples of "ball entrance markings" include "those consisting of characters in languages such as English (alphabet) and Japanese (katakana and hiragana)", "those consisting of designs such as patterns, symbols, and pictograms", "those consisting of pictures or characters that evoke positive and negative images", etc. Examples of ball entrance markings include "those that have a different translucency from the surrounding decorations and components", "those that have a different light reflectance from the surrounding decorations and components", etc. When the ball entrance marking is made of characters, it may be written horizontally, vertically, or diagonally. Furthermore, when there are multiple ball entrance markings, they may have the same identification mode or different identification modes. Furthermore, the ball entrance markings may be provided on a sticker, may be printed together with the decoration of the decorative sheet, or may be molded integrally with the ball entrance member.

Examples of "ball entry port components" include "start port units with a start port (start winning port)", "side units with a general winning port", "attacca units with a large winning port and a role winning port", "center role having a warp entrance", etc.

Furthermore, examples of "particular shape" include "a relief of raised and recessed characters indicating the ball entrance", "a relief of raised and recessed symbols and arrows indicating the ball entrance", "a circular step (e.g., ejector pin mark)", "a cylindrical extension in the front-rear direction (e.g., positioning protrusion)", "a hole penetrating in the front-rear direction (e.g., seal removal hole)", "a rib-like extension in the up-down and front-rear directions (e.g., guide rib)", "a shelf-like extension in the left-right and front-rear directions (e.g., shelf portion)", "a U-shaped cross section extending in the front-rear direction (e.g., gutter portion)", etc.

According to the configuration of the means 1, the game machine is equipped with a game board having a ball inlet through which game balls flowing down the game area can enter, and the game board is provided with a ball inlet notation corresponding to the ball inlet, and a specific shape part having a specific shape is formed on the back side of the ball inlet member having the ball inlet, and the specific shape part is formed in a position overlapping the ball inlet notation in the front-rear direction. (In [Form for carrying out the invention], see chapter [7-4d. Example 4 of the relationship between the ball inlet notation and the ball inlet member], the out port notation 2050, the ball inlet member 2070, the extension part 2073, Figure 150, etc.)

As a result, since a specific shaped portion is provided on the back side of the ball inlet member, the position of a specific ball inlet can be easily grasped from the back side of the ball inlet member by looking at the specific shaped portion. In more detail, even in the development stage when the ball inlet member does not have a ball inlet marking on the front side, the specific shaped portion can be seen when the ball inlet member is viewed from the back side, so it can be seen that the area where the specific shaped portion is provided is a specific ball inlet (e.g., an out port) where a ball inlet marking is provided, and the position of the ball inlet can be easily grasped.

In addition, because a specific shape portion is provided on the back side of the ball entry port member, when a ball entry port marking is provided by attaching a sticker or painting in a manufacturing factory for amusement machines (game boards), etc., the specific shape portion allows the position where the ball entry port marking is to be provided (the position of the specific ball entry port) to be grasped, and the ball entry port marking can be reliably provided in the desired location.In addition, because a specific shape portion is provided on the back side of the ball entry port member, after providing the ball entry port marking, it is possible to check whether or not the ball entry port marking is provided in front of the specific shape portion by looking at the front and back of the ball entry port member.

Furthermore, because a specially shaped portion is provided on the back side of the ball inlet member, when assembling the gaming machine, the specially shaped portion can be used as a guide for the installation position and installation direction of the ball inlet member, thereby reducing the effort required for assembly.

In addition, since the specific shape portion is provided on the back side of the ball entry port member, for example, if the specific shape portion is made different depending on the type of ball entry port notation (ball entry port), it is easy to determine what type of ball entry port the ball entry port member has just by looking at the specific shape portion on the back side. Specifically, for example, even if the same ball entry port member is used as a winning port or an out port depending on the specifications or model, it can be determined by the specific shape portion on the back side, so when assembling the gaming machine, there is no need to take the trouble of turning it over to the front side to check whether the ball entry port member is used as a winning port or an out port, which reduces the effort required for assembly.

In addition, since there is a ball entry port notation corresponding to the ball entry port, the ball entry port notation allows the player to recognize the existence of the ball entry port as well as its type. Specifically, for example, if the ball entry port is a prize entry port, the prize entry port notation as the ball entry port notation allows the player to recognize the existence of the prize entry port, making the player strongly hope that the game ball will enter the prize entry port, allowing the player to enjoy the operation of shooting the game ball aimed at the prize entry port, and allowing the player to enjoy the movement of the game ball, making the player nervous and excited depending on whether the game ball will enter the prize entry port or not.

Alternatively, in the case of an out exit that has multiple entry points, the out exit marking as an entry point can draw attention to its existence, preventing players from mistaking the out exit for a winning exit. Even if a special prize is not awarded for scoring through the out exit, players will not feel as though they have lost out because they know it is an out exit, preventing a decline in interest in the game.

The ball inlet notation may be applied to a sticker attached to the front plate of the ball inlet member, the ball inlet member may be made of a transparent material, and the specific shape portion may be made visible from the front of the ball inlet member when the sticker is not attached. As a result, when the sticker is not attached to the front plate of the ball inlet member having transparency (translucency), the specific shape portion is visible from the front, so that when a sticker is attached to the front plate, the specific shape portion can be made invisible (difficult to see), and the sticker (ball inlet notation) can make the specific shape portion difficult to see from the front and hide it. Therefore, for example, for a ball inlet member designed to have a specific shape portion in the development stage, even if a design change is not made to remove the specific shape portion, by attaching a sticker with the ball inlet notation, the specific shape portion can be hidden so that it cannot be seen from the front, so that the ball inlet member in the development stage can be used as is in the completed stage, making it unnecessary to make a design change.

In addition, as described above, when the ball entry port notation is applied to a sticker and attached to the front plate of the ball entry port member having transparency, since the ball entry port member has transparency (translucency), the specific shape part on the back side can be seen from the front when the sticker is not attached. Therefore, by attaching the sticker with the ball entry port notation to a position on the front plate where the specific shape part is visible, it can be attached to the desired position, reducing the effort required for attaching the sticker.

In addition, as described above, when the ball entry port notation is applied to a sticker and attached to the front plate of the ball entry port member having transparency, the following effects can be achieved. In detail, when the ball entry port member is formed from a transparent material, the rear can be seen through the transparent front plate, and if the specific shape part provided on the back side is visible, there is a problem that the appearance of the gaming machine is deteriorated. In response to this, a sticker with the ball entry port notation is attached to the front of the specific shape part, and the sticker (ball entry port notation) can hide the specific shape part by making it difficult to see from the front, so that the deterioration of the appearance due to the specific shape part being visible from the front can be suppressed, and the appearance of the ball entry port member can be improved and a decrease in the interest of the player can be suppressed.

In addition, as described above, when a sticker with ball entry notation is affixed to the front panel of a ball entry member that has transparency, the game ball will not come into contact with the sticker, and the sticker will not be peeled off due to contact with the game ball.

Means 2: In the configuration of Means 1,
"The ball entrance notation is applied to a sticker attached to the front panel of the ball entrance member,
The ball inlet member is a member having transparency,
The specific shape portion is visible from the front of the ball inlet member when the sticker is not attached.
The present invention is characterized in that

According to the configuration of means 2, the ball inlet marking is applied to a sticker attached to the front panel of the ball inlet member, the ball inlet member is a transparent member, and the specific shape part is visible from the front of the ball inlet member when the sticker is not attached. (See the description of the outlet marking 2050, the decorative sticker 2072, etc. in [Embodiment for carrying out the invention].)

As a result, when no sticker is attached to the front plate of the ball inlet member, which has transparency (translucency), the specific shape portion is visible from the front, so when a sticker is attached to the front plate, the specific shape portion can be made invisible (difficult to see) from the front, and the sticker (ball inlet marking) can be used to hide the specific shape portion by making it difficult to see from the front. Therefore, for example, for a ball inlet member designed to have a specific shape portion in the development stage, even if design changes are not made to remove the specific shape portion, by attaching a sticker with a ball inlet marking, the specific shape portion can be hidden so that it cannot be seen from the front, making it possible to use the ball inlet member in the development stage as it is in the completed stage, eliminating the need for design changes.

In addition, because the ball inlet member is transparent (translucent), the specially shaped portion on the back side can be seen from the front when no sticker is attached, so the sticker with the ball inlet notation can be attached in the desired position by attaching it to a position on the front panel where the specially shaped portion is visible, reducing the effort required for attaching the sticker.

However, if the ball entry port member is made of a transparent or other translucent material, the rear can be seen through the transparent front panel, and if the specific shape part on the back side is visible, there is a problem that the appearance of the gaming machine will be marred. In response to this, in this configuration, a sticker with the ball entry port notation is affixed to the front of the specific shape part, and the sticker (ball entry port notation) can hide the specific shape part, making it difficult to see from the front. This prevents the appearance from being marred by the specific shape part being visible from the front, and improves the appearance of the ball entry port member to prevent a decrease in the player's interest.

In addition, a sticker with the ball entry markings is attached to the front panel of the ball entry member, so the game balls do not come into contact with the sticker, and the sticker will not come off due to contact with the game balls.

In this way, the above solution can provide a gaming machine that allows the player to easily identify a specific ball entry port provided in the ball entry port member.

(Relationship between the solution of technical features and embodiments)
In this embodiment, the out port 1008, the general winning port 2001, the first starting port 2002, the second starting port 2004, the large winning port 2005, the bonus winning port, the losing port 2009, the V winning port 2010, the normal winning port 2011, the sub-out port 2023, the first out port 2023a, the second out port 2023b, and the warp entrance 2515 correspond to the ball entry ports of the above-mentioned solving means, the out port notation 2050 and the winning port notation part 2060 in this embodiment correspond to the ball entry port notation of the above-mentioned solving means, and the ball entry port member in this embodiment. 2070, starting port unit 2100, side unit 2200, attacca unit 2400, and center role piece 2500 correspond to the ball inlet members of the above-mentioned solution, the decorative seal 2072 in this embodiment corresponds to the seal of the above-mentioned solution, the front plate 2071 of ball inlet member 2070 in this embodiment corresponds to the front plate of the above-mentioned solution, and the seal peeling hole 2071a, extension portion 2073, guide rib 2073a, and shelf portion 2073b in this embodiment correspond to the specific shape portion of the above-mentioned solution, respectively.

(Characteristic Effects of the Present Embodiment)
According to the pachinko machine 1 of this embodiment, the extension 2073 is provided as a specific shape part on the back side of the ball inlet member 2070, so by looking at the specific shape part, the position of the specific ball inlet can be easily grasped from the back side of the ball inlet member 2070. In detail, even in the development stage where the out-outlet notation 2050 as the ball inlet notation is not provided on the front side of the ball inlet member 2070, the extension 2073 as a specific shape part can be seen when the ball inlet member 2070 is viewed from the back side, so it is understood that the part where the extension 2073 is provided is the specific ball inlet (here, the sub-outlet 2023) where the out-outlet notation 2050 is provided, and the position of the ball inlet (the sub-outlet 2023) can be easily grasped.

In addition, since the extension portion 2073 is provided as a specific shape portion on the back side of the ball inlet member 2070, when the outlet notation 2050 is provided by attaching the decorative sticker 2072 at a manufacturing factory for the pachinko machine 1 (game board 5), the position where the outlet notation 2050 is to be provided (the position of the sub-outlet 2023) can be grasped by the extension portion 2073, and the outlet notation 2050 can be reliably provided at the desired location. In addition, since the extension portion 2073 is provided on the back side of the ball inlet member 2070, after providing the outlet notation 2050, it is possible to check whether the outlet notation 2050 is provided in front of the extension portion 2073 by looking at the front and back of the ball inlet member 2070.

Furthermore, since an extension portion 2073 is provided on the back side of the ball entrance member 2070, when assembling the pachinko machine 1, the extension portion 2073 can be used as a guide for the installation position and installation direction of the ball entrance member 2070, thereby reducing the effort required for assembly.

In addition, since the extension portion 2073 is provided as a specific shape portion on the back side of the ball entrance member 2070, for example, if the form of the specific shape portion is made different depending on the type of ball entrance notation (sub-out port 2023 or winning port) such as the out port notation 2050 and the winning port notation portion 2060, it is easy to determine what type of ball entrance (winning port or sub-out port) the ball entrance member 2070 has just by looking at the specific shape portion on the back side. Specifically, for example, even if the same ball entrance member 2070 is used as a winning port or a sub-out port 2023 depending on the specifications or model, it can be determined by the form of the specific shape portion (extension portion 2073) on the back side, so when assembling the pachinko machine 1, there is no need to go to the trouble of turning it over to the front side to check whether the ball entrance member 2070 is a winning port or a sub-out port 2023, which reduces the effort required for assembly.

In addition, since entry port notations (entry port notation section 2060 and out port notation section 2050) corresponding to entry ports such as a winning port and a sub-out port are provided, the entry port notation allows the player to recognize the existence of the entry port as well as its type. Specifically, for example, if the entry port is a winning port, the entry port notation section 2060 as the entry port notation allows the player to recognize the existence of the winning port, making the player strongly hope that game ball B will enter the winning port, allowing the player to enjoy the operation of shooting game ball B aimed at the winning port, and allowing the player to enjoy the movement of the game ball by making the player nervous and excited depending on whether game ball B will enter the winning port or not.

Alternatively, in the case of a sub-outlet 2023 having multiple ball entry ports, the outlet notation 2050 as a ball entry port notation can make the player aware of the existence of the sub-outlet 2023, and can prevent the player from mistaking the sub-outlet 2023 for a winning port. Even if a special prize is not awarded by entering the sub-outlet 2023, the player will not feel as if they have lost out because they know that it is the sub-outlet 2023, and a decrease in interest in the game can be prevented.

Furthermore, the out port notation 2050 as the ball inlet notation is applied to a decorative sticker 2072 affixed to the front plate 2071 of the ball inlet member 2070, making the ball inlet member 2070 a transparent member having transparency, and making the extension portion 2073 as the specific shape portion visible from the front of the ball inlet member 2070 when the decorative sticker 2072 is not affixed. As a result, when the decorative sticker 2072 is affixed to the front plate 2071, the extension portion 2073 can be made invisible (difficult to see) from the front, and the decorative sticker 2072 (out port notation 2050) can make the extension portion 2073 (guide rib 2073a) difficult to see from the front and conceal it. Therefore, for example, in the development stage, ball inlet member 2070 is designed to have extension 2073, but without making a design change to remove extension 2073, it is possible to hide extension 2073 from view from the front by attaching decorative sticker 2072 bearing outlet notation 2050, so that ball inlet member 2070 in the development stage can be used as is in the completed stage, eliminating the need for a design change.

In addition, because the ball inlet member 2070 is transparent (translucent), the extension 2073, which is a specific shaped part provided on the back side, can be seen from the front when the decorative sticker 2072 is not attached. Therefore, the decorative sticker 2072 with the outlet notation 2050 can be attached in the desired position by attaching it to a position on the front panel 2071 where the extension 2073 can be seen, thereby reducing the effort required for attaching the decorative sticker 2072.

However, when the ball entrance member 2070 is made of a transparent or other translucent material, the rear can be seen through the transparent front plate 2071, and if the extension portion 2073, which is a specific shape portion provided on the back side, is visible, there is a problem that the appearance of the pachinko machine 1 is deteriorated. In response to this, in this embodiment, a decorative sticker 2072 with an outlet notation 2050 is attached to the front of the extension portion 2073, and the decorative sticker 2072 (the outlet notation 2050 and the picture portion 2072a) can hide the extension portion 2073 by making it difficult to see from the front, so that the deterioration of the appearance due to the extension portion 2073 being visible from the front can be suppressed, and the appearance of the ball entrance member 2070 can be improved and a decrease in the interest of the player can be suppressed.

In addition, since a decorative sticker 2072 bearing an outlet marking 2050 is attached to the front panel 2071 of the ball inlet member 2070, which is transparent (permeable), the game ball B does not come into contact with the decorative sticker 2072, and the decorative sticker 2072 is not peeled off due to contact with the game ball B.

[7-8g. Summary G]
(Background of technical features)
In gaming machines such as pachinko machines, there are a number of winning holes in the game area into which the game balls flow, and a number of winning holes that award a certain prize when the game balls enter the winning hole, and a number of winning holes that award a prize even if the game balls enter the winning hole. An outlet for discharging the coin outside the gaming machine without awarding the coin is provided. As this type of gaming machine, a gaming machine having a plurality of outlets is known (for example, Patent Document: (Publication No. 2019-136134).

However, if multiple outlets are provided, it becomes difficult to distinguish between the winning and out outlets, and some players may mistake the out outlet for the winning outlet and become frustrated when they score a prize but do not receive a special reward, which can reduce their interest in the game.

In view of the above situation, the following solution aims to provide a gaming machine that can prevent players from mistaking the multiple outlets for winning outlets, thereby preventing a decline in player interest.

(Technical solution)
Means 1: In the gaming machine,
"A gaming machine having a gaming board having an entry port through which a gaming ball flowing down the gaming area can enter, and an exit port through which a gaming ball flowing down the gaming area can enter,
The play area has a first area and a second area separated at least downstream of each other,
The outlet has at least a first outlet provided in the first region and a second outlet provided in the second region,
The game board is provided with an outlet marking corresponding to only one of the first outlet or the second outlet.
The present invention is characterized in that

Here, the term "winning port" refers to "a general winning port that is always open within the game area", "a start winning port (starting port) that is always open within the game area and through which a special lottery (lottery for special symbols) is held to determine whether or not a favorable game state in which the player is favored will be generated as a specified bonus when a game ball enters", "a variable winning port (variable starting port, gimmick winning port, etc.) that allows a game ball to enter as a specified bonus within the game area when a game ball enters a specific receiving port (chucker) within the game area", and "a variable winning port (variable starting port, gimmick winning port, etc.) that allows a game ball to enter as a specified bonus depending on the result of a normal lottery (lottery result for normal symbols) that is held when a game ball passes through a specific area (gate, through chucker, etc.) within the game area". "A special prize opening (a special prize opening, etc.)," "A variable start prize opening (a variable start prize opening) in which a game ball can enter as a specified privilege depending on the normal lottery result (the lottery result of a normal pattern) that is drawn when a game ball passes through a specific area (for example, a gate, a chucker, etc.) in the game area, and a special lottery (lottery for a special pattern) is held to determine whether or not the game ball's entry will create an advantageous game state that gives the player an advantage as a specified privilege," "A V prize opening that creates an advantageous game state that gives the player an advantage as a specified privilege when a game ball that has entered a special prize opening is sorted by a sorting means and enters," "A large prize opening or special prize opening that opens and closes in a specified pattern to allow the game ball to enter as an advantageous game state that gives the player an advantage as a specified privilege," etc.

Examples of "first area" and "second area" include "a first area in which a starting hole (first starting hole) is provided for a lottery for a special symbol when a game ball enters, and a second area in which a variable winning hole (e.g., a big winning hole, a special winning hole, etc.) is provided that allows a ball to enter depending on the result of the lottery for the special symbol drawn", "a first area in which a first starting hole is provided for a lottery for a special symbol when a game ball enters, and a second area in which a second starting hole is provided for a lottery for a special symbol when a game ball enters, and the lottery result includes a lottery result that generates a specific game state in which it becomes easier for a ball to enter the second starting hole as a result of the lottery for the special symbol", "a first area in which a first starting hole is provided for a lottery for a special symbol when a game ball enters, and a second area in which a second starting hole is provided for a lottery for a special symbol when a game ball enters, and a gate in which a lottery for a normal symbol is drawn when a game ball passes through, and the second starting hole becomes easier to enter depending on the result of the lottery for the normal symbol", etc.

Examples of "outlet markings" include "characters in languages such as English (alphabet) and Japanese (katakana and hiragana)", "designs such as patterns, symbols, and pictograms", and "pictures or characters that evoke a negative image". Examples of outlet markings include "characters that have a different translucency from the surrounding decorations and components", and "characters that have a different light reflectance from the surrounding decorations and components". When the outlet markings are characters, they may be written horizontally, vertically, or diagonally. The outlet markings may be on a sticker, printed together with the decoration of the decorative sheet, or molded integrally with the inlet component.

According to the configuration of the first means, the gaming machine is provided with a gaming board having an entry port through which gaming balls flowing down the gaming area can enter, and an exit port through which gaming balls flowing down the gaming area can enter, the gaming area has a first area and a second area separated at least downstream of each other, the exit port has at least a first exit port provided in the first area and a second exit port provided in the second area, and the gaming board has an exit port notation corresponding to only one of the first exit port or the second exit port. (See the description of the first area 5a1, the second area 5a2, the exit port notation 2050, the attacker unit 2400, FIG. 154, etc. in the chapter [7-6. Relationship between the exit port notation and the gaming area] in [Embodiment for carrying out the invention].)

As a result, since the game area in which the winning hole is provided is separated into the first area and the second area, the game ball will flow down the first area or the second area depending on the player's operation of shooting the game ball, but in either area, the player can be excited and thrilled depending on whether the game ball enters the winning hole or not, and the player can be entertained. At this time, the first and second areas are provided with the first and second out holes, respectively, and the out hole with the out hole notation corresponding to only one of the first and second out holes is provided, so the out hole with the out hole notation will not be mistaken (misidentified) as the winning hole. Therefore, even if multiple out holes are provided, such as the first and second out holes, the out hole notation can make the player aware of the existence of the corresponding first or second out hole, so that the out hole can be avoided from being mistaken as the winning hole, and even if the ball does not receive a special prize by entering the out hole, the player will not feel like he or she has lost out because he or she knows that it is an out hole, and this can suppress a decrease in interest in the game.

Although a player playing this gaming machine can notice that the gaming area is separated into a first area and a second area, other players will find it difficult to notice that the gaming area is separated into a first area and a second area. And because only one of the first and second outlets is marked with an outlet, other players can be given the mistaken impression that the first or second outlet, which does not have an outlet marking, is a winning outlet, making it possible to provide a highly appealing gaming machine that can strongly attract the interest of players.

It is also acceptable that the first area does not have another outlet below the first outlet, and the second area does not have another outlet below the second outlet. In other words, the lowest outlet in the first area may be the first outlet, and the lowest outlet in the second area may be the second outlet. As a result, since the lowest outlet in the first area is the first outlet, and the lowest outlet in the second area is the second outlet, it is possible to make one of the first and second outlets look like the lowest outlet in a conventional game board. Therefore, for example, if the first outlet looks like the same as the outlet of a conventional game board, an outlet marking is provided to correspond to the second outlet. In this way, since the first outlet looks like the same as the out of a conventional game board, the first outlet will not be mistaken for a winning outlet even if an out marking corresponding to the first outlet is not provided. On the other hand, the second out exit, which does not look the same as the conventional out exit, may be mistaken for a winning exit, but since it is provided with an out exit label corresponding to the second out exit, the second out exit will not be mistaken for a winning exit due to the out exit label, and the second area will be recognized as a special area due to the out exit label. Therefore, even if an out exit label corresponding to only one of the two out exits, the first out exit and the second out exit, is provided, the out exit without the out exit label will not be mistaken for a winning exit, and the above-mentioned effect can be reliably achieved. Furthermore, since the out exit label is provided only on one side, it is possible to recognize that the first area or the second area in which the out exit label is provided is a special area, which can increase the player's expectations for playing in that area and suppress a decrease in the player's interest in playing.

In addition, the first area may be provided with a starting port as a winning port through which a special pattern is drawn by the entry of a game ball, and the second area may be provided with a variable winning port through which a game ball can enter depending on the result of the lottery for the special pattern drawn by the entry of a game ball into the starting port as a winning port, and the outlet notation may be provided near the second outlet. As a result, when a game ball is entered into the starting port provided in the first area and a desired special pattern is drawn, the variable winning port provided in the second area becomes available for entry, so that the player can initially play a game (throwing operation) in which the game ball flows down the first area, and when the desired special pattern is drawn, the player can play a game (throwing operation) in which the game ball flows down the second area, and by changing the game, the player is less likely to become bored and a decrease in interest can be suppressed. In other words, when the variable winning hole becomes available for ball entry according to the results of the lottery for the special symbol, the possibility of the ball entering the winning hole (variable winning hole) in the second area changes, so that the interest of the player can be attracted to the second area. At this time, since the out hole is indicated near the second out hole in the second area, the player can be made aware of the existence of the second out hole, and the player will strongly hope that the game ball will not enter the second out hole. However, since the variable winning hole is available for ball entry in the second area where the second out hole is located, the player can strongly hope that the ball will enter the variable winning hole rather than the second out hole, which entertains the player and prevents a decline in interest in the game.

Furthermore, as described above, when a starting hole is provided in the first area and a variable winning hole is provided in the second area, it is desirable that the first area is provided with a first starting hole where a first special symbol is drawn as a special symbol when a game ball enters, and the second area is provided with a second starting hole where a second special symbol is drawn as a special symbol when a game ball enters, and that a specific game state that makes it easier for the ball to enter the second starting hole is generated as a result of the drawing of the special symbol, and that an out hole notation that is not provided on the first area side is provided near the second out hole. As a result, when a game ball enters the first starting hole in the first area or the second starting hole in the second area and a special symbol that generates a specific game state is drawn as the first special symbol or the second special symbol, it becomes easier for the game ball to enter the second starting hole. In more detail, when a "time-saving jackpot" is drawn as the result of drawing special symbols (combination of symbols) that generates a specific game state, a jackpot game is started in which the variable winning holes (e.g., the big winning hole, the accessory winning hole, etc.) provided in the second area open and close in a predetermined pattern, so that many game balls are shot into the second area in order to get the balls to enter the variable winning holes. Then, when the opening and closing of the variable winning holes is completed (the jackpot game is completed), a time-saving game state (specific game state) is entered in which the time of variation of the special symbols drawn by the balls entering the first start hole or the second start hole is shorter than usual. In this time-saving game state, in addition to shortening the variation time, if there is a special symbol whose variation is pending, the second special symbol from the second start hole is given priority over the first special symbol from the first start hole in the variation. Therefore, even if the ball is put into the first start hole of the first area while the variation of the second special symbol is reserved, not only will the variation of the first special symbol not start, but it will be discarded due to the upper limit of the number of reserved balls, so that many game balls will be shot into the second area following the big win game so that the ball will enter the second start hole of the second area, making it easier for the game ball to enter the second start hole. In other words, in a state other than the specific game state (normal state), the game ball flowing down the first area is more likely to be led to the first out hole than to the first start hole, and the game ball flowing down the second area is more likely to be led to the second out hole than to the second start hole. On the other hand, when the specific game state is entered, the game ball flowing down the first area is more likely to be led to the first out hole than to the first start hole, and the game ball flowing down the second area is more likely to be led to the second start hole than to the second out hole. In other words, when a specific game state such as a time-saving game state is entered, the possibility of the ball landing in the first starting hole does not change, but the possibility of the ball landing in the second starting hole increases. In this way, when the specific game state is entered from the normal state, the possibility of the ball landing in the second starting hole provided in the second area changes, so the player will focus on the second area. At this time, since an out hole notation that is not provided at the first out hole is provided near the second out hole in the second area, the out hole notation can make the player aware of the existence of the second out hole, and while making the player strongly wish that the ball will not land in the second out hole, the player can increase the expectation of the ball landing in the second starting hole, entertaining the player and preventing a decline in interest.

The first outlet and the second outlet may be located close to each other. As a result, since the first outlet in the first area and the second outlet in the second area are located close to each other, it is easy to mistake one for the winning outlet. However, since the first area of the first outlet and the second area of the second outlet are separated and an outlet label is provided that corresponds to only one of them, they will not be mistaken for a winning outlet, and it is possible to make the player recognize that both are outlets and not winning outlets, and the same effect as above can be achieved.

Means 2: In the configuration of Means 1,
"In the first area, another outlet is not provided below the first outlet,
In the second region, no other outlet is provided below the second outlet."
The present invention is characterized in that

According to the configuration of the second means, in the first region, no other outlet is provided below the first outlet, and in the second region, no other outlet is provided below the second outlet. In other words, in the first region, the lowest outlet is the first outlet, and in the second region, the lowest outlet is the second outlet. (See the description of the outlet 1008, the sub-outlet 2023, FIG. 154, etc. in [Form for carrying out the invention].)

As a result, the outlet located at the bottom in the first area is the first outlet, and the outlet located at the bottom in the second area is the second outlet, so that one of the first and second outlets can be made to look like the outlet located at the bottom of a conventional game board. Therefore, for example, if the first outlet looks like the outlet of a conventional game board, an outlet marking is provided to correspond to the second outlet. In this way, since the first outlet looks like the outlet of a conventional game board, even if an outlet marking corresponding to the first outlet is not provided, the first outlet will not be mistaken for a winning outlet. On the other hand, the second outlet, which does not look like the same as the conventional out, may be mistaken for a winning outlet, but since an out marking corresponding to the second out is provided, the second outlet will not be mistaken for a winning outlet due to the out marking, and the second outlet marking makes it possible to recognize that the second outlet is a special out, and the second area can be recognized as a special area. Therefore, even if an out port notation is provided for only one of the two out ports, the first out port and the second out port, the out port without the out port notation will not be mistaken for a winning port, and the above-mentioned effects can be reliably achieved. Furthermore, by providing an out port notation for only one port, it is possible to make the player recognize that the first area or the second area where the out port notation is provided is a special area, which can increase the player's expectations for playing in that area and prevent a decline in the player's interest in playing.

Means 3: In the configuration of means 1 or means 2,
"In the first area, a starting hole is provided as the winning hole, through which a lottery for a special symbol is performed by the entry of a game ball,
In the second area, a variable winning hole is provided in which a game ball can enter according to a lottery result of a special pattern drawn by a ball entering the starting hole as the winning hole,
The outlet marking is provided near the second outlet."
The present invention is characterized in that

Here, examples of "variable winning openings" include "big winning openings" and "gimmick winning openings".

According to the configuration of the third means, the first area is provided with a starting hole as a winning hole where a lottery is held for a special symbol when a game ball enters the starting hole, and the second area is provided with a variable winning hole where a game ball can enter depending on the result of the lottery for a special symbol drawn when a game ball enters the starting hole, and the outlet notation is provided near the second outlet. (See the descriptions of the first area 5a1, the second area 5a2, the first starting hole 2002, the big winning hole 2005, FIG. 154, etc. in [Embodiment for carrying out the invention])

As a result, when a game ball is inserted into the starting hole provided in the first area and a desired special pattern is drawn, the variable winning hole provided in the second area becomes available for ball entry, so that the player can play a game (throwing operation) in which the game ball flows down the first area at first, and when the desired special pattern is drawn, the game ball can be played (throwing operation) in which the game ball flows down the second area. By changing the game, the player is less likely to get bored and the decrease in interest can be suppressed. In other words, when the variable winning hole becomes available for ball entry according to the result of the lottery for the special pattern, the possibility of ball entry into the winning hole (variable winning hole) in the second area changes, so that the player's interest can be attracted to the second area. At this time, since the out hole is indicated near the second out hole provided in the second area, the player can be made aware of the existence of the second out hole, and the player will strongly hope that the game ball will not enter the second out hole. However, in the second area where the second outlet is located, the variable winning opening allows the ball to enter, making the player more likely to hope for the ball to enter the variable winning opening rather than the second outlet, which entertains the player and prevents a decline in interest in the game.

Means 4: In the configuration of Means 3,
"The first area is provided with a first starting hole through which a lottery for a first special symbol as the special symbol is performed by a ball entering the first area,
In the second area, a second starting hole is provided as the starting hole, through which a lottery for a second special symbol as the special symbol is performed by a game ball entering the second area;
As a result of the lottery for the special symbol, a specific game state occurs in which it is easier for a ball to enter the second starting hole,
In the vicinity of the second outlet, an outlet marking that is not provided on the first area side is provided.
The present invention is characterized in that

Here, examples of "lottery results for special symbols" that create a specific game state that makes it easier for the ball to enter the second starting hole include "a result in which the time that the special symbols fluctuate can be made shorter than normal to increase the number of lotteries per hour after a variable prize hole such as a big prize hole or a special prize hole opens and closes in a predetermined opening and closing pattern (for example, a time-saving big win, a time-saving medium win, a time-saving small win, etc.)", "a result in which the time that the special symbols fluctuate can be made shorter than normal to increase the number of lotteries per hour without a variable prize hole such as a big prize hole or a special prize hole opening and closing (for example, a time-saving win)", and "a result in which the time that the special symbols fluctuate can be made shorter than normal to increase the number of lotteries per hour when a predetermined number of consecutive lottery results (so-called misses) that do not grant a special benefit to the player occur (play time)".

According to the configuration of the means 4, the first area is provided with a first starting hole where a lottery is conducted for a first special symbol as a special symbol when a game ball enters, and the second area is provided with a second starting hole where a lottery is conducted for a second special symbol as a special symbol when a game ball enters, and as a result of the lottery for the special symbol, a specific game state occurs in which it becomes easier for the ball to enter the second starting hole, and an out hole notation that is not provided on the first area side is provided near the second out hole. (See the descriptions of the first area 5a1, the second area 5a2, the first starting hole 2002, the second starting hole 2004, the out hole notation 2050, FIG. 154, etc. in [Form for carrying out the invention])

As a result, when a game ball enters the first start hole in the first area or the second start hole in the second area and a special pattern that generates a specific game state is drawn as the first special pattern or the second special pattern, the game ball is more likely to enter the second start hole. In more detail, when a "time-saving jackpot" is drawn as the result of drawing the special pattern that generates the specific game state (a combination of patterns), for example, a jackpot game is started in which the variable winning holes (e.g., the big winning hole, the accessory winning hole, etc.) in the second area open and close in a predetermined pattern, so many game balls are shot into the second area in an attempt to get the balls to enter the variable winning holes. Then, when the opening and closing of the variable winning holes is completed (the jackpot game is completed), a time-saving game state (specific game state) is entered in which the time for the special pattern drawn by the ball entering the first start hole or the second start hole to change is shorter than usual. In this time-saving game state, in addition to shortening the variation time, if there is a special symbol whose variation is reserved, the second special symbol from the second start port is preferentially varied over the first special symbol from the first start port. Therefore, even if a ball is placed in the first start port of the first area while the variation of the second special symbol is reserved, not only will the variation of the first special symbol not start, but it will also be discarded due to the upper limit of the number of reserved symbols. Therefore, in order to make the ball enter the second start port of the second area, many game balls are shot into the second area following the big win game, and the game ball becomes easier to enter the second start port. In other words, in a state other than the specific game state (normal state), the game ball flowing down the first area is more likely to be led to the first out port than to the first start port, and the game ball flowing down the second area is more likely to be led to the second out port than to the second start port. On the other hand, when a specific game state is entered, a game ball flowing down the first area is more likely to be guided to the first outlet than to the first start port, and a game ball flowing down the second area is more likely to be guided to the second start port than to the second outlet. In other words, when a specific game state such as a time-saving game state is entered, the possibility of the ball landing in the first start port does not change, but the possibility of the ball landing in the second start port changes to become more likely.

In this way, when the game changes from the normal state to the specific game state, the possibility of the ball landing in the second starting hole located in the second area changes, so the player will focus his or her attention on the second area. At this time, since an out hole notation that is not located at the first out hole is provided near the second out hole in the second area, the out hole notation can make the player aware of the existence of the second out hole, and while making the player strongly wish that the ball will not land in the second out hole, the player can increase the anticipation of the ball landing in the second starting hole, entertaining the player and preventing a decline in interest.

Means 5: In any one of the configurations of means 1 to 4,
"The first outlet and the second outlet are provided close to each other."
The present invention is characterized in that

According to the configuration of means 5, the first outlet and the second outlet are provided close to each other. (See the description of the first area 5a1, the second area 5a2, the outlet 1008, the sub-outlet 2023, FIG. 154, etc. in the [Embodiment for carrying out the invention].)

As a result, since the first outlet in the first area and the second outlet in the second area are located close to each other, it is easy to mistake one for the winning outlet; however, since the first area of the first outlet and the second area of the second outlet are separated and an outlet label is provided that corresponds to only one of them, there is no mistaken belief that they are winning outlets, and both can be recognized as outlets and not winning outlets, achieving the same effect as above.

In this way, the above solution makes it possible to provide a gaming machine that can prevent players from mistaking the multiple outlets for winning outlets, thereby preventing a decline in player interest.

(Relationship between the solution of technical features and embodiments)
In this embodiment, the first area 5a1 and the second area 5a2 in the game area 5a of the game board 5 correspond to the first area and the second area of the above-mentioned solving means, the out port 1008 in this embodiment corresponds to the first out port of the above-mentioned solving means, the sub-out port 2023 in this embodiment corresponds to the second out port of the above-mentioned solving means, the general winning port 2001, the first starting port 2002, the second starting port 2004, and the large winning port 2005 in this embodiment correspond to the winning ports of the above-mentioned solving means, the first starting port 2002 in this embodiment corresponds to the first starting port of the above-mentioned solving means, the second starting port 2004 in this embodiment corresponds to the second starting port of the above-mentioned solving means, the large winning port 2005 in this embodiment corresponds to the variable winning port of the above-mentioned solving means, and the out port notation 2050 in this embodiment corresponds to the out port notation of the above-mentioned solving means.

(Characteristic Effects of the Present Embodiment)
According to the pachinko machine 1 of this embodiment, the game area 5a in which the winning holes such as the general winning hole 2001 are provided is separated into the first area 5a1 and the second area 5a2, so that the game ball B flows down the first area 5a1 or the second area 5a2 according to the player's operation of hitting the game ball B, and in either area, the player can be excited and thrilled depending on whether the game ball B enters the winning hole or not, and the player can be entertained. At this time, the first area 5a1 and the second area 5a2 are provided with the first out hole (out hole 1008) and the second out hole (sub-out hole 2023), respectively, and the out hole notation 2050 corresponding only to the sub-out hole 2023 is provided, so that the sub-out hole 2023 with the out hole notation 2050 is not mistaken (misidentified) as a winning hole. Therefore, even if multiple out exits are provided, such as out exit 1008 and sub-out exit 2023, the out exit notation 2050 can alert the player to the existence of the corresponding sub-out exit 2023, making it possible to avoid mistaking the sub-out exit 2023 for a winning exit. Even if a special prize is not awarded by scoring a ball into the sub-out exit 2023, the player will not feel as if he or she has lost out because he or she is aware that it is an out exit, and this can prevent a decline in interest in the game.

By the way, while a player playing with this pachinko machine 1 can notice that the play area 5a is separated into the first area 5a1 and the second area 5a2, other players will find it difficult to notice that the play area 5a is separated into the first area 5a1 and the second area 5a2. And because the out port notation 2050 is provided only on the sub-out port 2023, other players can be given the mistaken impression that the out port 1008, which does not have the out port notation 2050, is a winning port, making it possible to provide a highly appealing pachinko machine 1 that can strongly attract the interest of players.

In addition, since the lowest out port in the first area 5a1 is the out port 1008, and the lowest out port in the second area 5a2 is the sub-out port 2023, it is possible to make the out port 1008 look like the lowest out port in a conventional game board. And, an out port notation 2050 is provided to correspond to the sub-out port 2023. As a result, the out port 1008 looks the same as the out port of a conventional game board, and therefore the out port 1008 will not be mistaken for a winning port even if there is no out port notation corresponding to the out port 1008. On the other hand, the sub-outlet 2023, which does not look the same as a conventional outlet, may be mistaken for a winning outlet, but since an out-outlet marking 2050 corresponding to the sub-outlet 2023 is provided, the sub-outlet 2023 will not be mistaken for a winning outlet due to the out-outlet marking 2050, and the provision of the out-outlet marking 2050 makes it possible to recognize that the sub-outlet 2023 is a special outlet, and therefore the second area 5a2 can be recognized as a special area. Therefore, even if an out port notation 2050 is provided for only one of the two out ports (the sub-out port 2023) of the out port 1008 and the sub-out port 2023, the out port 1008, which does not have the out port notation 2050, will not be mistaken for a winning port, and the above-mentioned effects can be reliably achieved. In addition, by providing the out port notation 2050 for only one port, it is possible to make the player recognize that the second area 5a2 in which the out port notation 2050 is provided is a special area, which can increase the player's expectations for playing in the second area 5a2 and prevent a decline in the player's interest in playing.

In addition, when a game ball B is inserted into the first starting hole 2002 provided in the first area 5a1 and a desired special pattern (for example, a "jackpot") is drawn, the variable winning hole (large winning hole 2005) provided in the second area 5a2 becomes available for entry, so that the player can first play (hit operation) such that the game ball B flows down the first area 5a1, and when the desired special pattern is drawn, the player can play (hit operation) such that the game ball B flows down the second area 5a2. By changing the game, the player is less likely to get bored and the decrease in interest can be suppressed. In other words, when the large winning hole 2005 becomes available for entry according to the result of the drawing of the special pattern, the possibility of entering the large winning hole 2005 in the second area 5a2 changes, so that the player's interest can be attracted to the second area 5a2. At this time, since the out port notation 2050 is provided near the sub-out port 2023 provided in the second area 5a2, the player can be made aware of the existence of the sub-out port 2023, and the player will strongly hope that the game ball B will not enter the sub-out port 2023. However, since the big prize opening 2005 is allowed to enter the second area 5a2 where the sub-out port 2023 is located, the player can strongly hope that the ball will enter the big prize opening 2005 rather than the sub-out port 2023, which entertains the player and prevents a decline in interest in the game.

Furthermore, when a game ball B enters the first start hole 2002 in the first area 5a1 or the second start hole 2004 in the second area 5a2 and a special pattern that generates a specific game state (for example, a time-saving state) is drawn as the first special pattern or the second special pattern, the game ball B becomes more likely to enter the second start hole 2004. In detail, when, for example, a "time-saving jackpot" is drawn as the lottery result (combination of patterns) of a special pattern that generates a specific game state, a jackpot game begins in which the jackpot opening 2005 (variable winning opening) provided in the second area 5a2 opens and closes in a predetermined pattern, so many game balls B are shot into the second area 5a2 (here, shot to the right) in order to enter the jackpot opening 2005. Then, when the opening and closing of the big prize winning hole 2005 is finished (the big win game is finished), the game enters a time-saving game state (specific game state) in which the time for the special symbol drawn by the ball entering the first start hole 2002 or the second start hole 2004 becomes shorter than usual. In this time-saving game state, in addition to shortening the time for the change, if there is a special symbol whose change is reserved, the second special symbol by the second start hole 2004 is changed with priority over the first special symbol by the first start hole 2002. Therefore, even if a ball is entered into the first start hole 2002 in the first area 5a1 in a state in which the change of the second special symbol is reserved, not only will the change of the first special symbol not start, but it will also be discarded due to the upper limit of the reserved number (for example, four), so that many game balls B are shot into the second area 5a2 following the big win game so that the game ball B will enter the second start hole 2004 in the second area 5a2, making it easier for the game ball B to enter the second start hole 2004. In other words, in a state (normal state) other than the specific game state (time-saving game state), the game ball B flowing down the first area 5a1 is more likely to be guided to the out port 1008 than to the first starting port 2002, and the game ball B flowing down the second area 5a2 is more likely to be guided to the sub-out port 2023 than to the second starting port 2004. On the other hand, in a specific game state (time-saving game state), the game ball B flowing down the first area 5a1 is more likely to be guided to the out port 1008 than to the first starting port 2002, and the game ball B flowing down the second area 5a2 is more likely to be guided to the second starting port 2004 than to the sub-out port 2023. In other words, in a specific game state such as the time-saving game state, the possibility of the ball entering the first starting port 2002 does not change, but the possibility of the ball entering the second starting port 2004 changes to become more likely. In this way, when the game changes from the normal state to the specific game state, the possibility of the ball landing in the second starting hole 2004 provided in the second area 5a2 changes, so the player will pay attention to the second area 5a2. At this time, since an out-hole notation 2050 that is not provided in the out-hole 1008 is provided near the sub-out-hole 2023 in the second area 5a2, the out-hole notation 2050 can make the player aware of the existence of the sub-out-hole 2023, and while making the player strongly wish that the ball will not land in the sub-out-hole 2023, the player can increase the expectation of the ball landing in the second starting hole 2004, which entertains the player and prevents a decline in interest.

In addition, since the outlet 1008 in the first area 5a1 and the sub-outlet 2023 in the second area 5a2 are located close to each other, it is easy to mistake one for the winning outlet. However, since the first area 5a1 of the outlet 1008 and the second area 5a2 of the sub-outlet 2023 are separated, and an outlet notation 2050 is provided that corresponds only to the sub-outlet 2023, it is not mistaken for a winning outlet, and it is possible to recognize that both are outlets and not winning outlets, and the same effect as above can be achieved.

[7-8h. Summary H]
(Background of technical features)
In gaming machines such as pachinko machines, there are a number of winning holes in the game area into which the game balls flow, and a number of winning holes that award a certain prize when the game balls enter the winning hole, and a number of winning holes that award a prize even if the game balls enter the winning hole. An outlet for discharging the coin outside the gaming machine without awarding the coin is provided. As this type of gaming machine, a gaming machine having a plurality of outlets is known (for example, Patent Document: (Publication No. 2019-136134).

However, if multiple outlets are provided, it becomes difficult to distinguish between the winning and out outlets, and some players may mistake the out outlet for the winning outlet and become frustrated when they score a prize but do not receive a special reward, which can reduce their interest in the game.

In view of the above situation, the following solution aims to provide a gaming machine that can prevent players from mistaking the multiple outlets for winning outlets, thereby preventing a decline in player interest.

(Technical solution)
Means 1: In the gaming machine,
"A gaming machine having a gaming board having an entry port through which a gaming ball flowing down the gaming area can enter, and an exit port through which a gaming ball flowing down the gaming area can enter,
At least a first outlet and a second outlet are provided as the outlets,
The gaming machine is provided with a first outlet marking corresponding to the first outlet, a second outlet marking corresponding to the second outlet, and a movable body;
At least the first outlet marking changes in visibility depending on the movable position of the movable body.
The present invention is characterized in that

Here, the term "winning port" refers to "a general winning port that is always open within the game area", "a start winning port (starting port) that is always open within the game area and through which a special lottery (lottery for special symbols) is held to determine whether or not a favorable game state in which the player is favored will be generated as a specified bonus by the game ball entering the game area", "a variable winning port (variable starting port, gimmick winning port, etc.) that allows the game ball to enter the game area as a specified bonus when the game ball enters a specific receiving port (chucker) within the game area", and "a variable winning port (variable starting port, gimmick winning port, etc.) that allows the game ball to enter the game area as a specified bonus depending on the result of a normal lottery (lottery result for normal symbols) that is held when the game ball passes through a specific area (gate, through chucker, etc.) within the game area". "A special prize opening (a special prize opening, etc.)," "A variable start prize opening (a variable start prize opening) in which a game ball can enter as a specified bonus depending on the normal lottery result (the lottery result for a normal pattern) that is drawn when a game ball passes through a specific area (for example, a gate, a chucker, etc.) in the game area, and a special lottery (lottery for a special pattern) is held to determine whether or not the game ball's entry will create an advantageous game state that gives the player an advantage as a specified bonus," "A V prize opening that creates an advantageous game state that gives the player an advantage as a specified bonus when a game ball that has entered a special prize opening is sorted by a sorting means and enters," "A large prize opening or special prize opening that opens and closes in a specified pattern to allow the game ball to enter as an advantageous game state that gives the player an advantage as a specified bonus," etc.

Examples of "outlet markings" include "characters in languages such as English (alphabet) and Japanese (katakana and hiragana)", "designs such as patterns, symbols, and pictograms", and "pictures or characters that evoke a negative image". Examples of outlet markings include "characters that have a different translucency from the surrounding decorations and components", and "characters that have a different light reflectance from the surrounding decorations and components". When the outlet markings are characters, they may be written horizontally, vertically, or diagonally. The outlet markings may be on a sticker, printed together with the decoration of the decorative sheet, or molded integrally with the inlet component.

Furthermore, examples of "movable bodies" include "pressure operation units (pop-up buttons) that rise and fall in response to the execution of a player-participation type performance", "performance operation units (stick operation units) that allow players to participate in a player-participation type performance by operating them like a joystick when that performance is being executed", "flat plate-shaped movable pieces (distributing pieces, opening and closing doors, etc.) that allow game balls to roll (circulate) on their upper surface and that move back and forth in the front-to-back direction", "wing-shaped movable pieces (wings, distributing pieces, etc.) that rotate around an axis extending in the front-to-back direction and can guide game balls", "movable decorative bodies that can move in the left-to-right direction", "movable decorative bodies that can move up and down", "movable decorative bodies that can rotate around an axis extending in the front-to-back direction", etc.

Examples of "changes" in visibility include "a movable body is provided in front of the first out-exit notation, and visibility changes as at least a part of the first out-exit notation overlaps and is hidden by the moved movable body", "a movable body is provided behind the first out-exit notation, and visibility changes due to the color or decoration of the movable body as at least a part of the first out-exit notation overlaps with the moved movable body", and "a movable body is provided behind the first out-exit notation, and visibility changes as the movable body moves, changing the light and darkness behind the first out-exit notation", etc.

According to the configuration of the first means, the gaming machine is equipped with a gaming board having an entry port through which gaming balls flowing down the gaming area can enter, and an exit port through which gaming balls flowing down the gaming area can enter, and at least a first exit port and a second exit port are provided as the exit ports, and the gaming machine is provided with a first exit port notation corresponding to the first exit port, a second exit port notation corresponding to the second exit port, and a movable body, and at least the first exit port notation changes visibility depending on the movable position of the movable body. (See the chapter [7-5. Relationship between the entry port notation and the movable body] in [Embodiment for carrying out the invention], the description of the pressing operation unit 303, the exit port notation 2050, the sub-exit port 2023, the blade 2114, the distribution piece 2587, Figures 151 to 153, etc.)

As a result, since a first out exit notation corresponding to the first out exit and a second out exit notation corresponding to the second out exit are provided, the player can become aware of the existence of the out exits by visually checking the out exit notation. Therefore, since the first out exit or the second out exit will not be mistaken for a winning exit, even if a special prize is not awarded by a game ball entering the first out exit or the second out exit, the player will not feel frustrated, and the player's interest will not decrease.

The visibility of at least the first outlet marking changes depending on the movable position of the movable body, so the first outlet marking becomes easier or harder to see depending on the movement of the movable body. This makes it possible to direct the player's attention to the first outlet when the first outlet marking is visible, and to direct the player's attention to the winning port when the first outlet marking is difficult to see, thereby changing the player's attention and making them less likely to become bored, making playing with this gaming machine more enjoyable and preventing a decline in interest.

In addition, the first outlet notation can be made easier or harder to see by the movement of the movable body. For example, in a normal game state, the movable body moves to a position where it does not overlap with the first outlet notation, making the first outlet notation easier to see, and the first outlet notation makes the player aware of the presence of the first outlet, so that the first outlet is not mistaken for a winning outlet. On the other hand, in a specific game state (for example, a state in which a performance (reach performance) is being performed when all but one of the combinations of special symbols that generate a favorable game state for the player, such as a jackpot, is completed, a state in which a favorable game state for the player, such as a "jackpot", "medium hit", or "small hit", is occurring, etc.), the movable body moves to a position where it overlaps with the first outlet notation, making the first outlet notation harder to see. This makes it possible to reduce interest in the first outlet notation (first outlet) in a specific game state, so that the player can concentrate his or her interest on the specific game state without worrying about the first outlet, and the player can enjoy the specific game state and suppress a decline in interest. Furthermore, in a specific gaming state, the lighting and sound effects change, allowing other players near the gaming machine to recognize that the machine has entered a specific gaming state, and the other players will pay attention to the gaming machine. At this time, since the movable body has moved to a position overlapping with the first outlet marking, the first outlet marking becomes difficult for other players to see, preventing the deterioration of appearance due to the first outlet marking being visible, and the relatively improved appearance can increase appeal, making it easier for other players to select the gaming machine to play.

It is preferable to position the first outlet marking near the center of the left-right direction of the play area. As a result, since the first outlet marking is positioned near the center of the left-right direction of the play area, it is easy to see because it is located near the front of the player, while the visibility of the first outlet marking can be changed depending on the movable position of the movable body, and the same effect as above can be achieved.

The first outlet marking may also be provided in front of the movable body. As a result, since the first outlet marking is provided in front of the movable body, for example, by providing the first outlet marking on a transparent member and making it possible to brighten or darken the rear of the first outlet marking depending on the movable position of the movable body provided at the rear, the visibility of the first outlet marking can be changed depending on the movable position of the movable body. In more detail, for example, when the first outlet marking is a dark marking such as black characters, if the rear of the first outlet marking is brightened by the movement (movement) of the movable body, the surroundings of the dark first outlet marking become bright, so that the first outlet marking stands out and becomes easy to see. On the other hand, if the rear of the first outlet marking is darkened by the movement of the movable body, the surroundings of the dark first outlet marking become dark, so that the first outlet marking blends into the darkness of the surroundings and becomes difficult to see. Alternatively, if the first outlet marking is made bright, such as white text, when the area behind the first outlet marking is brightened by moving (moving) the movable body, the area around the bright first outlet marking becomes brighter, so the first outlet marking blends into the surrounding brightness and becomes difficult to see. On the other hand, when the area behind the first outlet marking is darkened by moving the movable body, the area around the bright first outlet marking becomes darker, so the first outlet marking stands out and becomes easier to see. In this way, the visibility of the first outlet marking can be changed depending on the movable position of the movable body, so it is possible to provide a gaming machine that achieves the same effects as described above.

In addition, as described above, when the first outlet marking is provided in front of the movable body, for example, by providing the first outlet marking on a transparent member and making the rear movable body movable between a position where it overlaps with the first outlet marking and a position where it does not overlap, the visibility of the first outlet marking can be changed depending on the movable position of the movable body. In more detail, for example, when the movable body is decorated in a similar color or blends in with the first outlet marking, when the movable body is moved to a position where it overlaps with the first outlet marking, the color or decoration of the movable body is visible around the first outlet marking, and the first outlet marking blends in with the color or decoration of the movable body and becomes difficult to see. On the other hand, when the movable body is moved to a position where it does not overlap with the first outlet marking, the movable body becomes invisible around the first outlet marking, making the first outlet marking more noticeable in comparison and making the first outlet marking easier to see. Alternatively, if the movable body has a different color or decoration compared to the first out marking, when the movable body is moved to a position where it overlaps with the first out marking, the different color or decoration of the movable body is visible around the first out marking, making the first out marking more noticeable and easier to see. On the other hand, when the movable body is moved to a position where it does not overlap with the first out marking, the movable body of a different color or decoration is no longer visible around the first out marking, making the first out marking less noticeable in comparison and making the first out marking harder to see. In this way, the visibility of the first out marking can be changed depending on the movable position of the movable body, so a gaming machine that achieves the same effect as above can be provided.

Furthermore, the first outlet marking may be provided behind the movable body. This allows the first outlet marking to be provided behind the movable body. In other words, since the movable body is provided forward of the first outlet marking, when the movable body is moved to a position where it overlaps with the first outlet marking, the forward movable body can hide the first outlet marking and make it difficult to see, and when the movable body is moved to a position where it does not overlap with the first outlet marking, the first outlet marking can be made visible. Therefore, the visibility of the first outlet marking can be changed depending on the movable position of the movable body, and a gaming machine that provides the above-mentioned effects can be realized.

Furthermore, as described above, when a movable body is provided in front of the first outlet marking, for example, when the movable body is a press operation part (pop-up button) that rises when a player participation type performance is executed and the player can press it to participate in the performance, in the normal state where the press operation part moves downward, the first outlet marking and the press operation part do not overlap, so the first outlet marking can be seen and the first outlet marking can be used to make the player aware of the presence of the first outlet. In this normal state, the first outlet marking can also be seen by other players, but since the game is in a normal state, other players only glance at the gaming machine without staring at it, so it is difficult for them to notice the first outlet marking and the gaming machine does not look bad. On the other hand, when a player participation type performance is executed and the push operation unit as a movable body rises, the first outlet notation and the push operation unit overlap, making the first outlet notation difficult to see, but since a player playing this gaming machine is aware of the existence of the first outlet under normal conditions, even if the first outlet notation is not visible, the player will not mistake the first outlet for a winning notation. On the other hand, when a player participation type performance is executed, other players will be drawn to the gaming machine by the effects such as light emission and sound that indicate that the performance will start, but since the push operation unit rises and the first outlet notation becomes difficult to see because it overlaps with the first outlet notation, it is possible to suppress the deterioration of the appearance due to the first outlet notation being visible, and it is possible to relatively improve the appearance. And since the player participation type performance can be seen by other players, it is possible to attract other players by the effect and make it easier for them to select this gaming machine as the gaming machine to play.

Means 2: In the configuration of Means 1,
"The first outlet notation is provided near the center of the left-right direction of the play area."
The present invention is characterized in that

According to the configuration of the second means, the first outlet marking is provided near the center of the play area in the left-right direction. (See chapter [7-5. Relationship between the inlet marking and the movable body] in [Embodiment for carrying out the invention], the out port marking 2050, Figures 151 to 153, etc.)

As a result, the first outlet marking is located near the center of the playing area in the left-right direction, making it easy to see as it is located near the front of the player, while the visibility of the first outlet marking can be changed depending on the movable position of the movable body, achieving the same effect as above.

Means 3: In the configuration of means 1 or means 2,
"The first outlet marking is provided forward of the movable body."
The present invention is characterized in that

According to the configuration of the third aspect, the first outlet notation is provided in front of the movable body. (See chapter 7-5. Relationship between the inlet notation and the movable body in the [Embodiment for carrying out the invention], the description of the outlet notation 2050, the sub-outlet 2023, the distribution piece 2587, Figure 152, etc.)

As a result, since the first outlet marking is provided in front of the movable body, for example, if the first outlet marking is provided on a transparent member and the rear of the first outlet marking can be made brighter or darker depending on the movable position of the movable body provided at the rear, the visibility of the first outlet marking can be changed depending on the movable position of the movable body. In more detail, for example, if the first outlet marking is a dark marking such as black characters, when the rear of the first outlet marking is made brighter by the movement (movement) of the movable body, the surroundings of the dark first outlet marking become brighter, so the first outlet marking stands out and becomes easier to see. On the other hand, when the rear of the first outlet marking is made darker by the movement of the movable body, the surroundings of the dark first outlet marking become darker, so the first outlet marking blends into the darkness of the surroundings and becomes difficult to see. Alternatively, when the first outlet marking is a bright marking such as white characters, when the rear of the first outlet marking is made brighter by the movement (movement) of the movable body, the surroundings of the bright first outlet marking become brighter, so the first outlet marking blends into the brightness of the surroundings and becomes difficult to see. On the other hand, if the area behind the first outlet marking is darkened by moving the movable body, the area around the bright first outlet marking becomes dark, making the first outlet marking stand out and easier to see. In this way, by locating the first outlet marking forward of the movable body, the visibility of the first outlet marking can be changed depending on the movable position of the movable body, so it is possible to provide a gaming machine that achieves the same effect as described above.

In addition, for example, if the first outlet marking is provided on a transparent member and the rear movable body is movable between a position where it overlaps with the first outlet marking and a position where it does not overlap, the visibility of the first outlet marking can be changed depending on the movable position of the movable body. In more detail, for example, if the movable body is decorated in a similar color or blends in with the first outlet marking, when the movable body is moved to a position where it overlaps with the first outlet marking, the color or decoration of the movable body is visible around the first outlet marking, making the first outlet marking difficult to see as it blends in with the color or decoration of the movable body. On the other hand, when the movable body is moved to a position where it does not overlap with the first outlet marking, the movable body becomes invisible around the first outlet marking, making the first outlet marking relatively more noticeable and making the first outlet marking easier to see. Alternatively, if the movable body is decorated in a different color or decoration from the first outlet marking, when the movable body is moved to a position where it overlaps with the first outlet marking, the different color or decoration of the movable body is visible around the first outlet marking, making the first outlet marking more noticeable and making the first outlet marking easier to see. On the other hand, if the movable body is moved to a position where it does not overlap with the first outlet marking, the movable body with a different color or decoration around the first outlet marking will not be visible, making the first outlet marking relatively less noticeable and less visible. In this way, by locating the first outlet marking forward of the movable body, the visibility of the first outlet marking can be changed depending on the movable position of the movable body, so a gaming machine with the same effect as above can be provided.

Means 4: In the configuration of means 1 or means 2,
"The first outlet marking is provided rearward of the movable body."
The present invention is characterized in that

According to the configuration of Means 4, the first outlet marking is provided behind the movable body. (See chapter [7-5. Relationship between the inlet marking and the movable body] in [Embodiment for carrying out the invention], the description of the pressing operation unit 303, the outlet marking 2050, the sub-outlet 2023, the blade 2114, Figures 151 and 153, etc.)

As a result, the first outlet marking is located behind the movable body. In other words, because the movable body is located forward of the first outlet marking, when the movable body is moved to a position where it overlaps with the first outlet marking, the forward movable body can hide the first outlet marking, making it difficult to see, and when the movable body is moved to a position where it does not overlap with the first outlet marking, the first outlet marking can be made visible. Therefore, the visibility of the first outlet marking can be changed depending on the movable position of the movable body, and a gaming machine that achieves the above-mentioned effects can be realized.

In addition, because the movable body is provided in front of the first outlet notation, for example, if the movable body is a press operation part (pop-up button) that rises when a player-participation performance is executed and the player can press it to participate in the performance, in the normal state where the press operation part moves downward, the first outlet notation and the press operation part do not overlap, so the first outlet notation can be seen and the first outlet notation can make the player aware of the presence of the first outlet. In this normal state, the first outlet notation can also be seen by other players, but since the game is in a normal state, other players only glance at the gaming machine without staring at it, so it is difficult for them to notice the first outlet notation and the gaming machine does not look bad. On the other hand, when a player participation type performance is executed and the push operation unit as a movable body rises, the first outlet notation and the push operation unit overlap, making the first outlet notation difficult to see, but since a player playing this gaming machine is aware of the existence of the first outlet under normal conditions, even if the first outlet notation is not visible, the player will not mistake the first outlet for a winning notation. On the other hand, when a player participation type performance is executed, other players will be drawn to the gaming machine by the effects such as light emission and sound that indicate that the performance will start, but since the push operation unit rises and the first outlet notation becomes difficult to see because it overlaps with the first outlet notation, it is possible to suppress the deterioration of the appearance due to the first outlet notation being visible, and it is possible to relatively improve the appearance. And since the player participation type performance can be seen by other players, it is possible to attract other players by the effect and make it easier for them to select this gaming machine as the gaming machine to play.

In this way, the above solution makes it possible to provide a gaming machine that can prevent players from mistaking the multiple outlets for winning outlets, thereby preventing a decline in player interest.

(Relationship between the solution of technical features and embodiments)
The outlet 1008 and the sub-outlet 2023 in this embodiment correspond to the outlet of the above-mentioned solution means, the sub-outlet 2023 in this embodiment corresponds to the first outlet of the above-mentioned solution means, the general winning outlet 2001, the first starting outlet 2002, the second starting outlet 2004, and the large winning outlet 2005 in this embodiment correspond to the winning outlets of the above-mentioned solution means, the push operation portion 303 of the performance operation unit 300 in the door frame 3 in this embodiment, the blade 2114 of the starting outlet unit 2100, and the distribution piece 2587 of the center gimmick 2500 correspond to the movable body of the above-mentioned solution means, and the outlet notation 2050 in this embodiment corresponds to the first outlet notation of the above-mentioned solution means.

(Characteristic Effects of the Present Embodiment)
According to the pachinko machine 1 of this embodiment, a first out port notation (left out port notation 2050) corresponding to the first out port (for example, in FIG. 151, the left sub-out port 2023) and a second out port notation (right out port notation 2050) corresponding to the second out port (right sub-out port 2023) are provided, so that the player can notice the existence of the sub-out port 2023 by visually checking the out port notation 2050. Therefore, since the sub-out port 2023 is not mistaken for a winning port, even if a special prize is not awarded by the entry of the game ball B into the sub-out port 2023, the player will not feel irritated and the player's interest will not decrease.

The visibility of the out port notation 2050 changes depending on the movable position of the movable body (e.g., the pressing operation unit 303, the vanes 2114, the distribution piece 2587, etc.), so that the out port notation 2050 becomes easier or harder to see depending on the movement of the movable body. This makes it possible to direct the player's attention to the sub-out port 2023 when the out port notation 2050 is visible, and to direct the player's attention to the winning port (first starting port 2002) when the out port notation 2050 is difficult to see, so that the player's attention can be changed to prevent boredom, and the player can enjoy playing with this pachinko machine 1 and prevent a decline in interest.

In addition, the out port notation 2050 can be made easier or harder to see by the movement of the movable body, so that, for example, in a normal game state, the movable body moves to a position where it does not overlap with the out port notation 2050, making the out port notation 2050 easier to see, and the out port notation 2050 makes the player aware of the existence of the sub-out port 2023, so that the sub-out port 2023 is not mistaken for a winning port. On the other hand, in a specific game state (for example, a state in which a performance (reach performance) is being executed when all but one remaining combination of special symbols that generates an advantageous game state in which the player is advantageous, such as a jackpot, is completed, a state in which an advantageous game state in which the player is advantageous, such as a "jackpot", "medium hit", or "small hit", is occurring, etc.), the movable body moves to a position where it overlaps with the out port notation 2050, making the out port notation 2050 harder to see. This makes it possible to reduce interest in the outlet marking 2050 (sub-outlet 2023) in a specific game state, so that the player can concentrate his/her interest on the specific game state without worrying about the sub-outlet 2023, and can enjoy the specific game state and suppress a decline in interest. In addition, in a specific game state, the effects of light emission and sound change, so that other players near the pachinko machine 1 can recognize that the specific game state has been entered, and the other players will pay attention to the pachinko machine 1. At this time, since the movable body has moved to a position overlapping with the outlet marking 2050, the outlet marking 2050 becomes difficult to see from other players, so that a decrease in appearance due to the outlet marking 2050 being visible can be suppressed, and the relatively improved appearance can increase appeal, making it easier for other players to select the pachinko machine 1 as a pachinko machine to play.

Furthermore, since the outlet marking 2050 is located near the center of the left-right direction of the playing area 5a, the outlet marking 2050 is located near the front of the player, making it easy to notice, while the visibility of the outlet marking 2050 can be changed depending on the movable position of the movable body, thereby achieving the same effect as described above.

As shown in FIG. 152, the out-port notation 2050 is provided on a transparent distribution front plate 2588 in the center role 2500, and the rear of the out-port notation 2050 can be brightened or darkened depending on the movable position of the distribution piece 2587 as a movable body provided at the rear, so that the visibility of the out-port notation 2050 can be changed depending on the movable position of the distribution piece 2587. In more detail, when the out-port notation 2050 is made dark, such as black characters, if the rear of the out-port notation 2050 is brightened by moving (moving) the distribution piece 2587 to the retreated position, the surroundings of the dark out-port notation 2050 become bright, so that the out-port notation 2050 stands out and becomes easy to see. On the other hand, if the rear of the out-port notation 2050 is darkened by moving the distribution piece 2587 to the forward position, the surroundings of the dark out-port notation 2050 become dark, so that the out-port notation 2050 blends into the darkness of the surroundings and becomes difficult to see. In addition, if the out-exit notation 2050 is made bright, such as white text, when the rear of the out-exit notation 2050 is brightened by moving (transferring) the sorting piece 2587 to the retreated position, the surroundings of the bright out-exit notation 2050 become brighter, so that the out-exit notation 2050 blends into the surrounding brightness and becomes difficult to see. On the other hand, when the rear of the out-exit notation 2050 is darkened by moving the sorting piece 2587 to the forward position, the surroundings of the bright out-exit notation 2050 become darker, so that the out-exit notation 2050 stands out and becomes easier to see. In this way, the visibility of the out-exit notation 2050 can be changed according to the movable position of the sorting piece 2587, so that a pachinko machine 1 having the same effect as described above can be provided.

For example, by providing the out-exit notation 2050 on a transparent member and moving the rear movable body between a position where it overlaps with the out-exit notation 2050 and a position where it does not overlap with the out-exit notation 2050, the visibility of the out-exit notation 2050 can be changed depending on the movable position of the movable body. In more detail, for example, if the movable body is decorated in a similar color or blends in with the out-exit notation 2050, when the movable body is moved to a position where it overlaps with the out-exit notation 2050, the color or decoration of the movable body is visible around the out-exit notation 2050, and the out-exit notation 2050 blends in with the color or decoration of the movable body and becomes difficult to see. On the other hand, when the movable body is moved to a position where it does not overlap with the out-exit notation 2050, the movable body becomes invisible around the out-exit notation 2050, making the out-exit notation 2050 stand out relatively, and making the out-exit notation 2050 easier to see. Alternatively, if the movable body has a different color or decoration compared to the out-exit notation 2050, moving the movable body to a position overlapping the out-exit notation 2050 makes the different color or decoration of the movable body visible around the out-exit notation 2050, making the out-exit notation 2050 more noticeable and easier to see. On the other hand, moving the movable body to a position not overlapping the out-exit notation 2050 makes the movable body of a different color or decoration invisible around the out-exit notation 2050, making the out-exit notation 2050 less noticeable in comparison and making the out-exit notation 2050 harder to see. In this way, the visibility of the out-exit notation 2050 can be changed depending on the movable position of the movable body, so that a pachinko machine 1 that achieves the same effect as described above can be provided.

Furthermore, the out-exit notation 2050 may be provided behind the movable body. In other words, the movable body may be provided forward of the out-exit notation 2050. In this way, when the movable body is moved to a position where it overlaps with the out-exit notation 2050, the forward movable body can hide the out-exit notation 2050, making it difficult to see, and when the movable body is moved to a position where it does not overlap with the out-exit notation 2050, the out-exit notation 2050 can be made visible. Therefore, the visibility of the out-exit notation 2050 can be changed depending on the movable position of the movable body, and a pachinko machine 1 that achieves the above-mentioned effects can be realized.

Specifically, for example, as shown in FIG. 151, in the case of a push operation unit 303 (pop-up button) that rises when a player participation type performance is executed and allows the player to participate in the performance by pushing it, in the normal state in which the push operation unit 303 moves downward, the out outlet notation 2050 and the push operation unit 303 do not overlap, so the out outlet notation 2050 can be seen, and the out outlet notation 2050 can make the player aware of the existence of the sub-out outlet 2023. In this normal state, the out outlet notation 2050 can also be seen by other players, but since the game is in the normal state, other players do not stare at the pachinko machine 1, but only glance at it, so it is difficult for them to notice the out outlet notation 2050, and the pachinko machine 1 does not look bad. On the other hand, when the player participation type performance is executed and the pressing operation unit 303 rises, the out port notation 2050 and the pressing operation unit 303 overlap, making the out port notation 2050 difficult to see, but since a player playing with this pachinko machine 1 recognizes the existence of the sub-out port 2023 in a normal state, even if the out port notation 2050 is not visible, the player will not mistake the sub-out port 2023 for a winning port. On the other hand, when the player participation type performance is executed, other players will pay attention to this pachinko machine 1 due to the performance such as light emission and sound that suggests that the performance will start, but since the pressing operation unit 303 rises and overlaps with the out port notation 2050, making the out port notation 2050 difficult to see, it is possible to suppress the deterioration of the appearance due to the out port notation 2050 being visible, and it is possible to relatively improve the appearance. Furthermore, because the player participation effects are visible to other players, the effects can attract other players, making it easier for them to select this pachinko machine 1 as the pachinko machine to play.

The above describes the form for implementing the present invention, but the above-described embodiment can be modified as appropriate without departing from the technical concept of the present invention. In other words, the technical concept of the present invention can be applied even if a part of the above-described embodiment is modified or multiple embodiments are combined.

For example, in the above embodiment, the invention is applied to a pachinko machine 1 or a slot machine as a gaming machine, but it is not limited to this and may be applied to a pachislot machine or a gaming machine that combines a pachinko machine and a pachislot machine, and in this case, the same effects as those described above can be achieved. It can also be applied to so-called enclosed gaming machines in which the player does not touch the gaming ball B, and gaming machines called managed gaming machines.

1 Pachinko machine 2 Outer frame 3 Door frame 4 Main body frame 5 Game board 5a Game area 1100 Game panel (game board)
1112 Opening (aperture)
2500 Center feature 2510 Center frame (center frame)
2511 Forward protruding portion (protruding wall portion)
2511a Partition (Partition)
2518 stage 2519 demolding trace portion 2521 first member (center frame)
2523 Third member 2523b Upper wall portion (protruding wall portion)

Claims (1)

A gaming machine having a gaming board with a gaming area where gaming balls flow down,
A game is played by a player hitting a game ball into the game area through the player's operation,
A lottery is held when the gaming ball passes through a predetermined area provided in the gaming area, and a bonus is awarded to the player according to the result of the lottery;
The game board has a game board with an opening, the opening has a center frame,
The center frame is
A protruding wall portion protruding forward from the front surface of the play board,
A gaming machine characterized in that a demolding trace portion is provided on the front end surface of the protruding wall portion.

Images